‫بجاشو الترخمرالرحير‬

‫كتاب األلف (الهمزة‬

‫أدو؟‬
Didst thou not see? 05:1)

Behold they not that we visit

the land diminishing it,

‫إلذصممكات‬٠‫ت‬٢
Bethink ye then those whom
ye call upon beside Allah.
(39:38)

To introduce an alterna- (2)

tive question, the second

alternative starts with ‫أم‬

‫تالذيقخيراةججةا لحلي‬
Say Thou : Is that better or
Garden of Abidance ?
(25:15)

To denote a dubitative (3)

sense *Whether’

‫ًاتنةمآم ترتننرمم‬٢
Wheather Thou warnest them
or warnest them not. (2:6)

an interrogative article (1)

placed before a verb

‫؟‬٠.٠٠ .‫آجلئريقيةألحآخ‬
Did you hold the giving of
drink to the pilgrims and
.....7(9:19)

or before a preposition as :
 ‫آاللموتق؟‬
Is there any doubt in Allah ?
(14:10)

or before a pronoun as:

‫آيقلك؟‬
(5:116)? didst thou say

or before another particle or

a letter of the conjunction

‫ ف‬or ‫ ان‬،‫ و ج‬: such as

art thou serily

‫آنك‬
(written as ‫) آيك‬

‫اد‬
‫د‬
VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAN

‫لي‬
‫؛ألبدوهرب ينمماكا‬
And for hil parents each of
them shall have one sixth.

[4:11]

fathers (physically)(!) (.n.p.) ‫اآلج‬

And do not marry women
whom your fathers prev-
iously married. [4:22]

forefathers (2)

‫اقولقًااةًاآشكابؤتاينبل‬
Or lest you say; it was but
our forefathers who asso-
ciated afore. [7:173]
According to Raghib the
word^Lpncludes, besides
fathers, forefathers, pat*
ernal uncles, teachers of
the old, spiritual leaders

★ ‫ابب‬

grats (»-> ate, p

‫أنده‬
)1( ‫ أبدًا‬forever
‫ئيمفغجدخنيئا‬
Staying in it for ever 118:31

(2) never

‫سهع‬
We will never enter it. [5:24]

‫**اب‬
father I.) ‫اآب‬
declined with letters as

nom. ‫أبو‬
acc. ‫وا‬
gen■ ‫اى‬
The word in sigular signib
father in ،he sense of
blood relationship as

Mohammad was not father

of any one of your men.

[33:401
meanwhile the singular den,
oates the meaning of plural
from, and is used for fore*
father in spiritual sense.

‫أئس‬-‫ة‬
The creed of your forefather
Ibrahim. {22:78,
 Zamakhshari observes :

۶‫اآل‬.١‫ذوآب'زذزالش؛هىت‬
،‫ثة وتزديى محآغ ازألي‬٦‫ألن‬
Ibrahim was forefather of
the Messenger of Allah.
Thus he became father of
his community; as the
Messenger’s community is
as good for him as his
descendents.

parents (n. dual.)

VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫اتى‬

(perf. 3 p, m. phi.)
they refused
‫أبرا‬

(perf. 3 p.f. plu.)

they (2 refused
‫أبيي‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ن‬٤
*efuses

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing)

**refuses
‫ألى‬
(with ٠ N particle)

‫رأليأبكاتكآنيك‬،
Let not the scribe refuse to
write. (2:282)

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) *‫فى‬

‫ ينم‬refuses
‫تى‬١ ★
(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ‫آتى‬

‫> م‬-came.
to come, arrive, ‫ائ إبان‬: ‫انى‬

‫ *م‬brought, gave, ( ‫آفى (ب‬

 to bring, present (‫(ب‬٦‫إيا‬
N came (perf 3 p. f. sing.) ‫آتى‬
(perf. 3 p.f. ‫ي (سه‬٦
they (twain) came

(perf. 3 p.f. phi.) ‫أتين‬

they ‫ردك‬ came

we came (perf. 1st p. phi.) ‫أتيب‬

‫باى‬

‫ > بنم‬fled (perf. 3 p. m. ling.) ‫أبى‬

to run away, ٦٥٠٦١٢٦٩

escape (as a slave)

****

bowls (n. phi. of ‫أاريق ( إبريق‬

‫بل‬١ ★

camel (n.)‫اإلإل‬
‫أييل‬
a flying creature (n.)
‫إإنابن‬ ‫بنو‬
see (n.)

‫آب ( أب ب ى‬.Comp(
my father

V ‫أيي ( ابجت‬.Comp(
o my father

(perf. 3 p.m. ‫آب (د‬

< ~refused

to refuse, reject ‫ًا‬٠‫أب يأب لما‬

25
VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN

‫ع‬
give, pay (perate m. singfiv ‫آي‬
(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) iv ‫أوت‬
he was given

(pp. 3 pjn. phi.) iv ‫أوترا‬

they were given

(pp. ‫ د‬p. m. sing.) iv ‫أريت‬

thou was given ٠
(pp. 2 p. m. phi.) iv
you were given
‫أئيم‬

(pp. 1st p. sing.) iv

weweregien
‫أونيتا‬

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

he is (or will be) given
‫ؤت‬
(pip. ‫ ق‬un. h،.) iv ‫يؤئؤن‬

they are (or will be) given

(pip- 1st p. sing.) i ‫أوي‬

I am given

(ap*der.->١v m. plu.) ‫الموةن‬

the givers

(pis. pic. m. sing.lused for ‫يأي‬

ap~der)acc. ‫مأيًا‬
comer certainly

that is to be fulfilled

household, (n) acc.

goods,
(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
he comes
‫يافي‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. ‫ يأي‬, ‫عق‬

thou come

they come (imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) acc.

١‫ س‬comt»
‫ات‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 0

you come
،،--

(imperf. 1st p.phi.) acc.

we come
‫بات ا أفي‬

come’ bring! (peraie m. sing.)

(perate m. dual)‫إي‬
(you twain) come ‫ا‬

(perate m. plu.)
(you all) come!
‫إتؤا‬

to bring, 1 ‫ إيتا‬IF ‫قى يؤف‬٢

to give

(perf. 3 pjn. sing.) ،F ‫تى‬٢

‫ > بنم‬brought, gave,
(imperf. 3 pjn. sing.) iv‫يؤف‬
‫ بنم‬gives
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv ‫تؤقي‬
thou give

(imperf. 5 p.m. piu.) i* ‫يؤلون‬

they give

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p. f. piu.) iv ‫يؤقين‬

they (f) give

26
 ٢٦
THE HOLY QURAN

‫اثل‬ VOCABULARY OF

~ effect (2)

‫يهلئكنوججهمقنآترالثجزو‬
Mark of them is on their
faces from the effect of
prostration. [48 : 291

‫آبار‬
effects(!) (n.p.)
‫باثظراالثييختالشه‬
Look, then, at the effects of
Allah's mercy. 130 : 50]
traces (2)

‫ئئ‬،‫ؤسئجمؤةئ‬،'
They were mightier than thee
in strength and in the
traces (which they have
left of their power and
glory). (40:211

footsteps, after (3)

Haply thou art going to kill

theyself over their foot-
steps. [18:6]

trace (4) ‫اتذ‬٠١

‫ايكجقوتبينقلهتًاًاؤآثيةتنعلو‬
Bring me a book before this
or some trace of know-
ledge. [46 : 4]

‫ثل‬١ ★
Temarisk (n) ‫آث‬

٢٧
‫اثره‬
 (perf. ‫ و‬pf. phi.) ‫آرن‬
preferred (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) b
‫آز يؤنر دنارًا‬ to prefer
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) b
they prefer
‫يؤعررن‬

(imperf.
you prefer
‫د‬
p.m. phi.) b ‫مودون‬
(imperf. kt p. ph،•) ‫ترعر‬
~we prefer

‫ه‬
We shall never prefer
thee.” [20 : 721

‫و‬
(pip. pjn. ting.)
~ transmitted
‫;ؤ و‬

‫ائذآلاتجغزئفي‬۵‫قثا‬
Then he said ; naught is this
but magic transmitted (i.e.
transmitted from the
writings of the former ge-
nerations). [74:24}

~footstep (I) ‫ر‬١ (n)

‫فقمشحتضةتنآترالريتل‬
So 1 took a handful from
the footstep of the mess-

enger. 120 : 96 ‫ا‬

27

‫جل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫يابتياتأجراتغيرمع‬
‫انيأجرتألقاآلييث‬
o my father t hire him, for
the best that thou can hire
is strong and trustworthy

one. 128: 26 ‫ا‬

 reward : hire (n.) ‫أجر‬
rewards; hires (1) (n.p.) ‫الجزر‬
‫وآتالييجاصلواوعاللشلخي‬
'‫كئيبم ألخذم‬
And as for those who be-
lieved and worked righte-
OUS works, he shall repay

them their hires. (57 : ‫]ل‬

dowers (2)

‫ه‬٩‫ئيئةًابئةي‬
So give them their

dowers stipulated. 14 : 24]

‫ إم‬sin (fl.)< ‫أم جم اءآ ؤ تض‬

to commit a sin or crime

the requital or recomp- (n.)

ence of ‫إنم‬
sinful (act. pic. m. plu.) ‫غم‬٢
(act, pic. m. phi.) acc.
sinful persons
‫آيين‬

‫أتم‬
sinful person (act. 2 pic.)

a sin, a lie ‫«بم‬. "٠ <، ،‫يايم و‬

bitter (n. adj.) ‫أجاج‬

reason (particle) ‫آجل‬
 ‫صنآجلذلك‬
because of that (5:32)

(an appointed) term ‫آجل (»بم‬

٠
And for every community
there is (an appointed)
term (i.e. in the divine
plan). ،7:34]

‫★ اجر‬
(itnperf. 2 p.m. sing,) ‫يأجو‬

<thou hires ‫ي‬٦

)‫أجريأبرآجرًا(ن‬
to hire ; employ

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) * ‫اتتأجرت‬

thou hast hired

hire ! (perate m. sing.) jr ‫إتناخ‬

VOCABULARY OF TRI HOLY QURAN ‫اجل‬
)‫آتذيأخذآغذًارمأخذًا(ن‬
to take, put, catch

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)

she took, put
‫آجذك‬

they took (perf. 3 p.f. phi)‫آخذن‬

you took (perf. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫أخذئم‬
we took (perf. 1st p. phi.) ‫أجذن‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

will take
‫'لمئد‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫يأجذ‬
thou shall take

(imperf. 3 p.m.phi.)
they will take
‫يأخذون‬
 (imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu) acc. ‫أجزوا‬
they take (or) may they take

;‫ ائدا‬.acc ‫ مأخدوق‬nom
(Imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.)
you will take

(thou) take! (perate m. sing.)

(you) take! (perate m. plu.) ‫خذوا‬

-is taken (pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫أجذ‬
— is taken, (pip. 3p.m.sing. ‫ ز رر‬،‫؛‬
is being taken, shall be taken,

‫( اآجن‬.two terms (dual n

‫آياألكبلييقينتًال عنواتعل‬
Whichsoever of the two terms

I fulfilled it shall be no

harshness to me. [28 : 28 ‫ز‬

< thou (perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫آجلت‬
hast appointed.

‫ أجل يرجل تأجيأل‬to fix a term

And we have reached the
term which thou hast

appointed for US. [6 : 12 8 ‫ا‬

‫ «أجتي رج‬:pp■ 3 p.f(
‫م‬-
is timed, appointed,
has been fixed

‫آلقيعرأجتت‬
?it timed ‫ أل‬For what day

‫؛‬77 : 12 ‫ا‬
fixed term (pit-pic) ‫مقجل‬
‫كثايقجال‬
A recorded term. 13 : 145]
 OM (m) (.ordinal num.) ‫أحد‬

one (f) ‫إحدى‬

(perf. p.m. sing.)

<~took, put.

٢٩
29

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QU KAN

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

~ takes (1)
‫تتخيذ‬

‫ومنالكغرايمنيتخدماينيفمغريًا‬
And the dweller of the desert
is one whotaketh up that
which he expecteth as a
fine. (9 :9«)

~set up (2)

‫نحًابنياحا‬٠‫مقرذبا‬١‫تفئ! ئسمئيعث‬
And of mankind are (some)
that set up compeers
unto Allah. (2:165)

(imperf.: 2 pi sing.) viii

thou take
‫تخيذ‬

‫) يخيذؤا‬.acc ‫ يئخيذزن‬.nom
(imperf. 3 pi plu.) viii

they take

‫ تخيذوا‬/.acc ‫ تيخيذرن‬.nom
(imperf. 2 pm. phi.) lili

you take
(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) vUi ‫تهذا‬
we adopt, take

take \ (perate m. sing.) ■rtii ‫إلنيذ‬

(perate f. ring.) viii ‫ليين‬
(thou/.)take I

(perate m. phi.) ‫إليذزا‬

! ‫) عطما‬you(
taking, overtaking (1) (»‫ازدرع‬
‫ يزاخذ‬imperf• 3 p.m. sing.) iii)
will call ss to account

HwMU
Allah will not call you to

vain ‫ئ‬ account for what

(225 : 2] .in your oaths
‫ آلقاخذ‬pcratelneg.) iii)
punish not, reckon not

‫إغذ‬ (perf. 3 pi sing.) viii

he has taken >

to adopt, ‫ائ مئ اعناذًا‬

to take

Note: Raghib has mentioned

‫ ذ‬،‫خ‬،‫ ت‬this root in

‫ذ‬،‫خ‬، ‫ أ‬others put it in
‫جود‬
And they said, Allah hath
adopted a son (or) Allah
hath taken a son. 12 : 161

(perf. 3 pi phi.) via

they have taken
‫اغذؤا‬
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) i ‫يتت‬١
thou hast taken

(perf. 1st p. sing.) viii ‫فذي‬

I have taken

(perf. 2 pm. phi.) rui ‫ألتذت م‬

you have taken
 (perf. 1st pi phi.) till
we have taken
‫اغذت‬

OCABULARY OB Tn HOLV QURAN

one who takes (،Hrr>viii)
‫اخذ‬
‫ضجن‬
SS as possessor of,
certain adjectives (L.L.).

‫ماكنييننالمخيلينعضا‬
Nor was I one who takes
seducers as supporters.

118:511

(apider. m. phi. n.d.) ‫مةخيزن‬

takers ss in certain object

And not taking (them) as

secret concubines. 15:51

(ap-der. f. phi.) ‫ئيذات‬

those women who take some
one (in friendship for
sinful, illegal relationship)

٠ ‫خر‬١
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫آتر‬
«put behind, delayed.

‫مح مدب‬،‫لتخ‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.f. sing.) ii ‫خرت‬٦
(she) put behind, delayed

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ii

we put behind, delayed
،‫أخر‬

(perf 2 p.m. sing.)

thou h st delay‫؛‬.
‫آخرت‬

thou hast delayed me ‫أخرن‬

‫كنلكخذديك‬
 And such is the overtaking
of thy Lord. 111:1021

grip (2)

‫أخذذتمآخنعنييلتيي‬
Whereof We laid hold of
(took) them with grip of

(Our) might. 154:421 ‫ا‬

grip (n.) ‫أغذ؛‬
(act. pic m. sing.) ٦ ‫إلب‬

one who holds ss with grip

‫ماسندآب المراخيتاصيتعا‬
No moving creature is there
but He holdeth it by its
forelock. (11:56]

(act. pic. m. phi.) acc.

those who hold ss, takers
‫آنيذيت‬

‫) آخذيو‬.nd- ‫ آنذين‬+ ٠.com(

overtakers, holders with grip
(of it or him).

‫كا‬٧‫ل‬.<‫ي‬،،‫ إتتاذ ر‬taking

m
Verily you have wronged
your souls by your taking
the calf. (2:54]

٣١
31

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫اخ ر‬

(n, plu.) nom.
others
‫ آخرزن‬acc.

another (f.) (n.) ‫أخرى‬

others (f.) (ti. plu.) ‫أجر‬
final, last, that is to (fl.) ‫آهر‬
come later, after

Last Day (Hereafter) ‫يزم اخر‬

last, coming after (n.) ‫آلجزخ‬
the abode of Hereafter ‫؛‬,^! ‫التار‬

brother (n.)‫اآلخ‬
declined as ‫ اب‬with letters
not vowels. Thus

nom. ‫ آخز‬Ace.‫ أخ‬gen.‫آخن‬

(1) signifies A male person
having the same parents
as another or others or
having only one parent in
common.

‫ألىاكييخا‬
He took his brother to him-
self. 12:69]

(2) A person of the same

descent, land, creed or
faith with other or others

‫لكتأالئيئةئلغوة‬
The believers are naught
elsethen Brothers.

149:101

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) il ‫يقخر‬

‫ ألتم‬delays

(imperf. 1st, p, phi.) w ‫وخر‬

we delay

(pip. 5 p.m. sin‫؟‬.) ii ‫يوخر‬

~is delayed, will be delayed

will oot be delayed ‫آل يقخر‬

 (perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) V ‫تآخر‬
delayed (1)

‫رمنترفآلثرطيو‬
And whosoever delayth on
him is no sin. 12:2031

that comes later (2)

‫*كرمًا تآخر‬:‫مأتتتمين‬
That hath preceded by thy
fault and that which may
come later. (48:2]

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) F ‫يتأتجر‬

‫ ألر‬lays behind
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) X
they remained behined.
‫تأنرزن‬

to remain behind ‫اتأتر‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) :‫تأخرزن‬
you remain behind.

(0r.>x٠ m. plu ‫م‬،:،:٠‫ن‬٠‫غر‬١‫حت‬١

who are delayed behind.

another (fl.) ‫خر‬

other two (fl. dual.) ‫خران‬
other two (fl. dual.) ace.

32

٣٢
VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN ‫أخو‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) acc. it
that you pay back
‫تدزا‬

hand over ! (perate. m. plu,)

to deliver up (rn.)
(the thing entrusted
to its owner)
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫اذن‬
-"-allowed (1)

)( ‫آفن يأذن إدا‬

to bear, perceive, respond,
listen, allow

‫المنآؤتلهالتخبن‬٤
Except he whom the Bene*
ficent allowed. 17 8:381

(perf. 3 pt sing.) ‫آذتن‬

perceived, heard (2)

‫رآؤنتلرتماوحقت‬
And listened to its Lord and
is made fit. [84:2]

(perf. 2 p,m sing.) ‫نت‬:‫آ‬

thou permitted (3)

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) '‫أنن‬

‫نم‬-permits

‫بى‬٢‫لخبرةحتنة‬
Until my father permits me.

112:80]

(imperf. 1st. p. ring.) ‫ذن‬٦

1 give permission.

in the genitive case ‫ آخن‬as:

‫هسئ‬
So cover the dead body of
my brother. 15:31]

‫ألفئكديأبسحتورًاأهب‬
To show him how to cover
the dead body of his
 brother. [5:31]

(B. dual.) acc.-gen.

two brothers
‫أخرني‬

two brothers (n. dual.) nom. ‫آخراي‬

brothers (n. p.) ‫إخران‬
brothers (n.p.) ‫إخرة‬
sister (n.) ‫أغع‬
two sisters (n. dual.) ‫ختنن‬3‫ا‬
‫) آخرائ‬.n. piu( ‫ة‬١‫آل‬١‫ةًا ح‬

★ ‫ادد‬
impious, disastrous (n.) acc.
★ ‫أدى‬
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. ring.) it 3‫يق‬
-'*delivers -

‫ادج‬،‫آدفى يقدق‬
to pay, perform,

(el. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ii 5‫يبق‬

‫ *م‬in order to pay
back, should pay back

٣٣
33

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫اذن‬

.‫تقألذنكعلىسرآ‬
Then say ; I have warned
you all alike. (21:109)

to declare (2)

‫ثلق(مايأينكجند‬:‫قأًالأ‬
They will say ; we declared
to thee not one of US can
bear witness. (41:47)

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv ‫آدًا‬

 we declared

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫تأبن‬

~ proclaimed

(perf.
\eave
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) X ‫استأبن‬
(.perf- 3 p.m. ph‘.') X ‫اشأذثوا‬
they asked leave

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. p. sing.) X
~ asks leave
‫تتأزن‬
('imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يثاذزن‬
they ask leave

proclamation, (r.n.) ‫ن‬٢‫ذ‬١

announcement

permit, leave („.) ‫إذن‬

ear; all ears or (metp.) (n.) ‫ابن‬
hearer

(pp. ‫ و‬p.m. Xing.) ‫ازن‬

‫ سم‬is allowed
(pip 3 p.m. sing.)
~is allowed
‫يؤذن‬

excuse (I) (perate m. sing.)‫إتتن‬

‫ائننتالتنتق‬
Excuse me and try me not.
(9:49)
give leave (2)

‫بأزنتتنيئتونوض‬
Give leave to whom thou

wilt of them. (24:62 ‫ر‬.

be apprised (3)

‫عىأعيتتبحلب‬٢‫جقوليتري‬
Then be apprised of war
from Allah and His
messenger. (2:279)
(you) permit (perate m. plu.) ‫إشؤا‬
(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. sing.) ii
announced
‫آذن‬

announce ‫و‬ (perate m. sing.) ii

call ! make known to eve. y

body

(apde٣.>ii m. sing.) ‫مؤذن‬

an announcer

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) h ‫ذنى‬٢

<1 warned (1)

٦‫آذن يوذنإذا‬ fr
to warn, declare

34

٣٤

‫دى‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫بى‬
(imprf. 3 p.m. phi.) ٤« ‫يؤذرن‬
they give trouble, harm or

annoy

‫تؤدوت‬.ttom ‫ رذرا‬.ace
(,imperf. 2 p٠m. plu.١
you annoy, give trouble

give punish- (perate w. sing

meat!

(pp. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫أرؤت‬

— has been given trouble,
persecuted

They were (pp.

persecuted
‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ‫أوبرا‬
we were per- (pp. 1st ‫أؤنئنادض‬
١ ‫يؤذين‬.p.f. phi ‫ •?ي‬3
they (6) should be
given trouble

ailment (l) (".) ‫أذئ‬

Or has an aliment of the head.

٢2:1961
harmful (2)

Say Thou : it is harmful

Keep aloof from women
during menstrual charge.

(‫ اك‬ears
‫رتيه]آئواعية‬
It might be retained by the
retaining ears. [69:12]

all ears or hearer (2)

‫وبشفيئن‬

And they say : he is al ears

(hearer, looking for news).

[9:61]

ears (ph. of ‫ب‬:‫ذان ( أ‬٢

.‫أذت‬
his two ears (dual n.d.)
(both ears of him)

٠★ ★★
‫كةك ء• زق ن‬١

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ir ‫ذؤا‬

<They maligned, annoyed
 ‫آذلى يرذين لددًا‬
to hurt, cause bodily

pain, wound the feeling

(ptrf■ 2 p.m, phi.) b

you maligned, annoyed
‫آذيئم‬
(Imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) h ‫يززئ‬

-gives trouble, harms,

annoys

٣٥
35

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬
through disease or extreme
old age have lost reason
and manhood.

(Jid.>Rgh.)

purposes (phi. n.) ‫تارب‬

) ‫ تأرنه‬.sing(

‫*ارك‬

thorns (plu. n.) ‫أرنك‬

(sing. ( ‫آربك‬
* ‫أرم‬

TRAM'Or ,Aram' ‫إرم‬

was
according to one account,
the name of the great

fathers of ‫ عاد‬. from

whom the tribe took its
name; and according to
another the name of the
city in which it lived.

The 2 ‫ اد‬are called

the word , ‫ذاي اليماد‬
‫ م‬means ‘lofty build-
ings supported by co-
lumns.

injury (3)

‫ئؤال يؤئذتًائآثيتالدى‬
Then they follow not up
what they spent with re-
proach or injury. (2:262)

annoying (4)

‫وخًاذلم‬
And disregard their annoying
(talk). (33:48)

lit. The word ‫أذى‬signifies

a •slight evil, slighter than

what is termed ‫ضرؤ‬

(LL.) ; or anything caus-
ing a slight harm. (Rgh.)

remember (particle) ‫إذ‬

when, (pointing to the past),
that time when......

(particle) ‫إذا‬
when (pointing to the future)

‫( االج‬.")need
‫ االرز‬:‫ عهد أوي‬means
 those male attendants who

36

٦
VOCAIULMY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫د‬

‫رس‬
back, strength (») ‫ا أأؤ‬
‫افدذيةآزف‬
Confirm by him my strength.
(20 : 31) (Arb.)

Strengthen by him my back.

‫★ ادد‬
(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) (assim v)
they (satans) incite

citcment. (1 ٥:83)
‫؛‬1
They incite them by an in-

‫*ازف‬
)‫لزنئ‬
(perf. 3 p.f. ring.

٦ ٠٠‫؛ن‬1٠n<
to get nigh

that is coming (act. pic.f.)h>$

very soon

‫★ ارس‬

‫ لم‬perf■ 3p.m. sing.) ‫لم‬assim ‫ال‬١ ‫آت‬

< ~laid the foundation

foundation (») ‫آسائ‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. ‫أتى‬
 ‫ سم‬laid (its foundation )
‫إلترةايتالوماو‬
Aram, the possessors of lofty
buildings supported by
highly built columns.

(89:7) (Rgb.)

،'the people of many co-

lumned ،!RAM”. (Jid.)

lit. : RAM, possessing lof-

ty structures supported by
columns. The reference
is to the earthly Paradise
built by Shaddad, son of
‘Ad’ one of the greatest
king of the dynasty.

(fid. p. 30, nn. 333)

‫★ ازر‬

‫آزر‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv
‫انم‬، >strengthened
‫زرة‬٣‫ ازر مو‬to help
strengthen

★★★ ★‫؛‬

Azar (;.It.) ‫زك‬٢

Prophet Ibrahim's father, an
an idolater. According
to Bible quoted by Jid.
his name in Bible is Terah
(also Zarah). He was the
Chief Officer of King
Nimrod and a great
favourite with his royal
master.

٣٧
37

VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QU ‫سال‬

 ‫*أسن‬
altered (pad. pic.)‫آتى‬
(i.e. water, the cotour and
smelt of it are altered.)

٠‫صر‬١
‫أسر؛‬
(example, an object (n)
of imitation, model

‫ياحوا أسوآ‬-‫آ‬
to dress a wound, console
!،imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١ acc. \‫ذ‬۵‫ة‬
you sorrow

‫كيالقاسواعنمأئعك‬
Lest you sorrow for the
sake of that which hath
escaped you. (57:23)

‫سى‬١ ★
‫آتى‬
(imp. ht p. Xing.) iii
< I sorrow for‫ي‬٦ ‫آ‬ t
‫أين يأطى آس‬
to be grieved, be affected

sorrow (n) ‫أتى‬

be grieved not (ptrate.<‫آل *اسر‬
★ ‫شر‬١
rash, insolent (n) ‫آير‬
38

‫ )"(اتتبزة‬brocades
‫استحلى ء« علو‬

(imperf: 2p.m.phi.) (h.r.)

(you take—imprison
‫يأيرون‬
 ‫ آنر] (ح‬،‫ اير‬.‫ (آيت‬,to bind
take captive

structure, joints, frame {«) ‫أعر‬

(act. 2 pic.) ‫أيير‬
captive, prisoner

captives, prisoners(‫دم‬- "-( ‫أتارى‬

‫أرى ءيد سرى‬

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) Hi ‫آسغوا‬

they made ss angry, - ٠
)‫غ (س‬-‫غ أ‬-‫آيغيا‬
to be sad, grieve about.

(in) sorrow, anger (n.) ace. ‫ايفًا‬

(v.n.) acc. ‫< آتفًا‬
sorrow and anger

o my sorrow (interjec.) ، ‫أتن‬

٣٨
‫فك‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬
‫ع و ن‬2‫استعينؤا ء‬/ ‫آعيبوا‬/ ‫آءآن‬
‫آغريا ء•غ ر و‬
٠ ‫أدف‬
fie ! Oh ! (interjec.) ‫أفت‬
★ ‫فق‬١
(n.p.) ٢ (n. sing.) ‫أي‬
horizons; horisons

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) ‫يافكون‬

<they feign, make a false

‫آل\هألة‬

‫أفك يأفك إفك‬

to tell a lie, change
another purpose, turn
away from.

Kjmperf. 2 p.m. phi. ‫تأفك لوى‬

thou turns away

‫آختتللتأؤكعنإلهتنًا‬
Art thou come to US that

thou may turn us away

from our gods ? 46:221‫؛‬

(pp■ 3 p.m. sing.)

was turned away
‫أفة‬

٣٩

(pis. pic. iv. f. sing.) *‫هؤصد‬

< dosed over ‫ي‬
to shut, dose ‫ أوصد‬،‫آمن‬

‫( إرر‬rt) (‫ )ا‬burden
‫ريتلوالكتلنيتكصا‬
Our Lord, do not lay upon
us a burden. (2:2861

compact (2)
 ‫وآخنتةءلىذلكعاصرى‬
And do you take my compact
in this matter.[ 3.8 1]

‫صلو‬١‫ا‬
‫( أتل‬root (n
‫( أرول‬.roots (n.p
‫( أييل‬evening (n
‫آئ‬ (.evenings (n.p
★ ‫أعط‬
‫آعطراءعع ط و‬،‫آعايتاك‬،‫آعلى‬

٠<
VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫ ف لث‬١

‫فنب‬١
‫لتنان‬،re ‫ف ن ى‬

★ ‫أالل‬
ate (perf. 3 p.m. nng.) (h.v.)

-<٠٥‫آكل ياكل ؛‬to eat

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) ‫أكاآل‬
they twain ate

they ate (perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫آكؤا‬

eats (imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫كل‬
(Imperf. 3 p.m. dual) ‫ألجؤي‬
they twain eat
 they eat (imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يأ كرن‬
(imperf. 3 p.f. phi.)
they (f) eat
‫بأكان‬

(imperf. 2 PM. sing.)

thou eats
‫يكل‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you eat
‫ كون‬١٢

we eat (imperf. 1st p. plu.)

(pernte f, slng.١ ‫ي‬

eat (addressed to a woman)

(pip. 3 p.m. phi.)

is turned away
‫يؤك‬

(pip. ‫ؤ‬ p.m. plu.)

they are turned away
‫بيؤتكون‬
(pip■ 2 p m• plu٠١ ‫وأعون‬

you are turned away

a lie : slander (n) ‫إنك‬

big liar; big slanderer (n. ent)

٠١ ‫المؤنفك‬f. s١ng ‫ أس‬.p-d٤r)٥

the subverted (cities)

‫ئ ؛‬٢ ‫المؤتفكات‬the subvert

٠‫افل‬
set (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.r.) ‫أفل‬
‫ئأل (ن‬٠‫ (اش دأش أ‬to set
‫ تم‬set (perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (h.v) ‫ي‬٦‫أ‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) ace. ‫فلين‬٢
 setting ones, (moon, sun
or stars)

‫ال‬ VOCABULAIY OF THE HOLY QU KAN

cause to deprive of, or

decrease

‫★ ال ن‬
‫) اليين‬%.( ‫) الذن‬.plu(
‫ الذين‬,MC ‫س>لم‬١
(.relative pronoun^ (.dual. n١ ‫اللذاي‬
who, who that

‫الن‬
I < ■STrrrg.)
)( ‫الاللي‬،‫الالني‬
(.rel. pronounsf،١ kplu.١
who, which, that

‫★ أدف‬

‫أف‬
(perf. 3 pan. sing.) ii
‫ > بم‬united, joined
to acustom ‫أف يأف إلقآ‬
(.imperf. 5 p.m, sittg١ ll ‫يؤف‬
units, joins together

protection (Sale.)(r.n. is) ‫إايألف‬

taming(#،.), keeping (‫الر‬.)
(pis, pic. ii,f. sing.)
that is made to incline
‫مزفة‬
and those whose hearts are
to be conciliated. 19:601

‫كل‬١
Operate m. f. ‫صه‬١ ‫كآل‬
‫ا لالداال دءلم‬١٠‫ف‬١ tax

eat (you) (iperate m. phi.) ‫كؤا‬

eating (n) ‫اأكد‬
act or state of eating (acc.)‫أهآل‬
flavour, fruit, food (n) ‫أكلت‬
(act. pic tn. plu.) (n) acc.
eaters
 greedy (n. Ms. phi.) 1‫كؤن‬
‫الم‬٠(‫ارأل‬.pact(} )٠٠ ‫اكاال‬
eaten up, devoured

*JJl

‫ إ‬ties of relationship (‫إآل (اا‬

relationship (it) ‫اآلن إةه‬
except, save, (particle) ‫إأل‬
unless, if not

Io 1 (particle) ‫آآل‬
lest (particle
that not,
‫آل‬+ ‫آأل ( اك‬

٠‫الت‬
- (.perf, 1st. p. p‫؛‬u.١ (h٠v.١ ‫الحتك‬

deprived ٠٢<)‫آلى ألى ى(ض‬

to deprive of, decrease,'*

41

‫ادو‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫لف‬
anything other than the
UNIMAGINABLE SUP-
REME BEING.

The word ‫أي‬has

no corresponding word in
English or in any langu-
age of the world.

o Allah I ‫اللهم‬
(According to some gram-

marians ‫ لللم‬is a short

V‫أشهآتتاعي‬ form of
i.c. 0 Allah, we believe
in good. (Rgh.)

|٠‫لر‬٦|
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) (h.v.) ‫يأون‬
<they will fail short

‫ اآل بأؤ آلوآ‬to fall

short, refuse, be remiss
 ‫اليألويكريل‬
They shall not be remiss in
corrupting (your affairs).
(3:118)

(acc) ‫ أذلت‬٠ ‫أد‬ (particle)

possessors, owners of

those wno are ‫أزلو بيية‬

owners of wisdom

possessors, owners of (/.> ‫أزآلي‬

one thousand (card, numb.')
‫ لم‬card. numb, dual )acc. ‫ألفين‬
two thousands

(card. numb, plu.)

thousands

(imperf. B p.m. pht.١ ‫يألمرن‬

they are suffering, to

suffer, feel pain

‫؟‬imperf 2 p.m. plu. ) ‫تألمون‬

you ars suffering

!,act. 2 pie. adj. m٠١ ‫آوء‬

effective, painful ‫بم‬-

‫إ‬٠*‫اى‬
god (n) ‫إال‬
‫م‬.( ‫دلهتا‬."( gods
The proper name app• (n) ‫آق‬
lied to the Being who ex-
ists necessarily by Himself.

‫ واجب الوجوو‬comprising
all the attributes of per-
fection.

The word has neither

feminine nor plural and
has never been applied to

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫امر‬

‫ا‬-‫األ‬، ).v.n(
 to keep away from the wife

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

—swear off
‫يأتل‬

‫داليأتألولوالفملوئلمداكعة‬
‫أيونةاأولهالقرن‬
And let not the owners of
affluence) and amplitude
among you swear off from
,giving unto the kindred
124:221

‫*آيتم‬، (.favours bounties, (n.p

)Ing. ‫أله‬،‫( إو‬

★‫مت‬١
‫ عت‬ruggedness (n١

‫الترىنيهاعرجاوًالامتا‬
Wherein thou shalt not see
any crookedness or
ruggedness. (20:107)

a distant term, time, place (n)

‫* ام ر‬
(perf. 3 p m. sing.)
— commanded
‫آز‬

“The bearers ‫أزآلي اآلحال‬

of burdens" ((.،. pregnant
women)

‫ؤبلي‬١ (those, these (demonstrative

٢ative٢‫؛‬١dem٥ns these

)plu. of ‫أنزًال ( بم‬

‫ ولى‬،٥، ‫آذن ا أرذلى‬
‫( إلى‬separable preposition ‫)ه‬
(1) to, till, with

‫تكالتنييألحراالىلتجياآلقمًا‬
From the Sacred Mosque to
to the Furthest Mosque.

(17:11

with, adding to (2)

And devour not their subs-

tance-with (i.e. by adding
it to) your substance(4:2)٠

till (3)

‫آتترالقيمإاللليل‬
(And) complete the fast till
night (fall). [2:187]

‫لى‬١★

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫يرلؤن‬

they swear

‫ آل ير لي اغدرًا‬to swear
to be off from wife.

٣
43

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫مد‬
(pp. 1st p. sing.)
I am/was commanded
‫أالغ‬

(pp. 1st p. plu.) ،‫أير‬

we were/are ordered, com-
manded

(pip. 3 p m. sing.) ‫؛رمص‬

‫سم‬ is commanded

.١ '‫الرأذدة‬.pip• 3 p m. plu ‫لم‬

they are commanded

(pip- 2 p.m. sing.)

thou art commanded
‫وح‬
 ‫و‬
(pip. p.m. plu.)
you are commanded
‫ؤءرون‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) wii

they are taking counsel
‫يأمرون‬

(perate. n. plu.) riii ‫ائغرؤا‬

take counsel

‫آز‬
matter, affair (I) (n)
‫رقخى اآلمر‬
And matter has already been
decided. (2:210)

news (2)

‫لمغرآمرةناالسيآوالخوناذاعو‬,‫لةاجآ‬
But if any news of security
or fear comes to them,
they spread it abroad.
(4:83)

command (3)

‫يتتناآلمزبينمت‬
The command descends
among them. (65:12)

‫و‬
(perf. p.m. plu.)
they commanded
‫أمروا‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou commanded
‫أتت‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫أرن‬

we commanded

caution: the beginners should

note the difference

between 1) ‫أي‬st.
p. plu.—we have --

commanded) and ‫أمنا‬

‫)و‬
p.m. sing.
has commanded us)
‫ ه‬c -he
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫بأمر‬
~ commands

(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. plu.)
they cammand
‫يأمرون‬

(imperf. 2 p.f. sing. ‫أغري‬

thou (6) command

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫أفوزن‬

you (m) command

(imperf. Ist p. sing.) ‫ًائث‬

I command

(e.m.p. 1st. p. sing.) ‫فن‬٦

I surely will command

(perate m. sing.)
give order, command
‫أثءر‬

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫وا‬.‫أر‬

they were given order

44

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫م‬

٦‫د‬ (mother (1) (n

‫وآويت؟تايموكى‬
And We inspired the mother
of Musa. (28:7]

mothers (n.p.)‫ع‬0‫أي‬
‫حيمتعيكواتشكر‬
Forbidden unto you are
your mothers. (4:22)

Note ٠• The primery meaning

of ‫أع‬ is mother
and in ail secondly sig-
nificanccs some idea
of the primary sig-
nificance is retained
as illustrated in folio-
wing verses.

dwelling (2)

‫بيحه تايية‬
His dwelling shall be the
Abyss. [101:9]

the source, origin, (3)

foundation or basis.

‫عمنأمالوثي‬2‫وهلياي‬
Wherein some verses are
firmly constructed, they
are the basis of the Book.

authority (4)

‫أول أآلمر‬
The possessors of the autho-
rity or who are in
[4:59] .authority

‫( اأمور‬.affairs, matters, (n.p

commands (but not news
or authority

‫ مرء‬tee ‫أخ؛‬
* ‫ م ر‬tee ٠١‫اخ‬
, ‫ م ر‬tee )‫(ري‬
* ‫ ر‬f *f ‫(وم‬
‫( أمة‬.grevious (a
‫لتذجنتيئ؟إنرا‬
Thou hast committed a thing
grievous 18:711

(.act. pic. m. phi.)

those who command
‫األررؤن‬
 ‫أئر ( كل‬.«IM <
wont to command

yesterday, nearpast, (n) ‫اآمى‬

recently

*‫امل‬
‫( اآلبع‬hope (n
45

VOCABULARY o, TH* HOLY QURAN

(conjunction ٠‫عه ل‬

‫قزماز‬٠‫تج‬
‫كتتنرمماليئهنفج‬
It is equal for them whether
thou warn them or warn
them not, they will not

believe. [2:6] ٠
(act, pic. m. plu. assim) V

<those who are repairing

to repair to,‫أم يؤم آعا‬

to go towards

‫والآغيتابييألحامر‬
(Profane not) those who are
repairing to the Sacred

House. 15:21

‫ م‬as for, but, (particle) (‫آعا (ف‬

as to

‫ثئزائآتئرهرتذى‬-‫ئ‬١‫ئ]تني‬1
As for him who considers
himself free from need, to
him thou payest regard.
180:5, 61

‫إع‬
either, or, (particle)
‫فإتامعابتدوإتكاؤتآ‬
(let them off) either freely
or by ransom: 47:7‫]؛‬

leader, the Quran (n.) ‫اتام‬

leaders (n.p.) ‫آكة‬
‫او|هف‬٠‫تجل‬
And with Him is the origin
of the Book. [13:39]

centre (4)

‫ا‬٠‫ومتذنرًاراضوشدرل‬
And (it is sent) that thou
may warn the mother
(centre) of the town
(Makka) and those around
her. 16:921

Note : Primarily and in the

first instance ‫ ام الغذى‬is

the mother of the
towns; the metropolis,
particularly Makka;
because it is asserted
to be the middle of the
earth; or because it
is the Qiblah of all
men, and thither they
repair; or because it is
greatest of towns in
dignity. (Jid>LL)

The conjunction ‫آم‬

is generally used in
the second of two
alternative preposi-
tions. the first of which

is proceded by (
both may by rendered
١ );
“weather’.’ see (‫)أ‬
46

٤٦
‫م‬
VOCABULARY o, TH* HOLY QURAN

Thus Ibrahim is described

as possessor of virtues in
his own self that is expeo.
ted from the people or a
community.

unlettered (n) ‫اأتى‬

Note ٠-
Raghib has quoted a
view of some un-
known and ‫؛‬reliable
commentrators, that

gives ‫ أتى‬as a relative

adjuctive to ‫أئ اقرى‬
i.e, the inhabitant of
Makka. This view is
but a guess, not supi
ported by grammatic
rules.

The Holy Quran in

another verse 2.78
(forthcoming) has
given significance of
this word.

‫ أتيون ( أتئ‬plu■ of(

unlettered ones

٢ph،. of ٠‫ \>ائ‬١ acc. ‫اأيي‬

unlettered ones

‫وينمايظتتايترقالكب‬
And of them are unlettered
ones who know not the
Book. 12:78]

before, in front of (n.)

community, nation (1) (n.) ‫أكة‬
٠idr
I
 Mankind was one commu-
nity. [2:2131

a period (2)

‫رعربجدأعة‬
And he recollected himself
after a period. 112:451

a (certain) way, (3)

course, mode, rule of life
or conduct, religion.

‫إاوجدنأأيًادناعتاتمة‬
Verily we have found our
fathers on a way (of con-
duct or religion). 143:221

pattern (4)

(an example, a model to be

followed, in respect of
true religion and piety).

—Rar: Ibn Kathir)

‫انيايتهوحيفا‬5‫إتبزهيانأتة‬
Verily Ibrahim was a pattern
devout unto Allah, up-
right. 116:120]

NoteAccording to Rgh.

‫أعي‬in this verse mea-

ns community or group.

47

٤٧
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫امم‬
‫أييع‬
I trusted (perf. 1st. p. sing.)
‫رالم لنةذرعتآنو‬ 0

Except as 1 trusted you with

his brother. (12:64)

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يأتن‬

‫رج‬ feels secure

‫ىةا‬٠‫لدآلأ‬٠‫كًاة‬
But none feels secure from
Allah’s plan except the
people who perish. (7:99)

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.١ ‫يأمجرا‬

they trust

(imperf 2 p.m. sing.)

thou trusts
‫يأمن‬
(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ‫قن‬٦
1 shall trust

‫هنامكرعيو‬
Shall 1 trust yau. 112:641

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

< ™believed
‫من‬٦

1‫إيمًا‬ ‫آمنيؤعن‬
to believe ; have faith

(perf. 3 p.f. sing,١ iv ‫آتت‬

-(2) believed

(perf. 1st p. sing.) iv

I believed
‫تي‬٦
48

groups, communities nations

‫آتن ( أم من‬
4 comp. of
panic(«, interrogative

Is he who is devout in the

watches of the night. 139:91

‫*امن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.v.) ‫آمن‬

 became safe, considered one-

self safe, trusted a person

with anything>

‫ا ت آية‬١‫غ‬١ ‫آين يأتن آنًا ن‬

to be safe, trust, consider
someone safe.

‫لناهنبظلمبتا‬
If one of you trust another.

(2:2831

‫تيئًائثائئلئمئذتآ‬٢
Are the people of the town
then secure from our
punishment. 17:981]

‫هك‬1‫ضًاألئط‬0‫ج‬
And when you are in safety
remember Allah. 13:2391

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.) ‫آنرا‬

they are in safety

(perf. 2 p.m. p/u.) ‫أينثم‬

you are in safety

٤٨
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫امن‬
‫آيثين‬ .acc ‫) آيون‬.n(
(act. pic. m. plu.)
those who arc safe, in
peace, secure

(act. 2 pic.)
trustworthy
‫آيين‬
 security (n.) ‫آتبة‬
‫ثمآثزلطيمةنبعيالغقآمنة‬
Then after grief He sent down
on you security. 13:154]

‫ ادآلتاه‬trust (n.)
trusts (n.p.) ‫اآلماناي‬
‫إيمآن‬
faith, belief (n.)
(ap-der.>iv,m. sing.) ‫مؤين‬
believer

‫ مزيون‬٥٤ ‫ مؤينين‬.nom
(ap-der. i٠, m. plu.)
believers

‫) سمؤندههم» مزيائ‬.plu(
(ap-der .>iv,f.)
believer, believers

place of (n. for place)

safety
‫تأتن‬

secured (pact, pic.) ‫ابرن‬

not to be felt secured ‫غير تأيرن‬
★ ‫مو‬١
a bondwoman ‫»نم‬.‫خهر‬١
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)
they believed
‫آموا‬

(perf. 2 p.m- plu.)

you believed
‫آئم‬

(perf. 1st p. phi.)

we believed
‫آمن‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

~ believes
‫ؤين‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou believe
‫تؤيرا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they believe
‫يؤينؤن‬

‫ تؤمن‬.acc ‫ون‬:‫توي‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.)
you believe

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.)

we believe
‫تقين‬

(emp. 3 p٠m. sing.)

Ncertainly believes or
‫يؤيتن‬
shall surely believe

(emp. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫وبن‬

thou shall have to believe

(emp. 1st. ‫م‬. phi.) ‫يوينن‬

we shall certainly be

believing

security, peace (n) ‫اآلمن‬

‫) آين‬.m( ٠‫آذ‬، ).f(
peaceful (Act. pic. sing.)

49

L)

VOCABULARY OF THB H V QURAN

they are Thy servants.

(2) he is or ، ‫إ‬، .In place of

‫مع ’د؛‬٠ he was
‫ج رلةتئ‬٠‫لن‬
He had well-nigh led US
astray from our gods.
(25:421

A negative particle. And (3)

in this case it should be

followed by ‫ إأل‬, as :
‫لنمذارالقونالبكر‬
This is naught but a word
 of a man. [74:251

that, indeed, (particle)

certainly (this particle
‫أن‬
comes to introduce a
statement)

‫واعكرات العنييحيه‬
And know that Allah is
Mighty, Wise. [2:260]

Used in the (particle)

beginning of a para or new
‫إن‬
sentence, c.g.

‫ظةومؤذةية ئتتلئئ)ءقالئئي‬1‫لمق‬
Veriily Allah and His angels
send their benedictions
[33:56] .upon the Prophet

.Note: These particles i.e

often pre- ‫ آت‬، ‫ع• إن‬

fixed to pronominals. Thus

denote : “that 1 ،‫آ‬،

50

the bondwomen (n.p.)

iMore.-Jonuslim translators
‫إماء‬
of the Holy Quran, due
to their shortcoming,
tend to render the word
‫ آمتًا‬into slave ■woman.
’ ٨٣ -٣٥٣‫د‬٤
(pronoun, 1st p. sing.) ١٨

I, myself

(particle) ‫آن‬
This particle is used to (1>
support the preceding

particle ‫ ك‬i.e. when as

under

‫تتآنجآءابثير‬
 Then, when the bringer of the
glad tiding came. [12:961
explanatory (2)

‫تذئا‬5‫غئ‬٠٠‫'ل‬
The chiefs among them de-
parted—“go and preserve
in your gods i.e. they
departed saying. 13 8:61

Jest (3)

‫رفيريةآنتبلغن*كي‬
And admonish thou them
lest a soul be given up

to perdition for that it ‫رن‬

hath earned. [6:70]

It i, used as : (particle ‫إن ر‬

introducing a conditional (!)
sentence :

‫إنثعنبممفإئمزعبأركة‬
If Thou chastise them, surely

٥
VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAN

‫تنى‬١
men (n.p.) ‫نائ‬
men («. plu. of ‫أنآيى ( إيئ‬
(perf. ‫ و‬pjn. sing.) it ‫تت‬٢
‫ >> الم‬perceived
‫يونن إياسًا‬ ‫ آنن‬,to perceive
‫سةةييئا‬
He perceived a fire on the
side of Tur (mountain).

128:291

(perf. 1st p. sing.) it ‫نى‬٢

 1 perceived

2 ‫دج‬ p.m. plu.) it‫آتشتم‬

you find ٢
‫وانأثميملثدا‬
Then if you find in them
maturity of intellect■ [4:6,

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تتتأيوا‬

<you ask permission

‫ائئتاا‬١‫تن‬٠‫ < ائثأ‬،‫م‬- ‫يئ‬١

‫ ر‬to seek familiarity
١ ‫لتأنين‬.ap-der >x m. pk)
seekers of familiarity

‫رالنأييتلحييج‬
Without lingering to enter
into familiar discourse.

★‫انف‬
‫( آث‬.nose (fl
me, that I, verily I, etc
Likewise these are prefixed
to other pronominal

‫ثمأمام‬forms:‫ د‬,1١
verily, is but (particle) ‫اثا‬
m

Say thou: I am but a hu-

man being like yourselves.
(18:110,

that (statement) (particle) ‫أتمًا‬

’‫يؤسلةة^غةب‬
‫إنةواجد‬
Revealed unto me is that
your God is one God.

‫ا‬0 18:11 1
 ‫ اذت‬f

female («■‫أثى (د‬

‫اأييين‬
two females (fl. f. dual.)
females (‫ دع‬phi.) ‫إتاث‬
*‫نس‬١

‫إنن‬
man (opp. jinnee.) (n.)
‫إنتان‬
man (general) (it.)
man (general) (fl.) ‫إنئ‬
men (n.p.) ‫أمى‬

٥١
51

VOCABULASY OF TH، HOIY QURAN

‫نف‬١
‫كغينعييايية‬
Given to drink of a spring
fiercely boiling, 188:5]

vessels (2) (‫نية(ي‬٢

‫وياثعييرميتينيئة‬
And brought round among
them will be vessels of
silver. [76:15]

(n + o: pronoun) ٠١٠٦
its time (of cooking)

wherefrom (mterj،c.١ ‫آن‬

‫آلكلت‬
Where thou got it from ?
[3:37]

‫ ( أمل‬people (1) (n-

‫تةلي‬٠‫تي|اتجلته؛‬
And if the people of the
Book believe, surely it
would have been better for
them. 13:1101

worthy, Lord, owner, (2)

being entitled

‫ئهلعئيههتئؤ‬
He is the Lord of piety and
the Lord of forgiveness.

174: 56 ‫ا‬
family members (3)
(such as son, brother,
wives and kins.)

‫واآلنت ياالن‬
A nose for a nose. 15:45]
just now („.)

‫مأزائًااليت؟‬
What is that he hath said
just now? [47:16]

‫آنغًا‬

creatures (a.) ‫آام‬

‫ و‬p.m. sing‫( ر‬h.v.) ‫يأن‬

(Imperf.
> )‫أنى;أيىامآ(ض‬
to te time for ss

‫ًالذةي>قئايئو‬
Is not the time yet come to
those who believe?
 [57:16]

times; hours; (n.p.) ،‫آى؛‬

‫« إنتة‬act. pic. m.) ‫آن‬
boiling (1)

‫آتته رك‬.pre ‫ الهيم> انته‬boiling

‫يكذسماةبتآذتقئلجني‬
Going round between it and
boiling water, fierce،

[155:44]

52

٥٢
VOCABULARY OF TH8 HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬٠
‫والمدءدًاحكنلماب‬
And Allah ‫ن‬ with Him is the
best goal (or resort). 13:141

one who is oft-returning (،■

those who are (ints. phi.)
oft-returning
‫آقانن‬

‫★ أود‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
<~ tires
‫يؤد‬

‫ (آد يؤد أردًا (ن‬b

to make tired.

‫جقطمما‬٤‫وأليرو‬
And guarding of the twain
tire Him not. 12:2551

‫آود رأرئ آقدة‬

to become bent

‫( ويل‬interpretation (1) (v.n.yu

‫هذا تأونلرييًاىينبل‬
This is the interpretation of
my dream of old. [12:100]

result, final sequel, end (2)

‫ذلكتييآححىتاونًال‬
This is best and more suit-
able to (achieve) the end.

‫رتانابينينآهل‬
My Lord ; surely my son is
of my family. [11 ;451

responsible persons, (4)

elders of a family.

‫ي*يئبيذز أقلمك‬
So marry them with the
permission of their masters
(elders of their family).

14:251

‫ أهلبن‬.acc ‫ آهون‬.nom
families, (piu. of ‫) آعله‬
family members

(ptraie)il. f. sing.) ‫أؤب‬

<do an act of echo, repeat. ‫ث‬
‫آآ‬٠ ‫أألو‬X ‫آب‬
to return
to act ‫ آرب (و) أيب‬as
echo, bring, repeat (Rgh. Lis.)

‫يجبالنآقنمعه‬
٥ mountains ! repeat ٥ur
praise with him. (34:10‫ا‬

to come back, (*.n.) ‫ب‬٤‫ا‬

to return (with one's own
intention—Rgh.)

(n. for place : ». mim) ‫مآب‬

resort, goal, returning

٥٣
53

‫ى‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ادل‬

< Vong-auStt- (ints. sing.)

ing one (one who mourns
or sorrows much.)

»‫آو]تتأؤة)ن‬:‫يؤ‬٨‫آ‬
to call out oh ; feel pain,
lament

(per3 ,‫ ؛‬p.m. sing.)

N sought refuge

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. phi.)

they sought refuge

(per1 .‫؛‬st, p, ph»,)

we sought refuge

(per‫؛‬. ‫ ل‬p.m, sing.) iv

gave shelter,

betook lodge;

‫آقؤا‬

‫أوينا‬
 ‫ًا‬٠١‫ير‬1 ‫آوى يؤوى‬
to give shelter

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv ‫آرؤا‬

they gave shelter

(imperf. ‫و‬p.m. plu.) iv

thou give shelter
‫تؤوى‬

shelter, (n. of place)

home, abode
‫المأوى‬

aye, yea, (particle) ‫إى‬

fulfilment, consequence (3)

٠‫تنبدتلمةةال‬
Do they wait for aught but
its final sequel ? on the
day when its final sequel
comes. 17:531

‫) آقل‬.card, num( ‫اآللة‬

‫آلةظ‬٠‫مبالعإص‬
For Allah is what
is coming after and
what is the First
(Jid. mt. 27,427) [57:31

first (card, num.f.) ‫أولى‬

(this word is opposite to

‫هزة‬.‫ ز )؟‬, Hereafter)

‫خلجتهئتذوص‬٢'‫ينح‬
Allah's is the First and Last,
(i.e. life and afterlife.)

‫ا‬5٦-‫آلح‬١

‫أزي ء ا ل و‬/‫أزآله‬/‫أؤفك‬
woe 1 ‫آولى‬
 ‫آزللك نأؤل‬
(75:34) .Woe unto thee woe

Mr،.... ,he difference bet-)

‫ تر أنى‬of ‫آؤل‬
ween
(owe— ‫ آون‬and

٥٤
54

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫اى د‬

tators, such as Razi,
and Ibn Kathir, the
two tribes, though
closely allied, were
distinct.

people, followers (n) ‫آل‬

Caution: According to
Raghib the word is deri-

ved from ‫ آل‬i. e.

٠ is turned to ‫آيف‬
as its deminutive form

in ‫ أبل‬. Thedifferenc
between ‫ل‬٦ and
‫ آمل‬is that the for-
met is possessed only
to man, while the latter
is possessed to man,
time and idea etc. as
e. g. it may be said

but not ‫آهح النار‬

.‫ ل الر‬٦
The word originally
signifies people and
nation. But in case of
Prophet Mohammad
(p. B.H.), in some
accounts, it is termed
for his kith and kin.
According to another
view it is to be genera-
lised for the followers,
‘Ummah’.
 ‫ذلؤ‬٠‫لئورةلت‬
Yea ! By my Lord this is
the truth. 110:53]

‫★ أىه‬
‫ أيدن ( لآل‬plu. of( ‫ءهوى د و‬
(perf. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.) ii '‫غ‬
< '''Supported,

‫أيديقيد تابدًا‬
to support, strengthen

(perf. 1st p, sing.) ii ‫أمت‬

I supported

(perf. 1st p. plu.) ٧‫ث‬٢

we supported I

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii

we support
‫تقيد‬

might (n.)‫اقدد‬
‫راكتوبتتنمايًايني‬
And the heaven, We have
built with might. 151:471

‫ىك‬١ ★
wood, thicket, another name ‫األتوه‬
of Midian (n)

Note : ‫أيكة‬ signifies the

thicket or collection of
tangled trees. Noel-
deke identifies these
people with the
Midianites. Accord-
ing to Muslim commen-

٥٥
55

VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAW

 ‫آيات‬
‫( أان‬particle)

when (question about time)

whichsoever (particle)

‫ا‬٦ (.alone (adv

This particle is always
.suffixed to a pronoun e.g

‫ أدؤإ؟؛‬etc.
‫اياكنبدوايالكتتجين‬
Thee alone do we worship,
and of Thee alone do we
seek help, 1:5]

sign, verse (n) ‫إل‬

signs, verses (n.p.) ‫اي‬٢

‫*اى م‬
'"-single women ‫األى‬
(i.e. unmarried ,divorced or
widow)

٠• ‫> أيم‬
‫ آتمان‬see ‫يمين‬
★ ★★*

where (particle) ‫آبن‬

whithersoever (particle) ‫آيًا‬

***
56

٥٦
.‫كتاب ابا‬
by (5)

‫ىلبيركألغويكةماجمعين‬
 He said : By Thy might, I will
surely lead them all
astray. 138:821

from (6)

‫يايغربيملعباداش‬
A fountain from which the
servants of Allah drink.

٢76:61
It also denotes the (7)
object of a transitive verb.

‫ولذامئدايالكيرميةاييرامًا‬
And when they pass by what
is false (vain) they pass by
nobly. 125:721

to support the subject, (8)

that is termed ‫زاندء‬

i.e. additional I(Rgh.)

‫مبتيك‬١‫ود‬٢‫وييالتآو‬٠‫تتأًاذجد‬
And thou believe not our
sayings even when we
speak the truth. {12:17,

an inseparable preposition
denoting:

with (1)

‫غذوامًااتييكرتة‬
Hold that which We have
given you with strength.

٢2:631
during (2)

‫وينكيلفعبني‬
And during a part of the
night keep awake. {17:79,

in (3)

‫أذخلوهابجراينيج‬
Enter therein in peace,
secure. {15:46,

for (4)

‫أألنت باالنن‬
A nose for a nose. 15:451

٥
57
v

‫لي‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY

‫ء‬
the earliest form of

the metal—its meteo ٠

ric origin before it
could be obtained
from its ores.

‫ اج‬.‫آل‬1٦-‫خ‬١ .٧id. nn

Adversity (3)

‫يسهدييتعرشييد‬
Their adversity among them-
selves is very great.

159:14]

conflict, war (4)

And the patient in distress

and affliction and in the
time of conflicts. 12: 1771

tribulation, distress (n.) ‫اتأساء‬

(The kind of evil that relates
to property such as
poverty (L.L.), compare

) ‫ر ر‬١‫ ض‬see ‫ضرا‬:

fact. pie. m. sing.)
poor, needy
‫اآلين‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫بييسئ‬
dreadful

Or. elative) ‫أتر‬

tail-less, i.e. cut off from
all future hope.

to curtail^;: ‫< بتر يتو‬

cut off entirely, amputate.

:‫ أل‬see ‫بول‬

(an unorthodox word of

‘blame’.)

‫يئ اكراب‬
Evil is their drink [18:291

‫لئرمايالتايلوب‬
Very bad in their work.

15:631
 Operate, viii, neg. m. ‫ل‬٠٠١١‫آلبثذ‬
grieve not!

‫بأى‬
terror, punishment (1) (n.)
‫بيايائمعتوت‬.‫بجآدهابك‬
Our terror came to them by
night or while they slept
at noon. 17:41

power, violence (2)

‫تث‬٠‫يه سمألى ئي‬٠‫تًائزلحًاالحيتتك‬

And We send down iron
wherein is mighty power.

157:251

٨٢٥ ،، : sending down of iron

may well allude to

58

٥٨
‫عر‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLV QURAN

...١'
‫لقأًائؤابؤعوطرثذقسنح‬
‫ ا‬only bewail my distress and
grief unto Allah. 12:861‫؛‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.)

scattered
‫المكثرئ‬
(pact, pic. f. sing.) ‫عبثرتة‬
spread

(pis. pic.>viH.) ( ‫منبئ (مئبةًا‬

scattered

٠‫ث‬٦‫بذ‬

‫يجك ؛‬.p.m. sing ‫ ل‬.imperf,‫؛‬

vis scratching■،)
‫ا‬٠‫رنز^ه‬٦‫ئتت!ئتغش‬٢
٠‫بجس‬
‫و‬
(perf. p f. sing.) vii
(gushed forth
‫ابجسن‬

‫ بجن يجر تجئه‬to ope

★ ‫ر‬٢‫ب‬
sea (n.) ‫تجر‬
(n. dual) ace.
two seas
‫ ت*رين‬nom.

‫ يحار ا بال‬seas (n.p.)

Bahira (n.) ‫تجئدذ‬
(i.e. mother-camel whose
milk was dedicated by the

٥٩
‫★ بتك‬
(epl.‫ و‬p. «،. plu.) ii ‫جبكن‬
(surely they will cut off

‫'ذكًابةلةتةأزاجك ها‬
cut off.

٠‫بتل‬
(perale')■». m. ling.) ii
(devote
‫تتل‬

to devote V ‫بتل ئبثل‬

ii
oneself entirely to Allah.

devotion ,،’. ،f.) ‫تبتل‬

٠Hc ,means ‫تبئل إلى اف‬
detached himself from
wordly things, and devo-
led himself to God, or he
forsook every other thing,
and applied himself to the
»‫ »\الأ‬٠‫ ؟‬God,' (Jid>LL.

nn. 29 .3 60 ‫ر‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
(assim. V.)
‫بك‬
( has dispersed

to disperse ‫آث يبئ بثاه‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫نق‬

~ d isperses (assim. V.)

distress JI.) ‫تج‬

59

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN

‫نآس‬
(imperf. ‫ ة‬p.m. plu.١ ‫يبخل‬
they stint, are niggardly

‫تتخزا‬.ace ‫ تبخاؤن‬.nom
(,imperf. 2 p.m. ph،.١

you stint, are niggardly

niggardliness (n.) ‫ابخل‬

(perf. 3 p m. sing.) (h.v.)

(started, began (1)
‫تآ‬

‫(بتايبدًابددارف‬ ,to begin

commence, create (God)

‫تتآبآفعتهم‬
He bagan with their sacks.

112:76 ‫ا‬
to originate (2)

‫فنظروايعبدًاًالخلق‬
And behold how He origina*

ted the creation. 129:201

(perf. 2 p.m. pht.)
they began
‫تدأرا‬
(perf. 1st. p. pht.) vk
we began

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

N begins
‫تدا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫يبدئ‬

*originates (1)

60

pagan Arabs to their

gods.)

(imperf. 3 p.m’ring.) ‫ييخ‬

< ^diminishes

‫*جر يبخ تغارف‬

to diminish, to treat un-

justly

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

(you) diminish not!
‫آلتخوا‬
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. p!u٦( ‫يخون‬
they diminish

diminution, reduced (price)

١ ‫؟نع‬.act. pic. m. s،ng)

one who kills himself with)

grief

‫خ يبخع تخًا‬٢ To commit

suicide
 ‫★ بخل‬
‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ‫عيلت‬
(perf.
١>stinted, was niggardly
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تفرا‬
they stinted, were niggardly

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫بدء‬

‫ لم‬perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫بدع‬

< ,originated

to originate, ‫بتع يبدع بذع‬

begin, produce

innovator (n.) acc. ‫بدط‬

originator (act. 2 pic.) ‫بديع‬
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) viii ‫أتدعرا‬
<they invented

‫ ابتتع‬via ‫ابتيداع‬
to originate, invent

‫★بدل‬
‫ ل‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫بدل‬
(perf.

< Nchanged ٠

)‫بتل يدل بدآلرن‬

to exchange, to alter

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii

they changed
‫دوا‬

(perf. ht p. plu.) ii
we changed
‫دن‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ii

I change
‫ئآلال‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫ثآل‬٠‫ت‬
< «got changed

‫>بئؤآ « سن آل‬
to exchange, get changed

‫يبيئاله لخلتق‬
Allah originateth the crea-
tion. 29:19‫]؛‬

to show (2)

‫رماييئأبأطنرعاييل‬
The falsehood shall neither
show (its face) nor it shall
return. [34:49)

Note : The particle ‫ما‬

may
here be a negative, or
may be in the place of
accusative in the sense

٥٢ ‫ أئ نبي‬.

‘Badr’ is a village at («.) ‫بذز‬

distance of 150 kms.

from Al-Madina. Jt was

a camping ground and a
market, noted for plenti-
ful supply of water and
situated at the union of
the road from Al-
Medina and caravan
route from Syria to
Makka.

‫سارًا‬
‫بتر م) بدارًا‬
in haste acc. (v. n. Hi

to make haste
 6:

١ ‫بدد‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QLRAN

‫بدل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. «’ng.) (A.,.) ‫بدا‬

<~ ippeared(l)

)‫بتدا يئر بدوًا ن بتاتة (ن‬

to appear, become clear,

manifest,

(2) to occur in mind

(3) to dwell in desert

Nay! that which they con-

ceaied before hath ap-
pear cd for them, (became
clear unto them.) 16:28]

to occur in mind (2)

‫تومقبذلمالتا‬٠‫ل‬٦‫آلة‬
‫لكجكهحفىحني‬
Thereafter it occured to
them, (even) after they
had seen the signs (of his
innocence) to imprison
him till a time. 112:351

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)

-appeared
‫تقظ‬
‫ لم‬Imperf• 3 pl sing.) ،٠ ‫يئيى‬
(A.) to make appear

‫ أبى أبددًا‬to make

plain, manifest

(in order to make . -

manifest) ‫ييى‬
(imperf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) V -‫تتل‬
‫ يم‬changes
(perate m. phi.) » ‫آل تتدور‬
exchange not ٠
'‫ئندل‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
‫ >نم‬changes
٠٠■ ‫آدلييل إداآل‬۵

‫يت يل إدا آ‬٣ ‫ س‬to alter

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) X
will choose ss instead
‫تدل‬

of ss

‫بيتيلترياغيي‬
He will choose instead of
you a folk other than you.

19:39]

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) X

you exchange, take
‫يثبيرن‬

ss instead of ss

(tn.ysimple) ‫تآل‬٢
an exchange ( ‫) تدآل‬
‫ تبييًال‬.ace ‫) كييل‬9ji.>ii(
change, altering

replacement (».«. > x) ‫اتبدال‬

changer (ap-der>ii) ‫عبدل‬

body (".) ‫شتى‬

camels : to be slain for ‫د‬
 sacrifice (during Hajj)

٦٢
‫*ر‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬
‫توألكتفيروالباد‬
Equal (for all men) the
dweller (of Makka) and
the dweller of desert.

122:251

(.«Ct. pic. m. plu.) ‫ادرن‬

dwellers of the desert

‫يرؤواكوآتنبمبارنتفالغراب‬
They would fain to be in the
desert with the wandering
Arabs. (did.) 133:201
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫ايى‬
deficient, immature

‫ بايى ارأي‬Those of
immature opinion

‫(بدى‬discloser (|ap-der>'n
with hamza ‫ مبيئ‬: Caution
to start , ‫< تدًا يئدًا‬
without ‫ مبدى‬and
(v’،) ‫< آبى يدى‬hamza

to disclose or make mani-

fest.

|‫|*بذر‬
(perate >،/, neg.)
< squander not!
‫آلقتذر‬

‫ بذر يتذر‬u ‫تبذيرًا‬

to disperse, sequander

dissipation, (vn, «> ‫زتمدممه‬

 squandering

٦٣3.( ‫ا‬٩٠ ‫ بيى‬p.f. sing .‫؛‬proper

f.) makes manifest ) *‫م‬

‫لنه'دشكبئيب‬
‫لآلنيجكعنطيها‬
She had well-nigh disclosed
him if we had not forti-
fied her heart. [28:10]

(imperf.: ‫و‬
p,m. phi.) iv
they make manifest
‫ئئدون‬
‫ لم‬imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١ iv ‫بدين‬
they (f.) make manifest

‫ تبدرا‬.ace ‫بدرن‬
iimperj. 2 p.m. ph».١

٤ make manifest
n.d. gen. ‫)م) ييد‬

(.imperf. 3 p.m, sng.١

he did not discover

‫تلتياييثلفنتيهوكرييييهالهر‬
But Yusuf concealed it in
himselfi and discovered
(revealed) it not’ unto
them. 112:771

(2 p.m. sing.) pip, i, ‫تبد‬

‫ يم‬made disclosed
desert (w.) ‫اكدو‬
‫رحآيكغتتالبن‬
And hath brought you from
the desert. 112:100]

the dweller of (act. pic.)

desert
‫اآد‬
63
 ‫ل‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOIY QURAN

‫ب‬

dutious (3)

‫ربتابالسيو‬
And dutious (or pious)
towards his parents.

[19:141
land (3)

‫حررطيكرصيدالبر‬
The game of land is for-
15:961 .bidden unto you

‫ألؤ‬ (the piety, virtue (n

‫( أرار‬.pious ones (n.p

‫وؤ‬، (.virtuous ones (n.p)
‫؛‬١٢ .sing

(imperf. 1st p. piu.) (A.v.) ‫رأ‬

<we create ; bring into ٠٠
being

‫'ةرفع‬٠‫ يرًا تا‬١‫ز‬٢ to create

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv ‫ترئ‬
((thou heal ‫ر‬٠
)‫ف‬,*‫رأيرىجراي‬
(to be safe -‫ج‬
‫شئلثمآ‬:٦‫ز‬١
to heal, make free.

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv ‫أرئ‬

 I heal ٠
(Imperf. 1st p. phi.) ,٠, ‫برئ‬
we heal

64

(ap-der. >ii m.piu.)acc. ‫عبذر ن‬

squanderers

‫ تبرؤا‬.acc< ‫ تبرون‬V )assim(

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.)

to act well, be pious

towards God, parents ; be
virtuous, be true, behave
courteously.

you act piously (1)

‫رالئجصدانهعرضهتييأنكر‬
‫أنتباوارتتعزا‬
And make not Allah a butt
of your oaths that ye shall
not act piously nor fear

Allah.” (did.) 12:224 ‫ا‬

you deal benevolently (2)

‫ألينتكراشهعيالنينكريقايلؤلفيالتينو‬
‫وديضيوخيقل’تأذيتاءرئعم‬
Allah forbiddeth you not
،nat you should deal bene-
volently to those who
fought not against you on
account of religion and
drove you not out of your
houses 160:81

benign (I) (n) ‫البر‬

‫دأجيم‬
He is the benign, merciful.
(52:281

٦i
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دء‬
freedom from obligation

creation (fl.) ‫ئة‬

creator (act. pic. m. sing.) ‫قارى‬

one who is free (pis. pic.)

from obligation or ‫ج‬

blame or any kind of
defect.

‫برج‬

(perate)Vi. neg. f. plu.)

you (f.) do not display
‫آلتبرجت‬

beauty ,‫سيي‬
display of beauty ٤‫بر‬

(ap-der>v.f.phi.) ‫ترجات‬
women displaying their
beautifulness

‫برج‬ < towers (n.p.) ‫بررج‬

sing, tower

٠‫بدح‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.)

< I will not cease to
‫تن أبرح‬/‫آل‬

،‫ئ‬1‫لختءئدل‬٢‫كا‬

to leave a place

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ‫لن نبرح‬

we ‫ اازه‬not cease to leave

 ‫★ برد‬

coolness (tn.) ‫بر‬

٦٥
(perf. 3 p.m. ring.) ii
declared innocent,
‫نمرأ‬
cleared from blame

٠٠٠
l

Allah cleared him (from

that which they alleged.)
133:691

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

quitted himself of
‫يرآ * ين‬

‫بي‬١‫ايئئبيخن‬،‫اللتبرالةم‬
When those who were
followed shall quit them-
selves of those who
followed. 72:1661

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) V

they quitted
‫ييأرا‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu .‫ا ر‬٠‫ىزًا‬

we declared our innocence

before you

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.)

we quit
‫قزو‬
(act. 2 pic.) ‫تري‬
safe of blame, innocent

‫آقالهبرتئياللغيهنك‬
Allah is free from obligation
to idolaters. [9:3]

‫إئقبيأيتاثثرارن‬
I am innocent of that which
you associate. [6:19]

innocent (n.) ‫زآو‬٠‫ر‬

bS

‫دك‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬
(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫بارزة‬
appeared plain

cold (act. pic) ‫بارد‬

Litt: a thing that (n.) ‫بررخ‬

intervenes between
any two things.

(In the Quranic

sense it is the interval
between the present
life and that which
is to come, from the
period of death to
Resurrection, upon-
which he who dies
enters.)

the leprous (n.) ‫اآيرص‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يرق‬

‫ نم‬got confused
the lightning (n.) ‫البرق‬

‫* إريق‬e ‫أآلدكق‬

‫★بدك‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) Hi ‫ءذلآل‬

he blessed

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫رآل‬

<~he went forth

‫> برز يبرزبررزًا‬

to pass out, to appear, to
show oneself after
concealment

‫ئنتؤككتذينتطر‬
‫لبرزالنينكيبعيمالقتل‬
Say ! Had you remained in
your houses, those for
whom slaughter was ordai-
ned would have gone
forth. 13:154]

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫برزرا‬

they went out against (1)

‫رلتبرعالجالزك‬
When they went forth against
Jalut. 12:2501

to come forth (2)

‫وبرزقالوجييعًا‬
And they all will come forth
to Allah. ]14:21]

‫برزت‬
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ii
‫ رم‬brought up
 (act. pic. m. phi.)
those who appear
‫ارزرن‬

٦٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫برك‬
SfiOwUng (act. pic. /. ٠.( ‫ايرة‬

(pp- 3 pf Ting.) assim. V ‫ىئي‬

was grounded to powder

‫) بع‬.v.n( ‫سه‬.‫آثد‬
grinding to power

(perf. ‫ و‬pi sing.) ‫سكل‬

extended

‫ سم‬amplified ‫الرزق‬
the provision

^stretched out ‫التذ‬

the hand

٠.١ ‫تتكة‬-p.m ‫سًا‬. 2

thou stretched out

(imperj. 5 pi ١.٠ ‫يبدط‬

stretches, amplifies

(imperf. 3 pl phi.) ‫تبعوا‬

they amplify, stretch

(imperf. 2 pi sing.) ‫تبط‬

thou stretcheth
(parate neg. nt. sing.) ‫آل تسط‬
do not stretch forth

stretching (*‫ل‬,.( ‫ابرط‬

expanse („-) ‫بتاء‬
abundant (n.) ‫يعطة‬
(pp. ‫ ل‬p.m. ٠٠١ ill ‫بؤرك‬
‫ سم‬is blessed

(perf 3 p.m. sing.) Hi ‫بارك‬

be blessed, exalted

(n. sing.) ‫(< 'زم ال‬n.p.) ‫عت‬٦‫ع‬

blessings

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ‫ىرك‬

blessed one

(pis. pic. ‫ ء‬٠.‫دج*ؤ‬١‫ئ‬

blessed one

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. phi.) fr

they determined
‫أرموا‬
٠, ‫طلل‬.١‫يؤلمنآل‬ap٠d،r>iT<
determining

‫اا‬.( ‫ (برمان‬a proof

two proofs (is. ‫(سه‬ ٠‫ءي‬٦٠‫بر‬
٦‫بذغ‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫بلرغ‬

uprising (moon) ‫سه‬.

lat. pic. f. ٠٠١ ‫بلوغة‬

uprising (sun) acc.

(ptrf.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫بتر‬

scowled down
IV

67

VI

<j sauipij pooS (no،) 3٨eq

‫غ‬٢‫ب‬٢٢١ 4‫ ) إ‬ryd m ‫رغم‬

~satnptl poo! USA,» sr

‫كإ‬, ١‫) ا‬٠‫ الش! لسة‬£ -٥٥ ٠(

‫ ةأهـه‬sSutpi] pooS;

'‫) ا؛ ص‬٠‫ لسة‬-‫ الل‬wwd(

‫!الة؛‬٠‫س ال‬3 ‫د‬٨!‫مه ة‬

padun)- ‫ا ن‬١‫غل‬- l٠n|d ،‫بم‬

،sauipu pooS SAia no

ttjd •tud z fjjdut}) ) ٢٠،٠٦٢۶

،S no‫؛‬sSurpn poo» 9A

Suit •wd z Jjfdun)•) ٢‫ رآلو‬/.‫ا‬

5‫ل‬٨!‫« ىمق‬sSutpi] poo

٦;‫ب‬، ١‫ ؟؛الة) ؛‬d ‫ ع‬-. )paduii

*9 «٥AB pooS pt‫؛‬٦s»u

‫ب‬،١ ١١ )'٩٥ ■٥ 1‫(قدح■ أ‬

،saurpn poo» 9AB» no

’‫ ةبت‬١‫) ؛‬-٩٥-‫س‬-‫)( ح ه‬ad

«SMW poo

(0 «SAI ٢٣۶‫تبل‬ ٦

~<٥ae3 Xaqi SoUipi) poos

(٩d •wd £ )ad') ‫؛ا \؟رغ‬
 ‫سا|ه لمييي م فتخ‬$ 01

<'pa١ims١

‫ لمني‬،)-‫ ؟اطة‬Mi d £ ’pad(

uoiip

-jad o, dn U٥٨i3 MB OUM

‫ل‬٢٦‫ه ار‬, )■Buis »٥ ‫ غ‬٠‫(سر‬

paj 89 qiBq- ٢‫م‬٠‫ايى؛م‬

01 || ,eq، -OJ uotjtpjsd

)nos 8 JS9) dn U9A13 9٩

uiaqi noq, qsiuouipB pu٧

‫فؤس‬

piBMM JO ‫بم‬-٠‫ر‬

0٦ piqioj* 9Audap o٦

< 01 $٩8‫ بم‬dn usaiS usaq

٢٢۶، M (-%nt 'J'd £ -d١d)

I٠r‫ض‬ ‫م‬I

aq OJ ‫|أ‬8‫( 'يا‬sail) nn

‫ئ‬:‫ت ؟‬٣٢٩٥١(
uoilisodsip

<)‫|| (الهدة‬٩‘ sjqou 8ui٨eq

٠٩٢١?‫;) ؟‬٩٥ ‫ال‬٠‫<*■ هاد‬٥١

‫ م‬٠‫ه م م‬

(mo paqoiaqs (ut8M٦

 pmp j-did vwi)') ?،٢٢٢٢٢١
quoj »uiqojajjsino

J٥o٩ •٥١٥ -١d w’)

‫ك‬٦‫؟آلالئ <سا اآل‬

ino8‫؟‬or٩٥i٥j١

١٦ )-2u١s ‫د س‬١‫ ه‬-‫(هدا‬

‫م‬

٠٢

NV»n٥ ٨-J0H 3HI 0‫ ل‬ABVinaVOOA

٠‫م‬

‫ىر‬٠‫ب‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬
(ap-der. f. phi.) ii ‫مبشرات‬
givers (f) of good tidings

(.perf- ‫ ل‬p. f- s‫؛‬ng.١ ‫بصرت‬

she watched

‫ لم‬per/- 1st p. sing.١ ‫بكرت‬

I watched

‫تئئزرا‬ ‫ل‬
‫■لم‬gen( ‫ببصررن‬
(imperf. 5 p.m. phi.١

they did not see

(pip; 3 p m. phi.) u ‫يتتررن‬

they shall be made to see

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

~saw. watched
‫آبصر‬
(perf, ‫ أ‬st. p. phi.) iv ‫آبصرنا‬
we saw . watched
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ،it ‫يبعر‬
~ watches

Mmpref. 2 p.m. sing.١ iv ‫تبعر‬

thou watch

(imperf:
they watch
‫و‬
p.m. plu.) if ‫يبع يررن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)

you watch
‫تبعررن‬

how clear is (e/

his sight !
٥r،ve-w)(۶)
Note: There is a pattern
in Arabic for expres-
sing wonder called

‫ئت‬١‫( أئل‬the verb

of wonder) e. g.

‫آبشريبثرإبغارًا‬
to have good tidings !

(perat m. phi.) Hi
touch or contact
‫باثر وا‬
fin sexual intercourse)

< ‫ تاتر تمباترة‬to manage

an affair in one’s own
person, to go into sexual
intercourse

Operate neg. m. phi.١ ‫؛ال‬١‫حذ‬،‫آلبي‬

do not touch or contact

(of sex) I

(imperf. 3 p m. phi.) X ‫يشتبيرون‬

they are having good tidings

‫> امتبشر استبتارًا‬

to have good tidings
(perate m. phi.) X
have good tidings!
‫استبثررا‬

(ap-der ٠f. ting.) X

she who has good tidings
،‫متبشر‬

human being (n.) ‫بتر‬

‫) بتو‬.II.n( ‫ بشرًا‬.ace
bearing good news

good news (n) ‫بشرى‬

(,act 2 pic. m. sing.١ ‫بشير‬

a bearer of good tidings

(ap-der. m. sing.) ii ‫مبشر‬

a giver of good tidings

(ap-der. m. phi.) ii
givers of good tidings
‫مبشرين‬

٦٩
69

VOCABULARY 0‫ ء‬THE HOLY QURAN

(2) insight

ImU
I call unto Allah (resting)
12:1081] .upon an insight

‫( بعاتر‬.enlightenment (n.p
)‫؟‬.«.(*‫ كثفن‬an insight
*‫بصل‬
onion (n.) ‫بعل‬

٠‫برع‬

a few, (a number (n.) ‫بغع‬

ranging between three
and nine)

an article of (fl.) ‫عاعة‬

merchandise

٠‫★ بط‬

(epl. 3 p.m. sing.) il ‫كعن‬

he certainly will be late

and delayed (Rgh)

)‫عذتبؤئآلدعدآم‬
to move slowly, linger

to detain, delay it ‫تمئأ‬

★‫بدر‬

(perf.3p.fjng.) ‫بطرت‬
‫ ب‬exulted
70

‫بي مر‬

‫' تا أكنه‬how good

he is.' or‫آحن ي‬ for
the same meaning. Like-

wise ‫ أبصر ذم‬means

‘how clear is his sight‫’ا‬
look f (perate m. sing.) ‫آبصر‬
the sight (n.) ‫ابصر‬
sights (n.p.) ‫أبتار‬

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

one who see® clearly
‫بصير‬
ctear kqb<kr >i*١ ‫مبعر‬

(apider. (f.) >ir)‫مبءرة‬

openly watchable (/»)

(in the sense of pact, pic.)

that is seen very clearly,

enlightened
(‫بيروتوا‬

‫فلذامريجونغك‬
And Io! they are enlightened.

17:2011
 (ap-der. m. plu.) X
seers clearly
‫عدتيصرين‬

(act. 2 pic.f. Jin®.) ‫ابعييرة‬

enlightenment (I)

‫ببىاالئتاذتل ننيب تئية؛‬

Aye! man against himself
shall be an enlightenment.

٧٠
VOCABULARY OF THX HOLY QURAN ‫بطر‬
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫اطال‬
falsehood

(ap-der. m. ?‫أ‬١‫ل‬٠١‫مطؤن‬
followers of falsehood '

‫بطريبطر بطرًا‬
to exult, be intoxicated in
good fortune

‫بعلرًا‬
exultation (v.n.) ace.

★‫بطن‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m sing.) ‫بطن‬
< ~is hidden

‫ًا‬:‫بطنيبطانبطًاوبطو‬
to be hidden, secret

‫هئذصقءهآسئ‬
And approach not indccen-
cics whatsoever is open
thereof and whatsoever is
concealed. 16:1511

(act. pic. m. sing.)

hidden
‫ادتاطب‬

(opp.‫ الظاعر‬manifest)
hidden (act. pic. f. sing.) ‫اباطتة‬
 (opp. ‫ ظايرة‬manifest)
inner (n.p.)‫بطن‬
covering (of a bed or dress)

lining, secret,
intimate friend
‫< بطانة‬

intimate friend (n.) ‫بطآه‬

heart of city, (1) („.) ‫بطن‬
valley

‫رآيييلزعنهزببطن مكة‬
And (withheld) your hand
from them in the valley
of Makka. (48:24]

،‫'عكسس‬7‫بشبم ر'سذ‬
‫( بطفتم‬you seized (by force>
‫بك يبطش بعكًا‬
to seize by force

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.) ‫تبيش‬

~seizes

(.imperf. 3 p.m. piu.١ ‫يكرن‬

they seize

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) ‫تبك‬

we seize

seizing (v.n.) ‫ابطثر‬

seizure (n.) ‫ألطفة‬
‫★بطل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫بطل‬
<was made vain

‫بطليصلبلًال؟وبطًال‬
to be vain, false, go for no
 thing, be of no account,
be repealed, abolish

(imperf. 3 p.m. s٤ng.١iv ‫يدطل‬

brings ss to naught

abolish, ‫< تبطون‬acc. ،V ‫تطرا‬

you repeal

٧١
71

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ذن‬
(epl, 3 p٠m. sing.)
he surely will raise
‫يبعةن‬
(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫تبعك‬
~we raise

uatill we raise acc. ‫حتى تبتذ‬

(perate. nt. sing.)
(thou) raise, appoint
‫إبسث‬

(pip ‫و‬ p.m. sing.)

he is raised
‫يبتف‬

(pip ‫و‬ p.m. phi.)

they are raised
‫يبثون‬
(.pip 2 p m. s‫؛‬ng.١ ‫تعك‬
thou art raised

(epl. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫تتثئخ‬

you certainly will be

raised

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

you will be raised
‫تتعثون‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) vii ‫انبعت‬

‫ سم‬rose up

‫البعك‬
‫ةنبميا‬،٦‫لنممتكفي'رخ‬
resurrection (I) (a.)
 If you are in doubt respeo■
ting the resurrection.

122:51

upraising (2)

‫ملطثكزوالبغألكئاجدو‬

Your creation and your up.

raising are only as (though
of) one soul. (31:28)
72

womb (2)

‫رتاتننرئككسأفبلغمحتكا‬
My Lord I I have vowed
onto Thee that which is in
my womb to be dedicated.

(3:351

belly (3)

‫لليزبطيةاليزرينعثوك‬
He would have tarried in the
belly thereof till the day
they are raised. (37:144]

wombs (1) (n.p.)‫ئئلؤة‬

‫والهآخرجكاتعبطتناقميلر‬
And Allah has brought you
from the wombs of your
mothers. 116:78]

bellies (2)

‫ذمكيتنفابطري‬
Like the dregs of ‫دفيفه‬ it
shall seethe n the bellies.

144:451
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫بعت‬

< *sent, raised

‫بعق يبعئ بعثا‬ ,to send

raise after death, awaken

(perf. 1st. p. ph».) ‫تتنقا‬

we sent, raised

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يبعئ‬

**raises

٧٢
‫بع ل‬
.'OCABUtRY OF THE HOLY QURAN

-‫؟‬.‫ز‬ ‫عدت‬p.f. sin ‫ ل‬.perf)

seemed far ‫> "ب‬

)‫بحدآرك‬ ‫بعد يبعد‬
to be far distant

‫رلكنبدتءلتمالكقه‬
But the distance seemed far
unto them. 19:421

far removal (v.n.) ‫بعدًا‬

far, wide (act. 2 pic.) ‫بيد‬
(perateyiii, m. sing.) ‫تاعد‬
make the distance longer

follow up
after, latter, (n.) ‫عد‬
(pts. pie. iv. m. plu.) ‫دؤبر‬-‫ر‬,
who are kept far off

camel (n.) ‫جعيير‬

husband (n.) ‫بعل‬
husbands (n.p.) ‫بعول‬
‫ بعًال‬.acc ‫ا‬٠‫ج‬.١
Ba l is a primitive title of
divinities, which is found
in all tranches of the
Semitic race hence the use
of the name in the Quran
with an .indefinite article

١.id‫ غًال‬٧

٧٣
‫ > انتان‬٠(
r/o r.n
raising up, going forth

‫عه ببرودة‬. ‫ تبعرثين‬.nom

١, poet, pic an. plu.)

those who are sent or

raised up

‫عثر‬

(pp. 3 p.m. singfiQuadria!)

Ois poured forth
‫بعير‬

‫بعغربعنرة‬ ,to expose

lay upon, overturn,

pour out

‫ًاةلةئتملدابذيتتآيىا ننبري‬
Knoweth he not that when
the contents of the graves

are poured forth. 1 100:9 ‫ا‬

(pp■ 3 p.f. sing.)
are overturned
‫بعيرت‬

‫الشبرربعثرت‬٦‫وإ‬
 And the sepulchres are over*

turned. (82:4 ‫________________ا‬

‫بعدت‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)
‫ > م‬were removed afar
‫(بعيد يبعد تتدآرس‬
to remove afar, to

perish

‫ امأ‬a far removal for

Madyan as Thamud were
removed afar. [1 1:95]

73

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QL'HAN ‫بغ ح‬

(/٠٢/٠ ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫يغى‬

oppresses

‫تيبغنيغطممءلبعض‬
That they oppress each other.

[38:24]

‫فإنبغتإحددمماعللخرى‬
‫عارا القى تبغن‬
Then if one of them
aggresseth on the other,
fight (the party) which

aggresseth. 149:9 ‫ا‬

to pass (a barrier or board) (2)

(imptrf. 3 p.m. dual) ‫يبيان‬

the twain pass ss

‫بيممابرنخاليتييب‬
In between the twain is a
barrier (which) they pass
not. [55:20]
 ‫تغ‬ .acc< ‫بغن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou seek, wish for

‫تغ‬ .acc< ‫بغي‬

(imperf. 1st p. phi.)

we wanted.

to seek, wish for 63)

(imptrf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يغرن‬

they seek

‫آفنيرويناشيبلوتة؟‬
Seek they then other than the
religion of Allah? [3:83]

a gnat )‫تعوضة (ع‬

*‫بات‬
‫الآيهةئ\ة‬١‫> ال‬a4v-١ ‫بغتة‬

٠‫باض‬

hatred, (n.) ‫غضاء‬

vehement hatred

٠‫بعل‬
mules (n.p.) ‫يألئ‬
i ‫بغي‬
Vperf. 5 p.m. s١ng-١ ‫بغى‬

< was unjust, 1

oppressed
)‫)على‬

< ‫«تغى يبغن بنيًا وبغيةف‬

to seek, wish for‫ ؛‬desire,
aggress, oppress
 (perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (‫بغت (على‬
‫ مج‬was unjust,
oppress‫؛)؟‬

٢perf٠ ‫ ل‬P.m. plu.١ )‫تعوا (عل‬

they were unjust,

oppressed

74

٧٤
OCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫بعى‬

(perf ‫ؤ‬ p.m. phi.) viii

they sought
‫ابتغوا‬

(perate. m. plu.) viii

you seek !
‫ابتغرا‬
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) viii ‫يتبتغ‬

‫ سم‬seeks
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii
they seek
‫تتغون‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) viii

you are seeking
‫تبتغون‬

‫ تبغرا‬.acc< ‫تبنرن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)
that you seek

‫ أبتغ‬.sen( ‫آبتغ‬
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

1 wish

(imperf. ht. p. phi.) viii

we want, wish
‫تتنى‬

‫بتغاء‬٦
seeking (v.n. viii)

oppressing (v.n.) acc. ‫ابغع ابغيًا‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫كأ‬

 desirer, (one who desires)

‫ألغة‬
adultery, prostitution
‫ًا‬
prostitute ( ‫بنئ ( تغي‬

★ ‫يدق د‬
a cow (n.) ‫بقرء‬

kinds of cows (n.) ‫بقو‬

cows (n.p.) ‫بقراث‬
‫ تبنوا‬.acc ‫تبغرن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)
you seek

I seek (imperf. hip. sing.) ‫أبنى‬

‫تغ‬ .gen ‫آبني‬
(,imperf. 1st p. ph،.١
we seek

(perote neg. sing.) ‫آلتبخ‬

(perate neg. plu.) ‫آل تبغرا‬

seek not!

‫ سم‬has been (pp.3 p.m. sing.) ‫بغى‬

‫ ) )بنى ءل_ه‬oppressed
(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) vii (‫تبز (ل‬
‫؛أسم‬ worthy, suits to

١‫وميتغللةذأيآنةةيقوتة‬
And it is not worthy of the
Rahman (Almighty) that
He should adopt a son.

119:921

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫إبتغى‬

‫عهم‬

‫بزآوذتغالق‬1‫صي‬
And whosoever seeketh be-
yond that. [23:71

(،perf- 2 p.m. sing.) vii، ‫التغت‬

thou wished, desired

‫رفتايكمنالرتيأبطننت‬
And thou may take unto
thee such of them as thou
wilt and whosoever you
desire. [33:51]

٧٥
75

VOCABULARY 07 TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬٠‫بذ‬

‫وعنداشيآق‬
And what is with Allah is
lasting. [16:96(

(The final ‫ ى‬of ‫( باق‬،ret.

pic.) is dropped as usual
in week verbs.)

(act. pic. m. ph،.١ acc- ‫ابآقي‬

the rest ones, the remai-

ning ones

‫ثرغرقتتدأبقين‬
Then ٧٧‫ ع‬drowned the rest
thereafter. [26:120(

(act. pic. f. sing.١ ٠‫حه‬١‫ئ‬

remaining one

Behold then any of them

remaining. 169:8]

(act. pic. f.

the lasting ones

 ٠‫ثة‬٢
remainder (1) (rt.)
‫ييتتاملموخيالكة‬
The remainder of Allah is
better for you. [I 1:86]

The word ‫ يعب‬signifies

what is left by Allah after
giving legal alms, or, that
which Gcd has preserved
for you, of what is law-
ful for you (LI.).

76

‫★بقى‬
(perf. 3 p.m. ting.)
N remained
‫بق‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يبق‬

ruremineth, lasteth per-

manently, ‫ا زه‬
1 last
permanently

‫اة|ئالخكإ‬
And give up what remaineth
(due to you) from usury.

12:2781

‫آيبتىوحةرتك‬
There remaineth but the
countenance of thy Lord

١‫آلآل‬٠‫ح‬٦١

more lasting one (n. elative)

‫واشةخيرئآبغى‬
Allah is better and more
lasting. (20:73)

(.perf. 3 p.m. sing٠١ Iv ‫أبل‬

‫ًا‬٠‫ آبنا ببت لة‬to leave

 (,imperf. ‫ ؤ‬p.m. sing.١ iv ‫تبتر‬

‫ رريك‬leaves, they leave

‫الئبعوالتنر‬
(The Fire) will not leave nor
spare. [74:28(

lasting (ad. pic. m. sing.) ‫بفي‬

‫ب لي لث‬
VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY QURAN

‫إئمابترؤالجرضتتايكؤ‬
She should be a cow neither
old nor young. (2:68,

(The word signifies ،virgin'.)

‫آيكار‬
virgins (n.p.)
sing. ‫< بكر‬
morning (n.) *‫بكر‬
mornings (n.p.) ‫آبكار‬
‫ةااي‬. ‫> بكرة‬
٠ ‫ب لي لي‬

Bakka (*). ‫بك‬

A variation for Makka (miss*
pelt by modern geographers
as Mecca,. There is a men-
tion af the valley of Bacca

in the Bible (Ps. 84:6) ٠The

old translators gave the
word the meaning of weep-
ing: but better sense seems
to have come now. Accord-
ing to more recent of the
Biblical scholars the word
“signifies rather any valley
lacking water." And the
Psalmist apparently has in
mind a particular valley
whose natural condition led
him to adopt its name (/£.
 II. 415). Now this water-
less valley by its natural
condition can be easily
identified with the valley
of Makka (Jid. 4, n. 19)

٧٧
wisdom (2)

‫وفإتيئق‬١‫ثئغدالتخةبتم‬٢‫ثلةككاتئا‬
Why were there not of the
generations before you, ow-

Tiers of wisdom. 1:11 6 ‫ا‬

‫» تقية‬ ',here signifies one
possessing cxellence e.g.

such a one‘ ‫بقية ا لقوم‬

is the best of the people.’

Thus ‫اووا لبعية‬ means:

persons possessed of exoell-
ence or possessing sound
judgement and intelligence
or persons of religion and
excellence. (LL)

relic (3)

‫ربقيتتائركالمونى‬
‫والهريتكيلةالتبكة‬
And the relic of that which
the household of Musa
and the household of
Harun had left. 12:2481

ground (n.) 4‫بك‬

vegetable (n.) ‫تله‬-

young(*.) ‫كرو‬
lopp■ ‫ ترض‬old.
77

‫غ‬٠‫بل‬

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫م‬

‫★ ليدل د‬
land (n.) ‫تله‬
lands (n.p.) ‫بآلد‬
town, land (n.)
the city of Makka ‫بلة‬ ‫هذ ا‬
★‫بلص‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) IV ‫يين‬
c-will despair

‫؛ال ح‬٦ ‫آبلت ييل‬

to despair, to be silent with grief

‫ مبيسون‬.‫مبلسين‬.nom
(act. pic, m. phi.)
who arc silent with grief,
who are despairing

‫★ ب لع‬
swallow ! (perate f. sing.) ‫أبلى‬
to swallow > ‫خ تبع يدآ‬
★ ‫ب زغ‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫بلغ‬
<~ reached

»‫بلغيبلعبلزغآرن‬
to reach, attain come of age,
come upto, come to one’s
knowledge

‫ألننلريوتنتلخ‬
That 1 may warn you and
whomsoever it may reach.

‫*بكم‬

<a dumb (adj. def. ‫أبك‬

)‫ةئ(د‬:٠٠‫هذ‬
to be dumb, be purposely silent
.‫ بك‬acci ‫بكآ‬
 adj. de/, phi.))

those who are dumbs

١ 0‫؟‬e‫؛؛‬inc&vi٠ ١.(meta. i.e

(uttering truth

‫ آفتل = ابكم‬plu■ ‫ بم‬-‫فل‬

the form denotes colours)
(and defects

‫★ بالدى‬
( per/. ‫ ن‬p٠/٠ sing.) ‫جثة‬

١>cried, wept
‫ال‬7)٠‫ًاهذ‬٠‫ تك ييكر بغ‬,to weep

(imperf 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يكزن‬

they are weeping

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m.
they should weep
‫هم‬.) gen.‫لتئكوا‬
yoawttptimperf.lp.m.phL ‫تبكون ل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) IV
made weeping
‫آبك‬

tali. ٠s١
to cause to weep, cry

weeping ('».«.‫ ر‬acc.

★ ★★ ★
(a particle ٥/digression) ‫بل‬

but, nay! rather, not so,

on the countary,

78

VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN ‫بلغ‬

thou shall not reach ‫لن تبلغ‬
‫ تعفا‬.acc< ‫يثالن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. dual)

twain reach

‫> يبلغرت يبلغوا‬٥

.cc
(،imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they reach

‫لنرا‬ .acc< ‫تبغون‬

(.imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you reach

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ii

thou have preached,
‫لغي‬-

to preach ‫< بأغ تتينًا‬

thou have not preached ‫ى غق‬
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ii ‫يبلغرن‬
‫أدا‬
‫بلغ‬
‫آبوا‬
to preach, to inform. ١٤s‫؛‬l ‫رع‬
deliver, make-reach

(perf. 1st p. sing.) r ‫أتاح‬

I delivered

they preach

(،imperf. 1st p. sing.) ii

1 preach

preach! (perate m. sing.) ii

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) w

<they preached

‫لقنًابلثزوالةرتن‬
Assurely I have delivered un-
to you the message of
my Lord. 17:79)

(perate m. sing.) iv ‫آبيغ‬

make-reach ‫ح‬
‫ و‬p.f. sing.) ‫بلتت‬
(perf.
٠١٠ came up
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)
thou reached
‫تغت‬

(perf. 1st p. sing.)

I reached
‫تغى‬-

‫و‬
(perf. p.m. dual) ‫تغًا‬
they (twain) reached

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they reached
‫بآغؤا‬

(perf. 3 p.f. plu.)

they reached
‫لغن‬

(perf. 1st p.f. plu.) ‫'نلتًا‬

we reached

‫بلني‬
overtaken, came up to me
(to me ‫ ه في‬came up (> ‫بلغ‬

‫رقنبلغنىاىبر‬
While the old age has over-
taken me. 13:401

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

reaches
‫تبلع‬

till—■reached ace. ‫تحتا تبلغ‬

in order to reach ace. ‫يبلغ‬
(emp. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫تبلغن‬
‫ يم‬attain the age of
‫ آبلغ‬.acc
(,imperf. 1st p. sing.) ’

1 may attain
‫ تبلغ‬.acc ).sing ‫ثم‬٠‫ر؛‬٦ ‫(؛مي‬
thou reach . ‫تبلغ‬
79

‫بلو‬
VOCABULARY OF TH■ HOLY QURAN

‫بلغ‬
‫ئلئة‬1‫دليلجيهه‬
Say thou 1 with Allah is the
sound argument. (6:1491

effectual, clear, (act. 2 pic.)

eloquent
‫ئبغ‬

٠٠
And say unto them for their
souls an effectual saying.

14:631

preaching, warning (p.n.) ‫بآلغ‬

limit (,.n. mim) ‫تبتغ‬
٠‫بلل‬
(perf. 1st p. plu.)
we tried
‫بونا‬

)‫عبآلتبلؤبآلًا(ك‬
to test, try, put to sever
trial, afflict, prove

(el. 2 p.m. ring.) acc.

in order to try, he may try
‫بلر‬

‫ليبلوابكمينز‬
In order that He may try
yau one another. [47:4,

(imperf, 3 p.f. ١.٠ ‫تبلو‬

will prove
 Therein every soul shall
prove that which is sent
before. 110:301]

‫ثرالغهمامته‬
Then make him reach to his
place of security. 19:6]

(act. pic. m, ٠٠١ ‫بالغ‬

the altainer (1)

‫ز؛‬٠‫لةائ‬
Verily Allah is sure to attain
His purpose. 165:31

that is brought (2)

‫هتيبلغاكبة‬
The offering brought to

Ka<ba ٠ (5:951
that reaches (3)

‫اهدمامىييالغه‬٢‫كلغ‬,‫جأيطيللآل‬
As one stretching his palms
to water that it may reach
his mouth, while it will
reach it not. 113:14]

(act. pic.f. sfng.)< ،]٢

consummate (1)

‫عمةيللجة‬
Wisdom consummate. [54:5]
reaching (2)

Or have you oaths from Us

reaching to the Day of
Resurrection. 168:391

sound, convincing (3)

80

٨ ‫بلع‬
VOCABULARY OB TH» HOLY QURAN

‫بلر‬
(.el. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) iv ‫ايبل‬
in order to prove

‫ج‬٠‫؛ًاقل‬٠
In order that He might prove
the believers with a good-
ly proving from Him.

08:171

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) viii ‫ابتل‬

‫ > سم‬tried, proved
‫ًا‬.‫ل ابيًال‬:‫ اب‬,toprove
try, examine

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) viii ‫يبله‬

‫ يم‬tries
(imperf. 1st p٠plu.) viii ‫نبل‬
we (might) prove

(pp• 3 p.m. sing.) viii

Nwas tried, proved
-‫أبيا‬

(perate m. phi.) viii

examine !
‫ابتؤا‬
(apdr viii, m٠ ph».) acc. ‫متلين‬
provers

‫سسى‬
Verily We have been proyers,
123:301

n d. (ap-der.>vi،i m،sing.) ‫بتل‬

prover
 ‫إيالمةبتلظريوي‬
Verily Allah will prove you
with a river. [2:2*9]

trial, proving, test („.) ‫ابآلب‬

(emp. 3 p m. sing.)
~ certainly »‫؛‬Il try
‫يتبلون‬
(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ‫ننف‬
we try, prove, shall prove

(epl. 1st p. plu.) ‫تبقن‬

we surely will try (or prove)

you

(epl. pip. 2 p.m. plu.)

you shall surely be tried
‫لتبلون‬

‫★بلى‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ببلى‬
>~‫مه‬٢‫آلالة‬

‫ًا‬.‫بي تبل يل بآل‬

to become old, to decay; to
get polish removed and
real face appeared

‫ر؛جنيلل‬
And kingdom not to decay,

٢20:1201
١ ‫تجل‬.ng‫ ؛؛‬.pip. ipj)
will turn to its reality

‫يرمبل اكرآبر‬
On a day wherein secrets

every e ‫؛‬.٠) shall be out

thing will appear in its
(original reality،) (Jid
86:91]

‫ يبلج‬imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv)

proves ‫> سم‬
 ;■٠‫ا‬-‫ألا‬:‫سويا‬١
٨١

81

‫ذفي‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫بلى‬

‫ بني (> تنين ب ى‬.n.d(

my sons

Note : The word ‫ بنين‬is

plural of ‫إبن‬: when
an inseparable pro-

nominal ‫ ى‬is suf-

fixed it becomes ‫بي‬
The ‫ن‬ of the plural
is dropped.

‫ بفي (>سما ب ى‬.not(

my little son

(Note the difference between

‫( بفى‬baneyya) my sons
and ‫بف‬ (bunayya) my
little son)

daughter (n.)‫إبنة‬
daughter (n.)‫بنئ‬
daughters (n.p.) ‫تاق‬
)"‫س(س)ه ى ع‬١(‫أئدي‬
my two daughters

‫بغ‬
built (perf. 3 p.f. ling.)
-<‫تنا يبفه ندًا‬ to build
Afore ٠ The final ‫ ى‬is chan-

ged to ‫ أيف‬if followed

82
 yes ‫يلى‬

(used in affirmative response

to a question initiated with
a negative particle)

‫لينالننخلقاكوتاآلرطغير‬,‫آ‬

Is not He who created the

heavens and the earth able
to create the like of these :
Yes ! He is the supreme
Creator, the Knower.

136:811

‫★ بان ن‬
fingertip (n.) ‫تنان‬

★ ‫و‬۵‫ب‬
son (rt.) ‫أعج‬

The initial Hamza is (n.) ‫بن‬

dropped for purposes of
assimilation

‫غىاينيم‬
Eisa son of Maryam. 12:871

sons (n.p.) nom ‫بنون‬

sons (n.p.) acc. ‫بنين‬
sons (n.p.) n.d. ‫بنو‬
sons (n.p.) n.d. ‫بي‬

٨٢
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫بنى‬

‫بجة‬
joy, beauty, rejoicing (v.n.)
‫ًا‬
< ‫ بتج يجج بهج‬to rejoice
(act. 2 pic n.) ‫بيج‬
joyful, joyous
 ‫ل‬٠‫★ب‬

‫ نبتل > تبرل‬-،vtf

(imperf. 1st p. pht.١
< we humbly pray

to leave one to his ‫جزًا يل بهأل‬

own will, to curse

to humiliate ‫أبتهاآل‬
viii
oneself before God and
‫أبتل‬
call upon Him, to invoke
curse on the liar.

Wit (act. 2 pic. f.) ‫ببمة‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫طر‬

settled, incurred, earned

)‫آ(إلى‬.‫~> بأءيرءبو‬
to come back to, to return,

to bring, (‫)ب‬ i or
lead back, to bear

by a personal pronoun

. ‫بحا‬، as
(perf. 3 p.m. plu ٠( ‫بتوا‬
they built

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫بننًا‬

- built

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu,١ ‫تبنؤن‬

you build

(perate m. sing.)
(thou) build !
‫إبن‬
(perate m. plu.) ‫إبوا‬
you) built 1

building, canopy (v.n.) ‫بنة‬

structure, building (rt.) ‫حنان‬
(pact. pis. /. sing.)
that is built up
‫نتةء‬
(p. p. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.) ‫بهت‬
was confounded

to fall in 3

faint ‫رس؟‬
‫ ببق كثك يأمن‬-to be con
‫;هبهس‬٢
(,،mperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫كم‬

‫ اسم‬confound
calumny, slander (v.n.) *‫ا‬
< ‫ًائةتجقيأ(فه‬
To calumniate, to slander

٨٣
83

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) V ‫تبوؤوا‬

(they are settled

to be settled * ‫تبوآ‬
(imperf. ‫ل‬ p.m. sing.) V ‫يبوًا‬
gets settled, takes place, in-
habits.

(imperf. Jst. p. phi.) V ‫تنوًا‬

we take place, inhabit

(perate m. dual.) V ٢‫تو‬

 (you twain) inhabit!

settlement (in.mim) ‫مبرًا‬

‫بىب‬
(‫( ور‬n) ‫باب‬
gate, door
‫الةنعلفاينهليىاجي‬
Enter not by one gate.

112:671

a portal (2)

‫مايبيال‬1‫ذ‬٠‫ئ‬٦‫ذ‬1‫تفى‬
Untill we opened upon them
a portal of severe tor-
ment. 123:771

doors, gates (n.p.) ‫آبر اب‬

‫بور‬
(imperf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫تبرر‬

‫ > نم‬shall perish

‫دار يور الزًا ن يرار‬to perishferf
‫بآبؤيغضيتنالو‬
They incurred Allah's wrath.

12:611

{.pref. 3 p.m. plu.)

they brought, incurred
‫ ووا‬.
‫ اد‬.acc )‫(آبرء‬

(imperf. ‫ ء‬p.m. sing.)

thou bear

‫اتاأرناكنب*الثن‬
Verily 1 would that thou

bear my sin. (5:29]

 ;perf. 3 p.m. $ing.١ ii ٠,١

(lodged, settled

‫بؤآيؤعتويعا[توئة‬
to place, prepare a place,

settle, lodge

‫بيقرفاآلرض‬
He settled you in the earth.

(7:74)

(perf. 1st p. phi.)

we settled
«(‫برأنًا (ل‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii

thou settle
‫برئ‬
Thou art settling the belie-
vers tn position for the
fight. [3:1211

kemp. 1st p. plu.١ ii ‫ ن‬.‫ثبو‬

we surely will settle

nt

abulary of th، holy Quran ‫بىض‬

‫( «كيئآ‬.epl. 1st p. piu)

we surely will attack by night

‫( بباتًا‬.while sleeping at night (v.n

‫( يعت‬.house (n
)٤..( ‫ بيوت‬houses
‫أيت لمبق‬،‫ألبيء الحرام‬،‫ألببت‬
The sacred House, i٠e. Ka’ba.

the frequented house, ‫ايي الئبرر‬

that is, the original model
of Ka'ba, over it or cor*
responding to it, in
heaven, which thousands
of angels visit every day
and around which they
 circuit (make tawaf) and
pray.

(Ibn Kalhir, Baghwi, Jidi)

‫ و‬p.f sing.) ‫تبيد‬

(imperf.

-‫آل ح ًاض‬.perish ‫ها‬

vanish .....

‫ ا‬perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ix
< ‫ بلم‬whitened

to become ix

white

(.imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ix ‫تيئ‬

~w‫؛‬ll become white

(imperf. neg. 3 p. f. sing.‫ن قودز‬

~will not perish

perdition, doom (v٠n.) ‫بور‬

perdition, doom (v.n.) ‫بواره‬
*‫بول‬
condition, state, heart (n.) ‫الغ‬
(It may be rendered as
‘about' if contents require.)

‫ؤىئغتئ آيييمئ‬،‫غ‬٣‫تلخلغالي‬
 What was the matter of
those women who cut off
their hands (or what
about those women who

[12:50]

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يبيؤن‬

<they pass the night

‫ «بات تبيت بياتأرن‬to pass

the night

(perf. 3 p.m. ling.)

planned by night
‫بيتت‬

to plan ‫بممثًا؛‬
ss by night, to attack by
night

(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. piu.) H
they plan by night
‫مبييؤن‬

٨٥
85

vocabulary of TH! HOLY QURAN ‫بعغ‬

‫التلجي(نةاروالبيت‬
Men whom neither traffick-
ing nor bargaining diver,
teth. ,24:37]

‫بيع‬
Christian churches (n.p.)
sing. ‫ يعة‬c

‫لميعثصواعدليعكلؤتوتيد‬
The cloisters and churches
and synagogues and mos-
ques would have been de-
molished. ,22:401
 (perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii ‫بيوا‬
<they expounded

< ‫ يين‬ii ‫ تبيًا‬-to ex

pound, render clear

(perf. 1st p. phi.) // ‫تبة‬

we have expounded

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫يبين‬

~ expounds

kemp. 3 p.m. plu.١ ii ‫ثحئ‬

they will surely expound

(eJ. 2 p.m. sing.) ii

that ye may expound
‫لييينن‬
(el. Is,, p. sing.١ a ‫أين‬
that I expound

(el, 1st p. plu.١ li ‫تبين‬

that we expound

(imperf, 1st p. pht.١ ii ‫نتن‬

we expound

‫ى‬.„‫ا‬.(‫ اأيس‬white
white («./.) ‫بيضاء‬
eggs (n.p.) ‫بج‬

)perf■ 2 ‫”؛ع‬- ‫ا ر م‬،'،' ‫بم‬٠‫ب‬

Co made bargain

‫باتع يايع مبايتة‬

to deal with selling and buy-
ing, to swear fealty
(.imperf. 3 p.m. p‫؛‬u.١ ill ‫ؤج‬٢‫ب‬٠
 they swear fealty

‫و‬
(imperf. p.f. phi.) Hi
they swear fealty
‫ابنتى‬

(perate m. sing.) Hi
take oath (accept fealty)
‫بأبع‬
Note : ‫؟يع‬ 'means thou
swear fealty.’ But in
the course of contents
and certain gramma,
tical rule it means
here : accept their ini-
tiative or action.

‫) تبايعتم أال‬.perf. 2 p.m. plu(

you bargain one with ‫ا‬

another

< ‫ تبابع تجايعًا‬to conclude

a sale or make a contract
with each other,

bargaining, selling (in.)

and buying
‫تيع‬

86

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN ‫بعن‬

(ap-der. f. plu,) ‫متناي‬
illuminating ones

(ap-der. ">iv, m. sing.) ‫مبين‬

open to see, clear,
self-expressive

exposition (/) (n.) ‫بيان‬

‫هنإيياكلكاي‬
This is an exposition for
men” 13:1381

distinctness of speech (2)

‫علمة البيان‬
He taught him distinctness

of speech. [55:4]
explanation ((‫و‬
‫ثرلتعليتًابيًاته‬
Then it is upto its expound*

iug. 175:19]

exposition (v.n.) !‫بيا‬

(ap-der >x, m. sing.) ‫أند‬
luminous ٠'
kjevsten (particle) ‫يين‬

in front of ‫بين يدى‬

in presence of ‫بين أيرى‬
(also see ‫)ى د‬

(imperf. 3 p, m. sing.) w ‫يبين‬

<~maketh clear

٠‫آآن يبين إا‬

to be clear, make clear

‫رلسس‬
He well nigh cannot make
(himself) clear. [43:521

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) V ‫تبين‬

‫ بم‬became manifest
to become V ‫تبين تإينا‬
clear, to become manifest,
to declare

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) V ‫تبتيتت‬

‫نم‬ became manifest

(perate. m. plu.) V ‫تبتزا‬

(you) declare, make clear

(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. sing.)
becomes clear
٠ ‫تتين‬
(el. 3 p. f. sing.) X ‫وتتتين‬
< in order to be shown

to be manifest X ‫إستبان‬
clear (act. 2 pic.) ‫تبن‬
evidence (n.) ‫بيتة‬
clear evidences (n.p.)

(ap*d،‫؛‬T f- plu-١ ‫ثدنا‬

illuminating, manifest

٨
87
v

‫كتاب التا‬
to denote 1st. p. sing, of ‫في‬
perf. e.g. 1 ‫ قلي‬said’
denotes fem., and turns to ‫ة‬
ha sound at the end of
a sentence.

the ark i.e. the ark of (nJ

the covenant (see Jid.
‫اكتاوى‬
27.652)

time (n.) ‫تارة‬

‫تارةأخرى‬
once again. 120:55]

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) assim. ‫تب‬

‫ > الم‬perished

‫تتيتبتباوتبابآ(ن‬
to suffer loss, to perish, to
remain in evil continually
(Rgh.)
(.perf. 5 p.f. sing.) ‫تع‬
‫ ردي‬is perished

ruin (V. nJ ‫تجاب‬

a pre position ،1)

(used with the name of
Allah only to denote
oath.)

‫وتألوألكيدتآضتأمل‬
And by Allah I shall surely
devise a plot against your
idols. 121:571

It is used both as prefix ‫ت‬

and suffix to verbs. As
prefix it is used in the 3rd
p. of the perf. to denote

the fem. e.g. ‫صلي‬،

3 p. f. sing. : she said)
(perf.

,perf ‫ آه‬.p.m ١٥ ‫أعه‬١‫ه‬١‫ ع‬2

e.g. ‫* تلي‬thou said’

to denote 2 p. f. of perf.
)‫ (ء‬b‫ قلي‬٦ .e.g
said’

KK

‫ع‬
VOCABULARY or TH HOLY QURAN

{perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

they followed
‫تبرا‬
they did not follow ‫ما تبرا‬

{imperf. 3 p m. sing.}
'»'follows
‫يتبع‬
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.١ ‫تتبع‬
٠١(f) foWows

{perf- 3 p m. sing.) it ‫أثبع‬

'*'followed

(,perf, 1st p. plu.١ i, ١‫\مش‬

we made ss follow ss

‫و‬
{perf. p.m. phi,} ،V ‫آتعا‬
they followed

(imperf 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫؛‬¥ ‫إتبعون‬

they make (one) follow

(p.p. 3 p.m. phi.) IV ‫أنبرا‬

they were followed, were -
overtaken by ss

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) it

we make follow
‫نتبع‬

{perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

followed -
rift■ ‫اتبع‬

<‫ع‬٢‫م‬،‫ اىع ل‬,rift

to follow (some R. F.)

{perf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii

thou followed
‫اتعت‬
(,perf. 1st p. sing-) viii ‫\ثتمتئ‬

1 followed

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii

they followed
‫اتتعوا‬

(2 ‫دئ‬ p.m. plu.) viii

you followed '
‫أتجتم‬

ruin (v, n■) ‫تتببب‬

‫ارك‬ see 5 ‫برك‬

‫تبييل‬ see ‫بدل‬
‫بيى‬ see ‫بدو‬
‫تبرًا‬ see ‫برا‬
‫ءء•ب ش ر‬ ‫باتر‬
 ★ ‫تبر‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) U ‫تبرأًا‬
< wc have destroyed

» ‫تبر يبر تبرًا رتريتبرومييرًا‬

to،destroy, break.

destruction ‫أيم‬n. it) ‫ئئجغًا‬

(el. ‫و‬p. m.plu٠) « ace. \‫دئةو‬
they might destroy

destruction (v٠n.) ‫تبار‬

destoryed {pis. pic) ‫كدي‬

* ‫تبع‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

،^followed
‫تبع‬

)‫تبع يآبع تبًا ؤ يباع رس‬

to follow, initiate, join a
person, serve, obey, follow
a doctrine

‫تتر‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫تبع‬
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫تابع‬
follower ‫ت‬
tact. pic. m. plu.) acc. ‫تعبن‬
followers '

kact. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫تيع‬

avenger '

‫دئرلتجزز؛لكذتؤئآالب سأ‬
You will not find for your-
selves against us an aven-
ger (or prosecutor). [17:69]

‫ييع‬ is one who pros-

ecutes, or sues, for a
right, or due (L.L.). The
phrase signifies : Then
you shall not find for you
any one to sue US for the
disallowing of what hath
befallen you nor for our
averting it from you (Jid).

to follow (v.n.) ‫أتبآع‬

successive (apider.>iii)
(one foltowing another)
‫ممثاح‬

‫نيًاركهيرمعتأيعين‬
Fasting for two months in
succession. 14:921

‫ ع‬pis. pic. >viii١ ‫لتعون‬

NW« overtaken ‫ الدال‬ss '

★ ‫تهر‬
one after another (v.n.) ‫تترى‬
‫ ىتد‬see

[perf. !st p. plu ‫أن‬0\viii ‫اتيعنًا‬

١٠‫آل‬،‫ هح‬we

(impref.
،■—follows
‫و‬
p.m. sing.) viii ‫يتبع‬

(imperf. 2 p m. sing.) viii

thou follow '
‫تبع‬

‫خةلح‬٣‫س‬
Except thou follow their
faith. [2:120]

(imperf.
they follow
‫و‬
p.m. plu.) viii ‫يةعون‬

‫تبعوا‬.acc ‫تتعون‬
kimperf. 2 p.m. plu.١

you follow

kimperf. 1st p. sing") v‫؛‬ii ‫أتبع‬

[ follow

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) viii ‫تع‬

 we follow '

(perate>viii, m. sing.) ‫اتبع‬

(thou) follow ! -

kperate>viii١m. plu.) ‫اتعرا‬

(you) follow

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آل تئع‬

(thou) follow not! ‫تع‬
(perate emp.. neg. m.
dual) ‫ت‬
‫آل يعان‬
you twain follow not

‫التتيعتكياللنيكتاينكمنن‬
You twain never follow the
path of those who know
not. {10:89]

follower (n.) ‫تع‬

90

VOCABULARY o, THI HOLY QURAN ‫تجر‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) to ‫آنآ‬

<we luxuriated

‫آرتيرف إترانًا‬
to luxuriate, give comfort,

make in ease

‫ترت يرن رفا‬

to live in abundance, in
affluence

(p.p. ‫ و‬p.m. phi.) to ‫أرنوا‬

they are luxuriated

‫ أربثم‬to )■plu ‫ نوع‬pp• 2(

‫يم‬
you are luxuriated

‫ مترفين‬.m. ph،.) acc )‫مهه‬٢.<‫؛‬٠

affluent ones

lap-der. >to,m.plu.)
n.d. acc. -
‫بيرن‬
affluent ones,

affluent people of that ‫مرث‬

town or community

affluent ones among ‫تتربم‬

them 5 ‫ص‬
٢ap-d،r.>iv, m.plu.١ ‫منرزر‬
n.d. nom.

affluent ones

affluent people of that ‫مترنرعا‬

town or community I "I

★ ‫درن‬
< collor bones n. p. ‫رافي‬
< merchandise (*.«.)

)‫رن‬:‫يذجد ت*آ ريجار‬

to carry on commerce

‫ ءمت‬beneath (pwrtlcle١

(above: ‫كوق‬.opp)
 ‫اءنذ‬
for the derived forms

dust, earth (n

women of equal age (n.p.) ‫ازاب‬

,fag. ‫رب‬
< breast-bone (n.p.) ‫رانب‬
(of women) or upper
part of chest

reducing*10 dust, (».«.) ‫يري‬

poverty, misery

91

-٤‫ت‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

leave ! (parate m. sing.) ‫أرك‬

-is left (pip. 3 p.m, sing.) ‫يترك‬
(pip. ‫ د‬p.m. plu.) acc. ‫متركوا‬
they are left

‫رحا‬٦\.acc ‫> يزترت‬٠

(pip. p.m. plu.)

you are left

(act. pic. m, sing.) ‫تارك‬

one who leaves ss
 '‫ زرنمورا‬.nom ‫رك‬٧’.acc
(.act. pic. (d.) m. sing.)

you are left

٠ ‫ت *ن ع‬
tunt (.cardinal number) ‫يع‬

nine (cardinal number n.f.)

(cardinal number) ‫تثعة عتر‬
‫يثعة‬
nineteen '

(cardinal namber) ‫ألع ؤ سترى‬

ninety-nine

‫ < تت‬downfall (v.n.) ‫تعًا‬

‫ ت آيى هكت بتا‬,to perish
downfall ٠

‫ بم‬left, (perf.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫رك‬

‫ ترك يتوك زكارن‬,to leave
omit, abandon, refrain,
desist, give up

to leave ss by his own (1)

choice or willingness

And We left them on that

day (i.e. We shall leave
them) surging one against
another. 18:991

to leave compulsorily (2)

‫كررتاينجثترعيوب‬
 They left how many of gar-
dens and springs, [44:25]

‫( ا؟ع\ ا‬perf. 1st. p. Sing.) ‫تركى‬

they left (perf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) \j'j

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.f. plu.) ‫ركن‬
١٠ ).f( ١١‫أله‬

‫) ’رع‬.perf. 2 p.m. plu( ‫هال‬١‫ لم‬٦‫اأخ‬

we ١٠ (perf. isl. p. phi.) ‫زثمؤًا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou leave
‫يترك‬
(imperf. 1st. p.m. plu.) ‫ترك‬
we leave

92

٩٢
VOCABULARY ٥, THE HOLY QURAN '
‫★تلل‬
(perf• 3 p-m. sing.) ‫تل‬
he threw down

‫وتلئيذحني‬
And he threw him upon
his forehead. 137:1031

‫ت لر‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ٩٢
‫ نحم‬followed (1)
‫رالتمياةاتلها‬
And by the moon, when she
followeth him. [912]

Note : In Arabic ٠‫ و‬moon

is masculine and ‫غمى‬
is feminine, contrary
to English.
 ‫تلوت )‪.ling.‬؟ ‪(perf. 1st‬‬
‫)‪!recited (2‬‬

‫يتلوا‬
‫(‪).nd‬‬ ‫يثؤن‬
‫‪(imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.١‬‬

‫‪they recite‬‬

‫ترا‬
‫(‪).n d‬‬ ‫تعرن‬
‫‪(imperf. 2 p.m. ph».١‬‬

‫‪you recite‬‬

‫)‪(imperf. 1st. p. phi.‬‬

‫‪we recite‬‬
‫تتلو‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬
‫عطو‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫تتال‬
‫عنن‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫التفن‬
‫عفو‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫تمفوا‬
‫‪٢‬ك‪١‬ؤا ‪ I‬تتأيبى اى‪١‬لى ‪ /‬مثآل ‪ I‬ا‬
‫ائن ‪ see‬ع ل و‬
‫عون‬ ‫تعارتوا‬
‫‪see‬‬

‫تبظًا ‪ see‬غى ظ‬
‫ندى‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫تغادرةم‪.‬‬
‫نخر‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫تقاخو‬
‫تقركؤا‪/‬تتغرقوا ءء ف ر ق‬

‫‪unkemptness, impurity‬‬ ‫تقى (ع(‬

‫‪piety‬‬ ‫تقرى ؤ‪.‬اا) (‪ see‬وقى )‬

‫تقبال تتفيل يه ق ب ل‬
 ‫آقن‬ he did perfectly and iv>
thoroughly, to do some-
thing skilfully

'، ‫) ت أثى‬rf( ‫رمن‬

93

‫ ح‬VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN ‫حلو‬

(el. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫ليم‬
he may complete

(el. 1st. p. sing.) iv ‫أليم‬

1 may complete

(perate>iv. m. sing.)
thou complete
‫آم‬

(perate m. plu.) ‫آيرا‬

you complete ‫ل‬
complete 0 ‫ا‬.( ‫عقام‬
b, m. sing.) ‫متم‬
completer, perfector "

٠٠
(imperf. 1st p. sing.١ V
I lean (on SS)

a place in which (pis. pic.)

one reclines, a staff, a
‫ج‬
couch

(ap-der.pht.)
act. recliners
/‫ىجع‬/‫ىةذل‬

‫ رك ل‬see

٠٠٠ ‫او‬
 oven)».( ‫ائئور‬

‫ وفق‬see ‫زفث‬5

(perf. 3 PM. sing.)

repented
‫ب‬
(perate. tn. sing.)
(thou) recite!
‫ال‬

(perate nt. phi.) ‫أتؤا‬

(you) recite !

(p p. 3 p.f. sing.)
Nwas/were recited
‫صتت‬

(pip 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يتل‬

‫ سم‬is recited
(pip 3 p.f. sing.)
6/is/are recited
‫تتلى‬

(act. pic. f. phi,) ‫التاليائ‬

< reciting angels

‫ تالته‬:sing
recitation (n.) ‫"يآلذ؛‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (assim) ‫تم‬

٠١ >/was completed
to be completed ‫تم حئ تماتًا‬

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.f. sing.) ‫ااايلهلم‬١ ‫ق‬

‫ سم‬was/were completed
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv
~ completed
‫آتم‬

(perf. 2 p m. sing.) b
thou completed

(perf. 1st p. sing.) IF ‫آوتذش‬

 1 completed

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv

we completed
‫أصعتا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) I, ‫ييع‬
~ completes

٩٤
‫و‬4
VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAN ‫تدي‬
‫ يتوبوا‬act ‫يتربون‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. ph».)

they repent

(perate—prayer) ‫ي‬

may thou accept repentance

you repent,', (peratem.ph*.) ‫توبوا‬

‫ذاب‬-.‫ب‬،‫لز‬١.‫آلذني‬
repenting (Allah) (Ints,) ‫تراب‬
(act. pic. ph».) ‫تابؤن‬
repenters (m.)

(act. pic. /٠
tepenttts (f.)
phi.) ‫تاآئ‬

(ints. plu.) acc.

< repenting men
‫توابين‬
sing. ‫توب‬
Torah (Bible), («.) ‫توراة‬
the Divine writ revealed
to the Prophet Musa

)١‫ده‬١

★*
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يتهرئ‬

<they shall wander about

to wander ‫ ييه تمها‬٠١٠

about lands without
direction

fig (n.)

٩٥
‫شجبئًابمءشبوإئغآ‬
Whosoever repenteth after
his wrong-doing and
amendeth. (5:391

accepted repentance,
he forgave
(‫تاب (عل‬

‫ى‬٠
Surely Allah shall relent
towards him. (He will
accept his repentance).

15:391

N repented(‫ب (إلى‬٧
(as 5‫ اب‬without ‫) إلى‬
(perf. ‫و‬p.m. dual)
the twain repented
٢v

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تاوا‬

they repented

(perf, 1st p. s‫؛‬ng.١ ‫سي‬

I repented

(perf, 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ثم‬

you repented

(imperf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫يتوب‬

he accepts repentance

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ acc. ‫تتب‬

he repents

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

I repent
‫أرب‬
 ‫تتوبا‬
).n.d( ‫تتريان‬
you twain repent

95

96

‫ذا‬

(sjnjxi (") ?،‫؛لج‬

‫ب‬ pjxy ،‫الساًا‬

‫إل‬٦٠,‫ داد' لئ‬-‫دا‬0١

‫ا‬0£:8‫«■ ل‬،1٦

,٥ ٥uyuo٥ JO 3٥qj ‫ ؟اآلم‬0‫ل‬

‫هله‬,١١ jsujESe Suinoid ‫اباة‬,

paASipqsip oqai OToyi

٦B»j) puy|) ١B٩M jBqj 3U1IJ

٠١٠٠٠
Xciu Xsqj ٥uyuo٥

٢ ٣٥£ ٦٥١n١d ٠‫ج‬٦،\ ،‫؛‬

)6‫ع‬:‫ع‬1

٥H puB ||IM ‫»س‬٩'

٠٩||٧B t|B|٩J٥qSl J3A30SJBq,W

٠٠
puBisBOissSuuq OJ
auyooj, (‫)ح‬

OJ ٩«(l)d

< ‫ م ?رب‬٦١٩٠١ ،i'

-1 ‫ أتدال؛‬sq

7? ‫) رم‬Iwr-‫س‬-‫ى‬٢ ‫(اسسمح‬

lUjy. d٥٥٦ no.{

‫اسأه« ؛!ااهر> الييج‬
noq, Xc٦u ٥٦٩ ‫أهدال‬cis،iujy

‫) جف‬Xu‫؛؛‬. »٧‫هدألمد‬١ ‫اه‬٠‫اهل‬1(

٩ ١3‫ا‬Bjs‫|؛‬٥qs

‫ ?يخ‬١١ )٠n١d IS ٠4 ‫(اسنهدل ل‬

٩Bjs3 □q|s٥q$i

fjidui!)■ ٢ Suit ■wd') ‫آدم‬

Uljquoo OJ

qs!i٩Ejs»o٢٩ ‘١ fI ‫ين‬:

<*3 3٨Bq p٥u]jyuo٥

٠nid'd٦sf ■pad))It ‫دخ‬

i‫؛‬p٥qs

1* -qEjsa ‘p3,jj٥s ‘paxy

1
]uauEuiJdd 'wjy PUBJS OJ

٢‫ت?خ‬٦‫ي‬٠٠‫ف‬٠٦‫مم‬٢.'‫م)ا‬

iQjjg p0Bjs>

١0\ (-n١d " -ajDjad)

،7 ‫ب‬٠‫ب‬

‫و‬١‫ م‬٢٦٠

VOCABULARY 0 ‫ء‬ nu HOLY QURAM

‫ب‬

‫ن يثخن تغنا(ن‬
to be thick, hard andfiirm

to inflict iv ‫آغقن‬
severe slaughter of an
 enemy.

Vimperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. ph*.١ ac .Vi ‫يئخن‬

‫بم‬ slaughtered

‫تثيئ‬
‫ي]ئ‬
Strengthening (v.n, >f'r)

‫<ثبة‬
detached groups (n.p.)
troops, horsemen
body of man. Ting.

‫دؤج‬١‫*أودعإمي اغ‬
Then sally forth in detach-
ment or sally forth all
together. ،4:71}

reproof, reproach (p.n.) ii ‫تثييب‬

soil (n.) ‫الثرى‬
٠‫اب‬

<dea١h, destruction (u) ‫برو‬

»‫تبر يثبر تمبرًا و ثبورًا(ن‬
to persist, to destroy

(pact. pic. m. sing.)

last one, destroyed one
‫مثبؤرًا‬
a serpent (n.) ‫تعبان‬

glowing (act. pic. m. sing.) ‫االقب‬

< A-withhold
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫تبظ‬
)‫حل دئل (ض‬
to hinder, withhold.
 (per/. ‫ ل‬p.m. phi.) ‫تتفتم‬

< you gothold ‫رم‬

)‫تف يثقف قفا (س‬

to meet, reach to conquer

(emp. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou overtake
‫تثقغئ‬
٩٧

plenteous (inti.)
‫تمآجًا‬

‫مخ) آغثم‬ iv
<you have slain them
.p.m 2

97

VOCABULARY OP THl holy QURAN '

< weights, (n.p.)

burdens
‫آ*ناح‬

٠■ : »‫قل‬
‫سى‬. ‫ آلغآلن ر‬.n(
two dependents (man and
jinn)

(۴٠fT٠( ‫خًال‬
heavy

‫حب‬٨‫قآويح‬٦‫خق‬٢‫للحيروا‬
1
،March forth light (armed)
and heavy (armed). 19:411

(pis. pic. f. sing.) ‫؛‬V ‫قةة‬

one heavy laden

(pis. pic. m. ph.) iv ‫مثقلون‬

those who are heavy laden

(n. for instrument)

weight of
‫شقال‬

‫★تلث‬
(card, number) 1،‫هدثآرتآل‬

three

‫) 'هؤعوكة ا ؛آلدن‬card, number(

thirty

one-third (fraction) ‫اللع‬

two-third (fraction) ‫الةاي‬
nom. n, d, ‫جيًا‬

(fraction) acc. n. d. ‫جتم‬

two-third

third Icard, number) ‫ دأ‬I ‫تايك‬

threes ‫ثآلي‬
‫ يققوا‬.acc ‫تقفؤن‬
(.imper[ ‫ ن‬p,m. piu,)
they come upon

‫إنيثققؤريلوتؤالكرآعاء‬
should they come upon you
they will be enemies unto

thee. 160:21

(p.p. 3 p.m. piu.)

they are found
‫تيغوا‬

‫★ثقل‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫تتلي‬
‫بم‬ become heavy, momen-
tous

’‫ةي‬:‫>ةآلتئهىآلت‬
to be heavy

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv .::11

‫ بم‬become heavy
(perf. 2 p.m. piu.)
you bowed down with
،٧‫لمجقبم‬
heaviness (Pic.), ye are
weighed down (Jid.), you
sink down heavily (Arb.)
you should incline heavily
Rod. *

Note : ‫ا*األبم‬
according to
Al-Akbary belongs to

stem sixth ‫تغاعل‬. an

additional
is prefixed•
‫)) ( عمزة‬
(see vol. \١ Cairo. 1956,
pp. 44,)

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫قال‬

weighty, heavy

98

٩٨
VOCABULARY OF THZ HOLY QURAN

‫هلل‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. ting.) iv ‫ض‬٦

-‫ج ب‬، ‫يهـا‬
to bear fruit

fruits (n. p.) ‫غال‬

٦‫مل‬ ).n. sing( ‫األمًا؟‬

sing. ‫عرًا‬ (fruits (ft. p.) ‫تميان‬

price (ft.) ‫عمن‬

‫ثمن‬
eighth part. (fraction)
one-eighth -‫جي ر‬
eight (card, number) ‫مآفي ا غمآنتة‬
eight (card, number) ‫تمانين‬

١ ‫شنرن‬.،p.m, ph ‫ ن‬-imperf‫؟‬
they fold -)

‫ ت‬r، ١٠٤ ,to fold

double a thing

imperf. 3.p m(. ‫تدثرذؤغرم‬

they make exception

‫رتايكثزك‬
And they made not the
exception i.e. they say
”.God will ٠0‫أ‬:‫ئقةاثم‬٣،٢
168:181

‫*هلل‬
a group (n.) ‫جم‬

An ancient and power• (n.) ‫مود‬

fill people of Arabia close-
ly related to ٠١‫ ء‬Adites
and heirs to their civili-
sation and culture with
their seat in the north-
west corner of Arabia,
forming the southern bo-
,Nicholson( ١‫ل‬٩‫ة‬٢‫ ال‬٠‫ألًاالة آ‬
Literary History of the
Arabs, N. York. 192.‫ذ‬١
 Unlike the Adites of whom
we find no trace in hi tori-
cal times, the Thamudite
are mentioned still existing
by Diodoras Siculus and
Ptolemy; and they survi-
ved down to the fifth cen
tury A. D. in the corps
equites Thamudeni attac-
cd to the army of the
Byzantine emperors
Uid. 8 nn. 5٠2١

there, at the same time or ‫م‬

99

VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAN

‫لع‬
to pay for ss, ‫وت ايا‬
Ji
pay back (good deeds)

‫(تب ئؤب ?ذنًا (إت‬ RF

to return

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

<recompensed(!)
‫أثاب‬

‫أحأت يبث اإلم؛‬ iv).h(

to reward, to recompense

‫ئأعبفرغثأيعة‬
Have given you (another)
grief for (your first) grief.

13:1531

rewarded (2)

‫فأثتمالمهيًائلوا‬
 Allah rewarded them for that
which they said. 15:851

reward (n.) ‫ثراب‬

reward (n.) ‫مثؤتة‬
a resort, a place of (".) ‫تماة‬
visit

< garments (n.p.) ‫يًاب‬

sing. ‫تؤب‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) iv ‫مآر وا‬
<they break up

‫ تات ثور تقرآن‬,to raise

be stirred, break up

the second (card, number) ‫أفي‬

‫س‬٠‫ازتهي(بم‬/‫ئتحي‬١ ‫اتآي ا‬.card(
،wo ٠ -
(hi.) ttom.jti ‫اتا‬
twelve (m.) acc. ‫اث ققت‬
‫د وحرك‬.‫اننتا غتزة‬
twelve (f.) acc. ;‫اتتى قت‬

twos by twos ‫مثتى‬

oft repeated (JidJ. ‫متاني‬

repeating (Arb.) paired

‫؛‬. Pit'١

Al 1 1
Allah hath revealed the most
excellent discourse, a book
consimilarfself-resembling,)
oft ■repeated.” 13 9:231

repetition (2)

‫رلقذاتننكسبعأتنألمتحفخ‬
‫والعرتالعخلير‬
And assuredly we have given
thee seven of the repeti-
lions and the mighty
Quran. 15:87‫]؛‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫وت‬

٠٠>* is paid
100

VOCABULARY of THE HOLY QURAN

‫ا‬
tact. pic. m. sing.١ acc. ‫ةويا‬
< dweller

‫ًا(ضع‬٠‫ترى تثيق را‬

to halt, stop

abode (n. for place)

<non-virgins (n. p.)
‫ىثوى‬
‫تيات‬
sing. ‫ثيب‬

‫اعاروا رالرنض‬
They broke up the earth and
inhabited it. 130:91
(perf. 5 p. f. plu.١ h ‫أرن‬
they raised

(٠٢/٠
‫ مالل‬/٠ 3 p,
break up
raise (1)

‫تثيريكابا‬
They raised the cloud. [3 0:48]
plaugheth (2)

‫رماهراالءلىتيراألرقر‬
She should be a cow un
yoked to plough the earth.
 ***

١
101

‫كتاب الجيم‬

an idol or idols (‫( )لمك‬n.) ‫الججت‬

sorcery (a worthless

thing) (0. Rgh.)

strong, powerful, (ints. sing.)

tyrant, rebellious, giant,
compclier

‫جبارين‬
giants (s.n.p.) ace.
|٠‫جبل‬
mountain (n.) ‫جتل‬

mountains (n. p.) ‫جبال‬

(generation („.) ‫جة‬
lilt.constitution, created

being, multitude

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫*أرؤت‬

(they cry for succour

)‫جأر جآر جارًا و جئررًارف‬

to cry aloud in prayer or
supplicate

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تجأرون‬

you cry aloud for succour

(perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تجأررا‬

 cry not for succour

‫ لجار ءعج و ر‬، ‫جاز‬

‫ جوس‬see ‫جاسوا‬
‫جىأ‬ see ‫لجات يبى جاؤرا‬
★‫بب‬٢
‫( الجي‬.the well (n
102

vocabulary of thi holy Quran

‫جبل‬
‫ جق جث جًا و ( اجتت‬viii (
to cut off, cut down, uproot

(act. pic. m. phi.) act, ‫جابمين‬

motionless bodies in the ٦"

state of prostration

‫> جم دم جثمًا و جزملر‬

to remain in a place with-

out sense, motionless

(foreheads (n.p.) ‫جباة‬

‫■ ججهتة‬sing

‫) جاثية‬.sing ‫جلم‬.‫تر‬.act(
 (kneeling down

‫جتا يجثز جثقآ(ن‬

to sit with knees upon the
ground, to kneel

the state of sitting on (v.fl.) ‫جثيا‬

the knees

‫ لجتثذ\دئ؟‬.perf. 3 p.m(
(they aenied

)‫جحد يجحد جحودًا (ب‬

to dany, refuse one's right

،imperf. 3 p.m. sing.*١ ‫حد‬

‫ سم‬denies
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫جعدون‬
they deny

(pip. 3 p٠m. sing,) ‫يجب‬

<<*s drawn, brought

)‫جبًا بجر (يغ‬

٠‫ز‬١‫جزأو لجنابم و ؟ب‬
to gather taxes, impost, u
collect water in a reset-

voir, to bring together

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫اجن‬

‫ > سم‬selected, chosen
to choose, select ‫اجتب اجتياًا‬
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫اجتيت ا»آل‬
thou selected, chose

(perf. 1st p. ph.) siii ‫اجتببنا‬

we selected, chose

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.) viii ‫تجتبى‬

 ‘"-chooses

‫ئئغ(لجلى‬.p f ‫ و‬.pp(
‫ > بم‬was pulled out

١٠٣
103

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫خ‬٠ ٤

‫جادلت‬
‫لجم‬
‫يك‬١‫يح‬
‫جادلمجادتة‬
to quarrel; dispute
‫ًا‬
‫ جدالعب‬-‫ جذل‬,to twist
tight, make firm

(perf. 2 pjtt. sing.١ iii

thou disputed

(perf- 2 p.m. plu.١ fit

you disputed

(imperf, i p.m sing.١ iii

"-disputes

‫) يتاووا‬.acc. n.d( ‫يماررن‬

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.)

they dispute

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.١r‫؛‬l ‫تماول‬

thou dispute

(imperf; 2 p.m. plu.) iii ‫غآيلرن‬

you dispute

(perate. m. sing.) iii ‫جارل‬

contend, argue

(perate. neg. m. phi.)

dispute not!
‫ئوادنم‬،/ ‫آل‬
 disputing (v.n.) iii ‫جت ل‬
the dispute (v.n.) iii ‫جدال‬

‫( جذاًا‬.») broken in pieces

‫جذ تجأ لجدأ دش‬
to ait off at the root

(pact. pie. m. sir«.) ‫ةدو’آل‬

cut off

104

٠‫ث‬٠‫★ جد‬

‫معم‬.(‫لجتاث‬١ graves< ‫ جتق‬.Sing

٠ ‫خد د‬

<greatness, majesty (y.N.) ‫جء‬

to be great ‫جد تيد جدًا‬
‫تتلجثريتا‬
"Exalted be the majesty of
our Lord, [72:31

‫( يصه‬act. 2 pic.m. smg.١ ‫جييد‬

‫جد تيد جتة و جدء‬

to be new

‫جدد‬
<streets (n.p.)
sing. ‫ جئ ة‬street, way

a wall („.) ‫جدار‬

walls (n.p.) ‫جدر‬
<m ٥st disposed one (
 most worthy, fittest, more
proper

‫ةر لجتارًاحب‬٢ ‫ (جدر‬,to be fit

worthy, to deserve

‫جدلع‬

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) «‫جادقا أ‬

<they disputed

‫غد‬
VOOABUUIY OF TH, HOLY QUAN

‫جذع‬

١ ‫ت*ر‬.ng‫؛‬p.m. s ‫ ن‬.imperf‫؟‬

drags ~>

‫ ج ؟ر جرًا‬.to draw, to drag

banen (n.) ‫جرؤ‬

(land incapable of produ-

cing (vegetation—Ugh.)

‫*أدا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) * ‫يتتجقع‬
< RMSips

‫ لجذغ لجذاآلر ’نجدغ‬V

٠ ‫ز اجترع‬
to swallow, sip

hollowed bank („.) ‫فع‬ ‫جر‬

 (perf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv ‫جرتموا‬
they committed sin

‫جرم يجرم جزمًا تر‬

to cut off/ incite, commit
a crime against one, be
guilty of it

‫ءتآلًائيرهدحغ‬
The gift never to be cut off.

1:109]

trunk (of * tree) („.) ‫جدغ‬

tranks (n.p.) ‫جذنع اتخل‬

a brand of fire (n.) ‫جذرة‬

(perf, 2 p.m.ph،٠١ <‫وم‬

< you earned

‫(ف‬٦‫مح لجن ح‬.‫(مخ‬,to wound

injure, hurt, to earn

{Lis.-Aq.y

‫) اجترحوا اأا‬.p.m. plu ‫ ل‬.perf(

they committed

(wounds (n.p.) ‫جررح‬

wound (٠■( ‫جزح‬

(beasts used for (n.p.) ‫جوارح‬
hunting

‫) جايحة‬.sing(
locusts (n.) ‫جراذ‬
١٠٥

105

‫جرع‬
VOCABULARY or TH, HOLY QURAN

‫غد‬
‫يواشوكجريماوترتها‬
In the name of Allah be its
course and its anchorage.

[11:41]

(The word ‫( *رى‬majra) is

read ‫( تميى‬majrey) (due
to itnala ‫) اتأيم‬

Note I. ‫إتاآل‬
is a way of
pronunciation of ‫أف‬as
weak ya e.g, ‫ مججرى‬ma-
jra wad as majrey . ‫إلئ‬

‫)حمءع‬. pic.f. sing.) ‫جارة‬

running (1)

‫ه‬٠‫ؤ‬٣‫يج‬،‫ةأ‬
Therein is a running spring.

088:121

(act. pic. f. plu.)

running ones
‫جاراق‬
a traversing ark, ship (2)

:‫ؤددنبرته‬
Verily, We! when the water
rose Weboreyouupon the
traversing ark(i.e. a ship).
 ‫س‬.\١١
‫ المراو‬ships (l)(n. p.) < ‫جاري‬
٠٠١)
106

(perf. 1st p. phi.) iv ‫ا‬:‫آجرم‬

we committed sin

(imperf, 2 p.m. ph.) h ‫نجر مز ن‬

you commit a sin

commitment of a sin (v.n.) ‫اجرام‬

sinnerCacz.ptc.^r^t. ring.)
‫ مرمؤن‬.nom ‫ مجييين‬.acc
‫مجرم‬
SVMWXS (.act. pic. m. phi.)

(emp. 3 p.m. ring.) ‫آلتجيمن‬

should not or let not incite

or drag

‫واليجريظرئتابكقيقاالتيف‬
And let not the hatred of a
people incite you not to
act fairly. Act fairly! [5:8]

undoubtedly (a phrase} ‫آلجرم‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.f. plu.) ‫جرين‬

< they (f.) ran away

‫جرى ي*رف لجربمأ ت جزعؤش‬

to flow (water), to ran, be

current

(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.)

N rant, ba
‫*رن‬
(.imperf. 3 p.f. s٠mg.١ ‫تخى‬

‫بم‬/.) runs, flowes

(imperf: ‫ و‬p.f. dual) ‫تخ أن‬

 the twain run, flow

*‫) رى > ترى‬.min .«.*(

course of water flowing

VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN ‫جز‬

(perf. hip, sing.)

I rewarded
‫جزيت‬
(perf. 1st p. ph،.) ‫جرينا‬
wt rewarded

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تمزق‬

‫الم‬ rewards
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫ترى‬
thou reward

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ‫نغرى‬

we reward

(emp. 1st p. plu.) ‫نجرين‬

we surely give reward,

recompense

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.)

they will be rewarded
‫مرون‬
or be recompensed

(pip. 2p.m. plu.) ‫تزون‬

you shall be given reward

or recompensed
(pip. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫يمن اى‬
‫و‬
thou shall be given reward
or be recompensed

(imperf. 1 st. p. ph».) iii ‫نحازى‬

we recompense

compensation, reward (v.n.) ‫جزا‬

(act. pic. m. sing.)
giver of a reward
‫جاز‬
 compensation (n.) ‫جرية‬
(A tax that is taken from the
free non-Muslim subjects
of a Muslim government
whereby they ratify the
compact that assures them
protection—LL.)

‫دنايتيالجيارفابخرةًالعالء‬
And of his signs are the
ships in the sea like land,
marks. {42:321

moving swiftly (likeships)(2)

‫ر؛ الجارالكئى‬٢‫ؤألالبمتخآتغلح‬
I swear by the receding
(stars) moving swiftly
(and) hiding themselves.

]18 1:15-1 6 ‫ز‬

‫★*جد‬
‫جزء‬
a part, a portion (n.)
‫جارز ••جوز‬
٠‫جدع‬
we raged (perf. hip.plu.) ‫جيعنًا‬
‫ جزع يةزع تؤ مح‬to grow
impatient, be sad, grieve

‫جروع‬
bewailing (inis. m. sing.}

★ ‫جزه‬
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫جرى‬
(perf.
‫ > الم‬recompensed
‫(جزاى (جرا) يجزئ جرألدض‬
to recompense, reward

‫كخمو‬٠‫تلخزإلمبلم‬
And he recompensed them
for that which they
patiently bore. 176:12]
 ١٠٧
107

VOCAaULABY or TMI HOLY QU* AH ‫جسد‬

‫؛‬esgg
When We made the House a
resort unto mankind.

[2:1251

(perf. 2 pjn, phi.) ‫جتم‬

you counted (3)

‫أهثيؤالئج‬
Count you the giving of
drinks unto the pilgrims.

(9:19]

(imperf. ‫ د‬pit. ph،.) ‫*ون‬

they set up (4)

‫ئر‬١‫ائيئناللجتلمونتغانحلدة‬
Who set up along with Allah
another god, [15:96)

(act. pic. using.) ‫جاعل‬

maker, adopter

‫جايلون ا ج‬ ).act. pic. m. phi(

those who make ss
or adopt

٠‫جى‬

a worthless thing, (a.) ‫جغًال‬

<rubbsish
Utt. froth, foam

‫جىن‬
‫اا‬.‫م‬.( ‫ (جغان‬,basins < ‫جفتة‬
 ‫عا‬١١
a large deep dish of wood

108

‫د‬٠‫★ ج ر‬

B body (n.) ‫جد‬

٠‫جسس‬

(ptrate neg. m. phi.) V

< do not spy
‫آل تتجئوا‬

to feel, touch ‫تجتك‬ ‫بئو‬, ‫خذ‬

to investigate, spy * ‫تجئ‬ ‫و‬

*٢‫جس‬

body (n.) ‫الجتم‬

sing. ‫< جتع‬bodies (n.p.) ‫آجتام‬
*‫جعل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫جعل‬

<~ placed (1)

‫جعل عته جفاهت‬,to put, place

make, effect, prepare, pro-
duce, appoint, fix (a price,
compensation or reward),
begin

‫مآجعاللمهلرجإتنعتيي فجوفه‬
Allah has not placed into
any man two hearts In his

inside (or chest). 133:41

(perf. hip. plu.) ‫جعنًا‬

~we made, (2)

١،٨
‫جلو‬
 VOOABULAMY OF THI HOLY QUIAN

‫جفر‬

★ ‫ س‬٠‫جل‬

‫ الجآلى‬seats (n.p.)<
n. for p.t, ٢sing.١
*‫جين‬
‫(جلت *ر جلؤة‬ to sit

‫الجنآل‬
glory (m.)
)‫ضم جآلآلو خمآلآلض‬. ‫جل‬
to be great, powerful,

sublime

The Possessor
of glory.

‫ ذز الجآلل‬٠

‫لتيتن‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) li

< glorified
‫جل‬

‫جاليمىفية‬
to glorify, to make clear,
bring in light

‫والكمآياًامجلمًا‬
By the day when it glorifieth
him (Jid) i. e. when it
shows forth the sun's
splendour to its full.

‫ا‬91:3[
(imperf.‫ و‬pjn. sing.) ‫مأو‬
glorifies, manifests

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) WJ. rii ‫تجكق‬

<~ leave off

to treat ٢udel4،u٣ ‫جغا عفن‬

to shun, ٦،١‫مج‬ ‫جافى‬

to be restless (■» ‫تآن‬

in the bed,

leave off (‫)ءء‬

(perate m, sing.) tv ‫آجج‬

< collect, summon

»‫جلب تيي جبان‬

to drive, draw, bring,

assemble

< overgarments (n.p.) ‫جآليب‬

)‫جبآب (•*"'و‬

★ ‫جلد‬

‫* اجيدزا‬، (.perate m. phi)

! you) flog»

scourage

stripe (n.) ‫جلدة‬

(sing.} ‫< جاد‬skins (n.p.)‫جلؤأ‬

109

‫ع‬٣‫ج‬
VOCAIULAIY or THI HOLY Quit AM

‫جل‬
‫ع‬٢‫★ ج‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing,١ ‫خا‬
< Namassed (1>

‫لجي يجتع بشا‬

to gather, collect, amass,
assemble

*‫النئيمعماالوعكد‬
Who amasses wealth and
counts it. 1104:21

‫ دد‬SS (7١

‫ذجعكيتث‬
Then he settled his plan.

120 : 601

‫و‬
(perf. p.m. phi.)
they gathered
‫جعوا‬

‫إكاكاقجمكالكر‬
Surely people have gathered
against you. [3:1731

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫جغنًا‬

we assembled

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫يجتع‬

‫ بم‬gathers
(epl• 3 p m. ٠(‫صتض‬
he shall gather together

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. plu.)
they gather together
‫ممون‬
(‫؛‬perf. 3 p.m. phi.١ ‫جع‬

we assemble ‫*ج‬
110

None but He 11 ٧‫ ز‬manifest

it at its time. [7:187]
 (perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) V ‫تمل‬
‫م‬٧ unveiled (face or glory)
‫لتاتجلفة‬
When his Lord unveiled His

glory. 17:1431

:‫جآل‬
< the exile (tn.)
)‫(عنوين‬:‫جآلتجوجآل‬
to exile, to migrate,
emigrate from one’s
country, depart

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يخمحون‬

they ran away in all haste

‫جتح يجتح جارغ‬

‫قجًاحاو جوحا‬
to be restive and run away
(horse), to be headstrong,
quick to throw at, hit

(act.pic.f.sing.) ‫جايدة‬
(firmly fixed

)‫جد تجمد جدًار ججودآ(ن‬

to congeal, harden, stiffen

VOCABULAIY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‫جنب‬

Friday („.) ‫ابيتة‬

junction.
place of meeting, (n. for p.t.)
assembled one,
(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫قوغ‬
(،pact. pic. m. ph»٠١ ‫برعون‬
assembled ones .

the day of assembly ‫اشم‬ ‫يرم‬

* ‫ ل‬٣‫ج‬
the camel (‫(ع‬ ‫ايق‬

Cthe camels (‫مع‬.( ‫جآلة‬

(sing.١ ‫ملج‬

‫ (لجأآلت(جملئئ‬the camels<

(Rgh.) sing. ‫بىةجالة‬

all, complete one (n.)

the beauty (n.) ‫جال‬

beautiful
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫جيل‬
٣‫★ جم‬
٩‫ حت‬.acc < ‫جع‬
very much (in exceeding

manner)

operate, m, sing.) ‫اجني‬

<keep aside, save

‫جمع‬

‫) بوتئؤا‬.n.d( ‫تحمعرن‬

(unperj. 2 p.m. ph،.١

that you have to gather

‫ونتجتكابيعاألختيي‬

(Forbidden unto you) that

you have two sister« to-
gether (i.e. as your wives).
 (*:23,

(pp. 3 p٠m. sing,) ‫لجيع‬

,was brought together

(perf. 3 p.m. phi,) ،٢ ‫آجعرا‬

they resolved, (agreed
among themselves)

‫تًابجانبلخأقيييي‬
And they resolved to put
him in the bottom of the
well. (12:15)

(perate m. phi.) lr ‫آجيرا‬

you devise

‫دس‬

Wherefore devise your stra-

tagem, then come in the
row. 120:641

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) rHi ‫اجتسخ‬

‫ سم‬got together

(perf. 3 p.f. plu.) Till ‫اجتعرا‬

they got together

multitude, gathering (».«.) ‫الجع‬

(».«, dual) ‫جعان‬
two gathered groups

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫<ايع‬

momentous

١١١
VOCABCLAIY ٥, TH, HOLY QUlAH ‫جنب‬
perf. 3 p.m. ring,‫ أثنئثوا‬that
has a Fatha mark on the ‫ن‬
and imperative m. ph.

‫ اجتبزا‬that has Kasra

mark on the ‫ن‬
 ‫ئيكنائملى؛ةالرت‬٦‫و‬
And those who avoid the
devils. (39:17]

‫اجظواكثيرينالطن‬
Avoid much from suspicion.

149:121

in respect of (1) (n.) ‫جشي‬

(about, of)

‫علماتتطتفاجثيياش‬
That 1 was unmindful of
Allah. (Pic.) [39:56]

That ‫ل‬ have been remiss in

respect of Allah, (d.)

side (2)

‫والكلميجي‬
And the companion of the
side. 14:36]

(٠( ‫ < جخب‬sides (n.p.) ‫جرب‬

distant (1) (n.) ‫مجخب‬
‫ويلجث‬
And the distant neighbour.
i.e. the neighbour who is
not of kin (The person
who is one’s neighbour
but belongs to another
people (LL). (4:36]

)‫جنتيضبجنبًا(ن‬
to turn aside, turn off,
lead to the side

‫ىاجثينربغآنكبداآلضتًام‬
And keep me and my sons
away from worshipping
the idols. (14:35]

(.Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫يجب‬

N keeps away, saves

(pip. 3 p. m. sing.١ il ‫تجئج‬

Rwshair be kept away

‫دتيجبماأل]ئعى‬
And away from it shall be
kept the most pious.

،!?2:17]

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫تتجنب ا‬

١، keeps himself away,

avoids

‫ربتجبهأاآلشتى‬
And the most unfortunate
one will avoide it. (87:11 ]

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

they avoided
«■

(imperf. 3 p.m. phijvlii

they avoid
‫يجتبزن‬

‫هه>*جتيرن‬. ‫*جبوا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi]
(that if you) avoid

(perate ff». piu.) viii

avoid
‫اجتبوا‬
(Learners should note care*
fully the difference between

12

١٢
VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN

‫جنن‬

‫واتغضتمباحالنل‬
And lower down unto them
 the wing of submission.

[17:24]

‫جناحين جناح‬
two wings, both wings
.n.d< .acc

‫آجنيحة‬ ‫جناح‬
(,sing.)
wings (n.p.) <

‫جناع‬
‫ليريكرجع‬
sin (fl.)

It is no sin for you. [2:198]

‫★جند‬

‫( جند‬٠) ‫جغدكئئ‬
an army (n.)
<the armies (n.p.)

* ‫ج ذف‬

wrong course
unjust cause, (fl.) ‫جنف‬
(،Ap-der. m. sing.) ,1 ‫تجايف‬
willingly inclining

‫غغبايزتيم‬
Not one inclining wilfully to

‫ن‬٠‫★ ج ت‬

(perf. ‫ ة‬p m. sing.) ‫جن‬

*overshadowed

١١٣
impure (2)

'٠٠
And if you are unciean purify
yourselves. (Pic.) 15:61

And if ye be polluted (by

sexual acts) purify your-
 ‫كاللم‬.١ .b«

a technical term and

(According to LL
means, one who is under
‫جنب‬
an obligation to perform
a total ablution or bath-
ing.)

Note : Th‫ ؟‬emission of semen

whether in waking or
in sleep makes bathing
obligatory.

‫جانب‬
‫جأنائلقرلةنمر‬
side (act. pic. m. sing.)

The right side of the mount

Tur. [19:521

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

<they inclined
‫جنحوا‬
)‫جتححجوحا(ف‬
to incline towards, to bend

‫اجخنجالكنريبخ ها‬
incline (perate m. sing.)

And if they incline to peace

incline thou also to it.

[8:61]

‫(جناح (ع‬
13
wing

VOCABULARY o, TH! HOLY QURAN

‫جلن‬
‫ئزاءنئئببلمدئشبًاة‬٠‫ذي‬٢‫يذيب‬
Of his sin will he questioned
 that Day neither man nor
Jinn. [55:39]

serpent (2)

It was wriggling as though it

were a serpent. [27:10]

(ring.) ‫جتةينالحتوراكايج‬
<the Jinn(«.;)

Whether of Jinn or mankind.

[114:6]

madness (2)

‫ جة‬،‫آزقؤلرت‬
Or say they: in him is mad-
□ess. 123:701

‫جنة‬
‫ان‬
Note : whereas is with

‫*ؤن النة‬
!definite article
(i.e.
<mad one
) meansJinn.
(pad. pic. m. ring.)

!‫جن يئ بنر‬
to be mad

paradise
‫جنة‬
enclosed garden, (n.)

‫جتتين‬
two gardens
(h. dual) ace.

114
‫جبة‬
(ring.) (gardens (n.p)

‫جنيجنجتًا ق جتؤ‬
cover, veil, be dark ‫ال‬،

‫فةجنيوايل‬
Then when ،he night oversh-
adowed on him. [6:76]

Jinn(«.) ‫الجئ‬
Jinn are a definite order of
conscious being, intellig-
ent, corporial and usually
invisible, made of smoke-
less flame, as men are of
day, created before Adam.
They eat and drink and
propagate their species,
and are subject to death,
much in the same way as
human being are, though
as a rule invisible to the
human eye. They manifest
themselves to men at will,
mostly under animal form.

(Jid. 7.n.n. 644١

Note : The word “Jinn" is a

plural noun denoting
a kind of creature

for ‫ إثن إثتان‬as

or
human being. It has
also a singular jinnee

‫جتع‬ but has not

occured in the Holy
Quran.

the Jinn(l)(n.) ‫جان‬

( ‫انس‬
ODD.

١١٤
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ججنن‬

*‫يد‬
‫آلسم‬١‫ةع»'آا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iii

‫ومنجاهدؤكمايياجللننيه‬
And whosoever strives, stri-
ves only for himself [29:6‫ز‬
(perate. m. sing.) ‫جاهد‬
thou strive !

(perate. m. plu.)
you strive
‫جايدرا‬
‫ًايدرن‬ .nom ‫جهادمًاعدين‬
struggle, strive (*.„.)

(Ap-d،r<iii. m. phi.١
.acc

strivers

‫جثدبرخهيئعهؤدعتتبج‬
hard earning, endeavour (n.)

They find naught (to give)

but their earning. [9:79]

‫جهد‬
‫ألخلم‬٠‫آ‬
binding, forcible (n.)

Who (they) swear by Allah

their most binding oaths.

(pref. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫مرد‬

٠١ said openly, published

‫جتر بمي ججرآر‬

)‫جيرةوجهارًا (ف‬
to be or become public, known,

١٥
shield, shelter (n.) ‫جله‬
‫< لجنين‬embryos(
sing.

‫هتم‬٠‫ولئًانسمًاب ذًابلغذبًاث‬
‫ئ‬ ٠

And you are embryos in the

wombs of your mothers.

153:32]

٠‫أفي‬

sing: ‫ < جتئ‬furits («.‫جنى (م‬

‫وجيالجتيردان‬
And the fruits of the two
 gardens are within reach.
[55:541

fresh (n.) acc. ‫جع‬

‫ثعطكوكبأجنيا‬
It will drop on the fresh ripe
dates. [19:25]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iii ‫جات‬

< ,—strived

‫جاعد مجًاهدة ت هادًا‬to struggle

‫بئ جهدًا (في‬٢ ‫ (جمت‬to exert
oneself, endeavour

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) in \‫بتب‬

the twain strived

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) iii

they struggled, strived
‫جاهدرا‬

115

‫جدب‬
VWCAmiLAtY OF THE HOLY QU ‫سع‬

‫غ‬
‫ جايلون‬m ;‫ طين‬.ace
(act, pic. m. ph،.)

(sing.) ‫( جايل‬ignorants
the state of ignorance (n.) ‫جاعكة‬
(or) unawareness

the hell (n.) ‫تجذم‬

 (perf. 3 PM. phi.) ‫جايؤا‬

٠‫ )س‬hewed out
‫جاب جرب جزا‬ to pass

through a country,
to cut, to penetrate

‫ويئوذالخما؛نبأئواالشئ‬
And Thamud who hewed out
,the rocks in the valley

[189:9

)‫ ؛؛‬plu.) h ‫آجبم‬

‫م‬٠ you replied)

٠٩ ‫أجاب ييب‬
to reply, answer, accept

(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) h

replies, answers

(imperf. 3 p.m. s‫؛‬ng.١b acc.

‫ ام‬٠
(Imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv

‫ ل‬accept
(imperf. I It. p. ph،.) h

we accept

116

‫*س‬
 ‫نن‬
to disclose, say
publicly
(‫جتر (ب‬

open (n.) ‫جرر‬

loudly, openly (‫ججرًا و رس‬
manifestly open ‫م‬.».( ‫جترة‬
(prate tn. phi.) ‫اجرؤا‬
(you) say loudly 1

(perate neg. m. sing.) ‫تججر‬ ‫آل‬

do not shout (thou) ! say

not loudly ‫ا‬

openly, very clearly (,.".) ‫جهار‬

(perf، 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫جتز‬

furnished, provided

provision (n.) ‫جياز‬

★‫ل‬٠‫ج‬

(imperf. 3 pjn. ptu.) ii ‫يتلؤن‬

(they are ignorants

)‫ملت ;ح جهًال وجاتة(ف‬

to be ignorant, to lack
knowledge

(Imperf. 2 pi plu.) ‫تخون‬

you are ignorants i.e. they/

you speak ignorantly

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫جاعل‬

an ignorant one

very ignorant (ints.) "‫جهول‬

١٦
 ٠‫جل‬
VOOAMILUY OF THI HOLY QUMM

‫دب‬٤

‫أئئايؤارألم‬.perate>x. m(
(you) respond !

(ap’der.ytr, m. sing.) ‫مع‬

one who accepts prayer or

supplication

(act pic. ph», b, pht,١ ‫انيون‬

The Almighty who accepts

prayer or supplication

(Note that plural is used for

lingular.١

reply, answer (,JI.) ‫جراب‬

‫دمأكاكجوإابقة‬
And the answer of his people
was...... [7:82]

watering troughs, (a.) ‫الجواب‬

wells>( ٠٠( ‫جاتة‬
very large pot of water,
well

‫رجقانكجواب‬
And bowls (large) as wells or
watering troughs. 134:131

( ‫ اجراب‬cistents—ML)

Judi (n.) ‫جريى‬

*'ft is the name of a mountain,

its greek name is said to be
Gordyai being one of the
mountains which divide
Armenia on the south from
Mesopotamia." (Af.^.)

(perate m.ptufir ‫أجيرا‬

respond, accept, reply

(pp■ 3 p.f. ting.) It

~ accepted
‫لحئ‬

٠٠
He said your petition is
accepted. 10:891‫؛‬

(pp■ 2 p.m. pht.) tv ‫أبثم‬

you were replied ‫رم‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv

I accept, I respond
‫أجع‬
‫لم‬perf. 5 pi ٠١ ‫تع‬١٠‫\ئة‬
<he accepted

‫ اتجاب اسيجابة‬to accept

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m, plu.) X ‫اشتجايزا‬
they accepted

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) X ‫اتبم‬

you accepted ‫؛‬

(perf- hi- p- phi.) X

w asswpted
‫اثئ‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) X

Maj accepted
‫اعتجيت‬
(.imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ X ‫تقنع‬
he accepts

‫ يتييزا‬.CC‫> يكتييرن‬0
(imperf. 3 p. m. pht.) X
they accept, respond

(imperf, 2 p.m. pht.) X ‫تشتجيون‬

you ask acceptance

(perate.) X, m. sing.) ‫اكتن‬

'accept \ ‫م‬0١‫آ د‬٦١‫الآل‬

١٧
 117

‫^ود‬
VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫ج‬

(parate m. sing.) iv
give protection !
‫أجر‬
(imperf. 5 p.m. ph».) iii ‫*ررون‬
they take the place in one’s '
neighbourhood

‫الئه’خكق‬
They shall not be thy neigh*
bour. 133:601

fact. pic. m. sing.) *‫لجالج‬

deviating (way)

(ap-der.>vi,f.
side by side
;/«.)‫دتناودائ‬
I

‫رفأآلرضيطعلمتجرنت‬
And in the earth are tracts
side by side. 13:41

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) iii ‫جاوز‬

<~ passed for

:‫جاقزيجورجرارزًاتمجاتر‬
to pass a certain boundry,

to cross

(perf. 3 p.m. dual) iii

they (twain) passed forth,
‫جارزا‬

crossed
 (perf. !st.p. plu.) ill ‫جارزنًا‬
we crossed

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iii

we caused to cross
(‫جارزا(ب‬

(Imperf. hl p. ‫تتجاو ألم‬

we pass by

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

we forgave
(‫نتجارز (عن‬
Still regarded by the Kurds
as the scene of the descent
from the ar][."(Jid.)

"As traditionally affirmed the

ark resting on the mount-
ains must have been very
ancient. (Safe)

‫)الجأد‬.»/.«( horses< ‫) لجذاني‬.sing(

(act. pic. m. sing.)
neighbour
‫جاد‬

(iuiperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫ير‬

٠
<~pr0t cts, shelters

‫ر يير لمبتًا‬،٦ ,to save

protect, to cause one to
turn aside from,

)‫جأر يجرر جورًا (ن‬

to lx unjust,

to turn aside ‫عن‬- ‫ر‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫جر‬
~ protects, shelters (the ‫ى‬
is dropped in a condi-
tional phrase)

(pip. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.)iv ‫يحأل‬٠

AS protected

‫قهمولجيرظايجارطيي‬
And He protests and none
is ptotected against Him.

‫ز‬88 :123
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) X
6/sought protection
‫اتجار‬

118

١١٨ ‫جعد‬

VOCABULARY ٥, TH! HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬
Jg

)‫جاةيينأجيث (ب‬
to come, to bring

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫يخ‬

‫ رد) صم‬came
(perf.‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ‫جاؤوا‬
they came

(perf. 2 p.m. ring.١ ‫جشت‬

you came

(perf. 2 p.f. ring.) ‫جغى‬

thou came I

(with......thou brought)

(perf. 2 p.m. ph،.) ٠٢٩

you came, brought ‫ن بم‬
(perf. 1st. p. ptu.) ‫جًا‬

we came (or brought) ‫ض‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫جائ > جي‬
-was brought

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) fo ‫جب‬٦

«dawn

‫ليعص‬
Then the birth-pangs drove
her. 119:231

(perf.‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫جاتوا‬

<they ravaged, made
havoc, entered

‫(جات تلمدس جزنًا (ن‬

to ‫عمو‬٤ for (or) to see after,

to go back and forth
(between)

|‫|*جرع‬
(.imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) acc. ‫*ع‬
< thou art hungry

)‫جاعي*وعجوءًا(ن‬

to be hungry

‫أ‬٠
That thou art not hungry,
J‫ا‬ ‫ ا‬20:8{

hungry (n.) ‫جزغ‬

< chest, thorax (‫( أر‬ ‫جزف‬

lilt: a hollow, inside

opening at the neck (n.) ‫جت‬

and bosom of a shirt
 < bosoms (n. p.) ‫جيرب‬

(sing.) ‫ئ‬

firmament (n.) ‫جر‬

(middle of the sky)

<neck, ironical (n.) ‫جتذ‬

lilt, a beautiful neck (L.L)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫جاء‬

<~came

١١

**

119

.‫كتاب الحا‬

as r.٢. (above) vl ‫ئ‬2 ‫آحك‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou loved
/٠٠ ‫آحببت‬

(perf. 1st p. sing.) It ‫تيي‬٦

I loved

^imperf, 3 p.m. ph،.١ h ‫ءئ‬

loves

‫ فيم‬with love (in reply) (،V.) ‫يغبب‬

(The assimilation of double

‫ ب‬denotes its being in

 accord with a conditional
phrase),

(imperf.
they love
‫ و‬p.m. plu) iv ‫غيزن‬

(Imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

you love
‫ييرت‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ،V ‫أحي‬

I love

more wanted than (eletive)

ss. more dearer than ss
‫أحب‬

‫ج‬
‫ى‬
‫ى‬

‫دى‬
‫ض‬
‫ق‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m.
,W endeared

‫(بتعبحبًاوحبًا(ن‬
‫ ئ‬love, be loved
120

١٢

‫ ح ب‬voauuutv Of THl HOLT QUIAH ‫بب‬٣

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫غون‬

you detain ‫خ‬
‫تتتوتممًا‬
You detain them (two), [5:106]

‫حبط‬

‫حعط‬ (.m. ring ‫ و‬.perf)

‫ ع‬,came to naught■،-،)
 gone in vain

‫لئلكا‬٠‫خ‬
to come to naught,
to perish

(perf. 3 p. /. sing.) ‫حبطت‬

came to naught, gone
in vain

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ace. ‫ثآل‬

it may go in vain

(epl. 3 p m. sing.) ‫آيجطن‬

surely be made ineffective

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) h.
— mades ss ineffective
‫ألختل‬
‫آخبط يفيط إحباطًا‬ IV
to make ss ineffective

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing) iv ‫غط‬

‫ م‬make ‫ت‬-

★ ‫ح ب لذ‬
paths (n. p.) ‫حيك‬
(signifies either the traces of
angels or the orbs of
stars ‫ ل‬id.)

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)x ‫اتتحبزا‬

they preferred, love much

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) X

they prefer، love much
‫يتحرن‬
(more than)

the love (».) ‫حي‬

(beloved ones(».;.) ‫احياء‬

(sing.) ‫حبيب‬
 ١ ‫عبة‬n.mim( ‫ عم‬١٠‫عال‬

★★★★
‫( حبة‬.«) probable, grain
‫( ح؟‬.«) grain

‫ر‬٧‫★ ح‬
(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫زؤن‬
(they shall be made happy

)-(‫تحبر عتر حجورًا‬

To be glad

(pip■ 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تحروت‬

you shall be made happy.

great learned men; (".;) ‫آحبار‬

doctors of religious laws.

‫ى‬٠‫★ حب‬

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing,)

~ prevents, detain
‫غبى‬

)‫حب يق حبا (ن‬

to imprison, confine;

detain

١٢
121

‫جج‬٣
VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAN

٠‫حبل‬
‫*حجج‬
(.pref. 3 p.f. s‫؛‬ng.١ Vassim١ ‫تج‬

‫<م‬ performed the religious

ritesand the ceremonies
of the pilgrimage, repaired
 to Makka or to Ka'ba

‫ج حجارر‬: ‫حج‬
to intend to a certain target,
to aim at

the pligrimage (n.) ‫ج‬

the pilgrimage of the ‫ج ابيي‬
House (Ka’ba) ,

the pligrimage (n.) ‫المج‬

(act, pic, m. sing.) ‫الحآج‬
the pilgrim ‫ج‬
(used also for the group of
pilgrims as a noun of

‫ إسم اكي‬kind
‫م‬٠(‫ ("•جج‬yean )٠( ٠‫جه‬
an argument (n.) ‫ية‬

‫حاج‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi
٩‫ > د‬contended
‫ج يتاج محأجه ت جاجًا‬١‫ء‬
to despute, contend

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) Hi

they contented
‫حابجؤا‬
‫غالم‬, iii ).plu ■‫أح‬. 2 ‫(مع‬
you contented ’

‫*حبد‬
a rope, a cord, (n.) ‫حبل‬
a course union

ropes, cords (n. p.) ‫حبال‬

★ ‫حهم‬
unavoidable (‫حتآ (ع‬
★★★★

until, yet, till, (preposition) ‫حتى‬

 even, nay ! even

quickly, incessantly (v. n.) ‫حثثًا‬

barrier, a veil, curtain (n.) ‫حجاب‬

)‫جب حجابا (ن‬2 ‫ح>حجج‬
to hide, to cover, to put
behind veil

(pact. pic. m. ph،.) ‫غجوبؤن‬

‫< سنم‬the debarred ones, who

arc kept behind a veil,
those who are shut out

(,sing.) ‫عجوب‬
122

١٢٣
TOOAWLUT Of TH■ HOLY QU* AM ‫حجج‬
Note : In the time of pagan-
ism, a man meeting ano-
ther whom he feared, in a
sacred month, used to say
‫ عجررًا‬٢‫ جيجر‬meaning, it
is rigorously forbidden to
thee to commit an act of
hostility against me, in
this month, .and the latter
thereupon would abstain
from any aggression
against him and so, on the
day of Ressurrection. the
polytheists, when they see
the punishment, will say
to the angels, thinking
that it will profit them.
 ‫س‬.-‫لما‬١

‫ًاةةأؤلجهئجئل‬٠٠‫لتذ‬٠‫وج‬
And he has placed between
these two (seas) a barrier
and great partition.

(25:531

sense, understanding (.3)

‫ملفالكىعلنئحجر‬
Indeed in that is an oath for
a man of sense (is there in
that an oath for a man
of sense ?)[89:5]

Note : The interrogative par-

ticle, ‫' عل‬what’or٠isthere’
is also used to stress the
sense of the sente nee.The re-
lore, some translators of
the Quran tend to inter-
pret it by *surely, indeed,
and alike.'

acc. (nJ.) ‫عايوا‬

klmperf. 3 p. m. ph،.١ ill
they are contending

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ill ‫تائون‬

they are contending
(Imperf- 2 pt ph،.١ III ‫ابين‬
you are contending

‫؟‬٠٠
And his people contended
with him, he said : Are
you contending me about

Allah? |٥:80]

they wrangle together ri ‫جزة‬٩٠

<‫ءآجيتحجءآجبا‬

to wrangle together

★ ‫حجد‬
 prohibited one (1) (n.) ‫حجر‬
‫مجقمدجل‬٢٢١‫ف‬٠
And they said : Those (such
and such) cattle and crops
are prohibited. (6:138)

a barrier (2)

‫وفؤصبرغبؤثإ‬
And they will say : Let their
be a strong barrier (and
they will say: away I aw*
ay!— did.) [25:22]

(pact. pic. m. sing٠١ ‫جررًا‬

who is put behind

a barrier

١٣٣
123

‫ح*ه‬
VOCABUUIY ٠٠ TH* HOLY ‫سعاله‬

‫ج‬٣
‫وجحلبينالبحينحاحرا‬
And has set a barrier bet-
ween two seas. 127:611

(act. pic. m, piu.)

withhoders
‫حاجزين‬
--

‫ءغتدخجزئن‬۴)‫سحيخكئيذ‬
And not one of you would
have withheld us (from
punishing him). ،69:47,

‫*حهـب‬
< mound, elevated (fl.) ‫حدب‬
place
 - ‫على‬-‫دب حدبا‬22 ‫حدب‬
to be affectionate,

‫حدب‬ ‫) تعبج أخداب و‬.fl(

elevated ground

‫★ حهت‬
(imperf. 3 p.f. ٠.‫تخئة ال و‬

<w‫؛‬ll tell, will inform

‫ حعدك محدكا‬to tell u

to state

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)

you will say, inform
«‫غدثترن‬

٠.) ii ‫دئ‬
tell (perate m.
(imperf, ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ir ‫يحيك‬

< ~creates, generates (1)

‫ آحدت الحدائأ‬to create, fv

initiate, generate

124

Name of 8 mountain (4)

about 150 miles north of
Syria. The rocky tract of
land known by this name
lies in the north of Arabia
on the highway to Syria.
It was inhabited by the

tribe of ‫( تمود‬Thamud).
‫حجر‬ Hijr, in Ptolemy
and Pliny, is an oasis
staple town of the gold
and the frankincense car-
van road from Arabia the

Happy. (‫سر‬. I4n.95)

Doughtyjrowts in Arabia
Dtserto١k١١٦S١

‫رلقنكتبآضخبالججياليزيلين‬
And surely the dwellers of
.Hijr rejected the message
15:801،
 ‫( المجر‬.the stone (n
‫( يجار؟‬.the stone (n
‫( حجرات‬.apartments (n.p>
)٠٠( ‫حجرة‬
‫( حجور‬.ward, guardianship (n.p
‫تتيكيلققحججربز‬
And your stepdaughters who
are your ward (or in your
guardianship). ،4:23]

* ‫ ز‬rr
a barrier (act. pic. m. sing.) ‫حاجز‬
١٢٤
‫ح‬
VOGUULAIY or THl HOLY QpiAM

‫عد ش‬
discourse (2)

‫ييحتمكسنتاييألآلحاديي‬
And will teach thee of the
interpretation of the dis-
«SUKt. 112:61

٠‫ححح‬
(perf, 3 p.m. ting.) iii 5 ‫حا‬
٠~>pposed
‫غاث فآد كطئ‬، ,to oppose
act with hostility to-

wards ss

opposes
(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) Hi

they oppose
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) iii ‫غدرت‬
limits, bounds (n. p.) 5 ‫حدر‬

(ting■) >‫ر‬
 ‫عكحلعركاشئكا ككربيها‬
These are bounds of Allah
wherefore approach them

not ! [2:187] ٠
iron (1) (n.) ‫حييد‬
‫لئئ‬٦; ‫بذه‬٠‫يد‬١‫ااذذر‬٠‫رآكزت‬
We sent down iron wherein
is great voilencc. [57:25]

sharp (2)

‫فصركاليحيين‬
So thy sight is sharp today.

‫آلهضيحلمال‬

Or it may «aerate ‫ئ‬

some admonition. [20:113]
them

(imperf. Isl. p. ting.) b

I initiate, begin
‫أحيت‬
‫حقاحيتلتن‬
Until I begin thereof (some)
:
mention. [18:70]

(pts.pic. m, ٠٠١ l, ‫ءدق‬

fresh, new

(.act. pic. nt. ٠٠١ ‫حييف‬

a story (1)

‫وهنآشكحييثيتى‬
And has come to thee the
story of Musa. 120:9‫ا‬
a discourse (2)

Until they plunge in a dis-

course other than it.

[*:140]
speech (3)

That well-nigh they under-

stand not any speech.

(4:78)

stories, bywords (1 ‫ر‬

‫ؤلجعمأتالئ‬
(n,p.)

And we made them bywords.

١٢٥
125

‫حوب‬
VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫حاذررن‬

those who are in state of
preparation or cautious

(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫عذور‬

a thing to be feared of,
gaurded against

‫ورا‬٠‫اةءثابزهعكاذدن‬

Verily the torment of thy

Lord is ever to be gaurd-
ed against. (17:57(

precaution ( n.) ‫يذر‬

‫غنزلجئى‬
Take your precaution. [4:71(

fear ‫غر‬
‫حترالرت‬
Fear of death.(2:19(

(perf. ‫د‬ pjn. sing.) iii ‫ارب‬

 <-made war against

‫حرب تغرب بحرا‬

to plunder

« -‫ارب كناتب‬،
to wage war against, to
iii

fight

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) Ui ‫ ن‬٠‫صارى‬

they fight, make war against
war, fighting (n.)‫الحزب‬

sanctuary .(n.i.p.) ‫اية[اب‬

an apartment inside the
sanctuary

126

< sharps (n. p.) (adj.) ‫حداد‬

(sing.) ‫تلركيلكةحداءحييذ‬
They smile at you with sharp

tongues. 133:191

) ‫حدايى‬
(gardens (n.p.

(sing.) ‫ب*احآ‬

(.imperf. 3 paw. sing.

<٠١- fears
‫(ف‬٢‫غذز حذرًا ريدر‬5 ‫(حذر‬
to be cautious, to fear

(imperf. 3 pjn. phi.)

they are cautious
‫ىذررن‬
you are cautious
(imperf. 2 pjn. phi.) ‫تذرون‬
(perate. m. sing.)
(thou) be cautious
‫احذر‬
(you) fear!
‫اذررا‬
(perale m. phi.)

‫ذر رم‬
(imperf. 3 pan sing.) ii
(cautions

to caution ii
‫لحدت تيجرًا‬
«‫ى‬
And Allah cautkneth you of
Himself. (3:28,

‫]رد‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

٠‫حرب‬

restriction (2)

‫ليتعت الغى حرج‬

No restriction is there upon
the blind. 124:611

blame (3)

‫احهصهءءج‬،‫تأةقئز‬
No blame is there upon the
Prophet. 133:38]
 ‫( زه‬.prevention (fl ‫مح‬
)‫حرقتيذحردًا(ض‬
to nrevent, be angry

And they went out betimes

having been powerful on
the prevention

‫؛‬68:25[

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) » ‫تغروا‬

they endeavoured

(opp. cold) the heat (fl.) ‫الحر‬

(opp : slave) the free (fl.) ‫الحر‬
the sun's heat (fl.) ‫الحوور‬

‫خرك‬
silk (fl.) 5

«>sSS‫؟‬tte(.v.n.١ ‫غييو‬

Whenever Dhakariyya en-

tered the apartment in
sanctuary to (see) her.

13:371

the wall (of the sanctuary) (2)

‫إذتقالليحاب‬
When they climbed the wall
of the sanctuary. 13 8:211

lofty halls (LL) (n.p.) ‫غًاريب‬

(ling.) ‫^ عخراب‬synagogues
(Jid., M.A.)

\٠ ‫ًا دث‬
‫( حرق‬.tilth (fl
 )‫ًا (ن‬:‫> حرتيحركحز‬
to till and sow the ground

(imperf. 2 pm. piu.)

you sow
‫غرثؤن‬
★ ‫ح رج‬

‫( لحرج‬.straitness (1) (n
)‫> حرج *رج حرجا (ف‬
to be close, be oppressed,
be straightened

‫نالينفمذوكحجقثه‬
So let there be no straitness

in thy breast. (7:2 ‫ا‬

١٢٧
127

‫عرى‬
VOCABULARY o, THl HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬٠‫حر‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii

< ~ perverts, dislocates,
‫يين‬

- ‫عن‬-)‫حرت غر حرفًا (ض‬

to turn from the proper way

or manner, corrupts the

words, alters the sense of
word.

< <‫ ترنى تخريفا ا‬-to trans

 pose or change (letters or
words).

(imperf: 3 p.m. plu.) ii

they pervert, dislocate,
‫لحرفرن‬
currupt

the edge (a point of (fl.) ‫حر‬

turning)

(ap-،kr.<■», m. sing.) ‫متحرف‬

one who turns away in order

to return to fight, swerving

Unless it be swerving to a
fight. [8:16]

(ep/, 1st. p. plu.) ‫لئالمح‬

<we surely shall bum

‫ (ض‬١٠‫ (لحدق غرق خ‬to bum

by pulling in the fire,

‫ تخرييًا‬،، ‫>> لحرق‬

to bum, to cause burning
pain

128

‫( حزس‬.guard (n >
‫لحزس تخرمى واو‬
١( ‫حراسة‬vatch(،j 0 guard, to‫ا‬
(perf, 2 p.m. sing.) ‫حرصت‬

<thou desired eagerly

‫برض حرصا (ض‬, ‫(حرص‬

to desire eagerly ‫م‬
‫ لم‬perf. 2 p.m.plu.١ ‫حرغتم‬
 you desired eagerly

[imperf. 2p.m. sing.)(gen.) ‫غرص‬

thou desire eagerly

(,Oct. 2 pic. m. sing,‫حييص ؛‬

eager

most eager (eletive) ‫أخرص‬

(perate. m. sing.‫ ؛‬ii ‫حرض‬

cpursuadel

‫ غز بنا‬،' ‫نرز‬
to encourage, incite, to
pursuade

)‫ ن‬،‫>>لحتش عرض حرضا (ض‬

to be decayed, to be corrupt,
sickly, approach death
point

sick to the point of (*,fl.) ‫حرض‬

death

١٢٨
VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN ‫رى‬٢

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii ‫*ؤمون‬

they forbid

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.١ li ‫غومون‬

you forbid

the sanctuary (n.) ‫حرم‬

i.e. the territory of Makkah
and its inviolable suburbs

‫آئجتاحرمًاأينًا‬
We have appointed an in-
violable sanctuary.[29:67J
 ‫حرام‬
unlawful (1)(fl.)
‫مإو‬1‫غد|ئلهوس‬
This is lawfui and this uni-
awful, [16:116]

ban (2)

٠‫وتذئئلوتو‬
And ban is (laid) on (every)
town which we have dest-
royed. [21:951

sacred (3)

‫افمرالياميأكثمرالحراء‬
A sacred month is for a sac-
red month, [2:194}

‫وألتيكرهمعداكجيالمحر‬
And fight them not near the
sacred Mosque (i,e. the
Mosque of Kaba) [2:191]

(sacred ones(]) (n.p.)‫حرم‬

‫) تحرام‬.sing(
(perate. m. phi.) ii
(you) burn!
‫حرفوا‬

consumed (by fire)

(perf. 3 p.).. sing.) viii ‫اخترقت‬
‫الحريق‬
fire, burning (act. 2 pic.}
★ ‫حر ك‬

(move not
(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آلوك‬
‫ا‬0٣ ‫ًا‬١‫اأ؛اآلدأ‬0 ‫اا‬٦‫الذاشه‬

in motion, to excite ‫ااام‬

Note‫ ؛‬RF ‫تخرأل نرآل‬ ‫م لئ‬
is not in use. meaning is
same as ii
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫حرم‬
‫ ) بم‬forbade

‫ وم بمدم مخرنمآ‬,to forbid

to prohibit use or doing ss

(pp. ‫ ن‬p.m, sing.١ « ‫عرم‬

is forbidden

(pp. 3 p. f. sing.) ii
is forbidden
‫حرتت‬
‫ه‬perf. 3 p.m. ph».١ li ‫حرمؤا‬
they forbade

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) Ii

we fordade
‫حرمتا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii

thou forbid
‫غحرم‬

١٢
129

Jr

VOCABULARY OF TH ٠ HOLV QURAN

sacred ordinances (2)

‫ح‬
‫رمنيكلمحربتالمي‬
And whoever respects the
sacred ordinances of Allah.

122:301

a deprived
(pact. one
pic. m. sing.) ‫المةيوم‬
‫قفًاآموالهرحقيكتللوالخرع‬
And in their wealth there was
a due share for the beggar
and the non-beggar (dep-
 rived one). [51:19]

(pact. pic. m. plu ٠١٦٥ ‫وذاو‬

deprived ones

‫ينح تخن تلخرذئوت‬

Aye! we are deprived ones.

156:671

‫لم‬١١ (pis. pic. m. sing.١ ii ‫محرم‬

< forbidden thing

to forbid ‫عرم نجركآ‬ ii

‫ومريييييكيجرييغ‬
Whereas forbidden unto you
was their driving away.

12:851

sacred (2)

‫عتدييتكالتحرم‬
Near thy sacred House.
f'4:37]

(pis. pic ‫ د‬ii ‫ج‬٦‫م‬

forbidden

130

٠‫ةئح‬٠‫يقاا‬
When the sacred months
have passed. [9:5]

Note: The ancient Arabs

held four months in the
year as sacred, during
which they held it unlaw-

‫االم‬
to wage war. These
months were the first, seve-
nth, eleventh and twelfth,
namely, Muhurram, Rajab,
Dhulqa’da and Dhulhijja.
 to be in the state of (2)

(‫ )إحرام‬ihram
‫التلوا لكيدوانمحم‬
Slay not chase while you are
in state of sanctity.

[5.951

-to en‫أخرم إخرامًا‬ : Note

ter upon the performance

of those acts of ‫الحج‬

a-hajj, pilgrimage) or of

‫لعمرة‬ (alumrahhereby
certain things become for-
bidden that were lawful
before this state.

things regarded (1) (np.)

sacred
‫حرمات‬

‫واللكرمت تصاك‬
And retaliation (is allowed)
in sacrcd things. [2:194]

١٣٠ ‫حزن‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

٠‫حدب‬

‫عةلية‬،‫ر‬٠‫سىمخإيئي‬
We know indeed that which
they say grieveth thee.

16:331

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) aec.

<they (f) are grieved ٠

‫حزن غرن حز؟قحز‬
to be grieved

‫ذلقاتنآنتترعهيئراليح‬
This is liklier to cool their (f)
eyes and not let them
grieve. 133:511

(imperf 3 p. m. ph».١ ‫*رؤت‬

they grieve

you grieve
(imperf. 2 p. fl», plu.) ‫تزثوت‬
(perate. neg. m. sing.١ ‫آلتغرن‬
(thou) grieve not!

(you) grieve not!

‫آلتتررؤا‬
(perate. neg. m. plu.)

(thou/.)grieve not!
‫آل ترفي‬
(perate. neg. f. sing.)

grief (,JI.) ace. ‫حز‬

(They) turned back while
their eyes overflowed with
tears for grief. [9:92]

a cause of grief (2)

And the people of Firown

took him up, that he sho-
uld become unto them an
enemy and a cause of gr-
ief. [28:81

‫ىلولماءرتةعيهم‬
Said He! verily it is forbid-
den unto them, 15:26]

confederate, sect, (1) (fl.) ‫حزب‬

group, band

‫أرتكحربالو‬

It ‫ كغ‬the Allah’s band.[58:22]

two parties (2) (fl. dual.) ‫الحزبين‬

 I
which of the two groups was
best at reckoning the time
that they had tarried.

[18:12]

‫أحراب‬
sects (3) (n.p.)

‫أتتغاليزابييبيتوم‬5
Then the sects have differed
among themselves. [19:37]

confederate (4)

And when the believers saw

the confederates. 033:221

grieves
(imperf. ‫و‬ p. fl», ring ) ‫عرن‬
‫زن مءز*(ن‬2 ‫! (حرن‬to grieve

١٣١
131

- ‫ ح‬VOCABULARY or THI HOLV QURAN ‫حذن‬

(e n. neg. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou should not think
‫آلتختين‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) iii ‫;ابا‬

<we reckoned

‫حاتب يحايب ءعتبة و حتابًا‬

to settle an account with, ask
on account from,

‫حتبيسبحكبًاوحاًا‬
to count, to number, to
calculate
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ iii ‫اس‬
will reckon

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.١ iii ‫تسي‬

will be reckoned

(imperf. 3 p.m. s(ng2٠١ € ‫تيب‬

imagines

‫عتئؤإ‬.viiiacc < ‫تبون‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.١
they imagine, think of

reckoning (1)‫جتاب‬
‫إئمراناالييجركجكابا‬
Surely they feared not the

reckoning. ٢78:271
sufficient (2)

‫كأب‬5‫جزآءقنتةكعآ‬
A reward from thy Lord su-
fficient. (78:361

my account, my reckoning ‫حساية‬

(n. suffixed with a pronomi-

nal ‫ ى‬of 1st. p. attached

with ٠ of rhyming period.

‫( حزن‬.grief (/I
‫ذئرب‬1‫كطذبئتذهمن‬
And his eyes whitened with
grief. (12:841

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m sing.١ ‫حيب‬

<~ thought

)‫(س‬:‫حيبيختبجتبا‬
to think, consider

(perf. 5 p.m. sing.١ ‫حن‬

thought
 (perf. 2 p.m. sing.)
thou thought
‫حييت‬
(perf. 1st. p. sing.١ ‫حعي‬
1 thought

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they thought
‫حيبرا‬

(perf- 2 p.m. phi.)

you thought
‫حيثتم‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

~ thinks
‫*تب‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou think
‫تغب‬

(Imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they think
‫غتون‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. ?١‫ ئ‬١‫د‬٦‫ئث‬
you think

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) (n.d.) ‫غمشوا‬

that you think

‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫آلتسن‬

(e.n. neg.
‫ رع‬should not think
132

١٣٢
‫ ح س‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ‫ آل‬AN ‫ب‬٣٣

the envy (Yn) ‫عتد‬

★ ‫حسر‬.

‫( عزة‬.anguish (fl)
)‫(س‬-‫عل‬-‫ج نختر حثر‬

to grieve for something

that happened or was
done in the past
 ‫ يؤمالمكرق‬of ٦‫ عأل‬٦‫الةد‬

Judgement is also called

"the Day of anguish” be-
cause man will then regret
that he wasted the oppor-
tunity given to him to
work for his own good

(,bn Kathir).

Ah, the anguish ! ‫؛ عيرا‬

Alas, my grief! ‫ حثرقى‬٢
Alas, our grief! ‫تئرا‬, t
(anguishes (n.p.) ‫حرات‬
(sing.) 5 ‫حعر‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫حييو‬
(that is made dim, that
becomes wearied out

)‫كعرلحهررًا(ن‬2‫ححري‬

to get tired, fatigued, to

fall short

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) X

they weary
‫يثتحيرون‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫غسرر آ‬

impoverished, stripped olf

)‫ن‬،‫> حترتخيرحشرًا(ض‬

to remove

sufficient (fl.) ‫حشب‬

Note: This word is always
suffixed with a pronominal

as ‫حثو اعب‬ Le. Allah is

sufficient for me.

‫تاييين‬
(act. pic. m. plu.)
(ting.) ‫ حايج‬reckoners
١ ‫حسك‬.!pic. m. pu ‫ها‬€‫ ال‬2
reckoner
 reckoning (1),,‫ال‬.( ‫حبان‬
‫آكتوالعمريحبا‬

The sun and the moon are

in a reckoning fie. they
follow a calculated path
in their motion.) 155:51

a bolt (2)

‫ريزيلعيملكبأئاتناكآو‬
And he sends thereon a bolt
from the heaven. 118:401

‫ه‬perf٠ 3 pi sing.) ‫حتد‬

‫ > سم‬envied

‫ (لخكت شد ختدآنيي‬to envy .

(imperf.
they envy
‫و‬
p.m. sing.) ‫غتدون‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫حددون‬

you envy

(act. pic, m. sing.)

the envier
٩‫ح‬

١٣٣
33

،« ‫ح ر‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ىس‬٠‫ح‬

٢٦٢٦٢٦٢٢٩
‫غؤم عل لوعفي‬: ‫(اخرم‬

‫أئحايمةليي‬ ‫قاإلتأفت‬
) ‫يتان‬ ( ‫أنًال‬
 i-e-‫حثرم‬ means: of bad
augurv or omen, that cuts

off the good from the

affected men)

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m, sin‫؟‬.( ‫حسن‬

'*become excellent

‫حتن يجشن حتنا‬

)‫ؤ حتتةت حسنا (ك‬
to be handsome, to make
‫ سًاج د‬٠ ‫ ًا‬to ,‫ص‬
beautiful

‫ححنأئلكيقا‬
Excellent are those as a com-

pany. 14:69 ‫ا‬

(pepf. 5 p.m. s‫؛‬ng.١ ‫خئتئ‬
become excellent

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

<'-*made good
‫آختن‬
‫الحتا أ‬
to do excellently

‫اتنمثواى‬
He made good my abode.

)perf. ‫و‬p.m. ‫ة»أا‬٠١ ‫أحن ال؛‬

‫>خ إختاسًا‬
‫آحر غئ‬
perceived

to perceive

‫> حن تجن جتار حت‬

To extirpate (to make one's
 perceiving powers dead
i.e. to kill—(Kgh.)

they perceived
(perf, 3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫آحسوا‬
Vimperf. 2 p.m. sh١R.١ iv ‫تحئ‬
thou perceive

(tmperf. 2 p.m. p‫؛‬u.١ ‫تحعون‬

you extirpate, rout

‫إذتكةنمميأذنه‬

When you routed them by

His leave (or when you
were extirpating them by
١‫يآله—خالعع‬.١ ١‫ال‬.‫آلا‬٠‫فى‬١ H١s

(perate. m. p١u.١v ‫تتوا‬

(you) inquire! find out! look

for

a faint sound (»-) ‫حيين‬

< in succession, (y.n.)acc. ‫حؤمًا‬

continously

‫عتم يخيم ئدي‬ CUI 0 10

14

٣٤
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫حسن‬

good (w.) ‫حتتة‬

‫حائ‬
< things, deeds (n.p.)
(sing.)‫حستة‬
reward, good ‫الحتتى‬
(fem. of ‫ير»آحتن‬elate)

the beauty (v.n.) ‫حسن‬

two good things (n. dual) ‫حسنين‬
 beautiful ones, bea- (n.p.)
utious
‫حان‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫حتر‬

N gathered

(.perf. 2 p.m. sing.١ .‫حترت‬

thou gathered

(perf. 1st p. phi.) ‫حشزنًا‬

we gathered

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

N gathers (together)
‫تخشر‬
(imperf. 1st. p, plu.١ ‫تحتر‬
we gather together

(e.m.p 1st p. plu.) ‫تخثرن‬

we must gather together

(p.p. 3 p.m. sing.)

Nwas gathered together
‫حير‬
(p.p. 3 p.f. sin‫؛؟‬.١ ‫حثرت‬

Nwasjwere %‫اح‬١٦‫سع‬
together

N was ١‫أ هاًا ت‬0‫ ًا‬SS ‫ب‬-

‫رقناحنبة‬
He was very kind to me.

112:1001

- ‫إلى‬
to be kind to ss
‫رآحنكآحناتهر ليك‬
And do good (to others) as
Allah did to you. [28:771

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ،V ‫آختنؤا‬

they did good

‫ أختثم‬p.m. plu.) ،"11 ‫مم‬،‫ص‬. 2

thou did good
 (imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
they do good
،"* ‫يينؤن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv.n.d.

you do good
‫خيترا‬

(perate, m. sing.) it
thou do good
‫أخين‬

(perate. m. plu.) iv
you do good
‫أخيبوا‬

kindness (v.n.) ii ‫إحتان‬

(ap-der. m. sing.)
a well-doer
‫خين‬

‫ مخيئرن‬.nom ‫ مخينين‬.ace
(ap-der, m. plu.)

the well-doers

(ap-der. f. plu.)
the (f.) well-doers
‫غستايى‬

well (,,.„.) ‫حتنًا‬

١٣٥
135

‫ر‬
‫ ح ص‬vooaivlaiy of

‫راتراحتهيومحصاوو‬
And give the due thereof on
the day of its harvesting.

16:1411

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

mown(l)
‫تحيد‬

‫ونهأقةمزحييئ‬
Of them are (some) standing
and (some) mown (down).

11:1001
 cut off (2)

‫جلنةمحيغييت‬
We made them cut off,
exinct. 121:151

reaped (3)

‫حت الحصيي‬
The grain that is reaped.

،50:91

٠‫حصر‬
‫حصرث ؛‬.perf. 3 p.f. sing)

straitened ‫> سم‬

)‫جيتريخصرحصرًا(س‬
to be strait

‫أوجتظكحيرتملييهمًانياتلؤكز‬
Or who come to you with
their breasts straitened that
they should fight you.

،4:901

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) iv

<they are restricted
‫أخيوا‬

136

TH، HOtY QURAN ‫غ د‬٤

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.‫يختر ؛‬

will be brought together

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫*ترون‬

they will be brought together

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) acc. ‫يترؤا‬

they will be brought together

(pip. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫غخترؤن‬

you will be brought together
 assembling of a crowd, (n.) ‫الحخو‬
gathering

٠‫حصب‬

firewood («.) ‫تتب‬

(act. pic, m. sing.) acc. ‫حايبا‬
< violent wind, violent storm

)‫حيت يتب حصبًا (س‬

to throw fuel in fire

‫ص‬٤-‫ح‬

(perf. 3 p m. sing.) ‫حعحص‬

Va quadriliterol verb.١ I
become clear

٠‫★حصد‬

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.١ ‫حتذًا ئم‬

<you reaped

)‫حتد تخمد حفدًا[حتادًا (ن‬

to mow, to reap

harvesting, harvest (».rt.) ‫حصاد‬

time

١٣٦
‫حصه‬

VOCABULARY or ™‫ ا‬HOL* QURAN

‫ صر‬r

٠‫حصن‬

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv ‫اعتى‬

<—guarded

to be chaste, ‫حعن تغكن يحآ‬

virtuous (woman), to guard
(oneself against evil)
 « ‫ آحقن إخعانًا‬I V
to preserve

(pp. 3 p.f. piu.) iv ‫ألخمن‬

they (f.) guarded (their cbas-
tity I’.e. they are wedded)

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) iv

you preserve
‫تغيثون‬

‫إالؤياليتاثخسثيي‬
Except a little which you
preserve. 112:481

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv acc.

may protect
‫غخيت‬

‫يخيمثلمثبيك‬
That may protect you from
your violence. [21:801

‫تتعن‬
‫إناتتتيتا‬
keeping chaste (v.n.) V

If they desire to keep chaste.

[24:33]

(apider iv, m. ph».) ‫عنين‬

those who are in protection
from sinful sextual inter-
course l.e. wedded men.

to restrict, iv ‫أحتر إحعارًا‬

besiege, beset

‫النيناخيررا‬
Who are restricted. 72:2731

(pp. 2 p.m. phi.) fv

you have been besieged
‫أخيرتم‬
feeset (perate m. ph،.) ‫احصروا‬
 ‫غذؤلزواحدوركع‬
Capture them and beset
them. [9:5)

‫حعيريجالجمئريلكفرينحي‬
a bound prison (ad. 2 pic.)

And We have appointed Hell

for disbelievers, a prison.

017:8]

a chaste (inis.) ‫حعورًا‬

‫ويداقحكيكا‬
And a leader and a chaste.

٠‫★ حصل‬
(pp. 3 p.m. s٦ng.١ u ‫حصل‬

-is brought to light,

made persent
< ‫ حشل‬iv ‫غيلو‬
to obtain, to make present

)‫كىحتلغكلحصؤًال(ن‬
to come forth, to appear,

١٣٧
137

‫ ح‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ ن‬-‫ح‬

)‫>ختر تجضر حخورًا (ن‬

to be present (ppp. to be
absent)

‫*مشمتآملحريةشوبالرك‬1
Were ye witnesses when
death presented itself to
Yaqoob. 12:133]

‫بمثزؤا‬.cc‫> غرؤن‬٥
 (Imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu.)
they come to presence

‫تآغؤذيكريآنيخةرذن‬
And 1 seek refuge with Thee,
my Lord! lest they may
be present with me.

[23:981

‫ضرونب ة‬
‫ضروا‬
Caution : The word 2
‘they may come to me.’ it
consists of 2
is not on the measure of

‫عطور‬
‫ف‬ of nominative case.

sometimes shortened to‫ي‬

(hl p. personal) iv

‫ى‬.
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.') w ‫أحضرت‬
by dropping final
< has presented

‫ أختر‬iv ‫إتارًا‬
to present, bring

(pp. 1st p. phi.) iv

we shall make present
‫كخزرن‬

‫أحزري‬
is/are taken to presence
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) iv

138

(ap-der. f. phi.) f*‫غيتات‬

those (among women) who-
se chastity is under pro-
tection as they are wed-
dcd ladies

‫حعؤن‬
< fortresses (n.p.)

(sing.) ‫يضن‬
(pis. pic. f. sing.) ii ٦‫ئت‬
fenced

‫ستلكؤ‬
Except in the fenced town-
 ships. 159:14]

٠‫حصى‬
(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.١ iv ‫آخضى‬

‫> بم‬
‫ا‬٠‫'* أخمى يضين الحذا‬
counted

to count

we counted
(perf. kt. p. plu.) iv ‫آحىن‬
you can never count it
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تن تموو‬
(imperf. 2 p.m, ph».١ ‫آل محمرها‬
you cannot count it

(you) count
(perate "I. plu.) ‫أحصرا‬
٠‫حضد‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫حضر‬

Narrived, was presented

١٢٨
vocabulary of THl HOLY QURAN

‫ض ر‬r
(pis. pic, m. sing,١ viii ‫غتتو‬
one who approaches the

brink of death or one

who comes on his turn

‫لخلهبئةةر‬
Every drinking shall be by
turn. 154:28]

‫■* لم ض ر‬

(assim.) ‫تحك‬
 (imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.(

‫ بم‬urges
‫(حض تحض حتًا (ن‬
to incite, to stimulate

‫راليحدعنطعأيالككيي‬
And he urges not the feeding
of the needy (poor).

1107:31

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you incite one another
‫ا‬٠‫تحآشون ك‬

‫والتخحوتعلطعاءاليكيرب‬
And nor do you urge (incite)
one another to feed the

needy (poor). (089: 1 81

‫حطب‬
fuel, the fire wood (w.)
★ ‫حء ط‬
forgiveness (‫رس‬.( ٦٠‫ط‬

‫ولحيريياالنشرافح‬
And souls are engrained with
‫ة‬٣»‫( ه‬Jid)

But the greed hath been made

present in the minds of
m. (Pic.)

And avarice is met within

(men’s) mind. (Rod.)

[4:1281

present (act. pic. m. sing.) ‫حافر‬

(act. pic. f. sing.)
present, ready(l)
‫ناحت؟‬

‫ئضذمجاتًاذشزة‬١5‫ا‬
Except when it be a ready
merchandise. [2:2821
 near, close to, (2)
overlooking

‫بح‬١‫ونئلمهزني الئتكةائئكأتئاغدلخة‬
And ask thou them concer-
ning the town that was
close on the sea (or was

overlooking to sea. 1:163 ‫ا‬

(oct. pic. m. ph». n.d.١ ‫حاضرى‬
these who are close to ss

‫ذالدأعصصم‬
That is for (him) whose
family dwells not near the
sacred Mosque.[2:l96]

(pis. pic. sing,‫ ز‬iv ‫عضر‬

who is presented

‫ مترؤن‬,nom ‫ غتيين‬.ICC(
(pis. pic. plu.(

who are brought forth

١
39

‫ حفظ‬VOCABUlMY of THl HOLY Quit AN ‫حطم‬

‫ (حظ تظ لحكآ (ن‬to have a

portion or a fortune

(used in good sense)

‫إللكيثلحتاليي‬
For the male is equal of the
portion of two females.

[٢4:11
good fortune (2)

‫إتهلذوحتلعظير‬
Surely he is possessed of
 mighty fortune. [28:7 ‫ل‬

‫( لجئت؟‬.grandsons (n.p >

)rig.( ‫حيفيد‬

‫حغرة‬
)‫حقريحنرحغرًا(ض‬
< ditch, pit, abyss (fl.)

to dig, excavate

return, way back,

(act. pic. f. sing.)‫الحآفرة‬
nature, original form
the first state
(‫ا(كء‬
(‫ذر‬.)
‫لم‬perf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫حفظ‬

<—protected, watched,
guarded

140

‫*حطم‬
(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تعطمن‬
(?surely will crush

)‫(س‬٦‫عطم يحطم ء‬
to crush, to break into
pieces, to crumble

‫اليفلرتتننيجبزدر‬
Lest Sulaiman and his hosts
crush you. [27:18]

chaff (n.) ‫حتلمةحتام‬

crushing fire (fl.)
 ★ ‫ح *فد ر‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫عضور‬

< restrained one

)‫ظريجظرحظرًا(ن‬-
to restrain, to prevent, to
forbid

٢ap*d،r. vili, m. sing.‫غتظر ؛‬

< a fold builder

to make for riii ‫احتظر‬

one-self an enclosure of
wood or reeds

‫لمثيرالحتظر‬
Like the stable of a fold
builder. 154:311

|٦~‫|جذظ‬
VOCABULAIY ٥,
‫حفظ عد‬
< portion(!) (fl.)
THI HOLY Qua AN

‫لحفتله‬
(guardians (n.p.)

(sing.) 1‫ان‬-‫ظ‬٠
the protector
( act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

‫عغرظ‬
that is given protection, pro-
(pact. pic. m. sing.)

tected one

(we hedge
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) assim.
‫حغفنًا‬
‫ (حتيئ ت(ن‬to go
around, to surround from
all sides
 to encompass ‫ب‬-
(act. pic. m. phi.) assim.
those who are thronging ar-
‫انين‬
ound

‫تينع‬ (.familiar (Jid.) (n )

)‫عنقحتاًاوحق(س‬
to show great joy, be fami-
liar

well-informed (Rod. Pic.)

solicitious (Rgh.)

‫أ‬٠‫جيحئت‬٦‫كآتلق‬
As thou solicitious (well-
informed) about it 7:1871‫؛‬

‫حيظ تجنظ جغظًا (ئ‬

to guard, protect

(perf• 1st p٠ph،,١ ‫حفغًا‬

we have guarded I

‫تظرا‬ .acc < ‫ينظون‬

(,imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.١
they may guard

(imperf :‫و‬ ‫تتظن‬

p.f. plu.)

we protect
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫غقا‬
watch ! be watchful!
(perate m. plu.) ‫اخغظرا‬
they guard
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) Hi ‫يآيظون‬
 ‫اتحنغرا‬ ).P.m. phi
they were entrusted
‫و‬
they were made protectors '
.pp(

(Jid. Rod. LL.١

protection, guarding (/!.) ‫يشظ‬

‫لحاظذا‬
(you) protect, guard
(perate. m. plu.)

‫لخل‬
protector, guardian
(act. pic. m. sing.)

‫تانظ‬ .acc ‫حايظزن‬

(act. pic. m. phi.)
.nom

< protectors, guardians

(sing■) ‫لحاظ‬
‫غاظان‬
(women) protectors
(act. pic. f. plu.)
I

!‫هللا‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN
١‫حفع‬
١
of Esh ٠shihr : to the coun-
try of *Ad ‫ )غغ) عاد‬Al-
Dahna (the red sand) is
the name of the land
extending east-west from
*Umman to Yamen and
north-south from Najd
to Hadramaut and cove*
ring an area of about
300,000 sq. miles. This
*red land* is a comparati*
vely hard plain covered at
intervals with long and
winding sand belts.

(‫زر‬،/, p. 46. n. 68)

ever kind (2)

‫إةنئحفيًا‬
 He is ever kind to me.

119:471

:‫> تجي‬،»• ‫يغني‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) IV

‫ًا‬.<‫إخغا‬
,١٠ insisted, pressed
:‫ آحن يجي‬tc press
If he should ask it of you
and press you, you will
be niggardly. 147:37)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.١(assim.) ‫حت‬

< has hold over SSfPic.)
‫(حى تق تتا (ض‬ to be

genuine, real, a fact, be

true, right, just, necessi-
tated

‫ بم‬has been justified 55 (Jid.)

-N deserved 55 (Rod., Arb.)

A cartain thing has become

necessary as suited to the
requirement of justice in
his case. (LL)

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫حتغ‬

‫ بم‬has been justified

(pp. ‫ و‬p.f. sing.) ‫حقخ‬
‫ مم‬is made fit
(،imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫األ‬

~ justifies

142 ,
 < a long period, ages (n.p.) ‫حتب‬
(sing.) ‫حغبة‬
‫آزآمزىحعبا‬
Or 1 shall go on for ages.

‫*ين‬.( ‫؛‬18:601
‫( آحتاب‬.long years (n. p
‫انيتللوعاييمتتظرا‬
Living therein for long years.

‫؛‬78:231

‫انخاوع‬
sand-hills («.)
‫اآليتأئ‬applies particula-
rly to certain oblong tra-
cis of sand in the region

‫ حقق‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫حقق‬

right, claim (6)

‫ملتعذبنكينحق‬
We have no right on your
daughters. (1:79)

what ought to be (7)

‫يتدةكحقتالته‬
They recite it as it ought to
be recited. 12:121]

duty (8)

I
A duty on the God'fcarmg.

12:1801

incumbent (9)
 ‫تغايتثانسرالمثعخيت‬6
And to help believers was
ever incumbent on US.

[30:471

(act. 2 pic, m. sing.١ ‫حتق‬

incumbent

‫حيقعتآنراقولعالميراللقى‬
Incumbent it is upon me
that I speak naught res-
peeling Allah save the
truth. [7:105]

(act. pic.f. sing.)

reality, inevitable
‫المآقئة‬

more entitled (1) (efative) ‫أحئ‬

I

And their husbands are more

entitled to their restoration.

[2:228]

(perf. ‫ و‬p٠m. sing.) * ‫است‬

‫ *م‬deserved
(A certain thing as establis-

hed for (or against) ‫)دك‬

(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. dual.) X
the twain deserved
‫انتحت‬

one of the excellent (1) ‫الحت‬

names of Allah

‫ذكيلتالهموالحق‬
Because Allah is the Truth.

122:6 and 31:30]

true(2>(n.) ‫حئ‬
 ‫قالرياولحؤ‬٦‫رتجلو‬
They have borne witness
that the messenger was
true. 13:86]

truth (3)

‫ييثثلييكاحثعثناندتظتلع‬
And they ask: is that truth ?
Say aye‫ ا‬by my Lord it is
surely the truth. 110:53]
due share (4)

‫دكلمنيلصم‬٢‫لحبمى‬٠‫ؤا'ل‬،‫لفحأ‬

And in their wealth there is

a due share for beggar
and deprived persons.

٢51:191
justice (5)

‫وتجاكيتديطيرجتق‬

They slay prophets unjustly.

١٤٣
143

VOCABULARV OF THI HOLV Qua*» ‫حكم‬

(perate m. sing.) ‫احك‬

give judgement! ‫ا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. p٦u.) il ‫عنكوئ‬
<they appoint—to judge
to ask one ‫يبًا‬ ‫؛‬، ‫عكم‬
to judge, to appoint one
a judge

they ask your judgement ‫يكككوتكة‬

(pp. 3 p.f. plu.‫ ؛‬I, ‫حكئ‬

‫> ينم‬ is guarded,

made firm (like a building,
 orderly and well construe*
ted)

well, to consolidate
to make a thing iv ‫ اعكاعآ‬-‫آلحتم‬
‫وتباخكتايية‬

A Book this, the verses

whereof are perfected (or)
guarded 11:11

‫يتحاكؤا > يتحاكون‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.‫ ؛‬vi
<they make ss judge

to summon vi ١‫ة‬٦‫بحأ}بح‬
each other, to go together
before the judge, to make

decision
‫حكه دك‬
judgement, ruling, (n.)
judge

arbiter (n.) *‫حكمعتر‬

judges, rulers (n.p.)
wisdom (‫ار‬.( ‫يكة‬

more worthy (2)

‫وتحناحأللكيينة‬
And we are more worthy of
the dominion than he,
12:247]

‫*حكم‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.‫حك ؛‬

‫ > ينم‬judged, gave decision,

‫(تكتجئعغاةعؤية(ت‬
to restrain from evildoing,
exercise authority, com-
ma nd, give judgement, to
be wise

(perf. 2 p.m. ‫؛‬ing.١ ‫حكت‬

thou ruled, judged
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.‫عكتم ؛‬
you ruled, judged

judges (act. pic. m. plu.) ‫تاكين‬

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تغك‬

will judge

(imperf. 3 p,m. dual.) ‫ن‬٩

(the twain) will judge

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.‫كون ؛‬

they will judge

(imperf■ ‫؛‬p.m. sing.)

thou will judge
.‫خك‬
‫ا‬
(imperf. hi p. sing.) .‫أحكم‬
I judge

‫غكوا > تغكون‬

(imperf. 2 p.m, plu.)
you judge

144

١
VOCABULAIY o, THE HOLY QUKAN

‫حلل‬

‫غلى يملبى علقًا (ض)قتلق‬

to shave ‫محلتغآ‬
(ap٠der, li, m. plu.١ ‫عتقين‬

having the heads shaved

the windpipe (fl.) ‫حلقؤم‬

‫★حلل‬
(perf. 2 p.m. plu■) (assim.) ‫حلتم‬
you loosened the knot (،'.e.

you put off the ‫إحرام‬

sanctity)

(assim.) 2‫تحل‬ ،‫ال‬

‫ لم‬imperf. 3 p.m. sing.',

‫م‬٧ become allowed, (1)

lawful

)‫>حلتيليألوحآلًال(ض‬
,0) to be lawful, permissible

to fall (‫؛‬،)

‫لييألرنتلنذوا‬
It is not lawful for you to

take. 12:2291

falls (or) will fall (2)

‫ويحئعيوءزابيمقيؤ‬
And a lasting chastisement

will fall on him. !11:391

‫حكم‬

wise (rt.) «‫تحكيم‬

more powerful (elalive) ‫آحك‬
The Powerful, ‫أنت انتكنت‬
wiser judge then other
judges or rulers

(pis. pic. iv.f. sing.) ‫غكتة‬

firmly constructed

unambiguous (n.p.) ‫ءكي‬

<i.e. free from all abscu-
rity and admitting of
(only) one interpretation
 Vsing A ‫ءكةء‬

).Jid( ) ‫ متقابهات‬.opp(
١ ‫حلفتم‬.u‫؛‬per/. 2 p.m. p ‫لم‬

<you have sworn

)‫حتف *لن حلفًا (ض‬

to swear, to make an oath

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يتيفؤن‬

they swear

(epi. 3 p.m. plu.)

they surely swear
‫يحلفن‬

one who swears (inis.) ‫تألف‬

habitually

‫*حلق‬

(perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آلتخقرا‬

< do not shave 1

٦٤٥
145

VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN ‫حلل‬

cause to fall (2)

‫ر آحلؤاترتهةدارألبوار‬
And they made their people
fall the abode of perdi-
tion. 114:281

(imperf. 3 p.m, sing,١ ‫غاله‬

makes lawful

‫ييؤا‬ .n.d. acc < ‫يحلؤن‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١
 they make lawful

‫ءلؤا‬ .n.d. acc< . ‫تحخؤن‬

(imperf, 2 p,m. ph».‫؛‬
you make lawful

‫حلؤا‬ see ‫حلى‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) to ٩‫ز‬
has been made lawful

‫أحلن‬
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) to
‫ا‬،-has been made lawful

‫حل‬
lawful, allowed (fl,)
f ‫حًالل‬
lawful (fl.)
(opp. ‫و‬١‫ مم‬sinful)

١’١‫خحؤ‬.n,p( «•‫ت‬١»‫ة‬.١۶‫ة?> ببئة‬١(

(ap-der. to (fl.،#.) fl. phi.)

those who allow
‫مجئ‬

‫غيكت الكيي‬
Not allowing the chase. [5:1]

destination (fl. for p.) ‫غل‬

‫حثيبزاتنىياه‬
Until the offering reaches its
destination. 2:1961‫؛‬

‫يحلعليكيغكينومنيخلن‬
‫عيوغضننقنهاى‬
Lest My wrath fall upon you,
and he on whom My
wrath falleth, he is lost
indeed. [20:811

(imperf, ‫ ن‬p.f. sing.‫ر‬ ‫تعه‬

(Nenters, falls upon

)‫حليعلحًالوعلوآل(ن‬
to untie a knot, to enter, to
fall upon
 ‫آرقلقرتيًاتنارهم‬
Or it will fall upon close by
their abode. [13:31]

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.١ ‫تل‬

'"-will make lawful

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu٠( ‫تيون‬

they make lawful

(perate m. sing,) ‫أحلل‬

loose (the knot)

‫راحلنععدءقنداظ‬
And loose a knot from my
tongue. 120:271

(perf 3 p٠m. ling.) Ir ‫أحل‬

‫ سم‬has allowed, (I)
made lawful

‫تالمدابيح‬
Allah has allowed the trade.
[2:275]

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ،V ‫أحلوا‬

they have allowed, made law-

146

١٤٦
*fr
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫ح ل لى‬

» ‫> حليلة تبؤ‬

to be adomed

)‫ييلىتجلءحيًارجبة(ح‬
to adorn ss with gold or

jewels

(pp. 3 p.m. plujii ‫*لؤن‬

they are (or) will be adorned

ornament (n.) ‫حيتة‬

ornaments (n.p.) ‫علئ‬

(sing.) ‫خه‬

clay (".) ١‫خ‬

slack mud (LL) (n.) ۶‫ئ‬

‫ غتدذال‬.acc .‫غطئن‬٠>«‫ا‬٠‫ص‬
(pip. 3 p.m. plu.)

they are praised

)‫>عيدغتذحدًا(س‬
to praise, to thank

And they love to be praised

for that which they have
not done. ٢3:1881

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫المآيدون‬

those who praise

(l.e.) praise Almighty Allah

praise (».«.) ‫حد‬

a thing by which an (n.) ‫تحيء‬

oath is expiated

٠‫حلم‬
< the puberty (».n.) ‫المة‬
(a period in life at which a
person becomes capable

of reproduction) (‫م‬£‫م‬.)
to dream, (‫حةةحال (ن‬
have a vision, to attain to
puberty

dreams (l) (n.p.) ‫اخآلم‬

‫مخلى‬٠‫ةا‬
And we are not skilled in
the interpretation of the
dreams. 112:44‫ا‬

understanding (2)

‫آءيامرمحآحالمهخبهتا‬
Enjoin them their understan*
ding to this? 152:321

(2 ‫ اس‬pic. m. sing.) ,
< The Forbearing
(one of the excellent names

٠‫حلى‬

‫ حلوا‬p.m. phi.) ii ‫ و‬.pp)

they were adomed
،.،. will be adorned

٦*\

١٤٧
‫حمل‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

an ass (n.)‫جير‬
‫تحر‬
< asses (n.p.)

(sing.) ‫حائ‬
 ‫الير‬
the ass (n.)

<reds (p.b.) ‫حر‬

(ring.) ‫آخر‬
< '*'bore
‫حل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

)‫مه رو مأل (ض‬

to bear, carry, lift, incite

to be pregnant ‫ على‬-
they bore
(perf. 3 p.m. piu.)‫تحوا‬
she
(perf.bore ‫تلى‬
3 p.f. sing.)

l.e. she bore a child in her

womb, became pregnant

thou bear
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫حلتي‬
we carried
(perf, 1st. p. piu.) ‫تحنا‬
‫وبكنحكع أوح‬
And of those whom We car-
ried with Nooh. 119:581

all kinds of praise (v.n.) ‫الحذ‬

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫حتد‬

praiseworthy,

the praised one (proper n.)

(A proper name of the Pro-
‫أحد‬
phet Mohammad—peace
and blessing of Allah be
upon him.)

‫رببقكابرتزاليأتيئ‬
 ‫بنيىاسمةحمد‬
And give the glad tiding of
an Apostle who cometh

be Ahmad. {61:6]
after me, his name ‫اازه‬
praised
(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫تخؤ‬
‫مقأمأقودا‬
A praised place. 117:79]

(This praised place, station

or place of praise, accor•
ding to different ways of
rendering, is the post of
intercession on behalf of
others assigned to the holy
Prophet—peace be upon
him.—/An Kathir.

praised one (pis. pic)

(The proper name of the holy
،‫متغدرا‬
Propet of Islam, peace and
blessings of Allah be upon
him).

‫ءتتثريوالسو‬
Muhammad is the messenger
of Allah. [48:291

148

١٨ 1
VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN ‫حمل‬

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ii

(thou) lay not
‫آل غمل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫احتمل‬

< ~bore ٠ carried

same as RF viii ‫اختمل احياآل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii ‫اتتمقا‬
they carried, bore

burden (n.) ‫حل‬

load (n.) ‫طل‬
(act. pic. m. plu.)
the bearers
‫ايلين‬-

(act. pic. f. phi.)

the bearers
‫حامآلي‬

(ints.f. sing.) ‫ا‬

the bearer (woman)

(،.e. who usually or profes-

sionally carries loads of
wood, etc.)

cattle used for loading („.) ‫حولة‬

burden

‫★ حءم‬
(،act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫خئه‬

, warn (1)

‫قهتصؤ‬۶،
As he is a warm friend.

boiling water (2)

‫لمعرائن حير‬
For them (shall be) drink of
boiling water. 16:70)

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. sing.)
bears, carries
‫تحيل‬

(emp. 3 p.m. sing.)

surely will carry
‫*يتن‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they bear
‫حيقن‬

‫ يحيلؤا‬.acc. n.d
 (imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. phi.)
they bear

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.f. plu.)

they (f.) bear
‫يحيلن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you bear
‫محيلون‬

‫و‬
(imperf. p.f. sing.)
she bears I
‫تغخيل‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

I bear (or).'carry
‫آخل‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫غخيل‬

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يمل‬
‫ بم‬is borne
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) il ‫مرًا‬
‫ > يم‬was loaded
same as RF ‫ تخيبًال‬ii ‫ئل‬

(pp. 3 p.m. phi.) ii

they were loaded
‫تلؤا‬

(pp. 2 p m. plu.) « ‫عم‬

you were loaded ‫عتم‬
(pp. Isl. p. plu.) ii ‫يحنًا‬
we were made to bear

(perate neg. m. sing.) ‫آل تخيل‬

‫( ا‬thou) lay not
\‫وه‬

١٤
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLV QURAN ‫حنن‬

‫ح ن ن بال‬

(,act. 2 pic. m. sing. ١ ‫حنىذ‬

< roasted
 ‫ (حتذ يحنذ حنذًا (ض‬to roast

*‫حنف‬

(,act. pic. m. sing.") ‫حنفي‬

< the upright man ٠-

‫حنف تغنف حغا (ض‬

to stand firmly on one side,
to leave a false religion
and turn to right

< the upright men (n.p.) ‫حنغاي‬

(sing.) ‫تخغ‬
٠‫حنك‬

(epi. 1st. p. sing.) viii ‫آلحتكن‬

1 shall certainly cause to

perish

< ‫ اختك احياك‬,wf

to overturn, to sweep away,
perish

)‫>يحنكيفنكخك(ن‬
to briddle (a horse), make
wise

‫ج حرن بال‬

‫حت تحبحتان‬
‫حالم ت ط‬ (.tenderness (n >

to have a longing desire

for

150

black smoke (n.) ‫يحموم‬

*‫ح؟ن‬

‫( يخمل‬pip. 3pm. sing)

 will be healed,*.

)-( ‫تحىيخمى تيا قحقًا‬

to be very hot

(act. pic. f. sing.)

vehemently hot
‫حا‬

orzealotry
a ‫التة‬
tribal pride

(for the background of this

term see Jid. 29, nn.316)

the dedicated
haam (n.) ‫حام‬
stallion camel
after begetting ten young
ones was turned loose
(Rgh.)

I ٠‫حنق‬

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آل غبغ‬

< break not (thy) oath

)‫حتتيحنتخشا(ف‬

to break ons’s oath

offence, sin (n.) ‫الشث‬

‫جر‬٠‫حز‬

‫ > حجر؟‬gullets (n.p

ng ‫؛‬١s.)
.( ‫التنآجر‬
١٥
)‫اه‬

‫ م‬/‫اه ل ةاه ل م‬٨ ||‫س‬

5J3Bq 0
Un
3 30
UJOJJ JO*

٦٢‫اميءكق‬ )0

٠ ‫<ىم ههذ ه‬
‫ال‬ 8 8
 ٠‫إي‬٢. ‫س ؟االةلم‬٥ £ ٠Jdu‫؛‬١

|‫آل‬٢‫م‬٠[
IlfrDlinoX

‫ لال اوم‬٥
JdAO JOU

‫م تمم‬٥] ٠
Xj
[61:851
SI?UI )38 SM
■noX uodn
X (lyd 4 m ■Jiadtuf)

٥ ٦٩
XjajsBU! p uie3 qj

‫ا؛ي؟يآلًاًا‬٢‫ئ‬٦٢‫ت‬١
« ‫فأاي‬٢‫)لض‬٥ ،‫االذا‬
,BAIjp o
٢١( UIO3J

‫ل‬٥٨٥
Xj

‫ ها اباه‬،‫ ل هسه‬٨‫اه ه‬
8 3 3

<‫ا؟يئبا‬٣٦‫عل؟ا‬
(‫د‬٩٠‫ىح‬
‫ههةلاله‬ ) XjajSBUI pouiiss
JUBUIUJOp‘

‫؟تمت‬ ٢ ‫(هدرر‬
X (-8w.it fd

‫آل‬،■ ‫ ؟‬٠
٥٥ ‫ و اال ا؟ اله‬٥
j)0 sSai paao-
puy Xaqi puy jB q Jiaqj-

)‫(ع‬ ‫ل«ا!الة‬
pwu JO
‫ع‬
1 1

[08:0,1 sjSBajq jnoX

‫اال‬ ٥٥ ٥١
s, qorqM p u 8 u»q
qSnojip qiBjjB Xbui n A

‫ك‬٩‫ه‬٢٥٥‫ًا‬٠‫ي‬١‫أل‬٢‫كك‬
p (‫)ح‬ u

١ ٥ ‫و‬ BS!1‫ ؛‬P y, 8 ]

1٥* ‫ ال‬٥ IS
٥‫ابأه‬٥
qM qoob.BA JO inos,
P B Xjuo SB Ul
qq
 ‫نكيج‬٢‫؟تئم‬ ٢ ‫ي‬ ٢٢
‫ي‬١‫ب‬٦‫آلمآل‬٥٢‫ع‬١ )»( w‫؟؛‬ p

(8w.،t-)

‫تم‬٠) <‫ أتم‬٥ ')

u) qsy
du) s qsy

{٠ ٢٩ □r
ubj‫؟‬١ss٥j8

‫تمز‬۶‫ي) مي‬٠٦‫<هل!االه؟)(ال‬
٠ ‫ ؛‬٥١ ( u s

‫ت‬٢ ‫ب م‬

٠٤‫!؟‬٥ ‫؟‬٥
G'V 0 9 Xjcnjqaj

١ ٥‫طال‬
jq3

JO jap
٥ ٥٥
Bq JO[
3
j
UBIJ|pu
uipjo
ajep

١ ٥٧٥ ١ ‫ذالالهدأ‬
٩
q8 aqj J B uoos

٥١
snouiBj aqj JO 1
aq, 10 auo uo pajenjis
spBOJ
JB
3O33S aqi ■jrBi
‘saajj luiBdjo sjajsnp qjiM
Xaj,BA JBinSaiji pUB daap V

ladojd) uiBunH ■'«) *

‫ممد‬
KVind AIOH ■(U to ABVinaVDOA

‫آل‬

ABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫حرر‬

٠ ‫ آلج ر ظ‬I
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) iv ‫ةط‬٦

‫>بم‬ -٠
encompassed

‫اتة‬-‫آحط تيط إ‬
to encompass, surround,
‫اط يعؤط تحوطًا‬- »
to watch, guard

(pref. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

^-encompassed
‫آحاطت‬

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) iv

I encompassed
‫آحطح‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) iv

we encompassed
‫آحتا‬

‫ ييطوا‬.acc ‫بطرن‬iv 2
{,imperf. ‫ د‬p٢m. piu.١

they encompass

{,imperf. 2 p٠m, p‫؛‬u.١iv ٥cc.

you encompass

(,imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv

1 encompass

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

was encompassed

‫«ا؛ئماض‬
And they deem that they are

encompassed. 110:221

(pip■ 3 p.m, sing.) iv ‫عاط‬

~wa$iw«e encompassed

‫إالآنيأطيكز‬
Except if yon are completely
surrounded. 112:661

‫تيطوا‬
‫أحطط‬

‫أحيط‬
 (imperf; 3 p.m. sing.) iii
~ converse.‫؟‬
‫عاور‬

‫تادر حآررة و وارًا‬

to converse with another,
debate

conversation (v.n.) V ‫غاوري‬

١
<fa r ones (‫)درر‬, (n.p.)
pure ones (Rod., Pic.)

having eyes (sing.) ‫حورا‬

intense white and black(Rgh.)

‫اؤارييتآ‬.acc ‫) الحوارعؤذ‬.n.p(
< the desciples

(sing.) ‫حوارى‬ i.e. the ad he-

rents of the Prophet Eisa

(Jesus), LiteraHy ‫حراركى‬

is one who whitens clothes
or garments by washing
and bathi ng them. Hence

the plural ‫حراييؤن‬ is

applied to the compani-
ons of Prophet Eisa who

were doing this job ،٤٤٠)

remotness from (part.)

imperfection of the like,
‫اش‬-
or freedom therefrom.

everyfar
How imperfection, ‫حاش ظي‬
or how
is Allah from
free is Allah from im*
perfection (Rgh.)

152

١٥٢
‫حع‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫ح‬

Note : The word ‫ حرل‬also

means strength as in

‫تالئةداله‬،‫التث‬
There is no strength and
no power but by the help
of Allah.

<two years («. dual.)

٠
‫حرلينر‬
(sing.) ’‫تل‬
removal (n.) ‫لحدآل‬
means (n.) ‫حية‬
change (v.n.) ii ‫قييل‬

‫حيد‬
<the entrails (n.p.) [‫الححا‬
coiled, (sing.)
small intestine
‫اوية‬- ‫ب ت‬

dried up that (elafive)

became black by reason
‫آخرى‬
of oldness

‫> حيى تغرى حرىىس‬

to be brown or black

where, whereat, (part)

place where
‫ححك‬

far as, where- ‫ين حيت‬

in the

as to, as
from

‫★ حىه‬
(imperf. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.) 2‫ىد‬
<th ٠u shun
‫ي > بحط‬
(،imperf. 2 p.m. sing.١
you encompass

‫فعًال لحلتسالرئجظيب‬
1 encompassed what they did
not encompass ‫؛‬.،. I knew
what they did not.

127:221

(Ap-der. m. sing.)
one who encompasses
‫ءط‬

(Ap-der. f. sing.)
encompasser
‫كتطلم‬ II

‫★جول‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
,.came in between
‫حال‬

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. sing.)
~comes in between
‫تحول‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.)

was put in between
‫جيل‬
i.e. a barrier is placed bet-
ween ss and ss

around (I) (v.n.) ‫حرل‬

‫ذجا'ةش'اخلغ‬
When it was illumined all
around him. 12:171

year (2)

‫جءزاس‬
Maintenance for a year.

١٥٣
 153

‫ح‬ vocabulary of THB holy QURAN ‫حى د‬

‫والقليينن‬
And those who not (yet)
menstruate. (65:4]

menstruation (v.n. mim.) ‫عيض‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing:) ‫عيف‬

<~ misjudges

)‫تاق تيف تبفًا (ض‬

to act Unjustly

‫اريافتنيناسهعيموسسلة‬
Or fear they that Allah and
His messenger shall mis-
judge them? [24:50]

f perf, 3 p.m. sing,١ ‫اق‬-

< "،encompassed

)‫حاق بق يقًا (ض‬

to surround and take hold of

encompasses
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫غيق‬
٠‫★ حىذ‬

a space of time
period, (1) (part.) ‫خيث‬
‫تنآلىشاالدعيلجهةيقالئض‬

Hath there come upon man

 (ever) any period of time.

‫عتاة تيد حيدًا ر حيدا‬

to deviate, remove, avoid,
turn aside, shun

‫فالق>مآئئئلحةقجئئ‬
That is what thou would
shun [50:19]

‫حىر‬

(bewilderment (act. pic.) ‫حيران‬

)‫تاربأر حيرًاق حيرانا (ف‬
to be bewildered

(Ap-der. V, m. sing.)
one who turns away in a
‫متحيز‬
battlefield for the purpose
of returning to fight, re,
treat which is one of the
stratagems of war,

‫عالم‬. Rgh. L‫؛‬s,١

‫لءلم‬. for p. and t٠١ ‫=يص‬

(a place of escape

)‫اصتجيصحبصارحيوصًا (ض‬-

to deviate, turn away, to

shun, escape

;٠‫حىض‬

fimperf. neg. 3 p.f, plu١ ‫تضن‬

they (f.) menstruratc

154

١٥٤
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN ‫ن‬ ‫حى‬

(perf.‫ و‬p m. sing.) ،٠* ‫آحت‬

<~ga١e life

to give life ‫ًا‬٠‫أخًا يجن اب‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) Iv

thou gave life
‫آخييت‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ir

we gave life
‫آحيبتا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing

gives life
.‫ و‬iv ‫يحن‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) iv
thou give life
‫غن‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ,’v .‫أخ‬

‫ ل‬give life ‫ت‬

(imperf. !st. p. phi.) iv

we give life *
‫ضى‬

(emp. 1st. p. phi.) fv ‫محيين‬

we surely give life

‫ا‬perf. 3 pi plu.١ X ‫اتحيرا‬

they let 55 live

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.) X ‫يتتحيون‬

they let 55 live

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) X ‫يتحف‬

rw lets 55 live(l) ‫غ‬
‫مز‬.‫هذريتنىنآ‬.‫ينتخآتآ‬
He (he. Firawn) used to slay
their sons and let their
women live. [28:4]

<<fee!s ashamed (2)

)‫ا (س‬٠١‫حي يض ب‬

to be ashamed
 intimated time (2)

‫ركتذاآلتضتتق!قمتعانجيي‬
And for you on earth a habi-
tation and provision for
(an intimated time). [2:36]
in the time of.

when

And the patient in tribulation

and adversity and the time

of stress. [2:177 ‫ا‬

then, at that time (part.) ‫ينثذ‬
٠‫حىى‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫حى‬

lived

)‫تيضين تياة (ص‬

to live, be alive

(imperf. 3 p m. sing.)
~lives or will live
‫ييى‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph،.) ‫غؤن‬
you live

(pref. 3 p.m. phi.) il ‫حبؤا‬

they greeted

‫يرقباكريييكواسه‬
They greet thee with a gree-
ting with which Allah
greeted thee not. [58:81

(pp. 2 pi plu.) ‫حييتم‬

you are greeted

(perate m. sing.)
greet!
‫يزا‬

١٥٥
 155

‫حعع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع عع‬

‫إكالمأليتنيآنينيبمثال‬
Allah is not ashamed to set
forth any parable. 12:261

(imperf. 1st. p. ph،.١ ‫آثتحي‬

we let 55 to be alive

bashfulness (».».)‫اثنآل‬
bashfulness > > ‫حياءء‬
.‫تجآدثةإحدعماتنثنىعتاتتيًا‬
The one of the two women
came to him walking
28:251] .bashfully

‫ حتا‬،‫( حؤ‬.a living one (fl

‫( الحه‬.The Everliving (Allah) (fl
‫( تية‬.greeting (v.fl
‫ اآلج‬،،‫اي؛‬، (.alive ones (n.p >
‫( تئ‬.sing.)

‫) الحود‬:‫عتاة (يل‬
life (fl.(
‫( حية‬.a serpent (fl
‫عيًا‬ (.to live, life (v.n. mim
‫سوآءثيالم[سمأةمم‬
Their life and their death ii

‫ع‬٩١‫\ةح‬. \‫حاآله‬٦١

‫عي‬ (quickener (ap-der. < iv

‫ عف المؤق‬the quickener of
‫ عفي مؤف‬the deads
the life'll

(،.،. the real and everlasting

**
 156

١٥٦
.‫كتاب الخا‬
< ‫ آخبت إخباتح‬to become
humble, lowly

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv acc.

submitted humbly >
‫ءختى‬

<ap-der. m. ph،.١ iv ‫خبتين‬

humble ones

‫خبت‬ see ‫خ ب و‬
★ ‫خ ب ث‬
(perf, 5 p. m. ٠١ ‫حثح‬

‫ )بم‬is vile, bad, inferior

‫> خبت يخثخبًا قة (ك‬٠(

to be vile, corrupt

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

foul, evil, bad
‫الخسي‬

‫الخبثين‬ .acc< ‫التينون‬

(evil or bad ones

(sing.) ‫خنئ‬
taet. 2 pic. f. s١ng١ ‫تىتة‬
).f( ٦' ‫ أدل‬١‫\'ةةد‬a e

١٥٧
‫عات هي خى ب‬
‫ خوض‬W، ‫خاض‬
‫خآن ?>» خوف‬
‫ خول‬we "‫عال‬
‫» خول‬، ‫عآآل‬
‫■ خرن‬we ‫خان‬
‫» خوى‬، ‫عاوية‬
|٠‫خبؤ‬
 ‫( التق‬.that is hidden Or)
‫ًا‬.‫ جأيحأج‬,to conceal
store up, guard

‫ خب ت‬4
(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. piu.) iv ‫أنيرا‬
they submitted humbly

157

vocabulary op the holy QURAN

‫ب‬
‫ح‬
‫يخبطيجعطخطًا (ض‬-
to strike, beat violently,

‫اليل‬
‫دئل‬
he travelled at night
state of agitation.
(as RF) to be in a

mischief (n.) ‫خبال‬

‫اليألرعرجيلك‬

They shall not ‫ عة‬remiss in

doing you mischief.

(3:1181

(The word ‫ خبال‬is a state

of perdition or destruci
tion, or things going away
or being consumed or des,
toyed. Thus the verse
means they will not fall
short in corrupting your
affairs).

(perf. 3 p.f. ring.) ‫ختن‬

< *«abated
‫خبا برا خبرًاق غبر‬
to be extinguished, subsided

(fire, anger)

‫صمتال‬
8

Whenever it abates We make

them burn the more.

‫ا‬١٦-.‫و‬٦١
(act. 2 pic. /. plu.١ ‫خياي‬

evil or bad (f.) ones

bad things, evil (n.p.)

practices
‫خحىى‬
۶ing.١ ‫< خيث‬

‫خبر يخبرًا‬
‫ و‬٢‫عخبريظبي خبر‬
knowledge (n.) acc.

to test, to try, to learn by

experience

information, tiding, («.)

news
(‫خبر‬
tidings
information, (l) (n. p.) ‫أنر‬
‫كؤتيز مدألدهلئحآلهآ‬

Oft that day she will tell out

the tidings thereof. ٢99:4‫ا‬

States (2)

‫رننلوأجاركر‬
And We shall prove your
states. (47:311
 ‫تبيو‬
cver-aware (inti)

★ ١‫خ بخبزن‬
bread (n.
٠‫خبد‬

N ‫و‬
confounds
(imperf. pj", sing.) * ‫تكتط‬
158

‫خ‬
١٠٨
VOCAXULAIY or TH، HOLY QURAN ‫خدن‬

sealing (nJ ‫ختام‬

(pact. pc. m. sing.) ‫ده‬
sealed one

check (nJ ‫أجدود خد‬

‫آصخب األخدوو‬
trench, ditch (nJ

The owners of the ditch.

‫ز‬
185:4

The reference is to the per-

secution of some Christi-

ans by ‫ذؤ وان‬ (Dhu

Nawas), a king of Yemen,
who was of the Jewish
re١\g\‫؛؟‬٩ (Ibn Kathir),

‫ يخدع‬،‫تشدصون‬(.Imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١

they deceive
.ace

)‫> ختع مخدع خدءًا (ف‬

 to deceive

they deceive
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Hi ‫تارعن‬
to deceive ‫< تاح خداع‬
one deceitful
‫تادع‬
(act. pic.'m.flng.)

I ‫غدئ‬
secret paramours (n.p.)
*I

*‫حتر‬
‫(ًا ختار‬.
‫رختزرآ‬ ‫ختريرختر‬ perfidious one (inti)

to deceive, betray, to set

perfidiously

٠‫ختم‬
.‫ع'ط‬،‫اا غ‬. ‫ل‬.'.‫طلله‬-٠‫ى‬

٧perf. ‫ ن‬p.m, sing.)

(imperf. 3 p.m sing.)

~ seals

(imperf. 1st. p. ph».)

we waled

‫غتم‬
‫ي‬
‫تم‬
‫ تا بم؟‬seal (nJ
‫تئثًاخاتبسيًا‬٠‫ئأ?لة)ي‬
‫تهشرئذهءئمتلجآسماشح‬
Muhammad is not the father
of any man among you
but is the messenger of
Allah and the seal of the
Prophets. [33:401

means the ‫تاتمالتيتين‬

 closer of the long line of
prophets (JUL) He is not
only a prophet but the

final Prophet ([1 ‫لط‬

there will be no prophet
after him in any case, in
Lt.

any shape or in any sense.

١٥٩
159

٤٤ ‫حد‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫خذل‬

they came out

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫خرجرا‬
(perf. 3 p.f. p١u.١ ‫خرجن‬
they (f.) came out

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.١ ‫حما لجذا‬

you came out

(perf. 1st. p. ph».) ‫خرجن‬

we came out

comes out
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يحرج‬
(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫حخرجن‬
surely will come out

‫يخر‬ .acc ‫تخرجزن‬

(imperf. 3 p,m. ph».١
they drive out
.nom

come forth
(perate. m, sing.) ‫أخرج‬
(perate. m, plu.) ‫أجرجوا‬
you come forth

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫عارج‬

comet ‫؟‬٠‫ألاآ‬

(act. pic. m, plu,١ ‫خارجين‬

 comers forth

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Iv ‫آخرج‬

‫سم‬ brought up
(perf. ‫و‬p, f. ring.) iv ‫آجرجت‬
she brought up

(imperf. ‫سمو‬ ‫يفرج‬

p.m. sing.) iv
brings up

‫تخرجت‬
rvsurely will derive them
(emp. 3 p.m. sing.)

‫*خ ذل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.'‫تعغذل ؛‬

< ~abandons

‫خذل خذل خذًالرخذ‬

to forsake, abandon, abstain
from aiding

betrayer (ints.) ‫جذول‬

Note : It is applied to the
devil, because he forsakes
the unbelievers and decla-
res himself to be clear of
the latters’ guilt on the
accusion of his betrayal
or affliction (LL).

(pact, pic. m. sing.١٦١’‫دد‬

forsaken ones

(imperf. 3 p.m, plu.) ٤«‫يخربرن‬

they demolish

‫> آخرب يخرب أد‬

to demolish

ruin (n.) ‫تزاب‬

Ncame out
(perf, 3 p.m. sing.) ‫خرج‬
(perf, 2 p.m. sing.) ‫خرجت‬
thou came out

160

‫خ دد‬

VOCABULARY or THS HOLY QURAN

‫^رج‬

‫و‬
they are driven forth
(pip. p.m. plu.) iv ‫يخرجون‬
(pip. 2 p.m. phi.) iv ‫تخرجون‬
you are driven forth

‫ يتتخيجا‬.acc < ‫يتتخيجان‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) X
they two may bring forth

you bring forth

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) X ‫تتخرجرن‬
tribute, maintenance (n.)
tribute, maintenance (n.)
‫خرج‬
‫خراج‬
going forth (v.n.)
driving out (v.n.>iv.)
‫خرزج‬
‫إخراج‬
(n.for. p.t.) ‫عغرج‬
way Out (place of safety)

٢ap-d‫؛‬r.٦>vi١m. sing.) ‫عخرج‬

bringer forth . -

‫ ز لجت‬،‫عغيجرن‬.acc
(pis. pic. m. pht.)
those who are brought forth

‫خرد ل‬

mustared seed (n.) ‫خردل‬

 *

(perf. 5p.m. sing.) (.assim.١ ‫خر‬

< '*'fell down

)‫ز كب تزأ رخرررًا(ن‬

to fail down

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.) (asi‫؛‬m.١ ‫خروا‬

they fell down

‫و‬
they drive out
(imperf. p.m. pht.) iv ‫ييرجرن‬
thou drive out
(imperf. 2 p.m. ting.) iv ‫طرج‬
‫رج‬
‫ تعدر يبيع يتى‬:‫(رج‬
< going out (v.n. min.)

) ، ‫ الخروج‬٠
‫آآخخنيلتحونة‬
And to go out with ft firm
going out [17:80]

Vimperf. 2 p.m. pht.) tv ‫تخرجوت‬

you make out or bring ss -
forth

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv acc.

you make out or bring ss -
‫تخرجوا‬
forth

(imperf. 1st، p. phi.) iv ‫نزج‬

we bring forth

(perate. m. sing.) Iv ‫أخرج‬

bring forth

(perate. m. pht.) Iv
bring forth

n(pp٠ ‫ ة‬p.f. sing.) iv

is raised up, brought up

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) w

 they were driven forth

(pp. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

you were driven forth

(pp. 1st. p. plu.) iv

we were driven forth

‫أخرجرا‬
‫أخربجخنم‬
‫أخرج‬

١٦١
161

‫خزن‬

VOCABULARY OF TRI HOLY QURAN

‫حدر‬

)‫> ترق تخرق خزقًا (ض‬

to make a hole, tear ss, tell
a lie

‫حلىإدارييافاتفيتتخر‬
When they two embarked in
a boat he scuttled it.

18:711

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou made a hole
‫خرقت‬
(perf. 3 p٠m. plu.) ‫خرقرا‬
they impute

‫وخرلوالئيينتيثمييتي‬
They imputed unto Him sons
and daughters without
knowledge. [6:100]
 (imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) acc.
thou rend (3)
‫تخرق‬

‫كتنكغيقاآلركر‬5‫إ‬
Thou will never rend the
earth. [17:37‫؛‬

(act. pic, m. ph،.) acc. ‫عازنين‬

(treasurers

(sing.) ‫تازت‬
keepers of a place (n p.) ‫خزتة‬
(The keepers of paradise and
the keepers of the hell,
both of bare referred

(imperf. 2p.m, ring.)passim)

thou fall down

(assim)

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu,)

they fall down

.acc< ‫ترون‬
they fall down

‫تؤذن‬
‫هدوا‬

‫و‬
(Imperf. p. m. plu.)
they guess, conjecture
‫ضرررن‬

)‫ك خرت يخرم خرصًا (ن‬

 to conjecture

‫د‬
(imperf. p.m. phi.)
you conjecture
‫تخرىون‬
,

conjectures (inis, plu.) ‫الخراصون‬

‫ىتاللخظصزن‬
Perish the conjecturers.

151:101

(Those who in denying the

truth of religion only con*
jecture and do not eierci-
se their reason and under-
standing in the proper

■*‫—الع‬Jid.١

snout (n.( ‫الخرطرم‬

(،perf. 3 p٠m. sing,

—scuttled (1)

162

٦٢
OCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QUXAN ‫خذن‬

(perale. m. phi.)
slink away
‫اختئرا‬

)‫> تتأيختًاتخنًا(ف‬
to be dazzled—distant, to
 drive away (a dog)

‫ عايت‬،‫ عايى‬.arc
(act. pic, m. sing,)

despised one

(.act. pic. m. ph،.١ acc, ‫عايثين‬

despised ones

[*7‫ س‬t'l

( perf. 3 p m. sing.)
<~Iod
‫خيتر‬

‫خيتر يختر خرًاو خارة‬

to lose, suffer (‫ن ختادآ (س‬
damage, be cheated, lose
one’s way, go astray

(perf.
they lost
‫و‬p.m. phi.) ‫تيررا‬

acc. (n.d.) to ‫يئرا‬

(Imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)
you make ss lose

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi) ir

those who make ss lose
‫عيرون‬

‫ختار‬،‫ خران‬، ‫غر‬: loss (n.)

‫ غيزددذ‬٠‫ع‬€.‫ن‬٠‫ ةي‬.rwm
(act. pic. m. ph،,)

losers

treasures (n.p.) ‫خراين‬

‫ ع‬sing.) ،‫ئب‬٠٠‫ز‬

★‫خده‬

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.)

we are humiliated
‫غرلى‬,

)‫> خزق يخزى يزًا (س‬

to fail into misery or disgrace
- ‫ خراية ت خرت‬to feel
ashamed

(perf. 2 pjn. sing.) /r ‫آخريت‬

thou hast humiliated

(Imperf, ‫ ل‬p٠m٠ ٠( ‫ا‬١ ‫تزى‬

‫اد‬, humiliate
Mil not humiliate ‫آل غرئ‬

(Imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. stag.) gen, ‫*ر‬

Mall humiliate

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آل ءر‬

(thou) humiliate not

(perate. neg. m. phi.) ‫لآ طروا‬

(you) humiliate not

humiliate we not ‫آل مخرفي‬

humiliate US not ‫آل ي‬

(olmen) humiliate ‫آل تروت‬

me not

more humiliating (eiatire) ‫آخرى‬

(Ap-der.m. ting.) ‫ءزى‬
humiliator

humiliation ‫ل«ك‬.‫خزى ر‬
163

‫خشع‬

VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

‫ىر‬٠‫ح‬

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.)

''"'Sinks
‫غسغ‬
 (imperf. It. p.ph،.) ‫تغغ‬
we sink

٠‫اشع‬

‫لم‬perf. 3 p.f. sing٠١ ‫ختعت‬

■"*become humbled

)‫ختع يختع خخرط (ف‬

to be submissive, humble.

١٥w

‫ركسياآلءواتللتحلن‬
And the voice should be
humbled for Al-Rahman
(the Compassionate).

120:1081

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) acc. ‫تختع‬

that should humble

humblity (v.n.) ‫خوغ‬

(act.pic.m. sing.) ،،،•‫ تايطء‬،‫عاثثع‬

humbling

‫ عايسون‬.nom ‫ عايعين‬.acc
(act. pic. m. ph،.)

men of hunility

(act. pic. f sing.) ‫خائته‬

(in state of) humility

(act. pic. f. plu.) ‫غايعات‬

women of humblity, (in

state of) humility

‫ خخع ( غفعآ‬.acc(
towering (their eyes)

16*

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫غاير‬

 loser

(act. pie. f. sing.) ‫خايترة‬

loser

‫ اآخترين‬.acc‫ آلألغزدذدة‬.nom

(are. nt. plu.)

the greatest losers

losing (v.n.>it) ‫نخي‬

(Ap-der.>iv. m. phi.) ‫عنرين‬
those who cause others to
lose

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ختف‬

< eclipsed (1)

)‫ختغ تخيف خر؟ (ض‬

to sink into the earth, dis-

appear, eclipse

to cause ‫ ا ألرت ذم‬-

the earth to swallow one
up, sink with one

‫وخنالقمر‬
And moon has eclipsed.
[75:8)

sink with (2)

‫ج‬٦‫قاددليتأتثب‬١‫ؤالًاال‬
Had not Allah been gracious
unto us, He would have
sunk (the earth) with US.

128:82]

we sank (perf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫خغنًا‬

‫خ‬ VOCABULARY o, TH■ HOLY QURAN ‫خش‬

 (perate 2 p.m. plu.)
be fearful
‫اخشوا‬

fear (n.) ‫قئبتًا‬

★‫خصص‬
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) viii ‫يختص‬
selects, chooses, singles

out

)‫» تع يخع تعا ت خصوصًا(ن‬

to distinguish particularly

by assigning spe- ‫ب‬ -

cially to

‫ خص خصيخعاتة‬,to be poor
needy

(act. pic. f. sing, ad).) ‫جاتة‬

exclusively

thirst and hunger, Iv.nJ ‫ب‬ ‫كتان‬

neediness

٠‫★ خ صذ‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) ‫تخيغان‬

<thcy (two) cover

)‫خصف يخيغ خعفًا (ض‬

to sew, patch

(perf. 3p.m. sing.) ٢‫\ا؛ا‬٠‫ل‬٠‫خهـ‬١

they contended, disputed

‫» تسم تخصم تسمًا‬

to contend

١٦٥
 ‫غثيينينالثل‬
Downcast with ignominy.

142:451

‫خقعاابصائهو‬
Their eyes downcast. [54:7]

*‫خ شى‬

‫خيى‬ (.p.m. sing ‫ ن‬,perf)

>~\‫؟آةةأآلعال‬١‫\ل‬

)‫خخىيخثىخفيًارخخية(س‬
to fear

l was fearful
(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫خثيت‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫خثينًا‬
we were fearful

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تخثى‬

-''Tears

‫ءءه‬. ‫يخث‬
(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

-*should fear

‫ ليخث‬.gen

(imperf. neg. 3 p.m. sing.)

did not fear

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou fear
‫تخثى‬

(Imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫تخشون ا خترا‬

they fear
 (imperf. 2p.m.plu.)
you fear
‫تخقوا‬/ ‫تخترن‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تخخى‬

we fear

165

‫خضع‬

VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

-‫خ‬

(pact. pic. adj.) ‫تخضوي‬

thornless or bent down with

fruits

to break, bend

|*‫خضر‬1
‫اآختر‬
‫ًا‬
(. green (n>
)‫ى‬٠( ‫غين محمر غمر‬
to be green

‫ئس‬٠‫ءغثرأءهمكه‬
green ones

green (stalks)
‫خيرًا‬
(pls. pic.f. sing.) ‫غترء‬
<that is made green

to become green ‫أشراءفرأدا‬*‫خرح‬

(act. pic. m. ph*.) ‫تايعين‬

submissive ones

)‫>ختعيختعخضرع(ف‬
to submit, obey, be submis-
sive

(perate neg. 2 p.f. ply.) ‫آلغتعت‬

be not soft

‫تاكغتعنبالققل‬
Be not soft in speech, (33:32]

I**

(imperf. ‫ ة‬p m. piu.) liii ‫مخجئذدًا‬

they contend

(imperf. 3p. tn.piu.) ،‫ا‬،‫تح‬/‫تجتئذئ‬

they contend

٧‫ا‬١‫ محوتن دآا‬١١ ‫ملمو‬

(.imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١

you contend

parties
adversaries, disputing ‫اليم‬.‫القضم ر‬
disputes, (n. dual.) ‫خضمان‬
litigants

contentious (n. phi.) ‫خيتزن‬

(people), disputing ones

(«Ct. 2 pic. n.) ‫خييم‬

contender(])

tender.
And ‫إ‬
Jo 116:41
he is an open con-

pleader (2)

‫رالعنااكاخيتخييقًا‬
And be not one pleading
the cause of the dishonest.

[4:1051
 ‫اليصام‬
dispute, contention (n,)
‫ولمرفا لخصلمغيرييز‬
He is in contention, not
plain. (43:18‫؛‬

‫دلمرالتنخكلم‬
He is the most contentious
12:2041 .of the adversaries

۴ ‫تخآصم‬
١٦٦، (. contending (tn

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(plu. of. ٦‫ ر ءط‬٢،

faults, sins, mistakes

‫ تالثين‬I ‫م‬.‫غايدؤذر‬/ .act. pic. m(

sinners

(act. pic. sing. f. adj.)

sinful
‫غاجآل‬

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) lit ‫غاطب‬

*addressed

)‫» خطب يخطب خطبة (ن‬

to speak, sermon

(per٥te.>iii٠ neg.) ‫آلتخاطج‬

do not address, speak not

speak not to me ‫آل خايلف‬

object (1) (n.) ‫خطب‬
‫لىمآخطبكيايرئ‬5
(Musa) said : what was thy
object, o Samri ? 120:95]

matter (2)

‫كاتتاه‬
(Musa) said: what is the
malter with you (0 two
 girls)? [28:231

‫خطاب‬ ).v.n(
declaration or speech (1)

‫وأاتيتة! لحكمةوقكاللخطاب‬
We gave him wisdom and a
decisive speech. 138:20]

★ ١‫خط‬
(per(. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫اا‬٠‫\ئج‬
you made mistake

)‫» خطق تحطآ تآ(ف‬

to err, make a mistake

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

we made a mistake
‫آجطأن *آ‬

‫جطأ‬
mistake, wrong (it.)
‫إكثلبةرهائخظًاييرا‬
Surely the kilting of them
was a great wrong,
117:311

‫غآل‬
by mistake (n.)

‫ثأقيئئ‬.‫ضآذاسلحؤ‬٠‫ةاذل‬١‫ذئ‬
And a believer would not
kill a believer except by
mistake, [4:92]

‫ لخعيحآل رض‬a fault (1)

‫ومنييبتينئة‬
And whoever commits a
fault. [4:1121

sin (2)

٤‫خيي‬4‫بمنكبيةةوآحأكةه‬
Yes! whoever earns ‫ ازهع‬and
his sin beset him on every
side. [12:811
 ‫ خيي]ت ر خطيثة‬.plu. of(
faults, sins, mistakes

1*7

١٦٧
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫خطب‬

Note: In the verse 28:57,

the verb ‫ نتخفف‬has
occured as apodosis
‫ جراب للشري‬therefore is
taken in genitive.

an act of snatching («,) ‫جعافة‬

away

‫★خطو‬

‫خطرائ ( غطر‬: n. phi. of(

<footsteps

‫ (خطيخطوخطوًا(ن‬to step
*‫خفت‬

Hi ‫آل‬
(perate. neg. 2 p.m. sing.) '
do not make (the sound),
very low opp. shouting

)‫>خفتيخقكخثرتًا(ن‬
to speak in low voice

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.١ ‫ثؤنزهآلم‬١‫تةح‬٠

they are muttering

‫* خ نى ر‬

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

lower !
‫اخنض‬

)‫> خيض يخيض خفضًا (ح‬

to depress, lower

‫والنضجناحكلنئيين‬
And lower thy wing unto
believers. 115:88]

dispute (2)

‫رعئتف الخطاب‬
And he prevailed upon me
in speech {or dispute).

138:231

address (3)

‫ه‬
They will not be able to
address him. 178:371

proposal of marriage (n.)

given to a woman
‫خحة‬

‫ئتذ‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.}
< thou hast written

to write (‫ئ تفط خط (ن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫غطف‬

< '-،snatched, carried off

٦‫خطت بخطره غ‬
to snatch ( ‫و خطفة (س‬
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫يخطق‬
— snatches (carries off)

(imperf. 5 pf- sins ) ‫تخطغ‬

'،snatches (carries off)

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) * ‫بخطغ‬

--—are being snatched,
 —are being carried off

(pip. 1st. p. plu.) V ‫نتخطغ‬

we shall be snatched away

168

‫خت‬
١٦٨
VOCABUmY or TH! HOLY QURAN ‫خدض‬

(imperf. with neg. ‫ ال‬and

emphatic ‫آل يتخغئ ( ن‬

—should lighten

‫رالكتجعتكالنين النؤقنؤن‬
And Jet not those who have
no conviction, make thee
impatient {Jid.) ie. let
not lighten your will
power or patience. [30:60[

(imperf. 2 p.m, plu.) *‫تستنيقرن‬

you find light

‫تتخغرئماييمتاعبلر‬
You find that light on the
day of your flitting.

[16:80[
light adj. (act. 2 pic. n.) ‫تفيف‬
light (plu. of ‫خغغع‬ ( ‫جازع‬
(opp.‫ ثقال‬heavy)

alleviation (H.Cv.n.) ‫*غقبع‬

iimperf. 3 p.m. sing.‫؛‬ ‫خف‬-

</—conccaleth

)‫خف يتخق خغاءًا (س‬

to be hidden, unperceived,
concealed

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.‫خفد ؛‬

conceals

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.‫خغؤن ؛‬

they are hid

٠٥
They are not hid from us.

[41:40]

(act. pic. f. sing.') ‫لخاضه‬

abasing

4‫خآفضةرافى‬
Abasing, exalting. 156:31

r‫ف★إ‬٠‫ف‬

(perf. 5 p.f. sing.‫خشن ؛‬

<—became light

)‫خغ تخث خغا و خقة (ض‬

to make light

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m sing.‫ ؛‬ii ‫ختف‬

'—'lightened

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.‫يخفف أع ؛‬

—makes light, (lightens)

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.‫ ؛‬ii ‫يف‬

—will be lightened

(perf. 5 p.m. sing.‫ ؛‬X ‫اتخغ‬

١.M.A .& .١‫ةهخ‬١‫ل)هع‬1‫ك‬
—persuaded to make

light (Pre.)

—lightened the mind (Rgh.)

‫تاتتككعؤثلعي‬
He (Firawn) incited his
people and they obeyed
him. [43:54,

Note: The meaning of the

verse, according to Raghib
and Ibn Katheer, is that
Firawn had made the
minds of his people so
light that they were Un-
able to understand their
loss and profit, so they
followed him.

١٦٩
169

VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN

‫خلد‬

‫خل د‬+
‫حسم‬ ‫و‬
(imperf.
>- ‫غل‬
p.m. sing.)
will abide
‫(لحهآ ت*د خودًا (ن‬
to remain, be eternal

you may abide

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫غدرن‬
(perf. 3p.m. sing.) iv
~ clung (1)
‫آنلد‬
‫رلكهاخلدالآلرض‬
But he clung to the earth.

17:1761

made a bid (2)

‫خلد؛‬٦‫يحبأتمالة‬
He thinks that his wealth
will make him abide.
1104:31

abiding (v.n.) ‫الخد‬

one who abides (act. pic.) ‫غايد‬
those who abide ‫ تاليرن‬،‫عايدؤن‬
(plu. of ‫) غالد‬

‫الحود‬
‫ينمالخلرو‬
abiding (v n.)

The day of abidance. (50:341

‫غأدؤن‬
never altering in age
(pis. pic. phi.) ii

170

‫خى‬

you have concealed '

(perf- 2 p.m. plu.) iv ‫آخبتم‬
‫و‬
they conceal
(imperf. p. m. plu.) iv ‫تخفؤن‬
(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) iv
they conceal
‫ينفين‬
‫ي‬
thou conceal
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv ‫عخفد‬
‫خغزا < عثرن‬
vimperj. 2 p.m. plu.١
you conceal

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ،V

I conceal
‫أخف‬
‫يشتخغزن < يثتخنرا‬
٢impe»J. 3 p.m. ph،.١ X
they tend to conceal

‫تن‬
steady (1) (n.)
‫ينغرفتتطزنخني‬
They are looking with steady
 glance. 142:451

secret (2)

‫إذتادىريةفدآحفيًا‬
(Recall) what time he cried
unto his Lord with a secret
cry. 119:31

most hidden
(extensive n.) ‫أخن‬
hidden
‫تانية‬
(act. 2 pic. /. sing, n.)

secrecy (".) ‫خغية‬

‫سنف‬
one who hids himself
(pis. pic.>x)

‫خلص‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫خلم‬

‫لذااحلعمئئ)لتئي فكفىالتار‬
Indeed we distinguished them
with a distinct quality:
the rememberance of
abode. [38:461

(imperf. 1st. p, si«g٠١ X ‫أستخاص‬

I will single out

‫ امتظص استخآلصًا‬to seek
best of a thing

‫أتتخلضهلشيف‬
I single him out for myself.
(Jid.) [12:54[

I chose him for myself.

(Arb ١

I will attach him to my

person. (Pic.)
(act. pic. fem.١ ‫غالصة‬
a distinct quality (1)

(see above verse 38:46)

SS alone for SS (2)

‫جالمةابلنو‬
(Such cattle is) for our males
alone. [6:139]

pure (3)

‫لتلخللصأصآغيثريين‬
Milk pure and pleasant to
swallow for the drinkers.

116:66]

‫ديطرنيهمولدائتلدتك‬
And they shall go round
unto them, youths ever
young. 176:191

(Le. destined to continue for

ever in boyhood. Always
■to the same age‫ ؛‬never
altering in age; or endowed
with perpetual vigour; that
never becomes decrepit—
LL).

‫خلص‬٦*|

(perf.‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫خلعوا‬

<thcy conferred(exclusivelyj

‫ختت تشلض خلوصًا ؤ‬

)‫تاليصة (ن‬ ,to be pure

١‫د‬١٦ ‫ًا‬١١١‫ا‬.‫؛»آ؟ لهأ‬١ ‫يأ‬١‫عًا خ‬

‫لصرانجيًا‬
They conferred privately.
 ‫ا‬112:80

(perf. 3. p.m. plu.) Iv ‫آخلؤا‬

they made 5Sexclusive(for SS)

< ‫آخلت إخآلصًا‬ iv

to be sincere, to be devoted

‫د آخلصاوينكمبلى‬
And made their obedience ex-
elusive for Allah. [4:1461

(perf. 1st. p. plu.١ tv ‫اخلصا‬

we purified, distinguished

١٧١
171

‫خلف‬

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫خلص‬

partners
(act.pie. m. plu. of

‫*خلع‬
(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)
<take off
‫اخلع‬
(‫(خع يختع خآل‬ to pull
and cast off, strip, depose

‫غف‬ 4

succeeded (1)
(perf. 3 p. sing.) ‫غص‬
‫ننتتين»تيهحلك‬
Then succeeded after them
successors. 119:591
 acted as a successor (2)

‫البئاطقثدنالتبشق‬
(Musa) said : Bad is that
which you have acted as

my successors. (7:150
to succeed each other (3)
١
‫رلونقاءلجتكليئلركبكة‬
‫ئية‬٠‫لقاالتقي‬
And had We willed, We could
have appointed angels
(born) of you in the earth
to succeed (each other).

[43:60]
(perate 2p.m. sing.) ‫أجف‬
succeed

172

exclusive (4)

‫آاليتوالتينالخآلص‬
Lo ! For Allah is the religion
exclusive. 139:31

one who does something

(ap-der. m. sing.) iv
exclusively for Allah
‫خيكن‬
‫مخاصالة التيج‬
Making exclusion for Him in
religion (or obedience).

‫وذا‬-‫ع‬١

(.also see ‫) ون‬

(pis. pic. nt. Sing.‫؛ ؛‬V ‫غتم‬
pure-hearted, chosen one

‫إئةتلصا‬
He was pure-hearted.
 119:511

‫ غ‬/‫ألخيمزن‬ ).ap-der m. phi(

those who make exclusive
their devotion to Allah or
His religion, His obedience

‫★خلط‬
‫ه‬ ‫خلطوا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

‫(جتط 'ظن ختآل‬

mingle
they mixed 55 with ss
,to mix

‫نخايطو(ع)*خايلز‬
(per3 .‫ ؛‬p.m. sing.)
Hi

you mix with (them)

‫ئ‬- -»،■
(perf. 3 p.m. ling.)
mixed

١٧٢ ‫خلف‬

VDCARUIAIY ٠, THI HOLY QURAN

‫خلف‬

(neg. imperf. 1st. p. plu.)

we do not keep back
‫آل عن‬

‫تجكا م‬٢‫ ًا‬acc. n ‫ تتخلفرت‬.nom

(imperf. 3p.m. plu.) V
they lay ،)ehind

‫ثرلعنآتاللمو‬5‫آني‬
That they should lay behind
the messenger of Allah.

(9:120)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

he has differed
‫اتتلف‬
 (perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii ‫اختلفؤا‬
they differed ‫ير‬
‫ اخلغتم‬p.m. plu.) viii ‫الئم‬. 2
you differed ‫غلفم‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii

they differ
‫يخيفرن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) viii ‫ضافؤن‬

you differ ‫ر‬
(pp. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) viii
~was differed in
‫آختلف‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) JC ‫اتخلف‬

~made successor

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) X

~makes successor
‫يثتخيف‬

‫ يكتخيفن‬.emp ‫ كتخيقن‬.epl
certainly he will make sue-

cessor

< < successor (1) («.) ‫خأف‬

Note: Lexicologists recognize

a difference between ‫خلف‬
khalf ،nd ‫ خلف‬khnlaf,
the former being applied
to 1‫ع‬٧‫ ز‬and the latter to

‫خلفرا‬
(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) ii
(they) were left behind

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) Hi 2‫ايفون‬

(they) oppose

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) Hi ‫أغاين‬

I oppose

‫آنخا‬
That I oppose you. 88: ، ‫)ال‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) is ‫آخقرا‬
 they kept back

‫يسفد‬
Because they kept back from
Allah that which they had
promised. [9:77!

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

you kept hack (from an
‫آغتتم‬
appointment or promise)

(perf. 1st p. phi.) ‫آخطفنًا‬

we kept back

from promise

we did not keep ‫ء ألجلثًا‬

backfrom promise)

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) is

he keeps back (from promise
‫تيف‬
or appointment etc.)

he keeps not back ‫آل يغيف‬

we will never keep ‫ن ضيف‬
back

‫تتلب‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) is
thou keepeth back

thou keepeth not ‫آل تحيف‬

١٧٣
113

‫خدف‬

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY ftURAM

‫ف‬
‫خل‬

‫( خلفة‬.succession (n
‫ًاالوهـتآل‬٠‫قلالآل‬١‫تتوشائجئق‬
And it is He who hath appo-
inted the night and the
day a succession. 125:621
karl. pic. fem. plu.١ ‫الحوالن‬
 women sitters at home

‫مبم‬/،/. ‫ كه‬٦‫الذ‬٣ ‫ر‬

٥٢/٠) pic. fl.) ‫جلفة‬
vicegerent, successor

‫م( خلفكه‬٠‫خلفآ‬/‫ غآليمد‬plu■ of(

sucessors

‫ التلفون‬.nom ٥٢،"■ ‫الفين‬

(pis. pic. », m. plu٠١
those who lagged behind

(ap-der. iv, sing. m.١ ;٨٦٤

one who fails in his promise

‫التحتئالمةمخيوعي*دسله‬
So think not that Allah will
fail in His promise to His
messengers. [14:47]

alternation (1) (v.n. iii) ‫اختآل‬

‫رتهتالنيلراللمل‬
And His is the alternation of
the night and the day.

123:801

variation (2)

‫رئدةتاغ‬٢‫؛اخؤئ‬
And the variation of your
tongues and colours (in
your languages and comp-
lesions). [30:23]

good, whether a son or

generation. (ALA. ٤٤)

‫فنلتينجتيهمخلك‬
Then succeeded after them
successors. 119:591

behind (2)
 ‫اعم‬٠‫ئبتخلمت‬٦‫ابية‬٠
What is before them and
what is behind them.

12:2551

after (3)

‫إطفنلسنجلفكبية‬
That thou may be a sign
for those (who wil, come)
after thee. 110:921

(act. pic. plu. n.) ‫عالفين‬

those who stay behind

‫فاقحدوامعالفيخين‬
Then sit (now) with those
who stay behind. (9:831

‫خآلف‬
against, after (1) (fl.)
‫األيبثرنخلقكالويال‬
They will not tarry after thee
(or against thee) but a
little. [17:76]

opposite sides (2)

‫آؤتطحآينريوتوآيهأهم‬
Or their hands and feet be
cut off on the opposite
(sides). [5:331

174

١٧٤ ‫خ لى ق‬

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY ‫الع‬RAN

‫ف‬
‫خل‬
(.imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫خلق‬
he creates

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تق‬

thou create

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫اخلق‬

I create

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ‫ظلق‬

we create

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫خيق‬

created

(pp. f. sing.) ‫خيقت‬

،Vwas/werc created

(pp. m. phi.) ‫خيقوا‬

they were created

(pip. neg. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫يغلق‬ ‫؛‬

has not been built (created)

‫كريخلقوثلتافالبله‬

The like of which was not

built in the cities. 189:81

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫غلون‬

they are created

creation (I) (n.) ‫خلف‬

creature (2)
moral character, natural ‫خلق‬
tendency, disposition

creator (act. pic. m. ring.) ‫عالق‬

‫مع) تايقون‬،‫؛‬.( ‫) تاقين‬.nom(

creators (plu. of. ‫) تالق‬
portion, share of good («.) ‫خالق‬

contradiction (3)

‫وقهنينعنيعيرال‬

‫ؤتتئلخلقوانيذهأكمل‬
Were it from other than
 Allah they would surely
find therein many a con,
tradiction. 14:821

(ap-der. viii, m. ling.) ‫عتلف‬

varied

‫ متلفيت‬,acc ‫ عتينرن‬.nom
those who differ (with)
each other in any
matter

(pin- of ‫) لميح‬

(pis. piOx.) ‫متخآقن‬

successors

(plu. of ‫)ئتح‬

‫* خ لى ق‬

‫لم‬perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫غتق‬

>‫م‬١‫لم‬٠‫صعلعآ‬

)‫خآق طق خلقًاق خلتة(ن‬

to create out of nothing

(perf. 3 p. m.phi.) ‫خكوا‬

they created

(perf. 2 p.m, sing) ‫ ئ‬:‫ثب‬

*I'"” created

(perf. 1st. pjn, sing.) ‫عدكلى‬

I created

‫لم‬perf. 1st p.m. plu.) ‫خقنًا‬

We created

١٧٥
175

VOCABULARY OF TH, HOLY QURAN ‫خلق‬

‫نترىالودقيخرجءنياله‬
So that thou seest the rain
 coming forth from their
midst. 124:43]

friendship (‫(ع‬ ‫جت‬

friend (act. 2 pic. n.) ،‫خلل‬
Note : But the English word
*friend’ does scant justice
to the idea of ‫ خيل‬which
in Arabic denotes the
dearest or the most sincere
friend who has no rival
in the love and reliance
placed upon him. (Jid.

p. 5,n. 535)

friends (plu. of ‫( خيل‬:‫اآلخال‬

‫خلو*ا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫خآل‬
~is alone (1)

)‫كخآليخوغلقًا[حآلًا(ن‬
to be alone, pass away (time),
be free from, be empty

‫واغاتالبتمالبنن‬
And when some of them are
alone with some others.

[2:761

passed (2)

‫بنتنائتؤكخالتياكيين‬
And there is not a community
but there has passed amo-
ng them a wamer. 135:251

‫تآله'فياتإالجر؛وئكة‬
He has no portion or share
of good in the Hereafter.

12:1021
The most powerful (inis.) ‫الحألق‬
Creator

(pis. pic.>il١f. sing.) ‫عغلقة‬

formed

‫غيرخلتة‬7‫عخلقة‬
A piece of flesh formed and

١‫ةحاآأأهأحآل‬. 122:51

an invention (in.> viii) ‫اختآلق‬

or a forgery

‫خخ لل‬

‫خلوا ءعهخ ل و‬

‫ ( "خًالل‬friendship (1) (n)

‫ تال خًال آل‬to treat as
a friend

‫يؤةاليحيورالخلئ‬
The Day wherein there will
be no bargain nor friend-
ship. 114:311

inside, through, midst (2)

‫فجاتواخلاللتيار‬

They entered (ravaging) in

the midst of the dwellings.

176

١٧٦
‫ط‬

‫ح‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
‫خ‬

٠‫خمد‬
 ‫خاعدون‬.nom ‫ غاميين‬.acc
(act. pic. m. plu.)

<١extinguished
)‫خيد تخمد خدًا ر خودًا (س‬
to be extinguished

★ ‫ر‬٠ ‫خ م‬

‫( خزر‬.svine (n)
)‫خريخيرخرًارخترًا(سح‬
to veil, cover, conceal

‫خار‬ (scarves (plu. «,) ‫تخر‬

head cover, scarf.

five (card, num.) ‫خختة‬

one-fifth (fraction) ‫خن‬
fifth ( ord. num.) ‫الخآمة‬
fifty (card, num.) acc. ‫خين‬

٠‫خأص‬

‫تخصتة‬
(hunger (v.n. mim.)
)‫خمحمع خًا(ك‬
to be hungry

!★‫ط‬۴‫خ‬

‫( جط‬.bitter (n

١٧٧
(pref.3 p.f. sing.)
~ passed
‫خلك‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫خلوا‬

they are alone with (1 ‫ك‬5‫أ‬
‫ئلمواإنىثبطيذز‬-١‫كلد‬

And when they are alone

with their satans. (2:141

they passed (2)

 ‫سهاشوي)الزنمتتؤايئبل‬

(That was) Allah’s dispen-

satioi. with those who
have passed away before,

٢33:381
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تخل‬
‫ اازن‬be alone, or will be free
‫اثمتلزايؤسغآواطيحراآنضيخل‬
‫لكزيجةآييكخ‬
Slay Yusuf or cast him forth
to some land, your father’s
face ‫؛‬countenance) will be
free for you. (12:9]

(perate. 2 p.m. plu.)

leave ss free
‫تحلرا‬
Then should they repent and
establish prayer and give
the Zakat, leave their way
free. (9:5]

(perf ‫و‬p.f. sing.) »

became empty
‫عقق‬

past (act. pic. f. sing.) ‫االيتة‬

177

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY Qua AM

‫ى‬
‫خر‬
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫خخم‬
you plunged (about)

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) acc.

they plunged about
‫تغزنوا‬

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫ترض‬

we plunge

we were plunging ‫تخرك‬ ‫كن‬

wading, vain talk (,.«.) ‫خرض‬
birth pangs (vji. mim.) ‫مخاض‬
*‫خلف‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫غاف‬

( N apprehended, suspen-
ded

‫عان ت*افن خر عغافة‬

)‫تغيقة(ف‬
to fear, be frightened, be
apprehensive, be suspic-
ious, tie anxious

(perf. 2 p.f. sing.)

thou fear
‫خغي‬
\ ‫( ًاأخأ‬perf. 1st. p. ring.١ ‫حي‬

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫غافرا‬

they are afraid

(Imperf. 3 pjn. sing.) ‫غن‬

be fears ٠

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫غغان‬

thou fear

(perate neg. m. sing.) ‫أل عن‬

fear not

178

‫ندل‬٢

‫خ ن زر‬

swine (/I. ring.)‫خنيءر‬

swines (phi.) ‫خنازرر‬
‫ * اخ ه ر‬I

<receding Stan (plu. n.) ‫خنئ‬

‫خنى تت خنآر‬
 to recede (‫خخوسآ (ن‬
sneaking (n.) ‫ختاع‬

٠‫خهن‬

(pis. pic. f. ring.) ‫اشقًا‬

(strangled

)‫ختق يختق خقًا(ن‬

to strangle, throttle

★‫خور‬

‫ر‬١‫( م‬.the low (of a calf) (n)

)‫رارًا(ن‬٤‫تار تخرر خررًا‬
to low (calf)

٠ ‫اب ض‬

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫تائوا‬

(«^indulged in idle talk,
plunged (about)

)‫عاض تغوك خرضآت خيًاضًا (ن‬

to plunge into, enter, wade,

engage in conversation

١٧٨
VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫خرت‬

٠‫★ خول‬
‫خرل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
‫ سنم‬granted
< ‫خرًال(ن‬٥‫(عالتش‬
to take care of, manage

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii ‫خرنًا‬

we granted

maternal uncle (/>.) ‫غال‬

‫ "غاآلى ( جالة‬.plu(
maternal aunts
 maternal uncles (plu. n.) ‫آخر ال‬
(perf. ‫و‬
p.f. dual.) ‫غانت‬
they (two women) defrauded

)‫اوخيآتة (ن‬:‫تان تخرن خر‬

to defraud, be treacherous,
be unfaithful, betray one’s
trust, break one’s word

(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. phi.)
they defrauded
‫عأوا‬

‫ تخرزا‬.acc ‫تصرون‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph».١
you defraud

(perate n.m. phi.)

defraud not!
‫آل تحرزا‬

‫ مآخن‬.acc ‫آخرن‬
I did not defraud

(perate. neg. f. sing.)

fear not
:‫آل تتاف‬

(if) thou are really (emp.) ‫تتانن‬

afraid

I fear ‫آان‬
‫بخا‬، .ace< ‫تخاتان‬
they two (zn.٠) fear

‫د‬
But if they are afraid.

(2:229)

(perate neg. m. dual.)

fear net (0 you two)
‫آل بخاة‬

‫بخأوا‬.acc< ‫تتأفرت‬
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. ph،.١
 they fear

‫ تافرا‬.acc< ‫تخافرن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)
you fear

apprehension, (n.) ‫الون‬

suspicion, fear

(act. pie.) ‫عايف‬

one who falls in a fear

‫ئ‬٩‫يين(ء‬١‫ غ‬phi. of(

feared ones

fear (n.) ‫خيقة‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
makes ss feared
‫ترن‬

٠<،،( ‫»بخو؛ئ‬/.»( fear

fright (v.n.>ii) ‫تضر‬

١٧٩
179

VOCAlULAiY o, THI HOLY QURAN ‫خون‬

)‫> تاب تفبب خيبة (ض‬

to be disappointed, fail, be in
a vain (effort)

(act. pic.) acc. ‫عغانين‬

disappointed ones, frustrated

ones

sing.

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) V ‫تيروت‬

<<you may choose

)‫تتخمضزًازغغًا(ض‬١‫غ‬

to choose, perfer

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) V

they may choose
‫تةخيرؤن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

choosen, selected
*‫؛‬،’‫اختار ’ا‬

(perf. 1st. p. singjviii

1 have choosen
‫اختزت‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

he chooses
‫حئأر‬

(.’‫ريه‬
< excellent (1) (n.
)‫تارتخيرخيرًا(ض‬
to be good, excellent

He is excellent in respect of
reward and excellent in
respect of the final end.

(18:44)

(imperf. ‫و‬p.m. plu.) via

they defraud
‫تخاثزن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) viii

you defraud yourselves
‫غانون‬

treachery (v.n.) ‫خيآنة‬

(act. pic. plu. of
treacherous
‫تاتين ( غاين‬

(act. pic.f. sing.) ‫تايتة‬

defrauding (1)

‫ؤئهلح‬٠‫ل‬٩‫وزذسلجإمخ‬
 And thou will not cease to
light upon defrauding on
their part. (5:13)

fraudulence (2)

(in the meaning of a verbal

noun)

‫يعكرغبتةاآلغيي‬
He knows the farudulcnce
of the eyes. 0:19)

treacherous one (ints.) ‫خقان‬

(act. pic. sing, adj.)

laid overturned
‫تارة‬

)‫> خرى يخون خرادًا(ض‬

to be uninhabited, deserted,
be in ruins

‫حي‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

disappointed, brought to
‫عاب‬
naught

180

.١٨
VOCABULARY or THE HOLT QURAN ‫خع ر‬

‫> غاط مختط‬thread (n.( ‫ائ‬

)‫خبط و خياطة(ض‬
to sew, stitch

needle (n.) ‫الحاظ‬

‫حثىيلجا لجمل فستما نخياط‬
Until camel passes through
the eye of the needle.

[7:40]

Note : The phrase is symb-

olic of impossibility.

horses (n.) ‫الجل‬

(pip.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ،■،■ ‫ينيل‬
‫ '■'ى‬made to appear
‫خال تخال خًال و خاآل‬
)‫و خيلولة (ف‬
to imagine, conceive, think,
fancy

(pis. pic. m. sing.) viii ‫غتال‬

vainglorious

tents (n.p.) ‫اليم‬

better (2)

‫تأعداشخيةتًاليرار‬
And that which is with Allah
is better for the pious.

13:1981

good (3)

‫آنيتدلعيكرخير‬
That he may send down
upon you the good.

[2:105 ١
Note : ‫خير‬lift, means good,
and according to the
contents it may mean
 good, excellent, better,
best, best of etc.

wealth (4)

‫رإئةيحتالخيرككيين‬
And he is verily vehement
in the love of wealth.

‫ا‬100:8 1
excellent ones (phi. n.) ‫اقخيار‬
choice (n.) :‫الخير‬

agreeable (plu. n.)

(to mind and heart)
‫خيرات‬

‫التيران‬ ).phi. n(
good (doings, things,

blessing etc.)

***

١٦١

١٨١
٨٧‫ا‬
z gl

•»‫اال‬
0٦٥ ١ ‫الدد‬ Bq ujni>

‫فح‬٠‫?>)امجمعة‬٠‫(نم‬
‫)مرم‬
SJIBJJB—
IP 10 jasodsia snonuijuoo

‫|دل‬٢١‫ال‬
JUEJSUOO

٥ ٠ ٦٦٥ ٩ ٥٩٦
JO,B J
H ■wop
n OSJB
ou SI X|UO

٩٦ ٥
U9jdns) ٥ ٥٥٥٨
J nf!
I* sguiifi ||B gaiuj

<٥٩ (,.-
sasodsip
 (f •paduit ‫س‬٧ II (•Burs

٥٦ ٥
SuiAOUI S Jn B3J

‫جح’ا لم|؟م‬ )5 )Jo nid-U

‫ددددل‬
,IB.* o)( ‫؟‬,X(M0‘

!‫ئي‬٢‫ًا'كث؟م‬٦)‫(ثم‬
<٥ ٠ ٥ jn B J3 guuoui B

‫ اه‬٦$٥٠ ٦,
U UE IO) X|

٠٥') ?‫بمات‬
OJ s ٥٩
aid ■pp)
uo P)O sjno

(/»:?’ll ’JUO* noX

٥ ٥
i) |Bnsn SB SJB X•) SB

٥ ٥٨٥
H PIBS : u s *OS 11545 no

:‫دال ع‬
111 QMB• 1,

٦* ٥٩٦ ٥٩٦ uo JO

[!,(٥ J‫؛‬JB ‘JO ‘),,OJ S.U*B,J,J

‫؛ممبل‬٢‫؟ي‬
٥ ٥ *٥ ٥٥٩
P IJB IUO

٠ ٥١ ٦ ٥
J EIU B ut u

٥٥ ٦
S„O,B Z qo

-٩٠٩٢٦٠٢٠١)‫(؛؛‬
٩٦٥ iuos,3u

« ()
< *utop JO Xb* ‘juo
 ‫و‬٩ ‫ ا م‬٢ ‫م‬
VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN
1
‫دب د‬

So the root of the people

who did wrong were cut
off. [6:45]

‫المدبرائ‬
(ap-der. f. plu.)
(the angels) who manage the
affairs

(ap-der. m. sing.) iv<! ‫عدر‬

a retreating one

‫تيلمدياقكيحقب‬
He turned back retreating
and looked not back.

‫ز‬27:10[
(ap-der. m. ph».) iv ‫عدرين‬

those retreating '‫'ر‬

(ap-der.) v< ‫مدتر‬
one enveloped in the cloak

)‫> تدتريذثردتررًا (ن‬

to cover with a blanket

~ ‫*ج ر‬I
<out cast, drive off (r.fl.) ‫دحور‬
)‫دتحربءدزا ودحورآ(ف‬
to drive away, repel, turn off

driven away (pact, pic.) ‫مدحرر‬

‫دحضا‬

‫يذيضوا‬.acc< ‫يذيضون‬
‫ و‬p.m. phi.)
(imperf.
 ‫أحآ الألال‬١‫جال‬

(perf. ‫و‬p.m. sing.) iv

turned back
‫آذتر‬
(Imperf. 5 p.m. plu.) » ‫يتدبروت‬
they ponder

(imperf. 3p.m. plu.) V, ace. ‫يتديرزا‬

they ponder ‫يدبروا‬
‫آنلريتبروالقول‬
Pondered they not over the
word. 123:681

‫ دبر ا الدبر‬behind (n.)

‫ آدبا ( لو‬plu- of(
after(!)

‫فغحةوآذباراكجيو‬
Hallow him, and also after
the (prescribed) prostra■
tions. 150:40]

backs (2)

٠
They turn upon you their
backs. [3:111]

(‫ذبآر‬
setting (v.n.>ir.)
‫نيحهواذبارالتجور‬
Hallow him at the setting
of the stars. [52:49]

last remnant root (act.pic.) ‫داير‬

‫فكطرديرالقزمالنيتكلكقا‬
So of the people who did
wrong the last remnant
was cut off (Pic).

١٨٣
183
 ٠‫دخل‬

VOCABULARY 0 THI HOLY QURAN

‫حض‬
‫دخليدخل دخوًال‬
to enter ( ‫و مدخًال (ن‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing. ‫دخللى ر‬
-entered

(perf. 3 p.m. pin.)

they entered
‫دخلرا‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou entered
‫دجنت‬
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) 3‫جلتم‬

you entered ‫دجلتم‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
he enters
‫تذخل‬

you certainly shall (epl.) ‫لتدخلن‬

enter

‫يدخوا‬ .ace ‫يذخؤن‬

(imperf, ‫ ن‬p.m. plu,)

they enter

‫'انمًا ؟‬.(perate 2 pm. sing.) ‫أدغلن‬

(perate. 2 p.m. duat.١ ‫ادخآل‬
enter!

enter! (perate. 2p.f. sing.) ‫اذخل‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv ‫آدجًا‬
we caused to enter

‫وآيلهفيحييا‬
And We cause him to enter
in Our mercy. 121:75)

(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) ٤‫يدخال يذخل‬

 he causes/will cause to enter

I certainly will (emp.) iv

cause to enter
‫أدختن‬
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) iv
we will cause ss to enter
‫تذخل‬

‫دحك يذحض دحونًا (ف‬

to annul (an agreement),

‫أحآ‬١‫ةاد‬,‫ًا‬٠‫ا»أل‬

‫يتحضنايو لحئ‬
In order to refute the truth.

118:561
‫ ه‬act, pic. f. sing.١ ‫دايتة‬
a thing of no-weight, null

٠‫لحئهخ حر\جخحأنرالنم‬

Their plea is null (and void)

with their Lord, [42:161

‫ لم‬pis, pic, n١. plu.١ acc, ‫مذجضين‬

rejected ones, or those

cast away

‫ثحخغ‬
‫لم‬perf, ‫ ن‬pm. sing-١ ‫دحا‬
stretched out

‫واآلرفبعد ذلك دجها‬

And the earth, thereafter He
stretched it out. 179:30]

{act. pic. m. phi)

Cthcy are lowly
‫داخرون‬

)‫دم يذخر دخرًا و دخررًا (ف‬

 to be small, mean

‫ تتخرون‬see ‫ذخ ر‬
★‫دخل‬

‫لم‬perf, ‫ ن‬p.m, sing.١ ‫دخل‬

<entered

184

١٨٤
‫دق‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
‫خ‬

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

cause to enter (1)
‫أدخل‬

(imperf: 3 p.m. sing.) ‫شرأ‬

١ >4all revert, reverts

)‫آ و تزآة(ف‬٠‫ترآينرأ ةز‬

to repel

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they overcome, combat
‫درووى‬

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

repel
‫ادرؤرا‬

‫كأذريقاعنآنئيكرالسوت‬
Then repel death from your-

self. 13:1681

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) vi ‫ادارآتم‬

you quarrelled (among your-

selves)
 |*‫درج‬
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) X ‫تتديج‬
<we lead ss on step by step

‫درج يذرج دروجا و در‬

to go step by step,
walk, proceed gradually

‫رائنيتكنبوايايتتأتت‬
‫تنحينثاليعلمزن‬
And those who deny our
signs, we lead them on
step by step whence they
know not. [7:1821

a degree of („.) ‫درجة‬

supriority

‫آنخلنن"نخلمنق‬

Cause me to enter a rightful

entrance. {17:80)

put in (2)

‫وآدخليدكفجييك‬
And put thy hand into thy
bosom. 127:12]

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.)

"is 'made to enter
‫أدخل‬

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫أدخلوا‬

they were made to enter

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يدخل‬

"'Shall be made to enter

a means of discord («.) ‫دخل‬

‫رالتتونواأيتألزدخًالبيبنز‬
And make not your oaths a
means of discord amon-
 gst you. (16:94]

‫مدخل‬
a retreating place (n.p.)
entrance (v٠n. mint) ‫مدخل‬
‫ داخلين‬.acc ‫داخؤن‬
Qact.pic. m. p١u٠١

entering men

smoke (n.) ‫دغان‬

١٨٥
185

‫درك‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دج‬

study (v.n.) ‫يراتة‬

*‫درك‬
‫آدرك‬
(perf. 3 p m. ring.) iv
‫> م‬-overtook
‫ آذرة‬tv !‫اذراتما‬
to overtake, comprehend,
perceive, reach

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) IV ‫شرك‬

comprehends, overtakes

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) iv ‫تدرك‬

‫م‬٠‫ ى‬comprehends
‫التدركهاآلصرروهرينيركاآلج‬
Sights comprehend Him not
and He comprehendteh all
sights. 16:103]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vi ‫تدارك‬

 *-reached (‫النر‬.)
*:favoured

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vili ‫اقارك‬

attained, reached

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫اداركوا‬

they reached one after ano,
ther

overtaking ‫ارال) دركًا‬.( ‫تة‬

Fear not overtaking. [20:771

abyss ‫درك‬
‫لقاكتفقينفيالتركالكئزينالتلر‬
Verity the hypocrites (shall
be) in the lowest abyss of
the Fire. [4:145]

186

‫دح‬,:
And for men is a degree
(of superiority) over them
(/ plu.). [2:228,

degrees (phi. n.) ‫درجات‬

brilliant (adj.) ‫ىرئ‬

< pouring (adj.) ‫عذرار‬
LfI very capious showers
of rain

)‫در يير ترآ و ذرؤرآ(ض‬

to flow copiously

He will send the heaven

upon you pouring (rain
plentifully). [11:52]
 (pref. 5 p.m. plu.) ‫درسوا‬

<thcy have read (or Stu,

died)

)‫ترت تدرس درسًا ويراتة(ن‬

to read, study

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫]رعح‬

thou has studied

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.) ‫ذرون‬

they have been studying

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi) ‫تدرسون‬

you have been studying

١٨٦
‫دسس‬ VOCAIVUMY OF THl HOLY (R ‫درك‬

what made thee know ‫تا آدراك‬

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.) h ‫يذرن‬
makes know

what makes thee know ‫تا ينيية‬

‫دمر‬
< nails (phi. n.) *
)‫دتريدحردسرآ(ن‬
to repair a ship, nail

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

he buries
‫يدع‬

‫آزييشؤفاللراي‬
Or shall bury it in the dust
[16:59]
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 5 ‫شى‬
buried

‫وئنحلتسندلها‬
And miserable is he who
hath buried it [91:10]

Note:Some grammarians have

mentioned the form under

the entry of ‫سى‬ a

but according to reliable
commentators the word

‫;د ص ص‬
belongs to the
final‫ى‬٠ is replaced by
‫ آلف‬to ‫ ععه‬the pro-
nunciation. (Art). Rgh.)

(pis. pic.>b, m. phi.) ‫مذركقن‬

١، are overtaken

silver coins (‫فيم‬. n.) ‫درام‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.

I know

‫زىيدرن يرآية(ض‬
to know
3>

‫لتآدرقآئرييآربيدئوع‬
And I know not whether
nigh or far is that which
ye are promised.
[21:109]

1 knew not (genitbe)- .‫[ أنر‬

also denotes same ‫عا‬
meaning

(imperf. 2 p.m sing.) ‫<درى‬

thou knowest

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.)

you know
‫تدرون‬
(Imperf. 1st. p. phi.١ ‫تدين‬

we know

Note :-All forms of this

root are used with nega-

‫ ط * لم* ئ‬or
tive particle
‫ آدى‬hr )‫ بال‬٥ ‫ام‬.٠‫ت‬٠
made to know

١٨٧
187

‫ع‬
VOCABCLARV 0, TH، HOLY ftURAM

‫هحا‬

‫بج‬٠‫ لم‬/ ‫) لم'دغ‬.neg(

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١

he did not call US

(imperf. 3 p m. plu.) ‫ذعون‬

they call

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou call
‫تدعر‬
١ ‫تدعرا‬١ ‫تدعرن‬.acc(

(imperf. 1st. p. plu,)

you call
(imperf. 1st p, piu.١ ‫ندع‬/‫تدعو‬
we call

call! (perate. 2 p m. sing.)

(perate. 2 p.m. ph,.١ ‫أدعرا‬
‫أدع‬
call (you all)

(pp. 3 p.m. sing,١ ‫دعى‬

,"",was called

(pip. 3 p.m. p!u.١ ‫دعرا‬

they were called

(pp. 2 pjn, plu٠١ ‫ديتم‬

you were called ٠

(pip. 2p.m, plu٠١ ‫تدعرن‬

you are called

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii

they ask for
‫تدعون‬

‫ولمعركاينعقك‬
And theirs shall be whatso-
ever they ask for. 13 6:571

(imperf, 2 p.m. ph».١ viii ‫تدعؤن‬

you ask for

٠‫عجع‬

(imperf■ 3 ,.m. sing.)

< repel (repels)
‫يدع‬

)‫ع دع دع (ن‬
to repel, thrust, push back
violently

‫و‬
.(pip. p.m. phi.)
they are thrust
‫تدعون‬
thurst (v.n,) C;
(disdainful thrust)
 -* ‫داد‬

) ‫ نعان‬،‫ دعاربه‬، ،‫ ( د‬،‫ت‬

(perf. i p.m. sing.)

(called, prayed, (1)

(him, his lord, me)

‫ يدعؤ ددًا (ن‬١‫(دت‬ to call

up, ask for, summon

-،called (2) ‫ إلى‬-‫دءا‬

^،ascribed (3) ‫ ي‬- ‫دءًا‬
‫آندعزالييخميولدا‬
That they ascribed
unto Rahman a son.

19:911

(perf 3 p.m. ph،.١ )‫تعؤا(م‬

they called (them)

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) (‫دعوت (هم‬

‫ا‬called (them)

‫و‬
(perate. p m. sing.)
let-call, he might call
‫يدع‬

١٨٨
VOOABULAIY OF TH• HOLY QURAN ‫دع د‬

‫لةدغرةا نحق‬
Unto Him is the true call.

[13:14]

claim, message (2)

‫ليرلدعريخالدتياوالفياالخرة‬
٠‫ ))ديلأب‬hath no claim (or
message) in the world or
 in the Hereafter. (Pic.)

Which is not to be invoked

in the world nor in the
Hereafter. (Jid.) 140:431

prayer (3)

‫نسههى‬
1 answer the prayer of the
supplicant when he call‫؛‬
on Me. [2:186]

‫نم;(> دغؤلى‬١‫ م‬cf ).n(

their cry, in addition to it
other meanings of ‫دعى‬
are a call, particularly, a
calling or crying for aid,
or succour. (LL١

**‫دف‬
)‫(يي‬:‫( )ين‬.warmth (n >
٠٠‫دة يد فآ دفأ ز دق يدنو دف‬
)‫ لث‬،‫(ف‬
to be or keep warm

١٨٩ ‫بسنزئ‬٧‫ذالبلألىثثدم‬
This is that which you have
been asking (or calling)

‫؟‬٠٢‫هد‬٦٠٠'‫ا‬٦٦

(.act. pic. m. sing.) ‫دايع ادايعى‬

a caller, summoner

‫لم‬٠( ‫دعاب‬
supplication, prayer (1)(
‫ًا‬
‫زمأح ئ’ألضئؤةشق‬
And the supplication of dis-
believers only goeth stray.

(13:141

‫ ( دءاء (دءاءج ى‬my prayer

 ‫رج رتعين وعو‬
My Lord! and accept The
[14:40] prayer
a preposition ٥١٦٥ ١١١v،ed‫؟ ًاه‬

‫عالكيي‬٠‫ءئاىر‬١‫ت‬٠‫دلمأوخ‬

And I have not (yet) been

tn my prayer to Thee, ٥
my Lord, unblest. [19:4]
calling (2)

‫زبكبءكنحب‬،‫الهكلوادةنمالؤ‬

‫يخيضمبكًا‬

Place not the massengers

calling among you (on the
same footing) as your
calling of each other.

٢24:631
adopted son (phi. M.) :‫آدعيا‬
call (1) (».„.) ‫دعرة‬
189

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫دكك‬

averter (act. pic.) ‫دافع‬
★ ‫دراق‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫دافق‬

< dripping

)‫قتق ينتت دنقًا ر درة (ن‬

to flow with force

‫★ دك ر‬

‫ادرك دمع ذكر‬

‫مدكر ءعذك ر‬
★ ‫دالال‬

is grounded (pp.‫"ر‬, ting.) ‫كى‬

 ~< )‫متكنمع(ن‬

to crush, break, beat flat

‫؛يلئزئخ‬٠‫®د؛‬
Nay! when the earth is
ground (to atoms) with
grinding. [89:21]

i.e. when the earth will be

made to crumble to pie*
ces.

(bp. f. <htal-١ ‫أكآل‬

(the earth and mountain)

are crushed

a single crash (a.) ٠‫ذج‬

-)«‫<ع‬ ‫ده‬
dust, crumble

dust, powder, crumble (a.) *fc

190

I—-٢‫آ‬ ‫نى ع‬
(perf. ‫ ل‬pt ptu.١ ‫ةنتم‬
to repc!, to defend, to pay
(to hand over ‫ دع‬RF)

When ye hand over their

substance to them. 14:6‫ا‬
(perate 2 p. m. ١,٠ ‫إذقع‬
repel ‫ء‬

‫إذمغيالقهقآححن‬
Repel thou the evil with that
which is the best, 123:961

(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫اذفي ا‬

handover (1)

‫أئغةاكوزآتواله‬5
Handover to them their
[4:6] .substance
(2) in the .‫؛‬.،) defend

(،‫ داقع‬٥ meaning of

‫ذهنمإ‬١‫افيًاب‬،‫قيئالةبهر‬
Fight in the way of Allah or
defend. 13:1671

(imperf. ‫ ل‬pjn. sing.) til ‫يتانع‬

defends, repels

‫إتالمرينفكيلنيامثو‬
Verily Allah will repel from
those who believe. [22:38]

‫مع‬

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫دلي‬

bucket (n,) ‫دل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv

you convey
‫ترا‬
(perf.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) V ‫تلب‬
He let himself down

‫؛‬quad. perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

( *overwhelmed

‫دغتم يدميم دندعة‬

to give over to destruction
(God)

|*‫|بر‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫ص‬

annihilated, destroyed,

wiped out,

)‫>)تص يدم دسورًاندارًا(ن‬

to perish utterly, be annihila-

ted

(perf. /st. p. phi.) ii ‫درء‬

we destroyed

(imperf- 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫تحب‬

٠٠٠٠annihilates, destroys

destroying (tn.) ii ‫دنئع‬

★‫دمع‬

١٩١
(tear (n.) ‫العع‬ ٠‫بلك‬

the declination (v.n.) ‫دوك‬

★‫دلل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

< indicated, showed. DOin-
‫دل‬
ted at, guided, discovered

)‫دل شل دآلة(ن‬
to show, point out, indicate ٠
‫ئ؛<آبهاالرفى‬١‫نىمذق‬٠‫ماؤع‬

Naught indicated his death

to them except a moving
creature. (34:14] ‫يور‬

‫؛‬imperf. hl. p. sing٠١ ‫أدل‬

I guide, show, lead,

point at t
 ‫ا‬
shall lead you ? ‫ض أدلك‬
(imperf. hi. p. piu.)
we lead, guide etc.
‫دل‬

indication (in.) 5 ‫يل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تأل‬

(caused to fall .

]‫ (آل يذر دلرًا (ن‬to draw

the bucket out of the well

‫فدلممًابرةر‬
Thus with guile he caused
the twain to fall. 17:22‫ا‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) tv ‫آنلى‬

~let down

191

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫دمع‬

worse, lower (l)

‫يآلتهلهالننهرآذنيالنفهوحير‬
He said ‫ ئ‬Would you cxch-
ange that which is better !

12:61]

best (way) (2)

‫ذلكراثطعداشووًاقيثلكمادووادالكري‬
This is more equitable tn the
sight of Allah and makes
testimony surer and the
best way to keep away
from doubts. {2:282]

more fit, more proper (3)

‫لغ‬٠‫ئالة‬
 That is more fit that you
may not do injustice. 14:31

more likely, more (4)

probable

‫ذإبقًاذلىًان"خيالئآةؤقن تجوها‬
That is more likely that they
produce the testimony ac-
cording to the fact thereof.

15:1081

nearer, near (5)

‫غتذر‬٦‫ا‬-‫ذ'دلى‬

In a nearer land. [30:3]

‫تانئابئوتيوآؤاذن‬
Till he was two bows length
off or (yet) nearer. 153:9]

)‫دع يذتع دمتا (ف‬

،0 shed tears (from eyes)

*‫دمغ‬

kimperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يدمغ‬

< knocks out SS's brain

)‫ن‬،‫دقغ يذقغ تمغا (ف‬

‫ بح‬I ‫ ح‬to destroy

5‫ الدم‬/ ‫( م‬.blood (n)

)‫دييدنى دما (س‬
to bleed, be blood-stained

‫ الدم‬/٥٦*‫؛‬: (.bloods (plu. n

a gold coin of ancient (n.) ‫ييتار‬
 times

★‫دنو‬
--‫ت‬-----------

‫ل‬
drew near p.m. sing.)
(perf. ‫دع‬
)‫> دع يدو دتر] (ن‬
to be or come near

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) ‫شنن‬

they should let down

(act. pic. m٠ sing.) ‫دان‬

near at hand (within reach)

/if،, nearest (elative) ‫آذن ا اآلدف‬

192

١٩٢

VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN

‫اد‬
‫ر‬٠‫★ د‬

‫لر‬.( ‫ (الدغر‬time
(Time from the beginning of
the world to its end. Hence
because, in the sense time
brings to pass events,
good and evil, ‫الدهر‬
was applied by the Arabs
to ‘fortune’ or ‘fate’ and
they used to blame or
revile it—LL).

‫ومايميكإال التقر‬
And naught destroyeth US
save time. 145:241

*‫ق‬٠‫د‬

‫( وعاق‬.overflowing (v.n
 )‫دعق يذهق دعتا (ن‬

to fill (a glass)

‫رحأسارهمى‬
And a overflowing cup.

178:341

—
‫*دم‬

(the colour
(pis. of f.
pic.~>xi, that two
dual.) ‫مدتاكتاي‬
gardens) dark-green (black
by reason of intense green-
ness from abundant irri-
gation—LL)

less, fewer (6)

‫ككر‬٢‫رتاآذنيناوكرل‬
And neither less or fewer
than that,normorc.(58:7]

this world (7)

‫يكنقكعرضىهكأأآلذف‬
Taking the gear of this nea-
rer life (،’.e. this world),
[7:1691

‫وهـيئثميةالتاارالالرلى‬

And certainly We will make

them taste the nearer
punishment (r.e. earthly
or worldly punishment).

132:211

‫ األيا ( آدف‬f. form of(

litt. The nearer, within reach

(opp. ‫ الخرة‬Hereafter)
nearer(1)
‫انئزالعنعواللتيأرمعي‬:‫إ‬
When you were on the nearer
side (of the valley) and
they were on the farther
side. 18:421

(opp. ‫) اآلدة‬this world (2)

Hl
They bought the life of this
world for the Hereafter.

١٩٣
)2:86‫ا‬
193

vocabulary or THI HOLV QURAN

‫م‬

)‫دار يدرر دورًا و دؤرانًا (ن‬

to revolve, go around,
circulate

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

you circulate
‫ييون‬

abode, dwelling place, (n.) ‫دار‬

house

‫ييار ( داح‬ plu. of(

dwellings, country houses

inhabitant (ints.) ،‫تأر‬

turn (act. pic. f. sing.) ٠‫ز‬٦‫د‬
‫«داعرة الشوء‬ evil turn I

★ ‫د ول‬
‫) دولة‬.v.n(
<exclusively confined
 )‫ذأل يدول دوتة (ن‬
to be in continual rotation,
change

(.Imperf, 1st. p. ph».١ ‫ارل‬

we change about

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫داعت‬

< remained, existed

)‫داميذزم دزع ن نواة (ن‬

to continue, endure, persist,
remain

(perf. 2 p.m. plu١ ‫دمح‬

thou remained

194

‫ اذعاع‬،‫ادهام‬
dark green
lo be black, xt

(imperf: 2 p. m. sing.) iv
thou shouldst be pliant
‫تدعن‬

٤٩ ‫> آذعن ة‬
to be plant, treat gently,
deceive

)‫تنيذقندخًا(ف‬5 »;

to anoint with oil,' grease

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv

they would be pliant
‫يذينون‬

‫ودعالزتن هن فين جتون‬

They wish that thou shouldst
be pliant so they (too) be
pliant. [68:9]

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ‫مدون‬

 those who take ss lightly

oil (cooking oil) (n.) ‫األهن‬

red hide («.) ‫الدعان‬
‫اا‬.١ ‫ أذمى‬,elmhe(

‫آلحآًا‬١‫ه‬١‫ل‬% m٠re<

)‫هيًا(ف‬3‫هىيثهى‬5
to bring misfortune upon

(.imperf. 3 pi sing.١ ‫تدور‬

<011 about

‫دعد‬ vocabulary of TH! holy ٠‫ددم س‬

not at your level in since-

rity to religion. (Ugh.)

(3:1181

‫وينيرهادفتذلك‬
And He forgives what is
besides that ،.،, what is
less than that. (Rgh.)

[4:48]

other than, besides (2)

There shall l* for them no

partner nor intercessor
besides Him. (6:51]

‫*دىئ‬

‫تين‬
lending, debt (n.)
)‫ (ا) دان جيين ي (ض‬to owe
money, lend, borrow

‫) دان تدين ديا و داره‬/،(

to be religious, be a believer

to requite, ‫ ذنا‬،‫( دان‬hi)

 reward, deliver judgement

‫) تمايتم اح‬.p.m piu ‫ئمك‬٢‫د‬. 2

you deal one with another ‫سم‬

‫لذاتديتميتيي‬
When ye deal, one with
another, in lending.

12:2821

([imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫يدنؤن‬

they observe (a religion)

‫و‬
they remained
(pref. p.m. piu.) ‫داموا‬

‫دمى ا‬
(perf. 1st. p. sing.)
remained
Note :٨٠] forms of this root
‫عا‬
are preceded by
‫تاداتن‬،‫ عاداموا‬Thus
express the duration of
time, e.g.

‫مأدامتالتنزتواآلرض‬
So long as the heavens and
the earth remain.

(11:107]

‫زدئاذصقهًا‬
We shall never enter it so
long as they remain. 15:241

١‫تاذئمئزث‬
So long as you are in the
state of of sanctity. (5:96]

fasting, perpetual
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫دايم‬
(act. pic. m. piu.) 5‫ايمرن‬
constant
 ‫★ دون‬

a particle, it denotes ‫دون‬

‫ دك‬less than ss
(I)
‫هحذئينيإبئألئةجةعئك‬
Take not for an intimate
(anyone) besides your-
selves،.،, those who are

١٩٥

195

VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫دعن‬

obedience (4)

‫عبي اسةفخلكالها لتين‬

Worship thou Allah, making
exclusion for him in the

obedience. ٢39:2]
‫آاليلوالييي الخالص‬
Lo, for Allah is the obedi-
ence exclusively. [39:3]

(ence
‫ين‬and
is primarily obedi-
not religion
which denotes any system
of faith and worship.

Hence ‫الين يش‬ means

sincere and exclusive obe-
dienoe to and service of

God— ‫)ئ‬
‫أليييثرجينالصق‬
They observe not a true
religion. [9:29]

judgement (1) (n.) ‫يين‬

‫ميكيدرالتين‬
Owner of he Day of Judge•
ment, 1:3]
 religion (2)

‫ويلؤناليينؤلر‬
And religion is for Allah.
(2:193]

law (3)

‫ماطانيئكارفيييالمي‬
He was not to take his
brother by the law of the
king. [12:76]

196

١٩٦

‫كتاب الذال‬
*‫نبح‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ذرا‬

<they slaughtered

)‫ذتجيذع تفًا(ف‬
to slaughter, cut the throat,

sacrifice

‫ تذتجرا‬.acc< ‫تذتحون‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

(that) ye slaughter

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫آذتع‬

I am slaughtering (1 ant

slaughtering thee ‫) أزصك‬

(epl. 1st. p. sing.) ‫آذبتن‬

1 surely will slaughter

 (pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ذع‬
~is slaughtered

isays, (slaying)
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫يذع‬

a wolf (n.) ‫الذئب‬

‫مذؤما‬
)‫ذآميذًام ذاا (ف‬
<scorned (pact, pie.)

to drive off, blame

★‫نبب‬

a fly (fl.) ‫د اب‬

(pact. pic.٦>m»٥d.١ ‫مذذين‬

those who are wavering

(between this and that)

\‫آل‬٠‫أ‬

١٩٧

VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN ‫ذبح‬

an atom’s weight ‫يقال در؛‬
children, progeny, (n.) -‫ذرتة‬
descendants

‫ولةتريةخعفة‬
He hath progeny of weak•

lings. [2:2 661

‫ درتاي ( ذتآل‬plu. of(

 offsprings, generations

★ ‫ذرع‬
‫( ذزغ‬.length (n
‫( ذراع‬.cubits (1) (n
‫اءأآكلكوة‬:‫ثززيللةذزعهكبةن‬
Then in a chain, thereof the
length is seventy cubits,
bind him. 169:321

forelegs (2)

‫وتبمبايئطؤراعيويالوصيي‬
While their dog stretched
forth his two forelegs on
the threshold. (18:18,

\‫وغلمىآلاذتة‬
And he felt straitened on
their account. (11:77]

Note : This is an idiomatic

phrase which means 'he
was distressed and felt
himself powerless to do
what he ought to have
done.’

they slay, (were slaying)

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii ‫مذوت‬
‫تمذبرح فنج‬
).n((
sltughtered one
).pad. pic(

٠‫'ر‬٢٩|
(imperf, 3 p.m. pht.١vi١i ‫تدخرون‬
(you store

)‫ذخر يذخر ذخرًا (ف‬

to save, store, make provi-

Sion for
 (perf.
(created
‫و‬p.m. sing.) ‫ذرا‬

)‫ًا(ف‬.‫ذرآيذرًاذر‬
to create, multiply

we have created
(perf. 1st p. plu.) ‫ذرأن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
he creates, multiplies
‫نرًا‬ ٠

‫ينئعىفيه‬
(He is) multiplying you.

(42:11)

atom (n.) ‫ذرة‬

,itt : smallest kind of ant,
resembling in weight and
shape to atom or smallest
seed of grain

198

١٩٨

TH■ HOLY QURAN ‫ذرر‬

VOCABULARY OF ‫ذكر‬

)‫ذكرتذكرذكرًا(ن‬
to remember, call back to
memory, admonish, recol’
lect

‫لم‬perf. ‫ ة‬p.m, plu.3١ ‫كروا‬

they remembered
 (perf. 2 p.m‫ ؛‬sing.) 5 ‫كرت‬
thou remembered

‫و‬
he remembersp.m. sing.)
(imperf. ‫تذكر‬
thou remember
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫ثذكر‬
‫ خذف داال‬,act ‫ بذكرون‬.nom
fimperf. 3p,m.ph,.١

they remember

‫) لتذكروا‬./e(
for they may remember

‫آن آذكر‬
(imperf. .Jst. ‫آذك‬
acc<p. sing.) .nom

I remember, that I remember

(imperf. 1 st, p, plu.) ‫ذكر‬

we remember

remember
(perate. ’
2 p.m. sing.) ‫أنكر‬
(perate. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫آكروا‬
remember ‫؛‬

(perote 2 p.f. plu.) ‫أذكزن‬

remember !

Caution : The difference bet-

vratt ‫( أذكزن‬perate f.
phi.), that means, 0 you
women remember !) and

!‫★نرو‬

‫تذرو‬
‫> نم‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
scatters

‫(ذرا يذرو ذزوآ(ن‬

to scatter, disperse

‫مثيماتذرةةالريح‬
Dry stublc which the winds

scatter. 118:45 ‫ا‬

‫ذرو‬
dispersing (r.n.)
‫ ذاييات ( ذايية‬n, pin. of(
winds, as they ‫؛‬tre dispersing

‫الذريت ذروا‬
By the dispersing (winds)
that disperse, [51:1]

٢٠‫ن ح ن‬
‫مذعييت‬
«they will come) in submis-
(Ap-der. iv, m. phi.) acc.
sion, willingly

‫(ذعتيذعن ذعنا (ف‬

٩> ‫ر أدص‬
to obey, iv v
submit t٥

٠★‫(ذقن‬
‫اآلذةان ق ن‬
chins (plu. of
‫ذ‬

‫و‬ ‫د كرتشئح‬
١‫>نم‬
(perf. p.m. sing.)
remembered

١٩٩
199

‫ذكر‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ذكر‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ ؛؛أال‬5٠‫\ر‬

recollected.

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫تذكر‬

receives admonition,

remembers

(imperf 3 p.m. plu.) viii ‫تذكزوت‬

they receive admonition
 that they3may
(imperf. p.m.receive
phi.)viii,admo-‫ج ؤذلءعه‬
nition

for they
(el. may
3 p.m. ‫يذكروا‬
receive admo-
plu.)
nition

nition, remembrance
recollection, admo- (n.f.) ‫الذكراى‬
‫ الذكر خكر‬،‫؛ وكرًا‬
,MM mention (1) (n.) .acc

‫ؤكنررحسترتك‬
Mention of the mercy of thy
Lord. 19:21

remembrance (2)

‫ولنراشواكبر‬
And surely the remembrance
of Allah is the greatest.

129:451

reminder, admonition (3)

(i,e. the holy Quran)

®l ٠'
And this is aReminder blest,
We have sent down (i.e.

‫ز‬
‫يكرنى‬
from heaven). 121:50
admonition
reminder, (1) (w.)

200

‫( آذكري‬peratfi. 2p.m.

sing, with a pronoun ‫فى‬

suffixed, meaning, remem,
her me) should be noted.

(pp. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.'١ ‫ذكر‬

”vis mentioned
 ‫يرفيةالتتًال‬3‫ؤ‬

And therein fighting is men-

tioned. [47:201

‫ًا‬٠‫ئزب‬٠‫تئ‬٠‫طحا؛ليلخئوت‬
When Allah is mentioned
their hearts are filled with
awe. [8:21

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ذك‬

ss is mentioned

(pp. 3 p.m. ling.) ii ‫ذكر‬

‫ بم‬is admonished
(pp. 2 p.m. plu.) (( ‫كزتم‬ ‫د‬

you are admonished

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ‫ذكز‬

admonish ‫ا‬
(pre3 .‫ ؛‬p.m.sing.) ‫تذكر ال‬

١ received admonition
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) V ‫يتذكر‬
receives admonition,

remembers

(imperf. 3p.m. plu) V ‫;ددحمرون‬

they remember, receive

admonition

)‫تذكرون (تتذكروت‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) *

you remember, receive

admonition

‫ذلل‬

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫ال‬

(pact. pic. m٠ sing.١ ‫مذكرر‬

mentioned one, mentionable

man (opp. woman) (n.) ‫ذكر‬

(n. dual ١ acc. ‫الذكرين‬
male (opp female)

‫ االراث ادراع‬males (plu. n.)

★ ‫ن لي ى‬

(perf. 2 p.m. ph،,١ i‫ذكبتم ؛‬

litt: you have cleaneditechni-

cally : you have slaugh-

tered in an awful way

‫> ذك (■'•') تذيية‬

to slaughter

‫★ ذدل‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii

<wc have subdued, sub-
‫دى‬
‫ةلتيل ذأل د‬
)‫وؤلةو تذلة( ض‬

٤‫ى‬ ptible, submissive, humi-

be low, gentle, contem-
liated, meek

(pp.‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ii

are made down (easy to
‫ذللن‬
reach)

(r.n.>ii.) ‫تننل‬
hanging down, making some-
thing low, humiliating

‫ذلكرلرىاللكري‬
This is a Reminder unto the
 mindful« (those who reme-

mber) 11:14 ‫ز‬

recollection (2)

‫القت"ندداليكرىمكالقر‬
And sit not thou, after the
recollection, with the
wrong-doing people. [6:68| -

‫تذيرة‬
reminder, admonish (/II)
admonishment (in.>H.) ‫تذيير‬

‫يقرمإنانكبرعليكز‬
‫تقآعرتنييرنيييتاشه‬
o my people ! if my Stan-
ding forth and my admo-
nishmcnt with the com-
mandments of Allah be

hard upon you, then.. ٠٠

‫ ا‬10:71[
(act. pic. m. plu.) acc. ‫الذاكرين‬
mindful men (those who'
remember)

(act. pic. f. plu.) ‫الذاكرات‬

mindful women (those who

remember)

admonisher (Ap-der. >11.) ‫مذكره‬

(Ap-d،٣ <١iU.١ ‫مدكر‬

one who would be admoni- '

shed (Jid.), one will mind
(M.A.), one who remem-

١, Pic (.‫ألاًاأعا‬

٢٠١

20,

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN ‫ذلل‬

tfttantst, ١owts١١٢،lative.١ ‫\أوأل‬
powerless
(opp. powerful)

‫ اآذليق ر (ألذى‬plu■ of(

*‫ذمم‬
agreement, convenant, («‫ن‬ ‫ذقة‬
pact

(blamed one (pact, pic.) ‫تدبرم‬

‫دم بم دم د دما‬to bl٠me(، ) J

★‫ننب‬
(crime (!)(".) ‫ذن‬
‫ذ’ب دث (غ) أذبب‬١
to commit a fault or crime,
be guilty

‫ولمرطت ي‬
And they have a crime agaii
nst me. [26:14]

sin (2)

‫ثهنيلت‬:‫ياق‬
For what sin she was slain.

٢81:91

sin، (phi. of ‫ذززب ( ذنب‬

portion (Ugh.) (n.) ‫ذثرب‬
Note : ‫ )سع) إثرب‬is
plnral of ‫ ذنب‬sin, crime,
offence etc. But 5‫ثوب‬
(dhanub) is lingular, lilt.
bucket meta, portion.

(imperj. 2 p.m. sing.) iv ‫تذئ‬

thou a basest

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تذل‬

Wc are disgraced

meekness (n.) ‫دل‬

abjectness (n.) ‫ذلة‬
 made submissive (1) (inis ) ‫ذلرل‬
.‫داد‬
Verily, she should be a cow
not made submissive to
plough the land. [2:71,
subservient (2)

‫لمواليىجعلللرالرضخلوًال‬
He is it who made the earth
subservient to you. [67:1 5[

‫ ذلًال‬.acc‫اا‬.١ .plu‫ة‬١‫د‬١‫ةة‬١‫لم ال\هآل‬

weak, humble (I) (plu. n.)

(opp. powerful, well armed)
‫أذآل‬

‫رلقدئصرلرالمهيبنروآتمترآؤلة‬
And Allah certainly helped
you at Badr when you
were humble (or weak),
13:123]
low (opp. noble) (2)

‫آئتوئ ة‬5‫آل>آتئيإثلئأمئي ؤع؛‬

Surely the kings, when they
enter a town, ruin it and
make the noblest of its peo-
pie the most low. 127:341

202

٢٠٢

‫د‬
‫ت‬

‫ح‬:‫ لح‬-‫إال)د‬
]08

U )4 ‫ادااله لالدالل‬
٠‫ع ةال‬ 0

aqi ‫لل (االل أة اال‬

ssaujjBJjs‘
)joiqap
aq ajaqj
،‫ًاوع?>ا‬٢‫ًا‬٠‫!ييًالأل‬
٠‫ ؛‬٠‫اال‬
M qi Luo
urtouod( ‫التادةالعة‬0‫؟هس‬١
JO

Suit ■Iu) •jossassod mi •) ‫م؟‬

****

‫ا‬١‫لسةد‬
<‫(م)علم؟يآت>؟‬
01 jaarSau

٥ qs jaSjoj HIM
‫■ ؛االة) }جي‬J٠d £ •p٠(

*Dr

‫ رس■ ىام‬٠‫جل‬٠ oSn 3

(‫)»ا‬
XEjflfc aiqjEj
‫؟‬٢١٠ )»(٠

٠٩ ‫أالدد‬ El [|i,n Xhaib

d ■J'd £ Jj٥dw‫|؛‬١١<v ٠٢٠١٢? ‫به‬

aq Xjuiejjw JO ‫ ه‬٨‫س؛ال لهس‬

0
Eua0 aq ٠٩‫؛‬bi J|IM X|U ‘Xbmb
‫ ؛االة') حيج‬dwa ٣٠4£(

٥٥ ٥ A UJ J JO

‫د‬٩«‫ردر•ا‬
'‫■ هدد‬،،/ ‫ا‬-
japjo ut
) Sujs
0

٩ ٠٨
~XBMB S3 B} ،S
٢‫ ؛االأل') لم‬-»id ‫ ع‬٠pad«i١
OIU3J

paAOwaj noX ‫لن‬

(n[d •urd I pad•)

pgAOUMh
‫؟إ‬٠‫ه الت‬
 wd £ ■pad)• ٢٠ ،١ ) ‫ذالة‬
08 ((noX

‫■رض‬ «UIEMI
iqd ) ١‫؟‬٢٢١
•urd z noX) o)

z aiDjad) ‫س‬٠٥ jonp)

0‫(( ؟‬noqi

ajvjad)• ‫ أ‬Sup I'd*) ١‫ع‬٣

*Xemb a ٩ E JIJM Xpjns a

٠ 4 •g/ )da) njd') ٢٢‫ ذي‬- *‫اف‬

٥٩ Bl Xeuj noX Xemb
٠Jjadw٦ ١١u'd I ٠qd )

٦٢٣‫؛؛‬٨ '‫دد‬0 >،-٤٥١ ‫ ؟يبآ‬UIOU

oa Xaqj

٠j،a<luM٠£١d»١'V٩d

٠‫د جمث‬30 '٦‫عًاه‬

‫خ؟‬١١ )■n٠d'd ١s١ ■pad(٦١‫خاأل ةلمدل‬

~ ,pajjBdap ،Xbmb auoS s

v٠n|d I'd F 'Jjad) ‫ لم؟‬- ‫حه‬

b ^OOJ Xaqi‫؛‬- Xea

nidTdzpad)•) ٢٢)-‫!م‬
~٩ooj - Xbmb

‫;اجح") م نميم‬
‫ز لم؟‬٢‫ك؟ لم‬٦٢٦‫(م )آل‬
■urd £ pad(

<iiaMM(٠ auoS $1

(urd f pad• ٠٠) ‫لم؟؟‬

*‫*د‬

NVHO?) ATOH IHI IO AMVIOSVOOA

 VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫ذى‬-‫ذا‬

(perf. ‫ل‬ p.m.dual.)

the twain tasted
‫ذ \أل‬
(perf. 3 P.m. plu.) ‫ذاقوا‬
they tasted

‫ يذوق < لتذوق‬.acc

(el. 3 p.m. sing.)

that he may taste

(el. 3 p.m. plu.) acc. ‫يذوقرا‬

that they may taste

‫آل ينذترن < بلذقزن‬

(imperf. neg. 3 p m. plu.)

they will not taste

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

taste! thou
‫ذق‬

(perate. 2 p.m. plu.)

taste! you
‫ذوترا‬
‫آذاق‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) r
‫ سم‬made to taste
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv ‫آذن‬
we made taste

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) it ‫ذي‬

**-makes SS taste

(Imperf. 1st. p. ph،.) iv ‫ثييق‬

we make ss taste

we certainly shall (e.m. p.) ‫ثييقن‬

make ss taste

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫اقة‬

one who tastes (or) will taste

‫ ذاقوت‬.nom ‫ ذايوا‬.acc
(act. pic. m. ph».)

those who will have to taste

204

ditto in acc. position ‫ذا‬

ditto In gen. position ‫ذئ‬
‫وتوقلتونيييطيؤ‬
And above every knowing
one is a knower. 112:761

‫) ذات‬.f. sing‫لم هاله‬

on the right 3 ‫ات اييين‬

on the left ‫ذات القماي‬
ditto ( f. dual.) ‫ددآل‬

‫ذراتاآفأر‬
(The both gardens are) with
spreading branches.

[55:481

‫★نود‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual) ‫دندؤة‬

< the twain were keeping

back.

‫ (ذادذودذردًا(ن‬to keep
back

‫★نوق‬

‫إااأذ‬٠.١ ‫ ذاقن‬.p.f ‫ ل‬,perf(

< she tasted

‫داق يذوق ذذة‬

)‫وتذاة قمذاقة (ن‬
to taste, experience
 ٤‫ى‬
S'OCABVLARY o, THE HOiy QURAN

‫لي‬-‫ظ‬
(perf. ‫ ؤ‬p.m. phi.) iv ‫أذاعرا‬
<< they spread news

(‫داغ يذنع ذيًان ذيرًا‬

to become public (news)

[ ★★‫ح‬٠٢
‫ذا يك‬
(demonstrative
these pronoun

٣‫ها‬

205
90‫ح‬

MBS ‫هبم‬٩‫ل‬

٢١٢\ ‫ أ‬١١‫• ةغ‬urd £ ‘‫(فاء‬

٢٧‫•) ج‬8uu 4 ‫ (دادال ل؛ا‬fMS١
B‫؛‬٩MS naqi J ‫ال ي‬
*‫؛‬،,,* SB pTOJ ?‫؛‬A :

Mojsq p»B[d ‫د‬٩‫ ل‬JI p OM

Mijliq UB U٥٩M( ‫؛) ؛‬s

,(SMS not

‫لم أنا؟‬-‫(عادال ًا الس ئ؛الة‬

uoiuido UB، ٥3pn٢

3AB٩ '‫الال‬,‫اا‬1 ،٠٨!٠‫' سده‬W 0‫ا‬

٩٢٢‫ ن؛ ؟‬٢ ،٢‫(ملذك‬
<١‫ ر‬MBS

٩,١٩‫م ؟‬3‫ ىال‬٠‫س‬٠4 ٢ ■‫رهدتر‬

 lIBUlBp(‘ BdlUO3‫؟؟؛‬٥JBUO
٢٢٢‫ةالالاللاله ال ه <م‬١

d‫؛‬A٠٩ *٦ «)3JB 0 ssudui

OI ٥ ٥٩j٠iu ‘puiij‫؛‬nj,٠ M0٩

٢‫آلكإ‬،?‫إ؛‬٩٢‫ا؛‬٢‫ًاام)ج‬7(

‫د* ا‬

<Xjid *$s٠uj٠pu٠j (‫•ه‬،،■) ‫ي؟إع‬

‫م‬1‫م‬٠|

‫ل‬6‫أ;آا‬١

9‫خ‬٩١,٠٩8‫ ؛‬،IBJldBO JUO

puy ‫ أل‬noA U٥٩J ‘luxljj noA

di٥uijd|٥

BIJIUI] dB‫؛‬٥,lB‘(J٠

SUBJBS• ‫؛‬9‫]لعغذ‬
3J3M X٠٩J sy ‫ه‬٩‫ ا‬JO sp٠٥q

(,)(spooq 30) sp٠3٩

‫؟؟‬،‫(الح ج؟ ) ؛؟‬

>‫د‬٩!‫ال‬

OJ ٠٩ n 4‫الهل‬٠، I! JO) pu٠٩٥٩

‫ يم؛‬:٩٠‫ ؟‬٢‫ي‬٢‫(م)ج‬

‫إ؛‬٠٢ , ١‫ (") يمبم‬p٥٥،)<

‫ه حم \ م‬

‫ دم‬،‫ابم‬٠
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AH ‫راع‬

last letter, thus ‫]أيم‬

will be written ‫رآيتسر‬
 if a pronoun is to follow :

:‫رأيتسر‬
seen it (or) him.
i.e. you have

(,imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫على‬

hash seen (lit!, he sees)

as ‫آوكريرإلتًالم‬
‫ن‬ ‫د‬
after

Seest not man (that.

V١fi-.٦٩١

(imperf. 2 p٠m. s‫؛‬ng.١ ‫ترلى‬

thou hast seen (thou sec)

as ‫ لم‬after ‫تر‬
‫آكررلىلنيكحلياينويارهم‬

Did thou not see those who

went forth from their
habitations? [2:243]
(imperf. 2 p.f.) emp. ‫ترين‬
thou seest

I
And thou seest any human
being. [19:26]

I see (imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

we see (imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫ترى‬
‫آرى‬
‫ر‬١ ،‫ آرنتاة‬،‫آرا كم‬ ‫آرى‬
attached to a pronoun (,‘»)
:as
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

:،showeth 1 ‫كر‬
he showed them unto thee

they women saw

(perf. 3 p.f. plu.) ‫رآين‬
٠ ‫بم ذ‬٠(
7 ‫تلم‬
perf. 2(
you saw, you have seen,’
observed, behetd

Also ‫آقآبتمآةآيتم‬
he you seen?
have you then
seen (or) have you then
observed 3

she saw
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫رآت‬
hast thou seen ?
(perf. 2 p. sing.) ‫آرآت‬
(prefixed( ١
five particle)
)of interroga-

have you seen 3

(perf 2 p m. plu.) ‫أرآبتم‬
Note : There is another way
of expression to say e.g.
hast thou seen or seest

thou? ‫آرآية‬
kest thou.
i.e. bethin-

‫ئة‬٠‫س‬٠
(Iblis) said : bethinkest Thou:
this one whom Thou hast
honoured above me?

‫ز‬٢17:62

you saw ’‫دايم‬

Same is written with an

additional
٢٠٧
(‫)و‬ after the

207

‫بب‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QU RAH

‫ع‬
beholding with ‫رأى ألعين‬
one's own eyes

opinion (n.) ‫ارأى‬

immature opinion ‫تايق از أي‬
appearance (n.) ‫يي‬

R
Who (were) goodtier in
goods and outward appea-
rance. ‫ا‬١‫'آل‬.٦‫ه‬١

vision (n.) ‫اؤؤي‬

making show (n.) ٤‫يي‬
★ ‫رب ب‬

Lord, Sustaincr (n.) ‫رب‬

Lord is but a poor substitute

for the Arabic ‫رب‬which

signifies not only the Save-
reign but theSustainer, the
Nourisher, the Regulator,
and the Perfector. The
relation in which the God
of Islam stands to at] His
creation is that of Righ-
teous, Benign Ruler and
not that of mere father.

(lid.)‫رب‬ means the

Universal Patron, the All-
in-All Guardian. Not a
tribal deity, nor the nati-
onal God of any specially
favoured race or people,
nor any narrow “Lord of
the hosts" or the anthro-
pomorphic “our father in
heaven" (3id.>LL١

208

(perf. 1st. p. plu.١ iv ١‫خع‬١

we showed

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫يرى‬

he shows

(imperf.; 2 ‫م‬. sing.) ،V ‫رى‬

thou show

(imperf. 1st. p. singi) iv ‫أرى‬

I show

(Imperf. 1st. p. plu.١iv ‫يرى‬

we show

show (perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

‫آرتًا‬ ‫آر‬
show us show me ‫آر ف‬
٠١‫ ~ة‬seen (pip.١ ‫ءرى‬

they will be shown (pip.)

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١ ii ‫راؤون‬
‫يرق‬
they make show

‫ئوة‬٦‫لحير‬٠‫تت‬١‫الذ‬
Those who make show.

(107:6]

(perf. 3 p m. sing.) ,1 ‫رالى‬

(they) see each other

‫فلتاترآءالجنغن‬
When the two parties saw
each other. 126:611

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) vi

they faced each other
‫تراست‬

‫متاررتأيةظي‬
When the two groups faced
each other. [8:48]

beholding, seeing (n. ٠.( ‫رأى‬

Cyl (uinu nfd) SJnoj

‫د‬
) ‫تًا‬،
uoijjdjJ) quoj-auo

|‫آللمم‬٢
sasoq JO sSuijjs

in (■u a) sSuins۶٦٥٢
 ‫ل‬٨ ‫د‬
aq 3 j )SBjpsajs aq : XpBdJ

‫ح‬٠٦ ٢١٦٢١
aiDjad) tn ('n/d •UI

٠٢ ‫أذم م آلوك‬, )‫(نم‬

01 uy aq‘

payilJOj •paagjq 3M>

uaiSBj 'ail

-٤٦ (niddisrpad)

60 ٤
Xiranuodao UB JOJ qaiBM

IBM OI(*

‫دآل‬،/‫ر‬ ‫عس‬ ١ ‫اه‬:

') *،٠٥٠
n/d 'Ufd f
٠ n X<

‫مم‬/‫ه‬

apBJ)pajyoid
1OU ?‫ ا؛‬٢٠٢
٠٠‫م آل‬٠١
‫كك‬
٦ ٠٦‫(هم) ح‬
<pa ‫ي‬y
b3‫؛‬U! injssaaans aq

id
‫ع‬٠‫■;• الئة‬d £ ‫ست‬١

٢‫ لم يم ءدب ?؛‬٢
sjaiiBM

(nfd « ■J9p-dy) ?،‫؛أكر‬

SuijiBM
; )IBM noX
(‫)•الال‬
aiDjad)

١١ SuiiiCM aiE a
 A (n/d d •isr ■paduit) ‫بي‬١
SuiliEM a IB n ٠ x
padua)• 4 ‫•( ح‬npl •urd ٢٢٢‫؟‬

)IBM

٠«Xaq ‫؛‬١١
‫يك‬٦‫( ح‬/)
٩ d|v
B ١١ •;■،، ‫ع‬Pinoqs
•‫سييدل‬١١
Xaqi ‘J

Xaqi ٦ ١١ IB
‫ ■) ه عتجكح‬d •urd £ ‫(اسةهدل‬

SJBM aq

(٣ 4 f ■fjadiut ٥ w.،r'4 f

٦
pjo

١ ٨٥
aqi 10 S UB J S ,njqiiBj

‫»• «) ؟؛؛ذ‬/‫ رى‬٠ ٦

aqi JO sjaddiqsJOM pjo
■sauiAlp

٩ ٦■ )
njd) $j3i 8nBpda s

٥ PI!M

٦ 0 E dn Suijq (!!!)

(‫)إا‬
paaj OI

،■‫؟ي ي‬)‫ (إ‬٢١‫ذ‬٦

jajsBiu aq o

<٠ ٠ «)
n/،/J uaw X|P
r) aouBqajad،-‫)■؟‬
3

■‫د‬.٧‫ ر‬٥٩ ‫!ل الم‬

Xeiu ami) aqi
layBBjaH aqi UI ،samy JO
‘))w

)
gptjJDd) *(77) uaijo
NVMnS AlOH 3H.L JO ABViaBVDOA ‫آللم يم‬
‫ رتع‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ربع‬

however slight, over and

above the principle sum
lent, and this includes
both usury and interest)
(3id. p.3,n. 14)١

Note : the Quranic transcri-

ption of this word is ‫رر‬

in the above verses ; also

‫ربا‬ with ‫ آف‬is to be

noted in Q. 30:39.

(perf. 3 p. dual) assim. ‫را‬

they twain brought up

they (parents) brought me ‫رياني‬

UD or raised me up,
i.e. sustained and took
care of me

‫> ترت‬٠١ ‫ ترب‬assim(

(imperf, 1st. p. plu.١
we bring up

did we not bring ‫آم ربة‬

thee up?

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫راسا‬

swelling (or) on top

(act. pic. f. sing.) acc, ‫راسة‬

increasing

a height (n.) ،‫رو‬

★‫رتع‬

‫و‬ ‫يرتع‬
*-refresh himself with fruits
{imperf. p.m. sing.)

‫يي‬٠٠‫(ف)يسشيت‬،‫تتت‬
،‫> رح دع ;؛‬
four (cardinal num.) ‫أربعة‬
‫آرتيين‬ ‫أربع ا‬
forty (cardinal num.)
fourth ( ordinal num.) ‫راجع‬
★ ‫ر بار‬
 (perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫رتن‬
< swelled

)‫ذا يربر ردأ ز ذبن ًا (ن‬

to increase, grow (child),
augment wealth

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يربؤ‬

١ increases

in order tc gel increased

[imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ,'v
‫ليربر‬
‫رفى‬
~ makes increased

more increased (eiative)

i.e. in number, more "

numerous

‫آنمون أتهآزيينأتة‬
A community may be more
numerous than (another)

community. ٢16:‫و‬2‫ل‬
‫ (ازا ( الربر‬usury (n.)
(The word ‫ ربؤ‬is but parti•
ally covered by the Eng-
lish word usury which in
modern parlance means
only an exorbitant or
extortionate interest; the

Arabic ‫يبر‬
on the other
hand means any addition,

210

٢١

٣ ٤‫ر‬ vocabulary Of THI HOLY QURAN

‫رتع‬
 (pp. 3p.fi$ing. ١ ‫رجك‬
<' s shaken

‫ (رج دج رجا (ن‬,to shake

make termble, termble.

shaking (acc. v.n.) ‫رجا‬

calamity, doom, (‫ممر‬.( ‫يجز‬

evil kind of punishment.

Utt. pollution

‫آثرتباعاللنينظليرارجزاتناكآه‬
Then We sent down upon the
wrong-doer wrath from
the heaven. 12:59)

‫الجر‬
pollution (rt.)
‫رالرجزقًاهجر‬
And the pollution shun, (,'.e.
pollution of idolatry)[?4:5]

‫★رجس‬

(synonym of ‫لر‬٠‫يحم()رج ح‬
< uncleanliness (1)

‫رجتترجرجتا‬
to disgrace and (‫تًا(س‬١‫رذ‬
defile one-self by a shame-
ful deed, thunder (sky)

‫ليذهبعتطمالرج‬

To take away unclean iness

from you. 133:331
 ‫رتقا‬
closed up (acc. n.)
‫ (رقيرتقرتقا(ن‬,to close
be joined together

‫★رتل‬

‫رتث‬
we intonated (in repeating
(perf. 1st. p. phi.) it

or recitation)

‫> ةتل تزتًا‬

‫تتتل * آلأل‬
to read gracefully and dis-
tinctly

intonation (v.n.)ii) ‫تريل‬

(of the Quran) with mea-
sured voice

‫ترتل‬
recite with intonation
(perate 2 p.m.)

‫تزيل‬
ing the word or words
signifies pronouno
with ease and correctness;
this is the proper sign‫؛‬,
fication but the conven-
tional meaning is being
regardful of the places of
utterance of the letters,
and mindful of the pauses,
and the lowering of the
voice, and making it
plaintive, in reading or
reciting.

211

‫جع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬٠‫ج‬

(perf■ 2 p.m. plu.) ‫رلجتبم‬

you returned

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

we returned
‫رجعنا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

returns, answers
‫رح‬-
kimper/. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.١٦۵ ‫زجر‬
they return, bring answer

kimperf. 2 p. ‫م‬1».١٦‫ؤ'ح'ذ‬
you take back

‫كقرآئنثؤئهتتيئج‬
‫تزحعرنهاانكنترصيقين‬
Why then, if ye are not in
bondage, do you not force
it back, if ye are trustful?

156:86-871

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.)

go back (1)
‫ازجع‬

‫انغالرك‬
Return to thy Lord. [12:50]

bring back, (2)

repeat

‫ثرايحالبصكرتين‬
Then repeat thy look twice
over. 167:41

(perate. 2 p. f. sing ‫ارجمى د‬

return thou -

(perate. 2 p.m. plu.)

return you (m. plu.)
‫ازجرا‬
(Allah is addressed by man
in plural instead of singular
as a sign of regards.)

wrath (2)
 ‫قالقنوثعيكزقنتهرجنوغضب‬
He said surely there have
befallen you wrath and
indignation from your
Lord. (7:71!

pollution (3)
of the idolatry

‫نجتبواليجينالوتلي‬
So avoid the pollution of

the idols. 122:30 ‫ا‬

‫رجع*ا‬1

(perf. 3 p.m. sing )

(turned back
‫تجع‬
‫[جع يزجع رجوءا‬
to return, turn

back, repeat, answer, bring

answer, to be brought
back

returned (‫ا‬
‫دكتأرجحمؤكىالتنيه‬
And when Musa returned to

his people. 17:1501

brought back (2)

‫وأترتتلقادةلل>كيتؤتإللم‬
If, then Allah bringeth thee
back to the party of them.

19:831

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they returned
١‫رجسز‬
 212

٢١٢

‫رجل‬
VOCABULARY or TH» HOLY QURAN

‫رجع‬
‫( الراجقة‬.quaking (fl

‫( الرجغة‬.earthquake (ft

‫المرجون‬
‫ إزجا‬، ‫> آرجق ج‬
5
(.Appier, m. plu)

to spread alarming reports

(the raisers of the commo-

tion i.e., the spreaders of
false rumours and scan-
dais)

★ ‫رج ل‬

‫( رجل‬.foot (fl)
)‫[جلرجلرجآل(س‬
to go on foot

‫أرضبيجيك‬

Urge with foot. 138:421

٩oot.(.Jid.١M.A.١ Pic.١(n.١ ‫رجل‬

(walker, derived from

R ‫؟‬h١

And summon against them

thine horse and thine foot.

117:641

‫رجلين‬
‫يئةمسييقملال?ببه‬
two feet (n. dual.) acc.
And of them is one that
walketh upon its two feet.

124:451

‫آرجل‬
‫آلممآجليثينبمًا‬
feet (plu. n.)

Have they feet wherewith

they walk. 17:195]

‫قألدتانجزن‬
He said : My Lord send me

back. ٢23:991
' (pp. Is‫؛‬, p. sin‫؟‬.( ‫رجت‬
I am sent back

‫و‬
'-'is taken back
(pip. p m. sing.) ‫برجع‬
٠3.‫ ما‬pj. sing.١ ‫رجع‬
is taken back

‫ااء‬،.١‫ ت لجئن ن‬.p٠m ‫ ن‬.pip(

they are taken back

‫ألء‬،.<‫لجزن‬٠‫ ز‬.pip، 2 p.m(

you are teken back

(imperf. 3
other
‫م‬.
they twain return unto each
dual.) VI ‫ترالجتأ‬
bringing back (n.) ‫تجع‬
return (v.fl.) ‫الرجى‬

‫طو‬.(‫راجة‬
those who return
(act. pic. m.

‫تجع‬
termination a place where
(n. for time or place)
one is to go back finally
without return

‫؟‬.١ ‫ترجغ‬n‫؛‬imperf. 3 P-f. s)

 shall quake ‫> يم‬
‫لجلة ز‬-' ‫رجق جش رئة و‬
)‫ رجوغ (ن‬to quake, tremble
٢١٣

213

‫دج‬

VOCABULARY OF THZ HOLY QURAN

‫ل^ل‬

‫ ا‬perf. 1st. p• p‫؛‬u ١ ‫رجنًا‬

we stoned

‫ركرالرفطكليجمنك‬
And were it not for thy
company we had surely
stoned thee (to death).

[11:91]

‫يزجئوا > يربيؤن‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.١
they (pelt with) stone
(they stone thee ‫) يرجقوك‬
(imperf.lsl. p.sing,١ eml ‫آلرجرن‬
I surely shall stone
(1 shall surely stone.

) ‫ آلرجنك‬thee

(imperf, Ist.p. ptu,١ eml ‫آرجن‬

we surely shall stone
(we surely shall stone

‫( ( لنرجنك‬thee
‫ترجوا > رجمون‬
‫ ناال‬stone ‫؛‬,imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١

(yc stone me ‫ترجون‬ )

٦‫ ية عأل‬١٦ ‫ ترجون‬. Caution

is a short form of (‫)في‬

pronoun.
‫؛‬.pact. pic. m. plu.١ 2٤.‫المرجومين‬
those who are stoned

to guess (v.n.) ‫رجم‬

shooting stars (plu. fl.) ‫رجوم‬

man (ppp. woman) (fl.) ‫رجل‬

‫رلقجتهملكلجتًاتهرجال‬

And if We had him an angel,

We would certainly have
made him a man, 16:91
two men (fl. dual) ‫رجلين‬ ،‫رجآلن‬
‫) رجال‬.fl( )‫ ا) رجل‬plu. of

Mtn are ovttsetts c>١.c٢ wo-

men. [4:34]

‫؛‬.see Jid. p. 5,n.73١

plu. of ‫ راجل‬or 92) ‫)رجل‬

walker on foot {(.‫ضرحر‬
‫وآذنقالكأييألحجيأثؤكيجاو‬

And proclaim thou among

mankind, they shall come
wa\v.١n% on ‫؟‬OOL. ٦٦٦٦٦١

‫؛‬٠‫كه‬

And if you fear then (pray)

on foot or riding. 12:239]

٠‫رجم‬
)1( )‫ء‬.».( ‫ الرجم‬to stone>
)‫[جم يرجم رجًا(ن‬

to stone

<to guess(?)

‫ الغبب آؤ بالظن‬-

to guess, surmise

to throw off, to (3)

shoot, to curse
 ٢١٤

‫ ف‬٢‫ر‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دج؟‬

‫ينمكوتفئايكمنيتاء‬2‫تتينمنتآ‬
Thou can defer whom thou
wilt of them and take unto
thee such as thou wilt.

133:511

one hoped
(pact. forsing.)
pic. m. ‫مزحم‬
those pic.
(pact. whop/u.>iv) ‫جون‬
arc kept awaited

‫آرج‬
‫خ‬
defer (or) put (iv<perale)
off

‫تلوآتجةوًاخاه‬
And *hey said : put him and
his brother off. 7:111‫]؛‬

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫رحت‬

‫ر‬١‫ >ى‬become wide

‫(رحت يرحب رحبا و رحبا‬
to be wide, spacious (place)

‫وغآتيكاآلرظيارحبث‬
And the earth, wide as it is,
straitened unto you. (9:25,

welcome (v. min.) ‫حبًا‬

‫ًا‬
‫ألمرحئ بم‬
No welcome for them.

[38:59]
 ]~٠‫رحق‬
‫رحبق‬
pure wine (act. 2 pic. n.)

‫وجأنمارجمآيكيليز‬
We had made them shooting
stars for the Satan. 167:51

fact، pic. adj.) ‫ذلجآل‬

one throtvn off with curse

‫فكرخينهافأئكرجير‬
Then get thee forth there-
from; verily thou are
damned (cursed). 15:34‫]؛‬

borders (plu. n.) :‫آرجا‬

(sing. ‫ رجًا‬border—Ugh.)
‫اللك تآزجآبًا‬7
And the angels shall be on
the borders thereof.

169:171

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يزجو‬

< hopes, expects

)‫ًا ت رجرآ (ن‬.‫رجر رجا‬- ‫رجا‬

to hope, expect, hope for

‫ذكرلخوارخته رتب‬
And he hopes the mercy of
his lord, 39:9‫]؛‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they expect
‫يرجرن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ترجون‬
you expect
 (imperf. 2 p.m sing.) iv
thou defer (or put off)
‫ترجى‬

٢١٥
215

CABULA ‫ الع‬OF •THE HOLV QURAN ‫رحل‬

he will be3p.m.
(imperf• merciful
sing,) (nom.) ‫يرحم‬
‫لمه‬١‫وقةذكحيتئهم‬1
Those! Allah will surely

show mercy to them.

[9:71]

■acc( ‫ًانتنحمكز‬:‫عاىريك‬
Belike your Lord may yet

have mercy on you. 17:8]

).gen( ‫قايإلعتذعتزئ‬
They said if our Lord have

not mercy on US, [7:149]

(imperf. 2 p. sing.) ‫ترحم‬

thou shows mercy

have mercy
(perate. ! sing.)
2 p.m. ‫ارحم‬
you are (pip. 2 p. plu.) ‫ترحون‬
(or will be) shown mercy

‫رحة‬mercy (n)

‫رحم‬
‫خيراقنهزلوةقآقربرخما‬
affection (n.)

One better then he in piety

and doser in affection.
 18:811

‫) آرحام‬womb ‫تحم مره الامك‬

wombs

most merciful (elative) ‫آرحم‬

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫االحين‬

those who are merciful

216

★‫رحل‬

>pack )‫در‬.( ‫رحل‬

)‫زحل رحًال و رخيًال (ف‬- ‫رحل‬

to depart from one place

and to go to another,
migrate

‫اهخايئخه ًاح‬،‫حمتزدا يئ‬

He placed the drinking-cup
in his brother's pack.

‫؛‬12:70[

‫ رحال ا‬.‫الس‬ .n packs

*‫دحأ‬

‫لم‬perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.١ ‫رحم‬

<has mercy

‫رجم يرحم [حة تنتتة‬

3 )-(‫ق رحًا‬

to have mercy on, have

compassion upon, pity.

‫رحه‬
‫رحا‬
he has mercy on him
‫لم‬perf.
he has mercy2 p.m. sing.١ ‫رحت‬
on US
thou had mercy

‫رخة‬
‫رحنا‬
thou had mercy on him
(perf. 1st p. plu.)
we have mercy

Coution ■. ‫■ دخآل‬١.slst.p.p‫؛‬u.٦

3rd.have
we p. sing,
mercy : ‫رحنا‬
attached to is

( ٢٠ ) pronoun, he has
mercy on US.

٢١٦
٤1٤

٨u

١٥8٩

Xaqj ‫ دل‬١١ uaxBj 'paunjaj

(٠n١d •urd £ ’dd) WISSD• \،‫؟؟‬٢

*,3 ٥ ‫ه‬٨‫ةأ‬Eq|٠5 UJIJJ3J, ‫لهلهل‬

(!»٦p٥d٠ •‫ اذا‬١n١d •d) ‫؛‬٠١

١٥uq' jjnpj،‘ ‫ادل‬

jjddiui) 3 8 Xaqj ٢ (n/d ■urd

UIISSD■ ٦٩٢١ )-‫;مح (هدد‬٢‫؟‬

٥.٩١ 3j٥uq ujnjaj

(pad■ 4 ‫ لال‬c»qd ١u١ss٢»١ ■٠

3 Xaqj٦٠ ٥٨,‫؛‬eq

(USSD (•Rd uvd £ "pad \٢‫؟‬٢

٢‫ذه‬

jaafaj• ٠‫ دهوللذد‬adaj,

‫ اه‬puas ٠٩٥B٩ "Jjauq ujni

‫يدي ؛‬٤ ‫)اءتهبك‬،?(

٢‫ًاك؛س‬1 )‫ يهلهل‬٠‫ا‬

<3١ ‫ه‬٨‫ة؛أ‬١‫ر‬vq■ (0‫ ا‬ujnjaj‘

 (s •wd £ ’pad‫؛‬Su'٢ 0٢‫لة؛س‘ ي‬

‫ ا»م‬٤

(1‫ه‬8٤:‫• ح‬Jjoddns

E SB ٥IU qjiw uiiq puas 08

‫ًابآل‬١‫م‬٢‫ا‬

Jjoddns (‫) ال‬ ،۶٢

(9٤.’8٤] •puBuiiuoa SIU

Xq X|JU٥8 UBJ ,‫■ ؛‬puiM aqj
uqq OJ pajoafqns ٥M uaur

٢‫تب‬٩٢٢‫بمءبةع‬١٦‫خثم‬٢٦٠

٥١ aq ٥ ٠‫؟هؤا‬J|XB«|٠ piiy*
٢‫بمهمكتبد‬١-|‫(حم)؛نممك‬

٢‫ب‬١’‫) إ‬٦‫ (همك‬١u٥s|X<

‫رم‬r‫ه‬

٥q١ 4) uoisscdiuoo ‫ا‬٦‫يى‬٦ )•‫الجا‬

)W 77( ‫> لتر‬
‫ يعه‬pu٠ ‫ج> يًا‬٦‫ج‬

UIOJJ *UOIJ ٢‫ي‬٦‫ م‬SB q٥ns

0 SS٥U٥٨ISU٥١UI‫ ؤ‬-BoyiuSis
da!paLUJOj s١aq١ ajousp 0١

٥JB XaqjL JO saiUBU qjoq

injiajaw aqj SB pajapuaj
٠q١iM aq Xbui—*X80|BUB
٥iqB٥٥j8B — ssauaAtsuajui
JO aAjssajdxa SB pajap
) ‫بمبها‬١ (‫ل‬3‫ س‬-isuoa SI
pog OJ paqdde‫ ؛‬aqj ٠‫ل‬0‫ل‬
Sjaqjida JO saiUBU ajB

ON : ^،١ PUB ١‫رلتع‬

ajBuoissBdiuoa ‫؟?ي؛‬
101 ٥‫ل‬3‫لمال‬

) fpv -‫دمال‬.،‫رالوال ه‬ z
٥J٥ux aqj!sauo inj■ 81‫ل‬:٤‫لح‬
30 jsaq aqj 118 noqj, pu٧

٤1 •injpjatu jo:٤1٤1

٦JE noqi puy ١s٠w ٦nj٦٥j٠w

‫آل‬

lb ٨٦OH IHJ. ،o AHVinaVOOA

‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OF TH I HOLY QURAN

‫ددذ‬
I ‫ راكى‬.acc< ‫رأدين‬
‫■ رادرا‬i< ‫رادذذ‬

(act. pic. m. piu.)

those who hand over some-
thing, those who bring
back (the min. of piu. is
dropped)

(n. for place or time) !‫ص‬

returning place, return (also

used in the sense of a

verbal mim).

(pact. pic. sing.) ‫ردود‬

avoidable, made to return

(pact. pic. piu.) ‫ردذدل ن‬

avoidable, made to return

★‫ددف‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ردف‬
<to be close behind

)‫ (س‬5‫ردف يردف رد‬

to follow, come behind, ride

behind

‫لخق‬٣‫ق>قهيىدبذةبتتطلؤيقئ‬
Belike close behind you is
some of that which ye
may hasten on. 127:721

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫الرايفة‬

one that comes after another '
without break, follower

‫تبعمًاالتاوفة‬

There will follow it (after

the earthquake) the next
(blast.) ٢79:71

(pp.‫ و‬p.f. sing.) assim. ‫ردت‬

was returned

(pp. fat. p. piu.) assim, ‫رودت‬

I was returned

(pip.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) assim. ‫يرد‬

"*is (or will be) taken back,

referred, given back

(pip. 5 p.m. plu.١ ‫يرؤون‬

they are (or will be) driven

back

(pip. ٦ p.m. plu.١ ‫تردون‬

you will be takedrivcnlback
(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. piu.) » ‫يترددون‬
they waver, (they are tossed

١.d‫؛‬J( ١٥ ‫أة‬١‫ها؟ ه‬١

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫أرتد‬

""get back (to one's previous

state)

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. dual.) viii ‫ارتتا‬

the twain followed back

(perf. 3 p٠m. plu.١ viii ١‫ارتئو‬

they returned, went back

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.‫ ز‬viii ‫ترتذ‬

 gets (comes) back

(perate neg. m. piu.) ‫آل ترتئوا‬

return not, (do not go back)

taking back, (v.n., ‫ر‬

restoration

bringing back (act. pic.) ‫ت ائ‬

218

T١٨

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ردن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.١ iv ‫تريى‬

thou caused to perish (or

to ruin)

‫ؤالتاشوإنكذتلتتوين‬
He said : By Allah, thou hadst
wellnigh causcdest me to

perish. 137:561 ٠

is personal
Note ‫آتريين‬
pronoun
: The nun. of i.e.

(imperf. ‫ فى و‬. ‫يردرا‬

a short from of
they cause ss to perish
p.m. phi.) iv

to perish
that ‫لردوثم‬
they may cause them

‫ك‬١‫ترذى ى‬
(perf. 3 p.m sing.) V
perish
‫ومايغهىعثةمالةإذا تريى‬
And his substance will avail
him not, when he peri-
Sheth. 192:111

the tumbled
(Ap-der. ‫المردية‬
i.e. an animal
f. sing.)

killed by a fall
 . ‫( آرذل‬
)‫ك‬،‫رزلترذل[ذآلة(س‬ the meanest one

to be mean

‫لخذ‬٦‫تهمنممئللىآذحبى‬
And of you are some who
arc brought to the meanest
of age. (16:70,

(m. plu. i١٠.<ap-der.) ‫ءريفين‬

comers one after another,
each following another

‫اتمتكريًالنةتألتيكةمزديين‬
Verily‫ ا‬am about to succour
you with a thousand of
angels rank in rank (who
‫ اازه‬come down conti-
nously). (8:91

‫ردما‬
a rampart (n.) acc,
<)‫ردمردعًا(ف‬٣‫ردم‬
to fill up

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.١ ‫ردى‬

<thou perish

)‫ددئ آزذى ردًا (ص‬

to die, perish

‫راتح‬٢‫أشالهيرب‬۴‫عءت‬،‫المكبس‬
‫موبة فتنخى‬
So let not him who belicvcth
not in it, and followeth
his own desire, keep thee
away form it. lest thou
perish. (20:161

‫و‬
has ruined p.m. sing.) h
(perf. ‫آردى‬
(has ruined you .‫أزداك‬ )

219

‫دىح‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫رذل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

he provides
‫رزق‬٤

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou provide
‫ترزق‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.)

we provide
‫ترزق‬

(perate 2 p. m. sing.)
provide!, may thou provide!
‫ارزق‬

may thou provide US ! ‫ارزنا‬

(peralef2 p.m. plu.)
(you) provide !
‫أرزرم‬

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.)

they were provided
‫رزتوا‬
(pp. 1st. p. plu.١ ‫رزتا‬
wc were provided

(pip. ‫ ة‬p.m. pM ‫رزترن‬

they are provided

‫سه‬.( ‫ترزةاني‬ .pip. 2 p(

you (twain) are provided

provision (n.) ‫رزق‬

 (act. pic, m. phi.)
providers
‫رازقين‬

‫وآنتخيرالرزقين‬
Thou art the best of provi-

ders. 15:1141

of livelihood
the provider (extensive n.) ‫رزاق‬

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫الرايخرن‬

<firmly grounded people

(in knowledge)

220

‫ أراخل ( آرذل‬plu. of ‫(ع‬

meanest ones

‫ومأنركاتبعكرالألنينهح‬
‫لرأي‬١‫آرا?لذاتأجئ‬
And wc behold not that any
follow thee except the mca-

nest of us, (by) an immn ٠

turc opinion, (11:27]

‫ آرذلرن ( آرذل‬s. plu■ of(

‫ئًاًاةًاملئلهـقوآلتقغةآللالة‬
They said : Shalt wc believe
in thee when the meanest
follow thee ? (26:111]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫رزق‬

provided, eave, bestowed

‫> رزق يرزق رزق‬

 to provide

necessaries of life

( good), grant, bestow

he provided me ‫رزتي‬
he provided you .‫]زقك‬
he provided them ‫رزقم‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫رزقن‬

we have provided

wc have provided him ‫رزقتا‬

we have provided them ‫رزقا م‬
we have provided you ’ [‫زفتا م‬

٢٢٠
VOCABULARY o* THE HOLY QURAN ‫ح‬ ‫دص‬

‫★ررل‬

<~sent3 p.m. sing.) iv

(perf. ‫آرسل‬
‫آرسل إرساًال‬ to send

they sent
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) vi ١‫آرسن‬
she sent
(perf. 3 p, f. sing,) iv ‫آرسلت‬
we sent
(perf ts! p. plu.) iv ‫أرثآ‬
he sends3 pm. sing.) iv
(imperf: ‫يريل‬
(imperf. Is,, p. ph١.٠ iv ‫تريل‬
we send

(epl imperf. I‫؛ن‬, p. plu f iv ‫لتريتن‬

we surely will send

I shall never (neg. acc.) ‫تن أريل‬

 ‫آريل‬
‫آرية مسنا‬
send ! (perate iv)
send him with US
then (you
Note : Thepeople) in ‫قأريةن‬
send
final nun

personal
is pronoun,
short form of ‫فى‬
not of a
plural.

he was
(pp. sentsing.) iv
3 p.m. ‫أريل‬
they 3were
(pp. sentiv
p. plu.) ‫أريلرا‬
٢٢١

‫رتخ يرتخ رسوعا (ف‬

to be firm, stable

‫اليييخرتفيأليلر‬
Those who are firmly groun-
ded in knowledge, 3:7‫}؛‬

Rass (n. for place) ‫الرتت‬

(Ras‫ ؟‬is the name of a coun-

try in which a part of the
tribe of Thamud resided.
According to an opinion
quoted in Taju'1 ‘Una,
Rass, was a town in
Yamamah. Ibn Kathir has
observed that it meant a
well,and it issaid that they
were a people who threw
their prophet into a well.
A. M. Daryabadi observes:
(Rass was) proabably a
town in Yamamah, where
a remnant of Thamudites
had settled. In the mod-
ern maps of Arabia, Rass,
or Ras, is placed in Wadi
Rumma, in the district of

Qasim, (Lat. 26 ٥ N. and

 long. 43 £.). Doughty
referring to another place,
to says it is ‘nigh er-Rusat
the Wady - cr-Rummah :
where are seen wide ruins
and foundations. (Trawl
in Arabia Deser ta, II, p.

221

‫ص‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

‫ى‬٠

portions of the mane of

the horse; or the meaning

with
is, sent forth ‫بالمكرو في‬
beneficence, or benefit.
٢Jid.>LL١

‫★ ر رل‬

‫أرسن‬
‫> سم‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ،,
established 55 firmly

‫(رتا دثز رسوآررسقآ (ن‬

to be firm, stable, immovable

‫رالجباآلزسمًا‬
And the mountains ! He
established them firm.

179:321

‫ره الامكا‬٠ ‫درايئ (ريب‬

firm mountains

firmly (act, pic. f. sing) ‫رانات‬

fixed, immovable

‫(تاتةكه‬ .phi(

‫قتريثييي‬5
 And cauldrons standing firm
(which could not be re•
moved from their place.)
134:131

anchorage(!)
(n. for place) ‫نشى‬
‫يراشومجييماومزتها‬

course
In and Its
the name Allah 0 ‫ع‬
of anchorage. its

Ioram
was sent
sent (1st. p. sing.) ،V ‫أريل‬
‫فعنآبلثثلرعآئلتية‬
I have surely preached unto
you that wherewith I was
sent to you. 11:571

you are
(pp. sent,
2 p.m. ‫أأيتم‬
(or)ivyou were
plu.)

sent

we are
(pp. 1st.sent
p. phi.) b ‫أريت‬
(pip. ‫و‬
~is being sent, is sent
p m sing.) ‫يرسل‬
‫يتاة‬
‫يتاآلت (يتاتة‬
message (r.n.)

‫ميلوا > ريرن‬

messages (phi. of

‫ميين‬
).nom(
senders (acc. gen.)
(ap-der. ‫ل‬. sing .١٦‫ص ي‬
sender (woman)

‫مرسآلت ( مرتلي‬
sent forth ( the wind

‫رالتركليعريا‬
By the winds sent forth with
beneficence. (77:1,
Note : It is a metaphorical

horse, meaning
phrase ‫عرن‬
from the by the of
angels or the winds, that
are sent forth consecu*
tively, like the several

٦٦٦

٢٢٢

‫د‬

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLV QURAN

*‫رص‬

right direction (2)

‫آمآاديومرظممدشئا‬
Or whether their Lord inten-
deth for them a right
direction. [72:10]

benefit (3)

‫واؤلكتغةا‬٠‫تلألذئالأ‬
Say : verily I owe not for
you (power of) hurt nor
benefit. [72:21]

rectitude (v.n.) ‫الرشاد‬

(act. pic. m. ‫طم‬.(‫العدرة‬
men of rectitude

(act. 2 pic.) ‫رسيد‬

a right-minded man. a man

of rectitude, rightly-direc-
ted

‫ًاينهةذتجئدسن‬٢
Is there not among you any
man right-minded ?

111:78]
 ١‫تعًاذرغزلجذةةقي‬
And the commandment of
Fir’awn was not rightty-
directed [11:97]

(.Ap-der. iv.m. sing,١ ‫معيد‬

a director (to the right path.)

< watching, (n.) ‫رصد رصدا‬

lying in wait

arrival (2)

‫يثننكعناكآءةآيانمرتمًا‬
They question thee of the
hour, when will its arrival
19:42]

‫★ *رش‬

"Ctheyfollow
(imperf.
dance
٨٤».(‫مرعدون‬
3 p.m.the right gui-

‫رقن ترئد ر ريدعرشد رشدًا‬

)‫س‬،‫ت رقدًا و ريدًا (ن‬
to follow the

right way, be well-guided

maturity of(1)
discretion intellect,
(v.n.)
capacity to manage one’s
‫الغد‬
affairs

‫فننمقمدشدا‬
Then if you perceive in them

a discretion. (4:6
rectitude, (2)
‫ا‬
directive knowledge
 ‫يتلءلنترشدا‬
Of that which thou hast
taught a directive know-

118:66 ‫ز‬
)‫(رقدآ‬
‫التدًارثئا‬
‫رهتقكأينًانرئ‬(.»)(right course (l

And prepare for US a right

‫ا‬
course. 18:10
٢٢٣

223

OCABULARY OR THE HOLY ٠URAN ‫رصد‬

)‫>رص;رخرتأ(ن‬

to stick together, compact

‫*دضا‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv ‫آرعد‬
<she suckled

‫رضعا و ر‬ ‫رتعترتع‬
)‫غ‬،‫(ف‬ ‫ويتاع‬
to suck the breast

they suckled
(pref. 3 p.f. plu .) ‫آرضعن‬
‫فتتفعن لكز‬
Then if they suckle (their
children) for you. 165:61

‫رأتمتكراليآنضععكر‬
And your foster mothers
(who have suckled you).

14:231

‫و‬
she suckles
(imperf. p.f. sing.) iv ‫زنع‬
 she shall suckle
(imperf. ‫ن‬
‫تترنع‬
‫يرنعن‬
p.f, plu,) iv
they suckle

‫آرضى‬
suckle !
(perate. 2 p.f. sing.)

‫آرضيه‬
‫تسترضون تتترفع‬
suckle him !
١
.acc(imperf,
< 2 p.m, plu, X
you seek suckling (for your
children)

)‫رصد يرصد رتدآ(ن‬

to watch, watch for, lie in
wait for

‫نسنكيعاالكيدلفهاياتصا‬
But he who tries to listen
now finds a flame lying in

٢ ‫إرصادز‬
wait for him. 72:9

‫تزئن‬
a lurking place (v.H.>rv)

‫ةي‬٠‫واسوإمتحق‬
ambush (n. for place)

And sit in wait for them in

every ambush, [9:5]

(Ambuscade is the hiding of

troops for the purpose of
a sudden surprise attack

—Jid. ١
as a n. of place) ambuscade
(n, for instrument used ‫يصاد‬
‫اقجمتحيانتيرصأدا‬
Verily the hell is ambu-
scade. 17 8:211

(The angels whereof are lying

Ina wait for the guilty

—Jid. ١
 ‫إترتك آلنرصاو‬
Verily thy Lord is an ambu-
scade. (Where he watches
the doings of the wicked

—Jid.) ‫ا‬%٦١9‫ه‬١
★ ‫رص ص‬

(pact. pic. m. sing. adj.

well compacted
١ ‫موصئ‬
224

٢٢٤

OCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN ‫رصع‬

(4) »‫؟‬pre

‫رضتايًانيرنوامحالخرالغ‬
They preferred to be with
those who remained be-
hind. [9:87]

(perf. 2 p.m. ph ،.) ‫ل‬٢‫تخ‬

-‫م‬
‫آدغيةمياكيعةالتتيًا‬
you are contented

Are you contented with this

wor\ ٥١١i٢e
is an :interrogative
Note ‫)أ‬
particle
The first letter(
not a prefix.

tiinperf. 3 p m. sing. ١ ‫رضن‬

he pleases, he choses

he likes it for you ’‫الته تر‬

thou arc2pleased
(imperf. p.m. sing.) ‫ترضى‬
‫يترضى‬
‫رضايا‬،‫ترتاء‬
that thou may be pleased
with which
thou thou like
are pleased
 ‫؟‬imperf. 3 p.f. sing.5
(used for a group‫؛‬
١ ‫رضى‬
‫ىغئقايإييم‬٠‫تلتاسم‬

pleased
And the with
Jewsthee.
1 ‫ازه‬
[2:120]
never be

‫؟‬imperf. 3p.m. ‫!ل‬٠،٠١ ‫؛'خمادًا‬-

they like, they arc pleased
with

‫ل ء‬a ’suckling
«‫نةا‬٠woman
‫ صيلح‬.ap-der(

suckling (n.) ‫الرضاعة‬

٠‫زتم‬١ ‫• المرانع‬plu(
suckling women

‫رضى‬

‫( دضى‬PM. sing‫ و‬٠ .perf)

(pleased (I ‫>؟ادالم‬
)‫ريت يزض رضت ت رتران(س‬

to he pleased, satisfied,
content

(per(. ‫ل‬ p.m. plu.

they ate pleased
١ ‫رضرا‬
‫متغخاغئة‬٠‫ءئ‬،‫ئاذل‬١‫ذه‬

Allah is well-pleased with

them and they are well-
pleased with Allah.

15:1191

chosen (2)

‫وتضرتللواالتلهييا‬
And I have chosen for you
Al-Islam as religion.

(5:31

was content (3)

‫ذإللمأطة ررسز‬١١‫اعرئزائ‬١‫ري‬
And if they were content
with what Allah and His
messenger gave them.

19:591

٢٢٥

225

VOCABULARY OF ™‫ ا‬HOLY QURAN -

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vi

'*'approved (1)
‫ازتضى‬

‫وألكفكرنيا لسر ازتظى‬

And they intercede not except
for whom He approved.

121:28]

chdosed (2)

‫ؤلتىحةغىيئق‬١‫نىوبآءئ‬٠‫لح‬٠‫لدآليئل‬
Then He discloseth not His
unseen unto anyone except
a messenger whom He
chooses. 172:26-71

(,act. 2 pic. ad).) ‫رضئ‬

acceptable

well-pleased
(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫راينية‬
(pact. pic. f. sing.١ ‫تة‬
well-pleasing, approved one

‫بجئ‬١‫يئأدتصت‬
Return unto thine Lord well-
pleased (and) well-pleasing.

189:281
 (pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫مينئ‬
approved one

‫ونعتريمزضيا‬
And he was with his Lord
the approved one.

(opp. rejected one.)

119:55]

good-will (١٠ .n. mim.) ‫ضاة‬

intperj. 3 p. f. plu.١ ‫و نين‬.
they (women) may be pleased

‫ترتوا‬ .acc ‫ترترن‬ .nom

٢imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١
you choose, like, are pleased
with

you choose
among those whom ‫يغن ترتون‬
‫يحيفونلكزلرجوعتجفأنتزضتاعئمة‬
‫؛اتذؤصلليقحئ‬٠٨‫ؤإناغةالءمذم‬
They will swear to you that
you may be pleased with
them. But if you arc
pleased with them, Allah
is not pleased with the
transgressing people.

19:96)

‫و‬
they please you
(imperf. p.m. phi.) iv ‫يرنون‬
) ‫رنون‬٤ >( ‫عرخوا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv
they please you or make you
please

(Note : The nun of plural is

dropped due to idafa.)
 ‫ييئتجيأشولكليزضؤكر‬
They swear by Allah to you
to please you. 9:62‫)؛‬

they agree
(perf. ‫تراترا‬
amongvithemselves
3 p. m.phi.)

(perf. ‫و‬
you agree among yourselves
p.m. plu.) vi ‫آتيتم‬
226

٢٢٦

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN -

agreement (v.rt.> ‫تراضى‬

‫لرعد‬/‫رعد‬ (.thunder (n>

‫رعد دختًا رعدًا‬

)‫والد (ف‬ to thunder
١ ‫رعرا‬.،p.m. ph ‫ ل‬.perf)
‫ نم‬they tended>
‫لئ دج دمار‬

)‫رءاية رةع (ف‬

to have regard to,
tend, rule, pasture, graze

‫ئةئئأئقيتحي‬

They tended it not with its

due tendance. [57:27]

(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫ارعر‬

pasture

‫لواوارعؤاًاثحًامك‬
Eat and pasture your cattle.

120:541

(perate. m. ‫ااع‬،.١١‫ديت‬
give ear to US, listen
 (us: pronoun t ‫) ريع ب‬
‫غم‬.‫راعرت ( ذمل)ر‬.act. pic. m(
carer takers, observers (of du-
ties, trusts etc.)

(plu, of
shepherds
‫ راءع‬shepherd) ‫آلظء‬

pleasure (‫رنران دج‬

‫رعي‬
)‫رعبترعبرتآلبة(ك‬ (.»)fresh>

to be fresh

‫ألطليأيرالفكثمييي‬
Nor out of fresh or dry is in
Book luminous. [6:59]

‫رطب‬
‫ثقططوهجيني‬
fresh dates (n.)

It shall drop on thee dates

fresh and ripe. 119:25]

٠‫رعب‬

‫اؤعب‬
)‫رعبًا (ف‬
‫رعج ترعب رعبات‬
(.terror (t) (n>

to frighten, be frightened

‫تثلقفبالنينكغررالرعب‬
We shall cast a terror into
hearts of those who dis,
believe [3:151]

awe (2)

‫ليكتيلميعبا‬
And thou wouldst surely
have been filled with awe
of them. 118:181
 ٢٢٧

227

٢‫دع‬
VOCABULARY OB THI HOLY QU RAH

‫داى‬

longing (*.«.) ‫> رغج‬٥■■ ، ، , ‫رغبًا‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) (‫راغب (عن‬
averse

‫آراغهكعنالمقياننحيء‬
Art thou averse to my gods,
o Ibrahim? [19:461

(act.pic. m.plu.) - ‫إلى‬-‫راغبرن‬

beseeches (sing.) ‫راغب‬
‫إثالريازغبؤن‬
Verily we are unto our Lord
beseeches. 168:321

‫★ رغد‬
‫رغدًا‬
<plenteously (*.rt.) acc.
)‫رغديرغدرغدًا(س‬
to live in ease and affluence
(]jfe), to cat plentifully

‫*رع‬
(n. p.t.) acc.‫مًا‬١‫س‬
(refuge, (Jid.) wide way

to follow(¥ ٠),
of escape (Rd.)
a place

to break Hi ‫< ]اغم مالمتة‬

away in anger

‫آتقه‬-)‫>>رغمعرغمرغًا(ف‬
to be humiliated
 228

pasturage («. for place) ‫ضعى‬

(for the cattle)

‫*غب‬
‫ عن‬- ‫عرغب‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)-
‫> م‬-is will be averse
‫(رغب يرغب رغبة (س‬
to desire, long for (‫)في‬,
to have no desire( ‫) عن‬,
to supplicate ( ‫) إلى‬,
to prefer -‫عن‬،‫ب‬- ‫رغج‬
one thing to another

‫ذتنجهليئنصلم‬
And who shall be averse
from the faith of Ibrahim.

12:1.301

‫ يرغبوا‬.acc ‫بع> رغبون‬

(imperf ‫ ن‬p.m٠ plu.)

they prefer

‫أليغبواهآنتيمئفيو‬
They should prefer not them-

selves before him. 19:1201

(.imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ترغون‬

you desire

‫ أ‬perate. m. sing ١١ ‫ارغن‬

attend !
 ‫دإنرهكازغت‬
And unto thy Lord, attend.

194:81

٢٢٨

‫د مع‬
VOCABULARY OB THI HOLY QURAN

cushions (n.) ‫رفرف‬

< raised
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫رفع‬
)‫ت'عرذًا(ف‬. ‫رع‬
to raise, hoist

ue raised
(per/. 1st p. phi.)
‫رفتًا‬
raises
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫برع‬
we raise
(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫ترفع‬
be exalted
(pip. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫ترفع‬
,

raise not ’
(perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آل ترقدرا‬
raising, lifting
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫رافع‬
(act. pic. f. sing.)
exalting
‫رانة‬

lofty one
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)
"
‫ريع‬
 (pact■ pic■ m- ting■)
elaveted one ‫إ‬
‫المرفرع‬
٠/
‫غرعة‬
'/( Otte ‫ع‬١‫هعاةألة‬
(pact, pic. f. sing.)

٢٢٩

‫رةت‬
to pieces and fragments
anything crushed (n.) acc.

( ‫> رقت ترقت رتًا‬

to break in pieces

to

‫( رفث‬.sexuality (1) (n
)‫رفك رشًا(ن‬٤ ‫> رفق‬
have sexual conduct, to
use immodest speech

‫يلسلي‬
Allowed unto you, on the
night of fasts, is to go un-
to your wives. 12:1871

lewdness (2)

‫نالرفتترالنوقرلجدالفالح‬
There is no lewdness, nor
wickedness, nor wrangling
during the pilgrimage.

[2:1971
 to

a present (n.)

‫عرقد يرفد رفدًا (ض‬

make a present

(pact. pic. m. sing.)

present one
‫المرفرد‬
‫ج‬1٩
‫ا‬
VOCABULARY OF THU HOLY QURAN ‫فق‬

‫يترقب‬
looks about
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) V

‫ئنييئؤهىببر‬١‫أصح ق‬
And in the morning he was
5

in the city fearing and

looking about. (28:18)

wait thou
(perale. m.! sing.) viii ‫ارتتب‬
(perate. m. plu.) viii ‫ارتقبزا‬

you wait ‫ا‬

(Ap-der. m. ph».) viii ‫مقبون‬
they are waiting

(.act. pic. m. sing.) ‫رقي‬

watcher

neck (I) (fl.)

meta, a bound (2)
‫]قتة‬
person, slave

necks (n.p.b.) ‫رةاب‬

★‫دقد‬

‫ًارقرد‬ (.sleeping (in

. ‫رقد يرقد رقد ز‬
)‫رقودًا ن رةادًا (ن‬
to go to sleep

grave
sleeping place, (fl. p. ‫حم‬.( ‫قد‬
*‫رقق‬

parchment (fl.) ‫رق‬

‫*ر دق‬
 companion
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫ر فقا‬
< ‫رافق متاتقة‬
pany one
to accom- Hi

‫رفق يزنق رقًا (ن‬ >2(

\‫؟ا عج ها‬١‫د‬

gement
easy arran* (n.

(/,‫احم‬.
profits or gains advantage
or benefit—‫ال‬.)
a thing by which one

place (n. p. t.<viii) acc.

resting
‫متيقًا‬
<elbows (fl. inis, p, b.) ‫افق‬
‫مفق‬
(ring.)

★‫رقب‬
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p. m. plu.) ٦‫غ'ئفد‬

(‫ئ‬.,‫(قب‬
‫يرقب رقرا و ر‬
<they guard respect)

to watch, observe, guard

‫أليزبظنفمويياالوالؤي‬
They respect not either kin-'
ship or agreement in a
believer. 19:10)

‫ آلسرقرا‬.acc ‫تابذدآ‬٠>‫ل>ح‬٠
aubwe

thou hasneg.
(imperf. not 2
guarded
p.m. sing.) ‫لمتزئب‬
230

٢٣٠
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(el. 3 p.m. plu.) viii

let them ascend
‫ليرتتوا‬-

mounting, ascending (r.n.) ‫رق‬

(act. pic. m, sing.١ ‫قي‬

charmer (IK) ascender (Rgh.)

(act 2 pic. m. sing■) ‫الفم‬

inscription, lilt, a table of ‫فبم‬

lead

‫رقيلمنرات‬
And it is said: who ‫اازه‬
ascend with it (or who is
the charmer or physician),
175:271

Note : The word ‫راقي‬ is

an active participle from

‫رق‬- ‫ رقفي‬that means to

ascend. If ‫ رفي‬is verbal
noun the meaning of the
verse will be 'who can
ascend with him to the
heaven,’ i.e., who can
assist him in this moment
and go with him. If the

verbal noun is ‫رقيتة‬the

meaning of the verse will
be 'who is or where is the
charmer or physician that
can avert the doom.’

‫آميدتةجًاخذبألىبئلرؤيئةوأ‬
‫ينايتاجبًا‬
Or, thinkest thou that the
Companions of the Cave
and inscription were of
Our wouderful signs.
 18:91

Note : See the details aboui

the people referred to in
this verse in Jid. p. 15 nn.
300-0.

(act. pic. m, plu.) ٦٠‫زؤ‬

written one

‫الراق‬
<collor-bone (n.p.b.)
‫) ترقرة‬.sing(

★ ‫ر لي ب‬
<ptrj. 5 pi dual) ‫ركت‬

<they twain embarked

]‫ كبركتب ركربآ(سع‬,to ride

embark, mount on horse-
back

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou ascend
‫ترق‬

-‫إلى‬،‫في‬-)-(‫رفي يرق ريا‬

( ‫ !ارتت‬as RF. viii)
to ascend, rise

٢٣١

231

‫كز‬
VOCABULARY 0, THI HOLY QURAN

‫رك‬

one
to to ride,
cause
‫ركب > تركيًا‬
ii to set one-
 thing upon another, com*
pose, mix, construct

band of horsemen or (n.) ‫اليكب‬

riders on camels, ten or
more in number, caravan

‫ركبآن‬
‫راكب‬
riders (n. p. ft.)
(ring.)

came, {n.p.) ‫ركب‬

‫ركان‬
‫رأكب‬
<riders (n.p.)
(sing.)

‫ركرب‬
ridden, camel Ml)

(Xp-de ٢.
>rv, m. sing.)
ridden one on another (close
‫ممداكث‬
growing)

‫★ركي‬

<at rest, tran* („. p.b.)

quit, stable
‫رتاكد‬
‫أاةا‬٦‫ة‬.١٩٠‫كت‬١‫دم‬,<<

(‫(ركديركدركردًا‬
to be calm, to be kept,to stop
stable

per sound, whis- (n.) acc.

low

< )‫■ تئألئ'تحمًا(ن‬

to plant, fix in (the ground)

‫و‬
they embarked
(perf. p.m. plu.) ‫ركؤا‬
Simper3 .‫ ؛‬p.m. piu.١ ‫يركؤن‬
they ride

(imperf• 2 p٠m٠ plu.) ‫تركؤن‬

 you ride

(el 2 p.m. ptu.١ n.d. ‫يتزكبؤا‬

you may ride

surely
(epl. ‫آتركين‬
you ride
2 p.m. plu.)

‫لترتبتبقاعنطبي‬
Surely ye shall ride layer
upon layer. (Jid.) 184:191

(O mankind !) your
existence is not fixed or
stationary ; you must be
ever-changing, growing,
journeying from the state
of the living to the dead,
and from the state of the
dead to a new state of
life in the next world. The

‫ عن‬here is
preposition
‫ بعد‬and
synonymous with
‫ طقًا عن طبق‬isequivalant
‫آللئ ت‬، to

.).)‫دجر‬.. ‫ج‬
(perate.‫اركب‬
(thou) embark !
m. sing.)

(perate, m. plu,) ‫اركؤا‬

(you) embark!

(perf.3p.m. sing.) ii ‫ركت‬

-constructed

٣٣٢

‫ رك‬VOCABULARY o, TH HOLY QURAN ‫ركس‬

(perate. f. sing.)
(thou f.) bow down !
‫اركيى‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫راكًا‬

one who bows down

gen. ‫ رغ‬acc. ‫ركآ‬

 those who (act. pic. m.p.b.)

bow down

‫راكم‬
(sing.)

‫د [اكين‬. ‫ رايكرن‬.gen
(act. pic. m.plu.)

those who bow down

*‫ركم‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ace. '‫دع‬
<'''-makes a heap

to heap up, (‫(ن‬ ‫'ركآ‬٢‫ر‬.٠٢‫ت‬

bring together

a heap (n.) acc. [‫رك‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.١ ‫ص كوم‬

piled up

★ ‫رذن‬

(imperf. 2p.m. sing.)

<thou leaned
‫تركن‬

)‫س‬٠ ‫إال(ف‬-‫رتت]كنركو؟‬
to lean upon, rely upon, trust

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

you lean not
‫آل تركا‬

court (1) (n.) ‫ركن‬

Utt. the firm part of a thing
on which it rests, support,
pillar, corner-stone

‫★ رلدس‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) b ‫آركت‬

>٠١٠٣‫ةعاأخالخ‬

)‫[كت يركن يكًا (ن‬

 '■’‫ن أزكن أزى‬

to upset, overturn, subvert

‫و‬
(pp. p.m. plu.) iv
they were reverted
‫أريرا‬

‫★ رلذض‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph،.)٦‫ركئن‬٠

<they flee, they are fleeing

)‫ركقت يركت ركخًا (ن‬

to run, urge, to strike heavily
with foot

(perate. m. sing.)
strike (heavily)
‫اركض‬

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

run not, do not flee
‫آل تركنوا‬

‫ركع‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. pluJj'^'j.

<they bow down

)‫[كعيركعركؤع(ف‬
to bend to the ground to
bow down

they bow not down ‫زكعزن‬- ‫آل‬

(perate. m. plu.)
(you) bow down !
‫اركؤا‬
٢٣٣

233

VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN ٣٢‫د‬

 ‫ئترثركيه‬
Then he t turned away with
his court. 151:391

support (2)

‫يجلنىرفيقبيآل‬١‫و‬
Or could betake me to a
powerful support. {1 1:801

‫رى‬
"threw3 p. m. sing.) w.v.
(perf.

‫ري رميًا ز رتآ‬- ‫رى‬

to throw, hit by throwing,
blame, to cast on

thou threw
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v, 5 ‫نت‬
"throws,3p.m.
(imperf. castssing.) W.V., fd

(imperf.
"throws
‫و‬ p.f. sing.) w.v.
I
‫ترى‬
they blame,
(imperf. cast w.v.
3 p.m.plu.) ‫يرمون‬
(they dread
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يرعبزن‬
‫رةت يرقب رغبًا ر رغتة‬
 “‫آ رقبًا (ف) ت‬

(indication by eye,
sign (with the (v.n.)lips, ‫رخ‬
acc.or
1
hand)

)‫ آ (ن‬:‫دح يرمزرم‬
to make a sign to, indicate
by a sign

Ramadhan (the ninth (fl.) ‫رسضان‬

month of Islamic calendar,
the month of fast)

23‫ب‬

٣٣٤

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫دب‬

‫ق‬٠‫★ر‬

(.imperf. 3p.m. sing.) ‫رعق‬-

< ~ covers, will cover

)‫رعق ترتت رهقا (س‬

 to approach, to overtake.

cover

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) 7‫رهق‬

< covers, will cover

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يرعق‬

causes burden, imposes upon

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫أريق ألا‬

I shall impose upon, l

shall cause burden

do not impose
(perate. neg. m.burden
sing.) ‫آل تريق‬
evil disposition (v.n.) ‫رهق‬
*‫ن‬٠‫ر‬

(net. 2 pic.m. sing.) ‫رهن‬

a pledge

)‫> رعنيزقنرنا(ف‬
to leave a pledge with some

one

(act. 2 picf. sing.) ‫رههتة‬

a pledge

taking a pledge (v.H.) ‫رتان‬

٠ ‫داد‬

‫رخو‬
< motionless (sea) {v.n.)
‫زتؤ رخوا‬: ‫رعًا‬
‫ا‬٢‫؟ ل‬٢١

٢٣٥
(perate. m. plu.)
<bc dreadful
‫ارقبوا‬
‫ ي>في‬+ ‫ ازقبؤا‬+ ‫ ف‬: ‫رقبزن‬8 (
you dread me

‫اياقكليبشن‬

And Me (alone) you should

dread. (2:40,

{imperf. 2 p. m.plu.)
(you frighten
‫تزبون ألل‬

‫ [أرتت إزها‬iv
to make dreadful, frighten

‫اتزهب * اترهاب ًا أل‬،

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu.) X ‫استزهبؤا‬
as they frighten

‫ رهبا و رهبة‬،‫ الرفب‬.acc ).v.n(

fear, dreadfulness, awlutness

<monks (n.p.b.) ‫الرهبان‬

(sing.) ‫راعب‬
i.e. esoteric heads of religion.

There were Christian monks

as early as the 3rd century.
The monks and the nuns
were looked upon as the
most consistent Christians,
and were honoured accor-
^y.٧id.٠Ebr.V.p.676١

٥) relative adj.‫تباية ( رهآن‬

monkery, monasticism

‫ط‬٠‫★ر‬
group, company (fl.) ‫رهط‬
235

‫ردح‬

vocabulary or TH* HOLY QURAN

‫دح‬
 the soul of manti) ‫رؤح‬
٠‫ج‬٠‫ي‬٠
And they ask thee regarding
the soul, say thou : the
soul is by the command
of my Lord. (17:851

the possessor of (2)

soul (in generic sense the

singular standing for class)

‫يدمتعوماللرحوألبكةصعا‬
On the Day whereon the
possessors of soul and
angels will stand arrayed.

17 8:381

Gabriel, the (3)

angel of revelation

‫تنتالنبكةوالرك‬

The angels and Gabriel des-

«nd, 197:4 ‫ا‬

spirit
the holy (comp.) ‫رزح ألقذي‬
Note ‫ئ‬
is not the ،third
Holy Person
Spirit inof
Islam
Trinity,’ but arch-angel,
Gabriel, who was is in
constant attendance upon
the prophet Jesus and
protected him—a mere
mortal—from the wiles of
his enemies. There is no
tra« in any verse of the
Holy Quran of any spcci"
ally high rank being besto-
wed on Jesus above other

‫* ددح‬

[imperf. 2 p.m piu.) iv ‫ترحون‬

 you drive at evening

)‫>> راحيروحرقاحًا(ن‬
to go or doa thing at evening

(a sort
lilt, of comfort‫؛‬
evening breezemercy
(1) (n.) ‫روح‬
and bounty)

‫جتتنييي‬3‫ريآن‬7‫نروح‬

(For him shall be) comfort

and fragrance and garden
of Delight. 156:891

mercy, bounty, (2)

gift

‫والتاتعاينتغحالوئهاليايثر‬
٠‫قئ‬٠1‫بشالج‬
And despair not of the mercy
of Allah. Verify none
despairs of Allah except a
people disbelieving.

012:871

Note: Pickthal has trans-

‫رؤخ‬
‫روح‬
lated by mistake as
dhamma upon
spirit, that is, ‫ا‬١١ ‫ ه‬hrst (with

redical),‫رزخ‬
fatha uponnotit). The verse(with
means: A man true of
faith never gives up hope
in the mercy of Allah.

236

٣٣٦

VOCABCLAiV or TH! HOLY QUKAN ‫ردح‬

(imperf. 3 p.f. ring.) Hi
solicits
‫تراود‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) Hi

we solicit
‫زارد‬
 (perf, 3 p.m. sing.) h ‫أراد‬
١>w‫؛‬shed, intended

‫إرادة أراد‬
intend, desire
if ,to wish

(perf, 3 p.m. dual.) Iv ‫ارادا‬

they (twain) intended, wished

they intended,
(perf. wished
3 p.m. phi.) iv ‫آر ادوا‬
‫؛‬ptrf. 3 p.f. plu.١ 1١‫ا‬ ‫آردت‬

they (f.) intended, wished

you intended,
(perf wished
2 p.m. phi.) iv ‫آردتم‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ،'v ‫آردا‬
we intended, wished

N intends,
(imperf. wishes
3 p.m. sing.) ‫يرند *ا‬
used also as an auxiliary

verb as ٠

‫نبعمى‬٢‫ويذب‬
It is about to fall down.

18:771

(tmperf. 3 p.m, sing.١ juss. ‫يرد‬

intends, wishes

( ‫ يريتا‬،‫ءريدان‬
they (twain) intend, wish
.Imperf. 3 p.m(

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫أرد‬

I intend, wish

prophets. He has simply

his own place—a very
honourable one, no doubt
—in the long list of the
messengers of God.
 The angel Gabriel ‫اآلمين‬ ‫ارؤح‬
who is entrusted with
divine revelation

evening journey (».«.) ‫رواح‬

(opp.‫ غدؤ‬morning journey)

cthey 3solicited
(perf. p.m. plu.) Hi ‫راقدوا‬
to ask one ;‫ص زت‬ 1
to do, prevail upon him
by blandishment

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.١ hi ‫راقدت‬

solicited

‫جئ‬٠‫ت‬٢‫دقينرلوذذئض‬
He said : it is she who solici-
ted me against myself,

[12:26]

‫راقدة عن األن‬
signifies'she endeavoured to turn
him by blandishment or by
deceitful arts or to entice
him to turn from the
thing.' (3id.>LL)

‫أ‬perf, 2 p٠f, plu٠١ ‫؛‬ii ‫راودتن‬

you ((٠) solicited

٢٣٧

237

-‫ع‬

VOCABULARY Of THl HOLY QURAN

‫و‬
٠٦٩
Romans, Byzantines (n.) ‫ازؤم‬
 ‫و‬
(perf. p.m. sing.) viii
doubted
‫ارتب‬

)‫> رات يييب ريأ(ض‬

to cast one into doubt and
uncertainty, suspect

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) viii

doubted
‫ارتابت‬
(perf. 3 p.m, plu.') viii ‫ارتابؤا‬
they doubted

‫ارت‬ p.m. phi.) viii

you doubted
‫ركيمنم‬
‫ ببم‬٦ 2

doubts ‫يرتاب‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

(imperf. 3 p.m.plu.) viii,acc.

they doubted
‫زتابؤا‬

you doubt
(imperf. 2p.m.phi.)viii,acc. 5 ‫زابوا‬
doubt, suspect («.) ‫ريب‬
^Ap-der. m. sing.) I, ‫عريي‬
arouser of suspicions, causing

doubt

doubter
(ap-der. m. sing.) viii ‫ماب‬
★‫رىح‬
‫( رغ‬.rt) (‫ )ا‬wind

‫ ؛ردذا‬، ‫ددون‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ).juss(

they intend, wish

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) ٠‫عرذن ا‬

they (٠/ wish, intend

 (imperf. 1st. p. phi.)
we wish, intend
،'‫ء‬ ‫نرند‬
~ is wished,
(pip. intended
3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫داد‬
slowly,
for gently (according
a white,(particle) acc.
‫رقمدًا‬
to the grammarians the
word is a diminutive form
of which verbal noun is
not in use.)

‫*روض‬

watery, garden
meadow somewhat («.)
meadows some- (n. phi.)
what watery
‫روتات‬

٠‫دلج‬
<alarm (n.) ‫الروع‬
‫(راغ ترفع ززءأ(ن‬,to fear
to be terrified

* ‫ددغ‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫راغ‬

< ,'sipped

)‫رزع[زظ(ن‬-‫راغ‬
to act slyly scoffingly)

238

٢٣٨

‫ىن‬
VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

‫مًا‬

‫ارغآن‬ (.fragrance, a bounty, (n

 a gift of God

(a synonym to

(‫س‬.‫ر ى ر ★)كغح‬ subsistence

‫ييش‬ (.dress) (fl ,.،.‫ )؛‬adornment

‫ييع‬ (.a high place (fl

*encrusted
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ران‬
‫ ب‬،‫على‬- ‫ران تيزن رينا‬
to be rusty, dirty

‫رجرينميرتئحيبة‬
And they run away with them
with a goodly wind.

110:22]

predominance (2)

‫كذئئؤ|ت؛شتبيئئو‬
Lest ye Bag and your pre*
dominance depart. (8:461

smell (3)

‫إتألييدرحينسف‬
Surely r feel the smell of

Yusuf. 112:941

‫اريآح‬
‫الرخ‬
<winds (n.p.b.)
}•ng«(
23‫و‬

٠٠٠
 ٢٣٩

0‫ةح‬
‫دأ‬

٢‫•) مي‬،‫يم زالك‬8‫ ةس‬SuiAEjp

١U3JJ3l٠p E ‫•زد‬،،• llltw )

3‫ا‬،1٩‫' لم‬p،«،J،j٥] ‫اه‬
٢‫(ملب؛ميبمئي‬-‫ي‬١-

-JOJ 'UOl١٥lpJ٥٦UI UB Xaqo 0,

< \‫بريم! يآلآل‬، \٢‫الدم‬١٠

‫ة‬8‫ بمس‬ps٨OJdaj

‫ا‬٢‫س •ب) دارا ي؛‬f ٠4 ■،/‫رى‬

‫ا‬،‫ب‬٦‫ج‬٦ ’ $٠٦٠٣٦ SSB)٥ ‫ه‬1‫ا‬,‫ا‬0

JO sdtun, 90، Siiijg ‫اده‬،،•

‫ا‬٠٠‫م‬
‫ دالالالب‬١‫ل‬0‫ال‬

JO saoaid X٨B9q ٢:٩ ) ‫زءاالئ‬

<sdiuni aq٢ $ ) ‫ (ال ى‬١

)96‫أ‬:‫و‬:‫ل‬
JO sajnj ٠ ‫اياد‬s*us UB
١d!J٥s ‫ !ال أباه‬s! ١!‫]يم‬٦‫ ةهل‬pu٧
»~‫بد‬

aqi ‫هًا‬4‫ه‬0‫ لد‬pnBQ

B9A9J IUM|Xq SlJBd Ul P٠

٢‫نج‬٢‫اله•) م‬،‫ (ئ‬٥UI٨!P 3٩1

 <5٠jnjdu3s ٢:،‫<؟‬ )■،/‘‫زال‬

spjEnS [BIU9IUI ‫ي‬.

‫جا‬٩‫جح‬ )■‫' (كال ى‬uuipuoq ‫اباذ‬

rnnos aqj (‫ )■ال‬٢٦’ ‫ا‬٤‫ئخ‬

٢‫هيم‬

‫و‬٦‫ايمأ م‬۶

‫درع‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QVRAN

‫ج‬
‫د‬

(‫ رلحفع‬is an army, or a
military force, marching
little by little, or leisu-
rely, or heavily, by reason
of their multitude and
force— LL)

‫(زخرف‬.) ornament

‫أخنتاالرضيخرنمًا‬

When the earth took her

ornaments (i.e., it is decked
out in full beauty). ٢10:24]

gold (2)

‫آؤيلؤنمكبيثينيخرن‬
Or there be for thee a house
of gold. 117:93]

gilded speech (3)

(‫ز‬.‫ء‬., fair-seeming untruth
and falsehood)

carpets (n. p.) ‫زراب‬

★ ‫زرع‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫تزرعرن‬

<you shall sow

)‫زتع ززعًا (ف‬:‫زرع‬

to sow, plant, cultivate

corn, cornfields (n.) ‫زرع‬

a sown corn, cultivable land,
plant

۴٤١
(act. pic. f. plu.)‫زاجرات‬
those (‫)؛‬whodrive awav

angels who are the

drivers of the clouds.

the shout (n.) ‫زجرة‬

(The reference is to the
second blast of the ‫؛‬rum-

‫زجى‬٤ imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv)

vspeeds up-،:

٠« ‫أرضدجئاذت*ًا‬

to push, speed up

)‫» رمل دجو رجزا(ن‬

to stop, urge on gently

(pis. pic. f. sing.) IV ‫مزجاة‬
goods that are pushed out
disposed of (،'.،., goods of
no value or of very little
purchasing value)

(pp.3p.m. sing.١٩rl. ‫زخزح‬

8‫ >؛ج‬removed

to remove ss -‫عن‬-‫زخزح‬
form its place

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫مزحزح‬

remover

marching slowly (v.n.) acc. ‫زحغًا‬

٦‫ه‬١

‫دف‬
vocabulary OB THE HOLY QURAH

‫زرع‬
)‫زعم]زعمزغًارزغًا(ف‬

to assert(!)
something that may be
true or false

to assert (2)

something false

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫زعسى‬

thou asserted

(perf• 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫زقت‬

you asserted ‫ا‬

 (،imperf. 3 p.m. pht.١ ‫يرعون‬
they asserted

(,imperf. 2 p. pta٠١ ‫تزعون‬

you asserted

assertion (it.) ‫زغم‬

panting (act. 2pic. ITT. sing.}

‫ ) زير‬signifies the beginning
or commencing part of
crying, or braying of the

ass. app. ‫تييق‬ signifies

the ending or final part

thereof.— ‫)لغ‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu٠١ assim. ‫زفون‬-

<they hasten -

‫ ريغًا (ض‬to‫ترك‬ ‫(زفن‬

flip (the wing),to hasten

242

cornfields (n. p.) ‫زرىع‬

sowers («. p. b.) ‫زراع‬
(act. pic. m. plu.)
growers (٦٠،٠٠ ١١١‫ء‬
‫ارعون‬
-
‫از‬
causers of the growth)

‫زرق‬
<blue (n. adj.}
‫) أزرق و زرةاء‬.sing(

waas;
 And We shall gather the
culprits on that day blear-
eyed. (Jid.) (20:1021

C-vcondemns
(imperf. 3 p.f. j/ng ٠)( WiV.)w/

‫ًا‬.‫ازدرى يزدرى ازررا‬

to condemn, to despise,
redicule

)‫» زرى يزرى ززيًا (ض‬

to reprove, reproach

Note : The (0 (‫[ت‬ the

stem VHi is replaced with

‫★زعم‬
(perf. 3 p. stag.) ‫زعم‬

<''-asserted

٢٤٢

‫ زقم‬VOCAIULARV o, THK HOLV ‫زكى‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ‫تركة‬
thou cleanseth, purifieth

(imperf 3 m. p. plu.١ ii ‫يركان‬

they cleanse, purify

(perate. neg. n. plu.) ‫آل تيكا‬

justify not

‫ئالئزقواانكز‬
So justify not yourselves.

153:32]

(praised
‫تغسة‬himself.)
‫ زى‬means:
(LL)
He
 Lift.‘He attributed to himself
purity or cleanliness* Thus

signifies
‘do not praise yourself or
claim purity’.

‫و‬
(perf. p.m, sing.) V ‫تزك‬
* purified himself

(imperf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) » ‫'نزكآ‬

*Vpurifies himself

(imperf. 3 p m. sing.) ،‫آلك‬

is cleansed

)".( )‫ؤكوة‬،*‫كة(البكا‬،‫اإلكة‬

Zakat

‫هيجدة‬
And establish prayer and
give the Zakat. 12:431

)‫زكاة) زكوة‬ Note :The

word/،■», means purity and
purefication, and is a tech-
nical lerm of the Islamic
law that means: certain por-
tion oramount of property

‫ الؤقرم ا زقرم‬Zaqqum (n.)

(Any deadly food; the food
of the people of theEire

or hell ‫عزًا القرم‬ is a

certain tree in hell (IK).
A certain tree having small
leaves, sticking and bitter
found in Tihama.) (LL)

The tree (in verse 37:62) is

symbolic of the living
conditions in the hell.
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing,) "‫زك‬
<M4S clean

‫زكيزى‬/)‫زكييكرزكاهًا(ن‬
)‫آ[زكوًا(س‬.‫زيتزكزك‬/)‫(ف‬
to be clean, grow, increase,
be purified

‫يكزينآحيابدا‬
And had there not been the
grace of Allah upon you
and His mercy, not one
of you would ever have
been cleansed. [24:21)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫زك‬

<'-cleansed

to purify, clean ‫زكة تؤكية‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii .‫زق‬
cleanseth, purifieth

٢٤٣

243

‫زلل‬ VOCABULARY OF TH, HOLY QURAN

‫زك ع‬

pure pic. m. Xing.) acc.

(act. ‫ ز ييا‬،‫زي‬
‫آلهبلكءسانويًا‬
That 1 may bestow on thee
a boy pure. [19:19]

(.act. pic,]". sing.١ ‫زكة‬

pure innocent)

‫يآلقتننعآنكية‬
 He said : haste thou slain a
person innocent. [18:74]

the purest (dative.) ‫آزك‬

‫زلز ل‬

‫زلرلت‬
‫ثم‬٠‫>؛ى‬
(pp- 3 p.f. sing.)
5 shaken

‫زلرل يرلرل زلة‬

‫زلرلوا‬
to shake
they 3were
(pp. p.m.shaken
piu.)

‫زلزال‬
‫زلزتة‬
shaking (V.«.)
quake (n.)

*‫زدل‬
(perf■ 2 p.m. plu.١ .‫ؤلتم‬

you slipped ‫ؤقم‬

‫[ل]زلزألقزلًال‬

:‫تج(ض)ش‬
‫تزن ( أن تزل‬
‫ السأ‬s١A‫<؟‬impe٣f. 2p. f. sing.
.acc١(

that is given thereof as

the due of God by its
possessor to the poor in
order that he may purify
it thereby (LL).

The payment of this religious

due is obligatory provided
that the property is of a
certain amount and has
been in possession for one
Inner year. The portion, to
be given, varies according
to the nature and amount
of the property. Generally
it is one-fortieth thereof
i.e., two and a half percent.

as a word
The Islamic ‫تكر‬
5 tax, poor-
is translated
due, poor-rate or charity
but none of them renders
the full meaning of the
 term. Thus, it is reason-
able to use the term as
such.

purity, piety (2)

‫فاردن أنيييلماربهماخير‬
‫زلرة آقربرخما‬ 5
So we intended that their
Lord should change for
the twain one better then
he in piety and chosen
affection. [18:81]

‫قحانأتنلدئاوزكرة‬
And tenderness from Our
presence and purity.

119:131

244

‫زمل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ولل‬

Note : ‫زم‬
arrow without a head and
{sing.) is ’an

arrows here allude to

without feathers. ‫آزآلم‬
those divining arrows by
means of which the Arabs
in the time of ignorance
sought to know what was
allotted to them. They used
to put them in a recep-
taele, and when one of
them desired to make a
journey, or accomplish a
want, or when desired to
perform some affair, he
put his hand into that
receptacle and took forth
an arrow; and if the
 arrow upon which was
،Command’ came fourth he
went ahead to accomplish
his purpose, but if that up-
on which was’Prohibition’
came forth he refrained,
and jf the black one came
forth he shuffled them a
second time.'

Uid. LL,1K.١

in troops

>"p ) acc. ‫زتآ‬،‫زتي‬

‫*زم ل‬

wrappedm. sing.) viii

(Ap-der. ‫المزقل‬
٢٤٥
{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv
caused to slip
‫أزل‬
(perf. ‫ ق‬p. m. sing.١ X ‫استزل‬
caused to slip

‫★نلف‬

(perf. 3 p.f. plu.) tv

<we brought near
‫آزلفنًا‬
‫إزآل أزلف عز لف‬ iv
to bring near, to cause to
approach

‫>> رآفتتزلغ رلفًا و‬

to advance

(pp- 3 p.f. sing.) iv ‫أزلغي‬

 ~i$ brought near

neighbouring
(fl.) acc.
‫زلفًا‬
(watches)

‫زلفة‬
proximating (fl.) acc.

‫زلنى‬
an approach (v.H.)

★ ‫زدق‬
(imperf. 3 p٠m. ptu.) iv ‫يزيقزن‬
cthey caused to stumble

slip,
to stumble
cause ‫آزلق إزآلق‬
to IF

‫>> زلقيزيقزلقًا(ض‬
to stumble, slip

slippery acc.
‫زقًا‬ (v,fl
* ‫زلم‬
axK>ws(n,p.b.١ ‫اآزآلم‬

{sing.} "1
245
‫ز‬
‫ذدج‬
VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫زمل‬

‫تزونجًا رؤج‬
ii to give
a woman in marriage, to
conjoin, to classify in
pairs, to unite with fellows

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ii
,conjoins
‫حروج‬
(pp. ‫ ن‬p.f. sing.) ii ‫زؤجي‬
is paired

‫رلداالئخخشريجف‬
And when the souls are
paired, (i.e., united with
their fellows). 181:71
 ‫زؤج‬
wife(l) (n.)

‫تيتالتعجلةئرذح‬١‫تلتآرقصم‬
And if you intend to relpacc
a wife by another. 14:201

husband (2)

‫يخذعئأوذئ‬١‫لحؤ‬

‫مل‬٦‫ ااز‬she weds a husband

other than he. 12:2301

pair (3)

‫وآتتتينلينغجبويج‬
And it groweth every luxuri-
ant pair of growth
of every kind) 122:51

(n. dual.) acc. ‫زوجين‬

nom.
man and woman, husband
and wife, two kinds, pairs

wives, husbands, (n.p.b.)

pairs, kinds -
‫أزواج‬

‫ مترمل < المرمل‬، ‫ ت‬is

-thendup ‫ ز‬replaced by
.(ShaddahiAK ١‫ةعاةح‬١‫\'الد‬

biting cold («.) ‫زمترير‬

‫رلجييل‬، (.a certain plant called (n

٠٠ Zanjabil that has good
flavour, ginger

٢ ‫زن م‬
 (act. 2 pic. m. sing.١ "‫زنيم‬
base-born, claiming some-

one else as his father

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) IV. V. ‫تزنؤن‬

< they commit adultery

)‫زفىعزفيزنىوزنًاما(ض‬
to commit adultery

(imperf. 3p.f. plu.) *.V. ‫يزنين‬

they (f.) commit adultery

(act. pic. m. sing.)(fd.)

one who commits adultery
‫ زان‬،‫الزاني‬
‫ زانة‬،‫الزانة‬
(act. ptc. p.f. sing.)
one (/٠) who commits adultery

(perf. 1st. p. plu.١ ii ‫زؤجنًا‬

<we wedded

246

٢٤٦

‫زول‬

VOCABULARY ٥, THS HOLY QURAN

‫ن‬

١ ‫لتززل‬ ,p.f. sing

that may remove
‫ هلم‬3

we caused
(perf. 1st. p.split
phi.) ii ‫زنآ‬ I

‫و‬
they were distinguished
(perf. p.m. plu.) V one ‫تزيرا‬
from another (Jid.)
 decline (v.n.) ‫زرال‬
Preceded by a (2)
negative particle

‫زال‬ ‫تزال‬
‫يزل‬
when verb perf.
imperf. Imperf. juss.
(to cease) is used it is
preceded by the negative

and means
particles that
‫ *ًا‬,‫آل‬ ‫م‬
or the
.1 action
is still continuing.

~ remained,
(perf. ‫مآزالت‬
continued
3 p.f. sing.)

‫للفوقبريم‬
It was continually their cry
or this ceased not to be
[21:15، .their cry

‫و ذكمم؛‬ p.m. plu.( ‫مازتم‬

‫فتم‬ you remained, continued

‫يازلتم ف تك‬
You remained in doubt or
you ceased not to be in
doubt. ،40:34]

'"'remains
(imperf. continually
3p.m. sing.) ‫ألدال‬
‫★دود‬
(take provision
(perate ‫تزودرا‬
m. plu.) for
V the
journey

food
to provide ‫زرت تزؤدًا‬
for journey V

ney
provision for the jour• („.) ‫الزاد‬
‫★زور‬

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫زرتم‬

 <you visited

‫ (زار عزور زبارة (ن‬to visit

«deviates,
(imperf. turns
3 p.f. aside
sing.) vi ‫تزارر‬
‫زارر يتراقر‬ to deviate
V،■ 5 ‫تزارورًا‬
).Ak ‫( تتزاقر < ترارر‬
‫زؤرًا اؤور‬
(falsehood
.nom(«.) .acc

‫(زور نرور ززرًا‬ to falsify

★ ‫زول‬

In simple verbal (1)

form

(perf. 3 p.f. dual.) H’.v. ‫زاآل‬

(the twain ceased

)‫زال ؤذآل زرآل ذذواآل(ن‬

to pass, cease, decline,

remove

٢٤٧

247

ABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫در ل‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫زاعق‬
vanished ones

vanishing {inis.) acc. ‫زعوقًا‬

‫زيت‬
‫(زيتؤن ل‬
oil («.)
olive
olive (n. adj.) ‫زيتوتة‬

Chadded,
(perf. increased
3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫زاد‬
)‫راذئذرآذأ(ض‬
to increase, to add

/"،added,
(perf. increased
3 p.f. sing.) w.v. ‫زادت‬
‫و‬
they added,p.increased
(perf m. plu.) w.v. ‫زادرا‬
'"'increases
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) *.V. ‫تزيد‬
did not add orsing.jjussjw.v.
(imperf.3p.m. increase

(The second radical ،.،., ‫ى‬

is dropped due to the juss.

case).

you increase
(imperf. 2 p.n. plu.) w.v. ‫تييدون‬
(ent, 1st. p. sing.) wv. ‫آزدن‬
I will surely increase

248

‫ئ‬١‫رلجإل’جتأذهآلي‬
‫بوارييةفةلؤيوخ‬
And

their building which

they have built will cause
continually doubt in their
hearts. [9:1101

(imperf. 3p f. sing.) ‫آل ترال‬

?،will remain continuity
 (imperf. ‫و‬
they will remain continually'
p.m. plu.) ‫آل ترالون‬

‫؛‬act, pic, m. plu.

-^abstemious, indifferent

- )‫زد يزعد زعدًا (ف‬

to turn away from, be indi-
fferent to, forsake

(lower, splendour (fl.) ‫زهرة‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫زعق‬

١٥ >v n‫؛‬shed

‫(زعقيزهقزهوة(ف‬
to vanish

(imperf. 3 p.f, ring.) acc. ‫تزهق‬

‫نيم‬
to may
die, pass away)
vanish, to vanish (Le.,

٢٤٨

‫نى ن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

,‫ى‬
(perf. ‫ ل‬p. f. sing.١ W.Y.

*“turned aside

(perf. ‫ ن‬p٠m. plu.) w.v.

they turned aside

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.‫ ؛‬v‫؛‬١w.v.

*“Caused to turn aside

(imperf. 3p.m٠sing١٠vi١w.v.

*causes to turn aside

whosoever turns

aside

(The ‫ى‬ is dropped due to

the conditional sentence)

turning aside, devia- (v.m) ‫زيغ‬

tinn ‫تع‬
‫زاغت‬
‫زاغرا‬
‫آزآغ‬
‫يزيغ‬
‫ض دع‬
‫*نىن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ii ‫زين‬

*-made to seem fair

< ‫ تت‬ii ٦٠: ‫ تزيًا‬0(

SS seem fair, to adorn,
decorate

)‫زانعيينزينًا(ض‬2‫ي‬
to adorn

(perf. (st. p. plu.) ii ‫زيًا‬

we made ss seem (1)

law

‫؟‬ww
Thus to every people have
We made their deeds fair*
seeming. (6:108)

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) w.r. ‫زيد‬

we will increase

we shall never ‫تن ند‬

increase ‫ن ييد‬
(perate. m. sing.) w.r. ‫زذ‬
increase!

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Viii, w.v.

got increased gradually,

waxed

they got
(perf. increased
3 p.m. plu.) via w.v. ‫ازدادزا‬
gradually,

٠ waxed
(imperf 5 p.m. sing٠١viil١w.v. ‫زداد‬٤

*“gets increased

(imperf: ‫و‬
"gets increased
p.f, sing.) viii, H'.v,

they get 3increased

(imperf. p.m. plu.)viii, ivy. ‫عزدآدفا‬
(،/. ‫ل‬
that they may p.m.
get increased
plu.) viii, w.v.

(imperf. ist٠p.plu١٠vi«١w,Y. ‫تزداد‬

we shall add

an increase('".'?.) * ‫ز اد‬
an increment (V.«. mim.) ‫أ‬٠
V

more, additional

★ ‫زىغ‬
 *“turned
(perf. aside
3 p.m, sing.) H'.v. ‫زاغ‬
)‫> راغ دع ركا (ض‬
to deviate, to turn aside

٢٤٩

249

VOCABULARY OR THB HOLY QURAN -

‫نين‬

١ ‫نت‬
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
is made to seem fair
(perf. 3 p. fl ٠٠١ V ‫ازتتى‬

‫نيح‬ became adorned

( ‫ازئت‬ is shaped from

١.Abk‫اللم‬١ ‫' ترينتق‬١٢

‫ زتة‬،‫اليينة‬
ment, beauty
the/an adorn- (n.)

we adorn (2)

‫إتازيًااكتاءالتيايزيةر‬
Surely We have adorned the
lower heaven with an
adornment, the stare.

[37:6]

we made fair
***
‫ترسم‬
surely (epl. 1st. p. sing.)
seeming

250

٢٥٠

‫كتاب السين‬
 1‫ ب‬،‫عن‬ a question about]

)‫آليشألؤاآل تشأة(ف‬->
- ‫ عن‬،‫ب‬
)1( ,to ask
question, enquire

(2) to ask, beg

(3) to demand

‫تنتًالمقةمقنيكز‬
Surely people asked question
before you. [5:1021

3‫سآلسآكعنايؤاتج‬
"There hath asked a questioner
concerning the torment
about to befall. 0:1]

‫قتحئ‬١‫تلدائًانةسحىؤ‬
And when my bondmen ask
thee regarding Me, then
verily I am nigh. 12:1861

thou asked
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫ألت‬-
Prefixed to the Imperfect
tense to denote the mean-
ing of future, as :

‫تيعوالكنةكاكلس‬
The foolish among men
will say. (2:1421

(According to the gramma-

rians it is shortened form

‫سوف‬
before the imperfect,
of that is placed

‫المضآرع‬
meaning of thetofuture.
conformAs the
the imperfect consists both
of the present and the
future tenses).
 ★ ‫رال‬
‫س وع‬٥‫ائاعة ءم‬/‫تاعة‬

< asked
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h.v. ‫تال‬
٢٥١

251

VOCABUIAKY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫ل‬١‫س‬

we ask, demand
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تسآل‬
we surely
(epl. 1st. p.shall ‫تتألن‬
plu.)question

(thou) question
(perate. ‫ امأن‬،‫تل‬
m. sing.)! ask !

(you) question
(perate. ‫اتآلوا‬
m. plu.)! ask !

~isasked(p ۶. 3 p.m. sing.)

‫عتت‬
(f.) is asked (pp. 3f. sing.)

they 3are
(pp. asked
p.m. plu.) ‫سثلرا‬
(pip. 3 p.m. sing.)
~is/wi!l be asked
‫يآل‬
verilypassive.
(epl. ‫و‬
they shall bop.m.
asked,
phi.)

(pip. ‫و‬
thou will be asked
p.m. sing.) ‫يسآل‬
you certainly
(epl.
questioned
‫و‬
passive. shall be asked,
p.m. plu.)

(pip. ‫و‬
they will be asked
p.m. plu.) ‫يشآرن‬
we are/will
(pip. 1st. p.be asked
phi.) ‫بآل‬
questioner
(act. pic. m.(I)
sing.) ‫التال ا سالل‬
beggar (2)

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫الشايلين‬

questioners, beggars, those
who ask ss or make query

(pact. pic. m. ph».)

one who is questioned
‫عسثول‬
252

(perf. 1st p. sing.) ‫آلى‬

1 asked

(perf. ‫و‬
they asked
p. m. plu.)

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫تأتم‬

you asked

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

demands, asks(l)

‫يلكآهاللكثيآنتنزليمكبا‬
The people of the Book ask
thee to bring down a
Book. [4:153,

begs (2)

'‫دسًائهلع‬،‫ينثلهتنقالتئخلو‬

Of Him beggeth whosoever is

in the heavens and the
earth. (55:29]

thou demand
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تسآل‬
‫رمائلممطيوينآجير‬
Thou asketh them no fee for
it [12:104]

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

I ask, demand
‫آنان‬
‫يآؤا‬ .acc
(imperf. ‫يآؤن‬١
3 p.m. plu. .nom
they ask, enquire, demand

‫تسآنا‬
that).they
demand
p.m.ask. ‫ ل‬./،(
plu enquire,

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) nom

you ask, demand ace.
‫نآؤن‬
‫تمألؤا‬
٢٥٢ ‫ص‬
VOCABULARY Of TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

‫تثم' تأم تآتة ت تأ*ًا (س‬

‫ض‬.
to feel aversion for, to turn
away, to disgust, cause to
loathe

(imperf. ‫د‬
p.m. piu.) (A.».)
they grow weary
‫يسآمون‬

‫ا‬٠٠‫ني'و 'آل‬٠‫تلخ‬
They hallow Him night and
day, and they weary not.

‫ة‬8‫ل‬:41(
(perate. neg. m. piu.) \*;[z ‫آل‬

be not weary ‫؟‬ ‫آل تآرا‬

,‫ئ اكم‬
 And be not weary of writing.

12:2821

٠ ‫ربء‬
‫بأ‬
Saba (prop, n.)
(Saba was a city of Yemen,
also called Ma’arib, at
about three days’ journey
from San a. The bursting
of the dyke of Ma’arib
and the destruction of the
city by a flood are histo-
rical facts, and happened
in about the first or sec-
ond century of the Chris-
‫ًا عال‬١ era.. ٧Palmer)

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) assim. ‫يثؤا‬

<they revile

)‫ب و تتبة (ن‬- ‫سجيسب‬

to revile, defame

٢٥٣

(pact. pic. m. piu.)

those who are asked
‫مترلون‬

*،■‫تتتؤن > تنهدة‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.)
you demand one of another

‫رتثراله الننتاةلونبهوًاآلزحلك‬
And fear Allah by whom
you demand one another
your rights (or dues) and
wombs. (،.،., fear Allah
and the wombs by whom
you demand of one an-
 other your rights.) 14:11

‫يتتاةلوا‬ ).el. 3 p.m. piu(

they might question

among themselves

‫قذلكبثظمييتًالوايتلم‬
And likewise ٧٧‫ع‬ raised them
up that they might ques-
tion among themselves.

118:191

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) iv

they asked each other
‫بتتادؤن‬

‫عت يتآءلرك‬
Of what ask thcy?(refreshing
or comforting to them).

[78:tJ

questioning, deman- (n.)

ding
‫قال‬

requests (n.p.) ‫تول‬

‫ ج‬5‫ل‬

(imperf: 3 p.m. sing.)(h.v.)

<~ties, weary

VOCABULARY of the holy QURAN ‫سبب‬

)‫تتح يشح سبحا ن تباتة (ف‬

to swim, to float (in water or
air), to go rapidly, to
change about, turn over

‫بنففلكيهحون‬
Each one in an orb floating.

121:331

|'»"١ ،‫ب‬
lilt, floating, swimmingly
acc. nom.

chain of busi- (1)

t*٩‫؟‬٠(Pic.١

‫إكلكفالهآيسبكاطرتيلج‬
Lo! thou has by day a chain
of business. (Pic.) [73:7]

occupation (Jid.) (2)

Verily, there is for thee by

day occupation prolonged.

(Jid.) ٦٦٦٦٩١
swimmingly (as (3)
below)

(act. pic.‫"ر‬, plu.) ‫التاصات‬

those who are floating (i.e.,
angels who come down
floating from heaven with
their Lord’s command.)

‫الشإخيببكًاق‬5
By the angels who glide
swimmingly. [79:3]

(perf. 3p.m.hallowed
< glorified, sing.) Ii ‫تخ‬
254

(perate m. plu.) assin‫؛‬. ‫آلترا‬

do not revile

(way, means (n.) ‫سبب‬

(not drawn from ‫) ب يقب‬
 ‫سبب زرةاا؛أل‬
(causes, reasons (n.p.)

ways, means (n.p.) ‫اآلئأب‬

(imperf. 3 p.m, plu.١ ‫بون‬

they keep the Sabbath

)‫> تبت يثبت تبتا (ض‬-

to rest, to keep sabbath

Sabbath
the day of(of Jews) (v.n.)
keeping ‫ست‬
Saturday (fl.) ‫البت‬
the holy weekend of the

Jews, between Friday and

Sunday.)

‫بآت‬ .nom ‫ئءنًا‬ .arc

repose, rest («.)

‫وجلتًانرمكرتبائأج‬
And We made your steep as
a rest (for repose). [78:9]

(they swim
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يسبحرن‬
^٥t

‫سبع‬
VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAN

-‫م ب‬
 ‫( تتيح‬،■،>.».glorifying (v
‫ هسبحين‬nom. ‫مسبحرن‬
acc.

those who (Ap-der. m. plu.)

glorify (their Lord)

‫( سلحان‬.hallowed be to (n
It always occurs before)
Allah as pronominal or
relative pronoun referring
to Him as :

‫ بحان اش‬hallowed be Allah

‫بحانكة‬ hallowed be Thou

‫ظتم‬٠‫كئ‬، hallowed by He
‫ئذىتذبئك‬٢‫ئبخناتتى‬
Hallowed be He who carried
His servant by night.

‫اقشط‬ ‫ال‬٠‫آب‬
< tribes (n. p.)
.gen .arc

(sing.) ‫بل‬
lilt: a tree that has many
branches, grandsons, tribes

‫ع‬٠‫★ سب‬
‫اتبع‬
rapacious, animal, (n.)
lion, wild beast

‫) > يباع‬.phi(
‫ تجة‬،‫ تجع‬،‫التبع‬. .nom ‫ده‬. ‫كبًا‬
seven (card, num.)

to praise, ‫تح تسيحًا‬

ii
magnify God with the
word

God is far above, ‫بحان اقو‬

He is beyond the level of
human beings

(Though tense of the word

 ‫تتح‬ is perfect (past.),
yet in the Quranic style
and context it stands for
the present tense. Thus

‫مح‬ means he glorifies

or hallows.)

(perf. 3 p.m. ptu.) Il

they hallow, they praise
‫تبزا‬

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ii

glorifies, hallows
‫بح‬

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ii ‫تح‬

‫رم‬ g'orifes, hallows

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. phi.) ii
they glorify
‫تبعدن‬
(imperf• 3 p.f٠ plu.) ‫يبخن‬

they ‫ )نرنم‬glorify
(Imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫تبحرن‬
you glorify

(imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) ace. Il

you glorify
‫تبحرا‬

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ،، ‫نحح‬

we hallow, praise

(perate. m. sing.) ii
(thou) glorify !
‫ح‬

(perate. m. phi.)
(you) grorify !
‫تتحؤا‬
٢٥5

255

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY OURAN

‫كؤألوثيتناسوسبولككرفناخذثر‬
‫عنابعظير‬
Were it not that a writ had
already gone forth from
 Allah, there would surely
have touched you mighty
torment for that which ye
took. (8:681

(pref. 3 p.m. plu.)

they had gone
‫تتقوا‬
forth, they escaped

‫ماليتجزوك‬8‫اليتيكلننجكفلعاسبلرأ‬
Let not those who disbelieve
deem that they have esca-
ped, verily they cannot
frustrate. ،8:59,

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫تشق‬

precedes ‫ء‬
‫مأتنييمناتةآجلمًارماكتأخرزت‬
No community preceds the
term thereof nor doth it
fall behind. [15:5!

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they escape
‫سئون‬

‫تنبق‬.nom ‫ تشقا‬.arc
going speedily (v.n.)

.‫فاكيعي تبكًا‬
Then they speed with (fore•
most) speed. [79:4J

(٥ c،. pic. m. sing.) ‫سابق‬

one who goes ahead

‫ تعون‬.nom ٥،٣٠ ‫سبعين‬

seventy (card, num.)

‫وابغ ★ا‬٠
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv
,"Jias completed
 (act. pic. f. pht.) ‫سابغات‬
<complete (coat of mail)

(sing.) ‫سإبغ‬
(This word applies to a thing
of any kind, complete,
full, ample, or without

—
deficiency, and long—

‫آياغمليغج‬
Make thou complete coats of
mail. (34:111

٢٢٩
(perf. 3 pjn. sing.) ‫ئ‬

< "had gone(1)

before, already gone forth

)‫تتق يتبق تبقًا (ض‬

to get in advance, precede,
overtake, to pass, come

first to the goal

‫ لم‬per[ 3 p.f. sing.١ ١‫بح‬

had gone before, already

gone forth

٢٥٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫سبق‬

* ‫سبل‬
‫اآللح ثاع'ًا‬0‫اللم الج'ج>له‬.١ ‫سيل‬

manner
the way (n.) ‫الشيل‬
‫سيل‬
the way In.) acc. ‫ اتيل‬/ ‫تيًال‬

acc. ‫كحال‬ nom.

ways(». ‫و‬,( ‫بر‬
ways (n. p.) ‫السبل‬

٠‫ىتت‬

six (card, num.)

sixty Icard, num.) ‫يمنن‬
‫يتة‬

(imperf. 2 p.m.plu.) viii ‫تتتترون‬

<you cover yourselves

< ‫ استتر‬viii ‫اسيتارًا‬

to hide oneself, put a cover
on hinuelf, conceal one-
،elf

)‫» تتر يشتر ترآ(ن‬

to cover, veil, conceal

veil, cover (n.) ‫يئره‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.١ ‫تشتور‬

covered one

(perf. 3 p.m. sing,١ ‫ى‬

٨>“prostrated himself

‫ التابقون‬.nom ‫ تابقين‬.-oct
those ٠ (.oct. pic. m. plu.١

go first

(act. pic. f. plu.) ‫الشابقات‬

those who go first, those

who pass speedily

 (pact. pic. m. plu.) acc.
those who are outrun
‫تنبزلن‬

‫رماتربسبقيي‬
And We are not to be outrun,
[56:601

(perate m. plu.) iii ‫سابقرا‬

< strive with—in, hastening

‫" ' يسآبق متابقة ت يباة‬ ‫سابق‬

to try to precede, outstrip
surpass, to vie with one
another

‫؛‬.١ ‫اشتقًا ؛؛اال‬perf. 3 p.m. dua(

the twain raced

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii

they raced, strived
‫استبقؤا‬
And if We listed surely We
should wipe out their eyes
that they would strive for
the way. [36:66)

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) viii

we strive in race
‫تتق‬

‫اتآأهيتآتتبئ‬
We went of[ competing.

(perate. m. plu.) viii

(you) strive!
‫اتقوا‬
٢٥٧

257

‫ىأ‬٠
VOCABULARY 07 THB HOLY QURAN

‫د‬٤

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m, plu.) ‫يجذ زن‬

 they prostrate (1)

themselves

‫يتين أغباله؛آعبيدتء‬
(They) reciting the revelations
of Allah in the hours of
night while they prostrate
themselves. 13:131

they adore (2)

‫وجذتماوقرمهاينجدننل‬
I have found her and her
people adorning the sun.

127:241

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) acc.

they adore
‫ينجدزا‬

‫اأيتبجدؤايلو‬
So that they adore not Allah?

١٠n٦is١
(imperf. 1st p. plu.)
we prostrate
‫ننجد‬

(parale. m. sing.) ‫انجذ‬

thou (m.) prostrate thyself

(perate. f. sing.)‫اجين‬
thou (f.) prostrate thyself

(prate, m. plu.) ‫انجدوا‬

(you all) prostrate your-
selves

‫لذاقيللمرانجدراللرحني‬
And when it is said unto
them prostrate yourselves.

[25:601
 )‫نيتت يسجد بجودًا (ن‬
to prostrate(!)

to be submissive (2)
obeisance, to adore

‫فسجدالتتكة أهزآجسع‬
So the angels prostrated

themselves, all 0 ٢them to-

gather. 15:301

(per/. 3 p.m. ph». ١ ‫تبدوا‬

they prostrated themselves

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.)

makes obeisance
‫يجد‬

‫وطهويجامنفياكرترآرض‬
And whoever is in the hea*
vens and the earth makes
obeisance to Allah only.

113:15]

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) acc.

that thou prostate thyself
‫تنجد‬

‫مأمنعككًاالتجد‬
What prevented thee that
thou shouldst not prostra-
tc thyself. 17:121

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫آنجد‬

1 prostrate myself

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) ‫ينجداي‬

the twain made obeisance

6‫رالكجررراللجريعجني‬
And the herbs and the trees
do obeisance. [55:6,

258
 ٣٥٨

٠‫سجل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫د‬

‫سج‬
the sacredf/vop. n.) ‫المتجد الرام‬
Mosque at Makkah

the House of Allah and

(also referred to as
Kaba)
‫ينت ال‬
٠‫د‬
(pip. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫ينجرفن‬
< they will be stocked
to be burnt

‫مجر يتجر تترًا و م‬

to fill (oven) with wood, to
heat, burn, to fill (well)
with water

Then in the fire they would'

be stocked. 140:721

overflowing
(pact pic. m. sing.) ‫المتجزر‬
‫وابحرالتجورلف‬

By the overflowing rea.

152:61

‫سم‬‫بجرخ‬
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.)»
is filled
‫ ولء االبحازجرئ‬0

And when the seas shall be

 filled. [81:6,

‫★ سجل‬

٢٥٩
the scroll of writing («.) ‫لجل‬
‫( اكجزد‬. prostration (I) (v.n
©‫ذةكًاذ؟ر'لغموي‬٠‫تضيلئب‬
And in the night time hallow
Him and also after (the
presented) prostration،

[50:40]

)‫) ر تا جث ره‬p. b. 2(

those who prostrate them-

Seles

@?‫ؤ‬٣‫كالؤيال‬

And those who bow down

and those who prostrate
themselves. [2:1251

(.act, pic. m. sing

one who prostrates
١١ ‫ساجد‬
himself

‫ االجدزن‬m ‫اكاجين تاجيين‬

(act. pic. m. p.s. ١ acc.
those who prostrate them-

٩ ‫؟‬e\vt

(act. pic. m. p.b٠١ acc. ‫عجسًا‬

prostrating

‫تاذعلواأبابجدا‬
And enter the gate prostrat-
ing yourselves. 12:58‫ا‬

‫منجد‬
‫تسحهاتتالكغرى‬
mosque (ii.p.t.)

Surely a mosque founded

 from the first day on piety
9:1081]

es (n.p.b .( ‫ متاجد‬،‫المآيد‬
259

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫سجل‬

)‫عب يحب تمآ (ف‬

to drag, trail on the ground

‫ تتًاب‬،‫ الحاب‬.nom ٦‫ ءمأ‬.acc

cloud (n.)

(,imperf. 3p.m. sing.) acc.il ‫يسيت‬

(that may extirpate

exterminate
to destroy, ‫آ‬٠‫آتتق إئ‬ V

)‫> > تتت يتحع تنتًا (ف‬

to gain what is unlawful

Fabricate not against Allah

a lie, lest He extirpate you
with a torment. 120:611

forbidden, unlawful (n.) ‫يغح‬

‫ترزا‬
they enchanted
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

)‫>تريسحريزرآ(ف‬
to bewitch, enchant, practise
magic or sorcery

‫ًاغيئا لخآى‬٢‫تةخزد‬
They enchanted the eyes of
the people. [7:116,
 (imperf. 2p.m. sing.) acc.
that thou enchant
‫تحر‬

the stones of baked clay(«.) ‫السجيل‬

(pip. 3p.m. ling.) acc. ‫ينجن‬

‫ > دالتم‬be imprisoned

‫ (تتجن ينجن تبًا (ن‬to imprison
(epi ‫ ق‬p.m. phi) ‫لينجنن‬
they should imprison.‫تع‬

^surely
(epl. pip.be imprisoned
3 p.m. ‫سنتلحج‬
sing.)

the prison (n.) ‫لتجن‬

(pact. pic. m. pill.) ‫سجر ين‬
(,sing.) ‫؟> مجرن‬٣٦s٥ncts

Sijjin (n.) ‫تجين‬

litt. a *prison’ which is a cer-
tain place in which is kept
the record of the deeds of
the ivicked (LL).

‫ ص‬-p ‫* ى‬

‫و‬
< darkens
(perf. p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫تجى‬
٢‫(تآ يشجو تتر‬
to be covered with
,to be calm

darkness
 (pip. ‫و‬ p.m. plu.)
<they are dragged
‫ينحبزن‬
260

٢٦

‫د‬٤ VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN

(pis. pic. m. plu.) ii

bewitched ones
‫مسحرزن‬

‫مع‬
‫جينمبحر‬
early dawn (n.)

We delivered them at early

dawn, [54:34,

٥.( ‫آآر‬
‫رالكتغيريتياألتحار‬
early dawns (n. p.

,*nd praying ones at early

dawn for forgiveness.

‫تيق‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)
‫ نم ت‬remote
‫آحاآل\ة ؟نج ها‬١‫تق تتحق تا(ن) ا‬
be far away (*.«.) ‫ىعًا‬

*‫صحل‬

(act. pic. m. sing,)

seashore, bank of a river
‫التايل‬

‫( جز‬.perf. 5 p.m sing)

١‫نم ي‬
scoff at

‫تجز يتخرتخرًا ت س‬
 to make fun of, laugh at,
mock

(pip. 2 p.m. sing.)

you arc turned away
‫تنحر زن‬
‫عآلنىحرفن‬

Say thou : How then are ye

turned away, 112:891

Note: ‫يغر‬
“bewitched” but also to
is not only
be turned away from one's

course or
١
‫االةبب‬
‫ يزر‬،‫اتخر‬
magic)».(

‫( يزران‬ two magics («. dual

(or magicians)

‫قالؤايحريتظهرا‬
They said: two magics supp.

orting each other. [28:481

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫ تاير‬،‫التاير‬

magician

(act. pic. m. dual.)

two magicians
‫تبزاالف‬

(act. pic. m. ps.)

the magicians
‫تاجر زن‬
(act. pic. m. pb.) :‫الثتن‬
the magicians

magician (ifits.) ‫تعار‬

(pact, pic. m. sing.)
enchanted
‫عنحزر‬
‫ تنحزرزن‬.nom ‫ تتحرر ين‬.acc
 (,act. pic. m. plu,) ii

enchanted ones

٦‫ة‬١

٢٦

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫سخر‬

‫التمر‬,‫وتخرلكةاثني‬
And He subjected the sun
and the moon for you
(i.e.. For your benefit).

114:331

(perf. 1st. p. m. plu.)

‫تتزنًا‬
١ vc subjected -,٠
subservient,
[pis. pic, m. sing.) ii ‫المسخر‬
one subjugated

‫ مسخراي‬،‫المتخراي‬
(pis. pic. f. plu.)

those whoare made subject, ,

subservient

‫★صخط‬
‫لح‬
(perf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫تيط‬

‫م‬٧ > became incensed

‫عال‬- ‫تيط ينخط ينطآ‬-

to be angery, to be inflamed
in anger, incensed

they are 3enraged

(imperf. ‫ينخلةن‬
p.m. plu.)

angered
(per). ‫أنط‬
3 pm. sing.) iv

displeasure (,,.«٠:
 <barrier, (I)،/».) acc.

‫(تد يتد تدآ (ن‬ )assim(

to close (a whole), to stop

up, to bar

mountain (2)

(thatmountains
two serve as barriers)
(n. dua!)gen.

(perf. .‫ ؟‬p.m. plu٠١ ‫تيفرز ا‬

they scoffed at

,*shouldneg.
[imperf. ‫»رول‬,
not scoff at

perf. ‫م و‬.they
m. scoff
plu.) at‫ينخرزن‬
(.imperf. 2 p.m. sing.١ ‫تنخر‬

thou scoffs at

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١ ‫تشخرون‬

you scoff at

that you 2scoff

(imperf. p.m.at
plu.) acc. ‫تسخروا‬
we scoff1st.
(imperf. at ‫م‬. plu.) ‫تنخز‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) acc.
the scoffers

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ينتنخررن‬

 < they turn to scoffing

‫استخر‬ as RF

mockery iv.n.) acc. ‫تيي‬

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) ii -‫جذ‬

< ,*subjugated

‫ تفر‬ii ١١٣٦٢١‫ ئتخذل ؟‬to

ss under dominion or
control, to subjugate

‫رسخراكثتروألتر‬
And He subjugated the sun
and the moon, (compelled
them to act or do their
Functions as they are
ordered.) 13:21

262

‫ردح‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫مدد‬

‫★ رب‬

one who
(act. goes
pic. m, ‫تارب‬
about freely
sing.)

‫> ترب يترب ررفيًا (ن‬

to go forth and pasture
freely (camels)

(in the
<to turnwalerl
freely (v.*,.) acc. ‫ترا‬
)‫تيب بترب تتا(س‬
to flow, run

‫بأتحن تمنزفىابضتتئا‬
Then it took its way into the
 sea freely. (18:61)

‫رات‬
mirage («.)
.acc ‫تراب‬ .gen

EZZ]‫ترايل‬
> ‫يزال‬
coats (n. p.h.)
(sing.)
‫آ‬-----------------------------------------V

*.‫ د‬r ‫ ا‬٠

straight (n.)
proper, to the point
acc. ‫سيندًا‬
)‫>سدييد يدادًا (ض‬

to be right, in the right

direction

K
lotc-trees (n.) ‫يذن‬

(of a wild, thorny and fruit-

less variety)

lote-trcc (n.) ‫يذرة‬

lote-tree at the ‫يذرة الختى‬
boundry (beyond which
neither angels nor prophets
can pas١١ and which is the
ultimate point of access
for created beings).

‫★ سدس‬

onc٠s ixth (fraction)

sixth ( ord. num.)
‫الثدس‬
‫سايئ‬
meta.( 1) Prophet Muhammad
lilt, lamp (n.) acc. ‫يراجا‬
(2) the sun

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تمزجون‬

you drisc out to pasture

‫ترح تترح ر ط و مرزح‬

 to send forth to pasture

|‫كشىب‬
lilt, in vain, („.) (adj.) ‫ندئ‬
aimless, uncontrolled

‫آيخسباالنًانآنيتركتدى‬
Thinketh man that he is to
be left aimless ?(۶،'c.)
.........uncontrolled. (‫النر‬.)

175:36‫ا‬

٢٦٣

263

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY Of THI HOLV QURAN

-‫سر‬

‫تأقرلرتمأتتاثلرين‬
The colour whereof is deepest,
delighting the beholders.

[2:691

(part. pic.m. sing.) acc. ‫مترزرًا‬

delighted

‫سرؤرًا‬
(opp. tribulation)
prosperity (n.) ‫سراء‬
happines (v.n.) acc.

happiness (opp. distress)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) is ‫أرر‬
hidden(!)

to keep secret, ‫ إنرارًا‬iv ‫آتر‬

to conceal, to confide,
impart a secret to

‫تالقرلومنجةريه‬-‫تراءيثمزكنآ‬
 Equal (unto him) is he
among you who hideth
the word and he who
publishcth. 13:101

confided (2) ‫إلى‬

‫واذآتتاكوقالبعيآزواجهحيريا‬
And when the Prophet confi-
ded a story to one of his
wives. [65:3]

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫آترزي‬

I spoke secretly

they hided
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫أترؤا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫بيرر ن‬
they hide

26+

‫تلحئذهلئتألعئت)صص‬
And for you there is beauty
in them as ye drive them
at eventide and as ye drive
them out to pasture.

16:61

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ii ‫أسرح‬

<1 shah release

‫> نرح » تتيينحًا‬

to release, to set free, to

divorce

(perate. m. plu.) ii ‫تترحزا‬

(you) release!

(to divorce)
to set free, (v.m) acc.
‫تراحًا‬
setting free (v.m) ii ‫تنيغ‬
 ★ ‫مرد‬

coat of mail (n.) ‫الشزو‬

(or) links (stitch)

‫سددق‬

canvas roof
awning, (,Ji) ‫سرادق‬
★‫صدر‬
٥ ‫تكر‬ssim١)١.ng‫؛‬p.J.s‫ ث‬.imperf)
delights

‫> تر يكر مرزرًا و‬

gladden,

٢٦٤ ‫سرف‬
VOCABULAI* or TH! HOLY OUUN

‫لد‬

)‫يي تتع يترع سرعة (ف‬

to hasten, hurry, be quick

we are hastening
(imperf. 1st; p. phi.) iii ‫ثتارع‬
(you) make
(perate, ‫تارعرا‬
hasteiii! vie with
m. plu.)

each other!

swift,2sharp
(act. ‫سريع‬
pic. m. sing.)

‫برياالي‬
And Allah is swift at
2*‫؟‬

2:2021] .reckoning

‫آل؛ًا‬
‫سراء‬٠‫؟ا‬١‫ع‬.‫) ًا‬
hasten ١‫ ؛‬١ ‫أشرع‬
elati forth
e (v.n.<iii)acc

‫سرف‬
 ‫أشرق‬ ‫و‬
(.P; 0. sing .perf)

‫>■ اثراط رام‬ ١‫نم‬

‫يآترن‬
trespassed
extravagcni, to
،V exceed a limit
in anything

‫كذيكنجزئمناتترف‬
Thus We requite him who
trespasseth (the boundry
120:1271 .(of law

‫آشرفر‬ they committed extravagnee

‫تتخي‬٠‫ذيًايىاتةلمت‬،‫ىت‬
Say thou, 0 My bondmen
who have committed ex-
travagance against them-
selves. [39:53}

- (imperf. 2 pt p!u.
you hide !
١ ‫تيرون‬

‫إ‬ ‫وا‬ ‫آير‬

(perate m. plu.)
،you) hide

‫آيروائؤلكرآراجمررا‬
And whether ye keep your
discourse secret or publish
it. [67:13,

secretly (v.rt.) acc, ‫إسر أرًا‬

(talking or addressing
secretly)

‫سر‬
.secret (fl.) acc.
secretly (fl.) acc.
nom.

secrets (fl.
couches (n.p.)
‫م‬.‫ه‬.( ‫شرزاو‬
‫تي‬
٠‫ترلل‬
‫فيماثرريريوعة‬
 Therein shall he couches
elevated. [88:[ 3]

‫★ ص رع‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) Hi ‫بساي عرن‬

<thcy vie with each other

‫سارع يسارع'نآرع‬
make haste with one another,
or crying, or striving,
Hi

with one another, hasten-

ing with another, to be
or get before other or
others

٢٦٥

265

QURAN ‫؟‬VOCABULARY of THE HOL ‫سطح‬

thieves acc. ‫ سارقين‬nom. ‫سارئؤن‬
(perf.
stole
‫ و‬p.m. sing.)viii ‫اترق‬

‫إالمر انتق اكع‬

Save him who stealeth the
hearing. (15:18)

‫سر م د‬
‫سرمدآ‬
continuous (n.) acc.

‫★سرى‬
‫يخر‬
(imperf. p.m. sing) w.v.f.d.
‫ > بم‬de parts
‫(سرنى يترى سرى ؤ سرية (ض‬
to travel at night

‫رالييذاير‬
And by the night when it
departeth. (89:4)
 depart : (perate. m. sing.) ‫أسر‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫أبئرى‬
carriea by night, made to

travel by night

rivulet (n.) acc. ‫سريا‬

‫سطح‬
(pip. 3 p.f. sing.)
< -outspread
‫سطحت‬

)‫تطح يسطح تطحًا (ف‬

to spread out, level

(el. neg. ‫و‬ ’.m. sing.)

ler-S'not be extravagant
‫آل يترفث‬

(imperf. 3p.m, plu.yjuss.

they were not extravagant

(perate neg. m. pill.)

be not extravagant!

extravagantly (v.n.) ‫إشرافًا‬

<ap-der.>iv neg. sing.)
extravagant
‫معرفئ‬

‫ مترفين‬،‫ المكر فين‬.acc

(apder.m.plu.)

extravagant people

‫سرق‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.)
>٠١‫ر‬٩‫أ‬0‫يا‬
)‫تترق يشرق تزآل و ترقة (ض‬
to Stea,
 (imperf.
-Steals
‫م و‬. m. sing.) juss.

‫حلهينبل‬٢‫دااؤلءهئكرققتترق‬

They said ‫م؛ ع‬ he stealeth

then surely a brother of
his hath stolen be Pore,
(12:77)

(imperf. neg. 3p.m. phi.)‫آل يشرقن‬

they (٠) should not steal
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫الشارق‬
).m( ‫م‬١‫أح‬

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫السارقة‬

thief (f.)

٢٦٦
266

‫ سعر‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫م د‬

(3)

‫اناطب أشطور؟‬
(Tables, stories (n.p.b.)
2 )sing(

‫) آساطير‬ signifies, ties or fa-

Isehoods, or fictions, or
stories having no fonnda-

‫ص‬ tion

‫وإلى اآلرضري" سط‬

And (look they not) at the
earth how it is outspread?

188: 20 ‫ز‬

(imperf 3 p.m. pill.) o. ‫يسطو ت‬

(they attack
(‫تطتثطوتطوآوسطوة‬
‫ ب‬،‫ على‬-
to attack, assail, leap upon

٠ ‫ى ح آ‬٠
they 3are
(pp. blest
p.m. plu.) ‫يد وا‬
‫تعد ف)تسعد تعد آ و س‬ )
( ‫عادة‬- ‫ت‬
to be prosperous, fortunate.

to be blessed (p.p.)

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫تيعيذ‬

one who is blessed

،‫شقة ار‬ wretched)

٠ ‫سعر‬
(pp. ‫ ل‬p.f. sing.) ii ‫عرت‬
‫)يم‬-is made to blaze

(they in.scnbe
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يسطرؤن‬
)‫تصريسكرسطرًا(ن‬
to inscribe, write, draw

‫ مشعلورآ‬،‫تنطور‬ .acc
(pact. pic. m. sing.)
he inscribed ss

written down (pis. pic. > viii)

‫كصخيرؤكبرتتطر‬ 5
And everythin‫؟‬, snail and
great, hath been written
down. 154:531

)‫س ى ط ر‬
‫مصيطر‬
)2
(ap-der.quard. m. sing.)
 (warden

‫على‬-‫تيطر يسيطر تبطرة‬

to exercise full authority over
SS

wardens m. plu. quard.)

(Ap-der, ‫هصيطرون‬
Note : The first redical،/ is
replaced tvith

٢٦٧

267

‫سعى‬

V OCA ‫ الع‬LASiy OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عد‬١‫و‬٠

speeded, ١١ent quickly (2)

‫ألضإبب‬٦‫ول تىفي‬١ ‫ولم؛‬
And when he turneth away
he speedeth through the
land that he may act
corruptly therein. [2:2051

endeavoured (3)

‫وآنلينلإلتلنرالمأسغى‬
And that for man shall be
naught save that therefor
he endcavoureth. 153:39]

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.) HU’.

they endeavoured
‫تعوا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v.

^runneth, will be running
‫يشعن‬

‫م‬٠‫زيشتحةأتيي‬٠‫ؤلئ‬
Their light will be running

before them. 166:8 ‫ا‬

 striveth (2)

‫ثةآذبريخى‬
then he turned back striving.

19:221

runneth, is running (3)

‫وجآيجلتنآثصا الميين‬
And then came a man from
the farthest part of the city
running. 128:201

‫كيتى‬,‫وآتامنجآ‬
And for him who cometh

unto thee running. [80:8 ‫ز‬

‫قسعيرًا زز‬ ‫ تعر‬,to provoke
to light the fire

،‫التيير‬ .nom ‫سعيرًا‬ .acc

flame, blaze (act. 2 pic.)

(of the Hell)

madness (1) (n.) ‫سعر‬

‫فتالقاابتراتئاواجدا‬
‫ضللةسعر‬
And they said : a (mere) hu-
man being from among
us, and single ! shall we
follow him? verily then
we should fall in ,error
and madness. [ 54:24)

* ٠. ٠\Jid. p‫؛‬c.١

plural of 2) ‫)عتر‬
(According to ibn. and Mot.

in the verse 54:24

is plural of ‫ تعيز‬٠ as
it is endorsed by au-
thentic commentators).

٠ ‫سع ئ‬

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.} IV.V. ‫تعى‬

<n, strived (1)

)‫تعى يسعى سغيًا(ف‬

to strive, to go quickly, has-
ten, to run, to be active

‫وسنىفيخابا‬
And he strived after their
ruin. [2:114‫؛‬

268

٢٦٨

‫ح‬

‫ف‬

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY OE THE HOLY QURAN

‫سع ع‬

‫فلتأبلغمعةاكتع‬
attain-(‫ ؛؛‬And when he (Isna
,ed the age of running
[37:102]

(2) speeding

‫ثردعمكيأييتسعيا‬
Then call them, they will
come unto thee speeding.

[2:260,
endeavour (3)

‫نال كفرانكيه‬
 There shall be no denial of
his endeavour. [2 1:94]
striving (3)

‫وتنىلمآتيها‬
And strive therefor with
(due) striving. (17:19]

efforts (5)

‫النينكلتغيةرفاليرةالكشيًا‬
Those whose efforts are was-
ted in the life of the
world. 118:104]

٢٢٦٢٤'‫\س‬
‫( تمتقة‬.privation (tn > ‫تغت‬
‫؛‬،‫تقعغتكة (ن‬٦‫تشئبتغ‬
to hunger(u

(pact. pic. m. sing. ١ acc. ‫تشغوحًا‬

<poured forth

Note : In the above quoted

verses the verb ‫ ييسشعي‬has

occured as ‫حال‬therefore
is rendered as running.

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing■) I،’■». ‫تسعى‬

~striveth, runneth, endcav-
oureth

‫إبزىلتشيربماتتى‬
In order that everyone may
be requited according to
that which he endeavour-
eth. [20:151

‫بنشمافاداهحيةكفى‬
So he cast it down, and Jo!
it was a serpent running
along. 120:201
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.)
they strive (1)
‫يشعؤن‬
(in corruption)

‫تتحمتقائلخفر)داة‬
And they go about in the
)and corrupting. 15:331

they endeavour (2)

‫قح؛تنيئئئغ^ييحثجيي‬١‫و‬
And those who endeavour to
frustrate Our signs.

134:38]

‫ سعيا‬،‫ اكعى‬.acc ).in(

‫ذآلآ‬١%‫لم‬٦١ ,Hit
mata. the age of running (for
a child)

26‫و‬

٢٦٩

٩‫أا‬

p٥٩s ٦‫س!ا‬٠٠‫<ي‬

■‫) جكيح‬-‫ ؟االة‬-‫ الس‬£ ٠‫؛سصللهل‬١

‫* ًا م م‬

SC ‫*م‬

٨١ ‫!هرو‬qsppcqs inoq٦ : ٦

‫م‬٣) : )٠n‫؛‬d 4 IS ‫ ا‬-‫زادالفإدل‬

0 : oiipsduia

‫لدن‬ws pcqs،٥ |E٠P pirn

٢٢٦ )■١١‫ا‬٠‫ ل‬-‫إلقا’ أألا ع‬

‫مم‬1*
]‫؟‬081-
 ٨a ‫ ل|أه‬S٥٩IJ٥S JO spurq■
١‫?كخم‬٠‫آلنمًا‬
٥٩lJ3S$ (٤)
[،Rd
٠w3uo| sXaujnof mo
IU‫ت‬4‫ ا‬٠٩‫ ؟‬ooueisip 0‫ال‬5‫اسة‬٩
puy 40٢١ ‫لم‬١ : pies‫ ل‬i pjoi
‫ج‬٦‫ل؟يبم'ؤًاايم‬7‫آللت‬

JO [Bjnid )٤( ‫ى‬

Z91 ■saiuoi:‫]؛‬

‫؛‬٦t٠‫؛‬u٥$Suiicoq SSB 3٩1 JO s

‫ق‬٦‫م‬1‫بدم‬5‫ل‬٠
‫يدح‬

S3iun|0A JO s٠٠١ij٥s 10 >,ooq

Aa« M٥ (١oo٩ b jo s3u،n[0A)
‫أ‬٢٢١‫■؟ م ت‬،/■‫داد؟ (ا) وأل‬

٠٨‫د‬

)٩‫'ا‬٠‫ؤ‬

JO ‫ل‬4‫ (س؛لبأ االل ااة‬3‫ساال‬٠»‫ا‬

(V^uis-J'-iap-dy ‫*سًا‬٠

]٠‫ااأ• لغجعء‬3‫لهال‬٩‫ة‬

-‫دا‬٩ ,U»[{M 1 ‫دالاالة‬0٦‫ ابأد لد‬Xg

UAWp JO

(m,us ،(UAABp «‫الد‬,,, 1٩9 ‫ا‬

‫إ‬٢‫ ك‬A, ‫أ‬٢‫آ‬١‫االج لبم‬٦‫ لب‬0‫أ‬

<~p٥u٠jq٥uq !٣٠‫ م‬٥،

‫ة) 'ئ'لم‬
 j٥dsip *d MS OJ٠‫؛‬

«‫ب‬:‫(م)ابي‬

‫الدم‬

,SAEJ,* ١ ‫قدل‬no 0‫ ال‬jnof C-

< -‫ ار! ع؛‬٢‫ىب‬٠٠ ’,jedap ‫اه‬

5٥SS»«BUOJ

<Ij «p٣٦٦٥ ) ٩٠‫ ل‬٠

uojieoiu

e٥jujoj OI,٠٥ [iriuuiDO O

١--٢^٦۴^^٠٦

- ‫د؟‬0‫ا‬٠‫د‬1‫رال‬0‫<ل‬

‫؟؛يم‬- -‫ آلدال‬-٥٠٠ ‫«'لم‬،‫)أ‬1 1 iap-do١،٦

]‫؟‬M‫؛‬9]

0٩ ‫|ل‬qpojpsmod P٥O-

‫ألن‬

Moy <(Oja ،poojq 'SJB٥ )

,o ‫■؟‬p٥4

< ٢‫ تاخ م‬٢٢٦ c ٢‫(م)لصي‬

P ‫مم‬ ‫ م‬OH SHI JO AMYinavaoA

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN ‫عنك‬

)‫تقك يثفك سفك (ض‬

* ‫ى ى ن‬٠

the boat )„.( ‫التفبنة ا تفينة‬

 <~bcll(dd
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫سنية‬
)‫تفية يشقه قا(س‬

)‫ر نثة تسفه تفاهة( ك‬

to be unwise, stupid, foolish
to make oneself ‫عته‬ ‫تفة‬

or become stupid, foolish,

WooX

folly (v.n.) ‫نتانة‬

bar,. 2 pie, m. sin‫؛؟‬.( ‫تفية‬

one who is foolish

(act. 2 pic. ni. plu.) ‫ئبام‬

those whe arc foolish

„.‫؟‬.( ‫> تبأ‬

‫سقر‬

‫لرئ‬.‫ر‬ ‫ تقر‬the Hell

‫سقط‬

‫تقطرا‬ (.perf. 3 p.m. plu)

thcy fell>

)‫تقط يعط مقوطآ(ن‬

to fall down

to come to ‫ إلى‬-
to deviate from ‫تمن‬-
to shed (blood or tears)

(imperf. w.2 .‫ ؟‬/,.in.) ‫آل تسفىت‬

‫د‬ Ou shall not shed
 ٠ ‫مب ف ل‬

downward
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫سافل‬
‫جكعليهًاسأفلهًا‬
We turned upside thereof
the downward, 11:821

‫أثقل‬
‫ثررددنةآسنلسأنيين‬
the lowest(I)(elative)

Thereafter We cause him to

return to the lowest of
the low. 195:51

below (2)

‫والقبآتغلوتعز‬

And the caravan was below

you, [8:42‫ا‬

‫اآلنغل‬
‫اآلتغلن‬
the lowest (elative)
nethermost
(elative men
n. plu.)

(humble)

nethermost
(elative f. sing.) ‫اغال‬
‫يجتل يهة اليين كغنوااكعن‬
And he made the word of
those who disbelieved ne-
thermost. 9:40‫]؛‬

٢٧١

271

ABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫سق‬

< roofs (n. p. b.) ‫قفًا‬

(ring )‫تقث‬

٣‫* سف‬
 (act. 2 pic. m. sing.) W'.r. ‫تقيم‬
Cnot ‫؛‬veil

‫(تفمينقمتغمًاتسفمًا(ك‬
to be weak, to be not well

EEZ

watered
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫قى‬
‫تزا يتت تغبًا (ض) ق آنق‬

to give to drink, to water,

to irrigate

‫زتعمرةلمراباطموكا‬
And their Lord hath slaked
their thirst with a pure
drink. (76:211

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) I١’.v.

thou watered

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

gives to drink or will give
to drink

:‫يينت‬
‫يثتىربهخنيا‬

He will pour out wine for

his lord. (12:41)

timperf. neg. ‫ن‬

p.f. sing.
~does not give water
١ ‫آل تنق‬

‫و‬
they water, were watering
(imperf. p.m. plu.) ‫يقؤن‬
‫) مقط‬.pp( ‫أسيط بدمم> ف يديم‬
he repented, regretted an

act, he slipped to fall into

error

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.f. sing.) ‫ئتثآل‬

^falles

repented (pp. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) "

‫ولتاسقطيييم‬

And when they repented.

{7:1491
(The phrase in Arabic mean‫;؛‬
they struck their hand
upon their hands, by rea-
son of repentance: or re-
pented greatly: because he
who repents, and grieves,
or regrets, bites hi‫ ؛‬hand‫؛‬
in sorrow, so that his hand
is fallen upon his teeth,)

(LU

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫اتأ‬-

one that is falling down

acc. iv ‫ ر‬.‫و‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫تسقط‬
thou causes to fall

acc. h‫ ي‬٠‫ر‬
(imperf: ‫ ل‬st. p. pill.] ‫نقعل‬
we cause to fall

(perate. m. sing.) iv ‫أسقط‬

(thou) causes to fall

‫و‬
(imperf. p.f. sing.) iv ‫تاية‬
it shall drop

٠ ‫اس ني ق‬

‫ الئئث‬.nom ‫ تثفًا‬.acc ).n(

the roof

272
 ٢٧٢

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

(pad. pic. m. sing.) ‫تكوب‬

<~(cvcr) following

)‫(ن‬٦‫تكب تثكب عكو‬

to pour out, (melt and cast

n.ctals)

‫و‬
(perf. p. m. sing.)
< tecame quiet
‫نكئ‬

)‫تكتيكككتكر(ن‬
to be silent, became quiet

‫) نكذ تهألختب‬.meta(
the anger is abated

‫رلتأتكتعنتمريىالغضي‬
And when the anger of Musa
abated. 17:1541

‫تكرن‬
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ii
‫ > سم‬intoxicated
‫ تكز تتكنآ‬to make
intoxicated

)‫ي>تكرتتكرغرًاقتكرًا(ن‬
to be intoxicated

‫دى‬
 Intoxicated have been our
sights. 115:151

(imperf. neg. 1st. p. phi.)

wc do not water
‫آلنت‬

)‫يتقين (بننفيبتقيي‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

‫ بم‬gives me to drink

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫عزا‬

they are given to drink

(pip. 3 p.f. sing.)

shall be given to drink
‫تت‬
(pip. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫ينقزن‬
they will be given to drink

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

we gave to drink
‫ائتيًا *ا‬

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) Iv

we give to drink
.‫ننت‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) X

''-prayed for drink,
‫اتتتت‬
asked for drink

‫ يقاية‬/‫) اتقاية‬.n(
giving of drinks(!)

‫آجلتريقيةالحآخ‬
Make ye the giving of drinks
unto pilgrims. (9:19J

the drinking cup (2)

‫ظحالؤنبذ‬٩‫جئاللؤأل‬
He placed the drinking cup
in his brothers pack.
 ]12:70)

(giving the) drink (n.) ‫سغب‬

٢٧٣

273

‫س‬ VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫سكر‬

‫و‬
(el. p.m. sing.) ‫ إل‬- ‫ليكن‬
that he might find (2)

repose

‫ؤجلينمازيجماليتلناي‬
And He created therefrom
his spouse (Hawwa, the
first woman) that he
might find repose in her.

(7:1891

(The word ‫يتكن إتهًا‬ “re-

pose in her’’ puts in a
nutshell the various atti-
tudes the two sexes can
adopt towards each other
—of love inyouth, ofcom-
panionship in middle age,
and of care and atten-
dance in infirmity.—(Jid■)

(el. 3 p.m. pill.) acc.

they repose
‫ف‬I - ‫لكنؤا‬

‫أنأججلجأايلليثكزايو‬
Wc have appointed the night
that they may repose there-
in. 127:861

‫تسكتزا‬/‫ تتكرن‬.٥ff
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)

you repose

(el. 2 p.m. plu.) 3‫ إل‬- ‫عزا‬

that you may find repose
 (epl. 1st p. phi.) ‫تكين‬
wc surely shall cause to
dwell

(perate. m. sing.)
thou dwell
‫ائكن‬

274

liquor (n.) acc. ‫ئزآ‬

(it also signifies the non-
intoxicating beverages such
as vinegar)

agony (I) (n.) ‫تكرة‬

‫تقرة لموت‬
The agony o ٢ death. (Pie.)
the stupor (Jid.) (50:19,
intoxication (2)

‫مبغتمة‬٠‫لتخاغلمذمبىئكذت‬
By thy life ! in their intoxi-
cation they were wander-
ing. (15:72,

drunken, (n.p.b.)
intoxicated
‫سكرلى‬

‫) تكران‬.sing(
‫و‬
(perf. p. m. sing.)
.«dwelled
‫تكن‬

)‫[سغن(ن‬٦‫شكنيتكنيكن‬
to dwell, inhabit

to rely upon, ‫هًا ت ائ‬

trust in, to repose

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.
ye dwell (1)
١ ‫تكتم‬
‫ثم‬٢‫ضالةآلظدئوًا‬،‫تئتنمذ‬٠‫ئ‬
 And ye dwell in the dwell-
ings of those who had
wronged themselves.

[14:45,

٣٧٤

‫خ‬٠‫سؤ‬

VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

‫سكن‬

knife (n.) ‫يكين‬

dwelling (rt. ‫م‬/.( ‫ثئ‬
dwellings (rip pt.) ‫تاكن‬
(pact. pic. f. sing.) ‫تشكؤنة‬
inhabited

uninhahi cd ‫غغ تنكؤتق‬

poverty, (yn mim.) ‫المتكنة‬
lowliness

‫ يشيين‬.nom ‫ خيينًا‬.acc ).«(

poor, humble, submissive

‫ تتاكبن‬/ ‫ المتًاكن‬the poor(n.p.b.)

‫سلب‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juss.
*snatches
‫يتلب‬

‫ال؛د'يا‬
If the Dy were to snatch
away aught from them.

'(arms (n.p.b.) ‫أنيحة‬

(sing.) ‫يآلح‬
★ ‫سلخ‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تتك‬

<we draw
 (priule. m. plu.١ ‫اتكتزا‬

(you) dwell

(imperf. ‫ل‬ p.m. sing.)

-*have not been inhabited
‫إل تتكن‬
(imperf. hl. p. sing.) iv
1 cause to dwell
‫آنكني‬
(imperf. !st. ‫م‬.
we cause to dwell
phi.) iv :‫اتك‬

juss. iv ‫يثكن‬
(،imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.١

< *causes to cease or

stop

)‫عكن كنيكؤ (ن‬2

to subside, to be or become

quiet

opp. to move ‫آتكن‬

cause to be quiet

(you) lodge!
(perate. m. plu.) iv ‫أيرا‬
(oct. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫تاكينًا‬

still

repose (l) («.) ‫تكن‬

‫م‬4‫إقصلوتكتن‬
Verily thy prayer is a repose
for them. 19.1031

tranquillity, rest (2)

 ١‫كنتكت‬١‫وجتن‬
And He appointed the night
as a rest. 16:961

tranquilllity (rt.) ‫تكنية‬

٢٧٥

275

‫لف‬
٣
VOCABULARY or TH» HOLY QURAN

‫سلخ‬

)‫ححتياينلطتآلطة(س‬
to be ojip. hard, be sharp

‫ولنتآةاشهتلطمةعيكر‬

And had Allah willed He

would have surely set
them upon you, (4:901

(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. sing.) ii ‫يتال‬
"-gives power over 55

‫علطان‬
‫إتعاونليلكعيبومتلطن‬
authority (1) (n.)

Verily as for My bondmen

no authority shall thou
have over them. 115:42)

warrant (2)

‫آمكرئلطنتين‬
Or is there for you a clear
warranting. [37:156]

+ ‫( ملطان‬ ‫شنانة‬ +i(

my authority

(٠ is only for rhyme)

 ‫هلك عىسلطنية‬
There hath perished from
me my authority, [69:29]

‫★صلف‬
(perf. ‫ت‬ ‫تلف‬
>‫ىب‬١‫ةأ آل‬٦‫ا‬.
p. m. sbig.)

)‫شلوهًا(ن‬7‫تفينفتتفآ‬
to come to an end, pass
away, to precede

to Strip off )‫تتخ تتلخ تلخًا (ن‬

‫أنتلخ‬ vii ?.‫؟‬p.m. sin ‫ ن‬-perf)
slipped away (])\ >

‫ انتخ‬to be slipped off vii

‫آلفتإذئئأز‬,‫ااتج‬٠

Then when the sacrcd months

‫الألحال‬, ١٩-٠5 \s١٠t ١١‫غآلع‬

‫ بم‬sloughed off (2)

٠
We gave him Our signs but
he sloughed them off.

(7;175]

fountain (namely {n.) ‫سلتيل‬

Salsabil)

‫سلسل‬

a chain ‫يلية‬

٥.( ‫ السآليال سآليل‬.chains, («. p

manacles
 ★ ‫لس ل ط‬

‫قآ‬-

(per3 .‫ ؛‬p.m. sing.) ii

C^gavc 55 mastery or
power

to make ‫ تيأل‬ii ‫تقذ‬

one overcome, have
the mastery

٢٧٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫سلف‬

against you with sharp

tongues. (Jid.) scold you
with sharp tongues. (Pie.)
smite you with sharp ton-
gues. (M.A.) 133:191

Note : Among the words

”inveigh against"، “scold",
“smite" and "flay" the
second one is the near-
most to the sense of
‫ سق‬that signifies "to
attack with scathinc criti-
cism". „

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫رج‬

<~th ddfli ‫تلة‬

)‫لزة(ن‬7 ‫تلكيتلك تلكًا‬

‫ا‬٠ ‫خآلعآا‬١ on a road, to thread
a pathway, to make a
way

‫ؤسلكللريعاتبل‬
And he threaded for you
roads therein. opened
in the earth pathways).

[20:53]

-*caused to enter (2)

 ‫اكرأقالمه]ثزلينالتآء مآءنلكه‬
‫يأيعفياآلرف‬
Didst thou sec not that Allah
sendeth down water from
the heaven and cause th it
to enter springs in the
earth. [39:21]

‫تلئمتلئ‬
His is that which is past.

٢2:2751

(perf. 3 p. f, sing.) iv ‫آتقغ‬

‫س‬١‫اةع‬-> Wore,

did previously

‫إتآل؟ أنلغت‬
V،

to do ss or give ss
in advance

Therein every sou, ‫ الماع‬prove

that which it sent before.

[10:301

(perf. 2 pi. ph،.١

you sent in advance or
you did previously

previously (v.n.) acc. ‫تلغا‬

‫آتقتم‬

)‫فجلنمغريكع‬
And We made them a thing
past, [43:56]

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. piu.) ‫تقرا‬

<they flayed

’‫ (تؤتتبًا نغتًا ( ن )(لمع‬to boii, scold

to hurt by words (Mjm.)
 ‫ئلئزدتبيداي‬

They flay you with sharp

tongues. (Arb.) inveigh

٢٧٧

277

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫سلك‬

< ‫" تتلل‬,V ‫تسلأل‬

to slip away secretly

)‫>سلتسلتأل(ن‬2
to draw out slowly (assim)

Surely Allah knoweth those

who slip away privately.

(24:63,
extract (n.)

‫ئآلأل‬

‫للةتنطيب‬
And extract of the clay.

(23:12,

‫تنلةتنمآمهيي‬
An extract of water (base).

132:81

|‫ تأسلم‬i
٦~
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
>aved (1)
)‫اا(س‬٠‫ تآلتة ن تآل‬,‫>> تلم'يغز‬
to be in sound condition,
well, without a blemish

‫تب » تتليًا‬
 (1) to give over, hand over,
to transmit

(ii) to salute, greet

(iii) to be solid, whole

‫ أنت‬V-, ‫إنآلمًا‬

(1) to surrender, submit

(ii) to accept Islam as

one's religion

~led (3)

‫ماتلككرفسكر‬
What led you into the scor-
ching Fire? {74:42,

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

we made a way (4)
٢: ‫داح‬

‫أكلحكتةغةدخباذصحى‬١‫'ىر‬
Likewise we made way for
it into the hearts of the
culprits. (26:2001

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. sing.)
~causes to go
‫ينلك‬

‫فانةيطكنبينيديو‬
He causeth to go before
him. {72:27,

(Imperf. 1st. p. ph،.) ‫بنلك‬

we make a way

(perate. m. sing.)
make the way
‫الكن‬

(perate. f. sing.)
make the way
.‫أسلك‬

(perate. m. plu.)
bind with a chain (5)
‫انلكزا‬
 ‫ثءنزيننةذزتبعةنذراءاتًاتلكوة‬
Then in a chain whereof
the length is seventy
cubits, bind him. ,69:32,

(imperf. 3 p.m. phijvi ‫يتتلون‬

<they slip away

278

٢٧٨

‫سلم‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫سلم‬
‫قاذادخكةبيزئاقكواعت‬
‫تيةتنعئياشومبركةطيب‬
Then when you enter houses
salute each other with
greeting from before Allah,
blest and goodly. ،24:61)

send benedictions (2)

‫لدجئىئوايىقلمه‬٠
‫تليما‬
0 ye who believe ! send your
benedictions upon him and
salute him with goodly
salutation. ،33:56)

whole pic.
(pise. (I) ‫"ر‬, sing.) ii ‫مسكة‬
‫مةالثيةقها‬
(The cow should be) whole
and without blemish in
her. (2:711
 delivered one (2)

‫تويةطةالىآهية‬

٨ blood-wit delivered to his

family. 14:921

‫أنة‬
‫نالها اادبمح‬ ' ‫نلم‬
1st. p. plu.) iv
)1(
‫يًالمنتكريجمكيلو‬
Aye ! whosoever submitted
himself unto Allah.

،2:112)

I surrendered
(perf. (2) iv
1st p. sing.)

‫دكةالقك‬

But Allah saved. 18:431

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تلم‬

you hand over (2)

‫تالكاحعيلذاتكنثرتايك‬
‫يألعرظيأ‬
And there IS no blame on
you when you hand over
that which you have given
reputably. 12:2331

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يتوا‬

they submit (3)

‫نيمحيجايتاتتييت‬ ‫ثتاييدانًا‬
‫ويئياتييمًا‬
Then they find no vexation
in their hearts with that
which thou hast decreed
and they submit with full
submission. (4:651

(imperf. 2p.m.plu.)acc.ii ‫تلؤا‬

you salute or (4)
 greet, invoke peace

‫حتىتتلتراريكاعكآميمًا‬
(Enter net houses other than
yours) until you have
asked the permission and
greeted the inmates.

124:271
(perate m. plu.) ‫تتزا‬
greet (1)

TV'

279

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫سلم‬

Islam
the religion of(!) (n) ‫اكل‬
‫يآيهالنينامثوانحكاناينيقة‬
٥ ye who believe ! enter into
Islam wholly. ]2:208]

peace,
Note *‫يلم‬
: reconciliation,
literallyself-
is
resignation or submission,

and ‫الم‬
nite article,with
is synonymous
the defi-

with ‫اإلنآلم‬
ing of the religion of
as the
the mean-
Muslims, because it is a
religion of self-resignation
or submission. (LL)

pea« (2) (nt ‫التم‬

‫تلنجطقالكنرئجنلما‬

And if they incline unto

peace, then thou may
incline thereunto. (8:611

submission (3) (n) ‫اكة‬

‫تألعر اتل‬
Those whom the angels cause
 to die while they are
wronging themselves and
then they proffer submis-

Sion. 116:28 ‫ز‬

to be
(4) (n)wholly ‫تتأ‬
acc. possessed (4)
by someone, to belong

‫م‬ someone

‫فعلتلتيجهيلو‬
Say, ‫ل‬
self unto Allah. 3:20]
have surrendered my-

(perf. ‫و‬
the twain submitted
p.m. dual.) iv

they accepted
(perf. Islam
3 p.m. plu.) ‫أتؤا *آ‬
2 ‫ لالمعبل‬،« ‫أتتم‬

٢
you accepted Islam .

‫هذحكزرآلت‬١‫تةنسئئرؤفا‬
‫فإنآكانتياهتدوا‬
And say thou unto those
who have been vouchsafed
the book and unto the
illiterates : Do you accept
Islam ? If they accept
Islam, they are surely
guided. 13:201

we submitted
(perf. 1st p. plu ) Vi ‫ادرئًا‬
‫وكنفؤلؤًا آتن‬
But you say we have sub-
mitted. ]49:14]

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

submits ‫ر‬
kimperf. 1stp. sing.١ acc. ‫انا‬
that I submit
 ‫و‬
they submit p.m. phi.)
(imperf. ‫يثلزن‬
you submit
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تنيؤن‬
'

that1st.
(el. we p.
may submit
ptu.) ‫يا‬
280

٢٨٠

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN ‫سلم‬

by the holy Prophet
Mohammad (P. B. H).
It has been the religion
of all prophets in all
climes, other (so-called
religions) being so many
deviation from it. No
religion is acceptable with
God save Islam, which
consists in acknowledging
the unity and soleness of
God and embracing the
code which Mohammad
(P. B. H.) had brought.
Literally, and in practice, it
is *self-surrender‘, *submis-
sion’, *absolute surrender’
to the Devine will, and was
a fit designation of the
faith revealed to Abraham,
Ishmael and the Arabs.

٢‫آ‬0‫ العًاًا‬٠, Jewish Foundation

of Islam, p. 1 04, cited from
Jicl, p. 3, n. 291)

Islam, the name applied by

Muhammad (P.B.H.) him-
self to his religion, means
*the religion or resigna-
tion, submission to the
will, the service, the com-
mands of God. (Jid. >
١‫ع‬١‫أة‬١‫ ا‬The Religion of
 Islam, p. 1)

‫منيمًا‬
(‫ ي‬:٠
to the will of God)
Muslim
.acc
sing.)

(Appier, ‫منيين‬
twain muslims,
m. dual.)

‫منلين‬
those who surrendered

‫ضريالهمثألتجكايوئ‬
‫ويجالسلتايحإمنيتينمثال‬
Allah profoundeth a simili-
tude: a man having several
partner quarrelling and a
man wholly belonging to
one man. Are the two
equal in likeness? {39:29}

who are
(act. pic.in
m.full ‫تالمون‬
possession
plu.)

of the power of judge-

ment and will

‫بدلذكاربفمنلقالئغودوف‬
They had been called upon
to prostrate themselves
while yet they were whole.

168:43}

peace, greeting (n) ‫ سآلم‬،‫الآلم‬

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)
whole, free from all taint
‫تليم‬

‫اإلتآلمتتا‬
/*‫ممل‬
stairway (n) acc.

‫ثنالتنثواءيإنلوملر‬
surrender (I) (V.".}

Say thou: deem not your

surrender a favour unto
me. 149:171

Islam (2)

‫إكالتينعندا لإلالم‬
Verily the religion with Allah

is Islam. 13:191

(Islam is the technical name

of the creed preached

٣٨١

281

m
‫دالد‬

٥١ u sssd5٥‫؛‬,E*B J٩8 ,u ‫اماد‬

‫ةيي‬.‫)بييإييم‬1)‫(؟‬

ssuots

8u,JB3q JO SuiXbs UI

<٥uo *Ed 0‫؟؟•؟‬٩ s١٩8,u s,q

٥١ ٠١,٠١d• v٥u١s •w ٠ ‫ًا‬٧‫ لم‬٠٥٥٠

MUd

UI ps٥٩ sauo dn Pioq 0١

‫كي‬:‫ًا‬٢‫؛ي‬٩)،?(

<٩١,٥s *٥٨B٩aq oq Xipnoid

(٠/,٥ tqd m ■Jid) ‫ب‬١‫م؛ج‬

8‫؛‬osiod SB u٠٨--^•)
٩s٥y JB3UI JO*‫ ؛‬٩٥,٩s
jo (oquiXs B stqqy U٩I
q JO٠‫؛‬pj pjo٥٥v‫؛‬OJ 8u
١B|!B 0S|B ‘}JOJVUOO *U
IUOJJ )٠»٠‫ك (ل‬۴‫ ما‬: •osuco
( ‫ي‬٦‫ م‬j٥p unou 8 SI,p٥٨

٥٩١ s|tBnb (٣) ‫ًاى‬٢‫م‬

* f r ‫مم‬
١ ٥٩u٥,ssnnqns XpJ,٠٥٨

uo : Xbn ١sq١ XBp x‫ال‬,* ٥٩١

s,iuqns٥,‫؟‬A

(X ('njd IU •jap-dy ٠٦٦۶‫؟‬

١8njBs,٠uo 1‫وو‬:٤‫)ع‬

٥٦n|Bs ٩١1* uiiq X,poo8

P٥U‫؛‬٥٩PUB Uljq uodn SUOI

٥x o *oq ٥٨٥,,٥٩ $noX pu٥,

‫هيك‬٩‫ي‬٠‫ل‬

‫لهجيصآلم‬٢‫جلداه‬

uoijqniEs (‫)ع‬

٢‫حح‬:‫عع‬J’P• 1

UI ‫ ا*ا!هل‬PUB 3‫|؟‬-U3uns-J
pu١‫ ؛‬٧ X|UO ‫؛‬P٥SB٥J3U ui٥
‫ذلعكًاي؛لهلة‬١٢٢‫ي‬١

s<8|‫؛‬uij٥pu)jjns-j (‫)ح‬

uoissiuiqns [‫؛‬9:‫]ه‬

PUB uiqns X٥q٩١,١١( {,١ (linj

*٩٥,٩ P٥3J٥٥P UM n٥q١

OU ١B*a٨,٥o *,١ ٩١B٩J

U٥٩JL UI puu X٥ ٥٩١q١,J SE3

(1) uoissiuiqns

‫ لمسم‬.1‫ ؛‬٠,٥٥ )٠»٠،(

 ٥J) swnsnw!٥IBU)

J»p-dy) /■ /،/»•) ٢٣١٠

١٥3.fpB)‫؛‬JO a٨ (uopsu 1٠٦

(siuqsnjq JO dnojJJ B

BU1٥J) luqsnK}٥ JO

‫؟‬٦٦٠ ‫لم‬٠‫’ الالة‬J j»p-d*'١

suijjsnjq -

uri ‫م‬٦‫ حج‬٠,,٥ Itiou ٣٣٢‫؟‬

*- -j٥pu٥jjns oq

pu٥ ٧LU0٥ o١un ٥j١ SB 0

HVMrib AIOH a Hi ،O AMVinaVOOA ٠‫د م م‬

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN ‫سمر‬

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫تيعوا‬

they heard

(perf. ‫ آل‬p.m. plu.) ‫ئ‬

you heard

we heard
(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫تيمغنًا‬
hears 3 p.m. sing.)
(imperf. ‫يعع‬
‫يتعحزن ا يتعكق‬ .acc. gen
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.)
they, that they may,

they do not, hear

(imperf■ 2 p.m. sing.)

thou hear
‫تتتع‬

‫تتمزن ا تعنزا‬ .acc. gen

(.imperf.‫ ؟‬p.m٠plu.١

you, that you may,

 you do not, hear

(epl. 2 p.m. plu.)

you surely will hear
‫تتععن‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫أنتع‬

!hear ‫أ‬ ‫نح‬

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫نسمع‬

we hear

we used to hear ‫كتا تتع‬

listen (thou)
(perate !
m. sing.) ‫اتتغ‬ -

(perate. m. plu.) ‫انتعؤا‬

hear, listen (you) !

)‫انمعزن(اتتمؤا في‬
listen to me

‫أتتع‬ (perf 3 p.m. sing.) iv

made ss hear,‫*؟‬
‫تذلجكذن‬١‫وعنيكج‬
Stiff-necked, discoursing there-
of by night reviling.

123:671
(the word ‫صأ‬٠١‫ ت‬has occu-
red here in the verse as

‫ال‬- i.e., in the state of

doing so).

‫ («الساييرى و‬Samiri

Note : ‫ االييئ‬is not a pro-

per noun, a man belonging
to a tribe called ،‫ساية‬
or ،،‫ سمر‬existed at the
time of Moses (IK. Tb.).
According to the recent
researches, the word
sounds more of an appel-
lation than of 8 personal
name. If we look to old
Egyptian, we have
'Shemer: a stranger, for*
eigner. As the Israelites
had just left Egypt, they
might quite well have
among them any Egypti-
anised Hebrew bearing
that nickname (Jid.>Aya.
p. 16, n. 381).

(perf■ 3 p m. ling.) ‫تع‬

١ heard -

‫لم‬perf. 3p.f, sing.) ‫تيرغ‬

-(() heard

٢٨٣

283

٦٧‫د‬

*8Z
S3i|sijnoupv

)٢ ٠‫ لسسزز‬Buis •tu d■( ‫رم بم‬

1431005

٩٥jods‫؛‬pui« 8u
lord ،(»■)
qSnoiqi ٥q٠٥ ‫ ددد‬١IP٥٠U BJO

٦un!]Missed [suit» B l

,٥Xs s٠q ٠ip٥su Ju (u) ‫ب‬

 ‫* د د حم‬
‫ (ال) ?أي‬٠٩‫يه!ه‬

<٠‫م• آللي‬٠'٢(

‫هزص‬٢‫) ؟‬٠‫ر‬٦‫ (االرك• ىك‬sjauais‫]؛‬

Sutuesui ٠‫ الأل‬d
‫ ادالل‬V 10 ssutEN]]q٠

(JO auo OS[, PUB ٥q١ a،»]-

suajsq oq*! auo

‫’ا‬2‫ ؟اال‬٥td• 1 ‫ ح‬٦3٥١

‫ حي‬, ‫ يتق‬-‫بي د‬١ -‫هذد‬

«‫ أل‬Sutresq

‫ (ال) دي ا بدى‬٠‫ م‬SAjMJSd

<J!SqX٠qi

‫ا ؟إست‬،‫صااا’لم‬-‫ًا الس‬٠‫دل‬٠١
oq* ٥|SutjBsq stq SI 1٠٥ :

UU٥J٧ ١apu٥Mj‫ بؤآل‬-‫ آل‬٥

,sjsuajsi

n[d ‘tu < •np-dn)■) ٢١،٣٢۶

] ISUSJS

(Sus «•«p-d٧) ،١١١' 2‫مي‬

esq j tumi (no,() ‫ ل‬i

(ftu (•n]d w Sivad ‫ ايمث‬l

(USJSI[ (noqj ‫ ل‬jesq ] ٦

‫جًاا‬٦ niA ( Buis ‫رآل س‬٠‫تكحر‬

josq noX

١Jiadut‫ ح الس‬١١- v«|d ٢٠۶۴٢٦ ‫ا‬١‫عا‬

JBsq Xaqi
-٦٠٩۴٠٢١ ‫إ) عاأ؛‬4 -‫’ ع اللئ‬p٥d،ut١

~|,٠SUIJS S1»M

jjlHilUt)■ ٥ ■»،•،/ ٤u٠tf■)

pjesq Xsqt

‫ا‬-‫الي‬ )■‫صبر■ ؛ س ب‬.,

‫با صا‬١٦ ‫™الي‬

<١|pj٥٥t ،

١‫• الج■) *اللم ص‬lU'd f ٠‫رىفم‬

]9‫ء‬:‫خ‬1 ٠‫هد‬٩٠

0, speui Sursq jnoqjiM

noq, JBsq pue Xsqostp s*

PUB rtsq SM : Xbs XsqjL

spBU! iuisq sue JBsq o١

٠‫ س ل؛ئةلم إه ي‬-3١d s‫؛‬d١

SJJBIU noX ‫ل بئ ؟أ‬٩ ,‫اله‬

٥J(BU1 noqt JBsq

‫؛‬١p٥d،u• £ ‫الس‬- ’Suh

٢۶،١١ ‫ ص‬٦‫؛‬،n

J»q٠l»3IBUI١

‫ رد دم‬،'‫س عرالة‬٠‫ ى‬٤ ‫ررذص‬

c ‫د‬٦ ‫ د‬AVHMVtxu ‫ه‬، NVinb AtOH BHI ‫د‬١ ‫آل د‬

‫سمد‬

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY (JURAN

‫سمن‬

(perate. m. phi.) it
(you) name !
‫محزا‬
 (you) name them ‫تعزم‬
‫لثعآرسمأ‬.* heaven (n.)<
lift. .’ the higher or highest,
upper or uppermost part
of anything (LL). Essen-
tialiy it is the upper part
of the universe in contra-
distinction to the earth.

‫ تتماوائ‬، ‫ السراك‬heavens (n.p.)

the name (n.) ‫ إنم‬،‫اإل تم‬
the names (n.p.b.) .

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫سيث‬

name-sake (1)

‫ييا‬-‫لرنحن لمرةنل‬
We have not aforetime made
his name-sake. 119:71

compeer (2)

‫هلتعكلهبيا‬
Knowest thou (any as) his
compeer. 1195:651

giving a name (vji.) ii ‫تنيية‬

They name the angels the
name of females. 153:271

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ii

named one, fixed
‫متمي‬

٢٩٥
‫الكينطايغفئينبجفع‬
Which shall neither nourish
not avail against hunger.

[088:71

fat one
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫تفين‬
fat ones
(act. 2 pic. m. plu.) ‫يتمان‬
(sing.) > ‫تيين‬
★ ‫سمد‬

(perf.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫سمى‬

has named

)‫ع>تمًايتمزسمروآ(ن‬
to be high, elevated, sub.

Jim،, rise high

to give name ‫ تيية‬ii ‫تمى‬

to, to name

‫ة‬٠٠‫ةجتذد‬
The faith of your father
Ibrahim, he hath named
you Muslim. (22:78]

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ii

I named
‫سعي‬
you haw named
(perf 2 p.m. plu.) ii ‫تتيتم‬
Vimperf. 5 p.m. plu.
they name
١ ii ‫يسنؤن‬

‫ة‬
(pp. p.f, sing.) ii
~is named, (called)
‫تسلى‬
285

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN

‫سنبل‬

Note : ،Tasnim’ is generally

taken to be a proper noun
but according to Zajjaj
(grammarian) it is a water
coming upon them from
above.’ (٤‫)ع‬
 ‫سن نع‬
‫السن‬ (.tooth (n

‫كاتة ييى‬
And a tooth for a tooth.

15:451
dispensation (/I.) ‫سنة‬
‫مضتدتاآلقلي‬
Then already gone forth is
the dispensation of the
ancients. [8:38)

dispensations (n.p.) ‫صتن‬

‫نةلكر‬-‫ديمييكم]كنالذيت‬
And He guides you unto
dispensations of those be،
fore you. (4:261

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ‫متز‬

(moulded

)‫سنيتن تا (ن‬

to mould clay (assim)

‫ولتنغلثجمإلنينصلصال‬
‫تنتًاتنزن‬

And verily We have created

human being from ringing
clay of loam moulded.

,15:26)

‫إذاتداينميتيياتآجل ئتش‬
When ye deal with another
in lending for a fixed
term. (2:2821

)n.p.(
]‫ىنبل‬
‫( بة‬.a cornear (n
‫شبآلئ‬،‫بل‬-،‫تتابل‬
corn ears)

‫( "شبة‬.(sing

(pls. pic. f. sing.) ii

(propped up

to support ‫تثد تتندًا‬

firmly, set up stays or
props against a wall

‫ك>ىكد يثد‬
‫تتاتد و انتند‬، ‫تزدًا‬
to lean upon, stay oneself
upon, reply upon, confide
in

‫لى ل د س‬

satin (Jld.) (n.) ‫تدئ‬

finest silk (Pic.)

~‫★ س ن م‬

Tasnim (prop, n.) ‫تننم‬

286

٢٨٦

‫ع‬
‫س‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

٣
★‫ل‬٠‫ص‬

(plain lands (np) ‫هال‬

(sing.) ‫تتال‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iii
("،joined the lots, cast
the lots,

‫اتميتاممساقتة‬-
to cast lots

‫اتم‬-

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫ساعؤن‬

(those who are unmind-

ful

)‫سه يتهق تهوآودهرآ(ن‬

to overlook, neglect, be
heedless, unmindful

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h.v.

(،-•،was evil

)‫ مؤءًا و تساعة (ن‬:‫ يس‬-‫تان‬.

to treat badly, do evil to,

to disgrace (as ٦‫تا‬١ )

‫اء‬-
(perf. ‫ ن‬p. f. slng٠١ h.٠. ‫سات‬

was evil (0)

٢٨٧

\٠ ٠ ‫ي ئ‬

‫ليتنة‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) V,
.juss

(has not rotten

 ‫تنه يسته تتهآ(س) ق تستة ب‬

to be advanced in age,
change colour, teste and
smell

<flash, brightness, (ff)

light, gleaming

)‫توًا(ن‬-‫تتايتز‬
to blaze (fire, lightning)

‫ا‬-
٠٠٠
Well-nigh the flash of His
lightning takes away the
sights. [24:43,

year (n.) ‫تتةة‬

)«.‫م‬.( ‫ ينين‬،‫السنين‬
٠‫ص*ر‬
‫الثايرة‬
(surface (of the (1)
earth)///،, awakened

[ ‫( االءرة‬act.pis.f. sing.)
is a wide land having
no growth ; interpreted
as the land of the here-

‫آع‬١‫آع‬.١

287

VOCABULAIY ٥, THK HOLY QUIAN ‫صوء‬

evil rain‫الشرء‬
‫الغء‬ ‫تز‬
‫ظن‬
evil (n) ‫؟‬،:‫الشو‬
evil thought

‫وماتئتلئومم‬
 ٤‫از‬
touched me. 17:1881
And would not have

‫بأ‬
vicious (n)

‫صالحًا‬
(opp. righteous)

‫السيفى‬ evil (n)

‫قكر التيئ‬
plotting of evil

ill, evil, bad (n) ‫بتة‬-

(opp. ‫لحتنه‬ good)

٦‫آنز‬
evil (deeds) («. p.)

‫الئؤالى‬
much bad (elative)
evil (elative f.)

‫الترأى‬
(‫)حر‬ ‫آوًا‬
(Note : The word

*:‫كدأتؤ‬
is elative

‫يةيةتت<«أءيب‬
corpse (1) (n)
of

How he may cover the corpse

of his brother. {5:3,11

portion
the of the(2)organs
External (np.) of
generation of both sexes
‫سقتات‬
‫لينيىلممًامًاورى عنمس‬
In order that he might dis-
cover unto the twain which
lay hidden from the twain
of their shame. 17:201

that3they
(el. p.m.may disgrace
sing.) h.v. ‫كؤؤا‬
‫و‬
~may annoy p. f. sing.) juss.
(imperf.

‫آلتؤثئئ‬,
If it is disclosed to you, may
annoy you. {5:1011

(pp. ‫ ة‬p.m. sing.١ ‫يو‬

 was distressed

(pp. ‫ ن‬p.f. sing.١ ‫ينيتخ‬

lilt, ،-،would be/were dis-

tressed

meta. would be/ were

grieved, sad

(perf. ‫و‬
worked evil,p.m.
committed evil
sing.) iv ‫أتاي‬
(perf. ‫و‬
they worked evil,
p.m. commit-
plu.) iv ‫أسؤ وا‬
ted 1 ‫ع‬٧‫ز‬
(perf. 2 p.f. plu. ١ '‫داليم‬
iv
you worked or committed

evil

Note : 5 ‫ا‬-
■;‫أتأ‬
is transitive.
transitive
(triliteral) is in-
while (iv)

‫المييق‬
evil-doerm. sing.) iv
(Ap-der.

‫تو؟‬ ،‫الغوم‬
‫ماكانآيركامرآسنع‬
wicked, evil (n)

Thy father was not a man of

evil. 119:281

evil turn .‫دبرت الؤ‬

٢٨٨

‫سدد‬ VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN

٠‫ودرد ئلحذ‬،‫يذمئببى رخو‬

On a day whereon faces be-

come whitened and faces
become blackened. [3:1061

black („) ‫اآتود‬

 ‫مؤد‬
< black ones (n. p.)
)»■»،■( ‫مسودآ‬

blackened,
(ap-der. darkened
ix,>m. one
sing.) acc. ‫آسر د‬
(٥p٠der.>ix, ]. sing.١ acc. ‫موئة‬

blackened one
darkened one
(/٠),
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫تيدآ‬

<a leader (1)

‫كات يؤد ييادة ق ؤدد‬

to be head, leader, master
or a chief

‫ختاوهكهويا الغهؤى‬
A leader and a chaste (one)
and a Prophet righteous.

13:391
master (2)

‫ؤآليًاتيتهآلدالبأي‬٠
And the twain met her master
at the door. 112:251

‫تادد تيد‬
(chiefs (3) (n.p.)
(sing.)

‫وقألزاريتإلآطغكًاتارت‬
And they said ! 0 our Lord,
varily, we obeyed our
chiefs. 133:671

٤٤٤
٠ Sliba (prop, n.) ‫سابة‬
‫)آ‬.،,
a consecrated animal,
a camel, turned to as
loose
 be fed and exempted from
common services. ‘Saiba’
signifies merely a camel
turned loose, her being so
turned out was generally
in fulfilment of a vow—
*Palmer’).

٠‫|سرج‬

‫( ساحة‬.court (n

‫باحاك‬-‫وااتنليأحت[مفة‬
So when it da scends in their
court, evil will be the
morning of the warned

• ones. [37:177]

١
(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ix
became blackened
‫انودت‬
‫> اوة ئ انوادًا‬

)( ‫« تود يترد توادًا‬

to become black

becme blackened
(imperf. 3p.f. sing.) ix ‫تترد‬
289

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

 scourge (Jid.) (n.) ‫سزط‬
a portion ((‫لمع‬
‫تزط‬ ) signifies primarly the
mixing of a thing with
another (Rgh.), then it
comes to signify "a whip’.
Butin the verse 89.13

‫نصتعيوغربكسزطعناب‬
it means a share or par-
tion. Thus the meaning
of the verse, according to
LL will be “so thy Lord
poured on them a portion
of torment,’’)

★ ‫|~س ر ع‬
-‫( اعة‬.»)(،)an hour
٠‫و‬۵‫ئ‬٠'
They tarried not but an hour.

(30:551

the Dy of (2) (n.) ‫التعة‬

Resurrection

Untill when the hour (the

Resurrection) came unto
them on a sudden. [6:31]

Note : ‫اعة‬- means a part

of lime whitftin a day or
night (Mjm.), when a defi-
nite article is attached it
signifies the Resurrection.

‫و‬
<they climbed
(perf. p.m. phi٠) V

to scale a wall ٢‫تسؤر‬

When they made an entry
into the private chamber
by climbing the wall.
 138:211

‫عور‬
‫تضرتبيتهميزرلةباث‬
a high wall (n.)

Theo a wall, with a door in

it, will be raised between
them. 157:131

.) ،‫آتور‬
>٠٠١
< bracelets (in.p ‫يقار‬
bracelets(،?«.) ‫آساير‬
a chapter from the (n.) ‫ئؤرة‬
holy Quran

(Not used for chapters other

than that of the Quran.
According to some com-

mentators ‫سررة‬
part of Quran consisting
of at least three verses.)
means a

(MJm.)

(chapters of the
Holy Quran
(‫لو‬.‫م‬.( ‫سور‬
(sing■)
290
‫سررة‬
٢٩

VOCABULARY o, TUI HOLY QURAN ‫سرع‬

(pip. ‫ ة‬p.m. plu.) ‫يائرن‬
they are driven or led

a driver
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫سالق‬
shank (n) ‫ساق‬

‫يرت كشئعنسات‬
(Remember) the day whereon
the shank will be bared.
(68:421

(the expression ‘uncovering

the shank' in Arabic has,
besides its literal sense, a
certain meaning that is
indicative of a grievious
and terrible calamity.
Thus it is said ,‘we have
uncovered its shank” when
it is meant to express the
fury and rage of battle.
And one says of I man
when difficulty or calamity
befalls him : ‫ تايه‬.‫كتق عن‬
meaning,‘he prepared him-

self for difficulty’—،[[)٠

‫رألتغتياكائياكاق‬
And one shank is entangled
with the (other) shank،.,
(in extreme agony, as it is
with dying persons).

‫ا‬٦‫\ألحأل‬

‫وككغتعنكايما‬
And she bared her. shanks,
(here the word denotes the
original and literal mean*
ing). 127:44]

‫سراءأ‬ (.Suwa، (prop, fl'

(a godcss of Hudhail tribe)

‫* ىهـغ‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

-،swallows
‫ينغ‬

swallow >‫أخاع‬

<< -)‫تع يتزغ تزغا(ن‬

 to be easy and agreeable, to

swallow, to make easy to

He well nigh swallowcs it

not. 14:17‫؛‬,

!assim. ‫كدأ‬- ١
،oct. pic, m. sing.nom.
easy and pleasant to
‫تالغ‬
swallow

‫ا‬perf. 1st p. ph،.١ ‫قتا‬

<wt drived

)‫(ن‬٦‫تاق يعوق سؤت‬

to drive an animal or
cloud by wind

1 Imperf. 1st. p. ph،.١ ‫تدز‬

we will drive

(pp.ipjn, ‫ه‬١‫دأ‬ ‫ييق‬

'-will be driven, was driven

2‫و‬1

٢٩٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫سوق‬

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫يؤمون‬

they force (they were fore-

ing or imposing evil)

(imperf. 2 p,m. ptu.) ‫تينيمون أل‬

you pasture

< ‫ اسام يييم إتامة‬IP

to pasture

marks (n) ‫ينيًا‬

‫تًا سإشبنبر‬١‫يذلئةو‬
Mark of them is on their
faces from the effect of
the prostration. 048:291

(Ap-d،r. m.piu.) ii ‫مؤمين‬

marked ones

< ‫ ترم تنويمًا‬to mark ss

with SS, to be distingui-
shed

( ‫ مومين‬in the Quran may

mean either marked by the
colour or the like of their
horses and so distingui-

shed from others—‫)لمء‬

(pis. pic. fsing.fi ‫ مترتة‬،‫الموتة‬

marked

‫( الشزق‬.legs (1) (n.p>

‫•( ساق‬sing)
‫تطيفقمخاياكوقوأآلغتأق‬

And he set about slashing

their legs and necks.

13 8:33]

< Stems (of a tree) (2)

(sing.)‫اي‬-
‫تتثوىعىىوق‬
And it stands firmly on its
stems, [48:29]

).n.p.b( ٦‫آ‬١‫<آلاعآلًاع‬

٠( ‫(اآلنواق سق‬
‫★ سول‬
[perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫تؤل‬
*;embellished

to deceive, u ‫تييًال‬ ‫تول‬

lead one to error.

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ii ‫تؤلت‬

embellished

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫وى‬

< ^formed (1)

(with just proportion)

‫ > سؤى تتوية‬II

‫ ))ا‬to form with just pro

portion

[.imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يسؤم‬

'"-perpetrates, imposes

)‫تام يسرم تؤمآ(ن‬

(1) to bring evil upon, to

force

(ii) to pasture at large

292

٢٩٢

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ~

(pip. ‫ؤ‬ p. /. sing.) ii

—is levelled
‫تسؤى‬

‫وتى بومأآلض‬
Were the earth levelled with
them. (4:421

(perf. 5 p.m. sing.) iii ‫اوى‬-

 —equalized

‫غؤإة تآغلمحييازثدئي‬ 1
At length, he had levelled up
between two mountain
sides, (or when evened up,
filled the intervening

space). [18:96]

‫عال) انترى‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
viii )1 ).me(

—established himself

‫آليخنعالصزشاستيى‬
The Compassionate on the
throne is established.

120:5 ‫ا‬
- )2( : ‫ إلى‬turned to—

‫ؤهم ذبرىإق لتئ‬

1 1
Then He turned to the hea-
ven. [2:291

(or He directed himself to the

‫ثم اتترى إلى الش‬

is metaphorically saidheaven
God, meaning : 'then He
of

directed Himself by His

vated
will to regions,
the heaven or 1
or to the heavenly bodies.)
‫عع‬
or upwards,

(2) to make one thing equal

to another

(3) to make complete, adiust,

rectify

(4) to level

‫نختقنزى‬
And then He created .(him)
and formed (him). (75:38]

-'-'Completed (2)

‫فظمتكيةكنرت‬
He made them complete
seven heavens. [2:291

—made perfect (3)

‫ونغرمًاسظا‬

-‫ته‬
[91:7، And the .tion
soul and its perf

Note :«،»is of verbal

noun (Masdariyah)

(.‫م‬ (see
‫ تسقن‬imperf. 1st p. ph .) ii)
،

(1) we make equal

‫غلجيى‬٢‫لؤتذؤئةلتا‬
When we made you equal
with the Lord of worlds.

126:98‫ا‬

we make complete (2)

،‫قلمة؛تبئتأذه‬،‫دخئ‬,‫ين ض‬
Yes i we are powerful to
make complete (his whole
body even) his fingers.

٢٩٣

293

VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ىع‬
-is not equal ‫آل يتتين‬
(Imperf. ‫ ق‬p.m. dual.) ‫يتوبان‬
 the twain are equal

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.)

they are equal
‫يتتوؤن‬

(el. 2 p.m. phi.)‫تترزا‬

that you may mount firmly

open, central (n.) ‫حوى‬

‫تأحسرى‬
.A central (or open) place
120:58

‫ تزا؛‬alike ! same
)1(
‫نجثبآزوتتنتخي‬٦‫هح‬:‫ة‬٦‫تؤ‬
(It is) alike for them whether
thou war net h them or
wameth them not. [2:6]

equal (2)

‫تع |يجىذثؤآللتئيتإلعهلى'آلئئ‬
‫هتذل؛‬٠
Then those who are referred,
are not going to hand
over their provision to
those whom their right
hand possesses so as to he
equal. [16:71]

level (balanced) (3)

‫ءايبى‬٦٣‫ رًائةؤن‬١‫آهةةريية‬
Those are worst in abode
and farthest astray from
the level (balanced) way.

—became firm (3)

(without preposition)

‫ركتبلعآشتذواستوتى‬
And when he attained his
full strength and became
firm. 128:14}
 -"“Stood firm (4)

‫نتوىعىوقب‬0
Then stood firmly on its
stems. {48:29}

‫ذليئةأككرع‬
One strong in make, then he
stood firm. 153:61

‫ع‬١‫ة‬-١٠ ‫• انتوت‬p, ۴ ‫ن‬ perfi(

'“‫فس‬

And it rested on di.,

11:44]

‫د‬
(perf. p.m. sing.) viii
— thou art settled
‫اتريت‬

‫وإنا اتتيتآترمنةك‬
And when thou art settled,
thou and those with thee
in the Ark’. [23:281

(perf: 2 p.m. phi.) viii

you mount '
.‫اتتريتم‬

‫لذااتتويئرطيو‬
When ye mount thereon.
[43:131

(imperf. 3 p.m. ling.) viii

—is equal
‫يتتوى‬
294

٢٩٤

VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN ‫سدى‬

‫صىل‬

(perf. ‫سالن‬
< *“flowed.
3 p. f. ting.) »-.V.

‫يًالوتيآلج‬-‫سالينيل‬
 to flow I ( ‫ؤ تييًال (ض‬
run (water), to be liquid

‫آثزليناكمةنألتآزوية‬
He sendeth down water
from the heaven, so that
(he valleys flow. 113:171

we made
(perf. 1st.to
p. flow
plu.) iv, w.v, (‫أتلت‬
‫آكاله عينا لقطر‬5
And We made a fount of
brass to flow for him.

134:121

the torrent (a.) ‫سيله‬،‫التنل‬

*‫سىن‬

Sinai (p.n.) ‫تيناة‬

Sinai (p.n.) ‫ينين‬
Sinai is a mountain in
Egypt where Prophet Musa
(peace be upon him)
was given the divine
commcndments. Sinai is
therefore the mountain of
the giving of the law.

The Quran has mentioned it

‫ آلدح‬two form Sanaa (23:

20 and Seenecna 95:2)

midst (4)

‫وآءالجحير‬-‫تاطلعنراءف‬
Then he will look down and
see him in the midst of
the flaming fire, [37:55)
fan (5)
 ‫كإذبائآألىءآلحرهملب‬

And guide US unto the fair

path. 138:22‫ز‬

sound (n.) acc. ‫سوت‬

(physically quite fit)

‫قلاليعكاالكهتراكاسثلتليالسويًا‬
He said thy sign is that thou
shalt not speak unto man-
kind for three nights
(while) sound, t٠ e., he
was physically quite fit
and not affected by any
disease of the tongue (/[)

[19:10,

‫نتمئللماكراتويًا‬
And it took unto her the
form of a human being
sound. 119:171

★‫سىر‬
‫ سنرًا‬،‫( التتر‬movement (u
‫( ييرة‬.make, form, state (n
‫ ألولى‬٢‫ستييدعيرةه‬

We shall restore it to its

20:211] .former state

‫ عارة‬، ‫االر‬
٢٩٥
5 (.caravan (fl

295

‫كتاب الشين‬
‫★ ران‬

(n.) gen. ‫ تأي‬nom. ‫جأن‬

<state, affair, business,
concern, .
 ★،‫رب‬

*‫وم‬
< <left side, the left (n) ‫الكياعة‬
calamity ‫شؤم‬

Opp. ‫ يمن‬good luck

< ‫نئشتن‬, as a ١‫عه\'م‬

(pp. 3 p.m. ling.) ii

<١،tnadedubious, resem-
bling

‫ تتة يتته تفيهًا‬ii

to assimilate, to make
similar

.‫ركن ثية لم‬

But it was made dubious to

them. (‫ )يأبر‬But it appeal
red unto them. (Pic.)

symbol of calamity
opp. rightside as a
symbol of good future

‫هثأًاظءلىباالئخ‬:‫ة‬٠‫وهغباذد‬

And those on the left hand,

how miserable shall be
those on the left hand.
(،. the damned ones
whose books of deeds will
1* delivered in their left
hand). 156:9‫ز‬

296

٢٩٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫شتو‬

‫شتيقتشترشتاترثيًا(ن‬
 to be scattered,
dispersed

"‫بكخرجيةآزراجأتن‬
We have brought forth vari-
OUS kinds of plants.

[20:531

divided (2)

‫قبمجييهأةقلوبهم خفى‬
Thou wouldst them united,
but theirheartsare divided.

159:141

diverse, disperse (3)

‫لتسغيكركلى‬
You striving is surely diverse.

(92:4)

.‫لدخ|الجخئًاًاو' آنياي‬
separately (1 ) (n.p.) acc.

No fault is there upon you

whether you eat together
or separately. (24:61)

sundry and (2)

scattered

‫يؤمينيضلراليًاسآثتأي‬
On that day men will come
forth in sundry and scat-
tered groups. [99:6,

٠ ‫شب‬

the words ‫شتة لهم‬

two interpretations : he
was made to be like (it)
or to resemble it; or the
matter was made dubious
 or obscure. (M. A. >11)

[perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vi -‫تاتة‬

-،became dubious, alike

(perf. ‫ و‬p.f. sing.) vi ‫عامتن‬

became consimilar, alike

‫ تقابًا‬.acc ‫ تتاب‬.gen
(Ap-d،r. ‫أال‬١ m.

consimilar

<Ap-der>vif. phi.) ‫ات‬٣‫تقا‬

consimilar

‫قة منأتالكتيو‬،٠‫مه يء‬

Where in some verses are
firmly constructed—they
are the mother of the book,
and others consimilar. (i.e.f
open to various interpre-
tations; those verses whose
drift is not clear, owing
either to their being too
general or to their seem*
ing opposition to some

clear text. (3:7) (.‫)ىير‬

(Ap-dr. > viii, m. sing.) acc.

like each other

★ ‫ستت‬

‫تتى‬ (. various(!) (adj)

٦ ‫؟‬٦

٠‫زتل‬

‫التا‬, (.the winter (n

٣٩٧
86٤

),(‫؟اددالدأ‬
 ‫ال‬٢‫م‬٦ ‫ا‬-‫ الالة‬٥iDj»d)■ 1

*‫ ه‬ss U3٩j8uajs ll٠٩s

٢٦ )٠ njd 4 ‫ لال‬-‫(الدل‬

‫ا‬8‫ح‬:‫غو‬1

•٥١BW ‫ الللال ابأدال‬٥pc٠ pus

11 SI 3‫ *بأه‬٨٨ m٥٩J p٥JU٥J3

*3 uny apBUJ (‫)ح‬

OAlSwp ]0‫ح‬:٤8[ ٠٩‫لسه‬

pus uiopsiM (OR SAB» pn,

8 ‫مه‬uoj١s uoiuiiuop siq apBW

‫ا‬٢‫ج‬٢٦‫لم‬

‫لئ؛آلت؛‬1٩‫?يًا؛جأماجًاج‬

*U3U٦8U3J)S oj *puiq 'dBJUS OJ

<‫ًاحذآًا‬٢‫)لمل‬،?(

٥M 8uoj apBUl(١)

٠4 •Ilf Jj3d) ‫؟‬٩٢٢٠١ )•‫دال‬

fee *

SutJJBJS

Suit ■/•Jld •pv)•) ‫ب‬١‫ج‬٦

uodn

01 P3JE٨٠I٥١ '٥٥٩ xg

‫زنم مجآذ نم‬٦)‫(م‬

UUJBJSN?

Q٥W1S ٢٥٠۶ ٠/‫ ا‬£ ‫اسسدل‬١

‫|بكآلمإ‬

psoi OJ ‘Iig OJ

‫محيآتمم‬٦‫(مد‬
 U٥pB(>
٧‫دآل‬

3Usnoj٥٨o٠‫؟‬٥s P٥٥j8

٥ui|pjB38iu‫ئ‬٣‫ ت‬٠‫ د‬٠$‫؟‬

OJ ٥٩ Xp٥٥j3 ،XfpjEgaiu

‫(?')أدك!?دن يًا‬

souo ٨|pjB3٥IU>

1‫ق‬٩ (•njd •Ui ٠

I ‫ه □آلم‬
S33JJ ‫اا‬٢‫مج ’ س‬, ٠٠٥٥» -‫هدد‬

‫هلل‬uri (■U) 9■ :‫يف‬

‫ ديف‬-‫ هدد‬٥U/U' ! ‫آا‬٢‫كع‬

[S9:t] ٠٠٥٩٦ U٠٥M

■٦٥٩ p٥٦nd$jp SI JB٩* jo

٥8pn ٥٥٩٦٥J)B٠ X٥٩J ||iun

‫هلدال‬٩

OJ ٥٩ jno٩E poindsip،
<‫ نح‬:‫ثم ضأ‬٩)‫(با‬٠‫بهل‬

-‫؛‬jnoqB pojndsip s

٠J٨3d٠ £ ١w٠d ٢8u١s ‫ىني‬

‫آلم‬٢ *

‫مم‬3
Nvinb ٨i٠H IHX 40 AmnnvooA

‫ر‬١ e c

66‫دآلال‬
‫ح‬
٤٤1:8٤‫ا‬

3$ 0 guojjs ‫ة‬٧‫ه‬٨‫•يد؟‬
puy ٥٨Bq٥٨١ in٨ ١|٩0‫ هل‬noX

‫ادكهأءد‬

)‫الئهالة (ح‬

٠SJB٥X piBq U9A3S 8‫ح‬:‫)الج‬

jB٥j3qi u٥m[٥[ 31UO3 ||IK

‫أ‬٠‫ب‬٢٠‫ة‬

1)S3UO piBq)
(30,- (•qd •IU 'lid I

٢٣١٦ ■mou ‫ًا‬٠٣‫ا‬٩٠‫هرد‬

]8‫ح‬001‫ل‬

٠(SI U3iu٥q٥٨ ‫هباالي باه‬٨١

puy UI X|IJ٥٨٥) ‫ [باه‬٥٨ JO

٢‫مابأي‬٠‫ي‬٢‫م‬7‫آل‬

xj٥q٥٨)U)‫( (و‬٥

٢٤‫ح‬:٤‫(و‬

٠٠٥U٥|OI٨ ١١‫د‬SI 3 ‫مأدوداال‬

٠A\pu‫ الدال‬٧( UOJt UAvop

‫مخك‬٢‫ق‬١‫<؟'خبًاما‬٦‫مم‬١‫؟؟ًا‬

)‫د (و‬

٢8:‫وو‬1

-8utuo١٥٥j ‫ملال‬١‫ ة‬B ‫[بادلئا‬

 ‫ *أبا‬P٥UO٩3٥J ‫ ألره‬.٦‫ل‬0‫ؤ‬3‫أهل‬٨١

‫ك‬١‫ه‬١‫ع‬٩‫لث‬٠٢:‫آل‬
)‫ا‬,( □‫؟ادل‬

1 unq J٩3ne٢‫و‬:‫عع‬١

UI XjqSiiu 3UQ ‫*هد‬٠‫ ى‬Bq‫؟‬

Xjqsiiu (‫)ع‬

sauisy PUB 8:‫)لءح‬

y||n3 8u٠j)s n١tM p‫؟‬٥spj

jnq U3٨B»q *٥ punoj ‫أ‬

puy ٥ ٥.١١q) ipw OJ jqSnos

fflios (‫)ح‬

UI ١)٠SBI!1 •8UIS11‫ح‬:‫ح‬

U٥m 919AM SI MB||y X,,J3٨

‫ل‬٢‫ن‬١٦‫ح‬٠‫تمت‬٢١‫لمآلسما‬٠

1) 3J3A3S)

lid l vo)' ٢٢٦ )'%/! ٠‫ • س‬u٢٣٠٣

[8I-M] ■x٠p

*.Xujjojs B UO pjBU qj٥

uodn *‫ ي!هبا [باه‬puiM ٩,0-

30* ^,aqjL‫ ؟‬I aiB ٠‫ اد‬S31JSB

‫م‬٢۶٩‫ه‬٩‫ب‬٦

‫ا‬٠١‫؛‬٣‫حآ؟ح)اهلم'?ًاتت‬

pjmi ‫دهجللماد‬٩‫ا‬١‫ر‬

،٢٢٣٠ ،///‫) ه‬٠‫ الج‬٠‫ر‬٠،‫ ك‬٢ ■‫وتر‬،/(

]۴‫[ءغ‬

dn tuaqi (‫ أه‬JSBJ (‫ أه‬spuoq*

Uf‫(؛‬٦n ٥٨sq noX u٥q٨١ p٥١

 (!٥ (ISB ‫( ز‬c)

Diad٥[١- njd’IU^ \٠٢٢‫؟‬

88:0ll)

uapjBq puy (‫■ أوأد‬s]JB٥q

u٥p)Bq (‫)ح‬

)‫أ‬٢‫ت‬0‫لح‬

•،uiq Xq 5(3Bq Xui u٥q]8u٥j)s

|٢٢١‫جملآل؛‬

‫ر‬١ c ‫ا‬ NV»ri٥٨٦OH uu JO AHVinairooA fee

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN ‫شدد‬

terrible, severe (3)

and strong

‫عتيها تتيكة غئثتات‬

٥vcr which are harsh, terrible

angels. (MJ.)

Over which are set angels

sttorxg, sever. (p‫؟‬c.)

Over which are angels stern,

strong. (Jid.) !66:6)

stern and firm (4) (mb.)

of heart

‫تفيئتذالأ؛شعذتآزتلح‬
And those who are with him
are stern against infidels
and merciful among them-
selves. (Jid.) firm of hearts
against the diste ievers.

(MA.) [48:291
most severe ‫ ا‬١١ ١elnl'we١ ‫آتد‬

‫ًاهـةتأتلى‬،‫بازيئ‬١‫تتت‬
And surely the torment of
the hereafter is most severe
and most lasting.

120:1271

stronger (2)

‫نانتنتنمامخآثتخلقًا آمرتن خشًا‬

Ask them thou, are they

stronger in structure or
those others whom We
hare created. [37:11]

mightier (3)

‫يطثًا‬
And how many a generation
have We destroyed before
them who were mightier
in power than they.

150:36]
sometimes it is (4)
usedto show excess or vehe-
mencc in any matter. A
few examples are furnis-
hed below.

H;

(a) Those who believe are

stauncher in their love
for Allah. [2:165]

‫ق‬٠‫رزقبىمزةوحكبئؤشذ‬
‫ىعئ‬٠‫اؤغ‬

(b) Then We shall pluck out

from every sect whichever
of them was most stub-
born in rebellion to the
htkerrt. VPic.٦٩\١-.€>9١

......of them was the most

hardened in disdain of the
 All-Merciful. (Arb.)

‫إتتاثئةايلهآشثيعًارآترمقًال‬
‫ ))ع‬Verily the rising by night!

It is most curbing and

most conducive to right
speech, (Jid.) 17 3:61

٣.٠

300

VOCABULARY or TUB HOLY QURAN ‫شدد‬

‫تأئجيحإقاديجعابغلعيم‬
(a) And they were made to
drink the calf in hit
hearts for their unbelief.

(Arb.).

(b) And they were made to

imbibe (the love of) calf

in their hearts (M ٠A.)

(c) And (the worship of) the
calf was made to sink

into their hearts (‫ءآم‬.).

(b) And into their hearts the
calf was made to sink
because of their infide-

١‫لدالال‬،‫ق‬.١ ‫جأ‬.‫آل‬٦١

‫ شارزن‬.(act ‫التاربيت‬
nompic. m. plu.) .gen

drinkers

(n.p.t.١ orc. ‫تشرب‬

drinking place

drinks (*.fl. mim, p.b.) ‫تقشارب‬

drinking (v.n.) acc. ‫شزب‬
‫يزب‬
drinking (u)
‫ تراب‬،‫ اكراب‬.nom
 ‫ ئزاب‬drink
٥٢•■ ‫تراا‬ .gen ).n(

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.١ ‫شرح‬

**expanded

‫رلل'ئئمًائذرجةئحلىعم‬
(d) Surely yc are more awful
in their breasts than
Allah. (59:13,

‫آس‬
maturity (n.)

‫ولتأبلغآشتةأتكثةحكاق‬
And when he attained his
maturity, We gave him
wisdom and knowledge.

★ ‫ش ر ب‬
‫ا‬perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫تر ب‬
drank

)‫(س‬٦٠‫ي قرت يشرب شزًا ة تئز‬

to drink, swallow, sunk in,
absorb

‫و‬
they drankp.m. plu.)
(perf. ‫شربرا‬
(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يثرب‬
1‫ارسسد‬ drink

(imperf. ‫ و‬pjn.phi.) ‫يشربزن‬

they will drink

(.imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تشربزن‬

you drink

(perate m. pkt.) ‫اثروا‬

 ‫ م‬you) drink !

(pip. 3 p.m. plu ) iv

lift, they were made to drink

٣٠١

301

VOQABULAIY Of TH■ HOLY QURAN ‫شرح‬

)n.) acc.‫ ترآ‬nom. ‫ تر‬، ‫الثء‬

٠ (!)evil

‫ائلةهـا؛اىاهر‬۵‫ةؤيته‬

And Allah were to hasten

for them the evil. (MJ.)
110:111

bad (2) (adj.)

٠٠٢‫تثش‬
And belike ye desire a thing
whereas it is bad for you.

[2:216]

'Worse, 'WGtsX (‫ )د‬Relative)

‫ئنل!ئتئئختةمقذإلةصهجت‬
Say thou ! shall 1 declare
unto you something worse
as a way with Allah
than that ? 15:601

‫؛‬٠
Those are worst in abode.
[5:601

caution. It is notable that

‫ حم‬is an exceptional form
 of elative adjective while
the measure for elative in
Arabic is ‫أتل‬

vicious ones
wicked, evil, (n.p.b.) ‫ار‬

)‫ترح يشرح تزحًا(ف‬2

to uncover, spread out,

made open

‫ل‬٠‫ئأالسال‬٠‫وهت)قنشجخألثةي‬
‫غضبتن المه‬
But whosoever cxpandcthhis
breast to infidelity, upon
them shall be wrath from
Allah, )16:106]

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. sing.) Juts.
~expands, makes open
‫يشرخ‬
‫؛‬,imperf. ‫؛‬st. p. plu.] juss. ‫ثرح‬
we expand ss, make open

‫آلتغرحلكصنرك‬
Have We not expanded for
thee thy breast, [94:1]

(perate. m. sing.)
expand ! open !
‫اشرخ‬

(parute. ii, m, sing.) ‫ترذ‬

scatter! disperse!

to disperse > ‫قز ن تنيرندًا‬

<< )‫شترديثردشرودًاقشرادًا(ن‬
to flee, escape, depart
 ‫ شري‬.gen ‫ي ئد‬١.٦
a small band (n.) ‫يرذتة‬

302

٣٠٢-

‫ل‬٣
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ط‬
‫ص‬

)‫ي>ترعشرفءا(ف‬
to raise, to appear, to begin

‫إأئأيتنيضيتتًائممتغتكجتو‬
When their fish came openly
on their Sabt. (Jid.)

17:1631

law (divine)
(act. 2 pic. f. sing.) ‫تر نتة‬
*law or
Note ‫اللييعة‬
: ordinance‘ but alsoonly a
IS not
a religion, or a way of be-
lief and practice in respect
of religion, ()id. > LL)

<law (divine) (fl.) ‫يزعة‬

Utt. custom, way

"«beamed,
(perf. 3 p. f.gleamed,
sing.) ‫أترقن‬
shone
٦٠‫> أشرق سرىأئزا‬
to rise, shine, light up

enteringm.
(ap-der. at plu.)
the sunrise
iv ‫مبرقين‬
‫أآخنثممالكيحة كرقيت‬
Then they should took hold

of him at the sunrise.( ‫دار‬.)

115:731

‫المترق‬
‫المشرقين‬
the (n.p.)
thefar
(n. east
p. and the west
dual.)

(literally *the two orients*. A

good equivalent idiom in

‫آنراط‬ token,
).n.p.bsign
( ‫؟‬.token< ‫ثزحل‬
Note : the above mentioned

‫أثر اط‬
‫شرط‬
word is the plural
on the
form ofsecond redieal),
(withnot
Fatha

of ‫تزط‬
it). That is why that
(with the on
Sukun

‫ترط‬
and is transformed
former to the
means sign

‫آغراط‬
‫تزط‬
plural as and the
tion and is transformed
latter means condi-

‫غروط‬
to plural as

* ‫شرع‬
'«'instituted,
(perf. ordained
3 p.m. sing.) ‫شرع‬
)‫>شرعيخرعترع(ف‬
to prescribe or institute a law

they instituted,
(perf. ‫ترعوا‬
prescribed
3 p.m. plu.)

(act. pic. f. phi.) acc. ‫ترآ‬

 < appearing on the surface

‫تارعة‬ ).sing(
٣

303

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫شرق‬

‫★ ورك‬
(peraie. m. sing،١١ii ‫تارك‬
share ss

)‫> ترك يثرك يركا(س‬

to share,

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) rv ‫آنترك‬

‫ > النم‬associated, ascribed

partners

‫ج‬1‫ آثرك لئز‬to take

into partnership

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫أنزحم ا‬

they associated* ascribed

a partner

(perf. 2 p m. sing.) iv ‫آنركت‬

you associated ss to, ascrib-

ed partner to

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv ‫أنركتم‬

you associated, ascribed

partner to

(perf. 1st. p. p‫؛‬u٠١ iv ‫جحكأل‬

we associated, we ascribed
 partner to

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫يشرك‬

'-*associates, ascribes part-

net

‫و‬
(imperf. p.m, sing.) iv ‫يشرك‬
that ‫دك‬ is associated to

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫ينركقن‬

they associate, ascribe part-

n ٥r to
(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) acc, iv
that they shall associate
‫يتركن‬
304

English ١0 Id be "poles
apart", for they could
never meet, (Ji'd.>AYA)

‫هىيت‬ 7‫تذئ‬،‫تشلذايتئةقةيق‬
‫صهبى‬
Until, he cometh unto Us. he
will say. Ah ! would that
there had been between
me and thee the distance
of the east and the west.
(Jid.) [43:38,

the distance 0، the two easts.

٢Arb,١

the distance of the two hori-

lows. ^Pic.١

setting places, (/‫ ؛‬p.h.)

easts,
‫المشآرق‬

٥] ‫ المكيق‬is plural ‫ المخآرق‬: Note

 1 ‫ •مقارق‬the plural
signifies the diffe-
rent points of the horizon
from whence the sun rises
in the course of the year.

‫لع‬،‫ق‬.١

‫دل؛؛'هيلىرتاذشيقواذتيب‬
I swear by the Lord of the
easts and the wests.

170:401

sunrise ‫ ح‬,’v) ‫اإلشراق‬

eastward, (rt.
eastern
٢. adj.) ‫ترقتا‬

eastern, («. r. adj.)

of east
‫شريتة‬

٣٠i
VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫شرك‬
nom. ‫ متي كؤن‬،‫المتر كؤن‬

gen. acc. ‫مثيكنن‬،‫الشيكين‬

١.m.plu ٧.< ‫؛‬١‫ا‬ap-der ٠
(1) ‫؛‬associator

‫اتآطعتنوممإئكركثرلو‬
And if you obey them you
shall become associators
indeed. [6:121]

infidels, idolaters (2)

‫ئيغوئذىذهـم‬
When therefore the sacred
months have slipped away
slay the associators (infi*
dels) wheresoever ye find
them. [9:5]
 Note :‫الكرك‬
sometimes used definitely
in Quran is
for the infidels as in the
verse quoted above (9:5)
but it is used sometimes in
a broader meaning also
including Muslims (believ■
ers) as in the verse (6:121).

‫المشركت‬
associatorif,and
(Ap-der.> infidel women
f. plu.)

‫المغزان‬
sharers viii, m. plu.)
(Ap-der.>

‫ يزك‬،‫اثرك‬
‫إتاكثركلطكوعظير‬
associating (1) (n.)

Verily associating is a tremen■

dous wrong. 131:131

that you 2associate

(imperf. p.m. sing.) acc. if ‫ترك‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) if ‫تفركرن‬
you associate, ascribe partner

that you 2associate,

(imperf. ascribe
p.m.plu.) acc. if ‫تثركزا‬
ss as partner

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ،٠

I associate, ascribe as partner
‫أنرك‬
that 1 associate
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) acc. ‫أنرك *أ‬
(pip. ‫و‬
that ss is associated
p. m. sing.)toacc. if

(perate. m. sing.١ acc. I, ‫آنرذ‬

Utt. SS to share ‫ي‬

‫ذمتكهرئأمصئ‬٦‫و‬

And let him share my task.

120:321
 associate
(perate. notm.
neg. !ascribe
sing.) ifnot'‫آل تشرذ‬
SS to!

(you) associate
(perate. neg. m. not ‫آل تنركزا‬
plu.)! ascribe
if

not SS to !

an associate,
(act. 2 pic. m. asing.)
partner ‫تريك‬
the associates,
(act. partners
2 pic. m. plu.) .‫شرك‬
(ap-der.> ‫؛‬١, m. sing.١ ‫نرك‬
infidel, associator

associatorif.women
(ap-der.> f. sing.) ‫شركء‬
I

٣٠٥

305

VOCABULARY OP TH، HOLY QURAN ‫شرى‬

be translated as purchase
or sale both. In the above-
mentioned verse the word
‫ يشرزن‬is rendered by
authentic commenta-
tors both ways as it is
mentioned by Zamakh-

‫أد‬ and Razt. Ibn Kathir

and Jid. have adopted the
meaning of purchase.

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) •iii ‫اتترنى‬

<--*bought

٢ .‫ اغترى اشترا‬to buy

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. plu.) viii ‫اشتروا‬
they purchased (1)

‫انمى‬٤‫أرتكلنيناشتررالكلة‬
 These are they who pur-
chased error for guidence.

12:161

they sold, bartered (2)

‫يتتاشتتله]نلم‬

Evil is that for which they

‫ ااعو‬their souls.

.........have bartered their

souls” (Jid.) [2.90,

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Tiii

-*purchases, barters

they purchase, sell, barter

(imperf 3 p.m. phi.) iii ‫يغةرةن‬
(el. 3 p.m. plu.) riii ‫لكترز‬
that they may barter, pur-

chase

partnership (2)

‫رئيئئئتمخإين!زآلرض‬‫ًا‬
‫آمرتميزك فاكنذي‬
hey‫ ؛‬Show me whatsoever
have created of the earth,
or have they any partner-

‫ل ا‬
7 46:4 ship in the heaven
٠‫لدق‬

(perf, 3 p.m. ph
<they sod ss
،.١ la ‫شررا‬

‫آ ن تر‬٠‫(قرى يشرى بتا‬

to buy or 5‫( وااع‬o exhange

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

A-sells
‫يغر ى‬

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫ثرون‬

 (a) they sell, (b) purchase

٠‫|ةتيالنح؛لآلًا>ذةئقاصخو‬
‫الدتيهكضغ‬

(a) Let them therefore fight

in the way of Allah those
who have purchased the
life of this world for the
hereafter. (‫دار‬.)

(b) Let those fight in the way

of Allah who sell the life
of this world for the other
(،.،. hereafter). (Pic.) (4:741

Note ‫ ئ‬the word .‫ الشرا‬Utt.

means commercial ex-
change. Therefore, it may

306

٣٠٦

VOCABULARY o, THI HOLY QURAN ‫شرى‬

‫★وطن‬

‫الق‬ .nom ‫شطا‬،‫[تيطان‬

satan, devil ).n(

the root of verb ‫ شطن‬means,

‘he was, or became remote,
or far from the truth, and
from the mercy of God’
(Jid,>LL١. Rgh. sttesws-.
Shaitan is ‘every insolent
or rebellious one from
among the Jinn and the
men and the beasts.

saUns, (n.p.b.) ‫اباطين‬

devils, rebellious ones

Note : ‫ شان‬if not preceded

by the definite article ‫آل‬
signifies *any that is exces-
s i V e I y or inordinately,
proud or corrupt or un٠
believing or rebellions, or
that is insolenfand auda-
cious in acts of rebellion*
(JidCLL).

٠‫*شعي‬
(n.p.b.) acc.‫تعزأ‬
nation, communities

)‫ل‬،"،•( : ‫> ح‬
‫»عتب‬ .n.p.b.) gen)

branches

> ‫تعبة‬: (.(sing

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.)

we purchase, barter
‫نشترنى‬

(perate neg. m. plu.)

barter not, purchase not
‫آل تقترزا‬

‫تالفى‬ (.side (n

‫ووىينثال الواوا أآليمي‬

He was called from the right
side of the valley, (28:30,
shoot, sprout (n.) ‫تنًا‬

‫كنيعآخج ككه‬
Like seed-produce that puts
forth its sprout.

......its shoot (//٥٠)

148:291
 (perate,

<act not unjustly or iniqui-

tously

to treat with (‫نشأ(ن‬ ‫كئ‬

unjustice to go
beyond due bounds

abomination
enormity, (n.) ace.
‫تتًا‬
٣٠٧

307

‫شع‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫شع د‬
where these rites and cere-
monies are performed.’

‫التعر‬
‫آغار‬
poetry (n.)

‫القشر‬
<hair (n.p.b.) gen.
).sing(

‫آتعار‬
‫الشعر‬
Note is the plural of

‫القغر‬
(with Fatha on the
(withredieal,
first Kasar onnotit)ofbecause
this latter one means ،poe-
try'.

monument (n.p.) ‫المقعر‬

 ‫هت‬٣‫<ءع‬١‫جعت‬٠‫تتمىم‬٠‫أ‬١‫يآل‬
‫غنالشيساهم‬
Then when ye hurry from
Arafat, remember Allah
near the sacred monument.

12:1981

.‫المحس الحرام‬
signifies the holy monu-
Note
ment, which stands at the
place known as Muzdalafa,
or the ground bordering
it, where the pilgrims stop
for the night after their
return from Arafat on the
e V e n i n g of ninth Dhul
Haiiah.

(name (n.)
Sirius ‫اكعرى‬
of a star which the
pagans considered a deity).

308

‫ف*ليلب‬:‫إئطيققآالظل‬
Depart unto the shodow three-
branched. 177:301

‫* زاد‬

(Imperf. ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.) ‫يشرزن‬

they perceive

‫يثعر‬ ‫شر‬ ،‫يشعر‬

‫ًا‬
)‫ ك‬،‫قشسرر (ف‬‫شر‬
to percieve by the senses,
to know

you perceive
(imperf. 2 pjn. phi.) ‫تغعون‬
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) i١٠. ‫يشير‬
Mnakes perceive or know

do not3let
(emp. p. them know,
m. sing.) ‫ال ينيرن‬
 or discover

‫شاءر‬
.‫الشرا‬
poet (act. pic. m. sing.)
poets (act. pic. m. plu.)

signs,
(act. marks
2 pic. f. plu.) ‫شائر‬
‫ح تييرة‬ ).sing(

Note ‫تعر افر‬

those: religious services
means ‘all
which God has appointed
to us as signs, or the rite‫؛‬
and ceremonies of the pik
grimage and the places

‫دب‬

pajtai Xaq,
60‫ع‬
]٦٢٢‫* ؟‬.‫»■كا ا‬/،/ ‫ ر‬٠٥٢ ،‫رددزر‬
0‘ ,0 ‫ لدآلل‬unqs pue

|0 ٠٩<‫ًاًاا‬٢‫آلآلبًا‬
n8 uo‫؟‬e2b pj‫؛‬u‫؛‬Xut

p٥JE٥J noX‘ ‫لى‬

‫بيبي‬ ‫رسر تم‬

)•»/،/ ■urd

*uoipau
‫مم‬٢‫ب‬ 'I

-uoa s‫؛‬q, UI paqnsuoa ٥٩

pjnoqs UEJnf) aq, uo saua,
-uatutuoa aq, ajojajaqi
"PJO* pauo, u U٥AO٩E aq,
,noqs suojuido ,U٥j3jy,p
Pioq SJOJBUWUO aq,: ajobl
(OM, Xq aiqisiAip jaquinu‫)ا‬
jiEd o, *aiqnop ‫ لالموه‬o,
‫ جدحًا‬٢٢٦ )‫(م‬
‫< سد (") يًاا‬
‫ا‬،٣٦٦٢! )’|/٠‫ )ه‬UOISWHH

)‫ء'ج) جبر‬-
sjossaajajuj

٢٢٦ ‫الحم•) ؤ‬،/ ‫ س‬Jid ‫ تم‬-,‫(هو‬

ui,٥aj‫؛‬٥jos

‫) رتب‬Suit ‫ر" س‬.،‫(هرال تم ه‬

sJOjEipaui' ‫؛‬SJ٠pao«,u

(130’ n/d ■UI Jid) ‫آلى‬١‫»" ئلج‬,‫ه‬

,U, ABUJ Xaq, ,Bq(apa J٥

p)• ٥٥
,3p j3,ui■urd
٢ njd Xaq ) ‫ابمجج‬
(f •flidujl ‫الحم‬،/ »٥•) ‫؟يتو‬

01 ap٥٥J3,ui ‫ ل‬JO

‫ جز ج‬٢٣١٠٦ )‫(ب‬
< ،6 ‫ اال‬,sapaaja

‫ مؤ‬٥u/r r -‫سسم• نم د• سا‬،‫ر‬

‫اثقكث‬

uoijBdnxo (‫لمأتز )•أل‬

‫إلآذ مي‬٢‫ذ‬,٢٢١‫ (م) ؟‬,Xdnaao o

< -‫ادده‬, paidnaao put Xsnq

‫الةا يتب‬١‫؟ الال ل‬pad(

•ujnipjBO
‫امآلم‬
-,‫ ندل‬aq, qjBauaq pajajua
a٨O| aq, ,Eq, ss PWSJJE
os ssq SS ١Bq, susauj

X|d٥ap paiaajyB—

٣٢٠ ( Suit ■UI 4 ٢ ■‫رهدم‬

*‫ب‬٦‫مآل‬
pauiuqui ٧‫ا!ر‬
pauiByui auioaaq 01
 < |٢‫ح‬٢ ‫ا‬٢‫ج‬٦٩٢ ‫ بمب‬.,.‫ الددا‬E iq»‫؛‬, o,

«‫ت‬٦‫يا؛(م)؛اذيج‬٢. ‫يه‬
)7٠‫ر‬٧( ۴‫د‬٠‫~ال‬

‫ا‬:‫ي‬0 .،‫)!؛‬، ) Suis •W ‫دال ًا ال‬3‫(ل‬

‫ آل م‬٢١ * ‫ب‬٦‫مآل‬

Nvanfc AIOH EHJ. ،o A٥v٦na

‫مم‬٢
ULARY ٠, THE HOLY QURAN ‫شفق‬
‫رمآيتيآجآشقيك‬
And I wish not to be hard

]٠‫اه‬١‫خع‬. 128:27

‫و‬
they opposed
(perf. p.m. phi.) Hi ‫تائوا‬
‫ شاق يقاق يقاق‬2
to become hostile to

‫يقايت‬،‫يتاق‬ iii

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p. m. sing.)

opposes

(imperf. 2 p. m٠ ph».) ill ‫تقائزن‬

you become hostile, cause

cleavage

‫النينكنمتثآفتففم‬
Then on the Judgment Day
He will humiliate them and
say : where are My asso-
ciates regarding whom ye
have been causing clea-
vage? (‫بر‬،/.) for whose
 sake you became hostile 1

(l،:27J

‫بم‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يتعق‬
split* asunder, cleaves
asunder

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.f. sing.), ‫تتقق‬

rvsplits or cleaves asunder

rwrent3asunder
(perf. p.m. sing.) rti ‫انشق‬
(perf. ‫ د‬p.f. sing.) ,ii ‫انتقن‬
~rcnt asunder

‫مشيقزن‬ (act. pic.

.notn ‫مشفقين‬
, m. ph».) .acc

fearful ones

twilight, (fl.) ‫الثتى‬

afterglow of sunset

‫با يثن‬، >‫و‬(.p.m. sing .imperf)

)‫تف! يثن فغاًا (ض‬

heals

to cure, heal

)‫برف‬:‫يشفيي(يخيف‬
'‘-'heals me

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) juss.

‫بم‬ heals, relieves

 healing (*.n.) : ‫يغا‬
brink (n.) ‫* ش ق ق تغا‬
‫تققنًا‬
٠٠٧ )‫> تق يثئ تش (ن‬
(perf. Jst p. phi.)
ck>ve(l)

to split, cleave

‫م‬. ‫ على وج‬- ‫آئق‬

I shall be hard (2)
hl

upon ss

310

VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫شقق‬

(act. 2 pic. nr. sing.)
unblessed
‫شقي‬
"

the wretched (elative)

one, unfortunate
‫ آغت‬،‫اآنن‬

wretchedness (v.n.) ‫يعوة‬

L*

(pref. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.١ ‫شكر‬

(A،gave thanks, became

grateful

)‫شكريمكرغرًاةشكران(ن‬
to realise or acknowledge
one’s favour

(perf. 2 p.m. piu.) ‫م‬٠‫تؤ‬

they returned / gave thanks
 (imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫ثكر‬
-gives thanks

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. piu.) ‫يئكرزن‬

they give thanks, become

grateful

‫ شكرون‬.nom ‫سر‬.‫تتثكرزا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.)

you give thank, become

grateful

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫آتكر‬

!(return thanks,)become

grateful

(perate. m. sing.) ‫أشكز‬

be grateful!

(perate m. plu.١ ‫اشررا‬

(you) be grateful,
give/return thanks !

(imperf. ‫ ة‬p.f. sing.) *ii

cleaves asunder

(v.n.) acc.

cleaving asunder

travail, distress, (n.) gen,

difficulty

‫تشق‬
‫تقت‬
’‫يق‬

‫دتخيالثالكرالبليئزعونيابلخيهإًال‬
‫يثق االنف‬
And they bear your loads to
a city which yc could not
 ' reach except with travail
(distress to) your souls.

16:71

a distance hard (n.) ‫تقة‬

to reach

‫لكنبدتيماككه‬

But the distance seemed hard

unto them. [9:421

cleavage, (v.n. Hi) ‫يقق‬

divergence, schism

★ ‫شقى‬

(perf. 3 p.m. piu.) ‫ثقزا‬

Oare/were wretched

(‫ ت يقرة‬،‫تتييثت تقًا ر قتات‬

to be miserable
unfortunate

(imperf.: ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ‫يثقا‬

"shall be distressed

(el. 2 p.m. sing.) acc. ‫تشق‬

that you may be distressed,
lest you may be distressed

٣١١

311

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫شكر‬

‫اد‬
Verily he was a bondman
grateful. 1,7:3,

appreciative, (2)
bountiful in rewarding

٠‫اىشئئئذ‬
He is Forgiving, Appreciative.
 ‫ا‬ 135:30
Note : ‫ شكزر‬is absolutely
similar to ‫ تاكر‬when it
is applied to God ; see the
above note.

thanksgiving (v.R.) ‫شغرًا‬

gratefulness, (».!».) ‫شكرًا‬
thankfulness

‫★شكص‬
(ap-<ter.>vi m. sing.) ‫تثاكون‬
quarrelling ones

)‫>شكى يثكى تكاتة(س‬.>

to be perverse, stubborn,

‫تشاك‬ to 2
wrangle, quarrel

*ilJ
‫عكة‬
‫شك ل‬
doubt (n.) nom. juss.

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫تاكلة‬

manner, disposition

‫شاكرء‬ .nom
al. pic. m. sing. ١‫ثامرآ‬.acc
grateful (1)

‫يأىراآلنيه‬
Grateful for his bounties.

116:1211

appreciative (2)
and bountiful in reward

‫رمنتطةءخيرا"ؤإقالصشاظعيا‬

And whosoever voluntarily

doth good, then verily
Allah is appreciative, kno-
 wing, (or, surely
Allah is Bountiful in re,
warding, Knorving

,‫؛‬2:158

Note : ‫ شاكر‬when applied

to God means, ‘He who
approves or rewards, or
forgives, much or largely;
He who gives large re-
ward for small, or few,
works’ (LL) or, one who
highly appreciates good
and is bountiful in rewar-
ding it

m ‫ةلسر‬٠‫ع‬٢‫ ئ‬،‫التأكيين‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) acc.

grateful or thankful ones

accepted,
(act. 2 pic.appreciated,
m. sing.) ‫مقكررًا‬
recom-

MM

‫شك‬،‫الفكرر‬ grateful ‫ككزرأ‬

(2) (ints. sing.) .acc
.nom

٣١٢

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLV QURAN ‫شكل‬

(perf. ‫ ل‬p. f. sing,١ Xi ‫اتمآزت‬

١!shrank (with aversion)

‫> اشماي اشيترازًا‬

to shrink from

‫>>سئتزرآ(ن)ج‬
to feel aversion for

‫ تم‬، ‫ ]الشس‬.the sun (fl.) acc

‫لخمل‬
 ‫ اشتملن‬perf 3p.f sing.)'£-viii)
contained ss*,

> ‫" انتمل اتيتاًال‬,‘,to contain, ttf

to comprise

‫ييتمليثملتمًاليمرأل‬
-،‫وتمليشمل تمًال(ن‬
to include, contain

(‫( رأ‬fl.) ‫ااسمًال‬

the left (side)

‫ماآلجبي‬٠‫تتخذ‬٠‫تفسمانةإلي‬٢
‫عنيييقثملل‬
Certainly there was a sign
for Saba in their abode—
two gardens on the right
and the left hand. 134:15]

‫ه|هشئلغب‬
Say : everyone acts according
to his rule of conduct.

١١٦'.u١

similar, like (n.) gen. ‫شكي‬

(imperf. /st. p. sing.) ‫أشكو‬

<1 bewail, (Jid.) I complain

)‫تكيثكرئكرىوشكة(ن‬

to complain, to accuse

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) lUi ‫تشتك‬

thou complaineth, bcwailcth

< ‫ اشتكا‬as RF
a niche (n.) (‫شكرة‬٠٠ (‫منك‬
‫ت‬٦ ‫ى‬

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آل تغيت‬

 ١,id‫ حفنة ها‬٧ SS ‫ةم‬١‫أ عةل‬١0‫أ‬

make not ss gloat (Arb.)

‫ب‬-‫يآغمت إشماتًا‬
to make one rejoice at
another, affection

‫خ‬٢‫★ ش‬

(act. pic. f. plu.) aec. ‫تاءخاي‬

<lofty, high, tall

‫(تحخ يخع تيرعًا (ن‬ to be high

٣١٣

313

٠
‫ص‬
VOCABULARY o, th■ holy QURAN

‫شمل‬
)‫> تيد يشهد شردًا (س‬
to witness, be present

‫عال‬-)‫ي>شهديشهدتهادة(ك‬
-‫؛‬to bear witness, give test
mony against

‫د*هدتآبد تن آفلمًا‬
And a witness of her own
family bore witness.

(12:26,

is present (2)

‫كنءكوثلركمرةيطمه‬
So whoever of you is present
in the month he shall fast
 therein. 12:1851

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. p\u.) ‫شهدزا‬

they bore witness (1)

‫وئهدؤواتالريكةلحث‬
And they had borne witness
that the messenger was
true. 13:861

they witnessed (2)

‫آتودتاخلتمم‬
Have witnessed their crea-
tionl (43:19,

(perf. ‫ د‬p. m. phi.) ‫تيذيم‬

you bore witness

(perf. Itt. p. plu.) ‫قهذنًا‬

we bore witness(!) ‫ت‬
‫ثيا‬٢‫تألوائهذئق‬
They will say : we bear wit-
ness against ourselves.

the left hand (2)

‫واتامنأوقكبهيثاله‬
Then as to him who shall be
vouchsafed his book in his
left hand. (69:25)

the left side (n.p.b.) ‫ تمايلر‬،‫الثماعر‬

٠ « ‫ى ن‬٠

traducer, insulter
‫تان‬
(act. pic. m. sing.)

. hatred (n.) ‫تتآن‬

 ‫ه‬،'،'.‫أ‬٧‫ح‬ nom.
.flame(l) (n.) gen
‫فاب‬
‫المنخطنالخطفةىآت‬1
Except him who snatches
away (a word by stealth)
and him then pursueth a
glowing flame. (37:10,

a brand (2)

‫لؤاييكريهابثبي‬
Or bring you therefrom a
burning brand. 127:71

the flames (n. p.».) ‫شيآ‬

‫( تبد‬.perf. 3 p. m. ling)

(1) bore witness،-،

314

٣١

vocabulary o, th، holy QURAN ‫ د‬٥‫ش‬

you bear witness (l)

(imperf. 2 p.m plu.) ‫تشهدرن‬
you witness (2)

(،imperf. 1st. p. sing. ١ ‫أشتد‬

I bear witness

(imperf. [st. p. ph،.)

we bear witness
‫ثهد‬

(perate. m. sing.) ‫اشهذ‬

bear witness ‫ا‬
(perate. m. plu.) ‫اثحدزا‬
 (you) bear witness!

(perate. neg. m. sing.)

testify thou not !
‫أل تغيد‬

‫و‬
''،made 55 testify
(perf pi sing.) iv ‫آشد‬
(perf. 1st p sing.) iv
1 made 55 present
‫آتدك‬
'"'take 55 to witness
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫يشمد‬
(imperf. 1st. p. si g.
I take 55 to witness
١ i, ‫أشد‬

‫آشدفا‬
(you) take 55 IO witness
(perate. m. plu.) iv

(prate, m. phi.) X
(you) call 55 to witness
‫انتشهدزا‬
‫تاعد‬ .nom
‫قايدًا‬
(act. pic. m. sing.)
.acc

an evidence, a witness

‫عابيين تايدزن‬
.nom
(act. pic. m. plu.)
.acc. gen

bearers of witness (1)

■witnesses (2)

we ‫) سلسال‬2(
‫ثتتقرلة لكيهمائمنيمن‬
And thereafter we shall surely
say unto his heir, we wit-
nessed not the destruction
of his household. ،27:49]

~bears witness (1>

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يشد‬
 ١،‫لمةعةل؟هًااةال‬1١
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١ ‫يشدرن‬
they bear witness (1)

they witness (2)

١ that
‫يشبدزا‬ .،p.m. ph ‫كلم‬. 3
they witness

‫و‬
will bear witness (I)
(imperf, p.f. sing.) ‫تشد‬
‫خ؛دتصتئ‬
‫ف'ئتن‬٠٦‫ؤذؤضئت‬
‫تحدتأك‬٠
On the day wherefrom their
tongues and their hands
and their feet will bear
witness against them regar-
ding that which they were
wont to work. [24:24,
declares on oath, (2)

swears

‫ويذدذاعتمالمنابانتثهنا‬
‫افوتنيى اقيئن‬
And it will avert the chastis*
ment from her if she testi-
fieth by Allah four times
that verity he is of the
liars. 724:8]

٣١٥

315

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ٥‫س‬

‫تلصرإلتًااةجك‬
‫والحيحيترحكنأككتغتا‬
And whosotver obeyeth Allah
and the apostle, then those
shall be with them whom
Allah hath blessed, from
among the prophets, the
 saints, the martyrs, and
righteous. Excellent are
these as a company.

[4:69]

‫مهزذ‬ .nom ‫ شغدًا‬.acc

(pact. pic. m. sing.)
witnessed

witness (in. mim.) ‫تمغهد‬

witness (٣iB.) ;‫الثمان‬
witnesses (v.n.p.) ‫اشةادة‬

★‫ر‬٠‫ش‬

month (n.(
‫ترين‬
‫ شتر‬،‫اقتر‬
(two months (fl. duali

‫اثعور‬ (. * ‫ش ه ق‬
months (n.p.b

(v n.) acc. ‫تيقًا‬

notn. ‫تيق‬
roaring, braying

‫شهرد‬
(act. pic. m. plu. b.)
{sing.) ‫( شايد‬witnesses
‫اآلشهآد‬
(act. pic. m. p.b.)
٠٦‫( )تاعدد ح‬witnesses

(act. ‫?ن‬
present (1)
pic. m. sing.)

Allah hath bestowed favour

‫ا‬
on me that was not pre-
sent with them. 14:721

witness (2)

‫ؤق‬٠‫ت؟ئتبةإلداكل‬
And We shall bring thee agai-
inst these as a witness.

116:891
 heedful (3)

‫اكنعوهوكييئ‬
Verily herein is an admoni-
tion unto him who hath a
heart, or give th ear while
he is heedful. 150:371

k٥ct٠2plc. m. dual.) ‫شيدين‬

two witnesses

(act. 2 pic. m. plu.)

witnesses (1)
.‫الشدا‬
martyrs (2)

٣١٦

ABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫و‬٠‫ش‬

‫* ش و ال‬
meta, arms (n.) ‫ًاالتوكة‬
‫ألا‬٠‫ أ‬١ .litt

‫ليدح‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing ) ‫يشونى‬

٠٧، >scalds

)‫تولى يثين تي (ض‬

to roast iv

extremities (M. AU) („.) ‫ذوى‬

scalds skin (Jid.)

‫قى‬I٠

(perf. 3 p.m. shg.) : ‫تا‬

‫ سم‬willed
‫غيثاومثيتة‬:‫تاتيتا‬
to will, to wish(‫ة (ف‬.‫د مقا‬

(perf. 2 p.m. ,sing.) ‫شت‬

‫؟‬OU wsWtd

(perf. 2 p.m. dual.)

you (two) wished

{perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫يشم‬

you wished

(perf. 1st p. plu)

we willed, wished
‫ينا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

wills, wishes
‫شاء‬
(,imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu.) ‫تاؤون‬
they will wish, will

٣١٧

‫★شو‬
(perf, ‫ ل‬p.f. sing.١ liii ‫اشةن‬
desired

(imperf. 5 p.m. plu siii ‫يغتهؤن‬

they desire

*'’desire‫؛‬3 p. f. Xing.) viii

(imperf. ‫شتن‬
lustfully (n.) ،‫ثمو‬
‫الثسوات‬
desires, lusts, joys (n.p.)

★ ‫شر ب‬
mixture for drink (Rgh.)(n.) ‫عزًا‬
drought ((.‫هبر‬
\٠ ‫ق د د‬

«consult!
(perate m sing.} Hi ‫تاوز‬
‫شارر انتتار‬ to ask
for advise, consult

(per‫؛‬. ‫ ل‬p. f. sing.) i, ‫خؤتمغ‬

‫>ال‬ pointed to

‫آشار يثير إشارة‬

 ‫ إلى‬-
to point out or at
to counsel ‫ ب‬،‫ على‬-
mutual counsel (r.n.>r،) ‫تتارر‬
counsel (n.) ‫اكزرى‬

★ ‫ش وظ‬
flame (n.) ‫شراظ‬
317

‫ل ىع‬

VOCABULAIY o, THB HOLY QURAN

‫رى‬

٠ ‫اش ئ ع‬
(n.) acc. ‫تخا‬
nom. ‫تتخ‬
cne advanced in yean, aged

(n.p.b.) acc.
aged and old ones
‫تبرعا‬

‫★رىز‬
(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫قفبد‬
plastered, lofty, fortified

(pis. pic. f. sing.) ‫تيدة‬

plastered, lofty, fortified

‫*ريا‬

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p, f. sing. ) ‫تفيع‬

circulate, be spread

sect (I) („.) ‫جتة‬

‫الرحمريًاثغش‬
٠٠‫قتيقم‬
Thereafter, we shall draw
aside from each sect which-
ever of them against the
Compassionate were most
Ya ticeu. 119:691

party (2)
‫ينشع وغن اين تثلم؟‬
One being of his own party
and the other of his eoe-
mics. (28:151

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تحا‬

thou wills

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تقاؤون‬

you will, wish

٦٦‫أ‬٠‫أل‬٦\ (.imperf. hi p, sing.) ٦\‫خ‬

we will (imperf. 1st. p. phi.)

(n.'١ acc. ‫ بج‬nom. ‫شف‬

thing(l)

‫لال>اغتءقيدىةد‬
Verily Allah is over every
thing potent. 12:201

aught, any extent (2)

Even though their fathers

understood not aught.

u١d.) ‫جا‬.١٦٩١

Note : the word ‫تج‬ in

direct objective case is of-
ten used to denote the
meaning ‘a little bit’, 'at
all etc. as it is in the
above quoted verse.

:‫آشيًا‬
things (n.p.b.)

★ ‫شى ب‬
(n.p.b.) acc. ‫عيًا‬

< grey-headed ones

(sing.) ‫تة‬٢
 hoariness (n.) acc.
‫تيًا‬
grey hair (n.) ‫تية‬
٣١٨

OCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫شىع‬

fellows, partisans, (n.p.b.)

man of the same per-
‫آغيع‬
suation

‫ولقنًاكلكتآشيًاعكزفهن‬
And verily We have des-
troycd your fellows; but
is there any that remem-
breth.fPrcJAnd assuredly
We have destroyed your
likes; so is there anyone
who shall be admonished.

‫ه؛ا‬٦‫ذ‬٦١ ).Uid

‫ ثتة‬see ‫د ل ى‬

parties (n.p.b.) ‫ييعًا‬

< sects, factions,

schismatics

(ting.) ‫ييعة‬
‫ونآلنيتأتاويتئمةالي‬
Of those who split up their
religion and became schis-
matics. (Pic.) Of those
who split up their religion
and becames sects. (Jid.)

***

***

٣١

319
 ‫كتاب الصاد‬
commentators have also
expressed the idea that
they were star-worshippers.
But this opinion is rejected
by others.

According to E. Br. (XIX.

p. 790) the Sabians "were
a semi-Christian sect of
Bybylonia, the Eikasaites,
closely resembling the
Mandaeans or so-called
'Christians of St. John
the Baptist’, but not iden-
tical with them.”

According to another defi-

nition “they were a sect
in ancient Persia and Ch-
aldea, who believed in the
unity of God, but also
worshipped intelligences
supposed to reside in the
heavenly bodies.”

The commentators have

also differed whether they
wttt Wl-Kltab or not.

‫الشابثر‬ ‫ه‬٠‫م‬.‫اتئق‬
(act. pic. m. plu.)
.nom

‫صابأ‬
‫تبأينأتعر ينبوًا‬
"Sa bias (sing.)

)‫ ك‬،‫آ(ن‬.‫رشغر‬
to change one's religion

Note : Sabi is literally ‘one

who goes forth from one
religion to another’ (LL,
Rgh).

The commentators hold

different Opinions regar-
 ding them. Most of them
agree that they arc a
Judaeo-Christan sect. The
others mention that they
arc semi-Christians. Rgh.
stresses that they were
among the followers of
the Prophet Nooh. A few

٣٢

‫بح‬
VOCABULARY o, TH* HOLY QURAN

‫بب‬
‫ بح تخيًا ال‬to come
in morning

‫ ئاب‬،‫ولثت بحهلححذ‬
And certainly a lasting chas-
tisement overtook them in
the morning. 154 : 381

(perf. ‫و‬
<~became (1)
p.m. sing.) iv

to enter ‫ إغباحًا‬iv ‫أتح‬

upon the time of morning,
to appear, to become

‫تآغبح ص الخيرؤك‬
And he became one of the
losers. 15:301

N began to do SS (2)

(،'.e. engaged in doing SS)

‫تآتحيقيبقيو‬
So he began to wring his
hands. 118:421

(perf. 3 p. f. s‫؛‬ng.)h ‫آت‬

"became
(perf. 2 p.m. plufiv
you became
‫آتبتم‬

(perf. ‫و‬p.m. phiOiv

they became
‫آزحا‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ivacc. ‫ينبح‬

"becomes I

arc■ ‫ مزح‬nom. ‫تنح‬

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv

‫سم‬ becomes

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.pri, acc.

they become
‫يضيحرا‬
The majority does not
count them among the Ahl-
al-Kitab (the people of the
book) "Ibn Kathir, Ibn
Jurir and Qurtubi have
quoted a few opinions of
eminent companions of the
Prophet (027) as Umar
and Abdullah Ibn Abbas

and from
beens amongBasri
as Hasan the Tainclu-٠
ding the Muslim jurist
Imam Abu Haneefa who
hold that marriage rela-
tions are allowed with
them.

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. ‫صب‬

‫>ب‬ poured

‫ب (ن‬- ‫(تي يكب‬

to pour out, be poured out

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) assim.

we poured
‫مكب‬

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. ‫يتب‬

 ~is poured, will be poured

(peraie. m. phi.) assim. ‫صبزا‬

(you) pour!

pouring (v.n.) ace. ‫صبا‬

(used as emphatic case, mean،
ing heavy pouring')

(perf. 3 p m. sing.) ii ‫مح‬

‫> سم‬ came in the morning
٣٢١

321

٧‫س‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ص بح‬
)‫برًا (ض‬-‫مر ينبر‬
to be patient, to endure

they bore
(perf. patiently
3 p.m. ‫و‬٠‫م‬
plu.) 1 (1)

‫فصبراصلماكييوا‬
But they patiently bore that
wherefore they belied.

16:34]

they endured / (2)

were steadfast, constant

‫ثرائريقيلنينهابرواءع‬
‫ثيجمناوصبآةا‬
Then, serily, thy Lord unto
 those who have emigrated
after they had been perse-
cuted and then striven
hard and were steadfast
(or endured, or were cons-
tant). [16:110]

they persevered (3)

-‫و‬١‫نمنحجرذ‬١‫ةالئتي‬
Save those who persevered
and did good works.

111:11]

they suffered (4)

‫رتيتكيدك ت؟كاعىبمد‬
And fulfilled was the good
word of thy Lord unto
the children of Israel for
they were long-suffering.

322

(epl. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) iv ‫بنحن‬

they certainly will become

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.yiv, acc. ‫تنبحزا‬

that you become ‫ف ب‬. ‫ي‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

you enter the (3)
‫تبحون‬
morning

‫فبخاشوحينتثوتدحينتضكؤن‬
And glory be to Allah when
you enter the night and
when you enter the mor-
ning. [30:17]

morning, dawn (n.) ‫الكح‬

morning, dawn (rt.)‫لتبًاح‬

daybreak, dawn (v.n.) ‫االضباح‬
(ap-der. iv, m. ph،.) acc. ‫منحين‬
 (passers by) in morning I

‫وإغرلتزونيودتضيجين‬
And you will pass by them
in the morning. [37:137]

‫ يغبع‬،‫ الينبًاح‬lamp (n.)

lamps (n.p.b.) ‫تعايح‬

And certainly we have adored

this lower heaven with
lamps(/.«., which are radi-

ant stars). 167:5 ‫ز‬

‫ لم‬per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ""‫ج‬

‫ > سم‬bo re with patience

٣٢٢

‫ص‬ VOCABULARY o, THK HOLY QURAN ‫بر‬

‫تضر‬ ‫لسر‬.‫وا‬٠‫؛ذب‬
.nom(imperf. 2p.m.plu.) -

you will bear patiently

‫لننبر‬
(,imperf. neg. 1st. p.ph».١.acc
'

we certainly cannot bear

patiently/cannot endure to

‫لنئميرعنطعامكاحي‬
We shall by no means bear
patiently with one food.
(Jid.) Indeed we cannot
endure but one kind of
food (M. Asad) 12:611

(epl. Istp. plu.) ‫قزة‬

surely we shall bear patiently

‫ركنيرئعقمًاأذيتترنا‬
And surely we shall bear
 patiently that which ye
afflict us. ‫؛‬14:12‫؛‬

(perate m. sing.) ‫انن‬

endure ! be patient, bear
patiently

‫<دئجلن انتاهأهدجهة‬
So be youpatient, veribthe
happy end is for UteGod-
fearing. 11:491

wait patiently (pgh.) (2)

‫واصبزلحكزربك‬
And wait thou patiently the
judgement of thy Lord.

[52:481

(peraie. m. plu.) ‫انرزا‬

endure,
patience,beadhere
patient, bear with
steadily

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) ‫ضز م‬

you persevered, endured

‫ سدعيلربمأصبرثم‬.
Peace be upon you for ye
patiently persevered.

‫؛‬13:24(

‫دلبنصبزتملمرخيللخيبرين‬
And if ye endure patently
then surely it is better for

the patient. 116:126 ‫ز‬

(perf.
we bore p.‫ألم‬.(
/st.patiently (1)‫تترخ‬

®sssytepffis
It is the same to US whether
we cry or bear patiently.
 114:211

we adhered (2)
patiently

‫آلاها‬٠‫ر‬٠‫ئ‬٠‫لمقي‬
He had well-nigh led US as-
tray from our gods, if we
had not adhered to them
patiently. (25:421

(imperf. 3 p.m.
'*/endures sing.) juss.
patiently ‫يضنز‬
‫إنالةتايييءجرالعيخين‬
Verily whosoever fcareth and
endureth then verily Allah
waste th not the reward of
well-doers. 112:901

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) Juss. 7

thou hast patience ‫غ‬
٣٢٢

323

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOIY QURAN

‫ص‬

‫*صبع‬

‫ينغ‬
)‫تتغيضغنبغًا(غ‬
< savour, relish («.)

to dye, colour, baptize

‫نغة‬
dye, colour, hue («.)

‫نح‬٠‫هاطؤوشًاتصئا‬٠‫م‬
Ours is the dye of Allah !
And who is better at dying
than Allah ? 12:1381
 (ie.. the religion of Islam :
surrender to the Divine
will. •The dye of Allah is
grace on His part and abso-
lute surrender on ours.

‫ينبغة‬
‫يغة ال‬ is also “Religion”
religion of God, because
and means the
‘its effect appears in him
who has it like the dye in
the garment, or because it
intermingles in the heart
like the dye in the gar-
ment'—

**‫صبد‬

I shall incline,
(imperf. 1st. p.yearn
sing.) ‫آم‬
)‫كتبًا يبو برآ (ن‬
to be inclined, to be a youth
324

(perate.>iii١ m. plu.)
excel in perseverance

‫صابرؤا‬
(perate.yviii, m. sing.)
endure, be steadfast! ‫اعطر‬

‫ تتر‬،‫الكتر‬
patience.nom
(*.".) ‫تئرًا‬ .acc

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫صا برآ‬

patient

‫ صابرز‬،‫الئابرفن‬ .nom

patients,
(act. steadfast‫؟‬,
pic. m. phi.) acc.perse-‫الشارين‬
verers

(pact. pic. /٠ sing.) ‫تابرة‬

persevering one (f.)
 persevering
(act.
women
pic.f. plu.) ‫صابرات‬
women, patient

(elative-w.)
how enduring!
‫ماأزر‬
‫ألآي‬١‫ذءزبل‬٦‫ضآ‬
How enduring must they be
of the fire. [2:175J

Note : ‫ما‬
of surprise and wonder.
here is expressive

(inis, sing.) ‫حار‬

verily patient, steadfast

٠‫صبإ‬
‫( أصابع‬. fingers (n.p.b)

٠(‫ى قج‬
٣٢

‫ ماح ب‬VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN ‫بو‬

accompanied'. Illustrating
the meaning of this verse
Rgh. stresses : ‘No peace,
mercy, compassion or so-
lace from ‫ل‬5 ٧‫ز‬1‫ ا‬be avail-
able to them".

hou) accompany!
(perate. ‫صاحن‬
m. sing.) keep com-

pany with !consort!

accompany
(perate. neg.not!
m. sing.) ‫آل تاحب‬
companion
(act. pic. m. (1)
sing.) ‫عاحب‬
‫ ألكتنناةالهمعبا‬.‫اذيققللصلي‬
 When he said unto his com-
panion. grieve not, verily
Allah is with US. [9:40,

fellow (2)

‫ننادواصأجبغرفعًالىفعكر‬
Then they called their fellow,
and he took sword, and
hamstrung her. 154:291

victims (3)

‫اتنكل عنآضخبالجحيه‬

And thou will not be asked

about the fellows (victims)
of the hell fire. [2:119[

showing any type (4)

of connection or link

‫واللنكصيا لخت إذناذىرفومكظيه‬

And be not thou like him of
the fish when he cried out
while he was in anguish.

(68:481

‫رالتصرنعتنكيتهنآص‬
Then if thou a vertest their
guile from me I should

incline toward them. (‫ر‬،■،/.)

and if thou turn not away
their device from me, I
shall yearn towards them.
(M.A.) 112:331

infant young boy, (n.) acc.

child, ‫تث‬

(pip. 3 p.m. p١u.١ ‫يفحبزن‬

(they can be kept company

 with

)‫(س‬٠‫و ءثة‬٠‫تيت يغحب حة‬

to company, to associate

‫نفيلذئ تنزأشمجسهئئ‬
They will not be able to
succour themselves, and
against Us they cannot be
company with (by solace

and comfort). (‫دار‬.) they

cannot help themselves
nor can they be defended
from Us. (M A.) (21:431

Note : All the forms derived

from the root‫ص ح ؟‬
necessarily will contain the
meaning of company,
therefore, the above men•

tioned word ‫يككجنن‬. lite-

rally means ،they will be

٣٢٥

325

٠‫د‬ VOCAIOLARY OF THE HOLY QUIAN ‫حب‬

‫كخر‬
rocks (n.p.)
★ ‫مدد‬
‫د‬
trans, assim.

(perf. ‫ن‬٠
(،Mumed (1)
p m. sin‫؟‬.)

away (aside)

)‫صديكئتدآ(ن‬
- ‫ صدزدًا‬to oppose, to turn
‫الد‬ ‫؟‬,tom

- ‫ خدرًا‬to shout
‫فيتمدينامنيهوينيخزتنصدعنة‬
 Then of them were some
who believed therein and
of them were some who
turned aside therefrom.

14:55]

~ hindered (intrant.) (2)

‫وصكعكاينتكبدينادنلمشو‬
And that which she was wont
to worship instead of
Allah hindered her.

127:431

they hindered
‫حدرا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

(perf. ‫تددت‬
1st. p. ph
we hindered, ،.) away
kept

‫مت نم‬
(pp. 3p.m.sing.)
was hindered

‫يكدؤن‬ ‫يترا‬
(Imperf. 3 p.m. piu.)
.nom .acc

they turned away (I)

326

(ad. pic. m. dual.) n.d.

two fellows ‫صاجو‬
(act. pic.consort,
spouse, ‫صاجية‬
f. ring.) wife

‫الوال‬7‫تشنىجثرينامااةنصجة‬٤‫تآت‬
And He-—exalted be the
majesty of our Lord—hath
taken neither a spouse
nor a son. (Jid.) neither
wife nor a son. (Pic.) has
not taken a consort nor
a son. (M.A.) 172:31

(act, pic. m. piu.)

(fellows

(ring.) ‫صاحب‬
*‫صحف‬

(scriptures,
writs, books (‫لر‬.‫م‬.‫ررف < ه‬

(ring.) ‫ىنفة‬
‫يراف‬
٠‫ىا‬
(dishes, bowls (npb.)
(sing.)

٠‫صخخ‬

(act. pic. f. ring.) ‫القاخة‬

<deafening cry or shout

)‫تغيعغتةا(ن‬
to strike sound on the ear

٣٢٦

٤‫د‬

vouiuun OF THI HOLY Qua ‫ل ال‬

‫ي‬

(emp. neg. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫آل يصدن‬

(thou) let ss not turn aside

(emp. neg. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫آل يكدن‬

(you) let ss not turn aside

hindering (n.) ‫تد‬

turning away
hanging back, (rt.) ‫مدود‬
 water,water,
fetid boiling water (n.)
festering ‫تنن‬
( ‫صديد‬
usly as pus, filthy
is water,
translated vario-
hot or boiling water—LL)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫يندر‬

< will proceed, will come

forth

‫تدر يدر صذرآق تضدر‬

to return from, proceed

(imperf. 3p.m. singfir, acc. ‫ينير‬

*drive away, taken away ss

٠١ ‫سدر‬n( ١‫اآعحألااةةخأد‬

‫مدرر‬
)٠‫سذر (ل‬
< breasts, hearts (n.p.b.)

٠ ‫ص دع‬
they
(pip. 3are/will
p. m. piu.)H ‫يتدعرن‬
be affected

with headache

‫ذعًا (ف‬-‫> > ندغ يضتع‬

to divide

‫|ئبغخئةةوئءتلةمعؤحا‬،‫دأج‬

Thou seest the hypocrites

turning away from thee.

14:611

they hinder, / (2)

are hindering

‫ومتريصثرتعي التجي ا‬
 When they arc hindering peo.
pie from the sacred Mos-
que. 8:34‫]؛‬

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p٠m. plu.)

they cry out, shout (3)

‫إذاءرثكمنه ييلئك‬
Behold they (people) thereat

cry out. (‫ )دار‬lo! thy

people raise a clamour
thereat. (ALA.) behold ! the

folk laugh out. (‫رم‬،■).

[43:571

Note : the difference between

dhamma ‫ع يعدون‬١‫ج‬٦‫ا‬١١

upon ‫ )ص‬andtj.Jj^(with

Kasra under ‫) ص‬should

be noted. The former
means: ،they hinder or
keep away’, while the latter
means: ‘they raise a shout
with laughter and clam-
our’.

that you 2hinder

(imperf. 55 acc.
p.m plu.) ‫تصدوا‬
٣٢٧

327

‫صدق‬
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

٤‫صد‬
(‫> سدق يغيف صذظ‬
to turn away

(Imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يفي فرن‬

 They shun, turn aside

)»■ ‫سه‬.( ‫الصدفين‬

cliffs, mountain sides

‫لمما‬،‫كؤظب اتآذلذعة‬
Men he levelled up (the
gap) between the cliffs.

(‫لءذم‬
mountain sides.between
(Jid.) the two

118:96‫ا‬
★ ‫صدق‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫ددق‬

‫ب‬٧> spoke the truth (1)

‫(تدق يعدق يذةا (ن‬

to be true, to say the truth,

to fulfill 55

‫قلصقاله‬
Say thou, Allah hath spoken

the truth. 13:95 ‫ز‬

fulfilled 55 true, (2)

showed 55 true

١‫لىيحهحو‬٣‫لقلحتسادئت؛‬
Allah hath fulfilled the vision

for his messenger in very

١ ٦‫جع‬٠٦٦١.Pic( ‫ا‬٢‫هع‬

(perf. ‫ ة‬p.f. slng.١ ‫صدقن‬

has spoken truth, spoke

truth
 (perf. ‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ‫تددا‬
they totd truth (1)

328

Vimperf. ‫ ل‬p.m- p‫؟‬u.١ V ‫يعدعرن‬

they will be sundered, sepa-
rated.

Note : It is notable that the

former ‫يت عزن‬

second derived stem
5 and
passive imperfect, while
is of the

is ofTatter
the ‫بدعؤن‬
the fifth
is derived stem
and active imperfect. The
which

but inis
latter the ‫يتصدعون‬
abovemention-
originally

ed form the‫مت‬,
then assimilated
interchanged
is
withto the
other one.

(perate. m. sing.) ‫اندع‬

proclaim, promulgate aloud,
declare openly

‫التذع‬
‫واآلرضذاتالكدع‬
splitting (r.n.)

And by the earth which

splitteth (with herbage).

186:12]
‫ متصدعآ‬.acc

(Ap-der.>v, m. sing)
splitting asunder, rending as-
tinder

‫صد ف‬

(perf. 3 p.m, sing.)

^،shunned, turned away
‫صدق‬

٣٢٨
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫دق‬
 (perf. ‫ام و‬-p. f. sing.) ii
testified

‫عدقت ل‬
thou fulfilled SS
(perf. 2 p.m. sing it

— confirmes ss
‫يتدق‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii

‫يدقرن‬
they testify, believe in ss
(imperf. 3 p.m. plujii

‫تصد قر ن‬
you confess ss, admit the
(imperf. 2p.m.ptu.)U

truth

‫و‬
meta.~‫؟‬ot‫؛‬٥
(perf. p.m. sing.) V ‫آصدق‬
/،،،.'Vgave charity

‫تنتصدقيبفهركقارةلة‬
Then whosever fbrgoeth it,
then it shall be for him an
expiation. [5:45]

‫تصدقوا‬
^imperf. 3 p.m. ph»
V. acc. n.d.

mata.—‫هال‬١‫ ل‬fotfco

/ft,.—-you give charity

Note : Its original from is

‫تتسدقون‬
dropped due to accusative
The final Nun is
case. The first Th is also
dropped, as it is usual to
the fifth derived stem in
imperfect form.

be charitable
(perate. m. sing.) V ‫تصدق‬
‫يعدقو ا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
acc. V
 that they forgo, remit as a
charity

‫خئققهعق انديهدوا‬
Before it was manifest unto
thee as whosoever told the
truth. (9:43]

‫لم‬are ww 1١ ‫العج‬

‫لقخج صدت‬١‫وجعا‬٩
Such are they who arc sin-

Otte. Vli١٦1١

they fulfilled ss (3>

true

‫ينالشعنيرجالمسلواماءامدرالحتيو‬
Of the believers are men who
have fulfilled that which
they covenanted with

Allah. 133:23]

thou told the truth

(perf, 2 p.m. ring.) ‫دقت‬
we fulfilled
(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫سدت‬
‫و‬
«-verified (1)
fperf. ‫صدق‬
p.m. sing.) ii

‫رصتىالرتلين‬

And he verified the messen-

gers. [37:37]

«-believed (2)

‫فالصدقرالىلى‬
He neither believed nor
prayed. [75:31]
«-proved true (3)

‫قك‬٠‫لحةإيى‬٠‫اتذتتاقءإل‬٢‫و‬

Iblis proved true his opinion

of them. (34:20] (.‫]هد‬

٣٢٩

329

‫صدق‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ررق‬

other forms always has the

meanings of excellence, tru-
thfulness, veracity, virtue,
firmness etc,

‫ تايق‬.nom ‫ صاية‬.acc
«,act. pic. m. sing.٦

true, truthful, truth-teller

‫صارقون‬،‫ العايقن‬.nom
‫ صادقين‬،‫ الشادقن‬.arc
iAp-der. m, plu.١

truthful ones

(ap-der f. plu.) ‫القارقات‬

truthful women

alms, charity (fl.) acc. gen. ‫تدقة‬

<alms, charities (rt.) ‫اتدةي‬

‫الثذئًا‬: ).tog،(
*;dowries(«,) ‫صدةات‬
)‫ض‬،•( ‫دقة‬

(act. 2 pic. m. ,to،.) ‫صييق‬

friend
 (flative m. sing.)
more truthful than ss
‫أردق‬

(ints. m. sing.) ‫ حيق‬،‫التديق‬

truthful one, man of truth

and veracity

(ints. fl sing. ١ ‫يدتة‬

truthful woman

‫ الىديقون‬.nom ‫التذي‬.«،،
(inti. m. plu.'‫؛‬

truthful ones

‫ تأتدق‬acc. V
(.imperf. 1st. p. sing.١

that I may / shall give alms

(epi. hl. p- plu■) V ‫تعدقن‬

we will surely give alms

‫ يندق‬،‫ التذق‬.nom ‫ يذ‬.acc

truth (/1.)(1)

‫تيئاللخيقنعيديمن‬
That he may ask the truthful
of their truth. [33:8]

veracity, (2)
truthfulness

١‫وذقتججلمهىمقيءادتتت‬
And perfected is the word of
thy Lord in veracity and
in justice. (6:1151

excellence (3)

kRgh.Zaj]٠j١

‫م‬٠‫كةتئ؛دىئقائكمزكميةيىهئتت‬
And give glad tiding to those
who believe that for them
 is advancement in excel*
lence. 110:2]

Note : the word ‫عدق‬

literally means truth in
word or deed, as Raghib
has mentioned in Mufra-
dat. It is almost impossi*
ble to render the vast and
various meanings of this
word into one word. It
will suffice here to men*
tion that this word and its

٣٣

‫ص‬ VOCABULARY OR THl HOLY QURAN ‫دق‬

thev will3tep.m.
(imperf. shouting I
plu.) viii ‫يتلرخرن‬
)‫يصترخيضرخ صراعًا رصيزخأ( ن‬
to cry out loudly

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫خ‬ ‫يتضر‬

~is crying unto ss for

succour

‫مضي‬ one
.sing.) ‫؛‬.‫ب< عب‬
who succours
gen

‫يضيخم ومآنتغينضرع‬5‫آ‬5
I cannot succour you nor can
ye succour me. 114:221

)‫سي ى‬.‫سرج‬ (
‫معرخى‬
i,Ap-der.^>li, m. ph».)
those who succour (me)

cry for
lift, h'lpor(but
shout inacc.
(,.«.) the / ‫صريع‬
Holy Quran this word
means reponse for the
 shout for help. In other
words there will be nobody
to approach to succour)

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) axsim. iv ‫آصرزا‬

they persisted

< ‫ أصر *أ إضرارًا‬,to persist

to persevere in

assim. iv

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

‫م‬٧ persists

‫صدف‬٠ .nom ‫تتن؛‬ .acc

(ap-der.> ii, tn. sing.)
confirming one

confirming one
(ap-der.\>ii, m. sing.)gen. ‫المةنن‬

٢
acc. gen.
Ap-der.>
‫اشدنت‬
١٠١ ،.١m. ph
almsgivers, charitable ones

almsgivers,nt.
(ap-der.>v, ‫الممدين‬
charitable
plu.) acc.ones

(Ap.der.>i ١ f. plu.) ‫المدةت‬

charitable or almsgiver

(women)

charitable or
(ap-der.>v, ‫اتقذذذ‬
almsgiver
f. plu.)

(women)

confirmation (».„.) ‫تضييق‬

 (imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) » ‫تصدى‬
١،thou aitendest

‫> تتدلى « صدًا‬

to correspond to appear
clapping(,.«.) ‫تتدية‬

+ ‫صرح‬

‫لئزعاتزشه‬١‫د‬. ‫تزغ‬
palace, lofty building, («.)

٤٥٨٧٣٤

٣٣١

331

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY OF TH, HOLV QURAN

‫ص‬

‫ عن‬- )‫صرف يضرف صر(ض‬

to turn away,

to turn to ‫ ائ‬-
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫إلى‬.-‫تزافًا‬
wc turned towards, inclined

towards,

(imperf. 3p. m. ang.!١ ‫يزرفن‬

‫بى‬verts, turns away

(imperf, 2p.m. sing.١ juss. ‫تضرف‬

thou turns away, averts

nom. Juss. ‫أضرف‬

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

1 shall turn away

(el. 1st. p. plu.)‫فعرق‬

that we avert from, turn
 away

(pp. 3p.f. sing.) ‫صرفت‬

‫ بم‬would 1* turned to
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) Juss. ‫يضرف‬
(pip.
5‫م‬٠‫ ؛ى‬averted from
(pip. 3 p.m. plu.)
they are turned away
‫يضرفرن‬

(pip. 2 p. m. plu.)
you are turned awny
‫تضرفرن‬

(perate. m. sing.)
avert ’ turn 1
‫اضرن‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.■) ii ‫ترفا‬
we variously propounded,
set forth

‫وآقنتتهللعيفنئاشليصنفل متل‬
١
And assuredly Vc have vario
usly propounded for man-
kind in the Quran every
kind of similitude. [17:89}

assm. iv ‫ييرؤن‬

(imperf. 3 p,»n٦ plu.)

they persist

assim. Juss. iy ‫ي يررزا‬

(imperf. neg. 3 p.m. plu.١

they persist not

intense cold (fl.) ‫صر‬

vociferating, moaning (fl.)

‫صدصد‬

gen. ‫ تزبر‬acc. qurd. ‫ص ترب‬

raging, furious and (n.)

intensely cold (wind)

 |‫|*صالط‬

‫ يراط‬،‫يراطًا الصراط‬
path
straight
.nom
and right (n.) acc.

‫ىدعب‬٠

‫صرعا‬
prostrate
dying or thrown (n.p.)

‫صتع يضرع ترع (ف‬

to Strick down

‫ىرف‬٠★
(perf. ‫و‬p.m. sing.١ ‫ عن‬-‫ترف‬
*^'"'turned, averted

٣٣٢

‫ق‬٤

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫يصتد‬

١a ending. mounting up

vehement (n.) acc. ‫صعدآ‬

‫ومنيغرضعنوكرريهيثلكه عنابصع‬
And whosoever turneth aside
from the rememberance of
his Lord, him He shall
thrust into a torment vehe-

ment. 172:171

fearful woe, dis- (n.) acc. ‫صعودًا‬

tressing punishment

‫تأنيقهصعؤدا‬
I shall afflict him with a
fearful woe, [74:17]
Note : Literally ‫ ئزد‬is an
ascending road, a moun-
tain-road difficult of ascent;
a difficult place of ascent.

‫(الك‬
soil, earth (n.) acc. ‫تبدًا‬

٠ ‫يا ا د‬٠

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ii ‫آل تمعز‬

turn not!

< ‫ تغز‬ii ‫تضعيرًا‬

to turn the face

٠ ٠ $ing.١ ‫صيعق‬
(,perf. 3 p m

<~ swooned

٣٣٣

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ii ‫نرف‬

we propound variously, vary

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) rii ‫أنصرفوا‬

they turned away

(pact• pic- m sing ) acc. ‫تضررة‬

avertible ‫هر‬

diversion, (».».) acc, ‫مزة‬

averting

(n.pt.)acc. ‫ًا‬،‫تتر‬

escape, way for aversion

turning about (m.ii)gen. ‫تتريفي‬

* ‫دم‬

(epl. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫بعرمن‬

surety they will reap '
 )‫ك صرم يضيم صزمآ(غ‬

to cut off

(act. pic. m. plu.) acc.

reapers
‫ساريين‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) gen. ‫التريم‬
reaped, plucked

‫د‬
‫* صا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تشعد‬
~ascendeth, mounteth up

‫(ي* صيد ينكد صطزدًا (س‬

to ascend - .‫ ع‬. ‫ر‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) b ‫تضيدزن‬

you are going, running,

ascending

‫إذتضيدننرالتلوتعقآح‬
And recall what time ye were
running off. [3:153]

333

٤ vocabulary of th HOLV QURAN

I ‫صغىد‬
‫ لم‬perf. ‫ ق‬p. f. slng.١ f.d٠ ‫غت‬
^inclined to

)‫يشغنيتغزصغرآ(ن‬
to incline to

(el. 3 p.f. sing.)

that~may incline to
‫يعنغى‬

(el. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يضفحرا‬

they should forgive, over-
look 55, pass over 55,
pardon

‫ عن‬- )‫> تقح يققح تفخا(ف‬

to pardon, forgive

(Imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)jus3. ‫تنفحرا‬

you overlook, pardon

Operate, m. sing. ٦
(you) overlook! pardon ! for-
give!

overlooking, (v.n.) acc.

forgiveness

avoidance, (v.n.) acc.

turning away from

‫ح‬
‫الصفح‬

‫تفًا‬
٠٠
Shall We then take atvay
from you the admonition.

[43:51

{this phrase *is taken from a

rider’s striking his beast

to swoon on ‫عق ىغقًا‬

hearing a vehement sound

(i.e., the living will die and

the souls of the dead ‫اازه‬
become unconscious—Jid.)

(pip. 3 p.m, plu.) ‫ينعقون‬

they shall be swooned
 ‫صاءتة‬،‫) القاءقة‬.act. pic. f. sing(
thunderbolt, vehement cry,
(meta, destructive punish-
ment)

(rt.p.b.)

thunderbolts, thunderclaps ‫لكواعق‬

thunderstruck (n. adj.) ace.

* ‫راد‬
‫محه‬.‫ تغركة‬،‫القاغرنة‬2». ‫تاغرزن‬
<.٩act. pic. m. ptu١٠ gen.
abject ones, subdued ones

)‫صغرتضغررغرًا(ك‬

to be small,

to be mean ‫يغارًا‬ -

‫ تينًا‬.acc ‫ خبز‬,gen
tact. 2 pic. m. sing.',
small

(act. 2 pic.f. sing.) acc.

small
‫تغيرة‬

less than 55 (elathe) ‫آنغر‬

vilencss, humiliation (t.n.)

334

٣٣٤

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫صعد‬

‫رياتحرالقآنوت‬
And verily we ! we are ranged
ranks. 137: 1 65)

(act.pic.f.p!u.)gen. ‫للثاع‬
 those who are (1)

ranged in ranks (‫؛‬.،.

angels)

‫والقفتقًا‬
By the angels ranged in ranks.

‫آلا‬٦-.١١
spreading and (2)
outstretching the wings
(،',e.. birds)

‫آولريروالتالتليرنؤقكمضغتويقبضن‬
Behold they not the birds
above them outstretching
the wings and they also
withdraw them ? 167:191

those standing (n.p.b.) acc.

in rows (،applied to camels
‫صوافت‬
as meaning, setting their
legs in an even row’.—LL)

‫ تضغوفة‬.i ‫ متغوفة‬..gen
(،poet. pie. f. sing. ١
ranged

row, rank (rt.) acc. ‫؟‬-

well-bred,
(،rd. plu.) ‫الكايات‬
pic. f. coursing horses
Note ; ‘Safinat' Is plural of

<٠
sqfin, which signifies,
with his stick when he
desires to turn him from
the course that he is pur-
suing’ (LL). And it signi-
fie.‫ ؟‬avoidance of some-
thing).
 (chains, fetters (n.pj>.) ‫اآنغاب‬
(sing) ‫صقد‬

(Ap-der. lx, m. sing.) acc. ‫مغغرًا‬

(yellow

‫ازفرارًا ازقر‬
ix
to become yellow, pale

‫رد‬ ‫ (صغراي‬yellow
(tawny (n.p.) ‫ضغر‬
‫) تتذل'وانقن‬.ting(

smooth, (n.) (qurd.) acc. ‫صفصغًا‬

levelled and empty plain

< those
(act. pic.ranged
angels)
in ranks
m. sing.) ‫الكانزن‬
assim.(/.،.,

)‫تغ يعف صقآ (ن‬

to set in a rank

٣٣٥

335

‫ ملب‬vocabulary of thi holy QURAN ‫مف و‬

Safa (n.) ‫العغًا‬

(a small mount or merely
an eminence in the holy
city of Makkah besides the
building of the holy mos-

٩ ٠ uc)
‫*صلب‬

‫«ام‬.( ‫صبرا‬
<lhey crucified
(perf. 3 p.m.

‫(تتتيقكتبًا (ن‬
to crucify ‫ تغي‬ii ‫صلج‬
(pip. 3 ‫م‬,
m. sing.)
Mvill be crucified
‫يفلب‬

will be crucified
(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ft" ‫يتلرا‬
(epl. 1st. p■ sing) ii ‫أتلن‬
‫ل‬ will surely crucify

rib, (n.) gen.

breast bone
‫الثن‬

loins (n.p.b.) gen. ‫أنآلب‬

Note: ‫التنت‬ (sing.) and

‫( أتالب‬pfu.)eachofthcm
is used in Quran only one
time. But the place whe-
re it is used as singular
means the “rib of woman’
and where it is used as
plural it means there ،the
loin of the nun.’

horse standing upon three

legs and the extremity 0 ٢

the hoop of the fourth leg’
iLL, Ibn Kathir). ٦١‫'ع»ا‬
fore, it means a horse that
is still when standing, or
well-bred horse.

★ ‫صفد‬

< < distinguished

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫أننا *آ‬
‫صغا بقفو صقوًا (ن‬
to be pure,

to choose ‫ إنغادًا‬،F ‫أننى‬

to clarify

‫اناضفكيظزيابيين‬
Hath then yourLorddisting-
uished you with sons.

(17:401

~chose SS
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) via ‫انطنا‬
‫ ا‬perf- 1 st p. ‫لم‬١.٠ viii ‫انطغينت‬
I chose SS

we chose SS
(perf. 1st p. plu.) flit
‫انطفنًا‬
(imperf: 3 p. m. sing.) viii
(pis, pic, m. sing٠١ ‫متن‬
.‫يقطن‬
clarified, pure

sleeted ones
(pis. pic. m. plu.) ‫المتطفنن‬
336

٣٣٦

‫ح‬٠‫سل‬

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫لح‬٠‫ص‬

good their state. (‫الر‬.) and

improve their condition.

(M.A.) [47:2,

‫لم‬perf. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu.) 1١ ‫أنلحوا‬

they amended (their conduct

in future)
 (perf. Irt. p. plu.) if ‫آضلخنًا‬
we made ss fit and sound

(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) iv ‫ينيح‬

٠١٠rectifies, corrects, purifies
‫يضلخلكرآغماال‬
He will rectify for you your
works. 133:711

sets right (2)

‫إنالمهالسكلحعمأللفييي‬
Verily Allah setteth not right
the work of corrupters.

110:811

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. dual.) acc. iv ‫يقيحًا‬

they (twain) effect a reconci-

liation

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) iv ‫ينلحون‬

they rectify

acc. gen. iv ‫تصلحرا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

that you make peace, reconc-

iliate

‫ صالح‬،‫ الئال‬.nom
(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫تاًال‬
good, righteous, fit (1)

SALEH (2) (prop, n.)

(the name of a Prophet sent

to Thamudites)
 ‫* صلح‬

(perf, ‫و‬
‫> م‬-actp.m. ring.) are
righteously, ‫تلح‬
good, are fit

)‫ ك‬،‫صل ينل(ف‬
to be good, right, sound

(perf. ‫و‬p.m. ring.)[iv

^amended, reformed (1)

‫فسنتابنأبتيءلنيهوآض‬
Then whosoever repenteth
after his wrongdoing and
amcndeth (e. g., reformed
the conduct). [5:39]

*effected an (2)
agreement, made up

‫اد‬
But if one fears a wrong or
sinful course on the part
of the testator and effects
an agreement between the

parties. ‫س‬.‫م‬.)and there*

upon he maketh up the

matter between them. (‫الل‬.)

[2:182]

~made good, (3)

imporoved

‫ككرعنمؤيتأتهنوآض‬
He shall expiate their mis-
deeds from them and make

٣٣٧

337

‫هىلو‬
VOCABULAiY or THE HOLY ‫اله‬
‫ملح‬

)‫> تلد ينإد صلدآ (ض‬

,0 be hard and smooth

‫ص لم ل‬

‫صلصال‬
ringing clay (fl.) gen.
\*‫صبر‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫نإح‬

prayed ‫ي‬- ,
to pray, ii ‫صلئ قآلة‬
to pray for

{imperf. ‫و‬ p. m. sing.) ii

''«'is praying(l)
.‫يتل‬

‫بي‬٠٩‫تئ‬٠‫ى‬
Then the angels called unto
him even while he stood
praying in the apartment.

13:39]

‫بم‬sends blessings (2)

and benedictions

He it is who sendeth His

blessings (benedictions) to
you, and His angels.

133:431

{imperf, 3 p. m. plu.) ii ‫يتلزن‬

they send their blessings and

benedictions

(imperf. neg. 3p.m. phi.) ii 1 ‫يتلرا‬

they have not prayed

(act, pic, m. dual. ١ gen. ‫تاييين‬

 two righteous ones

‫ الصالحون‬.nom ‫العالحين‬.
(act. pic. m, pltt.)
good, righteous ones

{ad. pic. f. plu.) ‫العاآلت‬

righteous (works or deeds)

And give glad tidings unto

those who believe and do
good works. 12:25]

good, righteous (2)

women

‫بلحيميلحكخيقلكلليييلحيقاطه‬
So righteous women areobe-
dient. guarding in secret
that Allah hath guarded.

14:34]

(Appier. > iv, m.sing.)

fair dealer lit. rectifier
‫المعيح‬

‫ الممليحزن‬.nom ‫المكليين‬.gen
(,Ap-der, > iv,m.plu. ١
rectifiers, reconcilers

(v.n.) acc.‫ حنطا‬nom. ‫الئن‬

reconciliation

‫ إضآلحًا‬،‫ اإلنآلح‬1• ‫ إغآلح‬.acc

rectification (۴‫ م‬Il) gen. ‫إنآلح‬
reconciliation, setting good -

‫★ ملد‬
smooth and bare (n.) acc. ‫تنًا‬
338

٣٣٨

‫صلى‬
 VOCABULARY OB THI HOLY QURAN

‫مل‬

churches, synagogues and

mesques would have been
pulled down. 122:40)

‫ ل‬.‫ ص‬t. ٠
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تاا‬
11‫م‬٠‫ >في‬roast
‫(صل يغل ي (ف‬
to roast, fry, boil

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.)

they will roast
‫يتقن‬
(imperf. 3p. jf. sing.)
'"-will roast
‫تضل‬

(perate,)ii, m. piu.) ‫ازلوا‬

‫ ال‬OU roast

(you) roastm.
(perate,)ii, ssphi.) ‫صلقا‬
(imperf. Ist p. sing.) /, ‫أضل‬
I shall roast 5.‫؟‬

juss. ‫ل‬٠ nom.

(imperf 1st p. plu.١ iv
:
we shall roast ss

(imperf, 2 p. m. piu.) viii

you may warm
‫تنطلرن‬
yourselves (with fire in

severe cold)

‫تًائهتتذذ‬٦‫آقرذشآلئإبكةأتئئالتار‬،‫لك‬
‫خيرلؤاييعرثمابببيلحلكتنتك‬
 (Remember) when Musa
said unto his household: I
perceive a fire afar, 1 will
bring you tiding thence or
bring to you a borrowed
flame that you may warm.

‫يسلقا‬ ii ).they .‫لررع و‬

piu should pray .el(

(perate.) ii, m. sing.) ‫صل‬

(thou) pray!

(perate) ii. m. phi.) ‫ىلقرا‬

(you) send benedictions and

b١tK٠\

‫ي؛‬-‫ألخل‬

(perate neg. m. 3ing٠١

(thou) pray not over ss ‫ي‬

acc. gen. ‫المكين‬

٢Ap.dr.>w١ m. p)u.١

prayerful ones, (those who

pray)

the place for prayer (n.pt.) ‫متل‬

prayer, worship (fl.) ،‫ عتآلع‬،‫التآلة‬

‫تآر‬ ‫الغلوات‬
.nom < prayers(!) .gen ).n.p.b(

)‫ع‬٠( ‫صلوة‬
‫خيالطاللعلزت‬
Guard the prayers. (2 : 2381

biassings, benedictions (2)

‫م‬٠‫أوايةئيهلمتتًاوثهغنتي‬

These on them shall be ben-

edictions from their Lord.
 ‫؛‬2:157{

synagogues (3)

‫هتوايعبرعؤئدتوتيئ‬

And were it not for Allah’s

repelling of some by means
of others, cloisters and

٣٣٩

339

‫س<اع‬
VOCAWLARY or THX HOLY QURAN

‫مىل ى‬

(per)■ 3 p٠m. plu.) assim.

they (willfully) became
١‫ملؤ‬
deaf

)‫ك صم يكغعما (ن‬

to be deaf

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

deafened ss
‫أتع‬

‫اآتم‬
deaf (n. adj.)
‫ صع‬،‫ الشع‬.nom ‫ مخًا‬.acc
deaf ones (n. adj. plu.)

‫■*صنع‬
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫صتعرا‬
<they worked, wrought

)‫تتعتغتعصنعآ(ف‬
to make do, create
 ‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. plu.)
/vis making
‫يتتع‬

‫ريصتع الهلك‬
And he was making the Ark.

[11:38"]

‫ بم‬is building (2)

And we destroyed that which
Fir’awn and his people
had built and that which
they had raised. 17:1371

Nole: It is notable that

all forms of this root exc-
cpt iv are intransitive.
And both are used in the
Quran in the context of
torment The eighth der-
ived stem is used in the
Quran only two times and
not in context of chastise-
mentj but only in the mean
ing of getting warm. [27:7]

(ad. pic. m. sing.) nom. fd.

one who is to roast
‫صال‬
(act, pic. m. plu.١ nom. f,n.d. ‫صالوا‬
those who are to roast

‫* صمه‬
(act. pic. m.plu.)
Csilent ones
‫صايتؤن‬

)‫تمتت ينمت ىمنًا(ن‬

to be silent

An epithet of Allah, mean- ‫التمد‬

ing: Besought of all, and
Independent of every one
and every thing, i.e., lack-
 ing in nothing and want-
ing none to complement
Him, The Absolute, the
Eternal.

‫لكآعج‬
(cloisters (n.p.b.) ‫صرايع‬
‫) صؤقتة‬.sing(
. ٣٤

‫روب‬

VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

٤‫ن‬

handiwork (2)

٨‫ضثعاطوالنتآتقتللت‬
The handiwork of Allah
who hath perfected every
thing. (27:88)

making, art of making(«.) ‫رنعة‬

‫أم‬
gen.
‫آزنامًا‬،‫اآنتام‬
idols (n.p.b.) >
acc.

۶ (.(sing

from one root

two palm trees (n. sing.) ‫يوان‬

(pip. ‫و‬ p. m. sing.)

~shall be melted

kinship by («.) acc.

‫يسرًا‬
 marriage

(perf.‫و‬ p. m. sing.)
Nbefall (e. g.,(l)
،
calamity)

< ‫ا آتات‬٦‫أت‬٠ iv
tr hit, attain the purpose,
to be right, to assail, to

befall (calamity)

that thou may be brought up

(el. (pip) 2 p. m. ring.) ‫يتنع‬
‫تتضتععىعيغ‬
And that thou may be brou•
ght up before my eyes.

120:391

they are doing, performing

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تعرن‬
(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫تستعون‬
you are doing, performing

. (perate. m. sing.)
(you) make (55)! ٧
‫اتتع‬
(perf 1st p. sing.) viii
I chose (SS)
‫اننعي‬
‫واصكتككيى‬
And I have chosen thee for
Myself. 120:411

Note : It would be rendered

as *I brought up’ accor,
ding to Other reliable
 commentators.

‫وتتيذونمصأنحتلكتخ‬
castles, fortress (n. pt) acc.

And take ye for yourselves

castles (or fortresses) that
haply ye abide. (26:129)

‫ ت‬،‫ضع‬
performance, (1)
.acc ‫إ‬.„(
doing

‫رلم يشبوناتمميكنيتح‬
And they deem that they are
doing well in performance.

٢٤١

341

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬

will afflict (2)

.‫ئ‬٠‫دئق‬
Afflict them not thirst or
fatigue or hunger.

(9:1201

(imperf. 3 p.f.(2 ~p. m. sing.)

you/it will befall, afflict

«*shall not afflict

(em neg. f. sing.) iv ‫آل يتن‬
that you may not harm,
‫تيتييزا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv acc.

hurt

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv ‫أيب‬

 I shall afflict

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) iv ‫تتيب‬

‫ د‬Yftstow

‫ثونبيخمتأصكثك‬

We bestow ٥
whomsoever We will.
ur mercy on

(12:561

that which to befall or

(ap-der.> iv, m. sing.) ‫مت‬
smite SS

(ap-der.> ،Vvf. s،ng.١ ‫مة‬

affliction

abundant rain
laden cloud, (n.) ‫حيب‬
right (n.) acc. ‫ا‬١٠‫ي‬

‫عئبمذن‬٠‫ئًاآتعتيق؛بتبخؤ؛‬
No calamity befalleth save
by Allah's leave. 64:1‫ ؛‬lj

‫رح‬
upon (in goodmade ss fall (2)
context)

‫بتتىاوذقيخربجصنخللؤفأ‬
‫سنعبادةذاخغكتنثر‬,‫منيكا‬
Then when He causes it to
fall upon whom He plea-
ses of His bondmen, lo !
they rejoice. 130:48]

~ intended, desired (3)

 ‫جئ‬،‫ألل;جتحمئد‬٦‫دكئز‬
‫حيئآصأب‬
So We made the wind sub-

servient to him, it made

his command to run gen-
tly whenever he desired
(M.A.) whithersoever he
intended (Pic.), 138:361

(perf- 3 p٠f- sing.) Iv ‫دد‬

«*befell, afflicted

‫ آصبم‬iv ١.p.m. phi ‫ئعا‬٢‫ لكل‬2

you inflicted, smited

‫آصت‬
we inflicted, smited
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv

‫يي‬ .nom ‫ ممنع‬،.‫ينيب‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv
.Mr

«*shall befall, (1)

let befall

342

٣٤٣
‫ ى‬VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN ‫موت‬

‫ د م‬-‫★ ا‬

‫ > سم‬-‫يعم‬
(e. I. 3 p m, sing.)
should fast

‫(تاميكرم صزمًا‬ to fast

‫ عن‬-
to abstain from
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) acc.
that you fast
‫تعوموا‬

(act. pic. m. phi.) gen.

fasting men
‫العاتنين‬
 ‫؛‬act.pic,f, plu. ١
gen.
fasting women
‫ئالعالت‬

a fast (n.) acc.‫مزمآ‬

‫ ييام‬،‫ العيآم‬.nom ‫القيام‬.acc
fasting (r.n.) gen. ‫ يبام‬،‫القيام‬

٠‫صىج‬

‫ التيحة‬.nom ‫ه‬،•،?.‫ منخة‬،‫البنة‬

(an awful) shout (n.)gen. ‫قيحت‬

or cry

‫★صىد‬

(perate. m. phi.) ‫ازطادوا‬

<<(you) hunt, chase
may hunt, may chase

‫نانيينيد صيدًا(ض) و انطاد‬

to hunt

‫ يد‬.nom ‫العبد‬.acc ‫العيي‬.gen

hunting, chase (1) (v.n.)

voices (n.p.b.) acc. ‫اآنواي‬

‫ا‬perate,
<(you) m. sing
incline .١ ‫صر‬
)‫تار يصور تزرًا (ن‬
to cause to incline

‫ؤنالثلبهتجةلتلمك‬،‫تئئًارب‬
Take then thou four of the
birds and incline them
towards thee. 12:2601

‫تؤر‬
shaped, formed, fashioned
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
‫>مؤر » تتينرًا‬
to shape, fashion

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ،، ‫توزن‬

we shaped, formed,

fashioned

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m, sing.) ii ‫يترر‬

‫بم‬ shapes, fashions

Fashioner (an epithet of

(ap-der. m. sing.) ii ‫المترر‬

cup (n.) ‫عراع‬

< wools (n.p.b.) gen. ‫أنران‬
(sing.) ‫تن‬
٣t

343

HE

‫دؤأ‬

***

aaiuins (‫ال‬-) ١٣٢٠٦ -‫سال‬

‫ه م م تم‬

‫ جب‬, ، ٠٠٠/۴ )'‫(إلاله‬

‫ك‬٦‫دآ) م؛‬-‫ (ال‬S«S٥W٩J<

‫ « تم م تم‬I

aoiisuiiwp ،UJIU9J (،-‫ال‬-)

‫ا‬١٢٩٣ •‫المجم الهس‬٠٦‫مب‬٠٠‫هرر‬

03 9AIJJB

٢٦٢ ‫ي عجز‬٩)‫'(نم‬٦t?
 01 s apuaj

٠٥١ ٥٠l®s٥q٥ '‫آلإال له‬٠‫<*ل‬

(p٥duq• ٠ ‫ع‬f٠d ‫ )'؛االة‬،۶٣

M!٠aui®8 aqj q‫ء‬6‫ اةذ‬١)

X|3jns ||®qs q®[|V ‫ ادم‬noX
٠٠

(OJ SI qoiqM joqj ٥٩ p u q)

)‫ واللمآه (ح‬aqi

١٥i!BS1:51 -،١‫)؛‬

noX ®‫ إه‬B1S E UI,٥ e

٥qi 3u,*o,,® J٥N ٥s®q٥ iq

‫ تم‬n

Nvuno Al OH a HA ،٠ AMvimvooA

١٠١٠٦،
‫اب الضاد‬-‫ك‬
‫تية تحك تكك وخخك(س‬
to laugh, to wonder, to
rejoice (RgbLL)

to laugh at ٧٠، -
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
they laugh
‫'نئكزن‬

‫إذا فلحفي شئنج‬

Behold! at then they were

laughing. [43:47,

(el. imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

let them laugh
‫تغحكزا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m plu.

you laugh
١ ‫تخحكون‬
 ‫وثتم تينمختضحكوب‬
You were laughing at them.

‫ا‬0 23:11[

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ،٠* ‫أخك‬

'-causeth to laugh

‫ تاحك‬٠‫ ذاحكا‬.acc
٢act.pic.m.١ing.١
laughing

the sheep (n.) ‫القأن‬

‫تبحًا‬
< panting (*.fl.) acc.
‫ًا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ًا‬
)‫تح يضح تح [ كب ح (ف‬
to pant, breathe in running

hard (horses)

‫■) المخآجعاتكاجع‬t !‫(ا‬

-‫ ح‬e ‫فأ‬١‫د‬
laying down (beds)

(.sing ) ‫تخجع‬

(perf. 3 p.f. ling.)

laughed
‫تكن‬
٣٤٥

345
 ‫ضرب‬

VOCABULARY or THl HOLV QURAN

١*

‫ضح‬

(in) adversary («.) acc. ‫ندًا‬

‫ضرب‬
(part. 3 p. m. ring.) ‫ترت‬
<~set forth a parable
~coineth the similitude
‫تشًال‬-

( pic.)

N propounded the similitude

٧ld.١

‫صزًا(ض) ترب يضي ب‬

to strike, to beat

to coin a similitude ‫تآل‬-

or give a parable, to
make an example

to give similitude (1) -‫ل‬-

to mention (2)

to compare (3)

to strive, go forth ‫ف‬

to travel ‫آلري‬,' :‫ في‬-
to take away, avoid ‫ قن‬-
to put a cover, shut-‫ق‬
‫كيغفرياشهثال‬
How Allah set forth a para-
ble. 114:241

(perf. 3 p. m. pht.) ‫حزرا‬

they set forth a (1)
parable

)‫يبتضاجياتنقيله‬

So he smiled wondering at
her word. 27:19‫]؛‬

(act. pic. m. sin ‫؟‬.( ‫تاحك‬

laughing

‫ضاحكةثيثرء‬
Laughing, rejoicing. 80:39‫]؛‬

‫يئ‬
*thou shall suffer from sun
(imperf. 2 p.m. ling.) ace. ‫تغحى‬
)‫خئئ(س‬:‫ض‬
to be smitten by the sun

<early forenoon (n.) ‫لى‬

The word ‫ضحى‬ properly
signifies the bright part
of the day when the sun
shines fully (LL).

ness of the day I

by the bright- comp. ‫و الشحى‬
‫؛‬the particle ‫ ر‬means *swear
by’ and ‫الثحى‬
brightness of the day.

The final latter of the word

‫ ى‬is replaced in case

of its attachment to pro-
nominal thus:
 its sunshine] ‫شراعًا‬

٣٤٦

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLV QURAN ‫غى ر ب‬

(imper ٦‫و‬
-coinet,' a similitude, gives ‫نم‬
p.m. sing.)

a parable

‫يغرياشهاآلمثا‬
Allah coineth the similitu-
des. 13:171

‫يئرياشهالحىوألبأول‬
،،Allah propounds the truth
an ، falsity.’* [13:17]

(Most of the commentaters

took the word ‫األتل‬

this verse as ellipsis, thus
the meaning would be
in

' Allah set forth or pro-

pounded a similitude to
show the differences be-
tween the truth and the

‫( عة\ح؟‬.see IK.١ RZ١’, some

of them as٥٢.,
‫يخيب‬
meaning of compare I.e„
the verb
Rgh.
tn the
،،Allah compares(between)
the truth and false”; some
of them explained it as
"likencth or confirmethv

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.

they strike
٦ ‫يغرين‬
‫موأدبأرهم‬4‫يضيةنوجزم‬
They strike their faces and
their backs. 18:501
they travel ‫األب‬ ‫ج‬
'‫طمخسينيلرةيىاآللي‬
 And others who travel on
the land. 173:201

‫ريةالكلينتال‬٤‫كيع‬
How they set forth a parble.

117:48]
Thcymentioned (2)

‫مائربوة لكا جدل‬

They mentioned him not to
thee save for disputation.

143:581
they travel (3)

‫إكاضيافاالكض‬
When they travel in the earth.

،31561

‫أ‬:‫ثع‬۶٦"?‫ا‬:٠‫ د‬٠‫ذوم‬
‫إ‬..٠‫لذاضرتمقيياللوج‬
1 ‫ا‬ ) ye went forth

When ye go forth in Allah‘*

way. (4:941

earth.
ye travel in the (2) ‫ أؤذض‬:‫ف‬
‫لهاضريبرفياآلتضي‬
And when ye travel in the
earth. 14:1011

(perf. 1st. p.phi.)

we made example
‫اؤمتال‬-‫ضرت‬

‫رقرينالرأآلمثال‬
We made (them) example for
114:451 ,you

- ‫على‬
)2( we put over a cover
،‫ففتاتافاءمفالمنمي‬
Wherefore We put a cover-
ing over their ears in the
cave. 118:111

٣٤٧

347

‫ ضرب‬VOCABULARY or

ed by those translators
who tend to deny mira-
cles).

‫انرن — تأل‬
give a parable
or propound a similitude'

‫ طيبقًاًا‬-‫اضرب‬
‫تافييلمكلييئأفالضريب‬ make a way

And make for them a way

dry in the sea. [20:77]

mite!(!) m.plu.) I
(parale. ‫اضربؤا‬
‫شتازييئبيتضها‬

Wherefore We said, smite

with part of her. [2:73]

beat (2)

‫تلغهيرلهنق'لتتازج واتيلةهغ‬

And avoid the (f) in beds

and beat them. [4:341

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.)

similitude is (!)
‫ضيب‬
‫تثأب‬
propounded

held up.as (2)

‫تتًال‬
sample
 ‫وًاكاضيائكءةمكلك‬

And when the son of

Maryam is held up as an
example. [43:56]

is set (3)

‫تضرتبيهم بزر‬
Then between them a high
wall is set. [57:13]

THE HOLY QURAN ‫عرب‬

they strike
(imperf. 3 p.‫"ر‬, ‫يضربن‬ plu.)

‫آل يضربن‬
strikeshould not
they

(el. imperf. ‫و‬ ‫يغرنن‬

p.f. plu.)
They should cover

‫ويضربنخمرهننجينيو‬
And they (female) should
put their scarves (head-
covers) over their bosoms.

(24.31]

(perate neg. m. plu.)

propound not
‫آلتضريرا‬
‫؛اآلنًال‬
the similitude

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫نضرب‬

‫اآمتل‬
we propound the
similitude,

- ‫عن‬
we take away

‫آفضربعلماليكرتةتًا‬
Shall we then take away
from you the Admoni-
tion. 143:51
 ‫اضرب‬
‫اضربيأة الحجر‬
strike! (perate. m. sing.)

Strike with thy staff the

stone. [2:60]

Caution : The only correct

rendering of‫اضرن‬
*smite’ or *strike’. The is

signifies
root ‫ضرب‬
verb“to seek a way” never
or **march on” as render-

348

٣٤٨

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ضرب‬

‫كر بفر ضرآو ضر‬

to injure, harm, hurt

‫والشعندفياشومالينفعكاليضرك‬
And invite not beside Allah
that can □either profit
thee nor hurt thee.

(10:106,

‫يضرؤا‬ .acc
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.) ‫يضرون‬
they hurt

hurt thee
they will never ‫لن يصروك‬
‫• تضروا‬acc

you hurt
(imperf, 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تضرون‬
:‫آلتكرونهاآلتضرر‬
you hurt him not

‫يم‬
(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ينار‬
is hurt or is done harm
 ‫راليقيتيواتوين‬
And let no harm be done to
scribe or witness. 12:282]

(pip. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫ضار‬

*“is arc hurt

‫الكآةوالد*بوليها‬
A mother should not be hurt
because of her child.

12:233)

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) viii

< I shall compel
‫أنطئ‬
(pp. ‫ ق‬p.f. sing.) ‫ضيبخ‬

- ‫على‬
overshadowed

‫تيتعيرمالةلة‬
Overshadowed arc they by
ignominy. (13:1121 ‫اس‬

‫ضرب‬
‫ثزيرف‬٠‫ذمخ‬٠
smiting (n.)

So when you meet (in battle)

*I,''" who disbelieve smite
the necks. [47:4)

‫ضرب‬
used in the Sense of im•
is verbal noun here
perative to emphasise the
command.The verse means
when you face disbelievers
in the battle, (see IK)

(v.n.) acc
the earth
٠
going about in ‫فى اورض‬

They are disabled from going

about in the earth.

‫اا‬-.٦٦‫لآل‬
 striking (2)

‫قراععيقكريجهاببيي‬
Then he slipped unto them
striking with right hand.

137:931

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim

<١hurt5
٣٤٩

349

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY or TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ض‬

hurting (».„. iii, acc.)

‫ئل‬٩‫ةا‬٣‫ئنائت‬٠‫لي‬١‫ت‬١5
‫فرارًا‬
And those who have set up
a mosque for hurting.

19:1071

‫اليكومئ فكارا‬
And retain them not for
hurting. 12:2311

harming (v.n. iii) ‫تار‬

‫يثبيدكؤذضاتأردئئذذفئو‬
Atter(paying)a bequest they
may have made, or a debt
(that may have incurred)
neither of which having
 been intended to harm
(the heiri). 14:121

‫ألراجي‬ ‫اضررفنل‬ ]
‫المماؤفنل أألتين‬
‫تزر‬
The word is that what
is done by one, while

requires ‫غرار‬
moreorthan one, to
).M( ‫متار‬
give the meaning of the
word. (MJJ.)

one who harms

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫تار‬
‫رليبغآريمكيا‬
And he can harm them not
at all. 158:101

(oct. pic. m. ph».) ‫تارنن‬

those who harm others

350

‫انر انلرارًا‬
to force, compel, to drive to
.viii

‫ج‬٠‫ ل‬,‫'الةتتةةعئآل‬
3
‫المذايالكار‬
He said: and who disbelieveth

‫ل‬for a while. Thereafter I

shall give him enjoyment
shall compel him to the
doom of fire. (2:126]

‫ئه‬٠
we compel or force to
(Imperf. !st. p. plu.) viii

~is compelled to
‫أنطت‬
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

‫انطرزتم‬
you are compelled to
(pp. 2 p.m. phi.) viii

hurt (vji.) ‫كرآ كؤ‬

hurt(,.«.) ‫نيال‬
acc.

‫شرر‬
(lit. hurt) (w.)
 meta : disability (due
to illness or any sort
of defect)

‫عيرلالئر‬
Save those who are disabled.

04:951

‫) ضراب‬ adversity, harm, distress (n.)

is that evil which
relates to the person as

disease while ,٠۵‫؛‬

that which relates to pro-
perty, as poverty,—LL)
is

٣٥٠

‫ض‬ VOGABULAMY OF TH! HOLY QUIAN ‫رر‬

(The duplicated ‫ ض‬indicates

that 0٢15‫ ت‬changed

by its following emphatic
letter ‫ ض‬as a phonemic
rule).

humility (v.n.r..) acc. ‫تضرءًا‬

(act. 2 pic. m. ting.) ‫ضييع‬
bad pasturage, dry herbage,
thorny plant.

‫لينتكرطحايًااعنضييح‬
No food shall be theirs save
bitter thorn. (88:6,

(perf. 3 p.m. ring.) ‫تف‬

< was/is weak

‫يخعف تنغًا ر ضعافة (ك‬.‫تقت‬

to weak

‫ضعفالطلبوألمللوي‬
Weak are (both) the invoker

and the invoked. (22:731

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫تتزا‬

they were weak

they weakened not (neg.) ‫ماخفزا‬

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) X ‫انتخنرا‬

they weakened

*weakens
(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) X ‫آ‬
‫د عدح‬

( p.p. 3 p. m. phi.) X ‫استغينرا‬

(lit.) those made weak

١‫بينىًاء‬،‫مسثًايجئ‬١‫ك‬
And they are not to harm
anyone thereby. 12:1021

distressed {pit. pic.) rili ‫المتطؤ‬

‫ذةة‬،‫صهضئى‬
Is not He (best) who answe-
reth the distressed when
he callcch unto Him.

،27:62]

★ ‫ضرع‬
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) , ‫تترعزا‬

<They prayed humbling

themselves (or they
humbled themselves)

‫إلغًاجد‬٢‫بتئغ‬

< <to pray with humiliaty

or humble oneself
‫(نزغ يخرع شرر تراقت(ف‬
to a base or
humiliate ‫الى‬self-before
one’s

٠٠
Wherefore they did not, when
the disaser from Us came
upon them, humble them*
selves? 16:431

(imperf.‫ و‬p.m. phi.) 9 ‫تغتصرن‬

they humble themselves

(imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) 9 ‫يرمدن‬

they humble themselves

٢٥١

351

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫غع غ‬

‫ئأإلطتضغع‬
in the
He hereafter
said: to eachHe will say)
double. (،'.
17:381

twofold (2)

‫تمعحياءالجعزيياعملوا‬
Theirs (shall be) twofold re-
wards for that they have
done. [34:37,

twofold (ft. dual.) ‫يغغين‬

manifold (m. p.) acc. ‫آنعاع‬
‫ ( عقاعتة( مفعقة‬.acc )n. Hi .*(
multiplied

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫نعفًا‬

weak

‫يعا‬
/).‫ضعغاء و‬
weak ones (n.p.) acc.
weak ones (n
more weak (elaiiw.) ‫آنعف‬
 (in respect of...,..)

‫شيفزن الل(هع‬
those who get manifold
.Ap-der.> m(

‫تلجكمرالكضيفقن‬
They shall have (increase)
manifold. (30:391

‫مةنعفون‬ ,Mm ‫تتتضيفيت‬ .acc

(ap-d ٠T.ones
weakened m. plu.’) X

(meta: oppressed people)

(in the verse 7:75 ‫؛‬means :

those who were counted
weak, due to their pover-
ty or owing to the small-
ness of their group).

(pip. 3 p. m. phi.) X
they are made weak
‫يستغعفين‬

‫اليينيثوايتكعلتن‬
The people who used to be
oppressed. [7:137,

who are
(Note ‫ينعفزن‬
: made weak, meta-
means
phorically rendered 'opp-
ressed.')

(,imperf, ‫ن‬ p. m. sing) iti ‫يضاعف‬

<<\ doubles,
(multiplieth)

‫(تلتفشًا(نى‬
< ‫ خاضت تتائأ‬Hi
to double, multiply

‫والهيخيعيمنيشا‬
And Allah multiplieth unto
whomsoever He listeth.

12:2611
 ‫و‬
(pip. p. m. sing.)
is made double
‫فات‬

weakness (n.) ‫فعغ‬

‫آلمه اليئخليكرةنءخن‬
Allah is it who created you
30:541) .in weakness

)1( ،‫اا‬.‫ يف ر‬double

٣٥٣

‫طلل‬

VOCABULARY or TO HOLY QURAN

‫ض‬

‫فقد مؤتعرالقثل‬

Surely he lost the right way,

or he surely has strayed.

(2:1081

~ failed (2)

‫ره'^ يفترغت‬١‫تئزبمآلح‬
And failed them that which
they had been fabricating.

,6:24]

١wasted (3)
‫عيةةرفيالحيرةالدشيا‬-‫النينكل‬
(They are) those whose effort
is wasted in the life of
this world. [18:104]

disappeared (4)

‫تاذامتكرالظتنلبحرضلمن‬
‫تبرن‬
 And when there toucheth
you a disaster on the sea,
those whom ye call up-
on disappear except Him
(alone), [1767]

(perfect 1st p. sing.)

I went astray
‫علشع‬

‫آنأمنالةهتيين‬٢‫قدضكلتاأا ىم‬
For then I shall be gone
astray, and shall not re-
main of the guided. [6:56]

(perf. 3 p. rti.plu.)
strayed, erred (1)
‫تئزا‬

٣٥٣
‫* ضغث‬
a handful (fl.) acc.
of herbs
‫فغم‬
(or a handful of twigs of
trees or shrubs) (LL)

medleys (n. p.) ‫آنغائ‬

‫آغغًائآحالو‬
Medleys of dreams. 112:44]

(secret (fl. p.)

malevolence
‫آنغان‬

(sirg.) ‫ تغن‬hatred, malice

‫ضف دع‬
< frogs (fl. p.) ‫الخغادع‬
‫) يغدعة‬.ling(

★‫ضلل‬
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. ‫تل‬
<~lost the (1)

right way, strayed

)‫تلتيكتآلًالوتآللة(ض‬
to loss one's way,

go astay, to stray, to fail,

to disappear, co err, to
wander from, to foget

‫ ل‬٠‫ضل‬

VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫عىل ل‬

‫خل‬ (.imperf 3 p. f. sing)

‫آهآا (اع ةأًا ع‬%‫ح‬١٩

‫ئاذةأخى‬،‫تأةةةعئذلر‬٠٠‫ذ‬٠‫تالبةي‬٢
So if one of the two (women)
erreth (forcgeteth), the
one may remind the other.

12:282]
t،١mperf. 1st. p. sing٠١ ‫آنج‬

I shall go astray

‫قإلنفلتبائتاأضنعلنيى‬
Say : if (ever) I go astary,
I shall stray only against
mayself. [34:50}

‫أخرًا‬
١‫و‬
(perf. p.m. sing.) tr
>left in error(])
‫أتل إغآلآل <؛‬

subject
to leave of
in the sentence
error (if the
is Allah and the object
(‫)ة‬
 is other than man),
(ii) to lead astray

‫تاظكرقيسنآضلفة‬
Do you (perchance) seek to
Allah
left in
[4:88}

guide those whom

let go astray (or
error).

-—sent astray (2)

‫آلنينككتعاوعذواعننال‬
‫آغمالمغ‬
Those who disbelieve and
hinder others from the way
of Allah, He shall send
their work astray. [47:1}
354

‫تنغلزاضلًالييدا‬
Indeed they have erred (or
strayed) going far astray.

(4:1671
disappeared, (2)

have gone away

‫قألقاايناكتئر‬
‫من*نصندؤيالهؤقالزاضلواعا‬
They say : where is that
which you used to call
upon besides Allah? They
would say: They have
disappeared from US.

\‫أ‬٦-‫د‬٦

(perf. 1st p. plu.)

we disappeared
‫نتتًا‬
‫التخلقجييي‬4‫ويلقاعاداضلالفآلرض‬
And they say. When we are
lost (disappeared) in the
earth, shall we 1* in a
new creation ? 132:10]

١٠
(imperf. 3 p.m sing.)
trays (1)
‫يية‬
He knoweth well whosoever
strayeth from His path.

(6:1171

erreth (2)

‫أليينر الينى‬
My Lord erreth not nor He
foregetteth, 120:52}

٣٥٤
‫هىل ل‬

VOCABULARY ٥٠ THl HOLY OUKAN

‫ ل‬٠‫ضل‬

(wandering in the way of

God i.e., struggling to find
the bay, in search of the
true light. That the char-
acter of the Prophet was
even in his youth exempl-
ary and exceptional in the
most tempting environ-
men! of Makka is borne
out by hostile biographers.)

ones
the strayed ‫اقالت‬ nom.

an error (y.n.)‫تآلل‬
‫?ذتيىرئايىيي‬1‫ن‬٠
But today the wrong-doers
are in error manifest.
[19'3 8] astray or (2)
 wasted, in vain

‫رمادءآء الكنيو فيضلل‬

And the supplication of
the infidels only goes
[13:14] wasted or astray
‫الكًالل‬ /the error (v.n

error (f.n.( ‫ القلةتة‬،‫تلة‬

‫آتئ‬ (further astray (1) (elative

‫رمنآضئيتيابعمزة‬
And who is further astray
than he who followeth his
desire. 128:50‫ا‬

further astray (2)

‫ثنشتة‬٦‫أوتكتظيهي ئ‬
Those are worst in abode ;

‫ركتنآضليدجالكثيرا‬
And assuredly he (i.e., Satan)
hath led astray a great
multitude. (36:62]

‫و‬ ‫آتأل‬
‫يد‬
(per/. p.m. dual.) iv
the twain ted astray

‫و‬
they led astray
(perf■ p.m. phi.) if ‫أنليا‬
(perf• ‫د‬
P-m• plu ) I*
you led astray
‫آنلتم‬
(perf. 3p.f. plu.١٠ ‫ )آنتنن‬١
they (f. i.e., idols) led

astray ‫ر‬

(imperf. ‫ل‬ p.m. sing.) if

~ sends astray

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ،» ‫يضلل‬

 *sends astray

(Note : In conditional phra-

ses the assimilation of two
letters is removed, thus
‫ ينلل‬becomes ‫ذيزآ‬٢
(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. plu.) ،V
they lead astray
‫ينئن‬

(el. 3 p.m. plu.) if ‫ينلرا‬

in order to lead astray I

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) acc. nd

that they/they may lead
‫ن‬
astray

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc.

wandering
‫ناال‬

‫ووجدكضاالفمنع‬

And He found thee wander-

ing ‫ مو‬He guided. (93:7]

٣٥٥

355

OCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫غى م ر‬

(v.n.) acc.
‫ضنك‬
‫تحآل‬ ‫ >اه»أل‬narrow

‫(ته حق كآلت ختاكة(ن‬

١‫ ع‬١‫ ه‬narrow

‫★ضنن‬

،tenacious
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫تنن‬
‫(تنتنئ تث(ن‬
to be tenacious ‫ ر‬regardly,
‫رمأهوعاللغيببكييي‬

And he is of the unseen not

a tenacious (concealer).
 [81:24]

(The prophet has nothing to

conceal, his messages are
all plain and unambigous)

(82 ٠) ‫آآا‬77٦
‫يتايثر‬ ‫ل‬
.p.m.plu.)iii h.v
y resemble‫؛‬th>
.imperf)

‫ تاآ معاهت‬to resemble lit

the verb has no triliteral)

(from) (LL

‫ينأثزنقرل 'ينغئثعر'طوققزأ‬

They resemble to saying of

those who disbelived bef’
ore. (9:301

٠‫*ضد‬

<'“illuminated
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) IV (h.v.) ‫آتا‬
356

٢١‫آل‬٦‫ل‬١‫آآد>ًاًا الةآا؛ع اآلأع‬١ and

the level way. [5:60]

‫ميئ‬
‫'ب‬
(Ajhder. m. sing) IV
mislcader
،Ap-der. m. plu.) acc. IV ‫ميلي‬
seducers

‫وباكنحيننالمضتينعضر‬
I was not one to take sedti*
cars as supporters.[ 18:511

‫ضمر‬,

(act. pic. m. sing.)

<lcan, thin mount
‫حيي‬
 )‫فرينمرفيزرًا(ن‬
to be thin

‫نوص ضأمريأتينينمف‬
And on any lean (mount)
coming from every deep
defile. [22:27]

(worn out and famished by

a long journey; the phrase
is expressive of fatiguing
journey and great distance)

* ‫ضمم‬

< press m.
(perate ! sing.) assim. ‫انم‬
)‫تةيضمقثمًا (ن‬

to join, gather, add, to press

‫واضمزيدكالىجمليك‬
And press thy hand to thy

side. [20:22]

٣٥٦

٨٠‫د‬ ‫أكأ‬

‫د‬٩ ‫ اه‬MOJJBL* ,‫د‬٦‫ال‬0‫ده‬٩ 0

)‫ًا‬٦٢‫لمببًائ‬٢‫ج‬٦)‫نم‬

‫ رسحره ) د‬٦n٥Jl|٩.p
٠M٥jJB٥ 9‫ااا‬٩‫ل‬
‫ب‬٦‫) م‬٨٠٠») (Suis ■urd £ ■fjid)

‫ م م نم‬٠ ‫ا متًا‬-‫ةهلالا (ال‬

٨li|E]idsoq

0 ٥٩ ‫ اه‬JS٥٢١3 C٨٥ ‫ل إه‬fu٥

 ‫(م‪ً)٠‬ا‪١٢‬يه مو ‪٢‬آل‬
‫إه ‪E1J٥1H٥‬؛‪ .U 1.1‬مخ؛‬

‫<‪٩1‬هغ د‪٧‬ادلل‪1٢‬ال‬

‫("‪.' )٩‬ل ؟‪ ٠٢٠٢‬الدد‪.‬‬‫يللدهال‪٩‬دلدزي‪:‬اال‪٠‬لل‪[٠‬غتأغ‪]0‬‬

‫‪٨‬هدا]م ^‪.‬ه لي!ا| ‪ 10U‬سأذاه اباه‬

‫ممآتيت\حيه‪٠‬عخ‪'٣‬‬

‫لالأ؟‪٦‬د‬

‫‪١‬اسسل اذا‪4 ٠٧ -‬ا») ؛‪٠٩ ,١‬‬

‫ًال‪٠‬أ‪ً6‬ا]‬

‫•‪٨١ noX iSuUOlUE‬ال؛دد‪r JO 0‬‬

‫‪١١JO٨١‬؛ ‪ I OU s٦su٦ 1٥٩‬لم‪٠٩‬ا‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪ 1‬س‪٦‬آل‪1‬ه‬

‫داس|اهلال ‪١‬اا ‪ ٠٥‬؟؛الة؛ ‪١٠٩‬‬

‫‪: It, I‬ح‪P٥١SEM OS 1‬يآلالبا ‪noX،- ٠‬‬

‫ادا ‪٩E[(V puy ٥uo JOU st OJ‬‬

‫سة‬
‫‪S٥lSE٨\rw‬‬

‫‪١‬؛سسال ‪٥£‬س ة؛‪٦٠‬ة لم اة ‪،‬نتوا‬

‫]‪،‬؛‪fill:‬‬

‫‪٥■j٥x‬؟‪S٥u X٥M1|jd 3٩1 p٥ia‬‬

‫ه‪٠‬‬

‫اه ‪ ■٥1SBM‬اه الد‪3‬اددأاه )‪aso‬‬

‫ام ‪١$‬كأ ?هز ‪٦‬آلإ‬

‫‪١S|p٥٦a٥‬؛‪ paistM‘ uX٥q‬يج‪<I٨‬‬

‫ى‪٠«/‬بممر»‪-٨-.‬‬ ‫(‪■urdfjMd‬‬
 ‫نم‬۶‫اج آل‬
)‫و'^ؤمس‬
3‫االة‬٨‫ ا‬uatuaSpnf E‫؛‬

‫« أال (نم) م؟؟ م‬sn^unaqoj

٠٩٢٢ ‫ًا‬١٢‫بو‬٢‫ي‬٢٢
<nfun٠‫؟‬j jiBjiin)/،•) ‫ج‬٢‫> لك‬٠‫ع‬-.‫ألا‬

‫نم‬۶٢ *

٥ ‫اه‬jn٢L،j 'UJJEM■ agBiuep

٠‫ال‬٠‫م‬٢،‫د\ي‬٠‫م‬١

<UJJE‫ي‬, ٩

I ‫ نم‬r ۶‫ه‬
‫ك آل‬٠/٠‫د‬٠-»|‫ (ا‬11‫|؛قا‬

s٥ie،jiuin||!

٠۶١٠) ‫الح ةااله’> به‬٠‫ ق‬£ /‫)هد‬1‫س‬١(

،-‫]]؛‬p٥٦BU!UJn

١٠٠٠ ،‫ا؛‬٠‫ ال الالة‬4 £ ‫هـال‬3‫ه‬١

‫ل;ل‬1‫‘ ق|ل‬suiqs ‫اه‬

«‫ًا‬١‫ذي‬٣٢‫ية مليح‬١’‫(م)ا‬

auius

[‫آل‬: ‫ًاأ‬١٠ ‘ajButtunfH ‫اه‬

‫ًا م‬١ ‫؟‬١ X٦OH١H! io x٦mwi١٠٥

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QU RAH ‫ضى ق‬

‫ ذذئا‬I‫رتاق؛؟‬
And he was troubled on
their account (Arb.) and
he felt straitened on their
11:7,1‫؛‬ (./،■،;)account
 Primarily the meaning of)
phrase is “stretching forth
the arm"and is used in the
sense of power or ability
(TA) the meaning of the
phrase is "he was unable
to do the thing, or he
lacked strength to accom-

plish the affair"—LL.)

‫خالقه‬ (.(perf. 3d. f. sine
was straitened‫'ال‬

‫ضاتتطيمرالرضيماحيت‬
The earth, vast as it is, bee-
ame straitened unto them.

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫ينيق‬

~straitens

‫رلقدنعكراتكيضيقص‬
And We know indeed that thy
breast straitens. 115:971

(el. imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)11 ‫يميقوا‬

that you, in order to straiten

‫تيع‬
strait (n.) ace.
‫جصحنرأ ضيقًا‬
(He) maketh his breast strait.
[6:1251

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫ضايق‬

straitened (in the sense of

Pis. Pic.)

‫هصذرك‬٧‫وضآت‬
And thy breast will he strait*
ened by it. 11:12‫]؛‬

straitness (p.«.) ‫ضيق‬

***
 358

٣٥٨

‫كتاب الطاء‬

lit. cover (n.) acc.

stage, state, layer
‫ طق‬،‫طق‬
‫لترتبتطبقاعزطتق‬
Surely you shall ride stage
.‫؛‬stag ‫اللح‬

(/.،., Omakind your existence

is not fixed or stationary,
you must be ever changing
growing , journeying from
the state of the living to
that of dead, and from the
state of the dead to a new
life in the next world. The

‫ندعن‬
preposition is here

‫عن طي‬ ‫خ بقًا‬

synonymous with and
-equi
‫وتت حالة‬
valent to

٥
storeys, stages (v.n.) ce.

٣٥٩
‫* طبع‬
(perf, 3 p.m. sing.) ‫جع‬
>—»‫ع'لم‬$.‫\آلخ‬

)‫طبع يظبع بًا (ف‬

to seal, imprint

‫بلج اشمهعيمأبكعرهم‬
Aye ! Allah hath set a seal
upon them for their infid-

elily. ٢ ‫ا‬ 4:155

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)
sets a seal ‫بع‬
(imperf. 1st. plu.١ ‫تبع‬
we put a seal

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.)

is sealed ‫لبع‬
‫رلععىتلرم‬

And their hearts are sealed.

19:871

359

‫ط‬
VOCABULAIY or TH■ HOLY QUJIAN

‫و‬

‫ط‬
(imperf. 2 p.m.. sing.) acc.
thou mayst drive away

(perate. neg. m. sing.)

drive not !

‫تطرد‬
-‫آل تزد‬

3‫؛ئفئثًاىتىختبربطع‬
Who hath created seven hea-
vens in storeys. (67:31

act, pic. m. sin‫؛؟‬.

one who drives ss away
 ‫ الطزف‬،‫طزن‬

eye (n.

lit. : eye. In some verses

it is rendered as glance,
sight, looking, according
to the context.

‫عن؛‬
a side, fl. acc. (1)
a portion

‫ليقطعطرةاتتالنينكفرتًا‬
That he may cut off a portion
of those who disbelieve.

[3:127]

side, end (2)

‫ طرن‬.gen n.d < ‫طرفين‬

two ends (fl. dual.)

‫رآتوالكو»طريالئمآردزلفأتناليل‬
Aud establish the ptryer at
the two ends of the day,
and the neighbouring (wat-
ches) of the night.

11:114]

ends(i)(rt. ‫م‬.( ‫آطر ائ‬

‫نتحواطرانالتمار‬
And hallow (Him) at the ends
of the day. 120:1301

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫ئ‬

<-extended

)‫مأ يطح طخرًا (ن‬

to spread out, extend (trans.
 &, intrans.) (Lis., Rgh.١

‫كالآلذض;ذ'مذ؛‬
By the earth and Him who
spread it forth. [91:6]

*‫ذرح‬
(perate. m. plu.) ‫الرحزا‬
<cast forth

)‫س‬،‫ًا (ف‬-‫طح تظرح طز‬

to throw, cast forth

‫امتلؤايرسغآواطرحر‬
Slay Yusuf or cast him forth
to some land. [12:9]

★ ‫طرد‬
(perf. 1st p. sing.)
< 1 drove away
‫طرذت‬
)‫طرةيظردطزدًا(ن‬
to send away, to get ss out

(trans.), to drive out

٣٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫طرف‬

‫★ طعم‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

<they ate
‫طيمزا‬
‫طيم يتلتم طنًاقطعآم‬
to eat (intrans.)

‫طيم يظتم طنمًاو ط‬

١.v،n١rans ٦٥١‫عس‬
 ‫طينتم‬ (.perf. 2 p.m. plu)

‫سمر‬ ate 2 ‫طيتتم‬

1‫بمإ؛آللجتمئاسملحذ‬
And when you have eaten
then disperse. (33:53)

«eats
(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫يظتم‬
‫ منتا‬١‫ئلذيؤ‬
None shall cat thereof save
whom We allow. (6:138)

<did not taste

(just 3 p.m. sing.) ‫لم تظتم‬
‫ طتي‬see above
the v.n. is
‫رمنلر 'يظتتهئًانئيحى‬
And whosoever tasteth it not,
verily shall be mine.

[2:2491

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

<~fed ‫طم‬
‫آطتم‬
‫أطتمإظآًا‬
to feed (trans.) iv

٠٠٠٢٢٠،)
‫يطم د‬
borders (2)

‫ل؛صذئئلجت‬٠‫ًانا‬1‫وآلذخ‬١
Behold they not that We
visit the land diminishing
it by the borders thereof.

(act. pic. m. sing.) gen. ‫الطارق‬

 <the comer by night

‫طرق تغارق طزئ‬to come at night, to knock,

to Strick

(lit. anythingcoming by night

or appearing at night thus

‫الطارق‬ is the star that

appears in the night: also
the morning star, because
it comes at the end of the
night—Rgh. LL)

‫ طبقة‬،‫طرالق (■ألم الللريقة‬

way, path (fl. 1

ways, paths (fl.

way, path (n.)

‫ و‬-‫ط ر ى‬

‫ طرئ‬.
‫ظرقيظر‬-‫طيتتظرى‬ fresh acc. adj >

)‫ ك‬،‫طراوة (س‬
to be tender, fresh

361

٣٦‫ا‬

‫ طغ‬VOCABULARY Of TMI HOLY Qu* AN ‫طعم‬

)‫ن‬،‫طن يظقنعن(ف‬
to speak ill of,
defame

‫وألؤدإع‬
And they thrust at your reli-
gion (Arb.) assail (Pie.)
revile (Jid.). [9:121

‫طتًا‬
‫تطكافالتين‬
speaking ill {v.n.) acc,

And scoffing at the faith.

 (j،d.١ 14:46]

‫و‬-‫طغى‬

<—exceeded (I)
(perf. 3p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫تلنى‬
the limit

‫طنى يظنى طيًاو ط‬

to exceed the (i)
bounds

‫لمة لتر طنرًا ت عذر‬

٠
‫طئتبلمزةزمغلؤةكط‬
)‫(حم‬ ) (to rise high (water

Go to Firawn, surely he has

exceeded the bound (or
limits or he is inordinate).

[20:24]

(the water) rose high (2)

‫دتؤيف‬٠‫؛جلثآءثًاالةذ‬
Surely we carried you in the

high.
‫عا‬
ship, when
169:11]
water rose

362

they feed
‫يطيمرن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv

‫يطيمرن‬
that they feed me.
comps, iv.

that they feed

me (pronominal)
٥ ‫يظيمؤافج‬
ce.

‫يف‬ shortened to ‫ ي‬i.e., the

‫وثأشئهًائىيظييزي‬
first is dropped
 I desire not (from them)

that they feed Me. [5 57:

you feed
{imperf. 2 p.m. p!u.)iv
‫]ل‬
‫تظيمزن‬
(Imperf. lit. p. phi.) ‫نظيم‬
we feed

feed : (perate m. phi.)

-is M(pip. ‫و‬

‫؟لم‬،۴‫ئ‬:‫ دأدعذم?ق‬٦;‫ذ‬:*‫ل‬
p. m. sing.)

the twain asked food

‫ اتتظتم اتيظًاًا‬to seek X

food (trans.)-

‫طيمإظام‬
the feeding (v.n.) iv

, ‫ الطام‬،‫«طآم‬.*(
an eater (act. pic. m. sing.)
food

‫طم‬
★ ‫دع ن‬
taste (v.n.)

(perf. ‫طنؤا‬
<they 3thrust at
p. m.pist.)

٣٦٢
‫طغ‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUIAN

insolence (».«.) acc.

exorbitance ‫ءغااأ‬
★*‫طف‬
«^extinguished
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h.v. iv

/«, ‫يآطفًاإشفًاًا‬
to extinguish, put out (fire or
light)

)‫ًا(س‬.‫>طفيقأطخز‬2
to be put out (fire or light)
 ‫يطيئرا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١
.acc<

that they extinguish

(el imperf 3 p.m. plu.) ‫لطفئزا‬

would they extinguish (or - '
they may extinguish)

‫*ط ف ف‬

<scrimpers
(ap-der. ffl. plu.) ii‫ألمطفنيت‬
to diminish ii
‫طفف تينيفًا‬
(a measure or weigh below
the standard)

( ‫ مطقف‬one who gives short

measure, or weight, thus
cheating his companion,
but this epithet is not app-
lied unrestrictedlyexcept in
the case of exorbitant
deficiency).

‫ع عى‬

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.)
they exceeded limits
‫طنرا‬٠
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) acc.
that he my be inordinate

‫عينتاوأن يظغى‬
they (Twain) said : our Lord
we fear lest he hasten to

do ‫ع‬٧‫ز‬
dinate
1 (or he mayto us or be inor-

(perate.
‫آلتنراا‬
play the tyrant). [20:45
do not exceed
neg. m.the limits.
pht.)

‫أطنىكاثؤاممآطلوآطخى‬
more rebellious (elative)
 Verily that were more unjust
and more rebellious.

153:521

caused
(perf. to p.
1st. rebel
sing.) ‫أك‬ *

٠٠
His comrade saith: our Lord!
I did not cause him to
rebel (make him exceed
the limits). [50:271

nom ‫الطاغين‬
٥ ،‫طغي‬
exorbitant
ins (Jia.)
lcnt(LL)(n.p.)
.acc

‫العاغحة‬
thundering
outburst, noise.
(intrans.)

an idol, false god, devil(n.) ‫الطاغرت‬

[whatever is worshipped in•
stead of God is ‫طغرت‬

٣٦٣

363

‫ع‬٠‫ظل‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

‫طغ ق‬

children(«, p.) ‫اأفال‬

(sing.) ‫يلغل‬

★‫طلب‬
< — seeks
‫يظلب‬
{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

)‫طلبيطلبطبًا(ن‬
to seek, ask desire

seeking (v.n.) acc.

‫طبًا‬
 ‫التي ب‬
seeker (act. pic. m. sing.)
the sought
(pic. pad. m. sing.) ‫المو‬
‫★طلح‬
plantains (n.) ‫طح‬
(It is the name of a certain
fruit tree used to be found
in Hejaz, its fruit is very
delicious with good smell.

(‫رد‬.) It is a non-Arabic
‫لاللم‬٠١ .word

I ٠‫نبح‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)
<~rose high
‫طلصن‬

)‫طتعيجلع طوط(ن‬
to appear, rise (sun), sprout
‫ •؛»ح‬p 3. ‫ ء‬s،ng٠١ ‫تشلع‬

1 ‫ تطلع‬rises-
364

‫★طفق‬
< ~set about, began
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫طفق‬
)‫طنق ينلققطفقًا(س‬
to begin,

set out to do something

‫تطنقمخاياكوقوآلعتأق‬
And he set about slashing
their legs and necks.

13 8:331

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.)

‫طفقًا‬
‫جا أللم‬،‫اة‬١٢‫آةعأل ا‬١

‫وطنقايخوغيءيوسا ينوسق الجة‬

 And the twain began to cover
themselves with leaves
from the Garden. [7:22‫؛‬

★‫طفل‬
‫( الطفل‬.n. used for plu)
>‫اأحآة\\ة عألا‬
is used for ‫طفل‬، the word
singular and plural both

‫آوالطفأللنينكريظمرواعلعوتت‬
Or the children not aquain-
ted with privy parts of
woman. [24:311

child («. used for sing.) ‫لفأل‬

‫نخيجكطغال كتر‬
The■ we bring you forth as
a child (infant). [22:51

٣٦٤

VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN ‫طلع‬

‫ئبآلًاىلجلللمعئوشى‬
That I may ascend to the
God of Musa, [28:38]

(el imperf
<that 3 p.m. sing.) iv
let know ‫يطيع‬
‫آطلع إنالدعأ‬ to cause
someone know, inform

‫ياطنالميعيعتمعاللخيي‬
And Allah is not one to
let you know the unseen.

13:1791

the rising (sun) (v.n.) ‫طوع‬

‫تظلع‬
the time of rising (n. p.t.)
 the place of rising (n.p.t.)
(Ap-der. m. plu.) vtii ‫مطيعزن‬
‫تنيع‬
those who look down

‫تأل هنانترتمكليعؤن‬
Allah will say ! will ye look
down. 137:541

(he., would you like to look

at the man who had
spoken thus ? The phrase
is equivalent with

‫علحيون آن تشيعرا‬
would you Like to look
at them (Rz., Ksh.)

ranged date (1) (n.)

‫والتخلبيشتلما طنع تضيئ‬
‫طلع‬
And tall date-palms (laden)
with clusters ranged.

150:101

)‫طتعيللعطؤءل(ف‬
to ascend, to come to, or
upon, look upon, know

to depart from -‫ عل‬،‫قن‬

‫?■ اعلع‬€ u>‫عقألئآر‬. ‫ ددحل‬١٠

<has he looked upon ? ‫علة‬

to look viii ‫اطلع الآلع‬
upon or down, to know

( ‫إطلع‬
‫آطحالخنبآعاتخنعندا‬ + interrotive

Hath he looked upon the

Unseen, or hath he taken

of the Compassionate a

covenant ?|8?:19] ‫ار‬

‫ لم‬perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing .١٠‫اطلع أة‬
he looked
‫رآءالجح‬-‫تأطللعفرأهف‬
Then he looked (will look)
down and see him in the
midst of the flaming fire.

(37:55]
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii ‫اطلست‬
thou look

thou/will/nolice
‫تيلع‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii

‫آدمجئئ‬
Thou will not cease to notice
defrauding on their part.

[5:131

‫منمج؛‬ hi. p. sing.) viii

I ascend
‫آطيع‬
٣٦٥

365

‫طلل‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫طلق‬

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) vii ‫انطلقا‬

the twain set out

‫أنطلتًاستحتىإداريبافياتفيتةخرقها‬
Then the twain set out; until
when they embarked in a
boat, he scuttled it.

[18:711

(perf. 3 p٠m. ph،.١ vii ‫أنطلقؤا‬

‫أأ‬went 0 ‫آلأللم‬

‫انطلقوورييخأفلتن‬5
 So they went off speaking to
each other in a low voice.

[68:231

(imperf.
-**moves
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫يتيق‬

‫ريضيتصدرغوالينطلئكأت‬

And my breast straineth and

my tougue moveth not
quickly. ,26:13}

depart, (perate m. plu.) vii ‫انطيقؤا‬

‫إلطيئتالمالكثربهتكتبرت‬
Depart unto that which you
used to call a lie. [77:29]

★ ‫طلل‬

‫ط‬ (.a gentle rain (n

‫فلنلؤييسماوايكتطع‬
And if no heavy rain falleth
upon it, then a gentle
nin. 12:265]

Spathe (2)

‫نكاكيه‬1۶‫ألوىا‬٦‫ةئا'ثلز‬
And from the date-stone,
from the spathe thereof
(come forth) clusters of

dates low hanging, (6:99 ‫ز‬

*‫طلق‬
(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ii
< divorced
‫طلق‬

to quit, leave, ‫طلق تعيقًا‬

to divorce (his wife)

)‫>يطلقيطلفهطآلة(ن‬
to be freed from bond
(perf. 2, p.m, plu.) ii ‫طقتم‬
you divorced

you divorced them ‫طتتمقةهن‬

(i.e., women)

they (m.) divorced ‫طهكت‬

you (‫يء (د‬-
divorce ! (perate m. plu.) ‫طلترا‬
(pis, pic, f. plu.) ‫\مظ‬
divorced women

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) vii

< -started doing something
‫انلق‬
‫ اثللق انيآلة‬to set out
in doing something, or start
with something, to depart

‫وائكلقالمأليةةمًارامشتا‬
‫واعبرعاعتلميلر‬
The chiefs among them de*
parted (saying): Go ! and
preserve in your gods.[38:6]

366

٣٦٦

٨‫دا‬

L 9‫ع‬

noX ٦٥٨٥٥
(٠ ‫د تم‬٠r،f iqd) ٠٠‫مد‬

٥٨٥٥/٥٩١[

*٦٦،٩ )٩‫ ي‬٣٠4 ‫دهدت ًا‬١

I ٦٥٨٥٥ (‫ ■سهدم‬Iff ٠) ٩٠،

٥٦ ■IOJ xlcq

٦٥٨٠٥٠١‘ asap X|«8e٥‘

‫لذبًا‬5‫ًا‬٦٢‫جامي‬
 5‫دا‬٨0‫مد‬٠‫<ى‬

‫لم يح‬-‫س• ؛؛الة‬٠‫ ًا ي‬-‫اسيةدل‬١

٥٨١٦٥٩١ I٩O!٥١IJ٥١

(n/d •d ‘Iff ■Jjfdtut) ‫ل‬٢‫ي‬١ ’‫هدد‬

[،99:9،

adiM p,no٩s ٥٩٦١n‫ال‬٥ saXa-

٥٨١jipuv|!٥‫؛‬jnsp٥|٥٦MX

١ ٥٨١no adiM

(1 ’pad،٥٠ ٦4,»٠) ٢٦

٦٦LL١\

os ‫ال‬٥٩٨١SJB١S ‫ الة‬P٥3EJJ٥

٠ jStii ‫ آل د ًا‬٠
88:011)

no‫ ل‬X٠J١S٥P pjoq ‫! ل‬٥٩٦

s٠
٦٦،
‫&لم‬،١‫ ل‬ut ‫ه‬٦٠‫ (قهع‬٦‫ع‬0‫ت‬٦‫جهأل‬

JO guiusam ٠٢ ‫) م في‬
JO8u,u ‫م‬-‫ غ؛‬: OU,٥٩, ‫إال‬
SJ٥١B١U٥1UU1
JO ٥٩١ SuouiB saauaiamp
‫هده‬٩ ‫ اآلم‬٥٥٤‫ ؛‬٥١٥N
‫(داداال‬

Xoj, ٥٩١ SKJUBU٥JU o

٧۴ JVJ ٥٨١ ‫لحه‬0‫هل‬٩ -s٥p
٥٨١ X٠J٠S٥P ٥٩٦ s٦٥pE٥i
٩٧۶rfJs٥٥UBu٥٦uno‫هلهله‬٥
i(pvsy) ٥٨١ ‫له‬0‫هل‬٩ B]J٥١
٦s٥٥ ٩BJJ٥٥٨١ adoqjnoX

SMEJ■
 ojag ٩ ٥٨١o|٥١BJ٥٦t ٥٩١

٠‫ًاضمبي؟‬١

01 Xoflsap

OJ ur) p٥١dru٦‫هال‬٩ ٦٠٥٥٩

Xbmb jbj 08 'jBSddwip، ٥٦

1 sq o١

‫ًاذك‬٢’‫ًا‬٣٦‫؛تك‬٦)‫(م’نم‬
paoBjja ٥uiom٩m>
‫ج‬-5 )*‫االة‬.‫ ل' ؛‬٠4 ٤ 4 4(

٤٤*٤:‫عو‬1

‫؟؛‬٥٩١
٥٩١
paqanoj f OU IU iuu•

‫جسنوائأ^ومقئع‬
ajojsg q UBUI IU

‫هد‬٩ j٥M٥y٥p 01
JOU s

J٥p٦o 111 U٥U1O٨١ B ٩٥no

‫كمًا‬٢‫ًا‬٩٦‫(نم)لم‬
s٦٥٨\o،pp ‘s٥q٥no١~ >
£ 'padu٦١١

KVHna OH IHX ،0 ABVinKVOOA ‫ل‬

"٩
7
‫له‬
 HUUIY o, TH* HOLY (RAN

‫مع‬

‫ط‬

(le. imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) ‫يطثن‬

‫بم‬ may rest at ease

‫رلكيلسيتقين‬
But that my heart may rest

at ease. [2:260 ‫ا‬

‫نيم‬ ‫طمئن‬
(le. imperf. 2 p.m. ring.) 3
may rest at ease

‫تلص‬
That your hearts may rest
at ease. (3:126)

‫ملمثع‬
at rest (Ap-der. m. ring.)

‫ؤ قجهمطتبنالتاينًار‬
And his heart is at rest with
the belief. 116:1061

(Ap-der.
at rest f. sing.) tee. ١‫ئكث‬
‫قنةنخانةتتلمتة‬
And town which was secure
and at rest. (16:112]

‫الملعتة‬
peaceful (Ap-der. f. sing.)
‫يأيقهالتثالتميكة‬
0 thou peaceful soul.

189:271

،ap-der, f. phi.
(contentedly ١ ‫ملمثي‬
ace.

‫مبكثيمثرنمتيي‬
Angels walking about con-
tentedly. (17:95]

١ ‫تطمع‬
(،imperf. 1st p. plu. i,

**١‫ب‬١‫د خ‬
to hope (*,„.) acc. ‫طمعًا‬
★ ‫طمم‬

<calamity (n.) ‫الطائة‬

‫) (طم يطم لمع (ن‬assim(
to overflow, cover up

‫اثيئى‬٠‫ئلقالجأ;بالعآئة‬
Then when the grand Cala-
mity »hall come (،.e. the
resurrection). 179:34]

‫★ طمن‬

‫> بم‬ ‫انتأن‬

(perf, 3 p. m. ring.) ti
is contented

‫البان اطتتن‬
disquietude,
to be free from

to be in tranquillity

‫دد‬
If there befalleth him good
he is contented therewith.

122:111

(perf 2 pjn. plu.) ‫اأنيي‬

you ‫ض‬ secure ‫م‬
‫)ئ‬., out of danger)
(perf.‫ن‬ p.m plu.)
they are satisfied ‫اأثوا‬
٠‫ئيئ‬٠‫ة‬
And they are well-pleased
with the life of the world
 and are satisfied therewith.

10:71

٣٦٨ ‫و‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫د‬
‫ن‬

‫ تطير يتطر‬٢‫تطير‬
as R. F. (intrans.), (or) they
purify themselves (f.)

‫بتطيرزن ا يتطز‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
they clean themselves
.acc. V

‫اليرؤا‬
get yourselves cleaned
(perate. m. plu.) *

‫مطير‬
one who purifies ss
(ap-der. m. sing.) ii

‫س‬٠‫وئتلآلض‬
And (1 am) purifying thee
from those who disbelieve.

13:551

(ap-der. m. plu.) acc. v ‫عطيرن‬

cleaned or purified
those who get themselves ٠
clean ones I
(Ap-der. m. plu.) acc. *, ‫المتطرت‬
(pis. pic.
purified one
‫"ر‬,
(/٠) : sing.) Ii

spouses purified ‫أزواج ئطؤآ‬

‫المكرؤت‬
purified ones ii
purifying ( v.n.) ii
‫تظينرًا‬
 clean ( V. n., r. f.)
the purest thing
(elative m. sing.)
‫طؤر‬
‫آطر‬

cliff, mound (n.) ‫الطود‬

two single letters of the ' »'
Arabic alphabet, inter
preted in various ways

See. IK. Tb. Jid.١

(perf. 3 p.f. phi.)

<they are purified
‫يظيزن‬
‫طير يظبر طرًا و ع‬
‫ت لمأت؟ (ك‬ to be clean
(.pure, to be purified (intrans

‫حتىيلمرن‬
Till they (women) have puri-
fied themselves. (2:222]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii

~ purified II-
‫عي‬
‫ح تظهيرًا‬
‫طهرك‬
to purify (trans.)

He purified thee. 13:421

(el. 3 p.m. sing.)

that he may purify
‫لطر‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)
thou purifieth

purify ! (perate. m. sing.)

purify ! (perate m. duul.)

(0 you twain)

(perf. 3 p.f. phi.) r

<they are purified
‫تطيزن‬
٣٦٩

369

‫وع‬

‫خ‬

VOCAIUtARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬

‫ط‬
‫كألتي‬٠
Then his soul made the slay-
ing of his brother agree-
abje to him. (5:301
(perf. ‫ ة‬p.m. sing.) iv ‫آطع‬
"-,obeyed ٤

‫و‬
they (m.) obeyed
(perf. ‫آطعرا‬
p. m. plu.) ‫؛‬V

they(/.) obeyed
‫أتت‬
(perf. 3 p. f. plu.) iv

you (m) obeyed

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫أتم‬
you obeyed him .‫آلتعر‬
we obeyed
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫آطن‬
(،imperf. 3 p, m. ph،.١lv ‫ييع‬
 obeys

‫آوييلنقكثيرتناآلكر‬
Were he to obey you in
many affairs. (49:07)

(‫سز‬.‫(؛إح‬
‫ل‬ p.m. sing.) iv
obeys

‫ى‬,
pped due to conditional
the weak letters
phrase.
is dro-

(imperf: 3 p. m. plu.) iv ‫مملترن‬

they obey

that/if/you obey
(imperf. 2 pjn. phi.) acc. iv ‫تييمرا‬
we obey
(imperf. Istp.phiflv ‫ييع‬
‫أكتوا‬
.‫دًاال‬١‫د‬١ ‫ الألدًا‬١ O(
(perate. m. phi.) iv

370

‫كالكلووالعلير‬
Like a huge mound (M.A.),
or like a cliff mighty(Jid.).
126:631

( ‫ اطرد‬means a mountain,
as well as an elevated or
overlooking tract of land.)

‫*طرر‬

Tur (prop. nJ ‫عرر‬،‫الكور‬

(Tur is applied to mount
Sinai and to the mount
of Olives, and to several
other mountains— LL)

(stages, states (n.p.)acc. ‫أطوارًا‬

‫ طرر‬٥ ).g)
 ★ ‫إرع‬

"-made agreeable
‫د‬5‫طر‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing,) ii

subjection
to bring into ‫طوع‬
his soul : ‫ شه‬٠‫طوعغ ت‬
permitted him, made it
easy or feasible for him

،'٠،.,
do something
he allowed himself to

)‫>> طاغ تطزع طرط ؤ طاقة (ن‬

to obey

to
٣٧
‫*ا‬ obedient

‫طوع‬ VOCABULARY or

‫ اتتتع يتتيلنع‬I ‫انطع‬

‫ يتيلع اتيطعة‬,to be able
to have power, consent,
(can do SS)

‫تم انتطلع إيدبيًال‬

Who is able to find a way
thereunto. 13:971

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) X

thou art able
‫انتطست‬

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) X

I am able
‫استطني‬

‫إتأييثويلهلوضلحمائتمدع‬
I desire not but rectification.

so far as I am able.[! 1:881

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) X

they are able
‫انآعرا‬
 ‫ إن استآاعوا‬if they can
‫ استطاعرا‬،
they could not

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) X

we are able
‫نثتتا‬،

‫لياتتطعتالخرجنًامعكز‬
If we could wc would have
surely come forth with
you. [9:42[

‫ اتطاءرا‬X) ‫ اتتاعرا‬as(
‫نانلعاًانيظم(و‬2
‫ومًااتتطآعزاله نقبًا‬
Thus they were not able to
mount it, nor were they
able to burrow through it.

THS HOLY QURAN ‫طوع‬

(ptrate.‫ر‬-, plu.) iv
(0 you ladies) obey!
‫أيتن‬

‫كيفيس لغذدردولة‬
And obey Allah and His
Messenger. 133:331

‫إن آطتم ل‬
[In I tie verse 4:
i e.t if they obeyed you,

the form is ‫( آطتن‬ptrf.

3 p.f. plu.) which means :

they (٠) obeyed But in

the verse 33:33 the form
is ‫( اطعن‬imperativef. plu.)
،'. e., (0 you ladies) obey.
Learners shou'd carefully
note the difference of
short vowel on the word 1 ‫ط‬

obey me (comp.) ،V ‫آجعؤن‬

))‫أ*را* ف أجيري‬

shortend to ( ‫ن‬
 ‫آل‬ ‫آل تلغ‬, )'Sing ‫م‬
obey not

(pip, 3p.m. sing.)iv ‫يطع‬

*“is obeyed

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫تطرع‬

< did voluntarily

‫ نمئوغ تطؤءًا‬,to do V
something voluntarily

‫خيراسؤاقالهشأعي‬2‫رمنتطو‬
And whosoever voluntarily
doe‫ ؛‬good then verily
Allah is Appreciative.

Knowing. [2:1581

(perf ‫و‬ p.m. tittg.) * ‫استتع‬

< *could, was able, had power

٣٧١

371

‫د‬

VOCABULARY Of THI HOLY QURAN

‫وع‬

‫له‬

(the ‫ ت‬of stem * is replaced

by duplication of ( ( ‫ط‬

٠‫نىعل‬- ‫طاقو‬
‫ا~ط‬
(.imperf. 3 p,m. s،ng.١
)u(

N came upon

‫طت يطرئ «ترفآز زام‬

‫و ؤةًا و تظران‬
 to go about, walk
about, to run around,

to circumambulate, ‫حزل‬ ،‫ب‬

to make the rounds,

to come upon, ‫على‬

-
to go around -‫بين‬
،‫على‬
‫ كأنغذى‬٢‫رجءد‬،‫تمكاق عنها تلعأشص‬
Then a visitation came upon
it while they slept.

168:191

(—goes round
(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يطؤن‬
‫يطرثعيهرولداي‬
Go round on them youths

[7 ‫؛‬56: ‫ا‬ .((boy servants

‫يط‬ (. 3 p.m.plu.) (w.v imperf

they go round
٠)
‫يكزفونبينماربيتحييو‬
(They will be) going round
between it and boiling
water fierce. 155:44]

is/will be/passed
(pip■ 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ىتان‬
372

‫أسم‬$ ‫يتتيتع‬
{imperf. 3 pm. ting.) X
able

‫منينتليعركآنينزليتابادة‬
Is thy Lord able to send down
unto us some food.

[5:1121

could not do, was not able

(jues. 3 p. m. sing.) X
 ‫تتتع‬
thou art able
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) X

‫م‬. ‫تن تتع‬

thou never can do
(acc. 3 m. sing.)

‫ تلغ‬/ ‫لم تتلغ‬

1
‫ لم‬juss. 3 p. m. sing.) X

thou was not able

(imperf. ‫و‬
they are able
p.m. phi.) X ‫ينتيجعرن‬
you are able
{imperf: 2 p.m. plu.) X ‫تنتيتعون‬
(acc, 2 p,m, ph*.) X ١‫تتيبي‬

you were able

you will not be able‫تنتيعؤا‬

‫تن طرءًا‬
obedience (v.n.)
(act. pic. m. plu.)
‫تاعة‬
willingly (v. n.) acc.

‫طيين‬
< willing doers (of SS)

{sing.) ‫طالع‬
(pic. pact. m. sing.)
obeyed one
‫مطع‬
(.Ap-der. m. plu.١ V ‫المطوييت‬
those who do something

willing or voluntarily

٣٧٢

‫طوق‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫له‬
 ‫طقرينقىيلطفين‬5
And clear up my House for
those who circumambu-

late. 122:26 ‫ا‬

٥٠ /٠) pic. f. sing.) ‫طايفة‬
a group, party,

(a group of people counted-

from two persons up to
a thousand—Rgh.١

‫ عايقتتان‬.nom ‫ الئالقتين‬،‫طقتين‬
two parties (n.da١

flood (rt.) ‫الطزةان‬

lit. overpowering rain or

< deluge’

meta, any other universal

destruction

‫* ط وف‬
(pip. ‫و‬p.m. p١u.١ a ‫يطؤقؤن‬

they shall be hung round

neck

< ‫ طرق تطيزيقًا‬,to impose

lay upon, to encircle, to
put a collar or necklace
around SS neck

)‫(ن‬٠‫حذ ءذة‬٢‫ق‬١‫>>ء‬
to 1* able, be in a position
to do something

‫تهعوقرتاككابه‬
Soon shall that wherewith
they stint be hung round
their necks. [3:180]

٣٧٣
 ‫يطاثعليوخيأستنتموين‬
A cup shall be passed round
upon them, filled with
limpid drink. (37:45]

‫ئطوفئ‬
-Cwalkes about viii
‫ اطوفت يطرن‬viii
to walk about, run about,
to circumambulate

‫فالجكاتعكرًانةطرئ بومًا‬
There is no fault (lit. sin)
in him if he walketh in
between the twain.

[2:158)

‫يطرفوا‬ ).p.m, plu ‫رع‬. 3(

let them circumambulate

‫وليولوا بأبيتالعييق‬
And let them circumambu-
late the ancient House.

122:291

those who go (n.p. inis.)

round frequently
‫طقافون‬
Going round frequently some
of you on some of them.
124:58

(visitation
٥٠/٠ pie. m. sing.) ‫طفك‬

‫فطانطيةاطلث‬
A visitation come upon it.

[68:191

circumambulatos(2M«. p.) ‫طيزين‬

373

‫طول‬
VOCABULARY OB TH! HOLY QURAN

‫طوق‬

)‫كلتصزلطزآل(ن‬
to be long, to continue for a
long time, to be lasting

‫حفىطاليهم نعمر‬
Until there lasted long upon
them the life. [21:44]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (w.v.) vi ‫تطآول‬

< prolonged

as R.F. vi ‫تطآول‬

‫تطاولعليوارألعمر‬
And the life was prolonged
upon them. 128:451

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫طويًال‬

prolonged, long

‫إنلكاللمايتبحأطينيا‬
Verily thou hast by day
prolonged occupation.

17 3:71

height (v.n.) acc. ‫طزأل‬

‫آليلؤًاك‬٩‫والبلع ات‬
And thou canst not reach
the mountains in height.

[17:37]

power (1> (n.) ‫الطزل‬

‫ذىالطل‬
The Lord of power. 140:3]

(the possessor of all suffici- ‫نم‬

ency and of superabun-
 dance, as of bounty, or
the possessor of power or
of bounty, and benefic-
.١ ),‫دالنًا‬٠nsc

374

(i. e. they shall have that

whereof they were niggard'
ly made to cleave to their
necks like the neck-ring :
as it is said in a tradition ;
it shall be a biting snake
upon the neck—

(imperf. 3 p٠m٠ plu٠١ iv ‫يطيقزن‬

<thcy can bear,

they are able to do

‫ أطقإطقة‬iv
to be able to do a thing

‫كتمءتةأل‬،‫عل لننيليغزة ذتيه‬

And for those who can keep
it (fast) with hardship,
the ransom is the feeding
of a poor man. 12:1841
(‫ أ‬e. such men and women
as are exceedingly weak
or are of very advanced
old age. ‫ اطأ له‬signifies
what ean be done or borne
with utmost difficulty—the
utmost that one can do
with difficulty, trouble or
inconvenience. (JidrLL)
strength (‫اا‬٠< ‫تقة‬

٠‫اكلم‬٠‫تةذر‬
Our Lord! impose noton
us that for which we have
no strength. 12:286‫ا‬

★ ‫طول‬

‫( طال‬. perf. 3 p.f. ting.) (w.v)

lasted long•،-، >
٣٧٤

‫وع‬

‫ط‬

VOCABULARY OR THZ HOLY QURAN

‫طول‬

(Benjamin) family and his

family was the smallest of
all the families of the
tribe (Jid. p. 2. n. 643).

★‫طوى‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) M-.v. ‫لون‬

<~w‫؛‬roll up

‫(طوى يطونطيت (ض‬

to fold, roll up

rolling up ‫»نم‬, n.)‫تي‬

‫دب‬٠٧‫يحزم‬

The day whereon We shall

roll up the heaven like as
the rolling up of a scroll
for hooks. (21:104]

rolled ones (n. p.f.) ‫تظيياث‬

‫راكروتمظيتييينه‬
And the heavens are (shall
be) rolled up in.His Right
hand. (39:67)

Tuwa ( prop, ft.) ‫طى‬

(lit. ‘a thing twice done or
twice blest and sanctified.'
As a proper noun it is
the name of the valley
just below Mount Sinai.

This spot is on the right

flank of Sinai in a narrow
valley called the ‘Wadi
Shoaib' which runs south-
eastward from the great

opulent (2)

‫ئداسم‬،
The opulent among them ask
leave of thee. 19:861

(lit. the possessor of opulence,

Jid.١

means (3‫( ح‬n.١ acc. ‫طؤأل‬

‫الحمني اللؤيذي‬
And those of you who can-
not afford means to marry
free, believing women.

14:251
‫ ح بنتلع طزًال‬The phrase(
is often taken to mean “ne
is not in a position to
afford”, i. e.. in the finan-
cial sense : but Mohammad
Abduh very convincingly
expresses the view that it
applies to all manners of
pervcnlive circumstances,
be they of material, perso
nal or social nature.—
‫ ا‬Asad nn. 29 ‫ه‬٦ auo-
ling Manar V. 19)

!٠٠٠‫طرت‬٠
Talut (prop, n.)
(The Biblical from of Talut
is Saul, who belonged to
the smallest of the
Israelite tribe of Binyamin

٣٧٥

375

L
 VOCABULARY or TH* HOLY QURAN

‫طع‬

‫ذبئناتئؤاوبلجااشلئذال‬
‫طزن لم ر حنماي‬ ٢
Those who believe and do
right, joy is for them, and
bliss (their) journey’s end.

113:291

‫تًا‬
the good (1)adj.
acc. ‫التك‬
(active participle on the mea-

( ‫فييل‬
sure of

‫ئسب‬٦‫دقيكتجىبيك‬
Say the evil and the good
are not alike. 15:1001

clean (2)

‫فييكدتاصييدابا‬
Then go to high clean soil.

(4:431

wholesome (3)

‫لكاوتلنالتتذسحللتييا‬
Eat of that which is lawful
and wholesome in the
earth. 12:1681

gentle (4)

‫وهدوالاللطتيءنالقول‬
And they are guided into
gentle speeches. 122:241

‫اليزن‬ good ‫ اليية‬،‫يبين‬

.nom ones«.;.acc.

(opp. evil)
 376

plain in front of the Ra$ ٠

Sufsafeh.—Jid.)

(pref.‫و‬ p.m. ring.) w.v.

<'-'-pleased
‫طاب‬
)‫طبيببيًاقعيتة(ض‬
to be good, pleasant, agree-
able, lawful

to be happy, ‫تغه‬ ‫طبت‬

cheerful

‫ تآبت عنه غأ‬,to leave

give up

‫تأكوحؤاماطابلكتناليآ‬
‫مثنوثك دربم‬
Then marry such as please
you, of (other) women by
twos and threes or fours.

14:31

(perf. 3p. f. plu.)

‫غًا‬.- ‫طتن‬
they (f.) give up

‫فأنطبب لكرعنتى«يه‬
And if they give up any-
thing thereof of their own

accord. (4:4 ‫ا‬

ye are2good
(perf. p. m. plu.) ‫لتتم‬
blessedness, joy, happiness

(plu. of
form of
‫ية‬
‫أليب‬ n. for fem.
elative)
‫طزب‬
 ٣٧٦
VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QU* AN ‫طىب‬

‫تالؤآرئاتطيرةايغز‬
They said, we augur evil of
you. (36:181

we augur
(perf. evil
1st p. plu.) V ‫اطيرنآ‬
‫العليزنايكرينتعك‬5
They said : we augur evil of
thee and those with thee.

‫ز‬27:47(

(imperf. 3 pjn. plu.) , ‫تطيززا‬

they augur evil

bird (n.) ‫طير‬

the bird (n.) ‫الطير‬
(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫طار‬
lit. a flying creature (1)

‫والظيتطيتينليو‬
Nor a flying creature that
flieth with its wings.

(6:38)

mata. action (2)

‫ؤاكقلدكليا'زرذذة طجتهيحغتذب‬
And every man We have
fastened his action round
his neck. 117:131

(‫طئره‬
literary meaning of a birdto its
in addition
means metaphorically the
 actions of a man which are
the cause of his happiness
and which are, as it were,
attached to his neck as a
necklace. (LL.)

good, (1) (n. f. adj.) ‫خته‬

excellent, fair

‫ييةيدي عاش‬٤‫بش‬
A fair land and indulgent
Lord ! 134:151

fair, gentle (2)

‫ميرتئحيبة‬7,‫وجرين‬
And they sail with them
with a gentle ( or fair )
breeze. 110:22]

good ones, (n. p. /.) ‫الطآي‬

lawful ones

‫ايزميحللكرالكيب‬
This day are good things

‫ا‬
lawful for you. (5:5

‫ يلغ‬.,..w

N(imperf.3 p.m. sing.)

)‫(ض‬٦‫> طتار يطير طيزًا و طيرا‬

to fly (birds), to flee

n
Nor a flying creature flieth
that with its two wings
but art communities like
unto you. 16:38‫ا‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) F ‫ؤ"آ‬٠

< we augur evil
 to augur evil, ‫تمأل و الير‬
to draw a bad omen from

٣٧٧

371

‫طع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫طى‬

‫؟متهجدائطيل‬
They dread a Day the evil
whereof shall !*wide-
spread. [76:7]

*‫طىن‬

‫• ح‬٦ nom. ‫ الطين‬،‫طال‬

(.the clay („.) (adj

mala, augur (3)

‫قالتبلىيعداش‬
He said, your augury is with

Allah, (27:47,

kap-de٣٠ m. sing.١ xyacci ‫مستطيرًا‬

wide-spreading (Jid. & Pic.)
that which spreads far
and wide (Aya.).

٠٠٠
378

٣٧٨

‫كتاب الظاء‬
‫على‬،‫ب‬-)‫>> ظفريظغرظقرًا(س‬
to obtain, overcome
 ‫ون بعدان آظفركرعليوح‬
After He had given you

victory over them ٠[48:24}

(claws, nails (fl. p.) ‫ظفرؤ‬
(of the finger), talon.

‫ظذئ‬
(sing)

‫حأيحفىنخلني‬٠‫ومق اتبغقتأدوب تر‬

And unto those who are
Jews We forbade every
animal with claws. [6:1461

lZZZE
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (assim.)
("remained (1)
‫ظل‬

)‫ظيظلظألقظلزأل(ف‬
to be, to become, to grow into,

‫★ دع ن‬
(marching, ‫لون‬.( ‫ظعن‬
departing

)‫ظن تظتن ظنًاو تظنًا(ف‬

to march, travel, to depart

‫رجطلهمتن جدراآلنعامبييتاتتخثرته‬
‫يؤمظعنك‬
And He appointed for you,
from the skins of the cattle,
houses which ye find light
on the day of your depar-
ting (/.e., tha day of your
moving from one place
to another). {16:80‫؛‬

٠‫ظفر‬
(perf. 3 p. m. ring.) (٠* ‫آظقر‬
<~made victor
 ‫إعشارًا آظقر‬
V، to give
victory, to make victor

٣٧٩

379

‫ذدل‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QI,RAN

‫ظلل‬

‫تلينانسلتأريحًافرآةمضفرئظتوا‬
‫ يكثرزن‬:‫ءزبتي‬
And If We send a wind and
they see it yellow, they
would after that certainly
continue to disbelieve.

130:511

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you continue
‫ظتم‬

‫فطلتمتهمروت‬
You would continue lamen-
ting (or wondering).[56:65]

(imperf. 3 p. f. plu.)
they become•
‫يظللن‬

‫ت‬،‫هـلذئروا‬،‫ينئيحنيالئخب‬
If He will. He stills the wind
so that they become moti-
onless. [42:331

(imperf. kt. p. phi.)

we continue/remain
‫تظل‬

‫نظن لماكنين‬
So we shall remain devoted
to them. 126:711

(perf. hr p. plu.) ii ‫فللدا‬

 <we overshadowed

‫ تآظإظ‬،‫ظلل تخيًال ؛‬
to overshadow

‫الظل‬shadow,
،‫ ظ‬.nom ‫( ظأ‬.(n.) (ace
shade >

plu(■( ‫ظول‬،‫فلآل‬،‫آظآلل‬

(with a rollowing imperfect or

active participle or ‫على‬

means, to continue, to do
something, to go on doing
something, preserve some-
thing)

1 ‫ئنتجظئتء؛‬
His face remaineth darkened.

116:581

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)

١‫س‬ become (2)

‫فطلت آعتائهلمًاخضي‬
So their necks would become
submissive to it. 26:4‫]؛‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing. ١

thou hast remained

( ‫ظينتتلي‬).p.m
is modified form of
2

‫رأتلزلالرلوكالنىظلتع‬
And look upon thy god of
which thou hast remained
a votary. (20:97,

(.perf. 3 p.m. plu.١

they remained, they kept

‫نظلزانيو يغرين‬
Then they kept mounting
through it. 115:141
 (perf. 3 p.m. plu.١
they would continue

‫ظئت‬
‫ظق‬

١‫ؤ‬

‫لظلزا‬

٢٨٠

VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN . ‫ظلل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ظتلؤا‬

they wronged or they did

wrong

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.)

you wronged or you
‫ظتثم‬
did wrong

(perf. 1st p. plu.)

we wronged or we did/
‫ظتت‬
committed wrong

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يظم‬

*wrongs or doe th wrong

(el. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫لظل‬

-was to (do) wrong ‫لظل‬
‫فسأكان المهليضيمهض‬
Allah was not one to wrong
them. [9:70)

٠‫م‬٠٠‫ي‬
(juss.3 p.f. sing.)
‫ظل‬
meta, stinted not
‫دعي|ئةيذئذىيزيعىج‬
Each of the two gardens
brought forth its produce
 and stinted rot aught
thereof. )18:33)

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)
they wronged
‫يظنزن‬

‫امأظلوتأرلكنكاؤًاآنفم يظيلقى‬
And they wronged not 5 but ‫ال‬
themselves they were wont
to wrong. (7:160)

(Sometimes, as the context

governs, ‫ يظيرن‬has been

Cshades (n.p.) ‫طلآل‬
(sing ) ‫ظل‬

that which shades, (n.)

shade, cloud giving
cover,
‫ظةء‬
‫العتي‬
cloud giving (n.p.) ‫ظتل‬
shade, shadows

(sing.) ‫< هلة‬

‫د‬
(act. pic.)
shading
‫ ظيل‬acc. ‫غانًال‬

*‫ظلم‬

‫ و ذاج‬p.m. sing.) ‫ظل‬

< —wronged(!) ٠

) ‫ج' مر ظآل ت تظكة ( ض‬

to do wrong or evil, to
wrong, to treat unjustly,
ill-treat, oppress, harm,
suppress, tyrannise

‫ومنينلذلكنتظمنثة‬
And whoever does this, in-
deed he wrongs his own

soul. (2:231 ‫ا‬

Note: This verb is one of
 the frequently used word
in the Holy Quran. Al-
most all translators of the
Holy Quran into English
have rendered this verb
as to do wrong or ،0
wrong.

(perb. 1st. p. singh.)

I wronged or I did wrong
‫ظتست‬
٣٨١

381

‫ظل‬

VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN

‫طل‬

mosques of Allah, that

His name be mentioned
therein. [2:1141

‫ أظم‬iv ‫مبم‬،٧٦‫؛ و‬٠٦٠ :‫رم‬

<itbecomethdark ۶
to become iv ‫أظك إظآلمًا‬
dark, to enter upon the
darkness

(Learner should note

with damma on the final
‫ أظة‬,
‫األ‬١‫آع‬, ٠١‫ لمأة ع‬elathe case
meaning more or much
unjust, more than others
in wrong-doing etc. while

‫آظة‬ isperf, 3p.m. ring, iv

and means ،to be or be*
come dark'.)

wrongdoing acc. ‫ ظًال‬nom.

‫ لظام‬،‫ظم‬. ).pic. m. sing .)‫اله‬
a/the wrongdoer ‫ا‬
(pact. pic. f, sing.)
wrongdoer
‫غآلآل‬
 (the feminc form has been
used the H.Q. for worship
or communities l. as
adjective of a plural).

‫الظالؤن‬،‫ ظلمزن‬.nom
‫ اهلهًا‬، ،‫ ظللمؤ‬.acc ).p ٠"( those
who are wrongdoers

the wrongdoers of (n.d.,n. p.)

wrongdoers of ‫غال أتييز‬
their own souls

rendered as '،they dis*

believed.”)

‫فأرجكالنينخرزا‬
‫ه‬٠‫ىيلميتأةيا‬
Those are they who ruined
their souls because they
disbelieved in our signs.

17:91

(imperf• ‫د‬ p-m■ plu■}

you (do) wrong
‫تظيرن‬

(perate, neg, m. plu.) ‫آل ظلرا‬

(0 you) wrong not! ‫ر‬
(pp. 3 p.m. ring.) ‫ظا‬
‫بم‬ was wronged

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.)

they were wronged
‫ظنرا‬
١ ‫لظتة‬.s،ng ‫ي’ع و*؟ا‬٠!<

thou wast wronged

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يظلون‬

١‫ الخأل‬were wronged

they are not hall ‫آل يظترن‬

not be wronged

(pip. 3 pl m. plu.) ‫تظكرن‬

you are wronged, you
 shall be treated wrongly

you shall not be ‫آل تظكرن‬

treated wrongly

(ekuire. m. ring.) ‫أظا‬

more unjust ‘

‫رمنآظكيتنعتتيدالمي‬
‫ده‬
And, who is more unjust than
he who preventeth the

٣٨٢

382

VOCABULARY Of THI HOLY QURAN ‫علم‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) A.v. ‫تظًا‬

cthou thirst (or thou shall

thirst)

)‫ًا(س‬.]‫ظىيظمًاظتمًاوظ‬

to be thirsty

thirst (n.) ‫ظة‬

thirsty (act. participle) ‫الظآن‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) (assim)

'*'thought(!)

imagined, deemed

)‫> ظن يظت خ (ن‬

(1) to think, assume, deem

(2) to suspect or
assume

(3) to believe, know

(4) to conjecture
(according to Raghib ‫ظت‬
signifies to conjecture,
imagine, suspect and to be
sure of something in view
of one s observation. As
a general rule he points
out that often this verb is
succeeded by ‫ أن‬or
‫ أن‬that means to
be sure about, and in
certain places it means
to imagine, as

(ints.n.) acc. ‫ ظرًا‬nom.

great wrongdoer
‫ظلرم‬
doer (by habit or one who
opresser, wrong- (ints-n.)
is pleased to hurt others)
‫ظألم‬
‫ومارتكيظاليتلييي‬
And their Lord is not an
oppressor unto (His) bond"
men. [4:461

one who has done wrong

acc. (pic. pac. m. sing.‫ل‬
‫تظرًا‬
‫ئلثا‬٠٠‫وش؛تل‬
And whosoever is slain
wrongfully. We have sure-
ly given his next-of-kin
authority. 117:331

darknesses (n. p.) ‫ظآلي الظآلي‬

darkness (sing.) ‫< ظلة‬

dark(٥p-،/er. m. sing.)acc. ‫مظيمًا‬

(lit. that becomes dark)

‫ألثيث ئمحذجنمةلئأونالليئئؤآل‬

Their faces were overcast

with pieces of night pitch-
dark. 110:27‫ا‬

(ap-der. m. phi.) ‫مظبرن‬

55 darkend

‫كاةمايةئئهج‬
‫فأذاه تمظبون‬

And a sign unto them is the

night We draw off the day
therefrom, and ‫ ! مًا‬they
are darkened. 136:371

٣٨٣

383

‫ط‬

VOCABULARY of THE HOLY QURAN

‫ن‬

‫ظ‬

‫ز‬٠٠‫زه؛ ح‬
And they imagined that it
was going to fall on them.

‫؟‬٦٦١٦١١
they realized (2)

‫وظراآنالملجايياشلديو‬
And they knew (or realized)
that their was no refuge
from Allah except unto
Him. [9:118,

they suspected (3)

(they were in doubt)

And they suspected as ye

did that Allah will not
raise anyone. [72:7,
(per/. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ظم‬

‫فم‬
ye thought(!)
‫رللكرككرالننكثربرتع‬
And that thought of yours
that ye formed (thought)
 concerning your Lord. ,
141:231

you assumed (2)

‫بنظتترآنلنينعلباكربزه‬
‫و المؤينوتاآلهايوحآينا‬
Yea! ye assumed that the
Messenger and the belie-
ver‫ ؛‬would never return
to their households.

’ [48:12,

‫ةاافئبلذآلجئوعج‬
‫انلن تشير عيه‬
And Dh-u!-Nun when he
went away in wrath and
he thought that We would
not straiten him ,21:87,
believed, knew, (2)
understood

‫وطنداؤدآئمافتة‬
And 'Dawud understood (or
knew) We had tried him.

13 8:24)

‫قظتآتةلفراف‬
And he believed that it is the

time of parting. ٢75:281

assumed (3)

‫لكةىنًانتنيحور‬
Verily he assumed that he
would not be back.

184:141

(perf. 1st p.m. sing.)

I was sure
‫ظني‬

‫إيكنعآتمنتجكية‬
 Verily I was sure I should be
a meeter of my reckoning.

069:201

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) ‫ظ‬

the twain thought

(perf.‫و‬ p.m. plu.)

they imagined (1)
‫ظرا‬
384

٣٨٤

VOCABULARY Of TH« MOLY QURAN ‫ظن ن‬

they entertained (3)

wrong thoughts

‫ذئةذ‬٠‫ئلئئة‬
‫يلئثتألرفيالحتظتالجأهية‬
While another party con-
cerned about themselves
entertained about All**'
wrong thoughts unjustly,
the thought of *Jahiliyah*.

13:154]

)‫ ده؛ جاحكة‬٠ ‫ ج‬see(

(imperf. 2 p.m plu. ١ ‫تظنرن‬
you entertain wrong thoughts

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ‫تظن‬

we deem

‫ ظئ‬.nom ‫ الظن‬4 ‫ظج‬.acc).n(

thinking (1)

‫ومآظنالنيتيغترزتعالللهالكنت‬
And what is thinking of
those who forge lies aga-
inst Allah? 110:60]
 conjecture (2)

‫أل يغنيتالحقثيئا‬
And most of them follow
not but conjecture, surely
conjecture avails not aught
against the truth. 110:36]

(diverse) thought (n. p.) ‫الظرن‬

(act. pic. m. phi.) ‫الظانين‬
entertainers of evil thoughts

٣٨٥
‫لم‬perf. hi p. p
we thought (1)
١u.١ ‫ظتتا‬

‫كأظنئاننتثتاإلئنييتاللمركني‬
And we thought that human-
5
kind and jinn would
never forge against Allah
a lie. [72:5]

we knew (2)

|٠‫ر‬
And we know that we cannot
frustrate Allah in the earth.

‫ا‬172:12
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
thinks
‫يظن‬

(،٠٢٨ 3 p.f. sing.) ‫تظن‬

'"'thinks

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫أظئ‬

1 think

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يظظزن‬

they know
 (they believe, (1
n
‫ل‬
Who know (believe in) that
they will meet their Lord.

12:461

‫آلةةقبلكثتج‬٢‫^أهق‬۶‫ت‬
And some of them are untet-
tered ones who know not
the Book but only (from)
hearsay, and they do but
conjucture. [2:78]

385

t
VOCABULARY o* TH■ HOLY QURAN

‫ظ‬

they know (3)

‫إنمعانيظمرزاعيلريجمرلفر‬
Verily they, if they come to
know of you, would stone
you. [18:20,

(juss. 5 p.m. p‫؛‬u.1١ ‫يظرزا‬

they knew not

‫بجلشئقرريتة‬٠‫ًاوالجدذيىآقيت‬

Or children who know naught

of women's nakedness.

124:311

(perf.
<they 3hep.!ped,
m. plu.) Hi
support‫ظهرزا‬
‫ظهر مظاعر‬: ,to help
support others (in the
sense of collaboration), to
back, or support enemies
 ‫ميلم‬-‫ئوإتلىل‬٠‫وغل‬

And helped {others) in dri-

ving you out. 160:91

(juss. ‫ ن‬p.m, plu.) 1 ‫يظيرزا‬

they did not back up

against ss

‫بولي‬٢٠‫ غدقد‬٠‫يئ‬٠‫لئدالي‬
٠٠٠

Except those of polytheists

with whom you covenanted
and they have not ailed
you in aught, nor have
they backed up any one
against you. [9:41

‫ليثيثا‬

‫>\ة؛‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ظر‬
concealed)open (opp. secret,

)‫لمدتظكدكؤرآزف‬

to appear, become distinct,

clear, open, to come out,
to ascend

‫مأظمرينهاومابطن‬
What is open and what is
concealed. 16:1511

‫و‬
they mount,(!) p.m. phi.)
(imperf.
they ascend
‫يظيرن‬
‫قمعلرجعليمايظمررت‬
And stairs whereby they
ascend. [43:33]

‫فأكالعاًانيظمروي‬
 Thus they were not able to
mount it. (18:97)

they get3upper
(imperf
hand
(2) acc.
p m. plu.) ‫يظيرزا‬
‫ىت'ولذةدرد!عؤيفقة‬
How (can there be any treaty
for them) when, if they
have the upper hand, they
respect not regarding you
(either) kinship or agree-

ment.
386
19:8 ‫ا‬
٣٨٦

٨٧‫د‬

،IIOOD IB uodn J٥٦U3 a

(jiduit/■ ٠ ‫ح‬n/tf •uid) ،.* ‫يو‬٢‫م؛‬

}،:‫{وا‬

٥J .iqj||9|tuaqj JO (|B 'SU٠"

Xeuj □H ٥ 1‫؛‬ ‫ساه‬uicaj٥A0

pUB ,)‫ ألذ‬jBqj ،uotSipj ,nj
aouppin? aqj qiiM J٥9UBS5

SI 1! SH oq٦‫ ةوال‬٨١ S,H ‫الزج‬

،٠|‫ًاكم‬٠‫ك‬٦‫?ج؛‬٩‫أيم‬
auioaJ-TAO

JO aXEUl <BIU١ nB‫؛‬٥a ٠٦

(3|• ٢ M (*Buis Ul d ‫يمبآر‬

‫ا‬٩‫آ‬٠١
puE| aqi UI Uorjdnjjoa•
jBaddB OJ asnca Xbui aq
JO u0i9i|aj JnoX a9uBq٥
 IJ٥A)٠١ Xbui aq ,Bqj JB3J i

‫د!؛‬٢۴‫صوئ‬ ‫؛‬
np
٠‫ ؛‬٠?‫ك‬٦‫بآ‬
ss JBadds

)‫ح‬٤( ٥٦ ‫ده‬

9‫ح‬:٤٤1

guoXuB ojun uaasun SIR•

٥١ip api uaas|o‫؟‬JOU q١a

٥H -un aqj 00 JSMOU}{ aqj SI

uoou JO

‫ )زه‬atilt, aqj uodn jaitia OJ

(٤) ٥ ٥٦1«UJ atuoajaAO ss

(‫ )ح‬jBaddB OJ asnua OJ

‫أ بص‬٩٠١٢‫لي إه إ‬٠1‫(ًا) [<) بةد‬

uijojuiru‫؟‬، Dqjasopsip)

‫ ميز‬41 ) ‫■الال ءاالك‬،/ ٢ ■pMitUl(

٤8٤

‫ [و ا‬٦‫ اآاس‬OJ ‫!ل‬

0 JO‫ ل‬Bq qBiiv‫ ؟‬pawpsip

pasudds qB||v puy ٩,-ajaqt UJ

٢‫ل‬٩‫'جحح‬
41 pasijddB~ ‫تبح‬،

It»;،■،■] sjaqioui (|B٥J) JnoX

٥٩ sjaqjoiu JnoX SB 'F٩
٥X UJoqM sas 01 aiBiaap
٥H puy -nods JnoX JOU ape LU

Z, ajBpap aX,.JB٩

٣41 ■fiadtui) 1.',' (' ld.

n
 ■(sjqSu |B9n٢uoo

٩B٦٩3٠٥J|!aqj JO juauiqs

ajojaq uoiiBidxa UB 33JBUI

OJ asea E qans IU pUEq
-Snq B JOJ Xjnssaaau apBUJ
٥i٩EUjn٦aj-u٠u B ٠a٥jo٨ip
SB UIJOJ siqi SuiZjuSaaat
OB١|٩' aqi iqM unjn٦|٥. JOU
UIOJJ P٥A ‫ب‬٢ Sujunatu
*pjo ٩‫ب‬١‫ ء‬-,jap ،! JEqiz
٥qi "jaqjotu Xuijo X٥F٩
,aqj SB aiu OJ JJB noqi
٥qj OJ 3u,Xbs puuq ٥,,٠١١"
-snq aqi *UBtuoM B Suia
(-JOAIP JO UIJOJ p;o UB ،JEq,z

jaqioiu Jiaqj iou1‫ح‬:8‫؟ ل؛‬

JEq,z, 9u,JEj3٥p.٠ ,aJE Xaq
Xq s٥A,* Jiaqi Xb*b ind
oqm noX Suoiub asoqj OJ sy

?‫كجة؛ ضل‬
٠٠‫جس*ةلل‬
■JEqtz Sutatnouotd Xq

S٥AI٠W jpqi Xn١١B ,nJ Xaqi

‫؛لم ؟"؛؛’؟ن‬.' >’"/،/ '"،"‫ل‬،, ‫(لسىمرت‬

٢
NvunS AT OH 1UL io ASSTjoavaoA

T
VOCARULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN ‫عهر‬
excellent names of God.)

«‫يآلئل;االخت‬
He is the First and the Last
and the Outward and the
Inward. ،57:31

‫ ظار‬.nom ‫ ظيرًا‬.acc
 (act. pic. m. sing. ١
outward (1)

‫آفتنؤبمااليغكر‬
‫زنمئبرسالئذلي‬٢‫فاآلذهي‬
Would ye inform Him that
of which He knoweth not
on the earth or is it by
way of outward saying ?

113:331

outwardness, (2)
open (outside)

And avoid open sins and

secret ones. 16:1201

appearance (3)

‫يلمونكألهراتنالحيوةالدتيًا‬
They know some appearance
of the life of the world.

130:71

outer side (4)

‫بالمثؤفيوالرختهدكالمرئينقيوالعن‬
The inner side whereof con-
taineth mercy, while the
outer side thereof is to-
ward the doom. ،57:131

388

‫ولهاحمدفاكترتواآليضوعتا‬
‫آحين تظهروت‬
And His is all praise in the
heavens and the earth!
and at the sun's decline
and when ye enter the

noon. 130:18 ‫ا‬

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) V،' ‫تظاعرا‬
<the twain support
 each other

‫ تظامزتمتأهرأ اء‬to support

each other against 55

‫قألزايخليتظمرا‬
they said : two magics sup-
porting each other, (i.e.
two magicians) (28:48)

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) vii ‫عال مرون‬

ye support each other against

(one ‫ ت‬is dropped in ( ‫تظظهرقت‬
‫حوة‬٠‫يبملك‬١‫ يثيئيي‬١‫وغزخقصئ‬
‫عيوراتاكمولصتور‬
And drive out a party of you
from their homes and
support each other against
them with guilt and ini-
quity. (2:851

back (n.) ‫ظتر‬

backs (n.p.) ‫ظرر‬

)٠٠( ‫ظر‬

the outward (n.) ‫الظاير‬

opp. ‫ فيدي‬inward (one of the
٣٨٨
‫ظ‬
VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
(act. 2 pic. m٠ sing ‫ظهير د‬
helper, one who backs up,
supporter

aider against ss - ‫عل‬

‫واتالكاثرعلديهظويرا‬
 And the disbeliever is ever
,an aider against his Lord
25:551]

‫الظير‬، (.„) the heat of noon

‫وجيبتكاوكيبمتي اللهيرة‬

And when you put off your

clothes for the heat of
noon. [24:581

behind the back ‫فلأل‬

‫واغذلئرهوتأءكرطمريأ‬
And you put Him behind
you on backside. 11:92‫)؛‬

(The phrase means : you

have neglected Him as a
thing cast behind your
backs.)

(act. pic. m. phi.) acc. ‫ظهرين‬

masters, those who are upper-

most

‫يقوولكرالملكاليؤرظمرينفاألمض‬
0 my people, yours is the
kingdom this day being
masters (uppermost) in
the land. 40:29‫)؛‬

‫ظا‬
(act, pic. f. sing.) acc. 7
outwardly (2)

‫راتيععيعننسهكألهرئياطنة‬
And He granted to you His
favours compete outward*

ly and inwardly. 13 1:20 ‫ز‬

appeared, (2)
easy to be seen

٢‫عتى بئىكجحأؤج‬١‫جم ;تحئ‬.‫تتتتثآ‬

And We made between them
 and the towns which We
had blessed, other towns
easy to be seen. 134:181

***

٣٨٩

389

‫كتاب العين‬

‫★ عبث‬
<you sport
(imperf. ‫تبئرن‬
2 p.m. plu.)

)‫عبت يغبن قبثًا (س‬

to play, sport in a fnvolous
manner

‫آنىخن؛؛فييئاباعةينمفة‬

Do you build on every height

a monument—you (only)
sport (i. e. as a mark
indicative of splendour
and commemorating deeds
of valiance). (26:128)

occurred
Note ‫تعتثرن‬
: Theasverb
hal. acc. to

mean: ٠....
vanity. you do. in

in vain,
(Ml)
390
‫عف‬
acc.to sport, jest

‫ ع د و‬see (prop, n.) ‫عاذ‬

‫ عود‬see (a verb) ‫عات‬

‫ عم‬see (year) '?t

‫ع ردط‬
 (imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.v.)

- ٢٠٢
< -cares

)‫عتأتجأعأ(ف‬
to care for, to be solicitous

‫عنمايتتاكرتتنوال(*ؤ‬
Say : my Lord care th not for
youwcrt it not for your
?TO .٠ ?Sa ‫ًا عالأآأل‬. ‫عأال‬.١
Lord would not concern
himself with you but for

your prayer <[25:77)< ‫م‬،‫ء‬

٣٩٠ ‫ع‬

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع‬

(per1 ,‫؛‬st p. plu. ) ‫عتذنا‬

we worshipped

‫|آلئلمئكاجم‬٢
And they said: Had the
Compassionate willed we
should not have worsip-
ped them. [43:20]

-«-worships
[imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫عد‬
they worshipped
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يندزن‬
(imperf 3 p.m. plu. ef.)
they should/in order to/
‫ليعبدوا‬
that they may/worship

that they n.d.

worship them (f.)
،‫أن تتدر‬
 (or in order to. that
they should (el, com.)
they! worship me
‫لعدون‬

form of ‫نفي‬٠‫ي‬
Note: the final

nal and not a

of pronomi-
phi.
is a short

‫دماخلقطالجنواإلئاالليعبدرن‬
And I have not created the
jinn and mankind but that
they should worship Me.

[51:56]

thou worship
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تنبد‬
(imperf 2 p. m. plu.)
you worship
‫تبكون‬
you shall not
prefixed)
‫آلتيدرن‬
‫آل‬
worship (i.e., negative is

‫آقحيرتطائمًاخلععرعيئ‬
Deem ye ،ha: We have crea-
ted you in vain ? (23:1 ] 5]

★ ‫ع بالد‬

‫ع ب دي‬

‫و‬
‫الب‬
(perf. ‫مد‬ p. m. sing.)
worshipped

‫عبادة‬ ‫يبد‬
‫ؤ ىزدة و عبرؤ‬ ‫قتد‬
worship, aaore, venerate
( ,to serve

(Meta, to obey)

‫آكزآغمنيلريبفادم‬
‫اتتيظن‬ ‫آنال تبدوا‬
Enjoined I not on you, 0 ye
children of Adam, that ye
 shall not worship (i.e.,
obey the commands of)

Satan? [36:60]

-‫;يتجأتادقذدت‬
He made some of them
apes and swine, and (those
who) worshipped the devil.

[5:60]

Note : the word ‫عد‬

ording to the majority of
the commentators, is a
acc-

plural noun, i.e., plural of

‫كامن‬
the ver« means: He
worshipper. Thus
made some of them opes
and swine and worship-
pers of the devil.

you worshipped
(perf. 2 p. m. phi.) ‫عبذم‬
٣٩١

391

‫عبد‬ VOCABULAIY o, TRI HOLY QUIAN ‫عبد‬

bond man opp. a free

man (،.e. owned by a
human being)

‫ولهدءفصجحيقنطيرك‬
A believing bondman is bet-
ter than an infidel (who
ascribes divinity to any-
thing besides God).

12:2211
a servant, a (2)
bondman or a slave poss-
essed and governed by
Allah. Thus all human
beings are Allah's bond-
 men and bondwomen.

Thus when this word is used

in the Quran in relation
to Allah it applies on
those who willingly sub-
mit themselves to Allah
and obey His commands
that come down to them
through His Prophets.

compare ٠

‫يالمًالنياملجاكيعيةرالقسلكخك‬
١‫ةكد‬٦‫ًالئزحتاتش‬
o yau who believe ! Just re-
tribution is ordained (or
prescribed) for you in case
of killing : the free for
the free, and ‫ عاء‬salve for
the slave. 12:1781

‫تنييتالييحآنيقكعبنأقلو‬
The Messiah never did scorn
to be Allah's bondman.

14:11721

‫س‬١
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.}
‫ ا‬worship
that ‫ ا‬may ace. ‫آن أعد‬
worship

(imperf. 1st p. plu.)

we worship ‫نبد‬
(perate m. sing.) ‫انثن‬
(thou) worship !

(perate. m. phi.)
(you) worship ! ‫اغدنا‬

(you) worship me (com.) ‫ابدو ف‬

(you) worship me (com.) - ‫اغبدون‬
(perale. neg. m. sing.)
(thou) worship not ’ ‫غتت‬ ‫آل‬
 (perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تعدوا‬
you worship not !

‫يبدزن‬
they are topip m. plu ‫(ادو‬
be).worshipped

‫لبحكاين"ونالرحلرالمةيندنج‬
Have We appointed gods
beside the Compossionate
to be worshipped. (43:451

(per/.
< thou2 enslaved
p.m. sing.) ii ‫عتدت‬
‫ تد يبد تتندًا‬a
to enslave, subjugate, to make

(a road) possible for traffic,

to make serviceable, cnth-
rail

‫لبد‬،‫بد‬،‫) عند‬.n. nom(

‫لمآ‬٠‫) م‬.ace( ‫) غبن‬.gen(
a slave or a (‫)ا‬
3 92

٣٩٣

VOCABULARY OR THI HOLY QURAN

‫عج د‬
‫مفبخةن‬٦‫?قتةاذجةقتو‬
Assuredly in their stories is
a lesson for men of under-

‫اغتبرزا]ال‬
stand, g. [12:,
you take
(prate, m.aphi.)
lesson
viii !

< ‫اتتبر اغتيارًا‬

consider, take into account
to viii
observe cerefully, have re-
gard to
‫ئاغتيرقا يأطأآلبصار‬
So learn a lesson 0 ye en-
dued with insight. [59:21

٠ ‫ى‬٠‫عب‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ ‫عبي‬

‫>د‬ frowned

‫(جت يغعبؤا(ض‬
to frown, look sternly, austere

‫عبرتولى‬
He frowned and turned
away. [80:11

austere, grim, stern (n.)

Verily we dread from our
‫غبو س‬
Lord a Day grim and dis-

tressful. [7 ٥: J0J

‫عبقر‬
lit.
< carpets
fine, of (n.) ‫عبقرع‬
finest quality,

١٣

(n.p.) acc.
bondmen

of Allah

two ١‫هدآل‬- (n. dual.١ acc. ‫عدن‬

men (ofAflah)

‫ عًادًا‬،‫عياد‬
‫ فكت‬،‫أياد‬
‫ألتدن‬ .acc ‫ألعادزن‬
(act. pic‫؟‬m. phi.)
.nom

worshippers

(act. pic. f. plu.) ٠‫تسئ‬

 worshipper women I

‫عاث‬
worship (». n.)

(imperf. ‫مدذق‬
you interpret
2 p.m. plu.)

‫م يعبر غزًا ت عبارة‬

to state clearly, to interpret

‫لنلمنملئرياتبلةن‬
If ye can interpret dreams.

112:431

‫عارئ > عارن‬

(act. pic. m. phi.) .acc.. n. d

those who cross

)‫زمًاتربورًا(ن‬۴
to cross (a bridge or way)
to pass

،‫بيهـ‬٦‫خئخذ‬
Except (in case of) paying
(crossing) the way. [4:431

aadmonition
lesson by (n.) *‫غر‬
which one can
take warning or example

393

‫عتق‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع‬

And if they solicit God s fa-

vour they shall not be re-
garded with favour (Rod.,
Sale.). If they petition their
Lord to cancel their com-
pact, or to restore them
to the world. He will not

do so i.e.. He ‫ اازه‬not
 restore them to the world:
knowing that, if they were
restored, they would re-
turn to that which they
have been forbidden to do.

(Qri)

★ ‫عته‬

‫اعتدن‬
(perf. ‫ ن‬p. f. sing.١١٢‫أا‬ ‫أعتدت‬

‫>الح‬ ‫آعد إعادًا‬

got ready, prepared
to get ready, viii
prepare

)‫» عتد يغتد عتادًا (ن‬

to be ready

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) viii

we have prepared

(pact. 2 pic. m. sing.)

ready

‫رقللقرية لهذامالدعتيد‬
And his companion will say :
(ft،, said) this is that which is

with me ready. [50:23,

‫★ عتق‬

(art. 2 pic. m. sing,) ‫تق‬

(ancient

394

chief,
pet a kind ٠٢ ric:, car-

‫تعث‬-
‫ يتتتيتبوا‬f.d. X .
 (imptrf. 5 p.m. plu.)

(they seek pleasure of

‫انتغتب انتغتاًا‬
favour, pleasure seek,
of X t ٥
)‫ن‬،‫» عتب يتب عتبًارعتابا(ض‬
to blame

(3 p. m. plu.١ pip. X ‫يستعتبؤن‬

they will be (or they are)

given leave to seek plea-

sure of

‫يذتبنًااتنتعاليييظكوامعيرتم‬
‫ميكتغتبوك‬
On that day the excusing of
6
themselves will not profit
those who did wrong nor
shall they be allowed to
please (Allah). [10:57,
(pic. pact. m. phi.١acc. ‫شتبيت *آ‬

(they are allowed to seek

pleasure

to regard iv ‫أعتت اغتوًا‬

with favour, to show
favour to

‫قانيتغتبوا فمامخرتتالمغتين‬
And if they seek to please
(Allah) they will not be
of those who are allowed
to please Allah (Jid.)

(41:24]

٣٩٤
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عتق‬

‫وغتنرعتاكيرا‬
they have exceeded (the
 bounds) with excess great.

]25:21]

‫عتوي‬
‫بللجوافغثقةئفور‬
disdain (2) nom.

Aye they persisted in disdain

‫ز‬
and aversion. 167:21

(degree)
‫عي‬
extreme (1) acc. (fl.)

‫ؤقنبلغتينالكبرعتيًا‬
1 have reached an age of an
extreme (degree) 119:81

most in excess (2)

‫مآثدعل الرثنيءئ‬5

Whichever of them against

the Compassionate were

‫ز‬
most in excess. 119:69

* ‫عثر‬
‫ج م‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) pp.
is stumbled
‫ن‬،‫(م ;نر خزًا ت عورًا (ض‬

to stumble, ‫عال‬-

to become aquaintcd with,

to light upon.

we cause
(perf. ‫أيذزأ‬
to plu.)
1st. p. light hupon

< ‫أم أمارًا‬

to cause to light upon
V،

٣٩٥

)‫عقيققعتاقة(ن‬
to become old, to remain in
a good condition
 ‫ويوويألييالصتيق‬
And let them circumambu-
tate the ancient House.
(22:29]

‫ نى‬٠ ‫ع‬٩ ★

‫اغيلوا‬
(you) drag!
(perate. m. plu.)

)‫ن‬،‫عتليثتلوعأل(ض‬
to drag, push violently

1 ٠٦‫لمنىتغ‬،‫ير‬٠١‫ت‬
Lay hold of him and drag

‫عط‬
flaming fire. 44:47‫]؛‬
him unto the midst of

‫كلئا‬
violent, rude (fl.)

‫عتغ‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) »*.V.
-res passed

)‫>عتايتزمعترآ(ن‬
to be proud, rebellious.

decrepit,

to disdain, to exceed a boun-

dry in rebellious way

‫و‬
they exceeded
(perf. p.m. phi.) w.r. ‫عتزا‬
exceeding (I) acc. r.n.
(the boundry)
‫عترآ‬
395

96C

‫آللم‬
 ‫‪ U‬لال ‪3٦ ٨٨B3A٠J B oiun‬‬

‫سادال! ‪JB٩[ ٠ ٠٩[ ot‬‬

‫‪j٠pa٥M JO J3JJEIU , ,! IBM-‬‬

‫ب‪ً٠‬ااييئإ؟آل‪٠‬لم‬

‫‪( (uaauapUQM‬ح) (د‪-‬ال■) هدد’ لخف‬

‫■‪SuiXrs‬‬ ‫ا‪:٤‬ئ[‬

‫(الدال لًالةل‪٨‬د][‪00‬ة ‪( S,‬الد‬

‫'‪AJBUI noqi ispinoqs pay,,‬‬

‫ب‪#‬جخئ‪١‬يهئ?ا؛‬

‫‪ ٥ tuou‬ل ا) (‪٠٠١JBiu||sn)4٣‬‬

‫[‪£:،‬؛)‬ ‫‪،‬لال ‪no،‬‬

‫ل؛ه‪٩‬د؟ ‪[ PUB‬الدال ‪٠jp،t|]٩3‬‬

‫أ‪3‬ا اله[ «االدل ‪OJ3‬دد [الدال‬

‫ب‪ً٠‬اًاإيجكبم؛ياجج‪٢‬ز?ت‬

‫‪BIUB‬ال‪131 32 10‬‬

‫"‪Z BIUB‬اله! ‪~p,no٩s 3‬‬

‫عآله» ■‪ ■١ Jd‬ع‪padun‬‬
‫ل‪،‬لال يأئل‪ ٠‬مبح‬
‫ًا ل ل‪ -‬؟االه آل ‪»٦١‬ج‪٦‬‬

‫‪ JOJ : ٠[)٠N‬لألآلة| [‪3٨ ٠٩‬ل‪٩‬‬

‫‪(t‬؛‪٢9l‬‬

‫‪ ■no، 3SE3،d s٠jn٥y‬االدال‬

‫‪ puy‬الال (‪( ISW noy‬الدلال‬

‫‪٠٦٢٣‬بآل‪٩٠‬را؟‪٢‬‬
‫‪_'j٠P,sj٩٥‬‬

‫‪ً •p3dw١١‬ا ‪ ٠٧‬ل ؟االة ب ‪ *١‬ببت‬

‫‪s٦٩٥‬؛‪pp‬‬

‫‪١‬؛‪ً pad,u‬ا الال ؟‪,‬الأل’) ا‪ ٨‬خةة‬

‫‪') j)|p٥SB٠‬رر\‬
 ‫‪١‬ل‪ ٠‬الًا »‬
‫الال؛‪١‬آلبأ‪٠ ،‬م‪٢‬إ\‬

‫‪!1٠۴‬ة‪٩‬ا‬

‫أال ‪ -٠sR3|d‬اه ‪٩٦‬فأ بقإ‬

‫‪<d<-v)p٠tB٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬إ‬ ‫‪ ) Sun‬إ‪4‬‬ ‫رهوتر‪ ) -‬ى'«’‬

‫‪ ٩ F PAJBUJ‬رام‪(no‬‬

‫‪ ■)JJHiUit‬تم ى‪"-‬ر‪.'، -.‬اله‪-‬م حبيلي‬

‫‪،ISAJEUJ no‬‬

‫‪١‬؛لدال ح الس‪ Vnjd -‬؟ئع‬

‫ال اال‪ JSAJBUJ 00‬ذخ‪ :‬؟ًا‬
‫‪[3AJBU! no٩,‬‬

‫‪١‬؛سسدال ح ع‪-‬ااا‪ ٠‬الال‪ 3‬لم ‪ ssnf‬؟عخج‬

‫‪ no،‬سلددا] ‪p٠‬‬

‫بييغ )‪>١njd"W-d-‬؛‪-‬؟‪iad‬‬
‫‪,3dAJBUI no٩||p٥‬‬

‫(‪٧٤ -pad‬س الالؤاه ‪٠٧٦١‬‬

‫‪•-‬م’؟ [‪ E j٠pU0M‬اال‬

‫‪UOJSB p٠٩- iub 3٩:P z‬‬ ‫‪٠١‬‬

‫‪٩‬د *‪[SAJEIU *J٠pu٥w O,‬‬

‫(حم)‪١‬خ بلج بخ ن‬
‫الد ة ‪(٠‬‬ ‫‪AJ0Ul||p3‬‬
‫(‪ً -pad‬ا ‪4‬س ‪ > n|d‬ابمن‬

‫ب ب آل آل‬
‫[حذ‪ً09‬ا‬ ‫(!الال‪-‬‬

‫‪، ds ٥U,PE٠ dnjjoo-‬دةال‪٩ ٩‬‬

‫‪PB )OU op puy uo A|p3pi١١‬‬

‫?ر‪٦‬آ‪١٢‬ثما؟ذًا‪.‬ا‪٢‬اابًائ‪١‬كل‬

‫ل‪::‬ا‪٠‬ل (م‪٠٠‬م)‪.١‬ج‪٢‬‬
 ‫ أكز تمو آلم‬٢ ‫ دم‬:‫خه ص‬

op ‫ [الال‬IE ٦.dndjn(|١

‫ا‬١ ‫ب‬٠١ )"‫ا‬٣٠٥٥٣٠/"٧(

LLd
‫د آل‬٠ ; Nvanb A٦OH 3H.L JO AuvinavooA ،٦٠

‫عج‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عج‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi,)

they frustrate
‫ينجزون‬

to frustrate, ‫أمجر إنجآزآ‬

to make powerless, to
make (one) incapable

(imperf, 3 p.m.
can frustrate
٠١ ell ‫ليعجز‬

"‫رمًا تاتاشايعجزه ين‬

And Allah is not such that
anythingcan frustrate Him.

[35:44]

٠
litt:(apder.f.sing)iv
frustater ‫ج‬
meta: a miracle
the word is often
used to refer to

sublimity٠:
the in ij‫؟‬i of the
ab!e

Quran
a livingas it ‫ن‬.‫؟‬
Miracle

(imperf. 1st p. ph* ١ ‫نعجز‬

we shall not (neg. ‫آن كج‬
(and can not) frustrate
 ‫مجرز‬ an old (women)
(who has passed child

bearing age)

‫قالتيريآقآادرآتأجوي‬
She said: o wonder! shall I
bring forth when I am old.

wonder (3)

‫كاثؤايناييتا*با‬
wonder. 18:91
(They) were or Our signs ٠
‫ا‬ marvel (4)

‫رائخذتيلهفالبخرعجبا‬
And it took its way into the
sea—a marvel ! (1«:63]
wondrous (5)

‫إئأتيتاقزأناعيب‬
We have listened to aRecita-
tion wondrous! (72:1]

(Note: The word ‫غتآ‬does

not havcdifferent meanings
in above verses, only their
grammatical placing causes
it to be rendered in diffc-
rent imports of the word :
wondering, wondrous etc.)

wondrous (act. 2 pic.)

astounding (bits.) ‫عآب‬

(per1 .‫؛‬st p. sing. ١ ‫مزت‬

I become incapable

‫أ‬٠‫تحا‬٠‫هتًاذلؤمأر;يغ‬
 )‫و هزجبروًا (ضاش‬

to lack strength, to become

incapable, powerless

‫آلتلي‬٦‫تا‬٠‫به‬٠‫اعجزتآن أأيئ‬
Was I incapable of being like
this raven 1 (5:31]

٣٩٧

397

‫ل‬

‫عج‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عجز‬

)‫> تميغ ينجغ تجفًا (س‬

to be lean (animal)

‫* ع ج لى‬
(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫ك‬١‫ق‬

<1 hastened

)‫ى‬٠(‫ملجإؤققاللتمآل‬
to hasten

to hasten with S". ‫ب ؟‬-

to hasten against ss ‫غل‬
you
(Per hastened
f. 2 p.m. plu.)
(or) yoa anticipated
‫عتم‬
Have you anticipated the
command of your Lord.

17:1501
 Note: ٠‫بيبم‬
‫تقم‬ isheresynony*
mous with
(perate neg. m. sing.)
(thou) hasten not
LL)
‫ال تعجل‬
‫فالتغجنءليي‬
So hasten thou not against
them. (19:84[

‫أفاز‬ ‫لم‬:‫ةض‬.١ (n.p

(.drunks ‫مجز‬

the back side of a body,

trunk

VAp-der. m. plu.١ iii ‫ععاجزين‬

drustaters

to frustrate, ٥، ‫ءعاجز معاجزة‬

to make powerless

‫م‬Ap-der. m. sin‫؛؟‬.) iv ‫سغجز‬

frusta ter

(perate, m. plu.)
frustrates (1)
،٠ ‫عغجزن‬
‫الغذتهقيبئ'حنكرذاتذبجئفجآلذفن‬

Deem not those who dis-

believe able to frustrate
(Hispurpose)on the earth,

\1‫ه‬.‫ة‬٦١

those who escape (2)

‫لتماتزء"زنالت ماانت‬
5
Verity that which ye are
promised is sure to arrive,
and ye can not escape.
(Jid.) (you can not frus-
trate it.—Arb) [6:134‫ا‬

(as above (fl.،/.) ( ‫مغجزى‬

 ‫تئةئاارئزئتئئئجرىللؤ‬

And know that ye cannot

escape (or frustrate) Allah.

19:2‫ا‬

‫والتعجل يألترن‬
And hasenthee not with
the Quran. [20:114]

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) el. ‫ججل‬

that in order to make haste

٠‫عجنى‬1!

< very lean (ones), (fl. p.) ‫عًان‬

emaciated

(sing ) ‫ئ اهت‬
٩٨

398

‫ع‬

VOCABULARY o, THI HOLY Q.URAM

‫ل‬
‫عج‬

haste(».".) ‫عل‬
(act. pic. f. sing, n.) ،‫أصا‬
the quick-passing (wofJd)

ever hasty (acc. intr. n.) ‫مرًال‬

‫استنجال‬
hastening (*,".) X
‫ليجل‬،‫غأل‬،‫ يمل‬a/the calf

* ٣‫عج‬

<foreign (tongue) (‫اا‬.( ‫أنجيي‬

Htt. a Non-Arab or one who

has an impediment in
speech

‫ًاشاليئيذ?ثشلئيبآ‬٠٠‫ل‬
The tongue of him unto
whom they incline is
 foreign. [16:103)

(in) a foreign tongue acc. ‫آغييًا‬

foreigners (n. p٠) acc. ‫اقنجتت‬

(Non-Arabs)

*‫عده‬

‫ عت‬p.m. sing.) assim ‫و‬.perf)

counted،-")،

)‫عديكثعدًارعيد(ن‬

to count, number, reckon

‫قدخضمررعدحوعئا‬
Assuredly He comprehended
them a (full) counting.

[19:94]

(imperf. 2p.m. phi.) (assim)

you count

(perf.‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ii ‫لل‬

<'-*'hastened

‫بر مبع‬.as R.F

(perfect ‫ الل‬p. sing.) It

we hastened

(imperj 3 p.m. sing.) 11 ‫يتجل‬

"hasten

(perate. m. sing.) ii ‫ل‬

(thou) hasten !

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) hr ‫أنجل‬

< niade ss hasten

‫أبر إلجاأل‬ to make ss

hasten
 (perf. 3 p. m. sing.) r ‫تعجل‬

< hastened

‫ تهدئأل‬.٤T.*as

(perf. ‫ د‬p.m, plu.) X ‫اتتتم‬

you sought to be hastened

‫انتتجل انغجاًال‬ to seek ss

to be hastened also as RF

(imperf.‫ و‬p.m. sing.) X ‫يتنجل‬

~seeks ss ١٠ be uuteoto
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) X ‫يتتتجلزن‬

they seek ~ to hasten

(imperf. ‫ د‬p.m. plu.) X ‫تتتنجون‬

you seek ‫ رح‬to hasten

(perate. m. ‫ )د‬X ‫آلتتعجل‬

(thou) do not seek'*'to

hasten

(perate. m. phi.) X ‫آلتتتتيرا‬

(you) do not seek to

hasten

٣٩٩

399

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫عدد‬

number, counting (n ) ‫عدد‬

(some number (‫( )ر‬v.n.) ‫عدة‬
lit. counting, to count

‫ةنآيايكر‬٤‫فيت‬
(For him) the same number

of other days. [2:18 4]

 waiting period (2)

for a women after she is

divorced or becomes a wi-

ill""

‫رآحصواليتة‬
And count their waiting

۴\‫لهه‬ ‫آلخا‬٦\١
number, (3)

counting

‫تقآعلر إعتتهم‬
My Lord is best Knower of

their number. [18:22]

lentils (n.) ‫عدس‬

‫★ملل‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)
*«proportioned
‫عدل‬

)‫عدل يتيل عذًال ن عداةة (ض‬

to act justly

equitably, with fairness,

to proportion, f.e., to ad-
just properly as to rela-
tive magnitude

400

(imperf. 2p.m.plu.)(juss.) ‫تعدزا‬

you count

if you count ‫إن تعدوا‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تد‬
 we count

we used to ‫كن لتئ‬

count or reckon

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) assim ii ‫عتد‬

< ,counted

‫عتد تدمدًا‬ .as R F

(perf. 3 p.m. sing, )assim iv

‫ ؛اسأسيع‬٢‫ًا االهعة‬١٢‫ةجع‬٢‫ح‬٠‫ل‬
‫آعد‬

‫ آعد إعدادًا ل‬,to prepare

make reads'

assim. iv ‫آعدوا‬
(perf. ‫ ل‬p. m. plu )

they perpared

assim iv ‫أعتن‬
(pip, 3 p.f. sing.)

~is prepared

(perate. rtt. plu.) assim ،r ‫اعيدوا‬

(you) prepare - .‫ي‬

assim iv ‫تنتدون‬
(imperf. 2p. m. plu,١

< you count

‫اعتد اعتدادًا‬ ,as R.F

(to count)

(act. pic. m. phi.) assim.

those who count
‫ن‬5‫عا‬

(pic. pact. m. sing.)

counted (one)
‫معدزد‬
(pic. poet. f. ptu.) ‫ممدفدات‬

(counted (ones)

‫جللك‬-‫نتدرن ر‬

‫ع ني‬

VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN

‫نيل‬۴

Note: The verb ‫عدل‬

means to judge, act just-
ly and to equalize. When
followed by a proposition

‫بينم ب‬ it signifies
the meaning to equalize.

(imperf. ‫تعيزا‬
you act justly
2 p.m. phi.) fd.

‫اغيلؤا‬
(you) actm.
(perate. justly
plu.)

‫عدًال‬
compensation (1) (tn.)

‫أتل‬٣‫تالؤلىئل‬
Nor shall compensation bv
taken. (2:481

equity (2)

‫يتكربهذواءدلتنكة‬
Shall be judged by two men
of equity. 15:951

equivalent (3)

‫آزعذلذيكصيامأ‬
Or the equivalent thereof in
fasts. 15:951

justice (4)
‫ذكإوذ‬٠‫جبتشرىة‬،‫تذئئ‬
And perfected is the word
of thy Lord in veracity
and in justice. [6:115]

EZZJ
‫عذن‬
<everlasting (vjr.)

equality
to make an
things
‫ب‬٠ ‫بين‬-
between two

‫ألنىخلقكنظك نعدلك‬
Who created thee, then
moulded thee, then pro*
portioned thee. 782:71

(imperf. ١ ١ jwss.
3 p. f. 5equal
it (soul) makes ng.

‫لنتيلللدلالييخنينها‬

‫؛‬٢
ofTers every equivalent
{she i.e., it person)
the soul,
shall not be accepted,[6:70]

‫؟‬imperf. Ist.p. sing.f el. ،‫اقغداء‬

that I may act justly

they make
(imperf. equality
3 p. m. plu.)(1) ‫ ب‬- ‫يغيزن‬
‫ثتملنيككفرةا يتوميعيلؤك‬
Yet those who disbelieve
equalize others with their

lord، ١‫ة‬٦‫ا‬١
they judge (2)

‫ةصئذةةقتيهغ‬٠‫ين‬
And of the people of Musa
there is a community
guiding (others) by the
truth and judging thereby
 (‫آ‬.،.‫ا‬
they (.‫دبر‬
equalize
according to the law
(3)
of Islam—07:1591

‫بن مقؤيقينيلؤن‬
But they are people who
equalize. others with
their Lord)، (27:60‫؛‬

401

VOCABULARY 0 THE HOLY £URAN ‫عتن‬

‫كماشطرعيرباغالعاوفآلركرعيد‬
But whosoever is driven by
necessity, neither desiring
nor transgressing for him
is no sin. 12:173,

‫) ألعادون ا عادون‬..act. pie. m. phi(

transgressors

‫باآنترقوططنظي‬
Nay I Ye are a people trans-
greasing. [26:166]

‘Ad (proper n.) ‫عاذ‬

And unto ٠٩ 4 we sent their
brother Hud (،.e., their
countrymen) belonging to
the same tribe OI town.

17:651

(flourishing
‫* عاد‬Ad’,inantheArab people
south
of the Arabian peninsula,
with their dominion ex-
tending from north of the
Gulf in the east to the
southern end of the Red
sea in the west. Their
story was wd‫ ؛‬known to
the Arabs of the holy
 Prophet’s time. The an-
cient poets knew ’Ad ‫ال‬
an ancient nation that had
parished, hence the expre-
ssion ”since the time of
،Ad.”Their kings are men-
tionedin the Diwan of

‫عدن يعدن عذأ‬

‫ ب‬- )‫رعدزنآ(ن‬
remain, abide

(this word belongs to Syriac

origin (Syuti); it is always
used as genitive possessed

by ‫ جناث‬garden)
•‫ ادب‬k•
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ا‬,.,. ‫غدون‬
<they transgress

)‫عدا يغدؤ عذوًا و عدوانًا(ن‬

to go rapidly, run, transgress,
to pass beyond ss,

to pass from,
overlook
‫عن‬-

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ‫آل تند‬

do not pass from or (Jo not
overlook

‫رالتتيتكعم‬
And let not their eyes over-
look them. 118:281

(perate neg.rn. plu.)

do not transgress
‫آل تمدزا‬

‫وتأللمالحدرافي اكبت‬
And We bade them : trans-
great not the Sabbath.
 14:1541

(act. pic. m. sing

transgrassord)
٠١ ‫غالدا‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عدو‬

And whosoever trespasseth

the bounds of Allah, then
verily these ! they are the

‫ا‬ (2:229viii ‫اعتدى‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.)
wrongdoers,

١ ‫اعتدى‬
‫يتتينى اعتد‬ >transgressed
as V to transgress, viii

‫ على‬-
froward.
to to violate, raid,
be hostile,
attack

to transgress (1)

(without a preposition fo-

lowed)

‫غةثئسنإلبتهلهةئ‬١‫ذلي‬
So whosoever transgresseth
thereafter, for him there
shall be a torment affile-
tivc. 12:1781

‫على‬-
to violate (2)

‫غئذو‬٧‫يمح‬٠‫نيياغةشى‬
‫باغبعيكض‬
So whosoever then offereth

violence unto you, offer

violence unto him, the like
of violence unto you.

12:1941

they trespassed
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii ‫اعتدزا‬
we have trepttssed viii
 ‫تأ اغتدنا‬
we have not trespassed

Hudhailites
Nabigha.
their
‫يداتلن‬٢
prudence in that o
and

(Encyclopedia of Islam)

They were zealous idolaters.

The Aditcs were separated

only by a few generation
from the people of Noah.
The tribe of ‘Ad. the son

of Aws ‫ آزش‬٠
‫ام‬- the son of

‫ثقخ‬ Sam، the son of

confusion of Noah,
the tongues
who after

settled ‫اقتا ف‬
qaf, or the
in winding sands al Ah-
in the province of Ha-
dhramaut, where his pos-
terity greatly multiplied.

‫؛‬Jid.> Sole‫؛‬

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) iii ‫عادم‬

you treat with enmity

‫> عادلى معاداة ت ط‬

to treat with enmity,
hostility, to become dis-
tant, aloof from

‫غتا عدف عذوًا و عد‬

‫ على‬-)‫ن‬
to be unjust, to injure
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) , ‫تتعد‬

٠١> trespasses
‫شدى تذل‬: ‫تدى‬

to ،toss, overstep, to tra-

verse, to exceed a bound-
ry, to go beyond limit, to
trespass

403
 3

[11:001

Xg [‫ة‬0‫ الل!ا(ا‬٠٩ sj»$jn٠٥*

‫ا؛‬٢‫ًايج‬١

8٠ ‫ آه‬XipidBJ' ‫لع ال‬

‫ي‬٢‫ي ا‬٣‫(م)لم‬
jno‫؛‬٥sj٠

<‫ رربم‬٥٩» ‫ ؟ه‬٩0‫ ل‬X|pid٠j un‘

١٢٦٠٦? )•‫؟‬،/٠‫د• ر‬/،/ ‫رءدر‬

‫ةا‬۴‫[ة‬

*‫ دلة‬UO [‫د‬٩ apis japuoX•

UO [٠٩ pus apis JU [‫د‬٠٩

٠j) puy<l|K) »ua‫ ده »دلع‬٩

‫كهقحئؤ؟‬١‫جذهةهًا‬١

J‫؛‬J٠A

٠ •‫ارل‬P!S B JO ٨®|x‫الاح‬٠٩ •٠١ JO

‫ب‬٣‫؛‬٠ )•‫ (ال‬٠P!S<

Xviuua (‫ال‬٠‫)■ه‬ ٩٢٠٠

‫أ‬0£:‫■ [ء‬٥jy ‫ اال‬un٩

٠M Xjiuasajd JSBOJ IRS
(*»UOJ« pus UOJSSajSsUBJ

qiop J٠٨٠O$O٩M puy [

(UO issajgsuBJ (‫)ع‬

SS»U٩SJB]8‫ح‬:8‫ لاله [ح‬٠( ٩

lyinj ||B٩S I 11245 1‫ ؛‬OU aq

٩M!JO J٠A٠OS٠٩[ ٩٥ [»suuaj o

S»U٩SJB)٤( ٩

(٠٩ »sjaopguoj• [‫ع‬6‫ا‬:‫ح‬،

 OU SI ٠٥U5|OI ٠$ ٨ab SU,b8b(
JI OS [jsisap x٥٩ (u٠٩( ٠٩

1) aouaoiA)

(،•“') *rrjlfAS
saiunua (»- ‫د‬-) ‫تح’احأ‬

0 Xiuaua‫ي‬٣‫إك‬ •‫ىت‬

4/ Xiuaua ") ٥٣) ‫ ا‬١٢،٣٢

*XnnjiuoJ
‫ل‬X ‫اد‬
‫ه‬٣٢‫ إ‬٠‫هدد‬٧« -‫* رم‬ds >!X[|nj٥١

sjassBdsaj]

(aap-dy■ ‫الل‬-
‫ا‬٢٠‫ ج‬.‫ هرد‬١١٣٣٢،?
(Suit

jasssdsaj]

‫عآال‬، )-‫ س ؛االأل‬-(

(OU ssBdM) (noX[ :

‫; ج‬٠٣٢٢‫•) ؛‬njd ٣ -‫رىدعهرد الده‬

)|‫ي‬٣۶‫ ًا‬-‫(اده‬

(jajyo (noX OI٠٥|٨U٥ j

‫^ا‬٢‫') ا‬njd -‫ سل‬٠‫رش‬،«‫وكحد‬

(٠٩( ٠X sndsai) Xbiu

Jjadun)• ‫ع‬ njd•)

ssBdsaj) O] noX ajroui ‫بج‬٣٢١
ssEdsaj) uoX

‫مح‬٢٢\ )'‫ دام‬٠‫س‬٠‫• ًا ه‬padw(

‫ام‬ ٠٠,٥٥ *-‫م‬-‫كل‬

‫واا‬:‫[ح‬
 [Xa‫هل‬٨‫ ه‬٠‫ع‬٠» ٩ (guissBdsuBJ
‫حو(يو‬٦١٢>?

[ssBdsaj) x٠٩

(Jjaduit• ‫ ا‬-‫س‬-‫ع ى‬
HVBno AIOH XHX ،o ABVinaVOOA

‫علر‬
vocabulary of the holy QURAN

‫عد‬

‫المه مميكهمآرمعيبمم‬
Allah is about to destroy or
punish them. [7:164}
Up-der. tn. plu,) occ. ‫معذنين‬
giser of punishment

chastiserm. plu.)f.d. nom.

(Ap-der. ‫معذوا‬
‫ المذن‬،‫معذين‬
(pis. pic, m. piu.)
.ace

those who are punished

chastisement
torment, punishment (n.) ‫عذاب‬
‫★ عذر‬
guilt,
< beingexcuse
free from (v.n.) acc.

‫عذر يغذر عذرًا ن‬،

‫ق احدت; (ض‬
to excuse. (

‫إلى‬-
to beg pardon,
to be free from guilt

excuse (v.n.) ٥ ‫عذرًا‬

cc.
 excuses (n. p.) ‫معازير‬
they will3make
(imperf. p.m. excuse, ‫يعتذرزون‬
plu.) viii they

put forth an excuse

‫اغنذر يغتذر اغتذارًا‬

to offer an excuse

(perate. neg, plu.) '

‫ءلع‬١‫ عآلل‬oft« wo

‫* عذب‬
٠
taste (water) agreeable to (n.)
<sweet

( ‫عذت يغذب عذوبة‬

to be sweet ill taste

‫هناءنب نراي‬
One platable sweet. [25:53)

(per(. ‫ ن‬p.m. sin«.) ii ‫عذب‬

<~punishcd

‫عذب تغي يًا‬ ii

to punish, chastise,
torment

(perf. Ist.p. plu.) ‫؛‬.i ‫عذبنا‬

we punished

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p. m, sing.) ii ‫يعذب‬

~w ٠ i,l punish ‫م‬ punishes

that he may
{imperf. punish
3 p.m. ‫ليعذب‬
sing.) e l. ii

he will not punish ‫آل يعذب‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ‫تعذت‬
thou punish
 (imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ii
I punish
‫أعذت‬
(imperf. 1st. ‫م‬. sing.)-epl.

‫أ‬ shall/! w ill certainly punish

we punish
(imperf. ‫نتذب‬
1st. p. plu.) ii

‫ءس‬ shall punish ‫تذب‬

treats with
(Ap-der. m.punishment
sing.) ‫معدب‬
405

‫؛‬٠٥

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ر‬٤

‫معارج‬
‫مغرج‬
(stairways ‫(؛‬I. ints. plu.)
ladder, stair, (sing.)

‫اآغرج‬
(‫(س‬
(the lame (adj.)
to be lame
‫عرج عرجًا‬
‫العزجزن‬
the branch of a palm tree
٠ ‫عرر‬

‫ععر‬
)‫عريعءعرآ (ن‬
(sin, crime (fl.)

to manure, to bring evil upon

poor,pic.
(pis. seeking favour
m. sing.) viii ‫مغترة‬
‫*ادل‬

they raised
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ينرشزن‬
(as edifices and structures)

‫عرشعزشأق عرزش‬
‫دعرت‬
 to make a trellis (for a
grapewine), raise, build

‫مغرفشات‬
trellised
(pact. ones
pic. f. plu.)

‫تماصىاذثصصيتغ؛ةؤ‬
And He who hath produced
gardens trellised aud un-
trellised. (6:1411

iAp-der. m. plu.١ ii ‫جحتتدذدآ‬

< those who put forth an

excuse, apologists

to affect an excuse,
to offer an excuse

٠‫عرب‬

(Arabic (n.)
descendant
related
‫عربج‬
‫عرب‬
to of Ismail bini.e., the
Ibrahim (peace be upon
them), those who speak
clearly (opp. foreigner)

٥ ‫عريًا‬
f/in/Arab‫؛‬c acc.
desert ofthefn.p.)
dwellers ‫اآلراب‬
great love
(those whoorshow
foundness
(n.p.)
‫عرًا‬
٢( ‫ عروبة‬،‫عرزب‬
* ‫أدًا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يعرج‬
١ascends
)‫رج يغرج عرؤجًا و تترجًا(ن‬
to ascend upto a high place

he ascends
(imperf. (angel)
3 p.f. sing.) ‫تغرج‬
 they ascend
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تغربو ل‬
406

٤٠٦

‫ع رش‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع رش‬

to offer, to present ‫ل‬-

to show, propound ‫ عال‬-
(a matter), to set before

‫ثرعرضتمعاللسلبكة‬
Thereafter He set them before

the angels. [2;1 ‫)ق‬

(perf. Ist p. plu.)

‫عرضنًا‬
we showed

‫وعرضناجمئريزمبزينكفرزنعرض‬
And we shall set Hell on
that Day unto the infidel,
with a setting. (18:100}

(This a usual style of the

holy Quran to use past
tense for the future tense
in connection with the
Hereafter, It means that
what will happen on that
Day is as certain as a
thing already happend.)

‫؟‬,pp. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.١ ‫عيض‬

were presented ‫ب‬

‫إذعرضليويالثتالضفثت‬
(Recall) what time there were
presented unto him at
watoie coutstts
 footed. 138:311

(pp. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu,١ ‫عرتزا‬

‫ بم‬were presented
(pip. ‫ل‬ p.m. sing.)
'-stall be placed before
‫يغرض‬

(pip. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ينر ضزن‬

they shall be set before

of power,
lit■ throne,a seat
booth, ‫ العرش‬،‫زس‬
(I) a shed,
what is constructed for
shed

met. might, power, soverei-

gntv. dominion

‫ألعرش‬
‫عرشئ‬ definableof
and
is applied to the
Godis immeasur,
which is not
able it is not as the
vulger hold, the seat or
throne of God for were it
so it would be support to
Him, not supported.

fjid.<LL, ١
‫بىءلىبرش‬،‫ذم‬

Then He established Himself

He (/،‫)در‬
established on the throne
,on the Throne

of His almightiness.

{7:54] (.{Asad

‫عرزش‬
‫ًا‬
{. roofs (2) (ri p >
‫ا‬١‫ ع‬٠‫ًال‬a‫ أ‬house
٥‫) ؟‬orsing ٠١ ‫عرش‬
the like

They (towns) were laying

,overturned on their roofs
[2:259]
 ‫عرض‬

‫عرض‬ (pe٣pp-f٠sin8٠)
et before‫~؛‬

‫يغيض و ع‬ ‫عرض‬
‫س‬٠‫ءتما(ض‬
to happen, to take place

‫ا‬٠‫ال‬

407

٧٠‫أ‬

80*

1|1‫ د‬pur SUSAEaq ٦)1‫ ل‬qjJES•

qipiM ‫؛‬SB s ‫ ابآد‬JO qjptM

sqj M uspjs» B pay

‫و‬.‫ رالم ب‬qipiM

(lyy—Xsuoui JO UOIJ
pUB s٩oo‫ اه ابادان‬٩ OXS
sip»Bijdnjjos ‫ ادال‬JO ‫بآجأل‬٦
PUB jusiuaaptif Suijssjm
JOJ saqjq JO MUBjdaMB

(‫ ابآد‬SI SSUSJSJSJ 0‫ اباق‬١ ,SMSf

spooS) 169 ]‫اء؛‬

JIBJJ JO) JE٥8 (SiPjjom)

٦٠٠٩٠٩1 J(EI٥‫؛‬U JBSU siqi
٠ Xjtjsjsod: ‫اباد‬. pajijsqui
losqj ppsxuns ajaqj uaqi

‫جمي منع‬٦‫؟‬١\‫>؟‬٠‫؟‬١

‫ب؟؛?؟م‬ ٧ ‫ب‬‫ًا‬٠‫خ‬
‫ةههال‬
b8‫؛‬U' spooS ,,BJJ

٠poo8 y■ ‫ك‬٠‫ م‬, ‫ك‬٠٦

٥Bq|,njd ■J3p-dy) sj٥pj,s)

‫تب‬٠‫‘ نميرمم‬UIOU ‫ حجفى‬-‫دد‬0

 ssq» 0٠un pJEq■ [‫ع؛ا‬:٠

٥Bq Jiaqj Jj puy,sj,‫؛‬p٥‫؛‬u SI

‫سد‬

F8‫؛‬٩U1P!P (‫)ح‬

,*:]?8,

IUOJJ Xbmb Sul ‫■)بادد‬

q) ,U5UI٠8UBJ1S5 jo‫؛‬-ujnj s
ssauuojOEJjsj puBqsnq jsq

IUOJJ qjajBsj USIUOM BJI puy

،‫؛‬٢٢ Wi‫?؛؛‬nMr ٥
UOlJJSSSp JO juaiSuEjjsa))

,(])Xbmb Sujan

٠‫اكا‬٠‫ذبأآلمم‬٩ •‫') هوو‬U'A(

(ujni ، JJSAB (noX ‫باد ؛‬

\) ٠۴.١٠ ‫ إه‬٢٠qd » 3‫زيحلها‬

‫(ابآدالع) ز‬

(noqi) uiojj UJn٠ ١ OIOAB

)‫م ب مي‬.، )■‫) » ؛االك‬ajDJsrf

>Xbm UJRI no٠

fjaduji)■ ٠٥ ‫»ح‬
Xfme UJBJ Xsqi
p u(-njd■

XI p u( n{d •ui d f •fjadup)

WOJJ ،E.*B sujoj noqi
‫اببتز‬
)■2‫(؛دال ح الس آل؛ال‬
XI ssnf ‫ ص‬،‫م‬

~‫؛‬IUOJJ apisB sujn

‫>مبز‬ X.' ‫نم‬-‫س ك;الة‬٠٥ f -‫"لىدذز‬.,(

 P٥UJOI noX ‫لب‬

:‫) ام ليبي‬٠‫ ])ددال ًا الس• الاا‬١

Xbwe paujnj Xsqi

)‫ دإدال‬njd « 4£ ( ١‫ذب‬٠‫اع \بم‬

piOAB

- 3‫' و‬IUOJJ Xbmb UJBJ OJ

‫>تيأ‬٨١٦‫ج‬٢٦~>‫ا‬٩ ‫رد‬
XE BpsuJn

١‫ السا‘ ؟االة') اة >ذه‬£ ‫دواال‬,

‫؛‬Jiiiq OJ JO X١j٥٥Jipu

JJ !(Esds OJ ‫ص بع‬٠٩

S noX٥‫؛‬A 8 ١;٩u

<>٦ ) ,, ‫لىبي‬ tsas no Xijosjipui'

n;d iu d l fad)
(pajsjsniu)

sjojsq JSS sq !,Bqs noX

‫برص‬٠‫ " ةأ» ^ا م‬4 ‫(داال ح‬

OA ‫ هع‬ATOH 3H.L ‫?؛‬MVHO ‫ نم‬C ‫ل‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عرت‬

‫تت\بإغزهيئثألدتخلوطببئئتم‬
‫رهم لهمذيرذت‬

And the brethren of Yusuf

came and entered unto
him and he recognized
them, while they recog-
nized him not. [12:58,

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they have recognized
‫يرفوا‬
 (perf. 2 p.m. sing.)
thou knew
‫عرفت‬

‫مفلعرنتهذ ييزهذ‬:‫رلزنتآآلريكج‬
And if We willed, we would
surely show them unto
thee, so that thou surely
shouldsl know them.

[47:30,

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou recognize
‫تغرف‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

they recognize
‫يغر نزن‬

-hey recognize juss. ‫يغرنؤا‬

‫آزلزيغرنوارياخلمخ‬

Or (is it that) they recog-

‫ ؟‬nized not their apostle

)23:69 ‫ا‬
‫( لتغرفن‬.thou shouldst surely (epl

recognize

‫رعذل‬1‫ئةذردجتلمانىلني‬

Thou shouldst surely know

them by the mode of
(their) speech. 147:301

a setting R. F.<r.n. ‫عزضًا‬

(see ‫ عرننا‬above)

‫عارضآ‬ .acc

(act. pic. m. sing.)

overpcering cloud
‫عارض‬

‫عأيضاتتعيال‬ ‫نلتأرآؤة‬
‫ىلماهناءارضتطرنًا‬
Then when they heheld it ،٦$
an overpeering cloud tend-
ing toward their valleys
they said, yonder is an
 overpcering cloud bring-
ing us rain. [46:24,

(act. 2 pie. »I. sing.)

prolonged
‫عريض‬

‫وإذاتتهاترقنزاءآءعريض‬
touchelh ‫ ازبع‬And when an
him, then he is full of
41:511] .prolonged prayer

‫ عة‬butt (n.( ‫عرنة‬

‫ايطز‬٠‫آلي‬،‫رلالةجتغئااغهغىى‬
And make not Allah a butt
of your oaths. ٠ [2:224,

‫ف‬
‫★ عر‬
‫و‬
(perf. p.m. sing.)
'-recognized
‫عرت‬

)‫عرت ينرن عز؟نأو تشرفة (ض‬

to know,
be acquainted with, recog-
nize, acknowledge

409

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عر‬
‫ رى‬٤
kind, kindness(!)

‫وأنمطلقتمتاعيالعرزفي‬
And for the divorced women
provision (is to be made)
ill kindness. [2:241,

according to (2)
usage (or) to the custom
of the society
 ‫تاليانكرزنتدرؤوعلىان‬
‫عأللتويع‬
On the affluent (provision
is due) according to his
means, and On the slrai-
tened (is due) according
to his means: a provision
according to usage (i.e.,
known standcred of the
society). 12:2361

kind, courteous (3)

‫ىئتئؤهتتلىتهئخرةنتتقب‬
‫يبي آذى‬
A kind (or a courteous) word
and forgiveness are better
than charity followed by
injury. (2:263,

right, Opp., /4)

wrong)

‫يتغذنلقز‬ ‫مة‬‫كتئؤج ئكذًا‬

‫يالغروندتيمدنعيالهثكي‬
And from among you there
should be a community
who invite to good and
410

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تعرفرن‬

you shall recognize

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يعرف‬

rtisarc recognized

(pip. 3 p. f. plu.) ‫يعرفن‬

they (women) a c will be

recognized

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ‫عرف‬

١ >madt known
‫عرفت يعرفن تعرنف‬
to make 55 known, to intro-
ii

duce

(perf. ‫و‬ p. plu.) w"

<you knew each other
‫تعارفؤا‬
‫أ‬٠‫ تعرفت يتعآرف تار‬r،
to know or recognize each

other

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p. f. plu.) ‫يتعآرفرن ؛ا‬

they mutually recognize (or)

they introduce each other

(perf. 5 p. m. plu.١ *iii ‫اعترفؤا‬

<they confessed

to makeerri ٦|‫بت‬١ ‫اغترف‬

a confession, to confess

wt couVesscA
(perf. 1st. p. m. plu.) ‫اغترن‬
‫ المرز‬،‫عروف‬ ).pad. pie(
III. a known or recognized

thing or person

(met: courtesy, fairness, good

kind, reputable, that which
is good as an universally
accepted fact, honorable)

‫عرو‬ vocabulary or THE HOLY QURAN ‫عر‬

In the holy Quran it is

applied to a wall between
Paradise and Hell or its
upperpart (Zr. Ik.)

the name of a («.) ‫عرآت‬

mountain 20 K.M. from
 Mekkah, A valley where
the main part of Haj is
performed.

‫* عرم‬
the dam (prop, n.) ‫ألرم‬
‘Marib, the Sabaean capital
was celebrated for the gre-

at dam (see under ‫تبأ‬

Saba.) According to ‘Mu-

jam, ‫الزم‬ is a proper name

of a certain valley located
some 60 miles east of
San‘«- (for more details
see Jid. p. 22, n. 195.)

According to others ‫العي م‬

name of an innundation
which destroyed the city
of Sabi. -

‫* عرد‬
‫و‬
<~smote
(perf. p.m. sing.) viii ‫اءترنى‬
‫آ‬.‫اءترلى اءترا‬ to come viii
upon, befall, smite

)‫» عرايترؤعزوًا(ن‬
to come to a person, befall

(trouble)

command that is right

and forbid the wrong.

{3:1041

recognized,
(pact. ‫ترؤنة‬
a known thing
pic. f. sing.)

‫طاءةتعرونة‬
A recognized obedience.

124:531
 seemlines, good (nJ ‫ألعزف‬
lit. kindness, usage, benefi-

cence, name of horse,

crest, comb of a cock .

‫خنالعتروأمزياكرني‬
Take to forgiveness and en-
join good (or seemlines,.

17:1991

‫عرًا‬
‫رالرتليعرقا‬
beneficence (n.) acc.

By the (winds, sent forth

beneficence. [77:11

This verse is a metaphorical

phrase, from the ‫عزن‬

of the horse, meaning, by
the angels or the winds,
that are sent forth conse-
cutively, like the several
portions of the mane of
the horse; or the meaning

is, sent forth‫بالمترزفي‬

with kindness, or bene-
ficence.

lit: an elevated (n. p.)

place or an elevated por-
‫أآغراف‬
tion of the earth or ground.

411

‫ع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع رو‬

‫ه عزر يعزر تع‬

support to aid, it

‫»ور يغزر عزرًا (ض‬

to prevent, turn away

‫رب ؤك‬1‫ق'امخ‬٩‫كالب‬
 Those who believe in him
and side with him and
help him. {7:157,
(Note : according to the
contents requirement the
verbs for past tense

‫ ع‬، ‫ تصرنز ا‬، ‫توا‬٦

are translated as they were
of present tense.)

(perf. 2 p. m. plu.)
you have supported
،
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) acc. ‫تعز رزا‬
you may support

‫وجى‬٠‫ذئذ‬٠٠‫مو‬٣‫ئذنحكئ‬5‫ةةئ‬
That ye may believe in Allah
and His apostle, and may
support him (‫؛‬. e., His
religion) and honour Him.

‫ئإلئحنح‬٠‫ضال‬٠‫رمذل؛آلداغبرااثاب‬٠‫لل‬
All that we say is that some
of our gods have smitten
thee with evil. {11:54,

a handle, support (n.) :‫ألعرو‬

‫ آررة نونت ي‬the

‫ العزقة لرثقا‬support

|٠‫كعرى‬
‫تعرنى‬
{imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) H’.v.
thou becomes naked

‫عرى ينرى عزيأو ع‬

to be nacked,
denude of (garments), be
free from •
 ‫إنلكآكأبعيقأرالعزى‬
Verily it is thine that thou
shalt not hunger therein
nor go naked. 120:1181

‫التا‬، (.a bare desert (n

‫★ عزز‬
(perf. 3p.m. sing.) (assim v) ‫عي‬

'‘,prevailed

)‫عزيعئعزآرعرة(ض‬
to be mighty, powerful, no-
ble, illustrious, strengthen,
exalt oneself, be rare,
dear, highly esteemed, pre-
vail upon (Or against)

412

‫يغزب‬
escapes 3 p.m. sing.)
{imperf.

‫عزب تزب عززبًا(ن‬

to be distant, remote, absent.

from

‫* عزر‬

they supported
(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫عزرزا‬
٢60‫ة‬:‫راله [ح‬٨ 'XP|3?H

‫ال‬٠‫ لي‬SI qp|[v JBq, M0U١

‫ز‬١٠‫ئئسوا‬

)1( ٨‫ؤباا‬1‫س‬

‫اله') ؟زتج‬.,، ■UI •‫ كءار‬-‫(الدد‬

]01:٤‫ع‬1

J٠٦M٥d l|E ‫ ال‬SiMBlIV•

 ١d.U9U) (jnouoq JO) J

o s o q M <9 ‫ ؛‬A ٦ ‫ل‬p.q١9Jis

‫آلك‬،?.‫اايم'جئ’يم؛جمت‬٠‫ًابب‬١
٠j٥A١od jnouoq (‫)ع‬

]‫ح‬8:8٢[ •٥uo ٨‫ل‬9٨‫د‬

Xpjns I ٦١|)| 9|in89‫ أبادلدا‬٩

٥H •jqStiu Xqi Xq u٥qi ،pies

‫ملؤ‬٢‫يب‬-٦?‫نخباببببيم‬

[n:9d ■5J٠llUltt٥l|l٠٩

,[Eqs 3٨ ; ٥١١ 'U١١,;.J‫؛‬J JO

iqSiiu ٥q, Xq ‘pics x٥qj puy

‫ئو‬١‫م‬٦٢‫بم‬٢‫؟ا?بمةا؟ي‬٩‫؟م‬

)٤( ١٩‫الااة‬

puc «‫؛‬lUSiq• 1‫ح‬:8‫اع‬

apljd 9S[UJ UI 9JB 9A9IJ

inq "Xbn ٥soq١ -oqstp oq٨١

]90‫ح‬:‫• اح‬up

٥8i)s٥jd) (luiq q١٥٩B o١

٥
MB||V JE9J ‫ ؛‬JO) 9 ub8ojjb

puy ١١ u.iq 1‫ ؛‬luiq OJ piES SI

(٥8‫؛‬j«jd JO ١٥9ds٥j

-jps JO 9SU9S 9SJBJ E '•» ٠

mueSojje

٥8’ (1) ‫ابي‬j)sd ٥S[BJ

- ٠(q١3U٥jjs JO
J3*od JO 9٥jnos B) Xjo,8
E iu٥q١ ojun ٥q ٦q3iiu
x٥qj Eq) qBiiy s٥pis٥٩
spoS U9٦E) 9A£q x٠q١ puy
 «‫د‬

‫؟؛ي؛‬٢‫ا‬،‫آلاجانم؟‬

<1 ("4) q١8u٥jjs JO 9٥jnos E

*!JI' ‫حو‬:‫ع‬11

noqj, J9A٥osoq٨١ ٦S9SE٩E

noqj, pun ‫ *إاا‬noqj. J9A٥
.osoqAi jssjouoq noqj. puy

٠٠‫للج?ةإ‬

(]،jnouoq no

٣ ١١v١١ld ٣٠٥ I ‫لل‬9‫؛سه‬١

٠pj١MJ [9‫؛‬٤ki

٥M u٥q٠L E miM P٥u٥qj8u

3٥٨‫ ؛‬jnouoq

٥5(BU1 joddns [njj٥Mod(‘

٠u٥q)8u9j)s O) I.،. ‫ي‬٢‫امدمع م‬
< ٥,١١ u٥q١8u٥j١s

( ٠4 "IS[ •p»d v٢١١d ‫يم‬٢‫ت‬١ ١‫ا‬

٥١ndsipu! JO)q٥99ds)[٤3٠8

٥q puy EA٥Jd,|UI 9UJ uodn p

٢‫حأه‬٣‫عجال‬١

٦
NVUO٠ OH BHJ. JO AHVinaVOOA

٠‫عدل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عز‬

‫أ‬perf.<~3 withdrew,
p.m sing ١ viii ‫اعترل‬
renounced
‫اعتزل اغتزاأل‬
oneself, remove from,
renounce ss
to separate

‫و‬
they withdrew
(perf. p.m. plu.) ‫اعترلرا‬
you have withdrawn
[perf. 2 p.m• plu.) ‫اغتدتم‬
(Note :In the verse 4:91

‫اغترلؤم‬
the 2 nd. p.m. pronoun
is attached to
while in verse 18:16 it is
prefixed to 3rd. p. plu.
pronoun.)

١ ‫اعترتمرء‬ ,uss<،n.p}
(،imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they withdrew

‫فنم يتزازم‬
If they withdraw not from
you. 14:911

(.imperf 1st. p. s’mg. ١ viii ‫آعترل‬

I withdraw ‫ص‬
‫ي‬. renounce—Jid٠١
‫اغتررا‬
(you) keep away ! (1)
(perate. m. plu.)

‫لتى‬١‫ نامع! ئييى‬.

So keep away from women
during mensuration (1.،.,
do not cohabit with them).

unassailable (2)

‫رائةلوتبعزيئ‬
And it is an unassailable
book (‫؛‬.£., a powerful in
evidences and arguments).
 [41:41]

storng (3)

‫ويصرك اسةنضراعزيزا‬
And Allah may help the
with a strong help. 148:3‫ا‬

aught, heavy (4)

.‫عزيؤطيوماعيثي‬
And heavy upon him is that
which overburdened vou.

[9:128,

The Mighty (n.) ‫الزيي‬

one of the excellent names ٠
of Allah

more powerful ielative]

the more powerful ‫أآعؤ‬

< stern, (n.p.)

most powerful ones
‫آعؤة‬
‫) عزيزة‬.sing(
★ ‫ع ذل‬

‫عرلى‬
<thou hast set aside
(part. 2 p. m.sing.)

)‫عرلينزلعزال(ض‬
to set aside, remove from

414

٢ ‫عز‬

VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN

 ‫عزل‬

(in a metaphorical way the

‫عزماآلد‬
verb
ject, thus the
is related to
translation
, that is, to its sub-
ought to be : “when the
matter already de termin-
ed ’ but it is no use of
saying so and is not maent

here therefore
were passive
been
‫عزم‬
‫غ‬٤
renderedperfect.
as if
has

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫عزع‬

thou had resolved

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.)
they decided
‫عأمؤا‬
(perate. neg. m. plu.)
do not resolve !
‫آل تمزكوا‬

‫عزم‬
‫فأضبأكماكبرأولوالعزومرالزثل‬
resolution (I) (v.n.)

And have patience as had

patience the men of re-
solution among the apos-
ties. 146:351

determined (2)

‫وأت ذلكصن عؤرأألبور‬

That is of the command-
ments determined (Jid.).
That is of the steadfast
heart of things (Pic.). This,
behold, is something to
set one’s heart upon (Aaa).
This is an affair of great
resolation (MA). {3:186,

let alone (2)

‫رإنترثفيتيالئأءزلئي‬
 And if ye will not believe in
me then let me alone (or
let me go—Pic). [44:211

Note : the final 183 ‫ ي‬short

form of 1 ‫ف‬ st. p. objec-
live pronoun).

(pact. pic. m. plu.)

removed ones
‫متروأزن‬

‫إتممعناكنعلعثعلفت‬
Verily they are far removed
from hearing 126:2121

a place where one (n.p.t.)

is set aloof

‫رنالىتيح!جه رطن فمغزل‬

And Nuh called out his son,
and he was (standing)

he was ‫دلم‬ id.١

apart: —(.■، ‫\ا‬٧.‫ه‬1١

★ ٢‫عزم‬
‫عد‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
<~ determined

‫عرم ينزمعزمأرعييتة‬
to resolve, determine, decide

to do, adjure

‫فأذاعزماًالمر‬
So when the matter is deter-

mined.
٤١٥
{47:21 ‫ل‬
415

٠٩٠ ٩‫آ‬٩8‫[« إ الذأ‬,«p IO

3do٩,,Ou٥p[s٥ ١‫؟‬٩١ ‫؛ه|؛‬١‫عآلل‬
( ‫م‬١‫ ) ؤًا‬A ٠٩ B ]OU pue

SUB ‫ ؛‬1‫؛‬pSAJ٥pun UB s

3uipjo٠٥v [٥٩[ ٥ ?-JEIDIUBJ

n٥M ‫ ؛‬٠٥٩XEUJ1 ٥٩

l٠q!WIJDd) Xsiu'3٢٢ )٩

‫ هم آل‬۶ ‫ب‬
u) X٥U0‫ؤيه‬ )•٩

I 1 /1
-»‫ادال‬
‫هم‬

٥jnjnj JO juassjd SBAV ]t

,01 Sj «u٥٩ ٥ SB p٥J٥pU٥J
iBjn٥‫؛‬٥T sssBjqd [٥٩ ed‫[؟‬

(‫ )ح‬u U٥1JO SV ur p٥

٩8iu[ U3٩M ‫ إل‬jBd٥p[٠٩(٥■

s JO]‫؛‬Xq pue, s٥y,u3 ٥٩١

- odxs [|B 0] 3uipjo٥٥B

[٥ ٥٩sBJ٩d ٥٩[ ‫ اال‬H ٠‫ه‬
JBd٥p JO uo 31UE3[ng -p٥[
pEJ٦uo٥!٥[s8u!UB٥iu XJO :

3٩1 (1): 3l٥N ‫غدل‬OM SB٩٩

]‫الم‬:‫ا‬8‫• ا‬٩[٥pBd٥p

Xq) puv) [‫ل‬٩‫ ال!ة‬٥٩ ]1 U3٩M

‫ ا؛‬٢‫م‬٢‫ًاآل‬٠‫ي‬٦

jEdsp

O) ٠٩٥BOjdde ٠٥٥UBApE O]

‫ حمير ي‬٢١٢٦

< ~Bd٥p[(pwnb) p‫) أمم‬٥

‫هم^همآل‬
diqspjBq ‫ر*) ؛كيال‬

‫اهلم‬،‫ها'حل‬0١‫آحج‬٩

‫■ دتيب‬UlOU ٢٢‫ إ‬٠‫هدد‬

P‫؛‬SSS-I]S (،،*»■) ‫؛‬r

linoiuip‘ PJB٩
w،l) ‘diqspjBq•) ‫’سال‬

01 ٥٩ l|n٥i^ip

<<‫يه‬:‫لك؛ات‬٢‫!ك‬٠)‫(;ًا‬

)‫) الال‬ss

01 0‫؛‬٩٥٩UB 3UO JOJ pjT[J3

[O Jinoiyip 3٠ *٩PJB٩ 3snw

<٦‫ الرج د‬١،

OUB 3UO‫ د‬٥٩‫ل‬

٩spJB٩٥٩BIU noX(JOI d

(M
٠( '•‫الي‬١
Vll‘ w
( n/d •wd t fjjd.

O] dl٩SUOt]B[٥J ٥٩IJ٥SB O]

‫ ؛أخز؛؟‬٣٢‫> ؛؛‬٥».“(

<٠s3iUBdtuo٥ Z w)sdn0j8،■

1 -Ultq UI‫؛اة‬:‫]حه‬

pu٥.٩١ ٧ Xoubisuoo OU punoj

٢‫مكاك‬٢‫ًاح‬٢‫آل‬

X٥UB]SU0)‫ (ع‬٥

‫آل‬

Nvanii ٨٦OH BWJ JO JuvinwaPA

‫حم آل‬
 CABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫ر> ى‬٠ ‫ع‬
> kinsfolk, (n.( ‫عييرة‬،‫ألتييرة‬
‫( عقار‬.clan, (plu
ten (num.( ‫ آلعتر‬،‫عشر‬
‫( عثررن‬.twenty (num

she camels> ‫اليقار‬

)‫جاى‬٠٢‫و‬.‫ختا‬

she camel that has been ٨)

ten months pregnant, from
the day of her having
been covered by the stall-

ion—LL.)

‫تعتر‬ (.race (n

‫يسعةرالجروأالنن‬

0 ye race of genii and man-

kind. (6:130‫ز‬

‫يئار‬
a tenth (part) (num. frac.)

‫دعآبلبرليغثارعآاينظم‬
And these have not yet atta-
ined a tenth of that which
We gave them. 134:451

‫عىد‬٠ *
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) (v.d.) ‫ينش‬
٠١٠>blinds himself

‫ س‬،‫ععى ينشر أ عيى ينشى عثًا (ن‬

to be weak

sighted, to blind himself

‫ومنيثعنؤكرالرخمننيضلهثتب‬
And whosoever blindeth him-
self to the admonition of
thcJCompassionate, We ass-
ign unto him a Satan.
 143:36]

serves if the subject of

‫ عى‬is Allah it will

mean :‘be hopeful with
Allah,' and if the subject
is a human being it will
signify, ‘be conscious or
be afraid?

If it is followed by a noun as
‫ عثى اشء‬or pronoun as

‫ قغبم‬or by ‫ أن‬it
means, ‘it may be that'.

(pro. 2p.m. plu.) ‫عتيم‬

) ) ‫ م‬+ ‫عتن‬
may be that you

‫تلهنعيترلنلييعي‬
‫القتآالاللقأيلقا‬
He said: May it not be that
you will not fight if figh-
ting is prescribed, {2:246,

‫نمنعيخانتوليتزنتندؤافاًالرفن‬
Would ye then, if ye were
given the command, work
corruption in the land?

(perate. m. phi.) Hi
< live with
‫ءايعرؤا‬

to consort Hi :‫عاثز متاتر‬

with, cultivate one’s so-
ciety, become familiar

٤١٧

411

‫ ع‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عشو‬

(imperj. ‫ ن‬p m. pht.١ ‫تعصرؤن‬

they will press (wine or
 oil etc.)

the time (n.) ‫ألسصر‬

lit. (1) any unlimited extent
of time during which peo*
pie pass away and became
extinct (11.) (2) the after-

noon

‫) إغصارء‬v.n. iv(
(whirlwind, violent wind.

(Ap-der. f. plu.) iv ‫مغيرات‬

clouds (or winds)

(threatening rain)

I ٠ * ‫ع صعضغى‬
straw (1) (n.)
green crops, blades, stubble

‫فجحلهغككضعيتالزل‬

So He rendered them like

straweaten up (by cattle).

[105:51
husk, leaves and (1)
stalks of corn

‫حغ دوآسذذلةواآلئئان‬٠‫نموال‬

And the grain with (its) husk

and fragrance. \5.‫<؟‬١٦١

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫عايغ‬

(violant wind(!)

hurricane (violent wind,

storm)

‫(ألكاسقا‬.!?) nightfall

‫بامرعكآءييلون‬1*‫دجا‬
 And they came to their father
at nightfall weeping.

٧١٦٦١٩

‫يينبنيصلوقاليحآة‬
And after the night prayer.

124:581

evening acc. (n.) ‫ عثيا‬،‫الخت‬

an evening (n.) ‫كج‬
★ ١‫عص‬
‫ع م و‬٤‫عا ء‬

< company, band, a (n.)

mew (plu.) ‫أه آللمم‬

lit, troop, band

(of men or animals)

<dreadful, (act. ‫د‬ pic.)

)‫عتبيغيبعضبا(ض‬

to wind, twist, bind, tie

‫*حصد‬
<press 1st. p. sing.)
(imperf. ‫آغير‬
)‫قتر تتيير عنرًا (ض‬
to press (grapss etc.), squeeze

٤١٨
 418

‫ع‬ VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫عع‬

)‫عتم ينيمعتمًا(غ‬
to protect, prevent, defend.

preserve

(act. pic. nt
protector
‫ءاصم راا‬
Jg.)

< ties, bonds (n. p.) ‫عتم‬

(sing■) ‫عضتة‬
prevention, preservation
(infallibility)

(perf- 5 p.m. plu.) viii,

<،hey held fast
‫اععتموا‬

‫اءتسم اعيتاًا‬ to hold fast

(,imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)juss.viii

holds fast

(perate m. plu.)
(you) hold fast!
‫اعتيمورا‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫اتعتم‬

‫ج‬ »abstained

‫اتتتتم انيصامًا‬ ,to abstain

to prevent oneself

(prevented himself), or

preserve oneself(from sin)

‫ة‬١‫) ًاًا ع‬n.( ‫عمًا‬

).sing.( ‫ة> عيئ‬٦‫ة؟أع‬

٠‫عصى‬
 ‫عضى‬ (.pref.> 3 p.m. ling)
disobeyed«

‫عتف يغيغ عتغًا و عسرذًا ( ض‬

to blow violently
(wind)

‫جآثهأريحعاين‬
Violant wind overtook them.

110:221

Stormy (2)

(an adjective of day or time)

‫شتتتيدالرنحنيزءآصن‬
The wind blowing hard on a
stormy day. [14:181

(According to Lisan and

means ‫ يزمءايفث‬IK
and the ‫يزم ايف الريغ‬
in a day
in

‫الغاي‬
phrase means ;

Violant or vehement
respect of wind)

(act. pic. f. sing.)

strongly raging (wind)

(act. pit. f. plu.)

winds raging

blowing, raging (،,„.) acc. ‫عغغًا‬

‫ذالعوفتيععًا‬
And those raging swiftly.
 ١٠٦٦٠٠٦١
(i.e. the kind of wind threa-
tening to cause destruc-
tion and disaster).

(imperf. 3 p. m. ling.) ‫يتيم‬

٠٠٠٠> protects.
419

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عصى‬

rebellion(*.«., w.v.) ‫شأن‬

disobedience (*. min.,

‫ ن د‬٠‫★ ع‬
(upper arm (!) (n.) ‫عىد‬

‫يتضد عت‬ ‫(عتد‬

‫لتثثعضدكيخك‬ to aid, assist

He said We shall strengthen

thy arm with thy brother.

128:351
supporter (2)

‫عضما‬.‫وماكنتقنناكجتين‬
Nor 1 was to take seducers
as supporters. (18:51!

٠‫عضض‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) (assim V.) ‫عتزا‬

they bite

)‫عنت تعضئ عثا ن عتعا (ن‬

to bite the

hands in sorrow, to seize

 hold of with teeth

(assim ١٠٠١ ‫يعشت‬

bites (imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)
shall bite (in utter anguish
and dispair)

do not straiten
(perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تتلوا‬
(perf.‫و‬ p.m. sing. +
he disboyed me
‫عصنى رف‬
)‫عمن يغين عنيًا و تنيية (ض‬
to disobey, rebel, oppose, res•
ist

a third: redical
(Note the finalthat ‫ع‬
is chan- is
letter

wed to
gcd ‫افت‬
by a pronoun).
when folio-

thou disobeyeth,
(perf. thou
2 p. m. sing.)
rebelled
hast
(w.v.) ‫عصت‬
1 disobey
(perf. I si. p. sing.) (w.v.) ‫تمتتن‬
they disoboyed
lperf. 3 p.m. phi.) (h .f.) ‫عحؤا‬
(perf. Ist p.plu.) ‫مآل‬
we disobeyed

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juss.

disobeys ‘ '

(imperf. Ist. p.m. sing.)

1 disobey

!shall notdisobey ‫آل أغين‬

(imperf. 3p.m.plu.)(w.v.) ‫تنتزن‬

 they disobey

(imperf. 3 p.f. phi.)(w.f.) ‫تنيين‬

they disobey

they (female) shall ‫آل ينييكة‬

not disobey thee

(act. pic.>w.i) ‫عم‬

rebel, disobedient

-٤٢

‫جه‬٢‫د‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عه ل‬

‫★ عءل‬
("pp. ‫ل‬ ‫عطلى‬
p. f. sing.) ii
<'-shall be abandoned

to despoil, ii
‫ععل تمنًال‬
(one of his property),
to leave unprotected

)‫» عطل ينطل قطاتة (ن‬

to be without work

abandoned
(pic. pic./, sing.) ‫ممتنآله‬
‫★ عءو‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v, iv

Cgave
‫آغطى‬
‫أغلى ينلن إغط‬
to give present, offer

)‫>عآينأف عطوًا(ن‬
to take (specially with the
 hand)

(perf. 1st p. plu.) w, ٠, ‫■أ‬، ‫آغتآ‬

٨‫ع‬
‫إئاآعطيثكالكؤئن‬
We have giventhee Kauther.

1108:11

he gives
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. IV ‫ينلى‬
(.imperf, ‫ن‬p.m. plu.١ W.Y, 1
they give (pay)

they are given

(3 p m. sing.) p.p. w. V. iv ‫أغطزا‬
)‫عتلينتلعنأل(ن‬
to Straiten, withold unjustly,
prevent

‫تالتظليجآنييوحر‬
Straintent them (f.) not so
that they wed. (2:2321

Cbits
meat or enchant- (np.) ‫عضين‬

)‫عتةيتضةعضهًا(ف‬
to lie, slander

)‫عك عتا ين عضوآ (ن‬

to divide into parts

(sing) ‫طآل‬
‫يضزن‬
the plural is and
‫ عضين‬place, division
‫النينجعلوالتراتعضينو‬
Those who have made the
scripture bits. [15:91[

(the phrase may also mean :

those who pronou‫؛‬-،c‫؛‬d the

Quran to b ٠■ lie or enchant-

men(.)

neck (fl.) ‫فع‬

‫ثافيطفهليحلعنتيالشؤ‬
Bending his neck that he may
lead astray (،.e. magnify-
in، himself) behaving
proudly (Ik.), [22:9[

٢١

421

‫عى‬

VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫له‬

‫ع‬

‫ أغظم إغظظآ‬to treat

with respect, to give im-
portance, to magnify

‫ العظم‬٩،‫غفي‬
(plu )‫م‬١‫ ط‬،‫آغظم‬ bone (fl.)

‫أل‬،‫أليظام طا ئ‬
< bones
.acc n. p. .gen

(sing.) ‫عظم‬
(act, 2 pic. m.١
 the supreme (،'. e., above all
imperfection)

‫العظيم‬
(one of the excellent names
of Allah)

‫وهوا ليى ألحظيله‬

And He is the High, the
Supreme. (2:2 55)

mighty (2)

‫رلمررتالعرثيالعظيره‬
And He is the Lord of Mighty

Throne. 1:129‫)؛‬

‫تجلها‬
‫عبم عظ‬
mighty, great, acc.
big, heavy
،‫عظنتم‬
greater, higher, (elative) ‫أغظم‬
‫^*؛‬٠ ٠٠٠٠٠ ٠٠ ٠ ‫آ د‬

‫مغريك‬
)‫يعترجزرشرًا(ض‬
a giant (fl.)

to rub with, tum over, or

hide in the dust

dust
‫تتممح‬ 5‫>>ةة‬
422

(3 p. m. plu.) pip. iV
they are given

‫ينعأرضز‬ ‫أغظزا‬
®‫ذغيحكإذن‬ ١‫فأنًاإذ‬
‫مئغ‬
Then if they are given there-
of they are pleased, and if
they are not given thereof.
Io! they are enraged.
 19:581

compare ‫ينطزا‬ (imperf. 3 p.

m. plu.) *they give’ in verse

‫ينتزا‬
‫دحشلذا‬
9.30 and
are not given’in
are given,
pip. they
verse 9:58. *they

٠٧ ‫تعآطى‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ri
>took

as R.F. see( ‫تحالهآ‬

‫)عط و‬ ‫تماز‬ ri
above
‫عطك‬
٢٢‫لحآآ‬
gin. bestowment (n.)

(imperf. 3 p.m.
N magnifies, sing.) juss ii
respecteth ‫يظم‬

‫> عظم تنظيًا‬

to magnify ss, respect,
to treat with respect

‫اي>ءثلم ينغظم عظ‬to be great, important

Juss. ‫ينلم‬
iv 3 p.m. sing.)
(imperf.

< will magnify

٤٢٢

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عفر‬

passes over (4)

‫يتواعنكثيرث‬
Much He passes over.

15:151
forgoes (5)

،‫جج‬3‫كب ه عكتكئ ا‬٠‫قي ئ‬٦‫ًاوئبل‬

Or he in whose hand is the
 wedding-knot forgoes ٠
[2:237]

Note (1) Where the verb ‫عنا‬

is followed by ‫عن‬ (or ‫ل‬
as in pp.) it means to
forgive, pardon, and when
it is used without a pre-

position ‫عن‬ it means to

pass over or to forgo.
Bui it can not be taken
as a firm rule.

٠ ?١ ‫ يعفو‬is w٢itt-.n ١١٠it:١

‫ يغؤا‬as ‫ آيفن‬sil,nt ،‫ا‬
in nominative case, other-

wise no ‫آينن‬:‫ ء‬added

ad ‫ و‬is pronounced).
‫يغ‬
jttss. IV.I'.
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

he forgives

٢theylmperf. 3 p.f. plu٠١٦١٠

forgo or they (tornen)

‫ ةعآا؟ة‬to (orgp
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v.el.
they may pardon
‫يغغرا‬

‫ه غم‬ signifies anything

that exceeds the ordinary
bounds. It is probably
applied to jinnee, and sig-
nifies evil in disposition,
and wicked or malignant.

)plu.( ‫عتاريت‬
٠‫اىد‬

(perf. 3p.m. sing.) ir,». ‫عغا‬

< pardoned (1)

)‫عغا ينفز عغوًا (ن‬

1) to forgive,)
-‫عن‬،‫ ل‬pardon
-iii)‫عن‬ ii> to abound)
to pass over)

٥%or٢ ‫؟‬w١to
‫لخ‬
‫زلئئتأئذ‬
And He pardoned you.

٢٦-.١‫؛‬٦١

(perf. 3 p.m. plu‫ ل‬li'.v. ‫عغزا‬

they abound d (2)

(grew and multiplied)

Thereafter ٦‫ع‬ substituted

ease in place of adversity
untill they abounded,

٧٦٠.٩٩
(imperf, ‫ ن‬p.m, plu.١ ‫ينفق‬
pardons (3)

(These :‫ز‬
belike Allah will
pardon them. [4:991

423

‫ا‬-‫ءح‬

‫لم‬

‫? >جيت‬ter)

SB X{3]BJBd» pwunotioad
s, J3,sn,3 P٠B paAOUlU
‫ »»أ‬,*,‫ ا‬,,SI ,.Bppsqs
paiB|iunsss ‫أديح‬: u 3 UI -

٠١ojq)٩ ‫د‬٩‫؛ ل‬J3A 5‫ ؛‬JO

*Ilf٠

un|‫؟‬nj٠‫؛‬١١ uauiisqB aq(*

01 UIOJJ uiBisqs ١١١٩.١١ $1
<<٠!?‫اأؤكجوكوة;جة‬
Jjasauo‘ ٥٩ S1SB٩3

01 B-I)'S3.I *uiBjsqc‫؛‬U
‫ا تي آلدا‬٢‫ آل‬r

((XisnojauaS

<3١‫ ا‬B)S٩B uqq‫؛‬U(١)

١‫خار‬١ ‫ ؛؛ألي‬u، d ٤١

XIUISSO ٦:‫ئج‬٠‫آل‬

]61‫ح‬:‫ا [ح‬٨‫ال‬$‫عا‬
j٥٨aiB٩M ‫ نأال‬pa„ds aq

snidins 10) Xijnyjadns) ,'‫د‬-

iqgnc) : Xes *puads (0١

B Xaqi pay٩‫( ؛‬aaq ‫آله‬Xaqi )Bq

‫؛‬٩٢‫ب؟ال؟ذ‬٢?‫إ؛مًاكب‬٣‫حيم‬

Xiinyisdns *snjdins (‫)ح‬

ssaupuiJ) (‫د‬.٧•) -

uiofua P٦JB (psuiLUBqow

8JOJ d٥3‫؛‬٦SS3U٥A (٥
fpif) •ssauqtuaas uiofua

PUB aouaSinput noqi asn

‫ًاالمر‬٠‫م‬

aauaSinpuj

1
<١‫ل) (ال■) ءتإ‬ssausAiSioj
‫أ‬8‫لغ‬:‫لح‬

‫دئ‬٩‫ل‬0‫ل‬٩■ siq Xq jqStiB

pauopjBd si J٥٨aosoq٨١ uaqi

‫؛اللحيرل‬،?‫ؤحبل‬
 pauopjBd SI ‫ي‬

‫‘ أ ■اه‬dd )‫ ؛؛ألقا‬-tti d £(

‫ه ؛‬٨‫ا‬3‫د‬0‫) ل‬noX(

‫' انمي ا‬,،'.M )■‫احم‬/،/ » ٠‫ رسلهحمد‬٠

uopiBd noq) Xbiu ;

٥aad)(ftA(-«w١s"tu٠٣ -٥\

uopjBd 3M

٠
njd d٦si ■padtui))١١,٠٨■ssnf■ ٣٢٦

,(uopd O

‫أاا سدلة‬١‫ ؛( ا‬inq -4? Xq

‫ انمحدال‬O|[OJ )Oil،P٠٦.١

q) UJ : aiojq‫؟‬ISA aqj 3SJ3A s-‫؟‬

pus 13AO ‫و‬9[ ٨3‫لهلمئ‬: , tf
puy ‫؛‬SBd PUB uopisd □X j‫؛‬

0‫ ل‬i٨a UB uopjBd aX]‫ لء‬٠: I

‫ل‬٢‫؟؟‬٢‫اعك كز‬

uopjBd noX (‫)ح‬

Xjaid Oiun jaqSiu‘ [‫غ‬٢‫ح‬:‫]ح‬

Sjoj pjnoqs noqi puy□ ‫؛‬s

(])oSjojnoX

‫’ م’ انمسم‬.» )'»/‫■ ع ال س ه‬Jjsihut(

‫ آل‬r ،

Nvanft AIOH !Hi IO AivinBTOOA

‫ آل‬٠٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN u ‫عق‬.

‫عقت(ن)يتقب غبًاو‬ ‫يي‬

‫وعاقة‬
 to succeed, take the place of

(SS), ١٥ come ‫أة‬١‫ًا ع‬

‫قلى منيراوكيعقبع‬
He turned in flight and
looked not back. [27:10]

(perf. 3 p m sing.‫ ؛‬iii ‫عاقب‬

‫> بم‬ retaliated

‫ يتابًا‬7 ‫ب معاقة‬١‫ة‬
to do a thing alternately
with another, to punish,
chastise

(perf■ 2 p. m. sing.) iii ‫ءاقثم‬

you punish ‫ا‬

(perate. m. sing.) iii
(you) punish !
‫عدوا‬

(3 p.m. sing.') pp. iii

lit. was punished
‫عزتب‬
CR. was made to suffer

(3 p.m. plu. ‫ ؛‬pp. ii‫عزفتم‬

you were punished (or)

you were afflicted

‫ولنءاتنتزفعأقبزابيثلم‬
And if ye chastise, then
chastise with the like of
that wherewith ye were
afflicted. [16:126]

(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. sing.) iv
caused to follow, made the
-‫آغق‬
consequence

‫أل‬.. ٠١٠,٠٠,١ o. ( ‫؛‬

‫رتمنكانغيافلكتتث؟‬
 And whoso (of the guardians)
is rich, let him abstain
،generously). (Pic.) [4:6]

let keep chaste (2)

‫تتئذهب؛نييئالهذئ‬٠‫ت‬
And let those who cannot
find a match, keep chaste,
124:331

) ‫ ن لة ح‬see ‫ يكح‬for(
acc. assim. X ‫تتتغفغن‬
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.f, plu.)
they restrain themselves

the abstination v.n.v,

(from begging)
‫التيبغ‬

‫عغؤ‬ .nom
pardoning, very (rt.)
‫ قالل‬.acc
forgiving

(one of the excellent names

of Allah)

(act. pic. m. plu..)

< pardoners
‫عانن‬

‫) عافو> عافي‬.sing(
★ ‫قب‬۶
‫ن‬
kitnperf. p.f،sins.
<'"-'looked back
١iuss. It
‫عقت يتقب تعتييًا‬
to follow, come after,
look back

٢٥

425

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫عقب‬

ending
("Note :(rt.) ‫عتبى‬
If added to a pro.
 ‫ًا‬ ‫ى‬
"nil" the final turns
,
, ‫آيفن عغمه‬
her' end".) as to

end [act. pic. f. sing.}

good end
a happy, or (n. prop.)
‫عاقبة‬
‫العآقتة‬
a revvset Ap-der. « ‫معقب‬
duties in succession
those who join their (plu.) ‫بآت‬
(angels succeeding one an-
other by turns).

‫د‬
‫★ عق‬
.‫عقدت ر‬
made a covenant, bound
(perf. 3 p.f. sing

)‫> عيد يعقد عغدًا(س‬

to tie (a cord), tie in knots,
bind, mala, ratify a con-
tract, make a covenant

‫والنينعترتآياكز‬
And unto those with whom
ye have made a covenant.

‫ا‬14:33
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.)
ye bound 6
‫تشذ م‬

‫ركنهاخمييلعقنتمأآليتان‬
But he shall take you to task
for that which you bound

your oaths. [5: ،٥1

426

‫نلغقبهتمنفاقافقلؤبوم‬
So he hath made the conse-
quence (to be) hypocrisy
in their hearts
 ^-,٦٦١
acc. ‫ عقا‬nom. ‫نحج‬
final end (n.)

‫عتب‬
١‫سة‬١
(posterity (])
lit. a‫(؟‬n.)
tct (SS

‫ذةلةءبب‬.‫نيثتا بهئ‬
And he made it a lasting
word among his posterity.

[43:281

heel (2)

‫تقبينو‬ ‫عتتين‬
(p.n.3 p.m. sing.)
.com( n. dual

his two heels

‫اثهدإلإل‬
From those who turneth
back upon his heels.

12:1431

(heels (n.p.)
(sing.) ‫غب‬
‫آغتاب‬
chastisement V. n. ‫ اليقاب‬،‫عتاب‬
(that comes as a result or
consequences of sins)

‫ يقاب‬.‫> يقابة‬/. ٥
.com
my chastisement or wrath.

requital

steep («.) ‫لعقة‬

(the difficult path of duty)

٤٢٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN ‫عق د‬

to produce no result, to

be barren (female)

‫(غخغأ(لث‬
*‫ع ق ل‬

( perf. 3 p.m. phi.)

they understood
‫عتلرا‬

)‫عتلينقلعقأل(ض‬
lit to bind the feet (of a
camel) with a rope

meta, to understand, com-

prehend

(they understood it ‫) عغلوه‬

(imperf: 3 p.m. sing.)
understands
‫يغقل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يغتلؤن‬

they comprehend, understand

< imperf. ‫ ح‬p tn, pl ,) ‫تغقلون‬

you understand

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) ‫تعقل‬

٦٦‫ ع‬understand
(Note : in the above two

verses the word "‫أبمآن‬

has different meanings, see

.)‫ى م ن‬
< compacts (fl.p.) ‫العقزد‬
‫ه’ا‬٠‫خد ا‬
‫< خد‬knot(rt١ '‫فدح‬
(plu.)

wedding-knot ‫عتدة النكاح‬

(sing.) ‫< عتدة‬knots ‫الت‬

And frem the 1 ‫ ع‬٧‫ا‬
of the
women blowers upon
knots. 113:41

(,'.‫؛‬., enchantresses ١١
ho used
to tic knots in a cord and
to blow on them, mutter-
ing over them magical
formulas in order to injure

their victims. (Jid.—fK. ‫ل‬

★‫عقر‬

*‫اذ؟‬

‫ تجنأ‬.acc ‫( غيمه‬act. 2 pic)

barren ‫جس‬

)‫عقم ينقم عغمًا(ك‬

to be barren (womb)

‫يء‬.‫وقلتعجوزيتق‬
And she said ! an old barren

woman ! (51:291

(perf. 3 />. III. jinn.)

*-hamstrung
‫عقر‬

)‫عقرينيرعقرًا(ض‬
to cut, wound, hamstring

(a beast), slay

(perf. 3 p. in. plu.)

they hamstrung
‫عشرؤا‬

(act. pic.) acc. ‫ ءافرًا‬nom. ‫قاال‬

< barren

< TV

427

‫علق‬
AN‫ )االح‬VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY
 ‫لق‬
‫ع‬
‫رتطاتالوكالنظلتعنوطككا‬
And look at thy god to which
thou hast been assiduous.

{Jid.) of which thou

had remained a votary.

120:971

inhabitant, (2)
dweller

‫تلدكهذ‬
Equal in respect are the dwe-
liar therein and nomad
(or stranger. ) (22:251

٣‫ع‬٠ ‫ي‬4

‫ عكفين‬،‫) تما يغرن‬.act. pic. m. phi(

retreating ones

‫رآثتميثةتقالبي‬
While ye are retreating in
the mosques. 12:1871

‫ تجعر‬.acc> ‫ ) غتغلذئ‬pic. pac(

detained I

٠‫علق‬
< clot (".) ‫طق‬
leech, clot of blood

‫علقة‬،‫ تتة‬clot (ff.)

(pis. pic. f. sing.' it *‫يتدر‬

< hanging one

to hang, to attach ،"،".‫تمنتًا‬ ‫طق‬

 (f.e., like the one (of women)
neither in wedlock nor
divorced and free to marry
someone else)

meta.—

‫عذابيةعقي‬
The torment of a barren day
grievous day) (because

it is a day having no day

after it— [22:551

‫الريح الحقير‬
The barren wind (،■.،.. dest-
ractive) wind. 151:41]

٠‫عكز‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they cleave to
‫يعكقزن‬

‫ علد‬- )‫ن‬،‫عكت يغيف عكزأ(ض‬

to cleave

constantly, presevere in, to

give onesself up to, to
remain constantly in a
certain place

‫ذآيششلئىشًاضإلم‬
Than they came upon a peo-
pie cleaving to the idols
they hd I Jia.), they come
unto a people who were
given up to idols which
they had (Pic.). (7.138)

(Pickthall, compelled by the

requirement of the render-
ing, translated ‫ تنكغزن‬by

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫تمليًا‬

assiduous (1)
(or) one who remains a
votary

٤٢٨

‫علم‬

VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAN

‫علق‬

that he knowsjujv/.،/.
(they) in order to know
‫يغلؤا‬
‫يعلؤا‬
knowesl they not ?
(imperf. 2 p.m. pi'‫؛‬.‫؛‬ ‫تغتقن‬

ye know

till yeyou
that know ‫تعلؤا‬
or jussfei.
know

understand ‫حتى تتلؤا‬

that you may know
ye know not
‫يتغلزا‬
‫تعلزا‬ ‫م‬
(perate nt. sing.) ‫ات‬
(thou) know ! ‫ا‬

‫ ا‬perate. m. pl«.١ ‫اعلؤا‬

(you) know !

،‫د‬p. m. <tng.١ pip. le. ‫يعت‬

that these be known

(petf. 3 p.m. sing ‫ ن‬ii ‫أل‬

‫ الحم‬taught

to teach ‫< عة تنليا‬

(perf, 2 p.m. ptu.) ii ‫غلتم‬
you taught

(perf. 2 p. m. sing,)
thou taught ‫عتع‬
 (perf. St p. sing.■) ‫عتح‬
1 taught

(perf. !sip. plu.) ii

we taught
‫غتا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
,*teaches
‫يعم‬
)‫>> علق ينق عتقأ (س‬

t<١ hang, be suspended, to

elease to

|~‫ ح‬iJ ‫* م‬

١٠‫ و‬١١■ ‫علم‬

(perf.
>kne
p. m. Xing.)

‫(غدرئلمل ءا (س‬ .to know

bo me acquainted with,
perceive, understand

(perf. 2 p.m.‫؟‬ins٠١ ‫علتت‬

thou knowesl

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫علزا‬

they knew

‫؛؛‬erf. 2 p.m. p‫؛‬،،.( ‫تلم‬

ye knew " ‫علم‬

(perf. (st.p. pltt.) ٦ -١‫ك‬

we know

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.)

~knows

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. Xing.) epl,

will sarely know

(imperf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫تة‬

 thou knouest ‫تمم‬
you kno\\’(juss.) ‫تنة‬

he knows not ‫لم ينت‬

knowest thou not ٠‫أت تلم‬
‫آئب‬
(imperf, 1st p. ring.)
I know ' .‫ظ‬
(imperf. 3 p m. plu.) ‫يتلزن‬

they know

٢٩

429

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫علم‬

(Qnt of the excellant names

the knower (act. 2 pic.) ‫آلتاتم‬
of Allah)

۶‫يشم‬
٠ ،‫عنم‬
knower a،■،•.
permanent feature of his
(as
personality)
knowledge is a

‫ ا‬،‫تتكرم‬ known
).sing ‫عألم ع‬
wclhknowen ints.
.pic. pac(

‫مغلوآت‬
‫علتةت‬
known ones
taught one (pis. pic. ft.)
<signs, marks p.n. ]5
‫) تمآلئ‬.stag(

(sing■) *?U
‫أسالين‬
< worlds (p. n.)

(Note: The ‫لعالين‬

of , . signifies all cate-
gories of existence both in
,plural

physical and the spiritual

sense. It indicates also
that the ’world' is not only
what man knew upto now
 but there are numerous
worlds to be discovered or
known in futuFc. In this
comprehensive sense Allah
is the Lord of worlds,

‫رب أالمي‬
word is related to one of
and hence this
the attributes of Allah.
At some places the Holy

430

(imperf. ‫و‬
they (two) teach
p.m. dual.) iv

‫و‬
they teach
(imperf. ‫يتلؤن‬
p.m, plu.)

you teach
[imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)‫تتزن‬
‫تتتي‬
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.)*^!
.com

(may)thou teach me ‫ف‬

٠‫دم م عتر‬1، ( ‫ازم‬

we teach ‫نشه‬ ٢

that/may or we in

order to teach him.

thou art taught

(2 p.m. sing.) pp. ‫عةي‬
you are taught
(2 p. m. plu.)pp. ‫لتم‬
(Jst. p. p!u.
we are taught
pp.١ ‫غتنًا‬

they learn
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) V ‫يتلزن‬
to learn, ‫تًال‬ ‫خ‬٠ <

seek knowledge
 information, knowledge ٦‫ط‬،‫ايإر‬

learning ، ‫اليم‬

knower (act. pic. m. sing.)

learned ones, pb.

knowers
‫ًاتالئ‬،‫ةآلي‬
ones
knower , learnedp.s. ‫ غادي‬،‫عالمؤن‬
٤٣٠

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAK ‫علن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. ring.) w.v. ‫عًال‬

‫ح‬--'overcome

to be high, (‫عآل يق طآ(ن‬

elevated, exalted, ascend,
overcome, exalt oneself,
be proud

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. piufiv w.v. ‫علزا‬

lit. ‫ ألم‬overcome
‫قرللتيرواماعقاتتبيرا‬
And to by waste all that
they conquered with utter
waste ‫ ن‬Pic.). And they may
destroy with utter dcstruc-
tion whatsoever may fall
under their power.

١١٦.٦١
(perate neg. m. plu.) ‫تكا‬ ‫آل‬
exalt not yourselves

‫التىلواعكرأتؤف ملبين‬
Exalt not yourselves against
me, and come unto me as
those who surender.
 127:311

ye assuredly will epl. w. V. ‫تلن‬

overcome (be great, high)

(perf. 3 p.m- sing.') vi ‫لع‬٦‫ق‬

he is (be) exalted, high, above

‫بتةكللملغئأيهغفت‬
Glorified be He and high
above (all) that they ascri-
be (unto Him). (6:100]

Quran has Util this term

in its figurative expression
to denote surrounding
people of the addressed
person or community,
such as,

‫؛<محئافتهةاخ‬،‫يل‬٠‫يبيلمئحمل‬
o children of Israel! Re-
member my favour where-
with I favour d you and
how I preferred you above

‫ة‬١١ other people. [2:47

‫★عله‬

(perf- Ist. p sing.') tv. ‫آطى‬

<1 made public (proclama-
tion)

to make open, ‫؛‬٠٠ 1‫أغن إعآل‬

to speak, openly, manifest
to make public

)‫ن‬٠‫وهآل؛تة(ض‬٦‫>ةقهظ‬
to be open, manifest

(perf 2 p.m. plu.) ‫؛‬V, ‫آظتم‬

ye make known, spoke openly

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.') iv ‫يثؤن‬

they manifest, they make
public

(imperf. 2 p.m. ph». iv.١ ‫تلؤن‬

you manifest, ye make public

(imperf. Ist p ph ،.١ iv. ‫لن‬

we say openly, make publiCj --

openly acc. tn. ‫;حز‬ ‫م‬٠ ‫ىآلنتة‬

٤٣١

431

‫على‬
VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN

‫علو‬

high (act pic. f. sing.) ‫عاية‬

(dative f. phi.) ‫أأسا‬

<h‫؛‬gh ones -٠
(masc.) ‫< آغل‬/(smg.) ‫عال‬

‫؛‬elative f. sins ) ‫خدال‬

Chighoue

a discription for plural

obejects-non-human
being

great r.height
accl. m., w. V.
‫طرًا‬
‫؛‬,act. 2 pic ٠١ ‫علي‬
'the highest one

elevated acc. ‫يرج ا‬

the greatfm. sing.) dative.

‫اآغزن‬ ).m. plu(

 great ones, overcoming ones

*:»*■■ ‫هل‬
‫( تة‬.sing)
place in the seventh Heaven
to which the souls of the
٨
believers will ascend.)

‫اكال‬ the high، exalted Appier, viii

★ ‫على‬
‫على‬ (over (1) (preposition
on, upon،

: A—Physical

‫وعليماوءل الللكحيلون‬
And on them and on the ship
ye are borne. [23:22!

432

(perate tn. /,(u.)

<(you) come !
‫تعالترا‬

(peraie. m. sing.)
Ihou come! ‫دال‬
(peraie.f. p،u. ١ ‫تالين‬
(you women) come !

‫حآلزاع‬.(
‫ألا‬١ ‫) د‬٢‫تالى‬
.١
0
./ .perate(
come'

(perf.
Obecome3 p.m. sing.) X
uppermost ‫انتغال‬
‫انتغلن انتنًال *آ‬ to become
uppermost to overcome

‫دقدًاثلحاليؤمرمراتعل‬
Who is uppermost this day

‫ اازه‬indeed be successful.
,20:64)
 <،٥ct. pic. m. juss. v.w.
tyrant, self-exalting one ‘‫خالى‬
<(act. pic. acc.) w. V. ‫كان‬
tyrant, self-exalting one ‫كاأل‬

-- (act. pic. ١w. V. ‫عالى‬

١٠‫ <تمإب‬upside (1
its high place

‫جكتءلليماتأفلهًا‬
We turned their upsidedown-
ward. 11:821

upon (2)

‫غليلمثياب"تدت‬
Upon them shall be garments
of the green silk. 176:211

‫ االلين‬،‫ءالبت‬
self-exalting).ones
act. pic. m. plu(

٤٢٢
‫عمد‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫عل ى‬

‫تال لة مزنى هن اتعكعل‬

‫آنتعلتريتتغتمترشا‬
Musa said unto him: shall 1
follow thee for that thou
mavest teach me of that
"hich thou hast been
taught a directive know*
ledge. [18:66,

on the ground of, (8)

provided that

‫تألننارنيًانًاعحكإخدىابنتت هتني‬
‫عقآنتاجرنثمىحجج‬
He said, verily I would marry
thee to one of these two
daughters of mine provided
that thou hirest thyslf to
me for eight years. [28:27,

on the top of (9)

‫نشربوتعيوينلحيييور‬
And shall be drinkers thereon
of boiling water. [56:54,

against (10)

‫*لئوخدآيرةاكره‬
Against them shall be the
evil turn of fortune.

09:981

‫لكآثج‬
‫ ا‬perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫عمدت‬٢
<'~intend purposely

٤٣٢

B—Ideative

‫رآفكلكوعتالطلين‬
And I preferred you over
the worlds. (2:471
for (2)

‫وحتمتاعيوالترافعنبن‬
And We had, aforetime, for*
bidden foster mother for
him. {28:125

at (time) (3)

٠‫;تالئئنمغث‬
and he entered the city at a
time of unawareness of
 the inhabitants. {28:15,
under (4)

‫يق‬٠‫ذلتعض‬
In order that thou mayet be
brought up under may eye.
(20:391
to (5)

‫تخجعئنيهيكاليحراب‬
I Then he came forth to his
people [19:1,1

for that (6)

‫يحرثعن مانظت ذ جثياش‬

Alas ! for that I have been

remiss in respect of Allah.
[39:56]
for that, (7) ٠
(to state the cause)

ft

VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‫ع‬

(to3 be
p. m. sing.)
given pip.life
a long ii ‫يعمر‬

(—performed
(perf. Umraviii
3 p.m. sing.) ‫اعتمر‬
perform ،‫ و‬viii
٠to ‫ح‬ ‫اغتسر‬
) is a kind of pilgrim-
age, with fewer rites. Lit-
erally, a visit or a visiting.
Technically a religious
visit to the sacred Mosque

‫االترام يء اخام‬
with the garments
at Makka

(Ihram.)curcuiting round

‫براق‬.Kaba ‫ أنكنتة‬the
‫عو‬٧‫ ع‬times, making seven
 round between the base of

‫‘ اسغ‬Safa’and‘Marwa’
‫المؤرة‬
ding the ceremony with
mounts, conclu-
shaving, or shortening of

head’s hair.
from it in ٨1 Haj
as much asdiffers
it is
at a particular time of the
year besides other obliga-
tory performances while
Umn may be performed
at any time of the year.)

(perf. ‫و‬p.m.
< -made ss sing.) X
dwell ‫انعمر‬

to
to cause (people)
dwell in (a place)
‫انتمر ايجمارًا‬
Note :the current political

term ‫اإلتي]ر‬
nize) has nothing to do (to colo-
with its literal meaning)

434

ssseek
to purposely
or intend
‫تمتن تمثدًا‬
<‫(ض‬intend, to support,5
‫تديغميدقندًا‬ ‫ (ي‬to
place
columns or pillars

‫ تقتدًا‬acc.v
intentionally (Ap~der.)

(pillars (n. p.) ‫قتد‬

(sing.) ‫عاد‬
lofty structure (n.) ‫واد‬
‫إرمدايتءضتاو‬

The (people) of many colum-

ned Iram. [89:7]

(For details about this

 -‫( ارم‬

EZZ٢٦
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫عترفا‬
(they inhabited

‫(مر يغمر كارة (ن‬

inhabit, dwell in (place),
to tend
to

(imperf 3 ‫ ح‬p.m. sing.) ‫يعمر‬

٠١, tends

(imperf.
they tend3 p.m. plu.) f.d. ‫ينمرزا‬

that they tend ‫أن يسررا‬

(Imperf. ht. p. ph،.) JUM. ii ‫سر‬
we grant a long life

to prolong
one’s ii
life (God)‫< مز‬
٤٣٤

‫أده‬

13B ‘op x٥q١

٠‫ع‬٢‫؟ع‬. )٠‫ ه’“' هااا‬٤ ‫دل‬3>‫ؤ!سا‬

1 op

)‫ آلاالةا‬.4 1‫■ أل‬Jjsdua(

‫ تكي إ >ك■ عدا اعيا‬-‫هد‬0

‫ا)ا‬3‫د‬٢
٠٩ns ‫هلهلج اباد‬٩ 3ui٥B[d ,1

Xq |Bjn|d JO Siuesui
01 ،JE0JLUB13 (‫أد‬0‫ال‬3‫ ا‬,»q
c SB ٩ ‫اد‬٢٦‫ ل‬,‫دل؟‬Bjy JO!٥

(qi USIJO 0S|B?‫‘ ؛‬p n SI IUJOJ

‫•د■ دآاللق ) عمتم‬،/ ٢ Jjaduii) wop
op Xbiu sq ,Bqi ‘op iou pip
‘ptp 'ssop

VSuis ‫ةزل’ ؟ الس‬،‫سل‬١١

‫' عيذامخ‬ssn] ‫هرر■ حيب‬

SSU31 isud JO

JO ptiajsiij ‫ أل؟‬guiupsaj |B3J

‫ح‬٦‫د‬0‫هم‬.‫ة ?دإلح ل‬٦٧‫ب‬١‫ةًا د‬١‫دل‬
sunouojd SAIJ* ‫ابال□ !ا‬
-EJisuotuap 10 3A)]E|SJ JO

٠‫□ ؟‬JO IBUOIJIpiro ‫ ( ؟‬٦*"

‫ عني‬x٩psps٠٥٥jd st

iooj siqi JO Osuai jsBd

1٥3jj3d sqi U3JJ0 ]soft : SION

ps٩JOAi ‘pip noX ‫يي‬

‫ •نضر‬n)d uitl l ) ‫يير‬

pip Xsqi' 0‫آ‬١١ ISE

(Jjsd £ ‫ " ال‬d|١١ ) \‫تي‬٤

‫ز‬٢‫) ح‬Buis ‫الكل‬٢٠‫و ؤسكل‬١‫المج‬

ISIJSO

01 0‫ال‬١١■ ‘IOU ‘ixijojjsd ‘op

‫ميبم‬0

‫ةة‬٦

<’P!P

‫ ؛'؛الالا’ الى أليمب‬d١

f*(,

01 ((ipM 'X,,,BA B) dwp X

‫؟‬١> ٥٨:‫؟‬٢^٢
(p) n

‫) محق‬٠‫د‬.‫ ع لل‬-‫دا‬٠( d3٠p<

‫دآل‬٢ ‫ج‬
‫ صير‬.،.،‫ ىرحاك‬٦‫ رها‬UEUJ p٥3b up
Vsnw ■q١ng

XtJid pus Iinojio" <٠‫>رمز‬

Xaqi q٥iq١s punojc pun

aSuEjo sp‫ ؛؟‬itstA ‫دلد‬٨‫ ل‬Xrp
-ussnoqi qoiqM "u٠٨Bsq u,
1' ‘1‫؛‬, OI Suipuodssjjoo JO
pom ‫ د‬JO PUB ‘Bq٠BX JO I
‫ ا‬Bit‫إ‬3‫ إ‬JO aqi ‫ا يتم ؛؛‬٦٦‫مب‬
]٠‫ا‬:‫ل؛ج‬

*pajuanbsjj 3sn٥H ٥qi X٥

‫يءأه؟ءذي‬
Jtd wd) paiuanbajj■) ١٦٢٢٢٢
Suipuai (‫آل‬٦‫م‬٠٠ ٧٩

(٥A0٩B ass) ٩,It) EJUl■) .

‫تيال‬
:0 ( w) siutisjf‫إك‬ -‫دد‬

SuiJ Il -p٥JSp|!M‫ج‬،:‫ ؛‬٥٩]

Xaqi UOIIBO ‫دلد‬١٨ A3٠‫؟‬١pu
Xqi Xqing ,‫؛‬-,XOIUI Jiaqiui ‘SJ

‫يو‬2 ‫ال'ا‬١‫لج‬١,\

3
Nvanb AlOH IHJ. ،0 ABVIOHVOOA

3‫مر‬
٣‫ع‬
VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN

‫عمل‬
paternal uncle (rt.) ‫عم‬
<paternal uncles (rt. p.) ‫أغام‬

(sing.) ‫عع‬
 Cpctmal aunts (n. p.) ‫مات‬
(sing.) ٦‫مت‬
Note: In the H.Q. these
w ords have always occur-
red followed by a 2 p. pro-
noun such as ‫ عكة‬your
uncle, ‫ اماتتج‬your uncle, *‫يم‬
your aunts.

(imperf. 5 p.m. plu ٠١ ‫يعمهزن‬

< they wander

‫ًا(س‬٣‫ (قية عته ع‬to be

confounded, perplexed, un-
able to find the right
course, confused

* ‫ى‬٢‫ج‬

‫و‬
(perf. p. tn. sing.) w.v.
<~b!inded
‫عمى‬

‫ (ض دغلى ي دس‬to
become blind

( perf. ‫ل‬ p. f. sing.) w.v.

lit. ''،blinded
‫عبت‬

‫فييتعيفراآلبةيتبز‬
On that Day (til) tidings will
be dimmed. 128:661

436

(imperj■. 2 p
you do, act
١m, plu,( ‫تغملؤن‬

‫تغمل‬ .nom ‫نتمل‬.acc ‫ تتمل‬.juss

we do

(perate. m sing.) ‫اغل‬

(thou) make!, do! work!

‫الدم‬.( ‫القا‬
.perate. m(
(you) make!, do !, work !

acc. ‫ حمؤع‬nom, *‫و‬

deed, work, action (a.) ‫العمل‬
< deeds, works, (n. p.) ‫آغال‬
actions

bing.) ‫عل‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫عايل‬

‫عايلؤن‬
‫عايلين‬
‫ألعايلون‬
‫أأيلين‬
(act.plc. f. sing.) ٩‫عاملة‬
travailing, toiling ‫نم‬

‫عابلةيجية‬
Travailing, worn. (i.e. labo.
uring through Hell-fire).

088:31

worker, doer

(act. pic. m. phi.)

workers, doers.

‫عن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

this preposition is used to

 denote off, from off, away
from, out of, inspite of,
concerning

‫آلتتكدعتآضخبالجحم‬
And thou will not be asked
about the fellows of Hell-

Are. [2:1191

with (2)

‫شءذقايغج‬٠‫ذك‬٢‫ت‬
And the Jews will never be
pleased with thee. [2:120]

from (3)

‫أوتكعنمامبصدزب‬
They will be far removed
from thence. 121:1011

for SS in place of (4)

‫وتتذاييماالجزقتتيعنئني‬
And guard yourselves against
a Day when no soul in
aught will avail another,
(or) avail for a soul.

[2:48]

because (5)

‫رماهاناشقغتًاابرهيمآليه‬
‫ذ>شلت؛ رسهـأآلاا‬۶‫إق‬
The prayer of Ibrahim for
the forgiveness of his fat-
her was only because of a
promise he had made to
him. 19:114)

٤٣٧
(perf. 3 p m. plu.) (‫'أ‬.*.[ ‫عزا‬
 they were blind

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) (u
get» blind
٠.v.)

(3 p. f. sing.) ,٠،
p. p.
had been made obscure I
(١١

to render blind ‫عمى تعيية‬

(perf 3 p m- sing.) ir.
<made blind
‫أغى‬

to cause or ‫آ‬.‫أغمي إغًا‬

make ss blind

blindnes (in.) ‫ عمتى‬،‫ألعمى‬

‫فكتتجاالعتىعل العنى‬

Then they preferred blindness

to the guidance. ,41:17)

blinds, (n. p.) acc. ‫عين‬/ ‫عغون‬

<who become blind

(sing.) ‫عم‬
(who cannot see due to their
spiritual blindness)

‫ اآلغمى‬/ ‫ آغمى‬blind (fl.)

(blind» (n. p.) ‫نيًا‬/‫عنى‬
(sing.) ‫ أنلى‬،
< blinds, (n. p.) ‫عيًا ًا‬
(sing.) ‫عم‬
\\*‫حى‬
(about (I) (preposition) ‫عن‬
437

‫عن‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫عن‬

(6) ( ‫ ب‬of (as

‫دسآيئيلقعنالموى‬

Nor does he speak of (his

own) desire. 153:31

‫عن‬
‫للهغنةءالعلين‬
of (as (7)(

Allah is independent of the

worlds. (‫ا ذ‬ :97

of what,
of ،+ ‫ص‬
that, concerning that
(com.)

‫لوك‬5‫وأالهغافلء‬
Allah is not unaware of what
ye do. ,2:741

whereof ‫ م‬+‫عن‬
used onlyform
shortend ‫ما‬
in anofinterro-
(com.)

gative phrase

‫عتيتآءلرن‬
Whereof do they question
one another 7 (78:1]

★‫عنب‬

‫( عتب‬.„) a grape

‫يتبا‬ .acc

‫أغناب‬
(grapes (n.p.)

(sing ) ‫عنب‬
‫*ط‬٠‫|خت‬
‫ع‬ crime, misforture
»،‫ع ن و‬/:‫عع الوجز‬
 ٥ :‫يننم‬
(perf■ 2 p.m. phi )

‫(عنت يشى قآؤس‬

<y ur are overburdened "
with diffiiculty, fall into
to meat
distress, to be overburden*
ed

you would haw (l.c.)

overburdened

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv,

< *caused a burden
‫آعتت‬
difficulty,
pass put on
through £‫اغتت إئ‬
w burden

‫تدقدهم‬
Had Allah willed He could
have subjected you to
burden. (2:220]

< falling in crime

or sm
(‫ارثم‬.( ‫ألت‬
a crime,
to commitsiniv (‫عيت عتتًا (س‬
‫★ عند‬
(tyrant,pic.
(pact. opposing, ‫عيتذ ا تنبدًا‬
obstinate
f. singjacc.

‫تدآك‬،‫(ن‬ ‫عد يغند عنزدًا‬

‫(يتتد‬,/،، to decline, deviate

)) ‫عاد‬
be rebellious to resist, iii

‫عند‬
preposition)
(A particle used as

(1) ((near, (actual), (with

٤٣٨

‫نو‬٤
 VOCABULARY or TM HOLY QURAH

‫عن‬

(this is a metaphorical phrase

that means: do not be
niggardly)

‫ركإلتأنًالزمثةطبرةفعنقد‬
And to every man We have
fastened his action round
his neck. 17:13‫]؛‬

phoncal
(here also ‫عثق‬
mraning i.e., like
collar which he can not
is a mata-

get off)

<necks. (n. p.) ‫آعنآق‬

‫ة؛ر؛‬.١'‫غقر‬
‫لم‬5

occured
the pluralinform
actual ‫ء'ق‬
of sense of has
neck while singular, as
shown above, has its meta-
phorical uses

****

spider (n.) ‫العتكرت‬

* ‫ادد‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

< dewncasted
«‫؛‬.«. ‫عنت‬
‫ل‬-)‫عنايعثوقنادًا قعنوة(ن‬
to submit humbly, to bedown■
cast

‫وعتتالوجليلحفيالقيقو‬
And downcast will be faces
before the Living, the Self-
Subsisting. 70:111‫]؛‬
 ‫عند‬
of ,near’denotes
whetherthe
it be act-
meaning
ual in the sense of possess-
ion or ideational, also it
denotes a sense of rank or

dignity or opinion 1 ٠.)

‫لركانؤاعندتأمامأثوومأعيلؤا‬
Had they been with US, they
had net died nor had they
been slain. 3:156‫)؛‬

‫يجدعتهأرزقا‬
He found provision by her
(i.e., paced near her.)

‫ا‬٦٠‫ق‬٦١

near (ideational) (2)

‫للكرخيألليعدباريعكة‬
That were best for you with
your Creator, [2:54]

to indicate sense of (3)

dignity, or the nearness

‫بآلحيآءعدرتوم‬
Nay ! they are living with
their Lord. [3:169]

★‫عنق‬
‫عق‬
neck (fl.)

‫رتيليدكمعلولقرلعيتق‬
And Let not thine hand be
chained to thy neck.

117:29]

٤٣٩

439
VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN ‫عمد‬
‫يعيلودللثركنينعمكعتاش‬
How can there be for the
associators a treaty with

Allah. [٠;7]
oath (2)

‫وتهانعمناشومثال‬
And an oath to Allah must
be answered. [33:15]

covenant (3)

‫مبنخ‬٩‫يةائزخئيثةلمت‬
‫وأينارمثمعقيال‬
Lo ! Those who purchase a
small gain at the cost of
Allah’s covenant and their
oaths. [3:77]

covenant, promised, (4) ‫التد‬

appointed time

‫آفطالعيكرلعمل‬
Lasted then the covenant
too long for you (Jul), Did
the time appointed then
appear too long for you 7
(Pic.). Did the promised
time then, seem long to
you. (M.A.). 120:86]

★‫ن‬٠‫ع‬
‫( ايتن‬.wool (n

‫كالنر النغرع‬
As carded wool. 1101:51
440

٠ ‫ل‬٠‫ع‬
(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) ‫ألى‬- ‫عبد‬
 covenanted, charged (1)

‫إلى‬-)‫عبديغهدعهدًا(س‬
to covenant, to charge, enjoin,
impose

‫بماعهديئرة‬
Of what He hath a covenant
with thee. [7: (34]

(perf. 1st. p. plu. ١ ‫عذنًا‬

to impose (2) ‫خ‬

‫إةاتزبم‬٦‫ولجذذ‬
And We imposed a duty upon

Ibrahim. [25 ‫ع‬: ‫]ل‬

(imperf. lit. p, ting.) juss.

to charge (3)

‫آآلغمنكيلويبغادم‬
Did I not charge you, 0 ye
sons of Adam. 136:601

‫و‬
Omade covenant
(perf. p. m. sing.) iii ‫عاهد‬
‫عاتد قعاعدة‬ to make ii
covenant, to swear, to
contract

‫و‬
they made covenant
(perf. p.m. plu.) iii ‫عاتدوا‬
‫ه‬perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ill ‫عاتاد م‬
you made covenant

< treaty (1) (v.n.) ‫هث‬

lit. covenant

٤٤٠

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫عوج‬

 (imperf. 1st. p. phi.) V.,.
we return
‫تعرد‬
(we shall return id.

(-*'Shall repeat (1)

‫ييد‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ،,

to cause ss to ‫اتمان؛‬, ‫اكات‬

return, to repeat, to be
restored

Verily He beginneth the crea-

tion then He shall repeat
it. 110:41

(to be restored (2)

the verb ‫طذ‬٦

that means to get ss ret-
is transitive
urn or cease to return but
in the verse 34:49 it
seems to be in the mean-
ing of *to return’ (، e., in-
transitive) but in fact
this is an idiom

‫مآلن تا يند قايدء آنى‬

،‫ يكن لي‬،‫لم‬
neither to be restored nor
some one is
to originate which means
,he has no way to survive

‫الحقدمايتبيئبأط‬:‫قنجآ‬
Say Thou ! The truth is come
(،.،., after the advent of
Islam) and falsehood shall
neither originate nor be
restored. (34:49]

.٢-‫يندز‬
(.imperf. 3 p.m. plu.١
com. (f.d.)

they restore you

‫وج‬٤ ★
 ‫إرج‬ (crookedness
.nom ‫يمو بأ‬ .arc

‫ءبجتسجءتجآ(س)*اهع‬
crooked, bent, di or
ted, warp

‫* عدد‬

١>- ‫و‬
(perf. p.m. sing.) (w.*.)
returned
)‫د« ق ععادًا(ن‬٠‫تماذ يعودعزدًاو م‬
to return, a way (trans.)

they returned
‫عادزا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) (w.v.)

they would (lc.)

have come back
‫الدزا‬
(perf. ‫و‬
you returned
p. m. plu.) (w.i)

we returned
(perf. 1st. p. m. phi.) (w.,.)
‫عدنًا‬
(imperf,
they return
‫و‬ p.m. plu.)(H'.».)

that they return (fd.)

if they return acc.. ‫آن يعردزا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) (w.i)
ye return

(if) you return fd. w.v.

assuredly ye shall return
‫تعردزا‬
(imperf. 2p.m.sing.) epl• W.I

t.

441
 ‫و‬٤

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN

‫د‬

‫و‬٤

(perate. m. sing.) X, w.v.

<seek refuge

‫استعاذ‬ .as R.F

refuge (pis. pic., wy.)

‫انتيذ‬
‫معان‬

we restore
(imperf.: 1st. p. plu.) wy. ‫ييند‬
they
(3 sent
p. m. back,
plu.) (or)
p.m. iv.taken
w.v. ‫آعندنا‬
back.

(Allah b« my refuge
(an idiom)

‫تتاد اله‬
thosepic.
(act. who m.return
phi.) (wy.) ‫عاتزن‬
٠ ‫أدد‬
«laid) open (I) (n.)

private parts (of man 0

woman) what one is asha-
٢
med to expose, something
laid open to enemies, time
suitable for exposure of
oneself

‫ومابىبع‬٤‫إنبييتناعورة‬
Verily our houses are open
while they (lay) not open.
 (33:13,

home !the (n.p.t.) w.v.

place where every body
‫تخ؟‬
will compulsorily come
back

I sought
(perf. 1st.refuge
p. plu.) (w.*.) ‫عذي‬
‫عاذ يعؤذ عوذًا ق عياذًا ق تعاذًا (ن‬
to seek protec-

tion of some one from SS,

seek refuge in SS against

SS or some danger

nakedness (2)

‫زرات‬
'‫غذذًا‬
(nakedness (n. p.)
(sing.)

‫إوالطغللنينكزيظمررا‬
Or children who know naught
of women's nakedness.

124:311
privacy (3)

‫ذذليوذي؛رمخذ‬
Three times of privacy for
you. (24:581

442

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) (h-.v.)

I seek refuge

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)(wy.)

they seek refuge
iv, w.v.

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.)

( I seek refuge for~

another
to causeto ٠‫أخ د إطد‬
iv.seek refuge

‫أعوذ‬
‫يعرذرن‬
‫لتأعيذهايك‬
Jseek refuge for her with
Thee. (3:361

٤٤٢

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN ‫عوق‬

‫ىش‬٤

‫ انتعآن استعانة‬X
to seek help

(perate. m. plu.) m, X ‫امتعيثوا‬

(you) seek help . ‫ا‬
(pis. pic. m. sing.) H.V..X
one whose help is saught
‫الميعآن‬

‫عران‬
<one of middle age (n.)
)‫عان يعؤن عرنأ(ن‬
to be of middle age

٠‫عىب‬
(,imperf, 1st. p. sing ٠١٥cc. w.«.
‫>ل‬ damage

‫(تاتيينبعيًا(ض‬
to be or make damage, to

٠‫عىد‬

caravan (n.) ‫التر‬

٠ ٠‫ح ى ز‬
 livelihood, life (v.n.) ‫يقة‬
‫عاش ييش عيشًا ق عيتة‬
‫ًا‬
)‫ز ت غأ و تنقة (ض‬

to live in a certain manner

livelihood (*.«,) ‫تنتة‬

(livelihoods (n. p.) ‫تآثن‬

(ring,) ‫قيشة‬
‫ع‬
(Ap-der. m. plu.) ii ‫المعوقين‬
<thou who hinder

‫عاق يعقق عؤةًا (ن) و عؤق‬

to hinder, ‫آذ‬
impede, restrain, prevent

٠ ‫|عوم‬
(year acc.
(plu.)}v/\ ‫ كاع‬nom. ،‫كام‬
two years (dual.) ‫عاتين‬
* ‫عدن‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ٠٠ .٣٠
(helped

‫عآلعآن‬-‫ينينإعاتة‬
to aid, assist, help

(perate. m. plu.) W.V., iv ‫آيترا‬

(you) help!

(you) help me ‫أيجوي ؛‬

( perate. m. plu ٠) w,v٠٠ it
<help ye one another !
 ‫‪ ,ri‬تعآةن تتاونآ‬
‫‪to cooperate, help one‬‬
‫‪another‬‬

‫‪(imperf. 1st p. plu.) W.V..‬‬ ‫تتتيين ‪١■،‬‬

‫‪<we seek help‬‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬

‫‪443‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ي‬ ‫*ه ؟له *‪٦no o‬‬

‫زسل• ل‪£‬؛ ‪ d‬ة‪١١١‬ب بر 'ال ‪١‬ةًا‬

‫‪ ٠‬جك م آل‬

‫بس ‪ id u 3ui٦ds‬ااا«ل*‬

‫‪١٠، ١‬خ‪v٥u١s‬‬

‫‪.*.‬اآله ‪٠٦١‬ئل\كأ ذة ;آل‬

‫را‪( ٥٨٠٩٥٩* «،١٩٦‬ال’ى) حي‬

‫(ء'ج ) نبو‬

‫<هدي؟ (‪ ■U‬ه) ‪٦‬خا‬

‫?ؤب ألم‪? -‬؛ ‪ +‬ماعم‪ ٠‬لعيب‬

‫؟‪١‬غ ال■?■ ?) ه ‪ W‬؟‪٢١‬‬

‫‪ «٩٦‬ل*‪ 0‬دديآل‬

‫‪٠‬بي‬ ‫‪03‬س‪٣۶٠‬ب ‪٠٥٥٠‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ 0*1‬ئ«‬

‫ال م دهال‪ -٠‬ج‪ ٢٦‬أالت■ ‪٢٦‬‬

‫‪١‬هي وع«ا االخب‬

‫‪ً٩‬ا‪ $‬ه«ل ‪٢١٠‬‬

‫‪٦‬؛زئ‬
 ٠٥٥٥٩٦ ‫ل‬0‫ده ل‬3 ٥٩٦ puy

‫ي'ى‬

‫) بم‬7( ٥٥

stroll sguuds]

pun suspiuS HP!□! »q

X|U‫ □«؛‬٥٩٦ ٥٨-Il٥٩s Sutresj

٦‫م‬١٠'‫؟‬،‫ة؛هًاحمحب‬

w) sSuuds ‫ ي■) م؛غ‬،

٦ ‫م‬n Id AWlrtBOA ‫آلل‬

٢‫ب‬٦‫) حيض اع‬٠‫ <جم ال‬sgaudf 0*‫ا‬

]‫ح‬1:88‫ل‬ ■‫االع‬

٥J٥M_L ٥٩ ]‫ال‬٩‫ ء‬uunj 3u,jds B-

'‫ جيمًا آليححي‬٠ puv

jds3‫؛‬u (,)(»:) ‫ي‬٦

■ b, ‫]كلب‬
٥ ‫بمه‬AJ٥٨١S Xuin ٦ou fxl‫؛‬L٢
!٦٥٩ n٢M ٦ ٥٩g ojora irqi
‫ًا‬٢‫ييملمًالج‬٢٢‫ا‬

0٦ JO op ٥٩ stun,
a٥U‫؛‬SJ٥IJ٦O gU?,M٥‫؛‬P Tt
٥pis‫اادال ؟‬٥AJ3‘ 1 01*‫ ؛‬,o

IP-- ‫مآل‬٠ ‫)ة؛ب‬٠(

n٢un$٥٥!٦

9‫ بم‬dptst ami ٠٥٠‫ ؛‬op

‫) ايمم‬٩»( ‫س ؛)ا»؟‬٠‫ةةلكل■ ج ق‬١‫الال‬

‫لج م م آل‬

٥٦n,i
 01 ٥٩ 0٥٩ ‫ ل‬to ٥5٦ ‫ه‬p ,jood-

f٩c ‫ختم عمئ‬-‫ م‬٢?.)‫(نم‬

ap$jood *3٦n>i٦

‫ عج‬٠٥٥٥ } ■‫ س للالة‬٠٠١٥ ٠٦٥٥(

<Xu٥١od (‫)•ال‬ ‫أي‬

j]spoo٩tl٥٨

‫ليمحب‬ -3‫د‬٠٠٦٥"‫ت اداآلآل‬0‫ ل‬٥tu١١

A٦OH H١٢an‫ب‬٦ ٥

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫عىى‬

‫ا‬
first creation? 50:15

‫ينى‬
‫وكريتىيخلتمت‬
was wearied Jun.

And was not wearied by their

creation. 146:331

)‫ع ينى غبدآ (س‬

to be unable to find the way
to do anything

‫آميئاألهئبالاالوبى‬
Are We then wearied with the

‫كتاب الغين‬
Note : This verb has oppo-
site meanings ،.e., to rema-
in behind and to depart
In the «.Q. the former is
meant.

mutually
<to - w.
lose and gain ».«. ‫اتغن‬
 ‫تغاتن تغابًا‬
or deceive mutually
.to cheat Vi

‫رج ذل‬١‫ًاذميجتثالللجهإل‬
(Remember) the day whereon
He shall assemble you unto
the Day of Assembling,
that shall be the Day of
mutual loss and gain.

. [64:91

(i.e., the Day of the Here-

after, where some people
who were fortunate eno-
ugb in their worldly life

‫» غور‬، ‫الغار‬
‫غش ا ألغ‬
‫الغايزت‬
‫»ث‬ ‫الغايته ا‬
‫غايين‬
‫غدط‬ ٣ »،‫لق’ئلءح‬
‫ع‬ ١
‫أتبنت‬
‫ب‬)‫(ن‬‫(يؤ‬.»)
‫غريغيرغبزرًا‬ dust meta, gloom

‫ت اغبر ت أ‬
hr of the colour of dust,
become very durty
to become ix

‫الغارنن‬ (.(pic. pac. m. iing

those who remained)
behind

)‫غبريخبرغبرؤرآ(ن‬
to remain, to depart

٤٤٥

445

‫ع رب‬

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫غيت يندق غذقًا (س‬

to abound in
 water (spring), rain co-
piously

‫* عدد‬

٥ ‫غنوت‬
(perf. 2p.m. sing.) (w.v.)
<th u settedst forth

)‫غدا يتدز غدةًا(ن‬

to go in morning, go forth

early, to depart (any time)

they went
(perf. outplu.) (w.v.)
3 p. m. ‫غدرا‬
‫آله‬١0‫ل‬١ go out'.
(perate. m. plu.) (w.v.) ‫اغدوا‬
(n.) acc. ‫ غدًا‬gen. ‫غي‬
the morrow

(the coming day)

‫ غدؤ‬.nom ‫ غدقًا‬.acc ),"(

morning ‫ألتداي‬
morning meal٤‫غدا‬
٠ ‫عرلب‬
‫غربت‬ (.perf. 3p.f. sing)

(settest (sun ‫بم‬

‫> ؤب يغرب وات‬
to disppear, to set (sun, star,

etc.)

(imperf. 3 p. f. ٠‫تترب ر‬
444
‫سم‬ rets (sun)

will lose, on the other

 hand some of those who
had no fortune in their
worldly life will gain.)

(m٠R.)

(carried away
rubbish
|٠’!‫لمتا‬
‫|غفيو‬
(!)(„,) by a torrent)

‫ئجحلنامغعآء‬
Than We made them a refuse
(like rublish to be thrown

away).
stubble (2)
123:41 ‫ا‬
‫ئجعلةغقآحوى‬
Then made it to stubbledusky
(for the cattle^. [87:5]

١
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing ‫ ل‬Hi
leaveth
‫يخر د‬
‫در مناترة‬١‫حهء‬
to leave, leave behind

( ‫>>فتت تغير غذرًا‬

to break a contract

(imperf. Ist.p. plu.) iiijuss.

we leave

we leave
* ‫غدق‬

<plenteous acc. (M.) ‫غدى‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLV QURAN ‫غرق‬
verbal noun, and means
guile or guiliug, while the

latter in ‫ عرور‬with ‫كبر‬

on ‫غ‬ means 'the means
or object of which one
 beguile».’

(perf.‫ل‬
'-''ladle
p.m. sing.) riii ‫اغترف‬

< ‫اغترف اغترافًا‬

(water with the hand) to dip

a lading (a quan- (n.) (1) ‫غزنة‬

tity (of) water) which
fills the hand)

‫ا‬٠‫قش|ةز‬
Save him who takes (there-
of) in the hollow of his
hand (Pic.), excepting him
who ladeth a lading with
(49 12:2 .(.hil hand (Jid

)2( ‫الغز فة‬ (.the high place, (n

upper chamber

plu(.( ‫ غرات‬،‫> غرف‬

‫ غرًا‬،‫ } غرع‬.the high acc
::‫لنؤ]ي أ‬
‫غرق‬

‫ آغرفًا‬iv ١.perf. 1st. p plu،)

we drowned)

‫الييزب‬ ).v.rt(

the setting of the sun ,

the western (re/, adj. m.) ‫الترجًا‬

‫غريحة‬
the wcitern (rel. adj, f)

‫} تغرب ا المنرب‬.pt. sing )„٠

the place of setting sun (west)

the wests (n.pt. dual.} ‫المغربين‬

the wests (». pt. plu.) ‫المغايب‬
‫ غزاا‬.acc ‫ ألنراب‬raven (n.)
(extremely black (n. p.) ‫غرايب‬
 (sing.) ra-en ‫غزيب‬

★ ‫خرر‬

‫غر‬
( perf. 3p.m. jig.) assim. *
‫ نمج‬beguiled
< ‫(عئ يص زًا ت حذرًا(ن‬

to beguile, deceive

(perf, ‫ و‬p.m. singfassim. V ‫غرت‬

‫ ج‬beguiled
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)jus3.
let beguile
‫يغرر‬

let not be guile thee ‫نمرتآل‬ ‫فآل‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) emp.

should beguile
‫يتن‬

let not be guile you ‫يترنك‬ ‫آل‬

‫غرورًا‬،‫ غرزر‬guile (v.n.)

beguiler (n.) ‫الترؤر‬
Note: The word ‫وزر‬

(with damma on ‫)غ‬

٤٤٧

447

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫غرق‬

atorment, anguish
continous (n.) acc.‫غراسأ‬
that
a mustloan,
forced be paid ‫تغرم‬
a debt(».».)

thosepic.
(pis. who m.are ‫مترمون‬
involved in
plu.)

debt, or laid under an

obligation

we have stirred, w.v. iv ‫آغرزنا‬

 we have occasioned

- ‫أغرتى إغراًا‬
one with a strongtodesire . ،V
inspire

for doing ss, incite, uree,

cause to, adhere to

we surely set up against

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) epl. ‫تغرن‬
And the alarmists in the city

(if not cease) We verily

shall set up (urge) thee
against them. 133:601

★ ‫زل‬۶

‫غزل‬ (.thread : spun (n >

)‫غرليغزًالغزآل(ض‬

‫يه‬.( ٠‫غرىق‬
٢‫ز‬
(act. pic. phi.)* W.I.

٠))
*48 ‫رت‬ on‘ the pattern of

٥،۴٠‫يغرق *آ‬
drown that he may

‫>غرقينرت غزع(س‬
to sink (in water)

(that did2it)p.m.
(imperf. in order
ting.)to
el.iv ‫ينرق‬
drown

we drown
(imperf. 1st. p.plu.) iv ‫غرق‬
‫أغرقزا‬, .pp ).p.m.plu
they were drowned
‫(و‬
 ‫ألترق‬
drowning (».».)

‫غزتًا‬
destruction)(to r.n. ace.
vehemently

‫دالثزغتغرئًا‬
By the (angles) who drag
vehemently (did.). By
those who drag forth to
destruction. (،'.،. the souls
of the infidels from their
bosoms.) (79:11

‫المعرقين‬/‫غرقزن‬
(pis. pic. m. plu.١
.acc

those who are drowned

٣‫★ عر‬
(act. ‫ألغارميت‬
< debtors
pic. m. plu.)

‫غرم يغرم غزمًا (غز‬

)‫و عغرمًا(س‬
to be in debt,
to pay (a tax, fine)

‫غش ع‬
VOCABULARY 0 THE HOIY QURAN

‫ع زو‬
until ye have ‫حح تتتيوا‬
washed yourselves

( pis. pic. m. sing.) ‫مغتسل؛‬

place for washing (٠.),
water ٧id.١, sprmg ‫م‬Pic.١

Note. Etymologically the

passive pirticle from a
derived stem stands also
as the noun for place and
 time.

corruption (n.)

i.e., what flows from

the bodies of the damned

،‫غتلين‬

(parf. ‫ و‬p.m.sing.)(w.v.)
< overcome, covered

‫غثى يغثى غقاية ز‬

to cover conceal

‫فتثيمرتراليح ماغثيوء‬
And, then covered them with
that which did cover them
of sea. (20:781

covers 3 p.m. sing.) (w.v.)

(imperf, ‫ينشى‬
overcomes (with ‫يغثا إف‬
when attached to a pronoun)

‫رأيل رئايخثى‬

Be the Night when itcovereth.

‫تزئؤرآ(ن)ئ‬٠‫ةرا‬

go forth, to raid on
enemy’s land

act pic. sing.

‫ غزتى‬.p.b
‫ غررات‬.plu ‫ غزقة‬.noun
‫وارم غنقا (ض‬ ‫غتق‬
‫غتق يغيق‬
>dark

to become very dark (night,

(act. pic. m. sing.)

darkness, darkner
‫غايقو‬

‫غثا آل غساق‬
I ).inis(
corrupion (‫الكل‬.) (flowing

from the bodies of the

damned)

paralysing cold (Pic.)

٠‫غرل‬
(perate. m. plu.) 5‫غيلزا‬
<(you) wash !

)‫غتلينيلغنًالغخأل(ض‬
to wash, purify

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) f. d. ‫تغتلزا‬

<you wash

to wash one- viii ‫اغتل اغتاآل‬

٤

449

VOCABULARY OR TH* HOLY QURAN ‫غشى‬

‫تغشى تغتبًا‬
oneself
as R. F. to cover

‫تغشا‬
ed to a pronoun)
(written when attach-

‫تتاتظهاحلتتًالغ‬
And when he covered her,
she bore a light burden,
17:1891
 <they covered themselves
(perf. 3 p.m'. plu.) w.v. X
cover, or cover oneself
to get oneself under X. ‫اثتئعلى‬
‫ يتتغشؤن د‬.w.v
(imperf. ‫ن‬ p.m.ph*.)
they cover themselves

‫لجاعتة‬/‫ةاشة‬ .w.v

(act.pic.fi.ting.)
overwhelming covering
lit. a thing that covers,

‫ولهآلتكحييث الع‬
the day of Resurrection(

Hath there come unto thee

the story of the covering
events?(،.*,. Resurrection,

because it ‫اازب‬
with its terror). 188:11
an overwhelming (2)
torment

‫الواتن*لتيمياثيةةنصليالمه‬
Are they secure then against
(that) there may come
upon them an overwhelm-
ing of Allah's torment.

‫واكاليخظها‬
And the night when it
covereth it (the world);

Note: The personal pronoun

is either for Che world or the
darkness.

[imperf. ‫و‬
covers, with cover
p f. sing.)

(perf.
<-covered
‫و‬ p.m. sing.) w.v. ii
 ‫كث سته‬ .as R. F
‫ن‬
(imper/. p.m. sing.)
covers

‫آنفى إقا *ًا‬

we have covered
(perf. Ist. p. sing.) w.v. ،V ‫آغقنن‬
,to cover
to draw a veil, to cause to
—

(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) w.v. iv

—covers

(3
wasp.f. sing.)over
covered p. p. iv
(with—) ‫أغفن‬
(‫و‬ p. m. sing.) pip. iv
is covered, over upon him

a. e., he faints)

‫تدقرايم*لننيغث‬
Their eyes rolling about—
like (the eyes of) him
who faintcth unto death.

(33:191

(perf.
—covers
3 p. m. sing.) w.v., *

450

٤٥

٠٦\
‫ةها«ع‬١ ‫خلت‬٠\ ‫دة‬٩١<
(njd•urd rfeaduif•) (‫؟صج )همال‬
‫نمآل‬٠‫هم‬

01 1 □ ‫مو‬ ‘XlSfUB3‫ا!ا‬1‫لل‬
‫ يدآل‬،٦١٩٢ ‫ج‬٦٦

<!‫ ال‬jaJfUB JO 3JEJS

‫ب‬٩‫بي‬٦ ,‫ ا ل‬-‫م هدد‬/‫• ى‬ltd(

Vn٦d٩٠٦٦ ١

paflEJu

<٠‫؛‬Xj8uB‘iuBu3ipu (u■)

njqiBJM ,JB noq_L|٠(K/.

ujoqM jsuibSb □soqi JO 1٠

pasuau 1-1® noqi- (‫)كهرد‬

IUOUM isuie3b asoqi JO JON

,‫ ؟‬C٢K) •UMOP iqSnojq
qiEJM U1٠٩M uodn □soqi 1

)•‫■ (اددد‬j٠8ub 3‫آال‬٩‫ل‬ UJB3

asoqi JO (qd aqi) 1٠N oq

11 CPtr):١٤

Ujwop iqgnojq uoiiBuSipui

IU٠٩M uo asoqi JO »UON

n

٢٩0 ٥
UB‫ لنل‬j 8ub JO

(Did ■pod•) ‫غب'بيا‬١‫ل‬

٥ 3bj "jsSub (4") ‫ ضيي‬I
qi qiwjAs

01 3٩ jSub* *٠‫؛‬qi 01 ٥٩

‫ ضجج‬:‫() نبج ضبب‬

<~qjiM XjSue sc٨٩

‫ ب ) ضتي‬٠u»'d ‫ل ؟‬4‫(صل‬
 ‫ب ج‬٨‫*ض‬

*qi٠xoqo ‫أ‬,‫ ااا‬pooj puy

‫آآلك‬٩‫غًااًا‬

٩١١٨١ qjBiM‘ ‫د ةاللةد‬۶٩

p٥١١oq٥ a٩ ‘pa^oqo aq OI

<<‫(م)هجًاًاكنم‬

(nid■) ‫سئ‬

٥uo pooj) paijMqa SI ‫ } □(ق‬.

<;3u,q,jiuB ٩)| q٠iq

‫ه منم ص آل‬

JOI”- 6‫ء‬:8،‫]ل‬

iroq XJ3A3 q١a١Bi oqM

Eiuaqi ajojaq SBM ajaqi 8ui

€‫ك؛؟اؤ‬:‫ء؟حي‬٦٣‫ًابالبمل‬١

،[jsnfun ,aauaoiA

- <1 Xq a‫؟‬B١ 01

aaioj 03

‫ج‬-‫ختبخ‬-‫ي‬1)0(
aajoj Xq JO

Xlisnfun □uoauios UIOJJ

<(B)4) Suiqiauios a،ji

‫ م منم آل‬٢٩

w) 8u,ao٩‫؟‬٠ )-٥
‫؟‬١٩، )‫(ت'الة‬

<i.H/ d-u s3utj٥٨0‫راك‬١ ٠

1UIBJ 01 apcui s, oqM aoo))
yd ■Std/TM auo paioiBj,' ‫؟؟‬IT
 ‫م م‬
‫ج‬
o AMyinavooA، ‫ءال‬، Nvan?) OH

‫ م‬٢
3

CABULAXY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫غضض‬

to forgive, pardon ‫ ل‬- )‫غغرانًا(ض‬

we have forgiven
(perf. 1st p. plu.) ‫غغزنآ‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يخزر‬

forgives

will forgive juss. (I-C.)

they forgive
٠
(imperf. 3 p m. phi.) ‫ينقرزن‬
let them forgive acc. ‫تموذا‬
thou forgive
‫تنقر‬
(imperf. 2p.m. sing.) (juss.)

‫تنفرزا‬
ye pardon, forgive
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) acc.

we will forgive
‫نغنز‬
(imperf. Itt. p. plu.) juss.

‫اغنر‬
forgive* thou may forgive !
(perate. m. sing.)

‫ينغر‬
will be forgiven
(3 p. m. sing.) pip.

‫ييغف ك‬7

‫ا‬
‫تبذح‬
It will be forgiven us. 17:169

‫غغران‬
forgiveness (,. mim)
forgiveness (v. n.)
 ‫غترانكتن‬
Thy forgiveness, our Lord.

[2:2851

forgiver
(act. pie. m. sing.) ‫غافر‬
452

)‫تنت يثغث (ن‬

to lower the voice or eye

they may hall lower acc.

(eyes)
‫يغثزا‬
-.‫ر‬.-
(imperf. 3 p. /. plu. ١ ‫اسن‬
they female (should) lower

(eyes)

(perate m. sing.) ‫اغنض‬

lower! (voice)

٠ ‫★ غء‬
‫يا‬: see ‫غط و‬
٠‫غطش‬
‫أغطش‬
he made dark
(perf. 3p.m. ting.)

‫> آغآش اغطاثًا‬

to make ss dark,

)‫» غطث يغش تلشآ(ض‬

to be dark

★ ‫~ع ط ر‬
‫ئ‬.
)‫(تظرآ (ن‬.
‫ئ يلخ‬ veil in)

,to cover, to put a veil

 ‫د‬٠‫★ غذ‬
‫دم‬ > ‫غخر‬
(perf 3 p.m. sing.)

‫(غتر يغير‬ forgave, hath forgiven

to cover, veil

٤٥٢ ٠‫غفل‬
VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬
‫غ‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ‫بؤزن‬

I shall surely ask forgiveness

thou (a man)
(perate. m. sing.) X ‫إتتغنز‬
ask forgiveness!

(perate.‫نر‬
thou (a woman)
givencss!
ask for-
sing). X - ‫انتغفرى‬
(you) ask
(perate. m.forgiveness!
plu.) X ‫انغغرزا‬
،those who
Ap-der. m.ask ‫هستغغرنن‬
plu.)forgiveness
X

asking forgiveness (v.n., .

★ ‫ل‬٠‫غذ‬

ye neglect
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تغزن‬
)‫ة غغل يفل غغة ز غغآل(ن‬
to be heedless, neglectful,
inattentive

ve made
(perf. !st neglect,
p. plu.) iv
‫آغننًا‬
we made unmindful
‫اتمثاآل‬٠ ‫»أغغل‬،
unmindful, neglect to make

(act. pic. m. sing.)

neglectful
‫غافل‬
unaware acc. ‫غافأل‬

‫غافرن ا أخايلزن‬
١
(act. pic. m. plu.. .nom

unaware ones

‫غافلينا الغاف‬ .unaware ones acc

(act. pic. III. phi.)

forgivers ‫الغافرزين‬

‫التغرر‬/‫غغرر‬
most forgiving one
(one of the excellent
)bus(

names of Allah)

forgiving o
(one of
most
‫؛‬٦ ‫غنزرًا‬
‫غنار‬
e acc.
the excellant
forgiving names
one (ints.)

of Allah)

asked3 forgiveness
(perf p.m. sing ١ ‫انغفر‬X

(perf. 2 p. m. sing.) X ‫اتتغقزت‬

thou asked forgiveness

they asked
(perf. 3 p.m.forgiveness
plu.) X ‫اتغرزا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Juts. ‫يشتغنز‬
asks forgiveness

‫ثكتغغراله‬
Then he beggeth the forgive-

ncss of Allah. (4: 0 ‫ا اا‬

(verb in jussive receives
 ‫ كتر‬when it is to be

٠
ing word)
a*,, milated to the follow-

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) juss. ‫تتنتر‬

thou ask forgiveness

(imperf. 2p.m. plu.)

ye ask forgiveness
‫تتغفرزن‬
they ask3forgiveness
(imperf. p.m.phi.) ‫يتتغنرزن‬
forgiveness
let them ask acc. ‫يتغفروا‬
٤٥٣

‫غلب‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫غفل‬
(imperf. 2 p.m, phi.) ‫تزيؤن‬
ye (may) overcome

(3 p.m. ٠٠) pp. ‫غت‬

has been overcome

،■‫ل‬ p.m. plufpp.

they were overcome

(3 p.m. phi.) pip ‫يغبزن‬
they shall be overcome

‫تبزن‬
ye shall be overcome
(2 p.m. phi.)

(act. pic. m. sing.)

dominant(!)
‫غايب‬

‫قش‬٠‫'ئ‬
And Allah is dominant in
His purposes. (12:21]
overcomer (2)

‫لنرذخرئ؛لغئطذاغلبيلؤ‬

٢!
is none that can over-
Allah succoureth you there
come you. [3:160]
١ ‫ألنالزن‬/‫غايرن‬.act٠plc.m,phi(

overcomes

overcomen acc. ‫أنالينت‬

one who is (pic. pac.).‫غزب‬
overcome ‫ التحه‬SS)

Thereupon he prayed unto

his Lord, verily 1 am over-
come so vindicate me.

[54-10]

overcoming (tn.) ‫غلب‬

thick (with trees)

(‫ اله‬, pic, f. plu.) ‫ث‬٠‫آل‬٠‫ئ‬

unaware women

negligence, (V. rt.) ‫غفة‬

unawareness

‫★ غلب‬

‫و‬
< "،-prevailed (,Jid.) over-
(perf. p.f sing.) . ‫غتت‬
came, vanquished, gain-
cd victory

)‫غتيغيبغبًاوغتة(ض‬

to overcome, conquer, to gain

victory

How after a small party hath

overcome a large party,
(2:2491
(perf. ‫ ق‬pit. phi-) ‫غلرا‬
prevailed

Those who prevailed in their

 affair said. (18:21]

overcomes
(imperf. 3p.m.. s!ng.)juss. ‫ينيب‬
(imperf, ‫ ل‬st, p, sing,١ epl. ‫اغلن‬
I certainly will overcome

they will overcome

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ينلبزن‬
they shall overcome
that they overcome,
(imperf. 3p.m.plu.)acc.
‫تييبرن‬
‫ينلوا‬
they will overcome

454

VOCABULARY 07 THE HOLY QURAN ‫غلب‬

Iigid (3)

‫رآخذنيئكرتيثاتاغليظا‬
And they have obtained from
you a rigid bond. [4-2 lj

stern (4) (n. p.) ‫غآلظ‬

(sing.) ‫غيظ‬
‫عليها متكة غالظ‬

Over which are angels, stern.

(.i.e., not. ١‫ًاع‬٧‫ آأل‬towards ١‫ح‬٦‫خ‬

inmates of hell). ‫؛‬6‫ه‬:‫له‬

sternness (,opp. tend- (‫!ر‬.( ‫غلظةة‬

erness)

‫غلف‬
‫( عفع‬.uncircumcised (v.n>
‫غلف‬١ (.sing)
)‫غلف ينف غلفأ (ن‬

to furnish with a covering

(or cavered with ( ‫غالف‬
 ‫ويانراللويياغلئ‬

Th:y said: our hearts arc

uncircumcis d so that they
do not ,earn or they are
covered from hearing for
accepting ihe truth). (2:88[

‫* غ دق‬

(per3 .‫ ؛‬p. f. slng.١ ii ‫غلتت‬

‫ > سم‬locked

٤٥٥

‫ غًا‬.acc ١‫لسزع‬١١‫اد‬٦١\-<

(sing) ‫أتنح‬
‫حدآتغلك‬7
And enclosed gardens lux*
uriant. 180:30]

‫★ غ ل اد‬
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) X ‫استغلظ‬
(perf.
١٢>>become thick, strong

‫يغلك‬،‫(ض‬
‫غآلظة غلظ‬
‫تخطق يغيظ ؤ‬ ( to be
thick,bulky,big,coarse, to
be hard, uncivil

(perate. m. sing.) ‫اغلظ‬

be hard! (treat severely!)

‫وللقيم‬
And be severe unto them.(;،،/.)

Be firm against them. (1 ٨‫)ا‬

(i.e., against hypocrites)

‫ا‬19:73
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫غنط‬
meta. (1)
 vehement (terrible) acc.

‫رين رآبوز اب غيظ‬ 5

And behind him is a torment
terrible (or vehement).

[14:17[

hard (2)

‫رولنتفعاءيظالقب‬
And wert thou rough, hard-
hearted. [3:159,

455

٠‫لمل‬

VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN

‫غلق‬
which hehadhiddenaway.

[3:1611

(‫ و‬p. p. sing.) assim. pp. ‫علن‬

‫ سم‬is fettered
(pic. pic. m. sing.)
fettered one
‫عغرة‬

‫ي‬٢‫مئلوًاة ءلش‬،‫ةذألحااال‬٠‫وؤاضاك‬
And the Jews said : the hand
of God is fettered. Fetter-
edbe their own hands
(cursed) (/.،. (meta.) He
has become niggardly and
closefisted-niggardly be
they themselves). [5:641

(،perate. m. plu-١ ‫غزا‬

put chain

‫خذو نثلرة‬
 Lay hold of him (then chain

him). 169-30 ‫ا‬

<iron collar for (n.p.) ‫آغالل‬
the neck, shackles

(sing.) ‫غل‬
!‫غل‬f*
a boy, young (n.) ‫غآلم‬
two boys (n. p.) ‫غآلمنن‬
boys (n. p.) ‫غهـآن‬

★ ‫غلو‬

(perate. neg. m. phi.)

(you) do not exceed (the
‫آل تغلرا‬
bound)

456

to lock, iii‫غلق تغيقًا‬

close (a door)

)‫>>غآقيغآقغتخًا(ف‬
to close, bolt, go far into (a
country)

‫★ غلل‬

(perf.‫ و‬p. m. sing.) assim. ‫غل‬

٠١٠>
defraud
hidden away, deceit,

)‫آلءؤ(ن‬٠،‫ض‬
to insert

(one thing) in (another),

to canceal, to fraud, to
deceive, to act unfaith-
fully, to put an iron collar
on the neck

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim.

hides away
‫يغل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Juss.

hides away
.‫يلل‬
 (The assimilation is removed
in case of jussive. This
cluster is pronounced Sep-
arately).

‫رماحنلتيتيآنيشرمنيظ‬
‫ياتبياغحيرمالقيمة‬
And it is not for a prophet
it is not conceivable
for a prophet) that he
hides away (or deceiteth),
whosoever deceiteth (or
hideth anything away) he
shall bring forth on the
Day of Resurrection that

٤٥٦
VOCABULARY Of TH، HOLY QURAN ‫عمم‬
pangs (of death) (3)

pangs (of death) (fl. p.) ‫غترات‬

Would that thou shouldst see
what time the wrongdoers
are in the pangs of death.

16:93‫ا‬
they wink at each other
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تغآضون ألهم‬
‫تي تمألخ‬ one to another
to make signs

)‫ن‬،‫عيغريغيرغنزًا(ض‬
to make a sign to (with the
eye or eye brow)

‫*لغمغ‬
‫تغيفزا‬
(iimperf. 2 p.m. phi.)
 that you disdain, connive at

<‫آغض إغآنًا‬
shut (the eye or the eye
.*،to

lids), to connive

‫وكتياخنيالنتنضرايو‬
Yc ()Ourselves) would not
accept such, save you
disdain (or connive at).

\T1W١

< sorrow (n.

* ‫عمم‬
‫عزا فم‬

‫(غآل يغى غ‬
the proper limit, be excessive
to exceed

‫يآهاللكتيالتلوافاوينكة‬
0 ye people of the Book,
exceed not (the bounds) in
your religion. 4:171‫؛‬,

٠ ‫غله‬

‫سم‬ > :
(imperf; 3 p.m. ling.] (w.*,)

‫(غلينلغيًا وغيآآ(ض‬ boils

to boil (pot), effervesce (liquor)

‫غا‬
boiling r. fl.

< bewilderment (1) (n.)

the stature of a man
‫غرة‬
lit, water that rises above

)‫تريغمرغآر*قغور(ن‬
to be abundant, to overflow,
submerge (in water)
‫غئئيميفائب‬٠‫ذذلذزفى‬
Wherefore leave (thou) them
in their bewilderment (or
flow of their ignorac‫؛‬. or
error and obstinancy and
perplexity. (LL.) 23:54‫)؛‬

overwhelming, (2)
heedlcssnes

‫بلقلوبهم فغترةينلهنا‬
But! their hearts are in
heedlessness. (23:631

٤٥٧

457

‫حهى‬
VOCABULARY OF TH، Hotv QURAN

‫ع‬

‫أغن‬
< «enriched (2)
(perf. 3 p. m. ring.) w.v.,iv

‫ًا‬٠‫أغى لمئ‬
to enrich

‫عن‬
to avail some thing

‫ت‬٠-‫ص‬١
‫وآكةموآغلىرآتفى‬
to attain

And that it is He who enri-

cheth and preserveth (pro-
perty), [53:48]

(the verb ‫أغ‬

(past tense) but it is
is perfect
used here in the sense of
a habitual that has com-
pcllcd translators to use
present tense in their
renderings).

e ‫ةئدض'ش‬٠٠‫ت‬
 And they avenged not except
for (this) that Allah and
His Massenger had en■
richcd them out of His
grace. (9:74]

(imperj. 3 p.m. sing.١ w ‫يتن‬

shall enrich (1)

just. ‫ينيحيغي‬ .acc

١ ‫فرنيينيكراله‬nom(
٠

Allah shall enrich you. 19:28]

‫تؤتم اشء‬ ).ace(

Until Allah enrich them.

‫م م همآ(ن‬
to cover, (

‫لبتة‬ ‫غأ‬
veil, grieve, cause to mourn

‫لتتآم‬
dubious (n.)
clouds (n.)

‫ اخ ه‬I * f
‫سع‬-‫غينتم ر‬ .perf. 2 p. m(

< ye obtained (from enemies

during war)
‫ا‬
‫تنم ينتم مأ ر ضأت‬
to obtain spoil,

booty, to get a thing

without difficulty

< booties, spoils (n.p.) -‫مغايم‬

)‫ قج'ئ‬1‫كم‬

sheep (‫زع‬ ‫غنم‬

‫لغنج‬
< flourish (I-A)
(3p. m. singjjuss. w.v.‫تغت‬
 )‫أ و سى (ص‬٠‫عى دنى هأل‬
to inhabit, dwell, to be rich,
or in comfort of life

‫*انكغناآليى‬
As though it had not flouris-
hed yesterday (in the

earth).
dwelt (1-8)
110:24 ‫ز‬
‫النينكتبذثيبنكترينتوافة‬
Those who belied Shu’ab
became as though they
hid never dwell 17:92‫ا‬

458

٤٥٨

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN ‫غنى‬

to make indifferent (5)
towards, to profit, to suffice

> ‫آغ‬
‫ئيتميذتأيش‬٠‫دالند! قي‬
with no prep, iv

For everybody of them there

would be his own condi-
tion that will make him
indifferent(towards others).

(80:371

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.) X

~is self-sufficient

< ‫استغى اتتقتا‬.

sufficient, to regard-to
self-sufficient
himself
be self

‫انتغنى‬
‫غش‬1‫لى‬١‫ءبرو؛ؤاذئئ‬

They turned away and Allah

 is above all needs (self-
sufficient). [64:6]

‫]مامرنانتغفى‬
For him who considers him-
self free from need (self-
sufficient). 180:51

self-sufficient (n.) ‫غني‬

on‫ ؛‬o
of Allah
٢ d‫؛‬c cxc.'lkmt names
. ‫الننئ‬

rich ones (w. p.) if ‫ األي‬/‫أعتال‬

(nt.
thosephi.
whoapder.
availiv.)
ss W'.v. ‫متون‬
against

‫قةنًاذتمقذونغذًاينكةابش‬
Are you going to avail US
at all against the torment
of Allah? 114:211

)‫ر‬،،■ ( ‫إئخؤحوامإءيلمائذال‬
If they are poor Allah
will enrich them. [24:32]

<to avail or be (3) ‫عن‬- ‫أغ‬

profitable to

:‫تغنعكرجمكك‬
Your multitude availed you
naught. 17:481

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)

-*availed
‫أقع‬
So their gods availed them

not 11:101]

(imperf.
avails
‫و‬ p. m. sing.) ‫ين‬
 ‫واليففنعتكتينًا‬
And that availed thee naught.

[19:42]

(imperf. ‫تتن‬
it/she avails
3 p.f. sing.) ace, "

‫ولنتثفحنلمفئط‬
And your host shall avail
you not. [8:19]

the twain3p.m.
(imperf. availed
dual.) (juss.) ‫ا‬.‫وي‬
(imperf, 3 p.m.plu.)acc.
they shall avail (never)

> -‫من‬
to avail against (4)

‫ب‬٠‫كجكبثقصازًا‬
It will not avail against the

Flame. [77:31]

٤٥٩

459

‫غ ول‬

VOCABULAIY ٠, TH, HOLT Qua AN

‫غار‬ (.a cave (n

‫> تتبر‬ caverns (n.p .( ‫تتاذاة‬

sing.) cavern)

(Imperf. 3 p. m.plu.) w.v.

<they dive
 ‫ضات بزص غرصًا ت غيًاًا‬
:‫ ف‬- )‫وتغاصًا (ن‬
to dive, plung into water

a diver (n.) ‫غران‬

‫ئ‬
‫داك‬
(act. pic. m. sing.)
the privy (•.)

lit. a wide, depressed piece

of ground

)‫> غاطيمزطغزأ(ن‬
to dig, excavate

‫رل‬٤ ★
‫غرل‬
that deprives one of reason
< headiness, (,. n.)

‫يعرلغزأل(ن) أء‬٤
to cause to perish, sei«
.fill
unaware

‫)عال‬
the wine deprived
caused to perish him
:
dnmkard) of reason,

*60

‫*غرث‬

(3 p.m. plu.) pip. w.r. X

they shall be responded to

their cry for aid

to relieve. ،r.
for aid
٠‫أغأق أظه‬
to respond to the begging

And if they cry for relief

 they shall be responded
(or relieved) with water
like the dregs of oil.

(18:29)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)w.v. X

asked for help, cried for aid

‫> اتتغاق انيتةة‬

to bag for or pray for help

‫تتآن‬
(imperf. 3p.m.dual.)w.v. X

the twain pray for help

(imperf.
v.w. ‫يتتيوا‬
acc.3X.p.m. plu.)
that they pray for help

‫تتتيثون ع‬
kimper). 5 p.m, plu.)
.H-.V

you pray for help

٠ ‫إدد‬

‫ًا‬ ‫غزرًا‬
)‫غاريررغرر (ن‬
< sunk away („.) acc.

to sink in the ground (water),

to enter the low land

٤٦٠
‫غعب‬
VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬

‫ءاب ييب غيًا(ض‬

‫و غيي‬
to be hidden, secret,
(1) to go away, viii
.IV

unseen
 (2) to slander

(3) to backbite

‫وأليغتيبعضكيقضا‬
Nor backbite one another.

(49:12

one or hidden, absent,

lit. disappeared (v.n.)
usage in the Holy Quran :
‫غيج ا النب‬
uneen (1)

‫يففنتقيألينيي‬
Who believe in the unseen.

٧ ١٧ ١ ٢ ١
id. M.A. kA b. VPic.

Who believe in (the existence

of) that which is beyond
the reach of human per-
ception. (Asad) (2:3)
hidden (2)

‫ليعكئيباكمويوآلرغ‬
I know the hidden in the
heavens and the earth.

]2:33 ‫ز‬
‫ااالنيبله‬
The hidden (belongeth) unto
Allah alone. [10:20]

secret (3)

‫للكيعكراتكغاتتةهآلي‬
(I did that) in order that he
may know that I betrayed
him not in secret. 12:521

٤٦١
 ★ ‫ا‬،‫عل‬

),١ .٢٠( ‫( غؤى‬.p.m. sing ‫ ل‬.perf)

)‫غوى ينرق تأ(غ‬
to err, deviate from the right
way

we (ourselves) deviate ‫غرينًا‬

(perf. 1st p. phi.) w.v.

(thou causest to be erring

‫ائوئة‬
(pref. 2p.m. sing.) w.v.،V,

to cause to err iv
we caused to err
‫ًا‬٠‫إرا‬
‫آغرىآفينًا‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. iv

w.v. acc. iv ‫يخين‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

'’“keep astray, that he keeps

‫دك‬ astray.

‫ ر ج‬٦.٦٠ ,‫؛؛برم‬
‫غدن‬
I will surely
‫ألتير تيأ‬
.pmislead
lit. error (v.n.) acc.

meta, perdition.

(act. 2 pic. w,v. ١ ‫غى‬

erring one
Thou art surely one erring
‫د‬
manifestly. (28:181

(w.v. act. pic. m. plu.) ‫لغارزن‬

perverted ones ‫أنايين‬

★ ‫غى ب‬
‫هادئ ا‬
< ،*،backbite wy.Juss. viii ‫يتب‬
461

VOCABULARY or TH« HOLY QURAH

to alter, change ٢‫غي تغنر‬

‫ينطؤا‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.)
acc. w.v. it
they alter or change

‫وم‬ p. f. plu.) emp. ii

they surely alter
‫يتهن‬

|‫ك‬٠‫تر؛‬
And I will command them
so that they will alter the
creation of Allah. 14:1191

(‫و‬ p. m. ring.) w.v. juss vi ‫دسين‬

< changes

to be changed
(Ap-der. ii acc.)
[‫تني تني‬
‫غيي‬

one who changes

(Apder. f. plu. iv)

<the raiders
‫النيات‬
‫ آآر إغارة ح‬to make a
‫غارإارة‬
hostile atuck

(particle.) ‫أل‬

other, other than, another,

save, but

٠‫عىض‬
(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫تيغ‬

<*absorb

)‫ءاتتنثقيضًا(ض‬
to sink, to become scanty

‫جاذ‬١‫وراهحادئأ و‬
And that which vombs absorb

and that which they grow.

13:81
 the intimacy (4)

‫فلحيجطثيعخنكليي‬
Thus the righteous women
are the devout ones, who
guard the intimacy.

(4:34,

(Note : Asad prefers ‘what

is beyond the reach of
human perception’ as ren-

dering of ‫غك‬
while
others use unseen, secret,
absence and hidden accor-
ding to the contents of
of the verses).

٠١‫غيوب‬
< hidden (n.p.) ‫فتج‬،3in(
‫) غابيت ا أغبين‬.pic• m. plu •)٥٩٤
< absent ones ‫نخ‬

(sing.) ‫ر غإ‬
‫ث‬
(act. pic. f.one
an absent sing.) "‫غوة‬
the bottom (of a well) (n.)

+‫غى ث‬
(3 p.m. »ng.
< will have rain
١
pip. w.v. ‫يغاك‬
)‫غات ييف غيثًا (ض‬
to cause rain, to make
rain fall

rain (fl.)
(imperf. ‫ق‬p.m. sing.١w.١.١
<~a!ters

462

٤٦٢

‫عى ط‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

١‫ىر‬

(3 p.m. sing.) d ‫ليظ‬

in order to enrage or he may ‫ج‬
enrage

‫أيط‬/‫ غيظ‬rage (n,)

(act. m. phi.) ‫اضئذن‬،
pic. one*
enraged

‫تبغأ‬
<raging, FJI., r.

‫ليبلل تتظت‬٢ to rage

(3 p.m. sing.)
wa s s n k
*٠,٠
‫بى‬
made ،0 abate

‫* غى‬ ‫ظ‬

(imperf. ‫و‬ .) *.,

p.m. sing

١ >mik« anger "-enrages

)‫غظييقغيظًا (ض‬
provoke ‫؛‬to anger, enrage
 ٤٦٣

★**
،63

.‫كتاب اى‬
iii junction of two
phareses following
the particle denoting
the result of a
condition in the
other.

‫؛نلئنمئئزبئفياةنمئيذه‬
say : if ye love
Allah follow me

‫ د‬٠ ‫★ف‬ ),*,A(

‫واذر أفزاد‬ heart (n.)

‫ األف‬/*‫آفت‬ hearts (n. p.)<

‫واد‬
(sing.)

٠ ‫ و‬٠ ‫نى‬
(w. ، h.«.) r

<1 party, group, (».) ‫فتة‬

band

(phi) ‫فت‬
464

‫ مأ‬conjunction pnrtide) ‫ف‬

then, so, but, then, thus, how-
ever, because, so that,
and so,

This is a common conjunc-

tion which implies a close
connection between the
sentences before and after
it.

This connection maybe

either definite cause and
 effect ,or a natural sequ-
ence of event.

(1) causeand effect :

‫متتقادمنتتهييمتابسيه‬
Then Adam learnt from his
Lord (certain) words and
He repented towards him.

‫؛‬2:37[

(ii) natural sequence :

‫النينخلق قفخى‬
Who hath created and then
paoportioned. [87:2‫؛‬

٤٦٤ ‫ح‬
VOCABULARY OF TH■ HOLY QURAN

(perf. Isi p. plu.) ‫تتن‬

we opened

٠‫ءفبقب‬1‫؟ئ‬٧‫اةثأعوم‬1‫لىبذ‬١‫غ‬
Until when we opened upon
them a portal of severe

torment. [23:771 ‫ا‬

to give victory (2)
(conquer)

‫إكأفتخالكفتحأتيًا‬
Verily we have given thee a
victory. [48: IJ

judges(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) ‫يغتح‬

to judge (3)

‫ثريثتحيتيالحق‬
Then He shall judge between
us with truth. 134:261
 to grant (4)

‫عأتغعاشغيكايينيجتةفالتتيكتمًا‬
Whatsoever of mercy Allah
may grant unto mankind
none there is to withhold
it. (35:2,

to decide (5)
decide (perate. m. sing.) ‫افتخ‬
‫ربجائكرينتآوبييزوكابأنحق‬
Our Lord! decide then bet-
ween us and our people
with truth. 17:891

(3 p. f. sing.) pp. ‫بنحن‬

~be opened (1)

two parties (dual) nom ‫لقتتان‬

‫قتتين‬
(A.,.)

(Imperf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.) h.v.

<thou cease

)‫)س(س‬٠‫ي‬
to cease from (always in
negative sense)

‫لواتالتفتزاتنطريزي‬5
They said : By Allah Thou
ceases not from remember-

ing Yusuf. I2:85J

 (perf- ‫ ل‬p٠m. slng-١
opened, disclosed

)‫>تتحبغتحتحًا(ف‬
to open, disclose, to give
victory, conquer, to judge,
to grant, to let out, to
decide

to open (1)

They said: do you inform

them of what Allah has
disclosed to you. 12:761

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they opened
‫قحرا‬

‫ولتاتتامتلهم‬
And when they opened their
stuff. 112:6 51

٤٦٥

465

‫ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬
‫ى‬

٠ ‫يغثزن |ت ر‬
‫نى‬
keys (n. p., ints.)

cthey flag
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

‫(قتتغترتؤرآ(ن‬
 -
‫يتيهؤتيلوالتهاراليفتردن‬
to flag, to feel weak or faint

And they glorify (Him) night

and day, they flag not.

[21:201

(‫و‬ ‫يقترر‬
<~shal! not be abated
p. m. sing.) pip. ii

to abate ii ‫غغآ‬٠ ‫تتر‬

(acessation
a certain interval ‫ترة‬
(n.) of time)

‫ل‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.)

<we rent
‫تتقنًا‬
)‫قيغتقفتقًا(ف‬
to cleave, slit, to rend
3

‫★لتل‬
‫ييًال‬
(act. 2 pic.) acc.

٠> thing of no value

‫ع'ئح(ض‬٠‫(مخ‬
(٠
to twiit rope, thread)
ft،, a small akin in the cleft

of a date-stone

‫حتىاىا جاوزهائحتاجابما‬
Till, when they arrive thereto
the portals will be opened

‫؛‬39:71(

'"'-is let out (2)

‫كرآلائخىشجءج^ض‬
 Until when Yajuj and Majuj
are let out. (21:961

(‫و‬ p. f. sing.) ii pip

<~will be opened

‫نج تبتت‬ F. ii
will not be opened
.‫حر‬
‫آل تفكح‬ as

(perf. 3p. m.phi.) X

<they besought judge
‫اغترا‬
‫انتفح ايفتًاحًا‬
cour, judgement,-to
toseek,
beginsue

‫و‬
they seek victory
(imperf. p.m. plu.) X ‫تتغيحزن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)f.d.x
you seek victory

‫ قن‬/ ‫فتح ا أفتح‬

< victory
.acc ).r.n(

(plu.) ‫فتح‬
deciders
(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫الغاييت‬
-

‫د‬
Ihou are the Best of Deciders.

17:891

‫"ر‬,
opened (one«)
(pis. pic. sing.) ii ‫وغتة‬
٤٦ 1

٠,
VOCABULARY TUB HOLY ftURAH
‫ى‬

‫هذاكتأبككتمبعض‬
 And in the same way We
tried some of them by
means of others. (6:531
(see also 38:34, 44:17,

).‫ ه‬38:24 20:40

(imperf. 2 p. m.
**,persecutes (1)ling.) acc, ‫عغتن‬

‫مآ‬١‫غنيذمهح>وتةل‬
Then none believed is Musa
save a posterity of his
people, through fear of
Fir’awn and their chiefs,
lest he persecute them.

‫؛‬10:33,

‫سم‬ shall molest (2)

If ye fear that those who
disbelieve shall molest you.

‫ل‬ 4:101(
(the
verseverb ‫قتن‬،‫يغين‬
means to put in in this
trouble’ or 'to slay,)

should tempt emp, ‫يفتتن‬

should not (neg. emp.) ‫يج‬:- ‫آل‬
‫اليغتتن‬ tempt

‫يبنيادمتايتعراكيلن‬
o children of Adam ! let not
the Satan tempt you.

17:271

٤٦٧

★‫فتن‬
(perf, 3 p. m. phi.)
(they persecuted
‫تؤا‬

)‫(ض‬٦:‫قن يغتن أ ز ق‬
 to persecute, to try or prove
(RS gold in the fire), afflict
(by burning), to tempter,
lead to temptation, to mike
an attempt upon, to seduce

to persecute (1)

‫لكالنينقتنوالمؤمييك‬
Those who persecuted belieV-
ing men and believing

women. (B5:l ٥ l

(per/, 2 p.m. ph، )

you tempted (2)
‫قتي‬
‫للىابموليئكر فعنات‬5
They said (i.e., will say in
the Hereafter) yes! but
ye tempted your souls.

‫آلأ‬٦*‫د‬٠١
(perf. 1st p. plu.١ ‫نت‬
we tempted

‫ألوااقنكقييك‬5
He said: verily we have
tempted thy people.

120:51

( we also verse 29:3 )

u try (٦١
467

‫فتن‬ VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫تن‬

proved or tested): *means

(whereby the condition of
a man is evinced, in res
pect of good or evil; hence
it often means temptation*.
 (LL.١

:‫يةآنإخييًار[بآل‬
fitna i.e٠, trial and temptation
453 ,0 ,.‫ دوا‬Jtd.٦٦٠•
nally ‫ يتة‬means *a bur-
ning with fire’ and then
affliction, distress and
hardship, slaughter, mis-
leading or causing to err,
and seduction from faith
by any meansfLri.)

‫إكاكقةفتتة‬
We are but a temptation.

12:102]

‫رالفثبةآشتينصتل‬
And the temptation is more
griveous than slaughter or
the persecution is worse
than slaugter. [2:1,1]

‫رثيلرلممحثىال‬
And Fight them until there be
no temptation (or persecu-

tion). 12:193 ‫ا‬

‫رمنتروشوفتنتة‬
And whosesoever temptation
Allah wiileth. (،.*,, in con-
sequence of his own will
to go astry) [5:41]

468

they tempt
(imperf. ‫و‬ p. m. plu.) ‫يفينرن‬
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. phi.) ‫ ل‬id. ‫يغتتقا‬

(lest) they tempt

‫واحتوممآنيثتتوك‬
 And beware thou of them
lest they tempt thee.

15:491

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) el. acc.

~in order to try
‫نغتن‬
‫عألا الج‬٣ ‫ًا‬١ ‫ يفيهم‬ord« to ٦٣١

‫) يبم‬72:17(
(com. perate neg.) :‫آلآغغ‬

do not tempt me !

( ‫ ى‬pronominal)

‫و؛‬ p. m. sing.) pp.

they had been tempted
‫فنزا‬ -

(2 p.m. plu.) pp,

you were tempted
‫فيتم‬
‫يم‬
‫ ذا‬p. m. plu٠١pip. ‫يغتؤن‬
they are tried

2‫ ا‬p.m. p!u.١ pip. ‫تغتؤت‬

you are tested

(you are being tested)

temptatibn I.n. acc.

‫توثًا‬
،‫تهب‬
tempters (act. pic. m. plu.)
‫تآنترطيوبفتيين‬
Ye cannot against Him be

tempted. 137:1 62 ‫ز‬

(temptation (‫القتتة )ا‬/‫فتة‬
(n.)
ft،, a trial, probation, afflic‫؛‬

tion (whereby one is tried.

٤٦٨
 ‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAH

(perate. nt, sin٦‫ي‬.‫ر‬

furnish thou explanation !

‫يييغآيهاالقتيتافتنآجتتح*لت‬
YuSuf, O" truthful one! explain
to us seven fat kine.

(12: 46]

explain (you)!
(perate, m. plu.) iv. ‫أتؤا‬
‫آفيفزفرةيأى‬
Explain to me my dream.

[12:43]

(imperf. ‫د‬ p. m, sing.)x

*hot, ask the legal order
‫تتغي‬
‫ًا‬٠‫ذئ‬١ ‫ اتتفتى‬to ask
opinion or legal order,
to question

(imperf 2 p.m. dual.) X

(you twain) are asking
‫تتفيتيان‬
(about)

‫و م‬
imperf. ‫يتغترن‬
they ask (legal order)
p.m. plu.) X

‫اسغي‬
ask ! (the view or opinion)
(perate, m. sing.) X

‫تبصم‬،
Then ask them. 137:4]
 ‫تى‬
)‫كقيغتتى(فتًا)(س‬
a young (n.) w.v.

to be young (the noun appt-

ies both to human beings
and animals)

excuse, (2)

‫«؛‬٠٠٠
Then their excuse would l*
nothing but that they
would say : By Allah, our
Lord! we were not asso-

ciators. 16:23 ‫ا‬

(According to Tabri ‫ثتع‬
in this verse means ‫ألعذر‬
‘excuse or ‫الجقاب‬answer
—being so called because
of it being a lie')

‫بم‬ ‫يفى‬
(‫ول‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv
decree th

legal
to opinion,
give a formal
‫أتى اهًا‬
legal
to order,
inform the- ‫ف‬-
to issus a decree (divine),
to explain the meaning of
a dream

‫قالشهيعتيكعك‬
Say than : Allah decreeth
a decree unto you con-
cerning them. {4:1271

to pronounce (2)

‫ثالشريقتيكيطلة‬
Say Allah pronounce th you
 in the matter of one with-
out father or child.

{4:176]

MA

٤٦٩

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN ‫غحى‬

‫رى‬٠‫ةارتتأئةذ‬٠‫تح‬۵‫ب‬
Nay man desires to sin in
front of him. 17 5:51

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) acc. ‫تفجر‬

thou causest to gush forth

‫لىئرئجخلشيئ‬١‫ ح‬i
Untill thou causest for US to
gush forth from the earth
a fountain. 117:901

(we caused to gush forth

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii

to create an outlet ii
‫جؤ تغجنرًا‬
or passage, (for water and
the like) let water flow,
cause water (and the like)
to gush forth

(imperf. 2p.m. sing.) ace. ‫تقجر ؛آ‬

thou causct to gush forth

‫بفجرزن‬
they cause to gush forth
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii

V.«. acc. ii
(abundantly)
٢‫آغجير‬
causing to gush forth

(Mowed out
‫جتت‬
(3 p.f. sing.) pp. ii

rwgusheth forth
‫يتفجر‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) V

to flow out V,
‫تغجر تقجرًا‬
 gushed out
(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) vii ‫أتقجرت‬
gush out
to burst out, to vii
‫أنزجر أنيجارًا‬
470

when attached tci a pronominal

‫ى أيفن‬
‫فتاسآ‬، ‫فتتاء‬
written with
as
instead
of
meta, boy, man, page.

servant

(two men)
two youngs (n. dual.) ‫تيحي‬
youngs
< men, youth‫؛‬, (ir. ‫تية دم‬
‫لم‬3‫؛‬٠٦‫ة‬٠١ ‫تى‬

< men, young, youths ،«.

< young girls(«, p.) ‫بائ‬
(sing.) ‫ناي‬ * ‫آج ج‬

path, way, passage («,)

lit, broad way between moun-
‫ع‬٠
tains

(paths, passages (n. p.) ‫أج‬

(sing.) ‫تج‬
★‫فجر‬
‫ل‬-

(may sin
‫يغجر‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. ling.) el

‫زخ يغجر ؤًا ن لجز‬

 (1) to s. , to act immorally

(2) to cleave,
break up, dig up
٢‫تجر جز‬
‫نع‬ VOCABULARY OF

adultery (2)

‫أئقآلتاجتة يى يقيئن‬٢‫لق‬١‫ت‬
And for those of your women
who (may) commit adult-
cry. [4: IS]

indecency (n,) ‫القحتا ء‬

(indecencies (p.n.) ‫فقاحث‬
(sing.) ،‫لجًا‬

* ‫فخر‬
( boasting (m.) vi ‫غاخر‬
self-glorification (‫هخمر‬.)
natural boasting (IK)

to rival or vie ‫تغاخر مناحرًا‬

with each other in glory or

excellence as (Hi ‫) ذاخر‬

< boastful (ints.) ‫غؤر‬
)‫آلرآ(ن‬5 ٢‫تريغخر*ز‬
to glory, boast

pottery (n.) ‫القخار‬

★ ‫فدى‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.f.
(wc ransomed
‫فدينا‬

‫(فداًا ر فدى و ندتى (غ‬

‫فدى يفيى‬
to ‫« ًا‬Asm, tinsom
 ‫وقدينهييبحعظيي‬
And We ransomed him with
a mighty victim. [37:107,

THt HOLV QURAN ‫جر‬

dawn(«., ‫انجر‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ،

sinner, evildoer

<evildoers (b. p.) ‫جزة‬

)‫ت‬،‫غأجر ( ج‬
(ungodly people)

(evildoers (‫ه‬.‫م‬.( ‫يار‬

(ungodly people)

(sing.) ‫غجر‬
wickedness (*.«,) -‫ئو‬
|٠‫فىجر‬
a spacious part (n.) WiV. 5 ‫جر‬
lit. an intervening space, or

an intermediate wide space

between two things

٠‫فحش‬
(act. pic. [ sing.) ‫تايقة‬
(ill-deed(,)

)‫يغحثتشًا(ك‬-‫تثن‬
to be excessive, immoderate,
unreasonable, befoul, ob-

scene

‫جقة‬ literally signifies'an

excess', an enormity, any.
 thing exceeding the bou-
nds of the rectitude

»‫د‬
And those who, when thay
have done an ill-deed or
wronged. [3:1 35J

471

٤٧‫ا‬

‫ح‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫نى‬

‫ا تدية‬
‫فذرزعًا‬

< sweet (water) (n.)

used as an adjective of water

thirst
or veryquenching
sweet (LL.) acc. ‫رااًا‬

excrement, dung faces («.) ‫فزث‬

٠‫نىرج‬
‫ ) و‬p.m. ring.) pp ‫فرجن‬
<~is cloven

)‫فرج يفرج زجًا (ض‬

to open, separate, cleave, spilt
 meta, chastity (v.n.)

(private part)

lit. opening, gap

private parts (p. n.) ‫غززج‬

(of male or fimale)

‫فرحج‬

‫فزج‬

) ‫م‬،٢ ‫ر‬glad>
was ٦‫ ل‬p.m.‫»ض‬،.(
)‫ذعوج(س‬٠;‫يخ‬
to be glad, happy, delighted,
rejoice, be cheerful, to exult

(perf, ‫ ق‬p. m. plu.',‘ ‫فرحرا‬

they were glad

472

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu,) Hi

eye ransom ‫تغادزا‬
‫فادى عغاداة ن فدادًا‬
to receive or give a ransom
for one to release him

‫بىنملحىرخهذعلح‬٣‫ائج‬1‫ًا‬
And if they corneas captives
unto you, ye ransom them.

‫ا‬12:851
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. ring.) riii ‫ ب‬- ‫اتدتى‬
‫ بم‬gave as ranson.
‫ًا أالز‬٠gera
‫ اكا‬om‫افتدنى‬
-
‫ ع‬to offer or
 ‫نلنيقلن آحيج‬
‫مًاؤدلئةذىه‬،‫تزغ؛ تدخع ح‬
Not an earthful of gold
shall be accepted from any
such though he were to
give it (in alms or) as
ransom. 13:911

(perf3 p.fring .)riii ‫ب‬-‫انتدن‬

Mransomed

(perf.3 p.m. phi.yriii ‫ب‬-‫افتدوا‬

they gave as ransom

(imperf.3p.m.
e-ranson eth t,lu.)riH ‫ ب‬- ‫يغتدى‬
‫ ب‬-‫ ليفتدؤا‬.1. viii، ).f. d(
kimperf.5p٠m.plu,١

they may ransom, in order to

give as ransom

(v.n.Hi, w.v.) ‫فدا‬

receiving ransom (or ransom)

ransom (n.) ‫يذية‬

٤٧٢

VOCABULARY OR THl HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬
‫ى‬

‫تالتنرة تثةا‬
My Lord ! leave me not sol-
itary (childless). 21:89‫]؛‬

‫فرادتى تزذ‬
< single ones (p. n.)
(sing.)
 paradise (n.) ‫الفزدوس‬

‫فقت‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (asslm)

>‫أح‬٧‫هح‬
‫فرييؤترآ ق فرارًا و‬
.to flee, run away, run off,

escape (‫عن‬-)
٠١
(perf. 1st. p. sing ‫فرزت‬
1 fled

yc fled (perf. 2 p.m. plu.)

(Imperf.
‫فزتم‬
‫ ل‬p. m, sing.) (assim)
'*'«'ill flee

ye flee
(imperf. 2p.m. plu.) (assim) ‫قفرؤن‬
(perate. m. plu. ١ ‫فؤزا‬
flee !

‫نفرؤارالل‬
Flee therefore unto Allah.

151:50]

fleeing ,.w. acc.

‫فرارًا‬
'"'Will be3glad
(imperf. p.m. ling.) ‫يغرح‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.
they are glad
١ ‫يفرحن‬

glad may/will be
they ‫ممه‬،, fd.
 ‫يغكوا‬

Then let them be glad (or)

let them rejoice. 110:58]

ye are happy
(imperf. 2■ p. m. plu.) ‫تغرحزن‬
‫ذإئذصًائزلميئزن‬
That is bccaure ye had been
exulting, [40:751

(perate. neg. m. sing ‫د‬ ‫آل تغرخ‬

exult not ‫ع‬
exult ye neg.
(perate. not m. phi.) ‫آل غرحرا‬
(■«
rejoicing one. exultant

‫ًا ب ًا دم‬
‫رل‬-‫ر‬
rejoicing ones,exultant

٦( ‫ زخم‬/٦‫خ‬٦( .pn

، * ‫فرد‬
‫ًا‬‫ؤد‬
‫نيةمايتقلويأينأفردا‬
alone (1) (A,)
5
And we shall inherit from
him that whereof he spake,
and he shall come to US
alone. 1,9:80]

meta, solitary (2)

(childless)

٤٧٣

473

٠٠
VOCABULARY o* THl HOLY QURAN

(carpets (p.n.) ‫فزشئ‬

]*‫فرخ‬
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
Oordained(l) ‫فرض‬

)‫فرن يفرضن زضا(ض‬

to ordain, enact (a law), esti-
mate, conceive, to apoorti-
on, to impose

‫تنترتيوتألحج‬
Wherefore whosoever ordain-
eth (unto himself) the pil-
grimage therein (f e., dur-

ing these months) ‫؛‬2:197

imposed (2)
‫ل‬
‫إكأليففرفعيكانشرانلراذكالماي‬
Verily He who hath imposed
the Quran on thee is
surely about to bring thee
back home. 128:851

(also see verse 66/2)

decreed (3)

‫ئلح‬1‫ق‬٠‫تأةرئش'لقيمئزعغذت)ب‬
No blame there is upon the
Prophet in that which
Allah hath decreed for
him. 133:381

settled (4)

(perf، 2 p, m. phi.) ‫قغثم‬

ye settled ‫م‬
474

running a ٦١ ‫أفرار‬
‫المتي‬
ay
whereto approaches a fleeing
place of refuge (n. p. t.)

one from a danger

 ‫★ اف ر ش‬
(per/, ‫؛‬st. p, plu. ١ ‫فرشتا‬
<wc have stretched forth

‫قرت يغرغع تزعًا و فاشًا (ض‬

to spread out, extend, stretch

‫؟‬٠ ‫اًا‬١‫د‬
small cattle (rt.) acc.
or camels ‫فزش ا فزشأ‬

lit.
whichsmall animals
flesh ‫فز شع‬
is used as food. of

‫يتأآلثحلهحاولةوترشًا‬
And of the cattle (He hath
created) beasts of burden
and small (ones) and
of the cattle He created
for work and for the sake
of their flesh. (Asd.)

[6:142,

< moths, butterflies (p.n.) ‫النراش‬

(sing.)U ٠\
j

٠‫لتتا ف الثلحعي‬١‫ة‬٦‫يذتذخلشا ًالش‬

A Day whereon mankind
shall become as moths
scattered. 1101:41

‫فراش ا فراشًا‬ .carpet acc

lit. a thing that is spread
out upon the ground, a
thing that is spread for
one to sit or lie upon (LL.)

٤٧٤
‫لرط‬
VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN
 ‫ص‬
(ad. pic. /. !ing.) ‫فارضع‬
old (cow), large, thick،
full-grown

★‫فرط‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) acc.

‫> سم‬ may hasten

‫(تط يغرط فزط‬

to act hastily and
unjustly towards

‫إتانخاثآنيرطعيتك‬
We fear he may hasten
against us. 120:45]

(imperf. lit. p. ting.) ii

<1 have been remiss
‫فيظي‬
to miss, fall it‫رئتغريًا‬
short of, ‫فى‬
be remiss in, to-exceed
neglect,
bounds, be extravagant

‫يحرقعنماتةظتفجثياش‬
Alas 1 for that I have been
remiss in respect of Allah.

139:561

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫زنطم‬

ye have been remiss

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫فيننًا‬

we have been remiss, we neg*

lected

‫عاليسرتناعالثرطنأيهًا‬
Alas (who belied us) that we
neglected it (in our life-
 time). [6:31]

٤٧٥
‫ركننرنترلمنتريتة‬
Ye have already settled unto
them a settlement-

[2:237,

‫ا‬perf-kt. p. plu.) ‫فرغت‬

we have ordained.

{،٠٢ f. 2p.m.phi.)acc.fd.
ye have settled

ordinance (1) (،».) ‫فريتة‬

‫فيخهينالر‬
(This is) an ordinance from
Allah. [4:11]

settlement (2)

(Jtt above verse 2:237)

stipulation (3) ‫أفريكة‬

‫رتوجحيرفيمًارغيتبدينبترالغرية‬
There will be no blame on
you in regard to aught on
which ye matually agree
after the stipulation.

[4:24]

(pic. pact. m. !ing.) acc.

a settled one or something

allotted

‫اليلنيوورليجت‬3‫قإدعة ليبتتات‬
..‫ذ‬
And unto females shall be a
portion of that which their
parents and other near
 of kin may leave weather
it may be small or large a
portion allotted. [4:7,

‫ل‬
‫ع‬
vocabulary o, th، holy Quran

‫ل‬

(other
to things),
be free ‫ل‬-
fromto apply
one-self exclusively to

‫فاذانرغتقأثصج‬
Then when Thou becometh
relieved, toil. (94:71

(imperf.
we shall 1st p. plu.)
direct ‫ ل‬-‫تغرغ‬
(ourselves)

. ‫ع‬٠‫تئ‬
Anon (f.e., in the Hereafter)
we shall direct ourselves
to you. o ye two classes.

[55:31,

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫ارغًا‬

void, empty ‫د‬
‫وآتحودأترىثرغا‬
And the heart of the mother
of Musa became void.

‫ا‬28:10[
‫ح‬ ‫أفيغ‬، .juss
(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.)

<1 shall pour

‫آفغ دراعًا‬
‫تلتقفغ*يوتطرا‬
to pour out

He said : bring me I shall

 pour forth moltey copper.

18:961

(perate. m. sing.) iv
pour forth ‫آفرغ‬
‫رخميتاصبرا‬
Pour forth on US patience.

٨‫نتخ‬-‫مائتألفلكثي‬
And we have not been remiss
in respect of aught in the
Book. [6:38,

‫فرطًا‬
‫ر‬
exceeding (the (acc. v.n.)
bounds)

- ‫عمانامري فيال‬
And whose affair is exceeding

‫آ‬,
(the bound). [8:28
(pis. pic. m. plu.) ‫غرطزن‬
those who are taken in

hasting; see above R.F.

‫وآئمتمغراوي‬
And they will be hastend
(thereto). 116:621

٠‫قدإ‬
‫تزغ‬ (.branch (n

‫يفرعمًاياكما‬
And its branches) (reaching)

unto heaven. 114:241

‫* فرغ‬
thou becometh
(perf. ‫رغت‬
relieved
2 p.m. sing.)
‫يغرع ايغرغ فر‬ ‫ةرغ‬
)‫ف‬،‫(ن‬
to be empty, vacant to finish
a thing, cease from,be un-
occupied .

476

٤٧٦

‫ق‬
VOCABULARY OB TH، HOLY QURAN

‫رفي‬
(3P٠ m. sing.) pip. ‫بغرق‬
١، is separated out
‫فهايعرئآلميحعيي‬
Therein is separated out
every affairs of wisdom
(or ‘is decreed‘). [44:4]

(perf. 2 p. m sing.) ii ‫قئيت‬

thou hast caused a division

to frighten, ii ‫ة‬٦‫ي‬٠ ‫فقق‬

scatter, disperse, separate
into many portions, make
division

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii

they make division
‫غرقرن‬
(or they separate)

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)f.d. ii ‫يتر قزا‬

that they make distinction

‫ونيدت لن ينتقابيناشرور"له‬
They seek to make distinc-
tion between Allah and
His Messengers. (Pic.)

They would differenciate

between Allah and His
 apostles). (Jid.) (4:150)

(imperf. hr., p. plu.) il

we make distinction
‫ثتوق‬
we make no ‫آلبييي‬
distinction ‫غرق‬

(perate. m. plu.) Hi
<part from
‫؟رئقا‬

‫ غارق فراتًا و مفارقة‬ill

to part from, separate one-
self from, abandon, leave

‫فرقًا‬ I ٠ ‫فى ر ق‬
(•per/■ 1st. p. plu)

(١١۴ separated (I>

‫ ن يق'أ‬،‫رة خزق اجة ر‬

to separate ‫“ب د بهي‬

between, to divide, di*-
tinguish. decide between

‫ء؛د‬
And (recall what time) ١ve
separated the sea for you.

12:50]

to distinguish (2)

‫وقرائافرتنهجعرآعاللكآي‬
And this is Recitation which
١ve have made distinct
that thou mayest recite it
unto mankind. [17:106]

[imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يغرقرن‬

<they fear (3)

)‫فرق يغرق ترتًا(ف‬

 to fear, dive (into
a wave)

‫ليمقومقبرتوت‬
But they are a people who

dread. 19:56 ‫ا‬

(perate. m. sing.)
decide ! (4)
‫أفرن‬

‫لفطتئ؛يجقئ‬١‫همقسمئتأ وبص‬١‫ل‬
So decide between us and
this transgressing people.

[5:25]

٤٧٧

4717

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAH ‫غرق‬

‫آلتقتقزا‬/‫تغرقرا‬
(perate neg. m. phi.) V
do not be divided

‫آناتموالتينرتاتتقررانيه‬
Establish the religion and be
not divided therein.

[42:131

scattering v.n. ‫ف زق ة‬
part fl- ‫فزقق‬

party, group fl. ‫قزقة‬

party, groupfne،. 2 pic.) ‫فييق‬
‫تييقًا‬ .acc

(act. 2 pie. m. daul.) ‫فريقان آ‬

two parties or groups .

 ‫فييقين‬ .acc

(Ap-der. m. plu.) V
diVen (Pic.)
‫تقرزن‬
sundry (Jid.) ‫لمتةرترن‬
Are divers (or sundry) lords
better or Allah the one,
the Almighty? 112:391

٠٠ ‫غرقةوانثو‬
different (Ap-derf. sing.)

And enter by different gates.

‫عره‬،‫ آل‬.criterion (of right or n

(wrong

‫أفارقوهتيعرةي‬
Or part from them reput-
ably. [65:2]

< ~became scattered

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫تفرق‬
-**'deviated

‫تغقق "لهزنًا‬
separated, scattered
to become

٠٠٠
And follow not other ways
that will deviate you from

His way. ‫رسبم‬

be parted from His way.
Lest ye

(Pie.) [6:1531

‫بكتآل‬١‫ؤيؤقيتلخم‬
And those who are vouch-
safed the book divided
(among themselves) not
save after there had come
unto them the evidence.

198:4]
 they separated themselves
(perf. 3 p. m. pht.) 1 ‫تغرقزا‬
do not be separated (from
(perate. neg. m. plu.) ,
each other)
‫آل تغر تزا‬
f. d. *
(,Imperf. 3 p.m. dual.)
the twain separate each
other

(Imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ٢

they wil be separated

،‫إيئغئ‬

*78
‫يقرترن‬
٤٧٨
‫ع‬
‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫ق‬

to
‫ادلى اددًا‬
fabricate (a lie
forge or

SS) - ‫عال‬
<<)‫قرنىيغرنفزيا(ض‬
against

to cut, split, cleave, slander

to ‫ىايف‬
(the weak letter is changed
when the verb
is joined to the following

‫اترلى‬
( ‫اتراء‬
pronominal, thus
becomes

١‫ئ‬٠‫ئرئلمل‬١‫دثةؤقي‬
Do they say, he hath fabric*
ated a lie concerning God.

142:24 ‫ز‬
 ‫آزيعولويا نتريه‬
Do they say ! he hath fabric-
ated it ? 110:381

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) viii

I have fabricated (a lie)
‫أترنع‬
we have1st
(perf. fabricated ‫اترننًا‬
p.phi.) (a lie)
(Imperf ‫ن‬
-،'fabricateth p. m. sing

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) el.

in order to fabricate

(against)

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يغترذن‬

they fabricate (a lie against)

ye fabricate
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تغترؤن‬
fabricate
that ye in order to el. ‫يغترفا‬
lit. Anything that makes a
separation or distinction
between truth and falsity.
It also means ‘proof, evi-
dence, or demonstration'
(LL). [t applies on the
Holy Quran as well as the
Divine Book revealed to
the Prophet Musa (see
2:53, 158; 3:4, 41 and
21:48)

n. acc. ‫لذة؛‬
‫إنكتطراالمديجعللكرتر‬
٥
distinction

ye who believe ! if ye fear

Allah He will make for
you a distinction. [8:29}-
 ٠‫★ فر‬

(act. pic. m. plu.) acc. ‫رنيت‬

<exultantly, skilfully

(sing.) brisk, skilful 5‫رء‬

<<)‫قرها(س‬.‫قيةيغر‬
to exult above measure, to
be brisk, to do ss skilhilly

‫ددهذتم‬

And hew ye out houses in

,the mountains skilfully
26:1491)

‫'غاال‬ not
has occured as ،‫] ريها‬
as adjective for

‫★ بى ر ى‬ .f.*

((perf, ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) viii

-fabricated (a lie)

٤٧٩

479

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫رع‬

assim ★‫رذذ‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) acc.
~makcth unsettled
‫يتتفز‬

< ‫اتغز انتفرازًا‬ X

to exite, make active, deceive,
unsettled (fear)

)‫(ن‬٢‫» فزقي قر‬

to flow as blood from a
wound, to remove, expel

‫يًافرميقخض‬،‫«ًاكئًاذ‬
 Then he besought to unsettle
them from the land.

117:103)

(imperf. ٦
p. plu.) X
they unsettle thee
‫يتفؤفن‬

‫ني‬٠‫لذر‬١‫حئائكئيًاعيلةوئ‬٦‫ئئق‬
And verily they will-nigh
unsettle thee. 117:761

incite! (perate. m. singjx ‫اتتفزز‬

,‫ائتنزذتراتتطعتونكم‬
And incite whom thou can

]‫ ؟‬٦‫األغأل‬. 0117:64

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫فيع‬

١>was frightend
)‫ذرغوأ(س‬٢‫ؤع‬
to be frightend, afraid,
terrified

480

Vperotc, ١ ٩.
I e not!m. plu.)
(you) fabricate ‫آل تغترزا‬
(imperf. 3 p. f. plu. ١١ ‫يغترزن‬
they (‫كل‬.) fabricate

‫ييئدةآل‬٠‫تللغغتزث‬
They (/٣)should not produce
a falsehood that they

٢'‫ه‬١‫\'أه‬٢‫هحلع‬, t 21 \:160 ١٦a٦

(3 p٠ m. sing.) pip. ‫يفترى‬
fabricated one

‫تًا ان حيايثايتزى‬
It is not a discourse fabrica-
ted. [12:111,
 (Ap-der.m. sing) ‫مفتر‬
one who fabricates lies

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ‫غترى‬

fabricated one

(cp-der. m. pu ‫مغترون‬
< those who fabri-

cate lies

‫ي مفتر‬ ).sing(

‫مغتر آى مغتيزت‬
(pis. pic. f. plu.)
.acc

fabricated ones

‫) كمغتراة‬.sing(
(act, 2 pic,) aec. ‫فري‬
a thing unprecedented or
unheard of

‫تالرايتيملقجثي شانيا‬
they said : 0 Maryam thou

hast brought a thing un

heard of. [19:27,
٠

VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAH -‫د‬

make room!
(perate m. plu.) ‫افتحزا‬
make room!
(perate m. phi) , ‫تغتحرا‬

‫فتدن‬ (.perf. 3 p.f. sing)

‫> بم‬
were corrupted
‫يغيدوفسديغسد‬/‫فتديفسد‬
)‫ ك‬،‫ض‬،‫فادًا (ن‬
to become corrupted, invalid
 decomposed, bad, vicious,
wrong

‫اف‬.( ‫نسدتًا‬
the twain were corrupted
.perf. 3 p.f(

(perf. 3 p.m. ph،. ١٦٠٢٢٦

Chy corrupted

‫أفتد إفسادًا‬
to corrupt, decompose

(Imperf. 3p.m. ring.) if *

-will act corruptly,

corruption
that he may do el. if ‫يفيد‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫يغيدون‬
they w ill act corruptly or they

will corrupt

that they may el ،v

conupt ‫لندوا‬
‫صر‬.،« ‫وحذرا‬
١. ٦ ‫ق‬
p.m، p u .imperf.)

that ye make corruption

(perf. 3 p.f. ph ،.١ ‫فزعزا‬

they are terrified

‫قيغط؛قئ‬
And couldst thou tee the
time when they shall be
terrified ! Then there shall
!34:51] .be no escaping

‫فزع‬
3 p.m.sing.)pp.ii)

-‫ عن‬،،‫عيًا‬ fright is taken off >

 ‫عن‬
>>‫زغ‬٠ ‫ص‬,to take off the fright

‫حقىاكافتععنثلفيوم ليا‬
5
n

٠٥
Until when fright is taken
off from their hearts, they
said : what is that your
Lord hath said ? [34:23]

terror (v.n.) ‫لزع‬

‫أفزع ( اآبر‬
the great terror (
(at the time of the Resurre*
ction)

.1

‫و‬
<—■makes room
(Imperf. p. m. ling.) ‫يفتح‬
)‫قتح يغتح فحًا (ف‬
to make room or place (in

seating capacity)

٤٨٩

481

‫شل‬
VOCABULARY o, TH■ HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬

(perf. ‫فقزا‬
they transgress
3 p. m. plu.)

‫و‬
they transgress
(imperf. ‫يغشقؤن‬
p.m. plu.)

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

ye transgress
‫غقزن‬

abomination
transgression(Jid.)
(LL) (m) ‫فسق‬
 (act. pic. m. sing) acc.
transgressor 5‫يق ا ؟يقًا‬
acc.

(act. pic. m. plu.)

transgressors
acc.

wickedness (».«.) ‫قسرق‬

(ting.)

‫تيقين‬/‫يغؤن‬
‫ألغا يقين‬ 5
‫الفايقزن ا‬
‫*فشل‬
‫ذجح‬١ ‫قيتم‬ .perf. 2 p. m(
you became weak-hearted
(or) lose heart, (you flag"

®t ٥— ٦ ١J d-

)‫> فيليغقلفثأل(س‬
to become weak-hearted, co-
ward, flag to grow
spiritless or languid, be-
come tired, to fail, to lose
heart

m
Until you became weak-hear-
ted and disputed about the
command (Pic.) (until you
lost heart. (Asd.) 13:152]

act not corruptly

(perate neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تغدوا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) epl.
ye will surely cause corruption-

we in order
(imperf. tophi.)
lit. p. ‫ففيد‬
do corruption
el.
 ‫دًا‬١‫فت‬/‫ذاد‬/‫ ئ‬.a«)».,(
corruption

foul-dealer,
(Ap-der. corruption
m. sing.) ‫التث‬
maker, one who makes

mischief

‫المبدين‬/‫المفدزن‬
the foul-dealers
.acc

‫مغدزنافني‬
foul-dealers .acc

‫★فصر‬
(in) ii acc.
‫تغينرًا‬
interpretation

to explain, ii
‫فتر تفينرًا‬
interpret, discover

|‫س ى‬I* 7
(perf. ‫فسق‬
trespassed
3 p.m. sing.)

‫فق يغيق ا يغشق فزقًا‬

to trespass (‫وئة(ض ان‬

(the command), transgress,

to break the bounds of
law, violate, to pass be-
yond or over (limits), ex-
ceed

٤٨٢

‫غع ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY ٩URAM

‫شل‬

‫نتاتتلطالوتيابيفو‬
 Then when Talut set out
with his army. (Pic.)
(2:249,

departed
(perf. 3 p.f. ting.) ‫نصلن‬
‫راتافصليالير‬
And when caravan depar-
ted. 112:941

~wi II decide decides

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يغيل‬
‫ييوالتمقيغصلييك‬
On the day of Resurrection,
He will decide between
you. [60:3]

<~detailed
(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) u ‫فشل‬
. into
to
‫نئل غنيًال‬
parts, to expatiate in
divide
to detail, make a statement
or speach dear, distinct

‫ركننقللكرياحرةيك‬
And He hath detailed unto
you that which be hath
forbidden you. [6:1191

we have detailed
(perf. 1st p., plu.) ii ‫نتتآ‬
detailes
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii

(imperf. 1st. ph،.) u ‫غتل‬

‫يقكل‬
we detail (or) we make clear

acc . fd.
(imperf. ‫ تغتآلن‬١
p. f. dual.
they (two groups) may lose
heart

‫إؤمتتطلنثريثكرًانكثال‬
(Recall) when two parties
from amongst you were

about to lose heart. (‫ؤس‬

‫ا‬
13:122

‫ تغعلرا‬.acc. f.d
٢ imperf. 2 p.plu.
ye lose heart
١

i
And dispute not lest you lose
heart, (fail to gain your
target). 18:461

‫★فح‬
(dative) ‫أنسح‬
<more eloquent than

)‫تحينصحتصاحة(ك‬
to be eloquent

‫ىلتة‬١‫ئلخي‬٠‫وًاغنمئش‬
And my brother Haroon, he
is more eloquent in speech
than I. (28:34,

‫★فصل‬
out 3 p.m. sing.) ‫نمل‬
(perf.

)‫نتليفيلقضأل(غ‬
to separate, part, depart,
decide, set out

٤٨٣

483

‫فضض‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫غمل‬
detailed
(pis. pic.(ones)
m. sing.) acc.
‫مغتًال‬
distinct,
(pis. pic. fully ‫مفصآلت‬
detailed
f. plu.)

detailing (v.n. ii)

‫تفصيًال‬
‫فص‬۴ ★
< ~break, crack v.n. vii

without
to breakbeing ‫أنقتم أننتامًا‬
separated.
(intrans.)

be much cracked

‫لقغئئى‬٠‫تةتتتله البر‬١‫ذتب‬
He hath grasped a firm
handhold which hath no
crack (in it) (n d.) [2:256]

★ ‫نح‬٠‫ف‬
‫ستزن‬ ye disgrace

)‫تتح تغتح تتحًا (ف‬

to get disgraced, to make
public one’s fault

‫آل تفتحزا ن‬
perate neg. plus
pronominal ‫ ؤًا‬shortened to

'do not affront me’ or

*disgrace me not’

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. phi.) vii ‫أنتزا‬

<they nocked (1) ‫إلى‬
(‫م ن‬. f. sing.) ii pp. ‫نتتن‬
 ar detailed

‫كك لقلتايتة‬
A Book whereof the verses
arc detailed. (41:31

distinguishing.(!) (n.) ‫نضل‬

‫إكةلقول نضل‬
Verily it isa discourcc disting-

uishing. (86:13 ‫ا‬

decisive (2)

‫وأايثةا لحكةوقضل الخطأي‬

And we vouchsafed him wis-
dom and decisive speech.

(38:20]

the decisive
word

judgement (3)

٥٠٠
This the Day of Judgement
((.،., the Day of deciding
between what is true and
what is false), which ye
were wont to belie. [37:21]

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫الغا يلنن‬

deciders

‫ولموخيرالقيلينن‬
And He is the Best of
Deciders. 16:571

‫فصال‬
‫فيية‬
weaning (v.n.) Hi
family
kin. (act. 2 pic. f. sing.)

٤٨٤
 ‫فضل‬
VOCABULARY or TH, HOLY QURAN

‫ض‬٠ ‫ض‬

‫رالتملوامانكالشههبقمعلبي‬
And long not for that where*
with Allah hath preferred
one of you above another,
[4:32]

‫لذئلةحؤئؤنوألتتتد بتًاكزابغغ‬١
‫بكمعنبق‬
Men are incharge of women,
because Allah hath made

one of them to ‫ اعحيع‬the

other, [4:34]

(perf 1st p. sing.) ii

1 preferred above
۴‫آللو‬

(perf. 1st p. plu.)

we preferred
‫شتًا‬
(or) iimade ss

excel

(imperf.
we prefer1st p. plu.) il ‫غغا‬
(3 p.m. plu.) pp. il ‫فضلرا‬
they have been given prefe-
rencc (or who are made
superior)

(imperf, ‫ل‬p.m.
makes himself sing.
superior ١ ‫يتفتل‬
i.

‫النالوبرتشلكريرتدآنيتقضلكيك‬
This 1 no other thana human
being like you, he seeketh
to make himself superior
to you. [23:24]

grace, {».n. ٢٠/٠( ‫نضل‬

 < abundance.

‫ س‬،‫ نيليفضلنضًال (ن‬/‫فضليفضل‬

to remain over ss,

‫ عل‬-
exceed, to excel

‫ اشنت أنفيكاضًا‬to be vll

broken, separated, dispersed

disperse ‫من‬-
،0 flock, run to,
break away
‫إلى‬-

)،‫>>نضتينضضا (ض‬
to break, to break into seve-
ral pieces

‫للنجتا‬1‫ؤالمذذئؤ‬٠‫ًاول‬٠‫تلئاتآاليجًاز‬
And when they beheld rner-
chandisc or sport, they
flocked thereto. [62:1 tj

‫ين‬
they dispersed (2)
٠‫ذؤىىيخظاساقثئإئ‬
And had thou been rough,
hardhearted they would
have dispersed from
around thee. [3:159]

(imperf.3p.m.plu.)vii fd.
they dispersed
‫ينغشزا‬

٠٠٠٠
silver (fl.( ‫ألنية ا يشة‬
‫ نتل‬p. m. sing.)>~‫لساح؟عآالأ‬
ii ‫و‬.pip)

'-'-caused to excel

‫ نشل تغنيًال‬,to prefer

to cause to excel, grant
favours to one person in
preference to another
 ٤٨٥

485

‫فاذ‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOL QURAN

‫لل‬٠‫ف‬

‫يتغطرن > ع‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) »
gel rent

to be spilt,
cracked,
‫تغطر تفطرًا‬
toVbe broken into

‫ئصفيغصتة‬
Well-nigh the heavens are
rent thereat. [19:90)

‫انغطرت‬
(perf. 3 p.f. sing•) V«
>١‫ا؟؛ص‬

‫أتقطر أننيطارًا‬
broken, cleft -
to be

‫فلرة‬
constitution (n.)
The natural constitution with
which a child is created
in his mother', womb.
The faculty of knowing
God. with which He has
created mankind—'Whereby
he is capable of accepting
the religion of truth.

‫تلتائزهًا‬٠‫ه‬
-‫؛‬And follow thou) the const)
tution of Allah according
-‫؛‬to which He hath const
0:0 .tuted mankind

According to some comment-

.ain٠‫؛‬١n٢Jala\g
also means reli- ‫طزذ‬ alers

‫ناعال‬ (.act. pic. m. sing)

 Creator (the Almighty)

‫فطزر‬
‫هلترىينلطؤر‬ (.crack (n

Be boldest Thou any crack?

٢‫اشفضل ؛‬
grjitious ‫ننل ذو‬
‫اف‬
‫عنًال‬
‫فضل تغي‬
g KC of Allah
grace Iron) Allah
preferment v.n. ii acc.

‫ ف صو بح‬I'*.’"(
،V ‫آنى‬
( perf. 3 p.m. sin}! )

١ >- reached at

‫آ‬٠١‫ت‬٠‫أنضى إ‬ iv
to reach at, go into,
to reveal a secret

‫آقنعهتثثالقببى‬
(When) one of you hath gone
in unto the other. 14:211

meta, you have gone in unto

another as a husband to
his wife

‫*فطر‬

(perf. ‫و‬p.m. sing.) ‫فار‬

C^created

‫نطر يغطر نطرًا(ن‬

to cleave, split, create out of
nothing

‫رجينإلزلئ‬،‫خ‬٠‫لبىوجآ‬
‫فتر فطور‬
to break, crack

Verily 1 have set my counte-

nance towards Hiin who
hath created the heaven،
and the earth. (6:791
 486

٤٨٦

‫فعل‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬

‫له‬
(.imperf. 3 p. m. sing, ١ ‫يغل‬
docs (or? will do.

(2p.m, sing.) juss.

thou didst
‫تغعل‬

‫إن تمتغعل‬
If thou didst not. 5:67‫)؛‬

they do
(imperf. 3 p m. phi.) ‫يغفعلزن‬
that they my do f.d. acc.
‫ كثيرا‬ye do

‫أز‬،‫يتفعالذغتل (إلل'تيادئذ‬
that ye my do f.d. ace.
ye didst not
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.)
we do

(perate. m. sing.)
(thou) do!

(perate. m. plu.) ‫انقا‬

(ye) do!

N is done (‫و‬ p.m. singfpp.

‫)و‬ p. m. sing,) pip4 ‫بتزم‬

١ wi)l be done
 (act. pic. m. sing
a doer
٠( ‫ناعل‬
doers (act. pic. m. plu..)

doers acc. ،‫علة‬،

the doer (ints.)
(with full might)(God)
‫تعال‬
done, fulfilled
(act.pic.m.sing.) ‫تمعتن أل‬
‫؛‬Ap-der. m. slng. ١ ‫منفطر‬
split (one)

★‫فظظ‬
‫ظغظا‬
(assim.)

‫يغظ تظاظة‬<rough (».n.)

to be rough, (‫(ف‬
rude, tempered
‫ن فظاظأ‬

‫تلزئئئئًاالعظالذبواصمإللى‬

If thou hadst been rough

hardhearted they would
have dispersed from
around thee. [59‫ل‬:‫]ل‬

‫ ل‬٤‫★ ف‬
«did
‫فل‬
{perf. 3p.m. sing.)

)‫فليفعل فنألوفنًال (ف‬

to do, to act, to perform
some activity, to have an
influence or effect

effect ‫في‬ ،‫ب‬-

thou didst
(perf. 2 p.m, sing.) ‫فعلي‬
 they did
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫نعلقا‬
(perf. 3 p.f, ph ،.١ ‫فسأن‬
they (f.) did

ye did (perf. 2 p. pht.)

we did (perf. 1st p.plu.)
‫فتم‬
‫تعنآ‬
٤٨v

487

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫غعل‬

(waist-breaking
(act. ٦‫ز‬١٠
pic. f. sing.)(calamity)

‫ض‬. ‫بفقر كرًا( ن‬/‫شريفقر‬

to dig, to break the vertebrates
of the back

‫فيير ا ألفقز‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

‫تقيرًا‬
‫تألؤالنالمهبتياؤكتآغية‬
poor (I) acc.

They said, verily Allah is

poor and we are rich.

[3:181]

needy (2)

‫ووةإخ آتزتإلينخيييقتو‬،‫ي‬
My Lord! verily of the good
which thou mayest send
down for me I am needy.

(28:241

‫الفقراء‬
‫قزه‬
(needy, poors ones (n.p.)
(sing)

‫ى ق ع *ح‬
‫نايع‬
(act. pic. sing.)
 (deepest (colour)

‫قع تققع ا يفقع فشآر شو‬

to be of a

bright yellow colour

‫غتع‬
tensely yellow and intensely
segnifies both in,
red. It is also applied to
signify any colour free
from admixture.

doing v.n. ‫فمل‬

deed (n.) ‫فتة‬
‫وتتتينتلتكلتىفلت‬
And thou didst that thy deed
which thou didst. (Pic.)

(Com. a particle} ‫شذ‬

conjunction)

surely, verily ‫قد‬ ‫ف‬

(ye miss
(imperf 3p.m. sing.) ‫تغقدزن‬
‫قد يفقد نقدًا و شدانًا (ض‬
to lose, be deprived, miss

we miss
(ill:perf. 1st p. plu.) ‫غقد‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) V ‫تغقد‬
(sought after

to seek the lost V ‫تقيرآ‬ ‫'خ‬

or missing object
 |~٠ ‫ى ق ر‬
‫الغقر‬
‫فقر يغتر قآرء و قرًا (ك‬
(destitution, poverty (v.n.)

to become poor, needy

488

‫فكلى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

٥‫ق‬

ye consider, ponder
(imperf 3 p.m. plu.) V ‫تغكرزن‬
think over, reflect!
(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) V.‫تقكرزا‬
see note below

‫ةثمتثلى‬1‫خنم‬٦‫حئيياخأحًاذ‬-،‫شزجا‬
‫تمإلحىرثًاتتجدإ‬

Say (unto them, 0

Mohammad) I exhort you
unto one thing only, that
ye awake, for Allah’s sake
by twos and singly and
then reflect. (Pic). 13 4:46]

Note : The imperative case

‫تجكرزاتفكرزا‬
‫تفكر‬r is
the word has accorded as
not
from
. In this verse
2 p. ISC. of imperfect
tense is an accusative case,
joining (with ‫ ‘بمًا‬of con-

junction) ‫أن تغرمزا‬

that you awake them to
think over or reflect, (Iml.
p. 198),

I ‫نى ند ك ه‬٦
<freeing
)‫( فة يفك نك ت فحك( ن‬u)
(assim.)
 to separate, untie, loosen,
(a knot etc.,) to free (a
prisoner or slave)

‫يغقمون‬
they understand
(iimperf■ 3 p.m.plu.)

‫لمة شهأ (س‬: ‫> فتة‬

to understand

‫يفقبوا‬ .acc ).f.d(

they may understand

(imperf. 2p.m. plu.)

ye understand '
‫تغشبؤن‬
we understand
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫غقة‬
(imperf.3 p.m٦plu.١f.d.e‫؛‬.٠. ‫تتغقةزا‬

standing
they may gain under- ٠'
< ‫تغقةتغقيًا‬
to gain understanding
,» ,to learn

1٠‫!نىكد‬
(per3 .‫ ؛‬p,m٠ sing.) it ‫فكر‬
-"-considered

to thing of
to ponder
‫؛‬، ‫كق تغينرًا‬
reflection, consider,

they reflect on
(imperf. 3. pm. plu.) ‫تقكوؤن‬
٢‫> تغكتنكر‬ .as R.F
: ,‫تقكرزا ’سل‬
 ‫آر م يفكرزا‬
Have they not pondered

٤٨٩

489

‫ح‬
‫فل‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫كك‬٠‫ف‬
‫ متذية ائخيبة‬:‫لينن‬
( ‫ فرحين‬on the measure of)
٢ ‫ كوزن‬living happily
‫فايمإن أ‬.enjoying acc
‫( كتة‬.fruit (n
‫( فوأك‬.fruits (n.p)
)sing.( ‫فايمهك‬

‫و‬
(perf. p.m. sing) ir
(«-prospered, is blissful
‫آفح‬

‫أفحإفآلحًا‬
to prosper, be successful
succeed, be blissful

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ir

prosperes
‫يغك‬

‫إئلأليكيكالشليقك‬
Lit. Verily the wrong-doer
will not be prospered (or
will not prosper.)

Cor. Verily the wrong-doer

shall not fare well. (‫)سر‬

Will not be successful. (Pic.)
 16:211

(imperf. 3 p. m.plu.)
they will succeed
‫يغيحرن‬

they will not ‫آل فيزن‬

(It is) freeing the neck. ‫فكرتية‬
190:131

(Apider. m. phi.) ,« ‫تقكين‬

(breakers off

to be losscnd, vii ‫أنفك أنيكك‬

untied, to be ceased

٠ « ‫نى لك‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)
(ye wonder
‫تفكبرن‬

to wonder or V ‫مًا مغعأ‬

exclaim

‫لذتثآءلجعلنهحطأمافطلتمتهممرت‬
If We willed surely We would
make it chaff, so that ye
would be left wondering

(‫)سنر‬ (or) ye would cease

not to exclaim. (Pic.)

156:651
According to Raghib the verb

originated from ‫كاكدة‬

‫ نكتة‬which
*fruit’ and
‫تفكين‬
mean chatting, thus
‫ تتعآطرن الغكمة‬means
ye pursuit chatting i.e., kil-
ling time uselessly in care-

Icssness. ‫ تنكيت‬is in the

sense of ‫ تعجبؤن‬wondering
(Zr).

(jesting (n.p.) acc.‫فكهين‬

)‫ةه‬.(*‫ تؤ‬jester
490

‫ن‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

‫فلح‬

*‫فلك‬
ships, ark, a ship («.) ‫فنك‬
The word ‫افك‬ is used for
singular and plural both
(Rgh.).

the orbit of a celestial (fl.)

body

‫لنفقكييحوت‬
Each in an orb floating.

[21:331

‫تلكة‬

٠ ‫انى ل ن‬
such a one, acc. ‫فالنًا‬/ ‫فآلن‬
substitutind for an unnamed

or unspecified person or
thing

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.١ ii ‫غندزن‬

‫)ن ب‬ of pronominal)
ye call me dotard

to ‫؛‬all someone T٠٠ :٠٠ ,‫ا‬

‫ًا‬
< ‫ فند تغنيند‬dotard
Though ye call me
dotard. (12:94,

‫آرالآنعنيدقج‬
 )٠.(‫تنآنآن‬
(branches(«, p.)

(I.e., planted with shady trees)

(tmperf. 2 p٠m. ph،١١ ‫تغلحزن‬

ye prosper, yc are successful

Cor. ye may fare well ‫د‬

(Jid.), that happily ye may

thrive

be successful
ye will never acc. ‫لن تغيحؤا‬
Cor. ye will
(,id.)

never fare well

tAp-der. m. plu٠١
blissful ones, successful
ones

acc.

‫المغيحزن‬
‫المغي‬
*‫فلق‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) r

^become separated
‫انغلق‬
‫اغلق‬
<cleaving (n.)

)‫فلقيغيقققًا(غ‬
to cleave, spilt, break
meta, dawn, daybreak

‫قنآعوذيرتالعلق‬
 Say thou, I seek refuge with

the Lord of the Day ٠brcak.

1113:1‫ا‬

‫هإيآل‬ (.cleaver (act.pic.m.sing

‫إتالمدفألثالحتوالتفى‬
Verily Allah is theCleaver of
the seed-grain and the
date-stone. (،:95]

491

‫وج‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬
‫ن‬
)‫*ت غزتفرتآ (ن‬

to pass, escape one (at the time

o٢ doing anything,) to lose

‫يكيًالتحزثواعلمافأط‬
That you sorrow not for that
which ye missed. 13:1531

‫عنماكاعل‬
(or that hath escaped you)
[57:231

‫يظلىائد‬3‫ققآ‬٩‫;عذست‬
(Cor.) And if any of your
wives have gone from you
unto the disbelievers.

\h<TA\١
escaping (v.n.)
disparity, oversight v.n. Pi.

lit. host, group (1) (is.)

(Cor.) crowd

‫فهنافجيشييتكة‬
This is a crowd rushing in
alongwith you. 38:59‫)؛‬
company, host (2)

٠٠
Whenever a (fresh) company
(or host) is flung therein.

167:8]
troop (3)

‫لىيزجآ‬،‫بتتذةئثئمقمل‬
The Day whereon We shall
gather from every comm-
unity a troop. [27:831

492

(.٣ .*)

(act. pic. m. sing.)

< passing away
 )‫س‬،‫(ف‬1‫قآ‬

to perish, cease to exist, waste

away

(the act.pic. is ‫ ؟ني‬of which

‫ ى‬is dropped, like
‫ ( بمى‬for ‫آي‬

‫كمنعكيمافًاةت‬
Everyone that is thereon
will pass away,
(055:261

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii ‫فتمنًا‬

we made^understand

< ‫لمذإ‬٦‫ زم‬e ‫؛‬to m

understand ‫بم *م‬

« )‫فم عم فنًا ر تآتة (س‬

to understand, comprehend

‫قنق"ءهأحكت‬
So We made Sulaiman to
understand it* [21:79]

(w. V.’

(perf. 5 p.m. sing.) ‫ت‬

< lost, missed

٤٩٢
‫فو‬ VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN ‫وج‬

)‫ألن غرز فرزآ(ن‬

to succeed,gain victory, (1)
achieve a goal
 (imperf. 1st. p. sing.) acc.
I may achieve (my goal)
‫آزر‬
‫ود ارزًا‬٠ ‫ المورا‬.acc
achievement, gain

(,Ct. pic. m. plu.) ‫ألغالرون‬

successful ones

triumphant (Pic.)

achievers (Jid.)

place of safety, n.p.t.

a place of refuge
‫عغازة‬
meta, security

،‫مفازة‬- is a noun.
Pattern for place or time,

originated from ‫ذا ز‬to

‘succeed’ opp. *to parish';

thus ‫مغازة‬ in place of

succeeding. It signifies also
desert, wherein no person

is afraid for ١(P،A.)

;j‫ الذاي‬٠

Bethink not thou that they

shall be in security from
the torment. 13:1881

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ii

I confide
‫أنوض‬
< ‫فرت تغييضًا‬
to give Gill power to, to
confide to
to submit

/ ‫آفراج‬ .acc ).٠‫(»م‬

< bands, groups
 (sing.) ‫فزج‬ )٠٧• *■( ‫فوري‬

(perf. ‫ و‬pm. sing.١ ‫ر‬

٠١٠>■ boiled up

‫(ت يفزر فزرًا ت و‬

to boil, boil over (pot), to
gush forth

‫تىلداجآإًاحةأذؤئالئور‬
Until when Our decree came
and the oven boilied over.

]‫؛‬11:40

(imperf. ‫ ة‬p. f. sing.١ ‫غزر‬

'“boilcs up

(rush, haste (n.) ‫فور‬

the same root to gush forth
meta, to run or do in haste

‫ويأثظوتككورفم‬
They shall come unto you
in this nuh of theirs.

13:1251

means ‫آرا ين زرم‬. (

they came in a headlong
manner—LL.).

‫فوز‬ ★ ).w.v(

(perf. 3 p. m, sing.) ،‫ز‬

‫> سم‬
٤٩٣
won, succeeded

493

‫ى‬- ‫ى‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN

‫وف‬
‫ى‬

★ ★‫رو‬
،٠ .his mouth (com.) acc>
‫فز‬: .nom ‫ نه‬.gen
‫ ذز‬like ٠١٠ .acc
and ‫ آو‬،‫أخر‬
‫ لكلعفأه‬2‫كبايسطعيلالآل‬
Like one stretching out his
palms to water that it may
reach his mouth 113:141

‫فز‬
(sing.)
< mouths (n. p.) ‫أفاى‬

also
mouth
:‫ فو‬and ‫ ف‬signifiy

‫دتثولننباواهكريا لينلكزبوءكة‬
And ye say with your mou-
ths of which ye had no
knowledge. [24:151

★★★★
(a preposition)
in(p!ace)(l)
‫فى‬

‫ف‬ points to cause or

space and time

)‫(اليية[لظرية‬
‫وآتاألنين"يدوائغانبتة‬
And as for those who will be
glad (that day) they will
beintheGarden.fi 1:108]
494

‫أنيضانرقلاللو‬
confide my affairs unto ‫ل‬
 [40:44‫؛‬ .Allah

< - recovered iv, ‫آتق‬

to recover ‫آتق اةئه‬
(from illness or uncons*
ciousness)

deferment (n.) ‫فواق‬

lit. a delay; properly the
space of time between the
opening and the closing
of the hand in milking

‫إالصيحةياجدة‬,‫رعايثظريآل‬
‫علهامن واو‬
And these wait but for one
shout whereform there will
[38:15‫ ؛‬.be no deferment

‫ فزق‬over, above (a noun used

(as a particle

. : :‫؟‬you ‫فزقك‬
‫( فزقكم‬for details see LL)
‫ينتزقاآلزفي‬
From above (or from the sur-
face of) the earth. [14:26]

‫★ فوم‬
prlic (n.) ‫فرة‬
(it has no verbal root)

٩i
I

‫ى‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫س‬
with (7)

In (time) (2)

‫رليالقةآبلنيها‬
And the caravan with which
we travelled. [,2:82]
 by the side of (8)

‫ذتأه)لألهح‬١‫لجغة لد‬١‫وتًا‬
1
Whereas the life of the
world, by the side of the
Hereafter, is only a (pass-
ing) enjoyment. [13:26]

concerning (9)

‫قالشايفتيكناكللة‬
Allah hath pronounced for
you concerning distant
kindred (Pic.) [4:176]

(w.&kv.١

(perf. 3 p. f٠sing٠١ ‫تاتت‬

(returned

)‫فيةًا(ض‬:‫تبفي‬
to return, change its place,
shift (shadow)

they returned
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫وا‬٠‫ب‬
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.)
'‘returns

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.١ tv .٦‫آن‬

‫ > بم‬gave (as spoils of war)

‫ >> فف‬٢٠‫دنمإط‬١ ‫ة‬٣‫ا‬٠‫ب‬٠٦‫غهها‬٦٤ ‫علن‬

out of the spoils - ‫عل‬

٤٩٥
 In six days.[32:4] ‫فيتةآيابر‬

about (3)

‫آل الوتث‬
Is there doubt about Allah ?
{14:10,

among (4)

‫ائئ‬١‫غ‬٩‫ئًاقاذئؤ!ثةأتللقذذلئا?ني‬
‫اؤبيا؛السقالخأي‬
enter the Fire ‫ ن‬Allah) said)
among the communities
of ginn and mankind who
have passed away before
17:381 .you

(4) into

‫ذذبئرزنى‬،‫رتلك‬
And I breathed into him of
My spirit. [15:291

on account of (5)

‫تارلوفالتيج‬
They fought against you on
account of the religion.

,’)6( ‫؛‬٥٥‫ ؛‬respecting

‫راتالويناختكنرافالكي‬
‫لغن ثقات بير‬

And verily those who differ

respecting the Book are
surely in cleavage wide.

(2:176)

495

‫غع ل‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫ىى‬
‫ولؤالفضناشعيئحدرحستف‬
‫يلجذة لح‬ ‫و‬‫أذنذًا‬
‫عنابعظث‬ 1

Had it not been for the grace

of Allah and His mercy
unto you in the world and
the Hereafter, an awful
doom had overtaken you
for that whereof ye mur-
mured (Pic.) (or) ye have
rushed. (Jid.) 124:14]

(Imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

ye are engaged
‫تقبضون‬
‫إذؤيكك فيد‬
When ye are engaged therein.

110:611

(perate. m. plu.) iv ‫آنفوا‬

hasten, hurry (1)

‫ثرليظواصنحيعآفلكراالي‬
٠٠
Then hurry (or hasten) from
the place whence the other
people hurried. [2:199]

pour out (2)

Pour on us some water.

17:501

‫★الفبل‬
‫فىل‬
the elephant (n.)

‫يتغيؤ‬ p.m. sing.) V ‫ و‬.imperf)

himself ‫؛‬turn

‫يتفيؤاظللة عناييينواكابل‬
Shadows thereof turn them-
 selves on the right and
on the left. 116:481

‫ فلى ض‬١ ‫تفيض‬

(imperf. p. f. sng.
<^overfloweth
★ ).V,*(

)‫آت يفيغ فينًا و فنا (ض‬

to abound, flow freely, over-
flow

Thou behold their eyes over-

flow with tears. 15:831

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv
< hurried
‫اض‬٠١

‫ آآضإتاتشة‬:: ٠
‫أنشتم ل‬
s t

‫م‬
(perf■ 2 p.m. plu. iv
(to rush thoughtlessly
yeh rried (1) or
murmuring)

‫ع‬1١‫بآلئيربةأفى‬
Then when ye hurry from
Arafat remember Allah.

(2:1981

496

٤٩٦

‫كتاب القاف‬
)‫قحًا(ف‬.‫ييقحيقبح‬
to render ugly,

to remove or reject as worth-

less

(perf, 2 p. nt. sing.) IV ‫أتر‬

 <^made to be buried

‫أبر إبارًا ة‬ to
cause to be buried, assign a
grave to

tomb, grave (n)

tombs, graves (n.p.)
‫القبزر قبره‬
(graves, n.p.p.t.
places of burying
‫المقار‬
‫د‬

‫مقبرة‬ ) sing(

‫شتبن‬
klmperf. 1st. p. piu١
fiii (juss)

<we may borrow (light)

٤٩٧

(a letter of the Arabic ‫ق‬

alphabet)

name of Surah (Chapter 50)

‫)فزاءمو ق ى‬،‫بيم‬،‫ت(ينًا‬
length, distance («) ‫قاب‬
‫ععم ق و ب‬

‫م‬ proper n.) 5 ‫ارون‬

(‫هذر‬
A possessor of extraordinary
Korah of the Bible
wealth; as is mentioned in
in the H.Q. Korah (28:76)
was a very rich man proud
of his wealth that was
sunk by the Almighty God.

‫ق يرح‬٦‫المقبرحي‬ ■* I
hateful ones, loathsome ones
(pic. pac. m. p(«.) acc.

‫> قبح يقح قحًا ر قب‬

to be ugly, vile
 497

‫قبل‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قبس‬

they tighten
(imperf. (4)plu.)
3 p.m. ‫يقبضزن‬
‫وثضرتايييلم‬
They tighten their hands (،’.،.,
hypocrites who abstain
from spending in the cause
of the religion.) 19:671

(imperf. 3p.f. plu.)

they withdraw (5)
‫يقبغن‬
‫آولزيرزالاللطيرفزقممضغييقبضن‬
Behold they not the birds
above them, outstretching
(their wings) and they
(also) (them) withdraw.

167:191

‫قغًا‬
drawing (v.n.) acc.
a handful (n) acc. ‫قتة‬
٠‫فنل‬

‫قبل‬
~accepts3 p. m. sing.)
(imperf.

‫> تيليقبلقرآل وبؤأل(س‬

to accept, admit, receive,
agree to

(you) accept
(perate. neg. not
m. plu.) ‫آل تقزا‬
,s accepted
(3 p.m. sing.) pip. ‫يقل‬
will not be accepted ‫ثه‬٠‫تتبل‬
‫آل‬
498 never be accepted
will ‫لن *بل‬
will be accepted pip. acc.
 ‫تدًا‬٠‫ثسا‬٠‫ا‬ Viii -‫من‬
to take a light from another

)‫>> قت يقتن قتآ(س‬

to get a light or knowledge
from another

‫نثركة‬-‫أئظرؤتاتقتيت‬
Wait for US that we may bor-
row (some) light of yours.

157:131

(ofburning
a fire) stick, a brand (n.)

(perf. kt. p. sing.)

<1 seized (1)
.
)‫بقتفيغن قبضًا(ض‬
to seize and hold, grasp, to
take with the finger tips,
to take a pinch

(perf. lit p. plu.) ‫قعنن‬

we drew (2)

to draw > ‫ إلى‬- ‫قبض‬

‫ثترجغثةماتتاييا‬
Then We draw it towards US
with an easy drawing.

(25:461

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يغبض‬

scants (3) ‫غ‬٠
‫والمهيقبخريبكط‬
And Allah scantcth and am-
lifieth. (2:2451

,*٠

VOCABULAiY OF THE HOLY QUAN

‫قبل‬
‫ ب ل‬٠<

‫ذل'لظىئئ‬
And the caravan with which
we traveled hither.

٦‫؟‬٠٦١.١7\
(perate. m. sing.) ‫أقل‬

draw nigh ٠
(act. pic. m. sing.)
(accepter
5
from R. F. to accept

acceptance (v.rt) ‫ترل‬

facing one another
(Ap-der. m. plu. iv) ‫متقابلين‬
coming forward, over-
(Apider. m. sing.) X ‫مشتقبل‬
peering (cloud)

towards which one turns

the direction or point (n) ‫ية‬
his face (٤٤)
In the religious usage it means
the direction towards
which one turns his face
when saying his prayers
and the qibla is thus the
spiritual centure of a

pe ٠p\e. (En٠, Is.١

 ‫فة‬
'to be before* is tha point
from the root
in the direction of which
‫بل‬
acts of worship ought to
be performed. (Jid.)

‫يلجكابييهرقبلة‬
And make your house a place

‫ا‬
of worship. [10:87
٤٩٩

(perf. ‫ ق‬p.m. sing.) V ‫تتل‬

>~‫ه؟إلعع؟ع‬
as R. F. V ‫غت خذ‬
*accepts
(imperf. ‫و‬ ‫يتقل‬
p.m. sing.) *

accept
‫لن يقبل‬
-will never (neg.) acc.

(3 p.m. sing.) pp.

— was accepted
‫تغبل‬

‫لالز‬5.’‫—بذا‬was
٠٠not
‫آل‬١accepted ‫؛‬
pip.ng p. m. s 3.(

(imperf. 1st p. p‫؛‬u. ١ ‫تقبل‬

we accept

(perale. m. sing.)
may thou accept!
.
(pre/. 3p.m. sing.) tv.
< —turned forward

‫أقل إباًال‬ ،, to tum

forward, to draw near,
come close to 55, to ad-

‫عى‬-- ‫ألى‬
vance towards,

‫تاةنبذيا‬٦‫وًاصلهتئش‬
to, approach to come to
 And they will advance unto
each other mutually ques-

tioning. (52:25
(perf، 3 p. f. sing.) vi
‫أتلغا‬
،he came up or drew near

(perf. 3 p. m, plu.) iv
they turned towards
‫ على‬- ‫أقؤا‬
(,perf. 1st. p. plu.
(CR) we travelled
١ ,، ‫ؤتأ‬
499

VOOABULAtY or TH, HOLY Qua AN ‫ىبل‬

before, formerly (a noun ‫قبل‬
denoting time ; sometimes

denotes place as well),

used as adverb, preposition,

as possessor ( ‫) معا‬
to pronominals and also

an accusative noun

front : forepart (1) (n.)

‫لنًانيئهرث ون بغيى‬
If his shirt is rent in front.

‫؛‬12:261

facing, before eyes (2)

‫و حتا*وملثىقال‬
And We had gathered toget-
her about them everything
before (their) eyes (or face
to face—I). [6:1111

(direction)(!)(».)
towards
 ‫اقبل‬
‫قبل‬
‫لراليآنثرلراوجنعع‬
‫ةلخيقرليغي‬
Virtue is not (in this) that ye
turn your faces towards
the east and west 12:1771

power (2)

‫ا‬٠‫تلئص‬٠‫ئيمبذحمي‬٢‫خاي‬-‫اذ‬
Go back to them, so We shall
certainly come to them
with hosts which they
have no power to oppose.

127:371

For Muslims ‫قة‬ is not a

turning to a point of the
compass, but to a definite

‫ كية‬or
place, that is,
sacred ‫ءله المتجد الحرام‬
Mosque at Makkah.

‫قيذالة‬١‫ذذئىزثلبويلةهئ‬٠
Often We have seen the
turning of thy face to
the heaven, wherefore We
shall assuredly cause thee
turn thy face towards the
sacred Mosque. 12:1 44]

ace.
‫يالييًال‬
(act. 2. pic. m. sing.)
face to face (1)

‫قداطيوألتتكةييع‬١‫لوت‬
Or thou bringest God and
the angels face to face,
[17:921

tribe (2)

‫إتهيلكرهروقيله‬
Verily he (Saten) beholdeth
you, he and his tribe.

1:271

‫يئن ية‬
‫دللآلخقذا‬
(ting) < tribes n. p.

And We have made you

nations and tribes that ye
might know one another.

[49:131

500

٥٠٠

‫ل‬
‫ى‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫قبل‬
‫قتت‬
‫آن يغتل‬
‫تمذكح‬
‫آي‬
‫آلثلن‬
‫يقتلؤن‬-
‫آليقتلن‬
‫تقتؤن‬
thou hast slain
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫قتلت‬
‫رم‬
‫قتلؤا‬
I slew (perf. 1st p. sing.)
they slew
(perf. 3 p. m. phi.)

you
you slew ‫تتمرم‬
(perf. 2 p. piu.)
slew them ‫قتلتم‬
 (an additional ‫ ر‬is suffixed
before a pronominal ‫م‬
with no effect in the mean-
ing)

wt ٩١ ew (perf. 1st. p. plu.')

that he may
(imperf. kill
3p.m.sing .١ acc.

(imperf,2p,m.sing.)juss.
whosoever kills

(imperf. Ist.p. sing.) fu«,

~I kill (let me ‫)سم‬

1 surely shall kill epi.

(imperf. 3 p. m. ph».)
they slay, kill

(imperf. neg. 3 p.f

they (f.) should not
٠‫ااتط‬ ph،.)

(imperf. 2p.m. plu.)

you slay

‫آلثئمثةةتعلوىآذفك‬
Thereafter it is ye the very
ones who slay each other.

slay not or do not commit

(perate. neg. m. phi.) :

suicide

(Due ،0 requirement of the

English contents Jid, and
Pic. have rendered the

noun ‫تل‬ in a verbal

phrase as ‘cannot resist'
and 'withstand'.)

‫آًا‬٠‫اآل‬ )3(

‫الحناب‬
The inside whereof hath
mercy while the outside
 whereof is in front of the
torment (57:13)

‫ن‬
(They stint
(imperf. p.m. plu.) )UM. ;
)‫قتريجترتررًا(ن‬
to be stingy,tight-fisted, nigg-
ardly (to his own family)

they were not 1‫غترا‬

niggarely ‫فالذ‬: ‫لم‬
dust, darkness (rt.)‫مح‬
dust,darkness (fl.) ،;

(by nature)acc.
niggardly ‫قتورًا‬/ ‫قترر‬
straitened
(Ajnkr. Hi. sing.) ،*, ‫المقير‬
‫★ قت ل‬
(perf. ‫تل‬
2 p.m. sing.)
slew (killed)

٥,١

501

‫قحل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

٤‫تتالالنًانماكعر‬
Perish man ! How ungrateful

he is! 180:17 ‫ا‬

‫ومنتلمظلويا‬
And whosoever is slain
wrongfully. 117:331

(3 p. f. sing.) pp. ‫تتلن‬

she was slain

(‫ ن‬p m plu.) pp. ‫توا‬

they were slain '

، 2 p. in. plu.) pp. ‫قيتم‬

ye were slain

Clstp, plu.١ pp. ‫قين‬

we were slain

is slain (‫و‬
‫ ذأ‬p. m. plu.) pip. ‫يغتلؤن‬
they are slain
p. m sing.) pip.

*they slay
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii ‫يقتون‬
generally as R. F.
‫قتل تقتيًال‬
According to linguists the
stem ii denotes something

more than what the trilit* -٤

eral form does. Thus while ‫تل‬
‫ تل‬means to slay or
kill, ‫ قتل‬signifies to ma-
ssacre er to kill in a sever*
er manner.

(imperf: 1st. p. ptu.) ii ‫تنقتل‬

we shall slay

(3p. m. phr.١pp ii ‫توا‬

they were slain

‫والتثلقاانثك‬
And slay not yourselves (or)
do not commit suicide.

(4:29,

.‫أشسكم‬
a collective sense. The
may be taken in
rendering in this case would
be 'and slay not one an■
other’ as in verse 2:85
 above).

‫ةتقغيهـمرلةناظتئم‬
Ye slew them not but Allah
slew them. [8:171

(perate. m. plu■)‫أتؤا‬
‫ بي‬JJ,.
(o you people) slay !
slay yourselves ‫اقتوا اغسكم‬
(i.e.j do not commit suicide)
(for the historical background
and the detailed meaning

of the verse Jid-P. 2 ‫ و‬n.

224).

‫تل‬
(3 p.m. sing.) pp.
is slain (7)
‫تيل‬
‫آدأنتات ارتل‬
If be dietb or be slain (perish
or may be he accursed).

[3:1441

‫قيل الخزصؤت‬
Perish the conjecturers!

[51:10]

‫فتيلينقتر‬
174:191
‫ل‬
Perish he ! How he devised

٥٠٢

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قتل‬

(perate. m. sing.) iii 5‫تل‬

‫تل ;س‬
(perate. dual) iii ‫الآل‬

(you twain) fight!

(perate. plu.) iii ‫ةاتلوا‬

(O you) fight!
 (3 p.m. plu.) pp. iii ‫قزيلقا‬

they Were fought

you were fought

(2 p. m. pludpp. Hi ‫وحي‬
(‫و‬
they are (being) fought
p. m. plu.) pip, ‫يقاتؤن‬
‫اقتل‬
٥
(perf. 3 p m. sing.) viii
<~f ught

‫اقتتل افتتاآل‬
to fight among themselves
،viii as 11

(per3 .‫ ؛‬p.m. plu.) viii ‫انتتلزا‬

they fought (among them-

selves)

‫ااعتتلرا‬.‫ولؤتآاشه‬
And had Allah so wiled they
had not fought among
themselves. [2:253)

(,imperf. 3p.m.dual) viii ‫يقتيآلي‬

(the twain) fight each other,

i.e., among themselves

not against common
enemies

killing, slaying (v.n.) ‫قآل‬

doing massacre v.n. ii acc.

‫ افتاله‬/‫تتال‬
‫م‬.( ‫القتلى‬
fighting v.n. 17،

slain ones (n.

(‫ ق‬p.m. plu.١ acc. pip. ii ‫يقتلؤا‬
that they may be slain

‫ذن‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi)>~‫أ‬٠٠‫) ا‬1

‫آلذألأل‬٠‫النكة‬
to fight, to combat, battle m
 ‫قتلمعه ربيؤنكثيز‬
Hath fought with a number
of godly men. [3:1461

perish (may be (2)

accursed)

‫ثتتهمالمهآفيؤلمني‬
May Allah confound them,
neither are they turning
away. [9:30)

they fought
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) Hi ‫الدا‬
They fought against you on
account of religion. [60:9)

‫و‬
‫بح‬
(imperf. p. m. sing.) Hi
fights

‫تاتل‬
‫)زم‬
(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) Hi
fights
(imperj. 3 p.m. plu.) iii ‫يقاتزن‬
they fought

‫يقايال‬
‫د‬ ‫تغايزن‬
that they mayflght acc.
ye fight
(imperf. p.m. plu.) iii

ye wilt not fight

(iinperfneg.2 p. plufiii ‫لن آتلز ا‬
٥٠٣

503

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دثبئيئاذنحاللليبويج‬
Of a surety, there hath come
unto you from Allah a
light and and book lumi-

nous. 1151 :‫ذ‬

(2) it ‫ ذا‬also placed before
 imperfect to denote :

(i) certainty of a thing, as

‫تنيكمًا آنتزيو‬
Of surety he knoweth what
ye are about. (24:641

(ii) frequency of a thing, as

‫تنرىتقبرجوكفاكة‬
We have frequently observed
the turning of thy face to-
wards the heaven. 12:1441

(y.n.’١
(striking
acc. ‫قذحًا‬ nom ‫قذح‬

)‫قتح بقدح قذحًا (ف‬

to strike fire

‫نألمؤريتقدحًا‬
And striking off fire by dash-
ing (their) hoofs. 1100:21

(assim)

(‫ ت‬p.f. sing.) pp ‫قت‬

>٠١‫ة\د‬٣‫ااآة‬

504

٠‫ىثه‬
(cucumbers (n.)
no singular

‫قثا‬
 ‫و‬
((,"“attempted
perf, p.m. sing.) viii ‫اقتعم‬
‫أقحم افيحًامًا‬ ,to plunge
rush, hurtle ( ، into SS)
to break, intrude, invade, to
burst, to jump, to embark
boldly, to defy (hardship,
danger)

‫كلرائةتلحالتمكاتت‬

(Yet) he attempteth not the

steep. [90:111

(Ap-der. m. sing.) viii ‫مقتحم‬

one who rushes

‫هتاففجتمقتيم‬
This is a crowd rushing.

(38:591

a particle^ ‫ثن‬
(1) it is a Confirmatory pani-
cle, placed before perfect
tense to make the verb
definitely past perfect.

٥٠٤

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫فدد‬

(perf p. m. plu.)
they estimated
‫قدروا‬

٠‫تىتثعااثئسيخ‬
And they estimated not Allah
with an estimation due to
 Him. [6:91}

(perf. )st. p. plu.) ‫قدزمًا‬

we decreed

‫لتبةئن‬٦‫ققتتذ)لبلح‬
So We decreed. How ex-
cellent are We as decrees!

(Jid.) thus We arranged.

How excellent is Our
arranging I (Pie.) [77:23}

(3 p.m. sing.) pp
was decreed (1)
‫تبر‬

‫ئأذتقاىعثءقًاك قنتير‬
So that the water met for an
affair already decreed.

[54:12]

is straitened (2)

‫ومنعيرطيهرزقة تلحبى وقًاائةاذدغ‬

And whosoever is straitened
in his subsistence (provi-
sion, means of life) let him
expend of that which Allah
hath given him. 165:71

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

(straitens
‫يغير‬
or measures, limits oppI
‫ يط‬enlarges, extends

(sec above the first mean،

ing of this verb)

‫ (قد غد قدًا(ن‬,assim
to cut or tear (lengthwise)
into strips

she rent (perf, 3p.f, ring.) ‫لدى‬

(diverse (m) acc. ‫قددًا‬
 (sing) ‫ قدة‬strip of board,
company of diverse

‫د‬
We have been (following)
very diverse. [72:1 IJ

‫★قحد‬
(perf. 3 p.١١١٠ sing.) ‫قدر‬
(*“Straitened

)I( ‫يقير قذرًا (ض‬- ‫(فتر‬

to straiten (the provision or
other means), to restrict,
determine the quantity, ex-
tent, size of a thing, to
measure

)‫) قتر خدر قدرة و مقدرة‬2

to have power ‫ على‬-)‫)ض‬
over

)‫ قت قندًا (ض‬to (3)

estimate evaluate SS

to decree in just measure (4)

and with due propertion)

(LL)

4‫رآتآاذاماابتلهقتدرعيورتة‬
But whenever He trieth him
(as) He straiteneth his

‫ًا أ‬١‫آجح‬١‫ آل‬0‫’\ أ‬١‫(عًا‬. 189:16‫ر‬

‫لم‬

٥٠٥

505

‫ق‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قدر‬

‫دظدآندنآتمحر ظه‬
 And he imagined that We
could not have power on
him. [21:871

(lit. we w٠١\١ wA have ‫؟‬owtt

on him)

(perf. 3 p٦m. rtng٠١ ii ‫تذر‬

< ،■Vmeasured (1)

(ordained)

devise, dispose, decree (ar

to measure ordain ii
R. FJ, to apportion
‫تنر تغينرًا‬
‫ةآياي‬1‫تدرةًاآتراثماق‬
And He measured therein its
substenance in four days
(or He ordained). 141:10‫ا‬

to devise (2)

‫ثرتيلكين قتر‬
Perish he, how (maliciously)
he devised. 174:201

to dispose (3)

‫رالننتترقمنى‬
And who hath disposed and
guided ? 187:3]

to measure (4)

‫دخقغد ثثقتيترعتتييرا‬
And who hath created every*
thing and measured it
according to a measure-
ment? (25:21

‫وينر‬۶‫أةغدلمغئ'ائزقنزنيثا‬
Allah enlargeth the provision
for whosoever He willeth
and slrainteth. (for whoso*
 ever He willeth). 13:26)

:‫ة‬١‫ا هآل‬٦-‫هآل اًالح‬-‫د‬٦١ see 24(

16, 29:52, 28:82)

has power over (3)

‫فرياسهمثالعنداتنليااليشيارع‬
Allah propoundeth a simili-
tude, (there is a) bond-
man enslaved who hath
not power over aught.

[16:75)

power over
he will never have ‫لن يغير‬
(.imperf. 3 p.m، plu.١ ‫يغيرزن‬
they have power over

power over
they have no (neg.) ‫آل قدرزن‬
(imperf. 2p.m.plu.)(fd.)
<ye have power

to have power ‫على‬-‫قدر‬

‫ينبليًاننفكذخ‬١‫تأزف‬:‫لالاكبجيي‬
Save those who repent before
ye have power over them.

15:341

(see also 48:21)

‫شير‬
we have power over
(imperf. !st. p, phi.)

506
)»‫تن صء‬
٥٠٦

VOCABULARY or THS HOLY QURAN

measure (2)
‫تنجحل اشهلكتتى تذر‬
Allah hath set a measure for
all things. [65:3)

power (3)

‫المدهي‬
Verily We have sent it (i
the Quran) down on the
٠e٠
night of power. ,97:1]
when the Prophet recei-
ved his first reflation.

( ‫قدر‬
glory and also decree and
destiny)
is power, honour,

‫إاليتدرتعلزر‬ ‫رمنتزلة‬
measure(‫( )؛‬n) ‫قدر‬
And We send it not down
save in a measure known.

(see for the same meaning

23: 18, 54:49 and 13:17

ordained (2)

‫ثتجئت"ىقدحموى‬
Then thou comest at the or-
darned (time), o Musa.

120:401

٧id.١
(according٠to fate (‫على دي‬
‫>؛‬imit(3)
lit.‘ measure, but CR

‫الىقدرقعلوو‬
Till a limit known. (77:22(

(per)'. 1st. p, plu,١ ii ‫تدر تا‬

 we decreed (4)

‫إالانراتةتدتتًاإتهالينألغيرزج‬
Except his wife, of whom We
had decreed that she
should be of those who
stay behind. 1,5:60,

(Also see 36:39 for the same

meaning i.e.f decree)
to apportion (5)

‫رقترنأتهاكير‬
And We apportioned the
journey therein. [Jid. &

Pic. have rendered:

made easy) [34:181
٧٧‫ع‬

‫ ًا‬per!. 5 p m plu.) ii ‫قدرزا‬

they measured

‫ئ؛‬٦‫ينيئةدةرزكًائئب‬٢‫ضاة‬
(Bright as) glass (made) of
silver which they (them,
selves) have measured to
the measure. 176:16,
(imperf. 3 p.n١. sing٠١ ii ‫يقدر‬

١ measures

‫والهيقيراليل والتمر‬
And Allah measureth the
night and the day [73:20]

(perate. m. sing.) ‫تدر‬

(thou) measure !

‫قدر‬
‫ومأقدرواشةحققنري‬
estimation (1) (n)

And they estimated Allah not

in an estimation due to
Him. 16:911

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫فدر‬

)1( ،،' ‫تشييره‬ dispostion
 ‫ذلكتقييرالعزنزاليليي‬
That is the disposition of the
Mighty and Knowing.

16:961

the measure (2)

‫قتررهاتتيي‬
They have measured to the
measure. 176:161

destined
(pic. pac. (one)
m. sing.) ‫مقدور‬
measurement
(due) measure, («.,.) ‫عقدار‬
powerfulm. sing.) viit
(Ap-der. ‫مقتير‬
Powerfulm.
(Ap-der. One (Le.,
plu.) vifiGod)‫مقتيرزن‬
]‫قو‬
(imperf■ hl P■ plu.) ii ‫شدس‬
we sanctify

glorify,
to ‫ ل‬- ‫قدت تغييسًا‬
extol the holiness,
sanctify,
to hallow (Asd.)

‫>> قدت تغدى قذسًا (ك‬

to be pure, holy

‫أبدي‬
‫رزح ألقدى‬
holy (n.)

‫وآيدذليلياقق»ي‬
Holy Spirit

And We aided him (Isa) with

the Holy Spirit. [2:871

508

destiny (4)
 ‫كانآمراشرقدراتشدرا‬
And the ordinance of Allah
hath been a destiny desti*
ned. 133:381

means (5)

‫عاللقعقدرعوعاللعترقدك‬
The wealthy according to his
means, and the straitened,
according to his means.

12:2361

<cauldrons (‫ار‬.p) ‫تدرر‬

(sing ١ ‫يدر‬
(act. ptc. m. sing.)

< able, potent, one who hath

control of~

to have power ‫ على‬- ‫قدر‬

(act. pic. plu.) 5 ‫ورقن أ‬

< controllers, ables ‫ي‬
‫قايريت أ‬.acc

(sing.) ٠‫ي‬١٠
potent
(act. ‫قدر‬
2 pic. nt. plu.)

( ‫ير‬١٠ ‫قيير‬
nify the same possessing
and

power ‫قيير‬
has an or
intensive significa-
ability but
lion, and signifies he who

does ١١
tng to what wi
hatdom ١١
he requi-ill. accord-
res. not more nor less, and
therefore this epithet is
applied to none but God
(1.1

٥٠٨
‫قد‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قدس‬

(imperf.
< comes3forward
p. m. sing.) ‫يقدم‬
)‫قدم يغدم دمآ(ن‬

to come forward, to head a

people

CR : he shall head i.e., he

shall come forward

‫لسقفههذ‬
He shall head his people on
the Day of Resurrection.

11:981

(,per3 .‫ ؛‬p.m. sing.) ii ‫قدم‬

brought (1)

‫ ل‬-‫قدم تقييًا اا‬ ,to bring

to send before, prepare
beforehand

‫منتتركاهمناف‬
‫ًال‬ ‫تالثاريًا‬
‫عكاباضع فىاكأر‬
They said (C.R. will say): our

‫ا‬
brought this upon US, unto
Lord whosoever hath
him increase doubly the
torment of the Fire.

[38:611

~scnt on (2)

‫ئثةه|تثعنيذسير‬
To man will be declared on
that day that which he
hath sent on and left be-
hind. 175:131

(per3 ■‫؛‬p.f. s‫؛‬ng,١ ii ‫قدمت‬

Nsent on before
 i.e., the angel Gabriel who
attended on the Prophet
Isa (Jesus), peace be upon
him,

(Note: this holy spirit of

Islam has nothing to do
with the Holy Ghost of
Christianity, who is the
third person of the Blessed
Trinity).

‫ة‬١‫آل‬0 ٢ ‫د د‬١ set،(

holy (n.) ‫أقدزى‬

above, and opposed to all evil

replete with positive good

holy (pispic. m. singjii

as adjective of ‫ راي‬valley
‫المقدسس‬
holy
(pis. pic. f. sing.) ii ‫اقذتأ‬
(as adjective of ‫ اآلرض‬,that
isfaminine in Arabic )

★ ‫تدم‬

‫( قدننا‬.we came (perf.htp.phi>

)‫تيم غدم فدز ت تغتمآ (س‬

to come, return, to come

back from, to advance

CR: we shall come, shall turn,

shall set upon

‫;ضةلل;اغدامقتيى‬
And We shall set upon that
which they worked.

٥٠٩

509

٦‫ق د‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫م‬
‫ى‬

‫ةذقوخائتيافي‬١‫ل‬
Be not forward in the pre-
sence of Allah and His
messenger. (49:1,

(,.e,) do not persume to give

your advice in any matter
before the Prophet asks
you to do so)

ye offer (2)

‫آشغقتنتموابينيدن‬
‫تجنيكر صنلت‬
Fear ye to offer alms before
your conference? (or whi-
spering) [58:131

offer, I (perate m. plu.)

provide beforehand
‫قدمرا‬

to put beforehand > ‫ ل‬- ‫تدم‬

:‫د‬
And provide beforehand for
your souls. 12:2231

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it ‫تقدم‬

٠٠>/preceded (1)
to advance ‫تقدم تقثًا‬

(reflexive of if)

‫يغورلكالهمأتتًاممن‬
‫*كرمًاتغر‬5
That Allah may forgive thee
that which hath preceded
of thy fault and that which
tnay come later. (48:2,
 ‫م‬ perf. 1st.p. sing.) ii
I sent before (1)
‫قدمى‬
‫يغوكييكنتتمكالكيلت‬
He will say. would that I had
sent before for (this) life
of mine. (89:24,

I proffered (2)

to proffer ‫ إلى‬- ‫< قدم‬

(He said) I have already pro-
ffered unto you the warn-
ing. 150:281

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) il
they sent before
‫قدمزا‬

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ii

ye have laid up
‫قدنتم‬
beforehand

to put ‫ل‬-‫< قتم‬

beforehand, to bring up

‫يأشن م قتمثرلمئ‬
They (years) will devour that
which ye have laid up bo■
fore hand. 12:48]

to bring up

‫آنتقتمعموي لب‬
It‫ئ‬ ye who have brought
this upon us. 138:601

acc.f.d. ‫قدميا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

ye send forth (1)

to come forward (2)

(perate neg. m. plu.) ‫قدمرا‬ ‫آل‬

do not ‫ ع‬forward
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫دتا»ًا‬١ ‫اقتذى‬
to follow, viii

<( )‫تذا يغدز قذوًا (ن‬-

to imitate, copy (of deeds)

to taste or smell agreeably

‫اال‬3‫ئةذما‬
So follow thou their guid-

ance. ‫ا‬ 16:90

Note, ٠ ;‫ادي‬
is a pronoun
the finalpointing
of to

some
the ‫عدى‬
commentators
verbal noun took , but

٠ ‫اتكي‬
‫الوتني‬
this (
:‫نا عا‬
ha) as
denotes a full stop). (Ind. or
which
Zf. Ik.)

followersm. plu.) viii

(Ap-der. ‫مغتدفن‬
‫ن‬٠‫و ل؛ًاغقاكبمئثقار‬

And we are followers on their

footsteps. ٢ 43:23]

‫و‬
٠٧/)
(perf. p m. sing.)
cast (1)
‫قذف‬
)‫قذتيقذف قذظ (ض‬
to throw (stone) etc., fling,
vomit, row (a boat) to hurl,
throw with violence, to
throw down, overthrow

‫وقنتقثليعماللغب‬
And cast into their hearts
terror. (33:2،)

go forward (2)
 (imperf. 3p.m. sing.) , ‫يقتم‬
<~|OC3 forward

(reflexive of ii)
to keep oneself forward

٦‫ئيعئخ‬٦‫لحتال)قًابلةي‬
Whosoever of you, who shall
go forward or (who) keep-
eth himself behind.

(74:37

(they go‫و‬inp.m.
(imperf. advance
plu.) X

‫م انفدامًا‬ ‫ اغد‬X
to seek to get in advance

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) X ‫تتشييرن‬

ye anticipate

a foot (n) ‫درجنة قدم‬

meta, sure footing. 5
10:21

the feet (n. p.) ‫أآندام‬

old (act. 2 pic.) ‫فييم‬

olden times '

‫الكةغدييج‬
old ones (eletive phi.)

acc. X
(Ap-der. m. plu.)

those who have gone before

(pate. m. slng.١ liii

(follow
 ٥١١

511

‫ا‬
‫ق‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬
(h.v.)

★ ‫قرأ‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

~٢ ead

‫'؛‬٠‫(غو)الا‬
)‫ن‬،‫(ف‬١‫وآنمآ‬
to read
‫ز> حاغ‬
a written thing, to recite
with or without having
script

‫قراهعلنوذتاطأنتابهمف‬
And he had read it unto

have been
them ٠
even believers
they wouldtherein.
not

[26:1991

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou read
‫تأت‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.)
we recite, we read
‫زأآل‬
they read3 p.m. plu.)
(imperf. ‫يغرؤزن‬
(impeij. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫ع‬،١1. ‫يقرآ‬
that thou mayst recite/read

(imperf. 1st. p. pip.) ‫ترأ‬

 we read

(perate. m. sing.)
read!(!)
‫أغرأ‬
(17:141
Read thine book. ‫إقراكيك‬
recite ! (2)

‫إقرأياسوتيكالنفخلق‬
Recite in the name of Thy

Lord. [96:!]

512

we threw
(perf. (2)plu.)
kt. p.
‫تذكًا‬
‫رلوئلحتلتًاآؤناراتنزلية‬
But we were laden with bur*
thens of the people’s orna-
ments, then we threw
them. -0:871

‫غذفن‬
hurls (3)3 p.m. sing.)
(imperf.

‫قنإترتيعينبالحق‬
Say thou, verily my Lord
hurlcth the truth [34:48!

meta, to utter (4)

conjectures (،'.،., throw words

without having a know-
ledge)

(٠ ‫يقيفزن‬
meta. imperf:
They utter conjecture
3 p.m. plu.)

‫وتقيفرن بالغيب‬
They utter conjecture about
the unseen. [34:531
 ‫غزن‬
we hurl٠!st.p.m. plu.)
(imperf

:‫اغذف‬
cast (thou/.)!
(perate. f. sing.)

‫آناتنريوفالتبرت‬
(Saying) cast him in the ark.

[2٥: 39]

‫يغذززن‬
they
(3 areplu.)
p.m. darted
pip at

‫صئضمهلجأي‬٠‫وبد‬
And they are darted at from
every side. 137:81

٥١٢
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ق را‬

meta. prayer (3)

‫لنقانالفجرطنمشهادا‬

The recitation (،.e. prayer)

at the dawn is ever bome
witness to, [17:781

(The word ‫قرآن‬

in the
text means prayer, because
it comprises recitation of
the words of the Quran

(٤٤.)
Bed.).
also see ZR. IK.

‫ئ‬
a menstruation, (or) (n.) ٠• ‫قرز‬
a state of purity from the
menstrual discharge (the
word has two contrary
meanings).
 (imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) f d. ‫يقربزا‬
they approach

‫قرب يقرب و قرت يغرب رآ‬

)‫ك‬،‫هوزاا(س‬٢‫رئذ‬
to be near to, to approach, to

be near in relationship, to

offer

they shall not approach ‫آل يقربوا‬

(perate neg. m. dual.) ‫آلتتر آ‬
(0 ye two) approach not !

(ptrat، .neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تغررا‬

approach (ye) not ! (I)

(perate. m. plu.)
read (1)
‫اقرازا‬

‫اقرءواكثجية‬
Read My book. [69:1 ٠1
recite (2)

‫فأقريوامأتتيينة‬
Recite thereof so much is
easy, (73:20,

(3 p.m. sing.) pp. ‫قق‬

‫> نيم‬ is recited

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) iv ‫شرئ‬

we make read or recite

‫دثعييكالتئى‬
We shall enable thee to recite
and then thou shall not

forget. 187:6 ‫ا‬

‫نأ‬٦‫قز‬/‫ ترآن‬.v.n. acc
reading, reciting. (1)
recitation
 ‫إنءيينًاحمعهوقراته‬
Verily upon Us is the collec*
ting thereof. [75:171

‫نأذائرأتهفائيعقراته‬
Wherefore when We recite it
follow thou the reciting
thereof. 175:181

‫) القرآن‬.prop, n( )2(
The Holy Qur'an

‫علرالعرأن‬ ‫آلتحمن‬
The Compassionate Hath
taught the Quran.

٥١٣

513

‫ر‬

‫ى‬

VOCABULARY OB TH! HOLY QURAN

‫قر‬

‫لععاكأءةترنيي‬

The Hour may haply be nigh.

(42:17)

‫اقزب‬
‫تلالاتلكرطيوآحراالالم‬
kinship (n. elative f.)

Say thou : I ask of you no

hire therefor save affection
in respect of kinship.

[42:23,

an approach (n.)
ach
(a is sought)
mean
‫ فزة‬٠
by which an appro-
 ‫قراق‬
‫اع بتثزبة‬
<approaches (n. p.)
(sing.)
relationship,

(perf. ‫و‬
(as offer made for God) acc.
p. m. sing.) ii
< «brought nigh (1)

approach,
to perscnt, to make
bring near,//
an offering to God

‫ئآلهساس‬
And he got it nigh to them
(before them and) said,
wherefor eat ye not 1

151:271

to offer (2)

(the twain)
(perf. 2 p.m.offered
dual.) ii ‫تأ‬٠
514

meta, to have (2)

a sexual relationship

‫وألكريرمقحتىيلوري‬
And go not in unto them till
they arc purified (،.e. from
menstruation). 12:2221

meapproach
yc not (com.) ‫آل تغرىزن‬
' )‫(الرذا ى > ن‬
‫أقرب‬
more nigh (elative.)
nigher unto ‫ل (و)إلى‬-
nigher in relation- ‫أقرب رخرًا‬

ship or affection.

‫آقرب موقة‬
‫اآفريؤن‬
nigher in affection
 ‫قريب‬
‫ي‬٠
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) '
near, (nigh)

acc. ‫قيا‬
And when My bondmen ask
thee regarding Me, then
verily 1 am nigh. 12:186]

(The ‫قريب‬
for masculine";
word the form
is formed

( ‫قييتة‬
red in the Quran.
) has not occu-

‫إنريختاشرقرييتكالفيخ‬
Verily the mercy of Allah is
nigh unto the well-doers.

17:56‫ز‬

٥١٤

(elathe m. plu.)
kins

relatives acc.

‫قر‬ VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫قرر‬

‫المتربرن‬
‫القرييج إ‬
those who brought nigh (
).orc(
★ ‫قرح‬

‫ألقرح‬/‫قزح‬ ).".*(wound
<meta. hurt, sore, blow

to wound

)‫تحيقرح قزحًا (ف‬

I *‫ قرد‬I
٢ ،‫( رزت‬.
‫أيرةة ا‬
Capes (n. p

(asrint.)

*‫ىرر‬
 (imperf. ‫"ر و‬,
~ become coolp. sing.) acc.

become
to ‫ر بر «ذًا (ف‬
be or (col

‫قتعريي موًال تحنى‬

That she might cool her eye‫؛‬
and she might not grieve.

[20:40]

‫قرى‬
<‫ضئاكخئوينهئأ‬
cool (eye)! (perate f. sing.)

andeat
So cool
and ‫؛‬/٠)
thine eyes.
drink thou119:261

(perate. ‫قز ن‬
<(0 ye ladies) suy!
m. plu.)

‫إذقرياقريائ‬
When they (twain) offered an
offering. 15:27]

to get ss nigh (3)

we drew
(perf. 1stnigh
p. plu.) ii ‫اليا‬
‫وقرباة نيًا‬
And We drew him nigh for
whispering. 19:521

draweth 3nigh
(imperf. p. f. ring.) ‫تقرب‬
،٠‫كثأا|ًالر‬
‫ثترجيعديزنتى‬
And it is not your riches nor
your children that shall
draw you nigh unto Us,
with a near approach

34:37 ٠

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. plu.) f.d. ‫بقريزا‬

 In order that they maybring
nigh

‫ذامئس|>الحزللى‬
We worship them not save
in order that may bring
us nigh unto God in appr-
oach [39:3]

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) viii ‫اترب‬

<hath/come nigh

‫■ أترب أتراب‬٥, ‫أر‬ .F

‫ ه‬perf. 3 p. f. sing.١ ,iii ‫أترتت‬

hath (have) come nigh

(perate. m. ring.) riii ‫اترن‬

be nearer !

‫آل \آل‬

٥٥
‫ق‬
VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫ق‬

an abode (3)

‫تمإغ‬1‫وأويهمالربرة ذ‬
And We sheltered the twain
on a height: a quiet abode
and springs. [23:50,

Abode of rest. ‫ارالعرار‬

(40:391

refreshment (of eyes) (n.)

or coolness
٦‫ر‬
 ‫قرىعيية وكك‬
(He will be) coolness of eye
unto nie and thee. {28:9,

(Translators of the H. Q. tend

to render the word ‫قرة‬

by refreshment, comfort
etc. to avoid the word
coolness which is not
understandable to the
West where eye is warmed
in order to get comfort.)

(glass (n. p.) ‫ر‬:‫قرار‬

٠‫) ةئئتة‬.sing(
‫والبي؛ينشق‬
(Bright as) glass made of
silver. [76;16)

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv

< ye ratified (1)
‫آفزتم‬

‫آق إقرارًا‬ .acc. iv

to ratify ‫ على‬-
to agree, to affirm willingly
and expressly, to cause to
remain, settle

:‫ف‬-)‫قريترقرارآ(ض‬
to Stay permanently, be fid
in a place, rest quietly in,
dwell in

‫وقركفبيقغت‬
And stay in your houses.

133:33 ‫ز‬
Note: According to some

commentators ‫تزن‬
is derived from the root
- that means, to be
 serious, respected, i.e., stay-
ing with respected manners
u١d.١.

‫وقزقفبيغيمتوالتبرجن‬
‫تبرجاياعيةألزل‬
And stay in your houses.
And display not yourselves
with the display of the
pagan past. {33:33,

‫ رءرًا‬،‫ آقرار‬،‫ قراز‬.It. acc.,

stability (1)

‫اجئت ينتزقأآلزضيمالم‬
Uprooted from upjn the
earth, and there is for it
no stability. !14:261
a resting place (2)

‫دمجةاللئدهملرىق‬
Thereafter We made him of
a sperm in a firm resting
place. {23:13,

(also see 40:64 ٠ 38.60)

٥١٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫فرر‬

‫ين‬٠‫باب!ذًاقؤئةذمتذىز‬
Then if it stands in its place
then thou will see Me.

[7:143|

(Ap-der. nt, sing.) X

that which remains firmly
‫متقر‬
fixed or confirmed, goal,
lasting place

an end or g tai (I)

 ‫عوغموحمهًاخمتثتر‬٠‫جئايوامماًا‬
And they belied and they
followed their lusts, and
every affair (will come to
(its) end (or goal).

[54:3]

lasting, settled (2)

‫بتتتتز‬١‫يتئ‬،٠‫دذقصمةئلئذإةو‬

And assuredly there met

them early in the morning
a torment lasting (or sett-
led). 154:381

settled (or) placed (3)

‫عتد‬٢‫نتتارا"متتر‬
Then when he saw it placed
(or settled) before him.

١٦٦٠٠‫دًاه‬١

(act. pic. m. sing.) X

resting place (l)
‫مسقر‬

‫رلكيق أآلتضمتتترؤمتعا‬
And for you on the earth
(shall be) a resting place
and enjoyment, for a dura-
١‫ف‬١. (or season—(J١d,١

‫تتآتررتميئمتشمدرت‬
Then ye ratified (our cove-
nant) and ye Were witness-

es٠
is translated
(Note ‫تشهدون‬
here as a
: The verb
noun)

to agree (2)

we agree (perf. (st p. plu.) ‫آفررنًا‬

 ‫آقررتر وآخنتعلى ذلكع‬.‫قال‬

‫إصرىكالؤًاآئررنا‬
He said: Do ye agree and will
ye take up My burden in
this (matter). They said :
We agree. 13:811

(Note : The perfect tense

has been rendered in
these verses as if it were
imperfect tense.)

to cause to remain (3)

or settXe

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) iv

we cause to remain
‫تتئ‬

2 ‫وثقرفياآلتحلرماتع‬
And We cause to remain (or
We settle) in the wombs
that We will, an appoin-
ted time. [22:51

<٢٦
stood firmly
kcpt remained X ‫انتقر‬
‫استقر ايقرارًا‬
by itself withe ut a.to
support
stand X

٥١٧

517

‫ قرطس‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دد‬
‫ضلم‬١٦‫ض‬٠‫حمرؤ‬.‫زس‬
IO cut, grow, nibble, turn
aside from

CR. passes , ١«es

‫تاذاغرتتئرضم ذات اكقلل‬

 And when it setteth/passeth
(passing or leaving) them
by on the left. [18:17]

>‫ر? ف\ الةا‬
(perf. 3 p. ■m. plu.) iv ‫آننزا‬
‫أقرت إفراضًا‬
to cut a portion of one’s
.to lend iv
wealth and give someone
in order to take it back

ye lent
(perf. 2 p. m. plu.) iv ‫أئدضيم‬
٠١٠
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv
lends
‫يغرض‬
‫ قرضزا ال؛‬.fs.acc
(imperf.2p,m. plu.١
that ye may lend

(perate. m. plu.١ iv ‫أتزضوا‬

(you) lend ! ‫و‬

loan ‫ترض‬ acc.
‫ق ر ذس‬
‫قزنًا‬
‫فرطاس‬
lit■ what One writes upon
a parchment (n.)

< ‫قرايكنقرطائ‬
parchments (n.p.y
518
).sing(

‫ اع؟ آل‬٦‫) عآلأل‬2(

‫يلتبفتي‬
For every anounccmcnt is a

set-time. [6:67‫ا‬
abode meta, womb (3)

‫ولمولنقآثأكرتنتفرواجدة‬
‫فتكقةوكتتغ‬
And it is He who hath pro-
duced you from one per-
son, and thenceforth (there
is) a abode and repository.
[6:98]
 ( ‫تتزتع‬
‫مسقر‬
appointed term (4)
and
means here 'womb'
loins) (/.A.)

‫واثتتجرفكئقرلمًا‬
And the sun runneth to its

the recourse (5)

appointed term. 136:38 ‫ا‬
‫الىريكيزمبنيالكتكة‬
Unto thy Lord that Day is

the recourse.
abode (6)
[75:2 ‫)ا‬
‫آضيالجةبوميذخيؤتتعزا‬
Fellows of the Gradcn shall
be on that Day in a good-
ly abode. 25:24]

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.f. si‫»؛‬g٠١ ‫قر ضن‬

~ cuts

٥١٨

‫ قرن‬vocabulary of THB holy QURAN ‫قرع‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ‫يغقترف‬

‫ومنيقترنحتة اد‬

And whosoever earned a good

deed. [42:231

they earn3 p.m. phi.) viii

(imperf. ‫يغتر فزن‬
‫تيجزتنياكانوايقترنوت‬
They will be awarded that
which they used to earn.

16:1201

(fd.el.) viii ‫بقتر فزا‬

 (imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they may earn (or) they may

fabricate, perpetrate
(crime)

(Ap-der. m. plu.’i viii ‫مقترنزن‬

those who earn, those who
fabricate, or perpetrate
(crime)

‫تليقئرفواماهءيقترفوج‬
And that they may earn what
they are earning (or let
them fabricate that which
are they fabricaters there-
of.) ،6:113)

* ‫قرن‬
‫عق ر ر‬٤• ‫غرن‬

‫ ر ًا‬،‫رن‬ (.generations (n)

lit. a century (time period)

‫قرون‬ (. (generations (n.p

‫قرن‬ (sing)
٥٦٩

٠ ‫ذرح‬r

٥)،۶٠
(adversity (I) pic. f. sing) ‫قارقة‬
)‫ألغ'خعرء(ف‬
to knock, strike

‫واليزاللنينكززاثوييهم لم‬
And an adversity ceaseth not
to befall those who dis,
believe, for that they did.

113:311
 striking (day) (2)

‫كتتثثودراذيالتارعق‬
They (tribes of Thamud and

Aad) belied the striking

(Day). (69:41

‫آلتلرعةماالعايعةومًاآدثم‬
The striking, what is the stri-
king and what shall make
thee know what the stri-
king is? 1101:1,2,31

‫★قرف‬

(earned,
(ye gained‫أقرتم‬
acquired)
(1) viii

‫أترف أقراءًا‬
to fabricate, to earn, gain. viii

to perpetrate (a crime)

‫وآمواإلتترتوها‬
And the riches ye have ear-
ned. [9:24,

s\٩

VOCABULARY OP THI HOLY QUKAU ‫قرن‬

captives
to by iv.
lead two €٠١ ‫أزن أر‬
one rope, to
have power over or con-
trol over them

‫تبخنًالنغخركمنارمالك‬
Hallowed be He who hath
subjected this unto US and
we were not capable (fit of
subduing) for it [43:13}

(accompanying
(Ap-der. tn. plu.)ones
acc. viii ‫مئرنين‬
‫اترن أتيرانًا‬
joined, accompaniedto be viii
 ‫ الدفي‬٠‫لحتة‬
Nor angles come with him
accompanying. (43:53]

town, township („.) ‫ي‬١٠‫م‬

<towns, cities (n.p.) ‫قتى‬

‫نرثا‬
(sfrg)

) ‫ أقرى‬٤‫أم أ‬ for see(

the two cities (dual n.) ‫أقزيين‬

(t.e., Mekka & Taif (IK)

a lion (n.) ‫قتررة‬

though the word ‫قتورة‬
signifies a lion, some com-
mentators took it as deri-

(act. 2pic. m. sing.) ،

(mate, comrade

)‫(ض‬٧‫قرن يغرن ر‬
to join one thing to another,
or be together

companion acc. ‫قرينًا‬

(mates, comrades, (n.p.)

companions
:
(sing.) ‫قرين‬

Hi: two-horned ‫ذز اقز نين‬

Note: According to a majority
 of the commentators, it is
surname of Alexander the
Great: so named from his
expeditions to the East and
the West. He was actually
rcpresentad on his coins
with two horns. Horn in
the Bible is a symbol of
strength and is frequently
mentioned to signify power
an glory. (Jid.<CD.p 16.
n. 422)

acc. (pis. pic. m. plu.) ii ‫مقرين‬

< bound together

‫رن تخرينًا شرنة‬

serveral things together
« to gain

‫زىاتمييئتذسممتمعر‬،‫د‬
And thou will see the guilty
or that Day bound toget"
her in fetters. (14:49}

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ،»
over animals
leaders
‫مفرنن‬
‫ر‬
used for rid-
and controllers-
ing

520

٥٢٠

٣ ٣‫ف‬

VOCABULARY Of THB HOLY QURAN

‫قسس‬

‫ايطس‬
‫تزناباقطنالكتقيم‬ balance

And weigh with the right

balance. (26:1821

‫★اقصم‬
 ( perf. 1st. plu.) ‫قتمنًا‬
< we apportioned

)‫تتم بقيم قآ (ض‬

to apportion, to divide, dist-
ribute

they apportion
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يقيمزن‬
‫آهغيتيزتتختتريك نخلتا‬
‫تييهة يميكتم‬
As if they who apportion
their Lord’s mercy! We
have apportioned among
them their livelihood.

[43:321

(,-swore
perf. 3 unto
p.m. sing.) iii ‫ نم‬١٠
‫ كي فامًا ن تاتتمة‬١٠
to swear unto

‫وقأمومًاانلكمالينا لتتيحين‬
And he swore unto them
both, verily I am unto you
of (your) good counsel-
lors. (7:21)

something
ved
will
‫قر‬
from against
i.e.,ones
to do

divines (n.p.) ‫فبيين‬

Christian priests who were re-
garded as custodians of re-
ligion (at the Prophet time).
 (imperf. 2 p.m. piu.)iv. f.d. ‫قيعلرا‬
<that ye may deal justly

‫ أقط إنآط‬iv
to act or deal justly

)‫>> ئتنل يغيط قنط(ض‬

to act justly/unjustly (contra-
ry meanings)

‫وانخعتراالئثطرا‬
And if ye fear that ye may

not deal justly. (4:3 ‫ا‬

(perate m. plu.) iv ‫آنيطزا‬
act justly

(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫أقايطزن‬

thou who act unjustly

sec above ‫جر‬. F.

justice (v.n.) ‫ألقسعط‬

more equitable (e/ ٠ r،ve) ‫أتئن‬
the equitable
(Ap-der. ffl. plu.)acc.. vi
'
‫المقنطين‬
٥٢١

521

‫ىص‬
VOCABULARY OF THZ HOLY QURAN

‫ى لى‬

<they 3swear
(perf. one to
p.tp. plu.) ‫تقاسمرا‬
vi another

‫تقاسم تقآثًا‬ to swear vi

 one to another

‫تتغيمزا‬ ١
(imperf. 2 p.m, plu.acc. X ).fd(

ye seek a division

‫انتقتم انيقسامًا‬
division to seekx

‫وآنقتثمزاباًالذاو‬
And that ye seek a division
by means of the (divining)
arrows. 15:31

oath (n) ‫قسم‬

a division. (n)
a divided thing
‫قسمة‬
And declare thou unto them
that water is a divided
(thing) between them.

154:281

division (2)

‫يلكإذلقمةيزى‬
That, indeed, is a division
unfair. 1513:221

(time of apportioning)
lit. division ‫ة‬-‫القن‬
‫ولةتئتل؛يتةًارالاتئزفيوادصكئد‬
And when kinsfolk and or-

phans
presentand ٥
the division
at the ne dy are
(time of apportioning the
heritage) (4:81

‫اقعوا‬
‫آفتشم‬
‫يقيم‬
 ‫قيمآن‬
‫أنم‬
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv
cthey swore

‫أقم إفأًا‬ to »wear

‫ ا‬perf. 2 p.m. plu.١ iv
ye sware

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

-swears
will swear

(imperf. 3p.m.dual) iv
the twain swear
(the twain shall swear,

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.١

I swear

‫نآلأتبمذقحالثجز‬
No ! I swear by the setting
of the stars. [56:75]

Note: ‫آل أنيم‬

convey a negative meaning.
does not
In accordance with a curi-
OUS idiom of the language,
whereby an oath or exec-
ration seems to be regarded
as a virtual negation, the

be omitted
negative ‫ال‬
in denial bymay
particle
oath, and, on the contrary,
be inserted in affirmation
(WAGL. p. 305 LIS).

‫ال‬
to emphasise the meaning
isan additional particle
of oath and not for nega-
tive (Zr.).

~ swear neg.
(perate. not! m. plu.) ‫آل تقمزا‬
٥٣٢
‫دد‬٠
 ٢‫ةج‬
)٤‫ع‬:1‫زع‬ ‫للد‬0‫هه‬

«ippiiu ٥٩١ ‫ل اه‬٠‫دلال اله‬٩١

1‫هال‬٩١ UO ٠٩١ |JO 90101 ،pU8

٩١٥J٠AI|٠P ٥٩ 1‫دا‬٩» ‫هال‬٩‫إ‬

.‫?سسهه‬

٥sjno٠

٥d٠33{ E ‫ ل‬JO ٠ ٠٩١ippitu

( Suit ■،،، ■J»p-dy) ‫ر‬٢‫ آ‬٠///٨

(9 ٥١BJ٥P٠LU Xsujnof ‫خما؛ دبي‬٣‫) ا‬
٥١BJ٠pOlU

‫زل‬٣| '‫دد‬٠ )•Huis « •Jid ‫رآلدل‬

‫؛‬١JO uo Xua6‫ح‬9‫لج‬ ■٠٦٩١ ١

uodn puy ٩||٧B ,s ٠٩١ 3٠jip■

،‫ع‬١*‫حي‬٠‫آ‬١‫مؤآ‬

‫ا‬10!133‫!ل‬0

٥|١t ١٩8ij ٣4) •Xbm) ٢٣

٥SJ٠A)• 6٤‫ا‬:‫أ‬٤‫ل‬

SI UB٥IU JO aui٠٩١٥٩١ st٩١

(dopr o٠٩١ ٠٩١ ١ „U٥p|o3

UI MO|S OOJ ٠٩١ *U,,(|B«):

(‫ *■اد‬J3٩١l٠u ٥٩ JOU JSBJ

puy ٠٩ UI jsapotu x٩١ 8uub

0٦ ١B WIB pu٠١ui Ol

ABMBWBIVJJS

٥١ 08 p٥٠٥ojd JO ?٦٢“
ppim B dope OJ|٥ jno٠‫؟‬٥
٢٣ ٢٢ ٢٣‫ًال الك) ا‬١
< ٦٩, pom»,

(Huts ■w aiDJgd•) ١٢٢

‫ك م‬c ٠
,*,٩١ JB٠J)٠ ,0 ٩IU٠J٥|١

i(J٠JJ٠١ J٠AI٩S •j٠pp٢٦٩s 0١

09319 siuooaq o٩١‫ (*؛‬١

١٠٠٣٠٤ ‫ا‬٢‫! لمماي‬٨ )•)pjBnb

<~٩iuw١|s٥

(padiui* ٠ ‫؛‬J •d ٥u١s’>

(pjonb) ‫;كخآ‬

‫آلمم‬٢

(snuprei (٠u٠٨) ٠، r
٠pjB٥ ٩uo) p٠u٠pjB٩)

‫ًاا؛‬٦ ‫ئب آلبا ا‬ )•Suit » •Jid -/‫ر«د‬

,o ٠ ٥٩pjB٩ SutppiXun

i((?)‫؛‬r ٢٦٦٢، ٢٦٢٠٢

p٠u٥pjB٩١

(d £ 'pad• ‫ ا‬s8٠‫؛‬u) ٢٦٠

‫ا ليجيا‬٠‫م‬٦٦ jy SB

<~SJ٥pi٨ip

٠njd UI ■J»p-dy)) ٥٥٥- ،/I.,. ?١١٢١‫؛‬

a١n٠٩١ ٩ (>:15] •SJIBJJB

puy (٥٩١ P 0٩M (spSue‫؛‬J١S٠‫؛‬

‫لبيما؛‬٢٢‫ا‬
 ‫‪٦ !! ١:‬ب‪۴‬ئ يي‪3١n٩ij١sip o‬‬

‫؟‪<JO١n٩u١sip‬‬

‫( دم• مذ ‪ ) n/d‬؟‪١۴١‬‬

‫)‪popiArp B (٥u٥)٠ (P٠U3!SSB‬‬

‫دتج )•‪(/،;٠٠٥،/ ٠٠٠«:Sujf‬‬

‫‪NVMnb AIOH SHJ. ،o AMVinaVOOA‬‬ ‫رما ‪٢٠‬‬

‫‪HS‬‬

‫‪ psjunoMj‬د ‪٩‬ل‪٨‬د*‬

‫(ه»ال ؛‪ ,،‬ة‘ب’) ‪٣٣١‬‬

‫(س‪0٩‬اه) ‪ً[ Xjojs‬ا‪8‬حةع]‬

‫‪on pojunoo ٥٩١‬‬ ‫اه ‪٩‬الال‬

‫دد ‪USUM ‘usqi‬‬ ‫‪-‬ل‪٥٩ PUB 3‬‬

‫؟‪،٦sww‬؟؛‬
‫(ح) اه ل‪0‬ا|‪ S,9U٠ »0‬اآلداد‬
‫إل‪٠١‬حكلم‬

‫‪ ‘psi‬لل]ا‪ ٠‬الآللآل‪١‬د‘ ‪junos‬‬

‫‪' untuui٥٥!-‬اس‪>1‬ةدل ‪(١) OJ‬‬

‫‪ ٢٦٢٩١‬هع‬

‫‪<^p٠jun٥3٥j‬‬

‫(ك‪3‬دال ع ‪ •w "d‬ل؛الة‪٠‬ع‬

‫(‪٠‬ء‪،‬اس)‪٠٨‬‬

‫ه م ‪ fP‬م‬
‫ا‪٩‬ه؛د ‪ O٩M‬دالل ل‪٠٩‬لز ح‪٩‬آل‪٦‬د) ي‬
‫(‪٢‬ى‪-‬جل• س‪ ٠‬كم•) هشر ‪ U‬جئًا‪,‬‬

‫[؛ًا‪:‬غح]‬

‫يآلًال ‪ sauo p٥uyu٥٥‬اال ادالل؛■‬

 ‫ح‪٢٩‬ا‪r‬؟‪٢٢‬ح‪٢‬ج>ت‬

‫)‪USUIOM) psuyuoa‬‬

‫؟\أآب )‪ n|d‬ال ■‪(and ■aid‬‬

‫‪Xq‬‬ ‫•؛‪ qo UMO،«٩‬ال‪,‬‬

‫‪psssMsod SJ SSUSIBSS aqi‬‬

‫( مئي زذ‬ ‫‪ ’٥٥٢٩٥٠q١‬هل‬

‫تم'‪،‬؟‪ ,‬ئ ص ‪ً٦٩‬اًا مع؟■'‬
‫*‪ ٠٨ spucqsriq‬ل‪٩‬د!ل ‪PS SUO‬‬
‫ددد؟ ‪ Sui5f00[ IUOJJ‬آلل االم‬
‫‪11IBJJS3J oq* UXUOM‬‬
‫< [‪0٩‬له ‪ jwpow‬بأما ?اكزا؛‬

‫هدأ‬
‫لهالدة؛ال؛آل‪),3,00,( 3‬‬

‫ؤهال‪-‬يإآل د قل‪١‬ل‪-‬أ ‪\٠‬ي‪۴‬‬

‫رئ‪.،‬الهم ئم‬

‫<هةال|لة وال‪ ٠‬ى‪-‬كا دك‬

‫‪0‬ل‪١‬؟اأ‪ 3‬دالم ‪ I،،‬ا غبب‬

‫ا‪:٤‬ح‪0‬ح‪٢‬‬

‫ابادد؛‪IOU doi ٩5‬هلل‬

‫‪٥٩٩ OS JOJJS pjuun UO‬لال‬

‫‪ً ٥٩١ Sejp uaiinuq‬ا د ‪puv‬‬

‫‪w do X٥٩J‬‬

‫‪ ٠١‬؟‪padw٠٥ € •١١» v٢٩d ٠٠٢: ٠‬‬

‫)‪!,:،10‬‬

‫ل‪٩‬آلل دد ‪ U3)JO٩S ,3٩‬للآل‪3٨‬ل‬

‫‪ 01‬هالا‪0٩5‬دا‬

‫‘‪ $U31JO٩‬اه‬
 ‫ب?كهك ب‬٠‫ ا‬£ ‫تو‬٢‫)اآل‬٢‫(نما‬

‫الدال‬0٩‫<بمه ة‬

(padwi■ ٠ ‫ًا‬n|d •wd)

‫• \؟ذب‬p ‫دد "ال‬٠

r‫■*مزم‬

199:‫{؛‬
)■‫ا؛‬5‫إ‬1‫ آلده الها دلللهاأ‬O٩M

‘3SJHO3 3|pp!UJ JO SI3M

J١‫؛‬q8*JO) auiop ٥٩١ -0||OJ

UOUIV? ‫هالأ‬٩‫ ا‬XpiiniuiuoJBSi

٠ ^٠ ‫؛‬

(3110 gu,Op-J٩?,l) KJOOO

aippnu ٠٩٩ JO J3d»3٩ B

)¥‫ عحهأل ال‬Su'( ٦٢٦٠٠ ١١١٠

‫مء ا؟‬

NvunS AIOH IIU JO nvin،(vn٠٨

‫ ثم م‬،‫م‬

٠‫د‬٠ ٤٤‫ع‬

juiod

‫لال‬١0‫ ال‬Ol auo ‫؛ا‬، js ١‫؟‬j,8u

‫دا‬3‫ال‬٠٩5 ٠s»a‫؛‬d ‫اب اال‬٠‫له‬٩ ‫اه‬

٠‫ر‬٢‫ب‬٢٩)٠‫(م‬
pajaijeqs ٥M>

٢٣١ ‫ هااالم‬٠4 ‫صلدل أذا‬١

 ٠pu‫؛‬AS JO (aUEOijjnq JO) 5|b8

E no* uodn puas (٥H) USUI

(jspunqj) punossj pus JeOJ OI

٢‫ثًام;م‬٩)‫ض‬٦‫(ثم)(ل‬
8‫‘ مل‬auttoijjnq
٩٠٦١ •‫•{ الود‬Huis ■w aid •pp)

‫هم‬fz

٥8u٥A٥j aiaai B UI 8u٩3B١)

1ES<١’(٢. qaiqASJsqjo JO ‫؛‬s
»,I 'JOJ »Bad JO asodd
j anp‫‘ »؛‬uiijatA B JO iq8
uoJiBSoadUJOO [SJ 1B٥١٦٠ ٩
sapisaq 'ssAjas )! SB ‘aSuaA
*SJ SJSIU SB Sutqi auiBS

,٥٩٤ JOU SI UOIJB!|E١٠J ٥٩١

|٥٩ UOIIBIIBJSJ >٢١

]‫أل‬:‫؛س■ [حة‬٩ M0|jaj

‘JSISIS siq O|un piES sqs puy

٠‫الة'ع ع‬١‫ ل■ ل‬٠S٠DJad١ ،‫م‬0\٧‫له‬

١٠٩٦%\١

٥٠JI,J sdajsiooj jpqi,U»

OS ١(1 ‫ د‬uodn paujnjjj

،3‫ االها‬٥qi ‫ دداداهه‬JO

‫م‬0]‫ا‬٠‫ل‬0‫ ص! «" ا‬:٠٣٢١ JO

٥٩B MS'‫؛‬٨ : ffuiuestu JSqOB

(SJJOBJJ)

AO[0j luioiflSJ‫(؛‬j)8u

? |uoss‫• للح‬٥:„])

u: Xipajnssy ‫آله!ل‬٦ Jt o s5‫؛ ؛‬

 ‫مخه بئتهح ?أجغكاالوحجي‬

[9LV-L] -loauaj ‫ ه‬to

Xjdsq Xaq] jBq, S٥٨‫؛‬١BJJ,U

luaqj ojun noqi junoosj puy

‫^مي؟ليمًاآل‬,‫?ا؟؛ؤ‬

I) SAJIBJJBU 'sauois) (‫ )آلال‬١r٢

IOU lunooaj ‫؛‬

‫ ع‬٦٢۴ )'‫«■ ألبع• ءد‬IDsad(

junooaj ‫ ا‬،‫ها‬١ ‫ز‬

‫ألة لم صمال‬١‫ ت‬٣ •)ajDJSd

9‫ هر‬IM|٦ (junoMj (Ajirtipao

‫ا (اق؛^ جم؟؟‬٠‫ااا‬٠d٠٠sj •Jj3du 4>١ ٦

pa١uno٥٥J SM 10‫ا‬

‫ اب‬.‫(ودال ألدع•) تمًا‬

٥M lunooaj

(Jjadwj• ‫ •ا؛ا‬V٩d ■d ‫؟ج‬

١uno»j Xsqj

٠4 £ •Jjadvui) ٠‫ذني‬٩ }*‫ا‬١‫>ا‬1 ‫س‬

sjunoaw

‫ مبح‬٢W٠w*d‫ ؟‬-‫ح‬٠١

‫ لك س م‬Nvwft AIOMIHX ‫تج‬٠ JIWH ‫رم م‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قصو‬
to cut off )‫تتب يقيب قنبًا (ض‬

(assim. ١.٠

<'falls down acc. vii

‫ اقض أنتنان‬Vii
‫ؤكرقصمتاصنتتيؤينتظآلمة‬
How many a community that
dealt unjustly have We
shattered ( Pic.) and how
many a city have we over-
thrown which were doing
wrong (Jid.) (21:11)

to fall, to fall at once,

threaten to fall down

(WF.)

‫زيجنافيهلجارا يرنيانينقض‬
Then the twain found there-
in a wall, about to fall
down. (18:77)

٣.,.( ★ ‫(ق ض ى‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫تضى‬
decreest, (1)
to decree

٠٠‫تضى يقيتن قنيًا وئ‬

to decree, (‫ةقيية (غ‬

to bring an end (،.،.,

to loll.‫)ج‬

to fulfill, to perform, to
complete, to judge, decide

‫يالكظىآنرا‬
And he who decreeth an aff-

(act. 2 pic.)(adj.) acc. ‫قصا‬

far off ٠٠
 )‫> قايتعثضراق قمرا (ن‬
to be very distant (place), go
far away

‫قصًا الميي‬
farthest‫وجةيجلقنآ‬
dative (m.) (
‫آتى ( آتًا‬
And there came a man from
the farthest part of the
city, running. 128:20‫ز‬

‫الكجي اآلتمًا‬

The farthest mosque (at Jer-

usalem) (17:1)

further dative (f.) ‫القمو ى‬

‫دمتألةقتزى‬
And they were on the further

side (or yonder side—‫دار‬.).

meta, to satisfy (2)

★‫قضب‬
‫فتتاتظىيرىاآلجل‬
Then when Musa fulfilled the
term. 128:291

vegetables(«.) acc. ‫تنًا‬

trefoil, clover

526

٥٢٦

‫قصى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ضى‬٠‫ذ‬
‫ا‬perf. ht. p. plu,١ ‫قننت‬
<we decreed
 ‫»ه‬. ‫ قلئ‬،‫إلى‬- ‫ قنى‬to decree

(imperf. 3 p.m.
< *hail judge (1) sing.) ‫يقزى‬
to judge ‫نته‬ I

‫لكتكيتونبيميعاأققة‬
Verily thine Lord shall judge
between them on the Day
of Resurrection. [10:93]

< decrees (2)

to decree, decide acc. .‫ ب‬٠

‫راشهيقضنيالحق‬
Allah decreeth with the truth.

[40:201

in order thatMnay (el.)

decree ‫لقنى‬
‫كاكديةتتئءتل‬٢‫غئ‬٠‫سى‬

In order that Allah may

decree an affair (already)
enacted decreed to
[8:42] (.be done

‫( بقخي‬.to make an end (3 )(fd. el

‫ئ‬٠‫طذءلىلهفن‬،‫وحت‬
And they will cry ! 0 keeper 1
Let thy Lord make an end
o‫ ؟‬US, [43:771

to perform (4)

perform (.gen. fd. ١ ‫يقخن‬

‫حليةف نعي يققزبقضما‬
It was only a craving in the
heart of Ya’qub that he

112:68 ‫ا‬ .satisfied

(3) to bring an end
(to kill ,.،.‫)؛‬

‫;ضسغىكني‬،‫ذؤت‬
So Musa struck him with his
fist, and an end of him.

[28:15]

to fulfil (4)

to perform (5)

‫فينمرىنعضىبه‬
Some of them have perfor-
med their vow, 133:23]

to decide, (6)
to give a judgement

(perf. 2 p.m. sing,) ‫نتنة‬

thou decides!

(perf. 1st. p. ling.) ‫ققئة‬

!fulfilled

(perf. 5 p.m. plu،) ‫تتزا‬

they performed

‫تتتم‬ ).p.m. plu ‫داحا‬2

ye performed (1) ‫م‬
‫وألاقضيتالىنئ‬
And when ye have performed
the prayer. 4:105‫؛‬,

to complete (2)

‫فاذلئضيتريايلكر‬
Then when yc have c٥mp،e٠
ted your rites. [2:200]
 ٥٢٧

527

‫ط‬
‫ق‬
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

>‫قصى‬
(3d. f. sing.) 00. ‫شتئ‬
~is completed

(or finished)

(‫و‬ ‫يقضى‬
may be fulfilled (l)
p. m. sing.) el. pip.

٦‫ىلتل‬١‫لمغبتئئذيوتفه‬
Then He raiseth you therein
that there be fulfilled the

term allotted. (6:60 ‫ا‬

to be finished (2)

‫والتنجنيالقرن‬
‫ملعيًائسىللئلقدجة‬
And hasten thee not with the
Qur'an before there is
finished the revelation
[20:114] .thereof

be ‫) ةًا؛آءعة‬3(

‫والنينكنروالمضئأرجيتؤ‬
‫ىءسبؤوا‬١‫ز\ش‬
And those who disbelieve—
for them shall be Hell fire.
It shall not be decreed to
them that they should die.
135:361

a decided or decreed
(pic. pac. nt, sing.) acc. ‫قضت‬
(thing)
moten brass, copper
]‫لياث‬
528

‫كاللتأيقضمًاآمرة‬
By no means. He performed
not that which He com-
manded him, 180:23]

(imperf■ ‫تقضن‬
thou shall2 decree
p.m. sing.)

they decree
(imperf. ‫يقضون‬
2 p.m. plu.)

(imperf. ‫يقضوايقمون و‬
they decree not
let them complete
‫آل‬
p.m.or endel.
plu.}

‫ئم‬٠‫ئ‬
Thereafter let them end (or
complete) their unkempt,
ness. [22:29]

decree (thou)!
(perate m. sing.) ‫اتض‬
decree (you)!
(perate. m. phi) ‫اتنوا‬
one who decreeth
(act. pic. m. sing.} ‫تاض‬
(or issues an ordinance)

ending (act. pic1 ‫"ر‬, sing.}

‫يكتماكانتالقأضية‬
Oh would that it had been
the ending. 169:271

‫ ذلم‬p.m. sing. ) pp. ‫قنى‬

**is decreed

‫ بين‬- ‫ح‬-‫ ز‬decided

 ٥١
٥٢٨
cc. is completed

‫ قط‬VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫قطر‬

we cut off (2)

0. we destroyed)
‫تتًا‬

‫وتتتأبيرالنينكذبوابأيتنًا‬
We utterly cut off those who
belied our signs. [7:72]

separate, sever (3)

‫يةقئتخةاتئن‬
And then We severed his life-
vein. [69:46]

(Imperf ‫و‬
that he cut off
p. m. sing.)acc.

‫;يزيب اغئًات يظه يلئىبهبذذته‬

‫ريتكعدايرالكغنييرن‬
And Allah willed that He
should cause the truth to
triumph by His words and
cut off the root of the
disbelievers. [8:7]

that he may cut off, let hint

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) el.
cut
‫ييقتع‬
‫يقطعطرةاتتالنينكفرةًا‬
That he may cut off a porti-

on of those ١١ho disbelieve.

[3:127]

‫ييقطغ و‬
‫ثتيقطغفينظز‬
let"-cut (perate. p.)

Let him cut it (the cord)

 and let him see. 122:15]

they sever(,)
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يقطيرن‬
liquid pitch (n.) ‫يظران‬
(sides, regions (n. p.) ‫آقطا ر‬
(sing.) side ‫تار‬
★‫قطط‬

< portion (n٠(

‫يط‬
)‫ ض‬،‫*ة) تطًا (ن‬:( ‫تتتيقط‬

to cut, mend (a reed pen),

to make 5.5 in portions*

‫؛‬٠٠
Hasten our portion. [38:161

‫* قطع‬

‫? د‬٠
(ye cut down fl)
(perf‘ p■ plu.)

)‫تتع يتطع قطًا (ف‬

(1) to cut, cut off,

separate, turn aside ‫ قن‬-

(2) to cause to perish.
death
‫دارء‬

(3) to carry on a
robbery on a highway
‫الطريق‬-

(4) to close a road ‫ التيل‬-

in order to hurt passers
through, to close the

means

‫ءقلتثذا‬

Whatsoever fine palms ye cut

down. {59:5,
 ٥٢٩

529

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫قطع‬

(perf.
meta, 1st.
‫تتنًا‬
p. plu.) (2)
we divided

‫وقطمانأقعك*ائبأطامن‬
We divided them into twelve
tribes (nations). [7; 1 60]
we sundered (3)

‫ذمقا'ألشه‬
And We have sundered them
in the earth as (separate)

‫هآلسصم‬. ٧٦'.٦6%١

acc. ilfd. ‫تقطعزا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m,ph،.)

ye sever

epi. ii ‫أتأب‬
(imperf. 1st p. sing.)
surely I shall cut off

(3p.f.
is tomsing.) pp ii
asunder(!) ‫تطتن‬
‫ووآتترأتككيرتهوانجبلل‬
‫آزتتمتيه آلرش‬
Had it been possible for a
recital (Quran) to cause
the mountains to move or
the earth to be torn as-
under. [13:31]

Note: The word

‫نًا‬٦‫قز‬
verse means not proper
name of the Holy Book,
Therefore it is translated

by *recital’ ‫م‬،‫ء‬.
the word a lecture while
has chosen
Jid. used the (Quran, with
 an indefinite article ،a’.

‫ني‬١‫و سلئوةمآأمةملث‬
And they) sever that which
Allah hath commanded to
be joined. [2:271

they cross (2)

‫واليقطونراويًا‬
And they cross not a valley.

[9:121]

١ ‫تقطون‬.u‫؛‬Vimperf. 2p.m. p ‫هًا أال‬١‫د‬

‫وققطعوتاكييل‬
And ye rob the highway,
[29:291

cut off ! (perate. m.p/u.) ‫اتطعرا‬

( 3 p.m. plu.) pp, ‫تلع‬
.-was cut off ‫قلع‬

‫قلع‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) «

١‫تغيبآس‬
> ‫قطع‬
to cut into «
in pieces

pieces, to cut off entirely

or into many pieces, to
mangle, to tear

to sever (1)

‫فقكطعآمكآ مغ‬
2
So that it cut their bowls in
to pieces. 147:151
mangleth (Jid.)
tearetethPic.)

(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m, ph،.) ii ‫قلن‬

they (‫بر‬ cut off

 ٥٣٠
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ‫ الع‬RAH ‫قطع‬.

dicative of perfect tense.

severed
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) V ‫ظنن‬
‫رتتطعتيوماالشبأب‬
And the severed between
them shall be the cords.

(Jid.) (2:166
and all their aims coIla-
‫ا‬
pse with them (Pic.)

١'‫ظز‬
they have broken (into
(perf3p.m.plu.)v
pieces, i.e.t they have divided

tht٦٦١st\ves١

a part (ft. p.) ‫يلع‬٠‫هق‬

‫ئي‬
٩ Part of the night. 115:651
According to some comment-

signifies
aters the first
quoted ‫تطع‬
by IKpart of
the night.

(towards
<a part ofmorning)
the night (n) ‫تتع‬
(ling.) ‫قبنع‬
According to Rgh. that means
a folk or cattle, applied
to all kind of groups,

‫تطع‬
‫صزمة‬
plural made on the

‫فزقة‬
measure of

‫ض؛نم فييق‬ and

of which singular
respectively، is
and

to be cut out (2)

 ‫ئيثتنئأر‬٠‫هتت>ل‬
Garments of fire will be (lit.
is) cut out for them.

122:19)

(‫و‬٢
~a
‫بل‬
p.m. sing.)pip. ii
e cut off

< - become
[perf. ‫بتمئح‬
3 p m■severed
ring.) »(1)

to cut off
‫تقكع غطًا‬
(perf. If. sing.) aec.

~ha$ severed

(as R. F) to sever or be-

come severed

‫يك‬.‫لقدتتظع‬
Verily (the bond) is severed
between you. [6:94]

to be torn to pieces (2)

‫آآنهطعقلىىمم‬1
Unless their hearts are torn
to pieces. (9:11OJ

‫تقطع‬
taken by grammarians as is
in this verse
(imperf 5 p. f. sing.) o‫؟‬

dropped.
wh ‫ت‬
Thus instead has
ich prefixed of been

‫تئخ‬
‫)مئة‬ ‫زم‬
‫رغ‬ it is rd
The final
changed to‫بيحة‬
‫أن‬
the preceding
due to
as in-
٥٣١

531

‫قء‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫قطع‬
‫> تديقعد قسؤدًا ن مغ‬
to sit down, to remain behind

to lie in wait for ‫ ل‬I

to remain unmoved
‫تؤدًا‬-
refrain
to desist, abstain, ‫ عن‬-
‫ئولة‬٠‫رس الئجكنياةذت‬

And those who had lied unto

Allah and his messenger
sat (at home). 19:901

remainedm.
(perf.3p. ‫سكدذا‬
(orplu.)
sat at home)

thou sit down

(imperf. ‫تقىد‬
2p.m. sing.) acc.

‫تقعد‬
‫ًا 'نئن‬.‫ك‬
we sit, (imperf. 1st p.plu.)
we used to sit

sit not (thou)!

(percte. ‫آل قعد‬
neg. m. sing)

sit not (you):

(perate ‫آل قدوا‬
neg. m. phi.)

‫آآقىدن‬
(imperf. 1st. p.m. sing.١
.epl

‫ا‬
verily shall beset

‫ئالفبتاكغويكفآلقعدنلمو‬
He(lblis) said: because Thou
hast sent me astray, verily

1 shall beset for them Thy

straight path (Jid.). I shall
lurk in ambush (Pic.).
 ٢7:16‫ز‬

( ‫اقعدوا‬
1 ‫ارم‬.( (.
‫قزد‬ sit ye ! (perate. m. phi
the state of siting
(when they sit at ,.،.،)

532

‫تطحأتنأيلمللسًا‬
pieces of darkest' night,
[10:27)

tracks (Pic.) (2)

regions (Jia.)

‫رف اآلرضةطعلمتجونت‬
And in the earth are regions
neighbouring. [13:4[

one who
(act. ‫تاطعة‬
decides
pic. f. sing.)

‫مأكني قطعةآمراحتىتث‬
‫ل‬
present with
decide nome. [27:32,
case till ye are

‫مقطزع‬
( pas. pic. m. sing.)
ss cut off, severed -

out ofpic.
(pas. reach
f. sing.) ‫مقطزعة‬

‫قطوئ شع‬
< clusters (n. p.)
(«'ng.)
 ٥٣٢

‫و‬
‫ولم‬
‫ق‬
VOCABULAKY OF THE HOLY QURAN

٤‫ق‬
‫نهإئًا‬٦‫رلح‬-‫فاليلحاغقال‬:‫ك|لتو؛ءئ‬

As for women past child-

bearing (age) who have no
hope of marriage. [24:60]

(Sitting place, n pt.

seat
‫تقعد‬

seats, sitting piaces n.pt. ‫مقاعد‬

(sfrtg)‫عمغعد‬
‫ع‬

‫لم‬Ap-der. m. sing.) ',ill ‫منقعر‬

(uprooted one

‫ انقعر أتعارًا‬to be ۴،7

uprooted, cut off by the
root, to fall prostrate

)‫>>تتيقعرقغرًا(ف‬

Io dig deep

★‫قفل‬
 ‫( أتقال‬.locks (rt.p)

)‫ جلئ‬١ ،‫قفل‬

★‫قفر‬

(perate neg. m. sing.)

follow not
‫ال تغف‬

‫قفًا يقفز قفوًا و قشؤا‬

to go after SS) to walk behind
one, follow in the track of

٥٣٣

‫اذهخعليمًاقصو‬3
When they sat by it (85:6 ‫ا‬
sitting (2)

‫النينيثلرذنالهيكارودا‬
Those who remember Allah
standing and sitting.

١١٦١٩١١

sitting i.e., (3)

remaining behind, unmoved

‫إئكرتضبييميلة"هاقل‬
‫مرقفأقعدوامعالخلغيي‬
Ye were content with sitting
still the first time. So sit
still with those who stay
behind. 19:831

(act. pic. tn. sing.) acc. ‫قاعدًا‬

sitting one

‫ ألقآعدين‬، ‫ قاعدؤن‬،‫ آلقاعدؤن‬.acc

tact, pic. m. plu.١
sitting ones

(ad. pic. m. sing.)

seated one
‫قبذ‬
 foundation (I) (n.p.) ‫القراءد‬
‫واذيرنعإبرهمالتواعدمنابيتانتلينل‬
And (recall when) Ibrahim
and Ismail were raising the
foundations of the House,

12:127‫ز‬

women who are past (2)

child-bearing age

533

‫ قلب‬Vocabulary of the holy QU rah ‫قو‬

raised difliculties for thee.)

(Pic.) [9:48)

‫يقلب‬
٢
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ii
~tu ns(l)

‫’فياةاةد‬
Allah turneth the night and
the day (over and over)
(،.،., maketh succeeding).

[24:44]

(٥
lit. he turned ‫قتب كيي‬
his2)plams over
prorerb)

I.e., he is in an extreme
anguish or showing his
helplessness with grief and
embarressment

‫قآضحيقيباقيوعالتقق‬
Then he began wringing the
plams of his hands over
that which he had expen-
ded thereon. [18:42]

we (shall) tum aside (1)

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) ‫*لع‬
٠‫بًاتضار‬٦٦‫شمد‬٢‫عثتب‬
 And We shall turn aside their
hearts and their eyesights

(6:1101

to turn over (2)

‫ونقتهم اك دسوذاذىاةذا‬
1 3
And We turned them over on
the right side and on the
left side. 118:181

«are turned over

(3 p. f. ring.) pip■ ii ‫تتي‬
‫رتأهثألينمكيعكو‬
(O man) follow not that
whereof thou hast no
knowledge. [17:36)

we caused-to follow
(perf. lit.p.phi.) ii ‫ب‬-‫تفينًا‬
And we caused Isa son of
Ma am to follow in their
footsteps. [5:46)

‫★قلب‬

(2p. m. phi.) pip.

<ye will be turned
‫غلزن‬
)‫قتتيقلبقبًا(ض‬
to turn round, turn about,
turn up (ward), upturn, to
turn, face up or face down

‫كذيبتذيثةت^تئيغآل'طي‬
He punisheth whom He will,
and showeth mercy unto
whom He will and unto
Him ye will be turned.

129:211
 <they 3turned
(perf. p. m. plu.)‫قبزا‬
upsideii

‫قلت تتيًا‬ ,to turn .‫إل‬.‫م‬ as

tum over, face up or
down

‫وقبوالقالككؤر‬
And they turned the affairs
upside down (،'.e., they

٥٣٤

534

‫ق لب‬ VOCABULARY OF

THE HOLY QURAN ‫قلب‬

‫دان آصابتفتنة لنتلبع‬

And if there befalleth him a
trial, he turneth round on
his face. [22:11[

/‫ال‬.‫"» ر‬، ‫أنقليا‬

they returned .perf. 3 p(

‫عاتئيوبيتتخ يرلي ادلءدقتيى‬

They then returned with the
favour from Allah and His
grace. 13:1741

‫ على‬- >٧‫أنقبم ع‬
(perf. 2 p. m plu.) vii
turned round

‫أنقكترءعتآغعالر‬
Ye turned round on your
heels. 13:1441

‫إلى‬->‫عر‬
‫تيحينزتهالوئلماذانقلبت‬ returned

They will indeed swear unto

you by Allah when ye re-
turn to them. 19:951
 turns round
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) vii ‫نقب‬
‫إاللتعلرنيتالرتتلوتنيتتي‬
(It was) only that We might
know him who followeth
the messenger, from him
who turneth on his heels,
(2:1431

‫را‬:‫رينقلبإتآهلهمر‬
And will return to his folk in

‫ل‬0‫ال‬. ]84:91

(imperf, 3 p.m, sing.)

~ will be turned over
‫تتقلب‬
to be turned over * ‫تقلت تقبًا‬
turning (1) (‫ا‬٠,‫لر‬.‫تتل ح‬
‫وجوليافيئ‬١‫ةحرىكثلي‬
We have seen the turning of

thy face to heaven (‫ئ‬,.

looking up for a revela-
tion). [2; ]441

to go to and fro (2)

‫آؤينغنهمفتتليم‬
Or that he (will not) take
hold of them in their
going to and fro. (16:46‫؛‬

movement (3)

‫وتعبكفاكجيين‬
And thy movement among
those who fall prostrate,

]26:219‫؛‬

moving to and fro (4)

‫به‬٠‫ق‬٠٠
 Let not beguile (or deceive)
thee the moving to and fro
of those who disbelieve, in
the cities (or countries).

13:1961

‫تقلك‬ ).n, pt(

the place of turmoil

fnerf. 3 p.m. sing.) vii ‫\جتع‬

<-""turned round

to be turned, HI ‫أنقلب أنقآلب‬

to be turned round over(
about, to return

٥٣٥

535

‫قلع‬ VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN

(Note :‫ القالمذ‬is plural of

‫ قآلدة‬that means, a
necklace or what is put
upon the neck of an
animal that is brought as
offering to Makkah for
sacrifice (‫اللم‬, It is also
applied toan animal which

is made to ١١eara garland.

The word ‫ألعآلعد‬ as a des-
criplion of such animals
is used to intensify respect
for them because they bear
a clear mark showing that
they arc meant to be sacri-
ficcd.Thc respect for them
means that they should
neither be hurt nor be
held up aggressively
(Nodwi),

keys n. inis. ‫منادد‬

‫مغآلد‬، ).sing(
★ ‫ع‬،‫قل‬
 (perate. f. sing.) iv.
< cease!
‫أقامن‬
'

to set sail iv ‫آقلع إقآلءًا‬

(ship), to take off aero-
plant

lit. to abstain, refrain,

give up ‫ اإلقآلع‬means
‫راإلتآلعاإلمساك‬
to check, to stop, to seize

‫ق لب‬

will never return ‫آن ينقيت‬

١١ ill return (juss.)
{imperf. ‫و‬
p. phi.} vii
they would return
‫نقلؤن‬

that they may return fd. ‫ينتبزا‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) fd.
that ye may return
‫تقبوا‬

(n.pt.) vii ‫نقلب‬

place of termoil, reverse

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ‫منقلون‬

those who will be returning

‫ القب‬I ‫قلب‬
heart (n.)
١٧o hearts (n dual) ‫قبين‬
t
‫ قوب ا لقلؤب‬hearts (n. p.)
★‫قدد‬
‫القآلعد‬
<lit. necklaces (n.p.)
‫) تآلدة‬.sing(
)‫قلد يقلد قأدًا (غ‬
to twist, wind (one thing on
another)

C.R the (victims with gar-

 lands)

‫ر‬٠‫كاة‬٢;٠‫كيو!ت‬
‫الحراموتاألهذىوالأقآليد‬
Profane not the signs of
Allah nor the sacred
months, nor the offerings,
nor the victims with gar-
lands. [‫؟‬:?]

536

٥٣٦

‫قمح‬ VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫قلل‬

٠‫) |فلى‬.w. V(

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

‫قلى‬
~hated

‫ (قآليقلفقلى(ن‬٠٥t ‫؛‬

‫مًاوتءكرتكومًاتل‬
Thy Lord hath not forsaken
thee nor doeth He hate
thee. 193:31

thosepic.
(act. who m.hate
plu.) ‫القالين‬
‫ةل ةإتةهدجنائلخقل‬ 1
He said: verily I am of those
who hate your work.

126:1681
< those
(pis. pic.who ‫مقتحؤن‬
are stiff-necked
m. plu.)

head
to and
raise the ‫آثح إشآحًا‬
refuse
،V to drink
(camel)

headwhose
one is forced
pis.up so that
pic. ‫مقمح‬
he can not see

‫إئاجلعفآغتمذًاغلالزى‬
‫إألآلذتار فمتقمحزن‬
Verily We have placed on
their necks shackles, which
is upto their chins, so that
their heads are forced up.

136:81

(assim.».) ★‫قلل‬
< ,— became
(perf. ‫قل‬
small or little
3 p.m. sing.)

)‫قلتقلقألوقلة(ض‬
to be of small number or
quantity, be scarce, happ-
en rarely

‫يتأجنهاز كثر‬
Weather it be little or much.

{4:71

‫و‬ ‫يقلل‬
<-"-lessenedp.m. sing.) il
(imperf.

‫قلل يللتعنًال‬ ii
to make little, diminish,

lessen

< ~ carried,
(perf. 3 p. f. bore, ‫آتلن‬
sing.) iv

‫أقإتلرًال‬
٤
to bear, iv.
0 carry

little, small
(act.2pic.
‫بًال‬/‫ينل‬
m. sing.) ace.

little,2small
(act. pic. f. sing.) "‫يية‬
(act. ‫د‬ pic. m. plu.) ‫نلزن‬
 little or small ones

less than (ints.) ‫أقل‬

(or much less than)'-

★ ٣‫قل‬

‫ اقا‬،‫( تمت‬.a/the, pen (n

‫( أتآلم‬.pens (n p>

)٠.(‫لم‬ ٢
٥٣٧

537

‫ قنط‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOt.V QURAN ‫قمر‬

)‫> قنتيقتتتؤًا (ن‬

to be obedient fully and

٠
vout without failing.
whole-heartedly, to be de

‫رمنيقنتيتكتبلهوررتو‬
And whosoever of you shall
be obedient unto Allah
and His Messenger.

133:311

(perate. f. sing.)
be obedient
:‫اقن‬
‫يمريمائيقلرلي‬
٥" ١
to Thy Lord. 13:431
Maryam be devout un-

(.act. pic, m. sing.١ acc. ‫ةيًا‬،‫تانئ‬

a devout one

‫تزن ا تاتين‬acc. 5
(act. pic. m. plu.)
 devout ones

‫قانتأئ‬
devout or obedient (women)
(act. pic.f. phi.)

‫★قنط‬

(imperf. 5. p.m. phi.)

(they despaired
‫تطزا‬
‫(يغتط)رقيآيغتعًاىوط‬
)‫س‬،‫ف‬،‫قايغنًا(ن‬
to despair, low courage

despairs
(imperf. 3 p٠m. sing.) ‫يغتط‬
‫و‬
they despair
(imperf. p.m. phi.) ‫غنطرن‬
538

the/a moon (fl.) ‫تج اتًا‬

a shirt (fl.) ‫تيص‬
‫قمط د‬
‫ًا‬
distressful (fl.) acc. ‫تترزر‬
★‫قمع‬
mace! (n. ints.) ‫تتايع‬
(sing.) a mace ‫قمعتة‬
as an iron rod or pillar, rod
for beating on the head

)‫> قعيقتعقتًا(ف‬
to beat on the head, subdue,
to tame

‫★ قمل‬

vermin (fl.) ،‫قل‬

lit. lice or small insects that

infest plant.‫؟‬, small ants,

locusts without wings
 (‫؛‬Imperf. 3 p.m, sing.١
^is/shall be, obedient

٥٣٨

‫قهر‬ vocabulary of the holy QURAN ‫قنط‬

‫بديًا‬ ).it . r(

(perf. 2 p. m. sing.) (* ‫آت‬

١ preserved

to preserve
to content (Pic.)

to make someone satisfied with

a given thing (Muj.—L's.)

‫وآتهموآغنىرآقى‬
And that it is He who en-
riches and contenteth.

153:481

٠ ‫ق*ر‬

operate, neg. m. sing.)

oppress not
‫ال تعسره‬

)‫(ن‬٢‫عقريغر قن‬
to oppress, compel 55
against his wishes, to sub-
due, overcome, to force

‫فآتااليتيرفالتثمر‬
Wherefore as to the orphan,
tc thou not (unto him)
overbearing, (Jid.) oppress
not (Pic. A M.A.). [93:9)
(According to ،slam the
carelessness in regard to
orphans is similar to their
oppression.)

(act. pic. m. sing ‫ل‬ ‫القابو‬

the supreme, the master

٥٣٩

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

(O you) dispair not
‫آلعتطؤا‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) acc. ‫اقانطنن‬
those who despair

despairing (one) (ints.) ‫قراه‬

★ ٤‫قن‬
(act. pic. m.‫جل‬.( ‫اقآيع‬
one who is deserving charity

but docs not beg

)‫قعيقتع قآعة (ف‬

to be content, be satisfied
with what is within his
approach, not looking for
more, to beg with some
rervaton. (Rgh.) (Mu).)

‫راطسرالقاجراليغتر‬
And feed the contented and
suppliants. (22:361
‫ تيي‬.h n. d< ‫ مقييت‬.acc
٢Ap-dcr. m. plu.١
those who raise (head)

to raise
(the ‫< آتع إفآط‬
head)

‫لم‬٩‫تهدبة مضروذي‬
(As they came) hurrying on
in fear, their heads up-
 cluster of dates (n. ٥.( ‫فان‬
١ ‫ؤحمبآل‬.sing.(
539

‫ل‬

‫و‬
VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬
‫ ا‬Ap-der. m. sing.) acc. iv.
protector (Maj.)
controller (Jid.

observer (Ik.

‫مقيتًا‬

(dual n.١ tgen.١ ‫قوسين‬

<two bows

(sing.) ‫قوس‬

!»■‫وح‬ *I
،‫القيعة ة‬
plain (n.) acc.

(sing.) ‫أغ‬٠
(plains, deserts (n.p.)

According to same lexiconists

‫قيعة‬ ‫غ‬،
is a synonimous to
others observed it, as

plural of ‫هع‬ see (Muj.)

 )‫*ا‬.*.(
★ ‫دول‬
‫تال‬
(perf. 5 p.m. sing.

--said

‫ذ يشزل قرًال‬١٠ >

to speak, say, to inspire, to
indicate (this verb with all
its form has accurred
1730 times in the H.Q.

the twain said

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) ‫قأآل‬
she (it) said
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫»اك‬
540

‫رهوالتاهرنوقعبأر؟‬
He is the Supreme above His

creatures. 16:18 ‫ا‬

(act. pic, m plu.١ ‫ةابرؤن‬
the Wasters

‫دإتأتوقهخقمرفك‬
(Firawn said) We are Mas-
ters over them 7:127) ‫)؛‬

rhe Subduer (ints.)

the Subduer of His
‫القآر‬
creatures by His sove-
reign authority and power
and the Disposer of them
as He pleaseth, with and
against their will.— (Jid,)

(one of the Excellanl names

 of Allah)

span (betwean the middle

a small distance, short (n.)
and the end of bow (Hw.)
‫قاب‬
one enA ‫ ح أه‬bow (Mu).)

‫ابتوتينآؤاذث‬5‫ف*ن‬
Till he was at two tows
length off or yet nearer.

lit.sustenances
< (‫ار‬- ‫آقراي‬
‫هأ‬0‫( ة‬sing) ‫تؤي‬ p.)

٥٤٠

‫ل‬

‫ىو‬
VOCABULARY OB TH HOLY QURAN

‫قول‬
say not (perate. neg.) ‫آل تقل‬
(imperf. 3p.m. dual) (
that they (twain) say ■*‫د‬
‫يثرؤن‬- /‫يقررا ره‬
tamper‫؛‬. ‫ ن‬p. m. plu.)
they will say they say

ye say(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تقورن‬

that ye may say fd acc. ‫توًال‬
say : (perate. m. sing.) ‫تن‬
(perate. m. dual) ‫تزآل‬
(ye twain) say

(perate. f. sing.) ‫قولن‬

say (thou /.)
 ye say (perate m. plu.) ‫تررا‬
‫) تلن‬,perate f. plu( ‫لم ثاال‬٢١ ‫الآلة‬

(3p. m. sing.) pp.

is said, told( 1)
‫فل‬
CR. will be said

‫وإةاقيللمةالئفينذا‬
And when it 3‫ ؛‬said to them
make no mischief. 12:111

saying (2)
as verbal noun:

‫(قوًال‬ means ‫( بآل‬

‫ؤمنآصدقينالقيًال‬
And who can be more truth-
ful than Allah in saying

[4:1221

‫تييهيرت‬

And his saying : o my Lord.

(43:88)

٥٤١
(perf, ‫و‬
p. f. dual,) 5
the twain (f.) said
‫اال‬

(perf. 2 p. m. sing.)
thou said
‫قات‬

I said (perf. 1st. p. sing.) ‫قلي‬

(Note: the forms for perfect
tense (past tense) are to be
translated as if they were
of future lense when the
contents are related to
the hereafter.)

[perf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.)

 they said

(perj,3 p. ‫ر‬, plu.) ‫ئلن‬

‫فلن‬ sd ‫رديم‬ they

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫فتم‬

ye said ‫فتم‬
we ‫( صهة‬perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫قنت‬

‫يقزل‬ )singi ‘”'.‫ء د خم؛؛‬

١‫نم‬ says, s peakes ‫غرن‬
that he may sayfacc.) ‫يغزل‬
١‫العة الدهًا خا‬١،‫ل‬١‫يقل لللئ‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) epl. ‫بتؤلن‬

verily he will have to say, he

surely will say, he should

say

(imper. 2 p. m. sing.) ‫تول‬

thou speaks

that thou may say acc. ‫عرل‬

‫آتش‬ ‫أئر ر‬
thou shall say not ‫ب‬
‫سم‬. ‫تغل‬
541

VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN ‫قول‬

As regards its meaning, it
has been used not in a good
sense, and has occurred
only once in the H.Q.
 (act. pic. m. sing.)
a speaker
٩‫مح‬

speakers (n.p.) ٠‫ع‬

»‫ازن ء ق ى ل‬

‫قام > مع‬

(perf. 3p.m. ring.)
stood up
‫قام يئؤم قزا ت تياتة ت تزقة‬
)‫و قاتة(ن‬
to raise and stand upright,
stand, to stop

to start
Meta, ‫الى‬-
todoing something
establish,

‫و‬ ‫قامزا‬
they stood up
(perf. p.m. phi)

‫ألم‬.’ ‫ إال‬- ‫قر‬

yc raised up 'P'm 2

‫لئالمئمااللكلة‬
When ye rise up for prayer
(،.،.. when you intend to

pray). 15:6 ‫ز‬

(imperf.
nom. ‫نؤ؛‬:
[ 3 p.m. sing.) (

raises(!) ‫ي ده ا‬
‫ذلم‬is called
p. m. sing.١ pip. ‫عقال‬
(1)

‫يعاللةانزهيم‬
He is called Ibrahim. (21:601

is said (2)

‫مايقاللكالماتدقيليكريل‬
 Naught is said unto thee
save what was said unto
the messengers. 141:431

(perf. 3 p.m. sing,) V ‫تقول‬

<'',fabricated (lies)

‫تقرل تقؤًال‬ to forge V

saying, fabricate, to spread
rumours

-‫قل‬
‫ولزتعلعينتابضاآلقاويل‬
to pretend

And if he (i.e., the holy Prop-

het) had forged sayings
concerning Us. [69:44!

warning
a word, saying, (r.fl.) ‫ أقرل‬/‫قزل‬
command acc. ‫قزًال‬
(this ward has occurred at
52 places in the HQ.)

< words, sayings (n. p.) ‫أآةاويل‬

(sing.) ‫قزل‬
According to some grammari-
ans it is plural of a plural

'.،,‫آقرال ح اج‬
542

٥٤٢

VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫فوم‬

‫لترماكانيالتط‬
That people might observe
equity. (57:25)

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. dual) ‫يقزتان‬

(the twain stand up)
they (twain) take place

betook (>‫ق|م'غذة(ص‬
 ‫عص‬

‫فاخرتيقرمرمقأمممًا‬
Then two others shall take
their places (the places
formerly mentioned).

(5:107)

(imperf. 2 p. f. sing.) ‫تزم‬

arrives (1)

‫تشزم‬
stand fast
‫ويومتعوثراكاءهة‬
acc.

On the day, whereon the

Hour arriveth. 130:12,141

‫ريناييجآنتعزمالتتآهراالزغيًاترة‬
And of His signs is that the
heaven and the earth stand
fast by His cammand.

let stand up (m.v.d.) 5

vowel has been dropped)
‫غم‬
(the middle radical, that is, a

‫طبئيئع سمئتك‬
Let a party of them stand
with thee. (4:102)

(imperf 2 p.m. sing.) acc. 5

thou standeth (2 ‫ ؛‬٢‫ر‬

‫أليثرثوكاكأقايتوثالنية‬
‫لكيطعيتاليتن‬2‫يقب‬
They will not rise up MVC
as he araiieth whom Satin
hath prostrated by (his)
touch. 12:2751

meta, will be set up (2)

‫) أن يتحقق قتيين عؤعدة‬IK(

 (.،., to be established and
arrive at its appointed
time

‫يزميقزم الحساب‬
On the Day whereon will be
set up the reckoning.

(14:41,

will stand forth (3)

‫ويوعريقومراآلشماد‬
On a day whereon the wit-

ncsscs
140:511
‫ااره‬ stand forth.

(According to Ik. Zrn. when

the prophets will be raised
up before Allah): the same
meaning (stand up) is in
verse 78/38 and 83/6.)

to observe (4)- ‫ب‬

.‫يتبزا التذل يراعز‬-‫أن‬
‫ فتاتتة النايس‬.Ik
to follow the justice and re-
gard it in the people's aff-
airs

٥٤٣

545

‫فوم‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫فوم‬
to resurrect, to lift up,
elevate, to set up, call
into being, to fix, deter-
mine, to appoint
 ) ‫( آتآم العآلة‬
•he esublished the prayer (not per-
formed, as translated by
some non-Arab lexiconists)

And he establisheth the pra-

yer and giveth the zakahi

[2:177,

(Some other translators have

preferred other expressions,
such as, ،observe formal
worship, perform prayers
etc.’).

to set up right 2) ‫)ا‬

Then they (the twain) found
therein a wall about to
fall down and he set it up
right. 18:771

thou established
(parf. 2 p. m. sing.) iv ‫آقى‬
(perf. ‫و‬
they established (1) iv
p.m. plu.) ‫آةمزا‬
to follow the (2)

teaching of SS

‫دائحااتئصة"كواالبق‬٣‫ولوًادم‬
And had they established

wed theand
Taurat
Books).
teachings
Injil (‫آ‬.،.,
of these
[5:66[
folio-

‫تىالكثرىين‬-‫لتنحأي‬
‫لمزطحىآندذذزيهك‬٢‫ا‬

The mosque founded from

the first day on piety is
worthier that thou should
stand therein (,'.،., to raise
up far the prayer, IK).

19:1081
 (imperf. 3 p. m. dual‫؛‬ ‫يقومان‬

the twain will stand or

take place

(imperf. 3 p. m.plu.) ‫عوسرن‬

they ٢‫ااء‬
be raised up stand or they will

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) (fd.)

that ye may stand or observe
‫قزمؤا‬
justice

(parate. m. sin‫؟‬.( ‫قم‬

(thou) stand up !

(ye) stand
(perate. m.up ‫قزمزا‬
plu.)

stature, ii "‫تتويم‬
mould, formation

‫قؤم تقونًا‬
to set upright ii
to shape, form

(perf. 3 p.m. ring.) ،»

< established
‫أقآم‬
straighten,
to to ‫آقام اضأتأ‬
establish,straighten out,
make correct or right, put
in order, to make rise
or to make the dead rise,

544

٥٤٤

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫قوم‬

‫راناقزرجمكيليييحنيفا‬
And that keep thy conten-
 ance straight toward the
religion upright. 110:1051

(perate. m. phi.) iv. ‫آقتزا‬

(ye) esublish ! (1) ‫لقآل‬٦-
follow the teachings (2) -‫الدن‬
‫آنآتيمرالتينوتاتتهرلزافيو‬
That ye establish (f.e. follow
the teachings) the religion
and be not divided therein.

٢ 42:131

-)3( ‫ اززن‬do perfectly

‫وآقيمرالينتبالقتط‬
And observe the weight with
equity (،.،., weigh correct-

‫ا‬
55:9 ) .(ly

set up )4( ‫اكشهادة‬-

‫ةو‬٠‫اد‬٠‫ئحإاع‬
And set up (your) testimony
for Allah (/.،.. declare your
witness clearly). 165:21

(perate. f. plu.) ‫أقن‬

establish: 7 ‫لتآل‬٦-
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) X ١‫انقامز‬
<thcy acted straight

to straighten X ‫اتقام انيقاتة‬

up, to rise, get up, stand up,
to be or to become straight

(by Torah and Injil the origi-

nal ones are meant and
not the so called Old/New
Testaments. Jid.)

(perf 2 p.m. plu.) iv

ye established
‫آثم‬ "
to observe (3)

(,imperf. ‫ إ‬p.m. dual١i١٠ ‫تًا‬

they (twain) observe

‫وانختتآاليقيًاحلركاش‬
They if ye fear that the twain
may not observe the bounds
of Allah. (2:229,

(imperf: 3 p.m. plu.) iv

they establish
‫يقمؤن‬

that they acc. fd. iv.

may establish
‫يقيعزا‬

acc. (fd.) iv‫قيشؤا‬

(imperf. 2p.m. ph».١

ye establish (،.e. follow the

teachings)

to assign (4)
(weight value)

(imperf; In. p. plu.) iv

meta, we will assign
‫ثتنم‬

‫فالنتيرةميرملتمةدذنا‬
And on the Day of Resurrec-
tion We assign no weight
to them. 18:1051

(perate. m. sing.) iv ‫أقم‬

(thou) establish (‫آلصآلة رر‬
keep straight (2) ‫طدي‬-
٥٤٥

545

٦ ٦‫ا‬٠‫الئ> الا‬.‫ع‬١٠H1 ,١ ٠Cr،KKBU٦J>،١

‫فوم‬

‫ع‬4٠‫ئآي‬
 Of the people of the Book
there is a community
steadfast. 3:113‫]؛‬

standing (2)

‫رامراثهقآية‬
And his wife was standing,
11:711

that arises (3)

‫أبمة‬5‫تآطناكاءة‬
And 1 deem not that the
Hour will (ever) arise.

[41:50]

‫ثم‬5standing(!)
( ‫ قيآم‬of ‫ م‬.A(

‫فإنهعتيائتيظرون‬
And Lo ! They will be Stan-
ding, looking on. 39:68‫]؛‬

to stand (*.n.) (2) -

verbal noun of ٣٦٠

‫نماانتطاعواينقي]و‬
So they were no* able to
stand. 51:45‫(؛‬

livelihood, pro- (fl.) (3)

perty, maintenance

‫والدرىالتئةيًاترالقؤش‬
‫لكقيما‬
And give not unto the weak-
witted the wealth of
yours which Allah made
a stay (he., meant to make
the life staud by it). (4:5]
 546

١ ‫تتقتم‬acc. X.3‫؟‬p.m. sin ‫؛‬per‫؟؟‬

keeps straight

‫لمنتآيككنآنيتتير‬
Unto whosoever of you will-
eth to walk (or keep him-
self) straight. 181:281

(perate. m. sing.) X ‫اتتتم‬

(thou) be straight or keep
(thyself) straight

‫ استقمًا (اس‬.perate. m(
(you twain) be straight

(perate. m. plu.) ‫اتقيشؤا‬

(ye) be straight, act straight
(ph. pic. m. sing.) (R.F.) ،’‫ج‬

one who stands standing

‫نمًا‬ acc. 5
maintainer of equity
-‫أتتط‬
(act. pic. m. plu.١ ‫ةمؤن‬

those who stand up (firmly)

‫والنينمغملتومقيمزن‬
And those who stand firm in
their testimonies. 170:331

(.act. pic, m. ph،.١ acc. ‫لقييت‬

those who stand (i.e.، in their

prayers)

(act. pic. /. sing.١ ٦‫د‬١٠

(those who act(!)

firmely (steadfast)
 for a (nation)
as an adjective ‫تثنم‬١
٥٤٦

OCABULARY OF TH» HOLY QURAN ‫ىوم‬

‫ولمنخاتمعامرت جكتن‬
But for him who feareth the
standing before his Lord
there are two gardens.

[55:46]

(according to same commen-

tators such asQurtab،‫ ؛‬ZR.,

and IK. ‫عقام‬ signifiies

the dignity of divinty of
Allah, thus the verse means:
who dreades the divinity
of Allah will 1* given two
gardens.)

divnity (3)

1 ‫تيق'غأتأةخئ‬٠
Belike Thy Lord will raise
thee up in a dignity prai-
scd. [17:79]

standing forth, (4)

staying

‫إنهانتبرطيكرققآعن‬
If my stay (among you) be-
come hard upon you.

110:711

(v. mim.)
place (1)
‫حام‬
‫تآغلتثريالمةأم ائأتجموا‬

٥ inhabitants of Yathrib
there is no place for you.
So return. 133:131

station, n. pt. (2)

٥٤٧

source of («.) (4)

maintenance

‫«اسهاةئتد‬
Allah hath made the Ka’ba
the Sacred House, a main-
tenance for mankind.

(IK., Zr.) [5:97}

‫ترامزن‬
<overseers (1) (inis. n.)
‫كا‬٠‫ئراحأ ل‬
‫د‬
Men are overseers over wo-

men. (4:34 ‫ا‬

maintainers (2) acc. ‫ايين‬5‫ق‬
‫لونياقؤييتيألقتط‬
Be ye maintainers of justice.

[4:1351

the sustainer finis.) ‫ألقبؤم‬

(who make, others sustain-
ined: one of the Excellant
names of the Almighty
Allah)

(elative.) ‫أقرم‬
more confirmatory

a place where (1) (n. pt.)

one stands

‫دهغجتد‬
 And (We said) take the spot
of Ibrahim for a place of
prayer. (2:125]

standing place (2)

‫ق‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫واو‬

‫ذيكاليين لقيم‬

And that is the right reli•

gion. [?:36]

(Ap-der.f.) ‫تتتة‬
lasting one, eternal

‫تجالتيقيمة‬
Wherein are discourses eter*
nal. [98:,]

‫بم‬ ٠ ‫فيًا‬
‫وياينأتلة(تتجيمحيفًا‬(right (n.)

A right religion, the faith of

Ibrahim the upright.

w٠\h\١

‫أللذئةأغهمكحتحةمالئد‬
‫إتام ؤًا‬
«;establishment (v.n)

And We revealed unto them

the doing of good deeds
and the establishment of
prayer. 121:731

‫اإلتامة‬
stopping, staying r.n.
٦‫ت| "’يت‬
116:80]

judgement, resurrection(». >

(at 70 places) ‫قامة‬
)".( ‫ أقوم‬،‫قرم‬
 group, people (men only) (1)
(at 260) places)

548

‫إئماتآكمتعتاترمقامًا‬
Verily ill it is as an abode

and as a station. 125:66 ‫ا‬

place, abode (n.f.) ‫عقاتة‬
‫ق‬١‫اليىًاذئتأذاتاسئأت‬
Who hath, through His grace,
lodged US in the abode of
permanence. [35:351

(Ap-der m. ling.)
right, lasting one
!‫ال‬ ‫متيم‬
‫ولمرعنابتمقيي‬
And for them is a torment
lasting, [5:37,

right (2)

‫رأنمالبكييلتيتيي‬
And it was in the right way.

115:761

‫المقييين لمق‬
establishes
iv ).Ap-der. m. plu(

‫والطيينعنمأآصآب*موانمقيىا لكلفة‬

And who patiently endure

that which befalleth them
and those who establish
the prayer. [22:351

‫كسيالقز؛;ايحونؤة‬
And the establishes of the
prayer and the givers of
zakah. 14:1621
 lasting one, right (Ap-der,)

٥٨ 1
‫ى‬

‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دوم‬
<beaten (2)

a straight, smooth, much wal-

ked path

‫سرياعليترابت‬-‫آدنيثى‬
(15 he'—more guided) or he
who walketh upright on a
beaten road. (67:22)

‫ ا‬٠ ‫) زرى‬.w. V(

(the power (1) fn.) ‫البر؛‬

)‫تيتيغرىفرة(س‬
to be or become strong,
powerful, vigorous, force-
ful

‫ًاى |لئقةمنحيتتأ‬

That verily power belonged

wholly unto Allah.

12:1651

strength (2)

‫أ‬٠‫ئ‬
Hold fast (with strength)
what We have given you

12:631
 (strengths (n.p.) ‫قرلى‬
(sing.) *‫ئق‬
‫طلمهئيينالقرى‬

One of mighty powers hath

taught him. [53:5‫ا‬

(Ap-der. m. sing.)‫ترئ ؟‬
strongstrengthful .

acc. ‫قيي‬
‫كًاحتة'اتئف!زلتكلئين‬
،‫يآحقيح‬١‫كمكر‬٩‫ى'عيلح‬
‫آنيكىخيراونهي‬
‫ ه‬yc who believe! let not
(one) group scoff at (ano-
ther) group, belike they
may be better than they
are, nor let (some) women
scoff at other women, be-
like they may be better
than they are. 149:111

people, group, men (2)

including women

) ‫ قرم‬،.،٠, ‫( تزي‬
(the kasra replaced the drop-

ped ( ‫ى‬

‫يقوووليتآنكر‬
٥ my people ye have verily
wronged your souls.

(2:54]

(the word where related to

a prophet means his pe-
ople or nation to whom
he was sent)

(Ap-der‫ ع‬٦٠. sing.١ X ٦

 right, straight,(!) ‫م‬
righteous, upright, well

constituted

‫إهينأالوراطالكنتير‬
Guide us Thou unto the path
straight! [1:51

٥٤٩

549

‫قىل‬

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫قو ع‬

‫* قى ل‬

‫ةملرن‬
those who sleep at midday
(act. pic. m. plu.)

)‫ةاليقيلبلوة(ض‬
to sleep in the middle of the
day

‫د مرقبلت‬١‫ئتآًاتأةذآةة‬
Upon them our violence came
during (their) sleeping at
night or (their) midday

sleeping. 17:4 ‫ز‬

the place n p t• acc ٠

of taking rest at midday
‫عقيًال‬
meta, resting place

‫آخح‬5 ‫ًاذحةرطترل‬٠‫مخببتئب؛ؤ‬٢
Fellows of the garden shall
be on that day in goodly
abode and a goodly resting
place. [25:24}
 (Ap-der. m. plu.} iv
(dwellers in the wilderness
‫المقين‬
(ting) ‫مفوى‬
inhabitant of desert

meta, travellers

<٠٠■ ‫ًا‬٠‫واىارا‬١

to stay in ٠.‫ وا‬desert < (

(perf. lit. p. plu٠١ ii ‫نثتًا‬

to lead 5S to
to be destined ii
‫قق غيضًا‬
‫وقيضتالمقرئاة‬
We have assigned unto them
some companions. [41:251

we assign
★**
‫الالز‬. ii

550

٥٥

‫كتاب االف‬
‫آكرثرحلكصنرك‬
Have We not opened forth

‫لك‬ for thee thy breast. [94:1]

pronominal (pronominal)

suffix of the 2nd p.f. sing;

means: thee and thy, as
in case of masc. (above)

‫آلج‬١٦‫( حألا‬particle)

‫آؤكظلمتفجخر‬
 Or, like the darkness in a
sea. [24:40]

It is considered as a preposi-
tion, and governs nouns
in the genitive ; when pre-
fixed to the noun
it means "like as'—the
latter is redundant.

‫كثل حبة‬
Like the resemblance of a
grain. [2:261]

‫ك‬
‫ق‬

The 22nd
of the letter
Arabic (alphabet)
alphabet. ‫لي‬
The first of the five begin-
ning letters of the chapter
19th (Maryam) pronounc-
‫ ه؟‬as Kaaf

pronominal (Pronominal)
suffix of the (2 p.m. sing.)
‫ق‬
means (1) *thee’ when
suffixed to a verb or pre-
position

‫وصسكماكنكعك‬
And He taught thee that
which thou knowest not.

[4:113,

on thee, upon thee ‫هيف‬

for thee ‫لكة‬
from thee ‫منكة‬
 ‫)‪thy (2‬‬

‫)‪(when it is suffixed to a noun‬‬

‫‪٥٥١‬‬

‫‪551‬‬

‫ع؟‪٤‬‬
‫‪٦‬أ‬

‫‪(S)IP)UI‬االد ‪l[ipj٧.١ Ol ٥‬؛‪١B٥‬‬

‫‪١UEJl،E(p٥ ٥٩‬‬ ‫سا‪.>1‬‬ ‫‪ sl٩١‬ل‪8‬أل؛هاه‬

‫؟‪٩ ?ii‬؛ا‪(١‬‬ ‫)‪t!l<٥ 7‬‬

‫|‪،‬اه االيا‪( ٠٢٢٢٢? 1‬رد•) ?‪٠٢٢٦٢‬‬

‫‪٥٥BJ‬‬ ‫‪Xljnoiyip‬‬

‫‪,0 UI UIB،) J٥yns‬‬ ‫‪ OJ‬اله(‬ ‫‪■J3A1J‬‬

‫(م)ل‪٢‬ذ;غي‪٢‬منمح‬
‫)أل'>‪qnojj|٥ (1‬‬ ‫آمر‬

‫هاله ةلنالل؛ي (‪0‬اله ل ه)‬

‫‪٠٠٦٢٦‬‬ ‫(^لى‪-‬مباآل »‪■.<.<!< ٨، )٠٥،،» ٠‬‬

‫‪١‬أ‪٦‬ةهآل‬

‫‪ ١p،\.‬اياه لى‪1‬له■‬ ‫دح‪OJU, u 1٩‬‬

‫‪٨٥‬؛!' االدال ل دن الال؛ا|] الد‬

‫‪١١‬ال‪0‬؛اهه‪٨‬هل *ااا الداالة‬ ‫‪puy‬‬

‫ج‪١‬جام'صكنيءبًا؛‪١‬هًا‪٩‬ؤم؛‬

‫ال‪٨‬هللالدال‪١‬م‬ ‫‪،punoij‬‬ ‫االه‬ ‫‪OJ‬‬

‫*‪,‬؛اال (اله ‪٥٥EJ‬‬ ‫‪SUO‬‬ ‫(الده*‪.‬‬

‫‪،n‬اال‪١‬هالا ‪c٠r‬؛‪٠‬‬
 ‫(م)تج ‪1‬؛؟زيو <‬

‫‪-u,*op‬‬ ‫ا‪( ٥٩ 111٩‬الدال‬

‫‪ £١‬ال‪ -‬ل؛ال؛؛‪٠‬لم ‪ *dd‬خ‬

‫(‪ً٩‬الل اله ‪٩£‬؟ةه‬

‫‪٦١‬سا>‪3‬دت ؟ ال س ‪ ٥٥٠ V٥l٠IS‬؟‪٠٠۶‬‬

‫د نمي ‘‪١‬الة|] ‪B٩B ٥٩‬؛‪P٥‬‬

‫[ال‪3‬ك ا‪٨‬هله ‪C٩B‬؟‪P٥‬‬

‫ؤ؟ الس هااا‪٠‬ا ‪ ■d<J‬ابميج‬

‫‪٥J‬؟‪EJJ‬؛‪ OJ ,W‬ه‪٨‬هل‪ ١١‬الدالئ‬

‫‪‘ OJ‬؛‪B٩E OJ٥‬‬ ‫‪ OJ‬الرب(‬ ‫‪[I,*op‬‬

‫(نم)ع‪٢٠‬م‬
‫‪ p٥SB٩tf‬ب‪٠‬رسدئ‪<5‬‬

‫‪ً١‬ا الس‪٢‬اهـ‪٦‬ة"لمل >ال آلم‬

‫‪0١‬؟ل‪١‬س ه ا‬

‫]ل‪9‬ء‪:‬حح ‪P٥P،‬؛‪n3-X|ji|Su‬‬

‫‪٠p٥p 0‬ل اله *اله سم‪١‬ج (ال‬

‫الا؛ ل؟‪ ٥٥‬سنله الةالالد ‪-٦nS‬‬

‫‪]5‬‬ ‫‪* ٠٩ d٥j8‬اله‬ ‫‪UO 8u‬؛‪qj٥o8‬‬

‫لتدددبمك‬
‫؟؟جممقب؛اكآلج‪١‬يميق؟‪٣‬ل‬

‫‪٩٥ns‬‬ ‫)‪Xueui se‬‬

‫‪ s u B‬ه ‪ UJ‬حتج ؟آل ‪٥SBi٩d‬‬

‫‪1 ٠|٩nop‬حةألللة(‪١‬ئ)لاله‬
 E UI |٠((JO peaisut ،? J
‫ةأل‬١١‫ هإدأ‬s١ ) ١‫ممامج‬١ ( UO١١
٠‫؛‬uou ٥٩(:)٩‫الإه‬١١‫و‬ 1‫؟‬

03 ‫ة‬ punoJu ٥<|||< ‫؛‬7 ‫)هل‬

JB٩١٥J٥N) ‫ أاله‬pjOM ‫ز‬١‫»! ج‬

٠U٥IU X|pu8 (£:(9tl

‫ا‬٩‫عة‬0١‫ ل‬M٩‫؛‬l JO J٥٩LUt)U B

J٥٩d٠id E Xubuj puy ‫اال‬0‫ال‬

‫نم‬٩‫??بر‬٢‫ج‬٠‫ت؟‬٢٦‫عم‬٦،9‫ئ‬

(J٥J sXe،*|B|P٥M٠ x٩ >)

XUEIU' ‫*اله‬, XUBUJ ‫آلو‬

NVHnb
‫م‬٨٦٠ ‫ جك‬٠ OH 3H1 iO ABVinHVDOA

‫مر م‬٢‫م‬
‫كبر‬
VOCABULARY OP THS HOLY QURAH

‫رالتايهاتترائاودارانيبروا‬
And consume it not extrava-
gantly or hastily (for fear)
that they may grow up.

[4:61

(imperf.2p.m.plu.)U(el.)
<that ye may magnify ‫يكروا‬
‫كبر يكتر تينًا‬ ,to magnify
to say (Allah is great)

(perate.
magnify m. sing.) it ‫كبر‬
‫ررككتز‬
 And thine Lord, do magnify.

[74:3,

(perf.
«they 3exalted
p.m. plu.) Iv ‫آكزن‬
‫أكبر ا كبارًا‬ ,»، ,to exalt
to deem great or formidable

‫ة‬٠‫ةتآ‬
When they (women) saw him
deem him great. 112:311

(/٠٠٠,
him)
they were astonished at

(imperf.2 p.m.smg.}v.acc. ‫تكر‬

<that thou magnifies
thyself

‫تكبر تعبرًا‬ ,to grow V

proud, magnify oneself,
to deem oneself great

For it is not for thee to

behave proudly therein.

such as: so, similarly, like-

wise, like that, even so, etc.

‫كر‬ p.f. sin ‫ ل‬٢١ .perf)

١‫>؛ك‬
)‫كبريغبريبرًاقكبرًا(ك‬
8 hard

to became, to be hard, to
be odious, to be grievious

"Their backsliding is hard unto

thee. (6:35‫؛‬

(perf.
is hard3 or
p.f.odious
sing.) ‫كئدت‬
‫كبرتلتةتغرجينآشواهم‬
Odious is the word that
cometh out of their mou■
 ths. [18:5‫؛‬

‫م‬imperf.
too hard ‫ و‬p. I", sing.) ‫يكبر‬
‫قلكؤلتاجارة أنحييكا‬
‫آنخنيزتايكجرقملزرك‬
Say thou, be ye stones or
iron, or (anything) created
which is too hard (to re-
ceive life) in your breasts
(minds). [17:50-51(

fimperf.
that they3may
p.m.grow
phi.) up
acc. ‫ترزا‬
‫> كت يغبر يترًا و مكيبر‬
‫؛‬to be of an advanced age
full grown up

٥٥٣

553

‫ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬

‫لك‬
he who hath taken in hand
١-Sale.j R٠d) ١٠٠ »‫ا‬٠\‫أة ال؟‬
who took upon himself the

(.‫س‬.‫ م‬main part

)11,( ‫ الكبر‬old age

‫وآصابةلكبر‬
And the old age befell him.

(2:2661

‫ د‬picm. sing.) ‫كبي الكيث‬

(ad.
‫الكبيت ز‬/‫كزًا‬old one (1
‫وابوتاتيخيير‬
And our father is a very old
 man, (28:231

great(2)

Say, in both is a great sin.

(2:2191

grievous (3)

Say, fighting therein in grie-

vous. (2:2171

chief (4)

‫إتهلبيرك الننعلمدرا‬
Verily he is your chief who
hath taught you magic,

[20:71]

big (one) (5)

‫كبيرمزهناك‬3‫ألبللعله‬5
He said'. rather he hath done
it, this big one of them,
so question them. [21:62)
554

‫و‬
{imperf. p.m. plu.) * ‫يئكرون‬
they magnify themselves

(perf. ‫و‬
p.m. ling.) X
MIS proud
‫استغر‬

‫انتكبآرًا د‬ ‫ اتكبر‬to be
much proud of himself

( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) X

thou wait proud
‫استكرت‬

(perf. ‫و‬p. m. plu.) X

they were proud
‫استكروا‬

(juss)x ‫يتتكر‬
(imperf. 5 p in. s‫؛‬ngi١

١is proud
 ‫و‬
(imperf. p.m. plu.) X
they are proud
‫يستكر زن‬

‫د‬
(imperf. p.m. ptu.) X
yc are proud
‫تستكبرون‬

‫كبر‬
greatness( I) (n.)
‫إننصلزريميلكب‬
There is naught in their bre-
asts save greatness I.،., the

quest of greatness (‫دار‬-).

[40:561

leading part (2)

‫ولننتولكنر؛ منمخلهعذايعظيؤ‬
And as for him among them
who took upon himself the
leading part thereof, he
shall have a grievous tor-
ment. [24:11)

:‫تورله كبر‬ who undertook the

bulk of it (did.)

who had the greater share

therein ( Pic.)

٥٥٩٠

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
‫لب‬

greater than (1) (dative)

(used for good and evil alike)

‫راللحر!ألخر؛ الكنر‬
And surely the reward of the
Hereafter is greater (/.e.,
than anything else).

116:411
‫حئأثئتت‬ ‫للب‬٠٢‫تلمإلج‬
‫المؤواليتتدلبريكالقتل‬
And to expel its people
thence is a greater (trans-
gression) with Allah; for
persecution is worse than
killing. [2:2171

(used for masculine and femi-

nine alike) as,

‫ةح‬٠‫ت‬،‫لمصا‬٠‫ت'هي‬
And every token that We
showed them was greater
than its sister. [43:48]

greatest, highest in (2)

estimation and rank

And surely the remembrance

of Allah is the greatest.

[29:45]

‫؟ عم‬,seat (elatlve١ ‫اأكبر‬

< geat ones (n.p.) ‫أكار‬

(sing ) ‫البر‬
femine
(the of (dative f.)
great ‫الكبرى‬
٥٥٥

elder (6)

‫ألكيرلماكءتحكؤان‬5
The eldest of them said:
know ye not that, f 12:80}

‫ كة‬:‫كرا‬
(great ones (n.p.)
(sing.)

٠‫دذ‬٦‫اة‬
 Verily we obeyed our chiefs
,33:67‫ ؛‬.and great ones

‫( كيرة‬.sing ‫ ء‬.act. pic)

،
‫عذة‬٠‫لؤ ءالذغؤ‬،‫جر‬٦‫رلئتآي‬
And verily it is hard except
unto the meek. (2:451

big, great (2)

‫ةكة‬٠‫تالةيخس)ئتقض‬
Not spend they any spending
small or great (little or
19:12,1 .(big

:‫ًاة كي‬١‫ألالم اةع‬٦‫) ه‬n.p.١ ‫كبار‬

‫يخ هثذئئنمالئاكصتري‬
If ye avoid the great (things)
which yc are forbidden
We will remit from you

your evil deeds. (4:3

mighty (inis.) acc.
‫كيأراًا‬
‫ل‬
‫ومكروا مكرالكارا‬
And they have plotted a
mighty plot. ,71:221

555

‫كتب‬

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫كبر‬

‫رابتغياماكيتيانلرلكر‬
And seek that which Allah
hath prescribed for you
(or ordained for you).

12:1871
‫قللنيييتبنإالمالتيال‬
Say thou: naught shall befall
us save that which Allah
hath ordained for US.

[9:511

(In
hasthe same sense
occurred in verses .٦*‫ح‬
5:23.6:12,54:58:21-22,
59.3)

(perf، 3 p. f. sing.) ‫كبت‬

wrote, have written

‫تتليكنينيبرجالوبيآيييم‬
Woe then unto them for that
which their hands have
written. 12:791

(thou
perf.prescribed
2 p.m. sing.) ‫كتت‬
We
(perf.prescribed(!)
1st p. plu.)
‫كتنًا‬
‫لةثى التتى‬١ ‫تع‬١‫ءصةأ غةآ‬٠‫ثتمبتتأ‬
And We prescribed unto
them therein, a life for
a life—. [5:451-

we wrote (2)

‫ج‬٠‫ةة‬
And We wrote for him in the
tablets. 17:1451

‫المتكبيين‬
(up.) (elative) ‫كر‬
<the greatest one

(sing)
as
‫آلبر‬
‫آككر‬ for masc.
 greatness (fl.) :‫أعنييا‬
(Ap-der. m. ptu.١ acc
the arrogant
(the stiffnecked)

‫ ستفردن‬- .acc
٢Ap-der٦ m. ph،.١ X

the arrogant (stiff- ‫ا‬

necked) ‫أ‬ I
‫متتكبرزن‬
‫المتكبيين‬
‫كيرًا‬
glorifying (v.n.) ii

(act of saying: Allah is

the greatest ‫) أشآك‬

stiff-neckedness (,.".) X ٢‫انيقبار‬
(guard.) ‫لث ب‬
‫ك‬

‫ككبزا‬
(perf■ 3 p• m- sing■) PP■
< they were hurled ٠٠
)‫كب يكب كأ (ن‬
same as (above)

١ ‫كتت‬.p.m. sing ‫ ن‬.perf،)

prescribed", >

ordained

)‫كتبيكتبيتابًاريبة(ن‬
to write, note, record,
to prescribe , ordain, destine

556

٥٥٦

‫ال‬
 VOCABULARY OF THt HOLY QURAN

‫كتب‬

‫ا‬١١‫أ* »ال أة‬٠١١‫ ء‬Aowrr acc.

‫والكق أنكهر"صخيراؤك‬
And be not averse to writing
down the contract whether
it be small or great.

12:2821

ordain thou!
(perate. m. sing.) ‫نغزا‬
‫أئةبكتأة’هـذ؛النقأتةؤذ‬.■
And ordain for us in this
world that which is good
and in the hereafter (that

which is good). 1:1 56 ‫ا‬

record (or enroll) ٠( 2)

‫فاكيمعاثثعيين‬
Enroll us among those who
witness. [3:53]

(perate. m. phi.)
write down!
‫ا كشك‬

‫إذاتدايتمبتيياتجل تتتى كاكبرة‬

When ye contract a debt for
a fixed term, record it in
writing. [2:282,

(‫ت‬
was prescribed, (1) pp.
p. m. sing.) ‫ا كنؤا‬
was ordained

‫لييطيكرالتسأص‬
Retalition is prescribed for
you. [2:1781

‫كوتبتيكرالويام‬
Fasting is prescribed for you.

should write (1) [

(imperf. » p.m sing.) el. \ ‫يغخت‬
‫اشع‬

that he may write ‫يغشت ا‬

records (2)
‫خين‬
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.)

‫والريكبييبيتين‬
And Allah recordeth what
they plan by night. 14:811

they write (i)

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يكتزن‬
‫تهغي‬،‫إاةذقيلبرنآل‬:‫’و‬
Woe unto those who write
out the bonk with their
hands, (also see 52/4,,
they write down). (2:79]

‫ا‬-‫ العأل‬tecorA (2)

‫إتريلجيكيبونملتلرةج‬
Our messengers record that
which ye plot. [10:21]
‫آله‬٦‫آل‬٢‫ز‬١ see ‫\علم‬٦0

I shall ordain
(imperf. hi. p. sing.) ‫كي‬٦
:‫اقبمًاكنيييكعرك‬-
I shall ordain it for those
who ward off evil. [7:156)

(imperf. 1st p. plu-١ ‫كتث‬

١١c record
‫رككبمأقتمروا‬
We record that which they
sent before. [36’12,

‫اآلآل‬

٥٥٧

١‘

‫ال‬

VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

those who seek a writing,

write it for them if ye
know in them any good,

124:331

(as a technical word

means: to allow a slave to
‫مكاتبة‬
get himself free from bond-
age on paying □ certain
amount as agreed upon)

(act■ ‫؛م‬٠ m. sing.) [ ‫ب‬٢

a writer, scribe ‫إ‬
‫كابًا‬ [ .acc

(act. pic. m. plu.) f ‫كابزن‬

writers <

writers, scribes acc. ‫كآبين ا‬

a book i.e., (1) (v.n ) (n.) ‫كتاك‬
the Holy Quran

‫وكتاجارمئيابتنعتياش‬
And when there came unto
them a Book from before
Allah(،‘.،.,the Holy
Quran). 12:89,

‫كثب اخوتأيتة‬
(This is) ,٦ Book the verses
whereof are guarded.
 Decree, ordinance (2)

‫واول اآلنحارجظمآزلىيغزفكثا هلل‬

And those ١١ho are akin are
nearer one to anothei in
the ordinance (or decree)
of Allah. ,8:751

558

is recorded (1)

‫يالتجالتمنثينيجو‬
‫إتأفقبميهعسلنصالخ‬
Nor gain they from the cr,e
my a gain, but a good deed
٠
is recorded for them.

‫ا‬19:120
(3 p.f. sing.) pip.
will be recorded
‫رغتن‬

٠‫تجء‬
Their testimhny will be reC’
orded. !43:191

‫ة‬
( perf. p.m, sing.
-'~h as got written
١ ١iii ‫اكتب‬

to cause viii ‫كتاًا‬٦ ‫ا كتتب‬

to be written

‫وقألقاًاتأطيزاآلقلينأكتتبمًا‬
And they say; srories of the
ancients, which he has got
written so they are dicta-
ted unto him which

he hath had written do ٦'i,.

٦١ \‫ ا؟ألج‬١ kP
e ‫؛‬

write ! ( perate m. plu.) Hi ‫كثزا‬

to write Hi ‫كانب مكآبة‬
a contract
 ‫وآلنينيبتيالكبكت‬
‫آيتأثكزفكآيممانءلتطميمخيرا‬
١١hom ng those,‫؛‬And fr،,mani
.your right hand pos١cs١

٥٥٨
‫لى‬
VOCABULARY OF THZ HOLY QURAN

‫لى‬

‫كتتمطور‬
And a scripture inscribed.

152:21

(i.e.. Holy Quran)

the Book (!) (n. prop.) ‫الكتان‬
‫ذلكالكبالتيبفيه‬
This Book thereof is no
doubt. [2:2]

Taurat (2)

‫تثخى ثزاليكخمبءزع‬
o Yahya hold fast the scrip-
ture. [19:12]

the scripture in (3)

general, all teachings
revealed to a prophet

‫عتةنالكتب‬٤‫أاللنغعند‬5
The one who had some
knowledge of the scripture
said. 127:401

recorder (4)

(Also reference is made to

'recorder of decrees' or

‫قحتنرظ‬ *preserved
 as:
tablets’by the word ‫كتأب‬
‫دكئئذبن دتعبهنب‬٦‫رى‬
‫اآلضرألكليعليلييأالفأك‬
Not a leaf falleth but He
knoweth it, nor a seed-
grain groweth in the dark-
ness of the earth, nor
aught of fresh or dry but
is in a book luminous.

write (3)

‫سدد‬
‫لخنترعتايعظير‬
Were it not that wit had
already gone forth from
Allah, there would surely
have touched you a mighty
torment for that ye took.

18:68]

prescribed time (4)

٠‫إى‬
For everything there is a

prescribed time. f I 3:
record (5)
‫لل‬8

‫رلدياكثينطتيألحت‬
And with Us is record which
speaketh the truth.

[23:62]
١etter (6)

MIUK
She said; o chieftains. Io!
there hath been thrown
unto me a noble latter.

(27:29)
a term. (7)
‫وياكانلتثنآنئرتتوجال‬
‫إإلياذراشكب‬
No soul can ever die except
by Allah's leave and at a
term appointed. [3:1451
scripture (8)

٥٥٩

559

VOCABULARY OR TH، HOLY OUR AH

‫لى‬
has a prefixed term of em-

phasis ‫آلم الزكني‬

has nothing to do with (el.) ,that
which means ‘in order to'
or ‘that he may.’ The diffi
crence, for a learner, is
that the former term is
vocalized with fatha and
the latter with kasra. For
details see HQ.)

(imperf.‫و‬ p.m. plu.) acc.

that they hide ‫يغتمن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تكتمرن‬
ye hide

that ye may hide ace. ‫ثغتعوا‬

‫) ئكتم‬.Itl. p. plu .‫؛‬٠‫بمح‬
we (shall) hide ‫تكتم‬
we shall not hide ‫و آل تغكم‬

٢٢٧٢٩

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫كييب‬

sand-heap

)‫ض‬،‫> كتبيغئبكبًا(ن‬
to heap up, gather
 ‫*كثر‬

‫كتر‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
‫*“«اه‬ much

<‫(ك‬:‫(كثريغئوكغر‬
to surpass in number or
quantity, be much, many,
numerous, increase, mul-
tipiy

560

‫ يآية‬.com ٠ + ‫ ى‬+ ‫كاب‬

my record

(the final ٠ ‫تة‬١‫كق‬

of is just
for rhymi

people (com.) ‫آهل ألياب‬

of the scriptures (The
Jews and Christians)

the original
scripture ‫آم فياب‬
the eternal
fountain-head ofall Divine
decrees ،‫ صًا‬xe١،t١a.١١ons
ie.. preserved tablets.

scriptures (n. ‫ًا كتث دم‬

‫مكتز‬
written (pit. pic. m. sing.)
|٠ ٢‫كت‬
( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫كتم‬
hidest

)‫ًا(ن‬١‫ئ‬٠‫كئغككةت‬٦
to conceal, hide, restrain

٠
one s anger

‫دمنآظكيئنكةمعملدة عدئعن‬
And who is more unjust than
he who hideth a testimony
that is with him. (2:140)

(imperf. 3 p. m. ring.) ‫يكتم‬

 hides ‫يكم‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.)‫يكعون‬
:‫ائ‬ 2/146 ‫ينيعزت‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN ‫كتر‬

‫مكارب‬
respect of (riches)
rivalry, vying in (v.n.) iv

٧ ‫ائكاثر‬
the emulous desire of
worldly increase (Pic.)
abundance, Jid. i dr rivalry in

tints.') n.‫ؤو‬
(abundance of good

(fit. a large quantity of pros-

peri ty (as a proper name
a certain river in paradise )

‫★ كدح‬

‫كذحًا‬
< toiling (v n) acc.
)‫كدح يغدح كذحًا (ف‬
to toil for one’s family, to
exert oneself, make every
effort to carry out a thing
or reach a person

one (act. pic. 1

who is toiling
١١. sing .) ‫كآيح‬
‫يآيمااالنسًانإئككاوحالىريككنحًا‬
‫نملتيو‬
0 man ! verily thou art toil-
ing to thy (ord a (Painful)
toiling and art about to
meet him. [84:61

‫كدر‬
-fell
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) vii ‫ابكدرن‬
< ‫أنكدر أنيدارًا‬
shoot out (as a star)
to fall, HI
 ‫يتأئمنيآز كثر‬
Whether it be little or much.

[4:7,

١١٠ ‫كثرت‬
(perf: 3 p. f. sing,)
as numerous
‫ولنتثفعلمفيئيتارألكثرت‬
And your host will avail you
naught however numerous
it be. 18:191

‫ا‬
(big ill number)
multitude ( I (n.v.) ‫كتري‬
And on the day of Hunain
when ye exalted your mui-
titude. 19:251

pianty (2)
(big in the quantity)

‫رلؤآغجبك كثرة الخيث‬

Even though the plenty of
evil attract thee. [5:100‫؛‬

many. much, plenty

(act. 2 pic. in, sing.) «‫كثر‬
(net. 2 pic. f. sing.١ ‫كثيرة‬
very much

(this word is most often used

as an adjective that has to
agree with the preceding
noun in number and gen-
der. For details see LLQ.)

mostly, most of
more than, much (elative) ‫ًا كة‬
٥٦١

‫لكن‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ال ر‬

‫فمناظكيتنكنبعالشر‬
And who is a greater wrong-
doer than he who fabri-
cateth a lie against Allah.

113 9:321

she lied
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫كذبن‬
they lied against
(perf.3 p.m. plu.) ‫كذوزا‬
they lie
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يكذرزن‬
They have been lying. ،2:10,

‫نكذيزن‬
ye lie (imperf. 2p.m. plu.)

‫)و‬ p.m. plu.) pp. ‫كدرا‬

thy were denied ٠-
they were given lie

<~gave the lie to

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii ‫كذب‬
٨- denied

to give the lie

‫كذت غزيًا‬
to 55, to deny, to refute, to

lying
disbelieve, ٠ to accuse of

‫كذتن‬
denied, gave the lie to
(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ii

(this from, (.3 p■ f• sing.) re-

fers to a plural such as
community, nation, or
people, as a general rule ;
 a feminine singular verb
when placed before a noun
works for plural as well as
for a singular)

‫ذه؛‬

‫ح>كدريغيركذرًا(ض‬
to be muddy

‫ورذاالثجومائكدرئ‬

And when the stars

181:21
‫از‬ 1 fall.

(according to some commen-

muddy‘).
taters. ‘when stars 11 ‫ز‬ be

(r ٠٠*٠)
< '-'Stopped iv ‫آكدى‬
‫أ‬.١‫كد‬٦ ‫ أ كدى‬ix
to stop hand, to be niggardly

‫أ(ض‬،‫ذا‬٢‫>> كدىغيذ‬
to restrain

~lied
( perf. ‫و‬ ‫كذب‬
p.m. sing.)

‫كذبيغذبيذبًاقكيبًاًا‬2
‫ تعذر وغ‬٦:‫ت كل‬
to lie, say what is not a Tact,

fabricate a lie ‫عا‬- ‫على‬

ricated a lie against ss.
'-'fab-

to relate a lie to ss

‫ماكئبالتواد ماراى‬
The heart lied not in that
 which he saw. [53:11,

٥٦٢

VOCABULARY or THS HOLY QURAN

‫كذب‬
lie (2)

‫ي‬١‫كي‬،‫ظدرياىرىءقاخ‬٢٠‫ص‬

Who is the great wrong-doer

than he who fabricateth a
lie concerning Allah.

1:371

falsehood (3)

‫سثعرن يلكني‬
Listeners for the sake of
falsehood. [5:41]

a liar (act. pic. m. sing.)

denier (acc.)
‫كآزًا‬
‫كاذتن‬
liars pic. m. plu.) (nom.)
(act.

‫أحذيز‬ ‫ألكآذيزت‬
the liars, deniars
.nom .acc

‫م‬ ‫كاذة‬
‫تىتا‬
a denier (act. pic.f. sing.)

‫آلكذابأ أ‬
‫يكبار‬
a liar (n. in،,.)

‫كذاب‬
lie to ss giving the (v.n.)
denying,

denial (tn.) ii
falsified
that
‫غطن تئد‬
‫مكذزب‬
which is (pact, pic.)

‫المتتيرت‬
‫ممعذين ا‬٢ ‫اككذين‬
beliefs (Ap-der. m. plu.)
(Ap-der.m. plu.)U acc.
deniers
 ‫كنب‬

‫م‬ perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii

thou didst deny
‫كذنت‬
‫ي‬-
they denied
(perf. ‫كذيزا‬
3 p. m. plu.) ،، --

(perf■ 2 p. m. phi.) ii ‫كذبتم‬

ye denied

‫كذزن‬
‫ى‬
‫ كد ى‬:‫كذزا ف‬
(com.) ii
they denied me
(the pronominal IS short-
ened)

(perf. 1st. p.ptu.) ii

wc denied
‫كذنن‬
.‫ب‬-
denies 3 p.m. sing.)
(imperf. --- ii‫يكذب‬
ye (twain)
(imperf. deny
3 p. ‫تكذبان‬
m. dual) ii

they deny
(imperf. ‫يكذيزن‬
3 p.m. plu.) ii

they deny me (com.) ‫يكذبزي‬

‫تكذبرن‬
ye deny 2 p. m. plu.) ii
(imperf.

that ye may deny acc. ii

Or if ye deny—
‫خذوا‬
٠٠٠,٠
‫) إن تكذوا‬29:18(
(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ii
we deny
‫بكذب‬
.

٠٠٠٠ *‫كدت‬
(3 p.m. sing.) pp. ii
4i/were/denied

‫كل تغ‬
(3 p.f. sing.)pp.il
were denied I

‫ اليذب‬/ ‫يذب‬ false (l)(n.)

 ‫وجارزعلقيصهيدوكيب‬
And they came with false
blood on his shirt. 112:181

‫»آل‬

٥٦٣

‫ كر‬VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫كرب‬

throne (n.)

(when related to God)

‫رنمحمخيئدااجئخؤءله‬
His Throne (of Majesty)
comprehendeth the hea-
vens and the earth.

[2:2551

chair or
(Note ‫كزيث‬
: a seat but when
related to God means:
signifies a

His seat or throne, or Do-

minion, Power and Know-
ledge

a seat, a chair (2)

‫ولتدنتتاكيتن وألقين‬
‫ثمانأب‬
And assuredly We tried
Sulaiman, and set upon
his chair a mere body,
therafter he was penitent.

138:341

★ ‫؛دم‬
 (perf. 2 p.m. sing.‫ ؛‬ii ‫كرشت‬
thou honoured

‫كرميكرمكرمآ[كرآم‬2
to be superior to another in
generosity, to be high-
minded, beneficent, noble,
illustrious

‫كرب ’ الكرب‬
calamity,(vw.)
<grievc, pain, disaster

)‫كرب يكربكآ(ن‬
to grieve, afflict, overburden,

to twist a rope

‫* كرر‬

<a return (n.)٤‫كر‬

‫ ») (كيكركورًا‬.passim
‫((ن‬1)
to return to, to return
successively, to run
against, to repeat

‫رةااللنيناتبعوالوآتالكر‬
And those who had followed
shall say, would that for
us were a return, then
quit ourselves ‫ »؛‬would

12:1671 .of them

retwsn ٠‫ ؟‬١‫'ي‬٦‫اء‬0‫) الأ‬2(

‫ئاععوأي‬
Thereafter We gave you a re-
turn of victory over I hem.

[17:61

act of repeating (‫)ل‬

 ‫كيتين‬
‫ثرايجحالبصكرتين‬
repeating (twice) (it. dual)

And repeat thy look twice.

564

٥٦

‫لى‬
VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN

.‘I

٨ noble angel. ‫ملككرنيم‬

‫كبكريع‬
Worthy of respect <an hon-
ourable letter. 127:291

،‫يقلكريم‬
A noble Messenger.

144:171

‫إتهلقزأئكرنيخ‬
This is indeed a holy Reci*

tation (the Quran).

‫ آجركرن‬156:771
Kind reward.

(57:11,

Fruitful kind (or

pair.) 126:7 ‫ز‬

‫زنجكرنر‬
A fair place ‫متأركرير‬
(estate). (26:58)٤٣
 ‫آتالعزهزالكريم‬
Thou wast the Mighty, the

Noble. 144:591

‫ءبالعرغالكريم‬
The Lord of throne of grace.

23٠1161]

‫ريك الكريم‬

The Lord, the Bountiful.

‫ز‬182:6
Rich provishon. ‫رغتأكرنمًا‬
(33:31)

‫قيناكريبًا‬
A respectful speech, gracious
word. 117:231

(perf. 1st p. phi.} ii

*,we honoured ‫كرنتا‬
‫؛‬per/, ‫و‬ p. m. sing.) ,٠* ‫آرم‬
'"'hath honoured ■

to exalt, ii 1‫ثرم اراعًا‬

to honour above others

‫ًانرمن‬ ).com( ‫أزلم ب في‬: thee

‫في‬
honoursed me has
‫ن‬
been shortened to
(imperf.
ye honour ‫ميخريزن‬
2 p. m. plu.)

yc honour not ‫آلدتكرمزن‬

honour
give dueorrespect ‫آكرى‬
(perate. f. sing.)

‫أليع مكيه‬
 Make (thou f.) his dwelling
honourable. 112:211

noble (act. 2 pic.)

honourable, ‫كريم ألكريم‬
generous, kind,agreeable
cent, gracious, benefi- acc.

Note : This word has occ*

urred as adjective to God.
the Prophet, the Gabriel,
the Book, the place of
reward, the Throne of
Majesty, and Provision:
According to the contents
and its place in a phrase
the renderings of the
word have been chosen
to suit the contents as
they are illustrated below.

‫ذآل‬5

0٦٥

‫ ك‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كرم‬

★ ٠‫كر‬

(perf, 3 p.f. ‫أأل‬١‫ة‬١ .‫كر‬

dislikest

ast averse.

detest

)‫كقهآو كزهًا[كراعتة(س‬:‫يكر‬.‫كر‬
cto feel aversion to.

to dislike, to be averse
from, to loathe, abhor,
to detest

(perf. 3 p, m. plu.١ ‫كرعوا‬

they detested

(perf. 2 ‫م‬. m. pht.) ‫كغثم‬

ye detested ‫ئبم‬
(imperf: 3 p.m. phi.) ‫يكرزن‬
they destest

(iimperf 2 p.m. plu.) acc. ١‫تغرعز‬

ye abhore

‫يمش'ئصالللذ‬
Belike ye abhor a thing
whereas it is good for you.

12:216]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii

made hateful
.‫كر‬
‫لم‬perf. 2 p. m. sing.( iv ‫آكرغت‬
thou f orced, thou compelled

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.( iv ‫ملكرء‬

thou compel

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

do not force!
‫آل تغرعقا‬
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p. m. sing.( *٠ ‫يكر‬

forces

566

A noble entrance.

‫ دب‬4:311[
Cnobles (fl. p.) acc. ‫كرامًا‬
٢٠٠١

They pass by ‫مرواىرامًا‬

dignity. [25:721

Noble and right- ‫كراي بررة‬

ecus. [SO: 16] ‫ء‬

‫يراماتاتيت‬
 Gracious and recording.

182:111

‫\ا‬١ (elatiw.١ ‫اأكرم‬

the Most Bounteous.

‫إقرأورتكاآللرة‬
Read : And thy Lord is
Most Bounteous- 196:31

the noblest (2)

‫إتآكربكرعنداشواتشكر‬
Lo ! The noblest of you is
in the sight of Allah, the
best in conduct (Pic.).

149:131

glorious V.«. iv ‫اإلكرام‬

(Ap-der. m. ring.) iv ‫مكرم‬
a giver of honour ‫مكرم‬
(pis. pic. m. plu.‫ًا «اك‬ ‫مكرمون‬

honoured ones ‫ ن‬.‫ر‬٠

‫اككرعين ا‬ .acc

‫"ر‬,
honoured
(pis■ ‫فكرتة‬
pic. onessing.) ii

(used as adjective of a plural

noun ‫ تمقح‬: leaves, writs')

٥٦٦
‫ك‬ VOCABULASY or THt HOLY QUBAN ‫كره‬

used to denote acquiring

a good thing, or a bad
(evil) or both, according
to the contents the word
will be rendered.

‫يتًائبتهة‬٩‫يعمبخ‬٢
 Every man is a pledge for
that which he hath earned.

152:211

‫نلحهتسآلشج‬
Yea T whosoever carneth evil
and his sin hath encom-
passed him. (2:8,1

(per‫؛‬. ‫ل‬ p.m. dual.)

they (twain) earned
‫كحال‬
(or did the evil)

(perf. ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.) ‫كبؤ ا‬

they earned

(perf.2p. nr pltr.) ‫كتبم‬

ye earned (good things) ‫كتنتم‬
‫آنفقوسنييمأكبت‬
Expend out of the good thin-
gs which ye have earned.

‫ا‬2:267[
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)
earth
‫يكيسب‬

(imperf 3 p. f. sing.)
<earneth
‫غب‬

(imperj. 3 p.m. plu.)

they earn
‫يكيبرن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تكيجزن‬

‫ اال‬earn
٥٦٧

‫ةلةئهثألتتبعآلقابئةلنأتخةئئأ‬
‫ؤأقالهين بعيا إكتاهمتغغودتحير‬
Force not your slave-girls to،

٢one forced‫ ؛‬whoredom and

 them, then (unto them),
after their compulsion,
Allah will be forgiving;

24:331] .Merciful

٠‫ >إرا‬iv (‫ )دب‬compulsion
‫لتيفا‬١‫في‬،‫اللى‬
There is no compulsion in
religion. (2:256,

(3 p.m. sing.) pp. it

*،was forced to
‫أكة‬

loath (act. pic. m. plu..) ‫كآرهزن‬

(act, pic. »ft. plu.) acc.
those who dislike (a thing)
‫كرهنن‬
‫ تكرزه مكرزهًا‬.acc
(pact. pic. m. sing.) acc.

hateful

٠ ‫لي ص ب‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫كسب‬
)‫كتتيكيبكتبًا(ض‬
to earn, gain, gether riches
earn living, acquire, earn
knowledge

The verb ‫ كتت‬and its deri"

vedformofwrr ‫ سمدتك‬I is
567

‫لف س ل‬

VOCABULARY o, TH, HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬
‫لد‬

‫„( كفة‬.) has two forms

‫( كنغ‬as in
of the plural:
verse 52/44 and ‫ كغ‬as
 in other verses.

‫آزتقطاةمآكمآنعمتيئاكغًا‬
Or thou causest the heaven
to fall upon us as thou
assertestrwin pieces.

‫؛‬17:92(

(2) ragmeM‫؟‬

‫فتقظطيايفًاتنالتمآء‬
So cause thou a fragment of
the heavan to fall upon US.

[26:187]

(sec also verse 34/9, and

30:48)

(imperf. 3(1. f. 5‫"؛‬£.) viii ‫اكعتت‬

>٦ ~‫أآةة‬٦‫ح‬٩

‫ اكنتب اكنتا؛‬viii .‫ير‬.‫ بم‬as

‫ل؛ة‬٦‫ة‬٠١ »،1 ‫ ا كتتست‬.perf. 3 p. f ‫ه‬

earned

(perf. 3 p.m. plu,١ viii ‫اكتجرا‬

they earned

(‫عم‬٢‫ك‬- ‫ ل‬p.m. phi.) viii ‫ا كتسن‬

they (‫ )حر‬earned '

‫ كتا؟‬slackening fv.n.l)
)‫كديكسدكادًاةكزدآ(ن‬
to sei، badly, to be dull
(market), stagnant

٠‫كسل‬
Cidlers )1 ()‫كالن حشحر‬
)‫كيليتلكنأل (س‬
٦‫ا‬±‫جئح‬
‫ممكال‬
 And they come not to wor-
ship save as idlers. [9:54]

(.‫رصع‬
< languidly (acc.(2)

‫اليقامزا‬-
‫تابأقالقزةةأيئلى‬١‫ذاخ‬
When they stand up for
prayer they perform it
languidly. [4:142]
568

‫كس ف‬

(flip.) acc. ‫كتفًا‬

(pieces, fragment
(see the following verse)

‫اكمآساق‬-‫تانيروايكًاة‬
‫يعزلزاتحايترلوم‬
And if they see a fragment
of the heaven falling down
they would say: (ii is only)
clouds piled up. {52:44,

<pieces(l)(n.p.) acc. ‫كسغًا‬

٤١ ‫كنفة‬٧in‫؟‬

٥٦٨

‫ كشغ‬VOCABULARY OF THa HOLY QURAN ‫كسو‬

★ ‫ال ش ف‬
‫كغغ‬ ng ‫؛‬٠١p.m. s‫ ن‬.pref)
A* removed،] l >

‫(كتغ يكيغ كتغأ (ض‬

to pull away, to remove, take
off, to open up lay
open,to base

‫ثراذاكشنالضترعتك‬
Then when he removeth the
 distress from you, [16:54]

(perf, 5 p.f. sing.)

~bared ،2)
‫كتن‬

‫ركشغتعنكأقيمًا‬
And she bared her legs.
(27:44]

(,perf. 1st p. plu. ١ ‫كجفت‬

we removed(])

(distress, torment]

‫نككنتاصأيهينضتر‬
And We removed that which
was with him of the hurt
(or distress). [21:84]

‫نلتاكثنتًاعنمالعناب‬
Then when ٧‫ ع‬removed from
them the torment. 143:501

removal of the veil (2)

‫نتفجًاعنكغطليكفصكاليؤمحييد‬
Then We have removed of
from thee thy covering so
thy sight is today piercing.

٠‫||آسر‬

‫ بم‬perf. 1st. p. plu.) (v.'.v.) ‫كتزنًا‬

< we clothed

)‫كا يكز كنوًا (ن‬

to cloth, dress

‫موئااليظتخمًا‬
We clothed the bones with
flesh. [23:141

clothe ! (perate. m. plu.) ‫اكزا‬

‫واكولم رثولزا لهرتر‬
And clothe them and say to
them a gentle saying. ‫؛‬4:5‫ل‬

clothing, dress ‫دلن‬ ‫كنرة‬

★‫كرط‬
(3p.f.sing.)pp. ‫'فتن‬
~is stripped

)‫> كطيكفطككطًا(ن‬

to take off (the cover, veil),

remove, strip, scrape, skin

‫وإذاالتمآوكثطت‬

And when the heaven shall

be stripped. [8 1.11]

(as the skin’ is plucked off a

slaughtered sheep, or. the
phrase may mean, and
when the heaven shall be
removed from its place, as
a roof is removed from its
place.

٥٦٩

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كشرف‬

‫لث ظ‬

٥„. ‫الكآظمين‬/‫كآظيين‬
‫؛‬€»)>. pic. n ٦, pit.)
‫(كظم يقظم كظمًا (ن‬
(1) to shut (a door), dam a
water source, supress one s
anger, one who restrains
‫ كاظم‬his anger

(2) to choke, to tight or fill

 something with a check

the repressors (1)

‫واكظينالنباوالعافين‬
d (those who are) the re-
pressors of rage and the
pardoners of men. [3:134]

chocking (2)

‫يئ‬٠‫لذًاذبلئ'ىحذآجتذظ‬1 ‫إف‬

When the hearts will be

in the throats choking.

[40:18]

(the phrase is of hal for ‫القلرب‬

(act. 2 pic.) ،‫كظيم‬

one filled with sorrow (1) ‫ا‬
or anger, a suppressing
condition

٠‫تذةئ؛ليسا‬،‫;لي‬
And his eyes were whitened
with the sorrow that he
was suppressed. 112:84]

wroth inwardly (2)

١١
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫يكيغ‬
vill remove (hurt, diviress.
torment ere.)

(3p.m.s‫؛‬ng. p
will he hared
١ ١p. ‫ميكقف‬

‫يؤمنكشنعنسأت‬
The Day whereon the shank
will he hared- 168:421

[i.e., some very special form

of divine manifestation
 will take place. ‫س‬٠(‫ل‬

The expression 'uncovering

the shank’ has also another
meaning, and is indititisc
of grievous and terrible
ca lamity, thus it is said :
war has uncovered its sha-
nk, when it is meant to
express the fury and rage
of battle:

‫« كقفي الخرب عن‬

and one says of a man
when difficulty or calamity
befalles him

‫كتف عن ساقه‬
which means he prepared
himself for difficulty. (LL.)

tact- pic. m. sing.

a removers (of torment)

removers ‫كآشقة كثفزن‬

remover (act. pic. f. sing.)
<n.d.

‫'ختان‬
removers(of distress)
{act. pic. f. plu.)

570

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كعب‬

)‫ض‬،‫كعبيكعب(يقيب)كعوًا(ف‬
to become promin-
ent, have swelling

‫ كركعب‬.adj

‫ ة‬full breasted (girls)

(having swelling breasts) ‫كناب‬
‫ لي ى‬ft ٠

<co ٠aqual(٠١.n.) acc. ‫كفزًا‬

 ‫د'«ا‬،‫رأكغا‬۶
to be equal, vi
alike
‫تكاآل تكآؤآ‬

‫★ لي ل ت‬

٠) acc. )
<a receptacle (r.fl
)‫كفتيكفتكغاتًا(ض‬
to gather, to add to

A place in which a thing is

drawn together, or comp-
rehended and collected or
congregated. Thus the me-
aning of the vee is:

‫آلرتجعالآلزضينًاتًا‬
Have we not made the
earth a place which com-
prehends (the living and
the dead )7. {77:25,

★ ‫ال ف ر‬
‫كقر‬ (.p.m. sing ‫و‬.perf)
(!)disbelieved;‫؛‬.

‫ذلدابةخلهتماألئفىهذا‬
(‫وجمهموئارهوكظب‬
And when one of them rece-
iveth tidings of the birth
of a female, his face rema-
incth darkened, and he is
wroth inwardly. 116:581

(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫تكغرم‬

one oppressed with silent

sorrow, despair

*‫كعب‬٦
«two ankles (dual, fl.) ‫كعين‬
‫فتح (■؟‬sin(
 (lit: the square, (prop, fl.)‫الكنبة‬
or cubic, a swelled one or

one become prominent.

Signifies the sacred house,
building in the centre of
the sacred Mosque in
Makka, said to be so
because of its square or
cubic form, or because of
its high and its square
form. ILL.)

A massive .stone building,

oblong in size, 55 ft. in
length. 45 in breadth, and
with height a little above
the length, standing in the
middle of open parallelo-
gram of about 500 ft. by
530 ft. known as the
sacred Mosque aud having
a door 7 ft. from the pro-
und (Jill).

٥v١

57‫ا‬

. ‫ ف‬-.1

VOCABULARY or TH، HOLY QURAN

‫لى غ‬

denied ungratefully (2)

٠‫ة‬٠‫تضبئذنه‬
‫ةغتشآيزنحذًا‬
‫إلهلباسلجوعوالخزنيمذ‬
‫اب‬٠'‫;يى‬
And Allah propoundeth a
similitude : a town which
was secure and at rest, to
which came provision there-
of plenteously from every
place then it ungreatefully
denied the favours of
Allah wherefore Allah
made it taste the extreme
 of hunger and fear because
of that which they were
wont to perform.

116:121

thou disbelieved
(perf. 2 p. m. sing.) ‫كقزت‬
(perf■ ht. p. sing.) ‫كغرت‬
‫ ل‬rejected, refused

‫آًائرئئئوبيقبئ‬٩1‫اةخعزبث‬٠
Verily I disbelieve in your
having associated me afore

(‫ ل (يألر‬disbelieved in that
which ye before ascribed
tome (Pic.). 114:221

[According to Tahri. Muj.)

the word ‫ كغرت‬means
here : I have already re-
fused or reject your belief
in me as a partner to
Allah.

)‫كقريكغركفرًا(ن‬
to deny, hide, over, to dis-
believe, to renounce, deny’

‫ ب‬- reject, (opposite of

belief)

٠‫يميس‬
Among themselves is he who
believed and among them-
selves is he w ho disbelieved.

[2:2531

<was, or became (2)

ungrateful

)‫كقريكفركغرًاركغرانًا(ن‬
to be ungrateful, negligent,
(opposite of thankfulness)
 ‫رمن*كرنيآكمرةئيبؤومنكئر‬
‫رتغكريم‬٤‫ي‬

Whosoever giveth thanks he

only giveth thanks for
the (good of) his own
soul: and whosoever is
ungrateful (is ungrateful
only to his own soul’s hurt).
For Io! my Lord is
Aboslute in independence.
Bountiful. (27:40]

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫كفرت‬

disbelieved(!)

‫علمئةيتبىبردئل‬٠‫ئاتئغ‬
‫تكنرتطبفة‬
And a party of the childern
of Israel believed while a
party disbelieved. (61:141

572

٥٧٢

VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫كغر‬

they will not be

(pip.neg. 3p.m. plu.)
denied (reward thereof)
(٠( ‫آن يكفر ز‬
‫ت آ كقرء‬
how ungreateful he is!
(elame w.)

‫آفال اتتجي‬
is formed on the measure of
(the verb of wonder)

‫آنل‬ iv (with a prefixed

?‫قيالالنًاع‬
‫نم)كغرئ‬
ham from any adjective

Perish man ! how ungrateful

٦‫ة‬١٦‫ع‬١ \%‫ه‬٠‫ل‬٦١
ungratefulness, v.n.
[Note : where the word
disbelief, denial acc.
‫كغر‬
‫ألكغر اكفرًا‬
‫كغر‬
to another object, it me-
is used intransititive
ans : disbelief in Allah or

his maisenger (P.O.H). ‫ل‬

one who refuses to believe,
rejecter, (act. pic. m. sing.)
man of disbelief
‫كافره‬
‫كافرة‬
disbelieving group (adj.)
(act. pic. f. sing.)

‫ كانرين‬, ‫كنرؤن‬
those who Irsve no belief
(soiid plu.) acc

in Allah and Hi ١ massenger

a disbeliever (group)
(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫كافرة‬
tact. pic. f. plu.
disbeliever women
١ ‫ألكرافر‬

‫ر كافرة‬١
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.
b. p. of(
‫كفر يم‬
ye disbelieved

denied

(perf. 3 p.m. plu. ١ ‫كفروا‬

they disbelieved

denied

(perf. hip. plu. ١ ‫كفزنا‬

we disbelieved

denied

disbelievcth
(imperf. 3 p. m. ling.) ‫يكغر‬
(imperf 3 p.m. plu .)
they disbelieve
‫يكفرون‬
that they disbelieve
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) acc. ‫تكغروا‬
(imperf. 2nd. p.m. plu.)
ye disbelieve
‫تكعرون‬

١ ‫تكغرزا‬
(imperf.2nd p.m.plu. acc.
they ye (may) disbelieve

‫ثكعر‬
(imperf. 1SI p. plu.)
‫ة‬١‫سل‬١‫الع‬٠ we
(thou) disbelieve!
(perate m. sing.) ‫ا كغز‬
(you) disbelieve!
(perate. m. plu.) ‫ا كفروا‬
(perote. neg.)
deny not!
‫الكفر‬

(pp.
٠٠٠٠•
‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫كفر‬
was denied rejected

(who was subject to disbelief)

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.)

٠١-is rejected
‫يكقر‬
being rejected or denied ‫ب‬
٥٧٣

573

‫كف‬

VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫كز‬

‫كفار‬
‫كفارًا‬
most ingrate (inis.)

‫كانمل؛‬
impious acc.
(Note): it is ints. of
‫لم‬perf. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.) ‫كفر‬
> ~١‫ة؛ااةآلآلزح‬

to cover over. ،، ‫كغر كفيرًا‬

to expiate one's (crime) ‫عن‬
(we expiated
perf. bl. plu.) ii ‫كقرنا‬
(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) jussii ‫يكقر‬
will expiate

surely I shall
(imperf. expiate
hip. sing.) epl. Ii ‫ألأكغرت‬
we shall 1st
(Imperf. expiate
p. plu.) juss ii ‫نكقز‬
surely we
(imperf. hi.shall expiate
p. plu.) epl. ii ‫آثكغرن‬
(thou may)
(perale. expiate
fft. ling.) ii !‫كفز‬
expiation (ints. of ‫كفارة ر كغر‬
(The word is derived from

‫كقر‬
i.e., to remove, hide etc.,
in its original sense
as an expiation removes
the sin and is an act of
merit on one's part.)
(see Mjj.)

refection (v. fl.) ‫كفران‬

‫كآنررًا‬
camphor. («.) acc.
574

infidelity, denial (v.n.) acc.

٥.
dis-(l)( p.o/ ‫)كافر‬ believers
infidels acc.

‫أ‬٠‫لحكبقئ‬
Allah hath promised the
hypocritical men and
hypocritical women and
unto the (open) infidels
Hell-fire wherein they

‫ز‬
) ‫الكفرة‬
shall be abiders. 19.68
husbandmen (b.
disbelievers, ،2) plu

‫كشلتنجآغببالكقآربأته‬
 As the likeness ٥٢ (vegeta-
lion after) rain whereof
the growth pleaseth the
husbandmen. [57:20,

(This is the only verse in

which ‫كغار‬
the sense of ‘husbandmen’
is used in
i.e.. those who hide seeds
under the ground accord•
ing tothe original mean,
ing of the root form. Some
commentators think that
here too the word gives
the general signification
i.e., disbeliever. (Mjj.)

٥٧٤

‫ كفل‬VOCABULARY or TH■ HOLY QURAN ‫كغف‬

‫(كفليكفلكيفالة(ن‬
guardian of, take care of,
to be
to be responsible for, to
stand security or bail for

they (may)
(imperf. takeplu.)
3 p.m. care of ‫يعلزن‬
‫و‬
(perf. p. m. sing.) ii
< ~made ss to take care of
‫كغل‬
‫كقل ثكيفيًال‬ to make ii
some one guardian, care
or take care of

(perate. m. sing.) ،V

‫تك‬
entrust, give
<make guardian i.e.,

‫آكفل اكفاًال‬
someone or apppint
to amake
guar-iv
dian or entrust some one
with something

‫ئم)ل‬٠‫ؤ جى‬٦‫ول ذذت‬

1
And I have one ewe and he
 saith, enturst it to me.

‫)أيإقأ‬ ‫ا‬ 23 :138

‫ما‬
the word has dou-
ble accusative ‫ لجًا‬meand

‫كفنلم كفيًال‬
‫اكفيألكنيال‬ ‫كفل‬ .acc ).act. 2. pic(

‫وئنتلمائهءبم‬ ' sUr y

And surely ye have appointed

Allah a surity upon you.

(16:91)

(the literal meanine ‫كنلهه‬

is one who takes responsi-
bility for someone or some

‫كفف‬

( perf. 3 p.m. ting.) (v, assim)

٠٠>- withheld

‫(كفيعفئكفا (ن‬
to withhold

prevent,
to cease
avert, turn off from ‫عن‬
(v. asfim) ‫نمئعمئ‬

(per‫؛‬. Is،, p. sing ٠١

I restrained, turned off

‫ل‬ ‫نؤث‬١
assim. acc. p.m. sing.
(imperf.

will withhold

(». assim.
(imperf. ‫عغزت‬
١
v) m ph».
3 p.

they will not turn off

(»■ assim.)
(Imperf. acc.pht.
3 p.m. ‫يكفزا‬
١
(neg.) they (may not) restrain

Both of (n.d.-daul n.)

(two palms)
‫كفنه‬
plam—sing.‫ىمب‬
‫كغين‬ ( ‫ج‬
) ‫كقي‬- .nd—

(‫ة‬ ‫كنة‬
wholly act. pic. acc.
(with additional
* ‫لي نى ل‬

(imper. ‫م ل‬.
< ~taketh charge of
m. sing.)

taketh charge of

57‫؛‬

٥٧٥

‫ع‬

‫الف‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫كغل‬
Sometimes the first object

takes ‫ب‬, as above;

times both objects are some-
drawn together.)

‫إتأكنيكاككتهزهين‬
We were to suffice thee aga*
inst mockers. [15:951

(Note. As frequently obser-

ved, (for puposes of expla-
ining it), verb formed for
perfect tense is translated
as if it was for imperfect
tense and sice versa. Thus

‫ كبكالي‬is translated as
 we will suffice thee.)

‫يكنه‬
will be sufficient
(imperf. 3p.m.sing.){w.v.)

‫فيكيةهياله‬
Allah suffices thee against
them. [2:137]

‫ آل ه م‬+ ‫نى ب يي‬٠ ‫نى ب‬

‫ه‬
i.e. the word ‫فتتكفيكهم‬
preceded by two lettersand
followed by two pronomi-
nals.

‫آلن يكف‬
sufficient ?
will not be acc.

،‫ غ‬٠‫لم‬
sufficient
was not jlss.f.d.

‫آرةريبريك‬
Doth not they Lord suffice ?

thing, or who stands bail

or surity for someone
but in this verse from the
HoJy Quran the word mea-
ns surity as the content
refers to those who had
sworn by his name.)

two portions (duai «.)

the name of (prop.
‫ذو كفين‬
responsibility, a portion (n.)

‫اليفل‬
an apostle

(Prophet Ezekiel of the Bible

noted for his splendid visi-
on and literary imagery.
Very little is known of
his personal history, see
did. p. XVII n. 188 and
p. XXIII n. 411.)

★ ‫لذ ف ى‬
 ‫كن‬ (.p.m. sing ‫■ ن‬perf،

sufficed--'>

)‫كنيكفيغاية(ض‬
to be enough, sufficient, ss is

sufficient ‫كقاء‬ for him to

meet all his requirements,
to protect, to defend

‫كفىياشحييًا‬
Sufficient is Allah as a reck-

٠‫أهًا‬. ]4:6‫ز‬

we suffice
(perf. Ist٠ p. plu.) («.,.)
‫كغننًا‬
(Note : The verb is used
with double accusative,.

576

٥٧٦

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN , - ‘

to compel SS, ii ‫كف تكنغًا‬ <

to what is beyond one’s
might, to tax

‫ب‬-)‫>> كلف يكث كلفًا (س‬

to be zealous, to take pains

(imperf. 1st. p.m. phi.) ii ‫بكلف‬

we burden or tax

(pip. 3 p. m. sing.) ii ‫متكتفع‬

*stasked

(Note: The subject of this verb

is ’soul’ ‫ تغ‬feminine)
(Ap-der. m. plu.) acc. r
<affecters
‫المكلفين‬
 to take anything

as difficult or troublesome

‫رمًاانًامن ألستفين‬
Nor am I of the affiecters.

‫آ‬.،., nor am 1 led by nature

or habit to practise deceit
and falsehood. 138:861

٠‫كلل‬

noone
< direct
whoheirs
has (1) v.fl. ‫كاالت‬
‫(كلييلكآللة(ض‬

to lose father and child (‫رركد‬

(act. pic. m. ring.) f.d. ‫كاني‬
defender, sufficient, protector

٤‫آلياسهةانعبد‬
Is not Allah sufficient for His

bondman? ‫؛‬39:36[ ‫م‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) h.t ‫يككؤ‬
~guards

)‫كتأينتأكنأ(ف‬
to keep guard

★ ‫لذرب‬
‫الكتب‬ (.the dog (fl

‫ فكلبيت‬. ii acc ١.،Ap-der .m. ph)

those who train dogs or >
other animals for hunting

)،”،»•( ‫كب‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫كالؤن‬
< those who grin their teeth
 with pain and agony, grin-
ning ones

)‫كيح يكك ي(ف‬

to look austere, frown, grin,
severe looking

(sing.) ‫كالح‬

|~★ ‫ نى نى‬7

‫طف سم‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii
tasks
‫آل‬٦٦

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ,

‫وكلدرتتانذاتنئى‬
And unto each Allah hath
promised good, 4:951‫؛‬

entirely, totally,‫الاال‬،‫أل‬
all, everyone, each one,
whole

(This particle is used with a

complement either expre-

ssed or understood( ‫) مقدر‬

and then is translated all,
the whole, each, everyone;
when the complement is

understood ٤٤ takes tanween

see( ‫ كأ‬and ‫كل" آلة‬
above} and governs alike
the singular and plural, ft
is most often used as
mudaf to take the follow-
ing nouns in genitive such

or ‫كل‬٠ ‫ شمة‬.‫ كهم‬as

‫فلتيي يكل أجي‬
to denote, ev«١٠ and
‘entirely’.

whensoever, as (com.) ‫ اكرا‬،‫ال‬

often as, so often as ، ‫كل‬
 nay but or but f particle)
nay !
‫مفآل‬

‫وت تنتمون‬-‫ال‬
Nay, but ye will come to
know. 1102:3]

5 ‫رلنكان رجئ يذركطةاوا مرآة‬

‫آوأختانليواحيقتمياكد‬
And a man or a woman hath
no direct heirs but hath a
brother, and a sister, each

of the twain
sixth.
‫اازه‬ have a
[4:12]

one without (2)

father or child

‫قالشايفتيكفلطلة‬
Say thou : Allah pronoun-
ceth you in the matter of
one without father or child.

)‫ه‬: 1761
(Note : According to Tabri

the word ‫ل؛كاالآل‬٦

could be explained with
this verse

both significances■)

one who depends on (n.)

others for his livelihood,
"‫كل‬
a burden, weariness

Ank he is a weariness unto

his master. [16:76]

each (pariieie) ‫كع‬

(or a substantive noui:—Lis.)

‫كيجرىآلجلتمى‬
Each (one) runneth to an app*
ointed goal. [13:2]
 each acc. ‫كآل‬
578

٥٧٨

‫لل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫كل‬

(perf. ‫و‬
|\> uttered a p.
word
f. sing.) V ‫تكلم‬
< ‫تكلم تكلمًا‬
a word, to speak
to utter

(without mentioning an accu-

sative)

(imperf. ‫و‬
~spcaketh, uttereth a word
p.m. sing.) * ‫يتكلم‬
we speak
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) r ‫نكتم‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ٠ ‫بتكلؤن‬
they speak

<an act of (*.".) ii

speaking (see above) ‫كلم‬

a word(!)(n.) ،‫بلمآم‬
‫م يتعقكيراسوثر‬٠‫سةيًا‬
And a party of them used
in listen to the word of
Allah then used to change
it. 12:75]

speaking (2)

‫ذشليىامظذتتش‬٠‫قال ي‬
He said: o Musa! I have
preferred thee above man-
kind by My messages and
 by My speaking (unto
thee). (7:144(

‫كلة‬ (p!u.١ seebdow

a word (n.)< ‫كآلث‬
‫ثرطاسونتعكيون‬
Nay, but ye tvill come to
know. (102:4]

‫و و دج‬.», poke sing.( ‫ال‬ ‫كلم‬

eak to
‫> كلم يكلم تكليًا‬
or ‫؛‬tranr : to pronominal)

as

‫كلت‬،‫كلمالهمؤلى كله‬
‫■ ب‬،’ ‫و‬,.،.‫آ‬
a double accustive)
p.m. sing.) r
،speak
.(perf

‫يكلمنًا‬،‫يكلتهم‬،‫يكلمة‬
he speaketh to him, speaks
to them, or to me respec-

tivcly

that thou speak

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii acc. ‫تكلم‬
‫آالتعطر اكاتي‬
That thou shall not speak to
mankind. 13:411

‫ا‬ shall speak acc. ii ‫اكلم‬

I shall not speak acc. ‫زح اكل‬
is/arc3 spoken
(pp- withii
p.m. sing.) ‫كلم‬
‫آزتريواليؤف‬

The dead could be spoken

 ‫ا‬٠. ٦١٠٦٠٠٦١١

٥٧٩
579

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫لل‬

in the sense of (5)

an order, knowledge, His
will, meta. Christ

‫يمرةيال للهويت‬.‫إئمالييحعيىابن‬
The Messiah ‘Isa, son of
Maram, is but ail apostle
of Allah, and his word !
(re., born out of his word).

[4,7,1

(generally where ‫كلة‬

its translation with *word"
is used

is preferable)

According to some commen-

tators ‫كتة التقوى‬

‫إالانه‬ ‫ الاله‬:the saying
in absolute cases it may be
taken in the sense of His
might, will, and determina-
tion.

words (!)(«.p.) ‫كآلت‬

‫فتتقأدمهنتتهكمي‬
'I hen Adim learnt from his

I ord (Certain) words.

12:371

ordinance^,

‫المبي ل لكمته‬
None can change His words
‫'؛‬words' mean His comm-
ands and ordinances).
 (Tabri). (6:1151

< words (b. phi) ‫ألكلم‬

(sing.) ‫كلتة‬

5X0

‫طأإنماهمة لهو قجلها‬

Nay! it is but a word that
he utteres . (23:1001

(saying in the sense of (2)

a formula)

‫ًادتعتئزباللهطلحةبتة'ئكذتل‬
Behold thou not how Allah
hath propounded the simi-
litude of the clean word, it
is like a clean tree, its root
firmly lixul and its bran-
ches (reaching) unto hea-
ven. [ 14:24)

in the sens.• of a (3)

‘decree" or ‘the sentence'

‫انسنحق ءيهكيمة ألعذاب‬

‫آفًانتتنقذمزنالكار‬
15 he, then, on whom is justi-
fied the decree of the
torment—will thou rescue
him who IS in the lire'.’

129:191
ill the sense of an (4)
agreement

‫هـالهبماؤإإالةدؤ‬٦‫دلي‬
‫ كثتمن‬٦‫و‬١‫غذت‬٦‫توإخ‬
Say : 0 people of the script-
urc ! come to an agreement
between US and you.

[3:64]
 ٥٦

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫كن د‬

‫دئهلسة‬
How many a community that
dealt unjustly have We
lhattered, [21:11

justeven
as, as as, (praticle) ‫ك‬
As he caused your (first)
‫ص‬
parents to go forth. 17:271

affixed pronouns of - ٠
2. p. plu. (see LLQ.) ٠
‫★ كمم‬
spathe
< in which
the sheath ‫اةآم‬
thep.)
or (n. flower

of a fruit is enveloped

(sing.) ‫يم‬

‫ومأتخرجيزنتمرت تنفمايم‬
And no fruits burst forth

from their sheaths.[41:471

‫األ كًا‬
the blind one from birth
<)‫كييكتةكًا (س‬
to be blind from birth

‫★ ال ن د‬

(by nature)
<very ingrate (elatire) ‫كنود‬
 ‫) كلتا‬particle( ‫ ألسج‬٠‫ أ‬١١٠٠0‫ا‬
the twain (./

both of two/the twain (m.) ‫كآل‬

★ ‫ال م ل‬

‫ل‬
I completed p.m. sing.) h
(Imperf. ‫آتكن‬
< ‫كاأل‬٦ ‫اكل‬
finish, complete,
»،to

(Imperf. ‫د‬
you, in order,
p.to
m.complete
plu.)acc.‫يتكؤا‬
entire,
(act. two
pic. m.full, ‫كآملين‬
two complete
dual.)

one»

(act. pic./. sing.) ،’‫ينمة‬

entire, a full

r ‫ء‬٦‫|ذحآ‬٠‫ًا‬ an

‫ين‬
conjunctive

genitive):
(followed by with the

‫ بثت ز ا أنضتد د ينين‬:‫ثك‬

He will say: how long tarried
ye in the earth counting
by yean? 123:1121

٥٨
581

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كن د‬

hide themselves in his ray

(John Penrice)
 ٠‫كنن‬
(.assim) ‫كتنتم‬٦
(perf.3p.m. p/u.)iv

<ye conceal

)‫كنيكنكثتكزآ(ن‬

to cover

conceal, iv ‫آكن إ كانًا‬

keep secret, ix ‫ا كتن‬
to keep concealed in mind/
heart

(imperf. 3p. m. ring.) tv (assim)

hideth

‫مأثعنصدقوهم‬
(He knoweth) what their he-
arts conceal. (27:74,

<٠ covering (n. p.) ‫ن‬.‫انك‬

cover (ring.) ‫كن‬

such ai a shelter, veil etc. ‫أ يتة‬

a covered one (pact, pic.) ‫تكتزن‬
or a concealed one

٠‫ نى‬٠‫ك‬
‫( الكف‬.the cave (n
‫ل؟‬7٢٦
‫( كنًال‬.») .manhood acc)

)‫> كد يندكردًا(ن‬

to be ungrateful

dative ‫كوؤ‬ act.pie.

very ingrate by hit nature ‫كآنذ‬
‫إناإلانًاتلرنتهلكوذ‬
Verily man i, unto hi. Lord
ungrateful. ,100:6‫؛‬
 ★ ‫ذ‬٠‫كذ‬

(perf. ‫ د‬p.m. phi.) ‫كنزتم‬

<ye treasured

)‫كنريكيزكنرًا(ض‬

to bury in the ground, collect

and store up, to treaiure
(imperf.‫ و‬p.m. plu.) ‫يكيزون‬

they treaiure

(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫ثكنزون‬

ye treasure

treaiure ‫كنز‬

★ ‫ى‬٠ ‫لث ن‬

< those which hide (n. p.) ‫الكت‬

themselves (stars)

‫ كانئ‬. ).dng(

)‫ > كنى يكي كغزسأ(ض‬2

to hide behind the haunt (gaz-

elles) ‫)درس‬

(a name applied to the I tan,

and especially those planets
which, from their proximi-
ty to the sun, occasionally

582

٥٨٢

‫ل‬ ‫و‬

‫ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫كه ل‬

‫★مود‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫كاه‬
(~became nigh, was about

to do

Used as an adverb, thus

always attached to another
verb, denoting: was on

the point of e.g. ‫كآة بز‬

he was on the point of
doing.

‫كآديكآذكزدًا(ف) برة‬
to be well nigh.

in Jussive becomes

‫ يكذ‬and so on.
‫ائيقابؤأذًائائقالمفينتذب'اةذ‬
‫يزيختوبريتقنهذ‬
And those who followed him
in the hour of distress
after the hearts of a part
of them had well-nigh
swerved aside. (9:117،

(perf 3 p.m. sing.) (w r.) ‫كدن‬

she had well-nigh ~

(perf. 2 p. m. sing.)
thou hadst well-nigh
‫كذت‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫يكاد‬

has well-nigh

has not well-nigh juss. ‫ا‬,’.*. ‫عن‬

‫ليحئذبذرها‬
He hardly can see it. (24:40،

٥٨٣
to be of mature age from ‫الكمل‬
 30 to 60 (Mujj) from 30

to 50 (John.) years old

ones are ‫مأل‬phi. ‫كيل‬

(act. pic. m. ling.)

<soothsayar
‫كاعن‬

‫كتنيكبنكنة(ك‬to bo priest or soothsayer, to

fortell

****
-------------------------------------‫ل‬

Initial letters of Sura ‫كبينصن‬

Maryam (19th Sura>

★ ٢‫لدالب‬
‫كقكب‬
a stai (n.)
‫ًا‬ ‫كيك ا‬.acc
(stars (n. p.) ‫الكوا كب‬
(sing.) ‫كنكب‬

٢٠٦٩
(cups (n. p.) ‫آكواب‬
a cup (sing.) ‫كوب‬
without a handle (‫رد‬.)
Vaktts (Pic.)
goblets (Jia.)

583

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كود‬

‫ع‬ tiveused
of the
something
predicate,
with to be
a direct accusa-

with a following perfect

to mean : past perfect
 '’-'With a following imperfect
denotes duration in the
past, or progressive past,

which may ‫( اإلتتمرار‬

be )translated in English
by ‘used to’ ‘would'*’

to belong to ‫ل‬-
with
to beaqualified ‫ل بن‬-
followingfor
subjunctive

‫ط كآن ي‬ means : he was

not worthy of"

was, were (1)

(in case the predicate

is a collective noun.)

‫كانا لكاىأتةقاجدة‬
Mankind were one commu-
nity. 12:2131

‫القرية لقتأ‬ ‫دنكلمرعن‬

‫حأضرة البحي‬
Ask them of the township
that was by the sea.[7:1631

used to (2)

‫رةؤأيئم‬١‫ذسة‬
‫يسغزتراسلوثريحرفونك‬
A party of them used to
listen to the word of Allah,
then (used to) change it.

(imperf3 ‫م‬. /.
<\arc well-nigh
sing.) «' V.

used for

they hardly
(imperf. 3 p.(can)
m. plu.)

they arc well ٠ nigh~not (‫ار‬

 ★ ‫كور‬
VimperJ. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.١ u ‫يكرر‬

<~rot!s

‫ر‬:‫تكو‬ ‫كرر يكور‬

‫عاللتهارريق‬ ‫يكقزاليل‬ .to roll up

He rolleth the night around

the day and rolleth the
day around the night.

[39:5]

(pp■
sun)
‫م‬. /٠
shall 3be wound roundsing.)
(the ii

(Sun' is a feminine word in

Arabic)

|*‫|كرن‬
‫كان‬
‫و‬
( perf. p. m. sing.)

<١
happend, occurred,
was, existed

took place ‫ي‬

(perf. Jp.f. .١ing.١

(a supporting verb of
weak verbs group

)‫كن يكون كونأ (ن‬

to be, to exist, to happen, to
occur, to take place

584
‫كاك‬
٥٨٤

‫لدون‬
 VOCABULARY or TH■ HOLY QURAN

shall be (5)

‫اكلنيوييإلحقللتخلجكاني‬
‫ألنكفرينعيرا‬
The dominion on that Day
shall be true (dominion),
of the Compassionate and
it shall be a hard day
upon the infidels. [25:26]

Causion ! It is not a gene-

ral rule of the grammar
that its derived form
should denote the meaning
of future tense. It is a Qur-
anic way of expression in
case of the Hereafter, the
Paradise, the Hell etc., to

indicate that what ‫اازه‬

ppen in the Hereafter is a
fact beyond doubt, and is
as true as a happening of
the put that cannot be
denied. It is also to be
noted that it is not so only

‫كن‬
other verbs too arc '“"I
in the case of
in past tense for showing
surity of the Hereafter.
but

‫اتالنينامنوارعسلوالفلحتكنتللم‬
‫جنئالفزدوستزال‬
Verily those who believe and
do righteous work, unto
them shall be gardens of
Paradise for an entertain-
ment. [18:1071

‫ريقععنماضرمخر‬
‫أآلغلاللتىانتعيوم‬
hem of، ‫؛‬,،And he relieve
their burden and the
fetters that they used to
[7:157] .have on them
 (3) is

‫باع‬٠‫هرلهخا‬١‫بفيي‬٠‫دصجأةئدآل‬٢
Say: who is an enemy to
Jibracl (Gabriel): for he
it is who hath revealed to
thy heart. [2:97]

‫اجآقةأئتاي هلتزأ‬
Since my wife is barren [ 19:5,
is (as an eternal (4)
fact, habitual, for ever

‫نئاتا‬٠‫تتك|ذتثظ;اذ‬
And I said : ask forgiveness of
your Lord. Verily He is ever
Most Forgiving. [71:10]

‫صوزبمقابط‬٦‫لحات‬٦‫حيئج‬
‫إتأبأطليننموئًا‬
And say then : The truth
is come and falsehood is
vanished, verily the false-
hood is ever vanishing.

UT.U١

‫ؤوذيرغ‬٠‫ هاذتةغلىال‬،‫من الغد‬

‫ىتبتموؤوتا‬
Verily the prayer is prescribed
unto believers at definite
time. [4:103]

٥ K٥

585

‫ون‬
‫ك‬
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY OUR ‫*الفى‬

‫ق‬
 (imperf. ‫ و‬p. f. dual) M'.v. ‫كاتا‬ ‫ا‬
the twain (f.) were

(pref. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫كننت‬

thou wen

( perf. 1st. p. sing.) (١٠.١٠٥( ‫ئ‬

I ١١as/J am

(pef- 2 p. m phi.) W'.v. ‫كتم‬

you arc : ‫كثتم‬
‫تتخيأتة‬
You arc the best community.

‫ا‬
(perf.‫ و‬p. f. plu.) W.F. ‫كن‬
0 13:11

they If.) were/are

(perf.2 p. f. plu.) (w.r.) ‫كنتت‬

you (f.) were/are

(perf. 1st p. plu.) (w.r.) ‫ك‬

we wereiare

‫ومأكسعيبينحلىبكريتال‬
We are not tormentors until
We have raised an apostle
or ٨٧٠ have not been
tormentors. (The word
‫ ك‬reveals the sense of
custom or habit i.e., it is
not our way of dealing to
catch people of their sins
unless ٦٧‫ ع‬send a Warner
to them.) (refer to verse
8:67) above. (17:15!

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) w.r. ١‫كاال‬

they (m.) were/are,
they used to

586
 become (6)

٠‫اقكتحتويةئ‬

He (iblis) demurred through

pride and so became a
disbeliever. 12:34‫ز‬

‫ كفي تآي‬،‫'_ك‬.‫ء‬-‫ؤعآكدهلذ‬1‫ص‬-‫لئًا‬11‫رار‬

And when heaven ‫ اازه‬be

rent asunder and will
become rosy like unto red
hide. 155:371

worthy of suit, (7)

qualified for

the verb after ‫ كان‬in

this case ‫ اازه‬have a ‫ل‬
in subjunctive imperfect

‫ماةاككيآنيلوتلةآدرع‬
Jt is not for any prophet to
have captives. 18:671

is (for completing a (8)

sentence without having a
predicate)

‫إنىبرغ‬٠‫وانكلندوغبردمطر‬

Ard if th? debtor is in

straitened circumstances,
then (let there be) post-
ponement to (the time of)
ease. 12:2801

{perf. 3 p.m. dual.) (*.V.) ‫كاتما‬

the twain were/are

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) w.r. ‫كآنن‬

is/was/will be (see above

examples)

٥٨٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫كون‬
 (,imperf. 3 p.m. dualf hiss. ‫نًا‬:‫يك‬
both are/were, both will be

‫ًا‬:‫إن ميكز‬
if both be not-
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
they will be
‫يكزون‬
‫ئاو‬٠‫تعئرفنسأذي‬ ٠ ‫ظ‬
‫عليهمضتا‬ ‫كؤ‬
Nay, but they will deny their
worship of them and will
be (will become) oppo-
nents unto them. 119:821

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. phi.) acc.

(that) they are—to be

‫رضرايانيعوثؤامعالخ‬
They are content to be with
those who stay behind.

19:931

(‫و‬ ‫بكزت‬
they certainly shall
p.m. phi.) be
epl.

‫ن‬ ‫آتتأ‬ ‫تغت‬ ‫افه‬ ‫سذئإ‬‫وًا‬

‫ئلتتىاتلض‬٠‫لغذخجآذذى‬
And they swore by Allah,
their most binding oath,
that if a Warner came unto

them they would be more

tractable than any of the
nations. 135:421

acc.

(1) (imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

acc.

(imptrf.2 p.m. sing.)

‫ئكزن‬
 ‫كرت‬
٥٨٧
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) nom.
that he
—he may
has be, acc.
been,
‫يكزن‬
‫يكؤن‬
in order to be

‫يكزنأل ي صخ‬
+ ‫ل بيلؤان‬
lest, (there) should be
).com(

‫آفا يكزن أنى‬

how
(a (there) can be )com.
particle

‫يكزنًا‬
-surely shall be eln.

‫قرة‬‫ رلبنتريثحنمًا‬.
‫ليجنتليكرناتنالخغيين‬
And if he doth not what I
command him, he shall
surely be imprisoned and
he shall surely be of the
degraded. 12:321

‫يكن‬
‫لم’ تكن‬
(3p.f.sing.)juss.

‫افرىالك‬-‫للكللنلزيكناهله‬
was not

That is for one whose family

was not (dwelt not) near

‫يك‬ ‫ا‬
the sacred Mosque.[2:196

‫يكزن‬
would be jnss

‫ن و‬
a form of
dropped
two final while
in jussive
lettersin the and
above

‫يكن اوا‬
form of jussive
was dropped.
only

‫يإن يتزبوايكخيرالمة‬
If they repent it would be
better for them. (9:74)

587

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY £UR ٨M ‫كون‬

same as above juss. ‫كن‬
(only( ‫ ار‬dropped)
(two letters
dropped)
‫ و ا ن‬juss. ‫تكة‬
neg. emp. ‫ثكزت‬

should/be not thou ‫آل يكوت‬

acc.

(imperf. 2p.m. dua١١f.d.)

you (twain) will be

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) nom.

ye will be, become
‫تكززن‬

fd. acc. ‫جكزوا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) n.d.

that ye may be

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ٥e ‫آكن‬

that I am/1 may be

‫ ل‬was not— —juss. ‫لمآكن‬

I was not— — ‫م آك‬
(imperf. 1st plu.) acc.
wt artiwt ■*‫ اعم؛خًاح‬we may
‫تكزن‬
be/become

(1st p. p١u.١ juts. ‫بكن‬-

so hen we become

(1st. p. phi.) juss. ‫تك‬

art ‫آلا‬٠‫آل؛آل‬٠|‫«اأهآلًاع‬،‫أ‬

we were not ‫ مكن‬-

we were not ‫ لم نك‬-
(1st. p. plu.) epl.
we shall be
‫تكزتن‬

(perate. m. sing.)
be ! (thou m.)
‫كن‬
 ‫م‬٠‫س‬may be, might be, will be
(nominative : ‫ ل‬p. f. sing.)

‫رتبأنزنيناجدئ تناكآوعتكأ‬
Our Lord ! Send down unto
us some food from the
heaven that it may be
unto us an occassion of

٠‫ل‬0‫ال‬٠ )5:1141

(nom. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.—١،٦١١ ‫الأل‬

‫نرن تغلموجمنغذنلهءاتةا لتار‬

Ye shall know whose ‫ارزع‬
the (happy) end of the

abode. 16:135 ‫ا‬

(3 p.m. ring, ace.—to be)

‫آلنيكونلةجة‬9‫أيةاح‬
Would any of you like to be
for him a garden 2:266‫}؛‬

(2 p.m. sing, nom—thou art

in or~occupied with)

‫شأن‬:‫رمأعتف‬
‫ذقثاطثتجتهلحئأ‬٦
Thou art not (engaged) in
any business....But we are
witnesses over you. 10:6‫ ؛‬II

(2 p.m. sing, acc.—thou be-

come, thou be)

‫يافائه‬ ٠ ‫تى‬٠ ‫تال‬

‫فتكؤنينالخيين‬
And be not thou of those
who belie Allah's signs lest
thou be of the losers.

110:951
 588

٥٨٨
‫ى‬
j

VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫ون‬
.‫زد‬
place (2)

‫ولزنتآلحخنمعنمكانت(م‬
And had We willed, We verily
could hive fixed them in
their place- [36:67)

٠ ‫لي و ى‬
‫عتكرى‬
‫>اارهح‬
(pip. 3 p. f. sing) w.v.
be branded

‫(كولى يكون ق (غ‬

to burn, to scar, to cauterize,
to brand

‫ىهه‬۵
so that, (prlide) *jr
in order to, in order that

‫كىئيتكككثيرا‬
So that we may glorify Thee
much. 120:331

in order
(com. not to
part.) (‫كبًال (كآل‬
‫كاليون دزلةبينالكقنيآو وئك‬
So that it become not a
commodity between rich
among you. 159:71
‫ آل‬.‫يكبآل( يك‬
lest, inorder not to
().com. part(

That you sorrow not for

that which you missed.

(perale،Lsing.١ ‫كقف‬
)‫ا أل‬- ‫ألا‬١١‫ه‬

‫أ‬ ‫كيرا‬
‫مكاان‬
be you (perate m. plu.)

. ‫رجآهرالكجمنلرمكاي‬
side, place (l)n.p.i.

And the wave cometh unto

them from every side
(place). [10:22)

‫وإذبقأنلإلبنهيقميكانابيت‬
And (remember) when We
prepared for Jbrahim
the place of the Holy
House. [22:261

abode, plight (2)

‫اوبكتثيكن‬
Such are in worse plight ia
abode, 15:601

status. ‫( المزتة‬
malicyour
keep expression)
place {an idio- ،‫تكاف‬
According to Bedawi it is an
accusative of verb ellipsis

‫ازمؤا‬ ‘remain in'

condition
place, way,(Mjj.)
(n. p.t.) ‫نكاة‬
with an additional
way((‫؛‬
‫)ة‬
‫تليقناعملواعليكانيكناتهايل‬
0 my people go on acting in

your way verily ‫ل‬ am

 going to act (in my way).

٥٨٩

589

‫ى‬

VOCABULARY o, THB HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬

‫لى‬

‫إتمييدونكيدا‬
‫قأويلكيدا‬
Lo ! they plot a plot (aga-
inst thee o Mohammad)
and I plot against them.
(Pic.) (86:15-161

(1st. p. sing.) epl. ‫آكدن‬

I shall circumvent

‫وتالوأليسنآضنأمكا‬
And By Allah. I shall circum-

vent your idols 121:57 ‫ر‬

‫كئذؤن‬).com(
(perate. m. ph*.١ ‫ ا‬:‫كتد‬

do plot against ‫د‬

(shortened from ‫) ن‬
‫كندزف‬: ).com( ‫! كدوا ب‬،* me -

plot against me

‫كيدًا‬/‫الكيد‬/‫ تد‬.a plot acc

(act. pic. m. phi.) ‫المكبدؤن‬
(phi. of H>.r, ‫ر كند‬

those who are subjected to a

conspiracy or a plot

‫بمتذةم'لكتتخت‬،‫آزمرئلؤتتتاةًائثيق‬
 Do they seek to (lay) a polt?
Then those who disbelieve
“it is they who sluill be
plotted against. (52:42,

‫★ لث ى ف‬
how (particle) ‫كدت‬
It is an interrogative particle
employed to inquire

590

‫يكيًال‬
‫يكاليعكربديعليتيتا‬
SO that not (com. part.}

So that he knoweth nothing

after (having had) know-

١٥٠٠ ٦١٦٠٠٦٩٦

(perf, let. p. phi■.} w.f.

<we contrived
‫كذن‬

‫?)كآد يكتد ائدًا‬،()to plot

to contrive ‫ ل‬-

Note; When related to Allah,

the verb means: he con-
trived, arranged, manag-
ed etc. When the verb
refers to disbelievers and
their conspiracy it signifies:
to plot against. Often this
verb is repeated to say: that
they did harm to Islam or
they plotted against Islam
but Allah persisted their
acts in the same way as
they followed.

‫كثلككننايةبغ‬
Thus we contrived Yusuf.
 112:761

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) W.I

they plot
‫يكندون‬

(imperf. let. p. ring.) w.r,

I plot
‫ا يند‬

٥٩٠
vocabulary of th holy QURAN ‫كى ل‬
(p2 ‫ ؛‬p. m. phi.) WI. ‫م‬3‫ك‬

ye measured ‫كم‬
‫وزئآللكقداينئن‬
And give full measure when
ye measure. [17:35[

(perf. 3 p. tn. plu.) w.v

<they take by measure
٠ viii ‫اكلرا‬
to receive viii ‫اكتال اكياًال‬
by measure from

(hl. p. plu.) W.H. viii jurs

we get measure
‫ثكتل‬

‫كيل‬
measuring v.m.w.v.
‫ثسن‬٠‫ججص‬
The measuring (of corn) hath
been denied US, where*
fore send thou with us our
brother that (in result) we
get (our) measure. [12:63]

the veseel in which (n,p./.)

things are measured
‫مكال‬

a camel's load ‫كيل تير‬

\ ‫ال ى ن و‬
(perf, 3p. m.plu.) w.v.
*they humbled themselves
‫اتتكانقا ع‬
to humiliate X
oneself
‫ايطن‬

)‫>ككآنييينكنًا(ن‬
 to humble ss,
to submit, resign

‫ومأضعشزا ئ مأ إنتجئا ؤ؛‬

Neither did they weakened
nor were they humbled.

quality of a thing, or its

condition, or to question
about the manner in which
an action has taken or
may take place.

In the Holy Quran it is often

used as an exclamatory
particle to show wonder
implying a negative sense.

how ! (exclamatory) (1)

‫وثظالليكأميتتنثرياترعيهاكس‬
And look thou at the bones :
how We make them stand
up and clothe them with
flesh. [2:259)

how 1 (2)
(implying negative sense)

‫كيعتييىاسهتوماكفرةا‬
How Allah shall guide a
people who disbelieved
after their belief ? [3:86[

★ ‫لث ى ل‬
(perf. 3 p. tn. plu.) w.v. ‫كالؤا‬
they mesured

‫>خذ'يه"ذةآل‬
‫دعال(ض)تة‬
to compare by measuring

‫رإذا أئ لوهـلحًاؤؤرصخلم يدير‬

And (who) when they mea-
 sure unto them or weigh
for them, (they) diminish.

٥٩١
591

‫كتاب الالم‬
< verily, truly. (1) ‫ل‬
indeed, surely
(an intensifying particle)

Note: the pronunciation of ‫ل‬

vocalized with fatha.

before the predicate of ‫إن‬

‫اقبز‬٠‫ت]بسق'وئاىزتبغةلمو‬٠‫عآذت‬
We never sent before thee a
messenger but indeed they
ate food. [25:201

(or)

,‫إترنليعالتء‬
Verily my Lord is certainly
the hearer of prayer.

‫؛‬14:39[

before a subject

‫رنح‬٠'‫الًاتئزًاشةئة'ذذ‬
Surely ye are more awful in
their breasts than Allah.

‫؛‬59:13[

٠٩٢
would have (2)
(apodosis of a conditional
sentence introduced by

‫(قآل*م و‬
‫آلأشءئهحإجةئ‬١‫الفأدريئ لجتق‬
 If thy Lord had wished, He
would have (verily) made
mankind one nation.

11:11 8‫ز‬
‫لتأدئعاشمواككبكيميئين‬
‫لندي ألرضر‬
If Allah bad not repelled
some men by others the
earth would have been
corrupted. [2:2511

(correlative of an oath particle)

‫ئلق عحخآ‬1‫تآنليلقت املث‬

By Allah, Allah hath prefer,

red thee above us. 112:911

‫ل‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

‫ججلهرتن]نككمآزواجا‬
He had made for you pairs
of yourselves. [42:،1]

because of (4)

‫إليهن تريثي‬
For the taming of Qurcysh.

1106:1]

for the purpose of (5)

(.occtHs ‫أع‬١‫ كن آح‬ptweded
by negative particle)

‫آ*اناليذرألمقمنينعلساا‬
It is not (the purpose) of
Allah to leave you in your
present state. [3:179]
 to become (6)

‫فاتقطةالفرعونليكؤتتتمءن؟وارحز‬
And the family of Firawn
took him up, that he might
become for them an enemy
and a sorrow. [28:81

let (do) (7)

(the ‫ ل‬of imperative)

‫وسعةتنتعته‬:‫ليفق‬
Let him, who hath abun-
dance, spend of his abun-
dance. [65:7]

١‫ا‬٠)‫د‬١

( ‫إلى‬
(i.e., as a substitute for
‫يأترتكآزخىلما‬
Because thy Lord inspired
her. (i.e.. revealed to her)

[99:5]

by (3)
(a particle of oath)

‫هذن‬٠‫نذ‬٢‫لثذزلئكلذميئتش؛هئ‬
By thy life (O Mohammad)
they moved blindly in the
frenzy of the approaching
death. 115:721

indeed, certainly (4)

(introducing a conditional
particle)

‫لح‬٠‫يتغجمئتت‬١‫ليئ أغيغ‬
Certainly if they are driven
out they go not with them.

‫ر‬159:12
 (a ‫ل‬
(denoting possession)
preposition)

‫م> المنكية‬,)*٧)(
‫يومافياكنوترمافاآلرض‬
Unto Allah belongeth what-
soever is in the heavens
and whatsoever is in the
earth. (2:28 4)

‫يل>ا"إلذئدةذ‬50‫ًا‬٦‫؛‬0‫) ة‬2(
‫وإرحولبوؤئوبغةج‬٠‫بر‬٢‫وبنحا‬
And might deserveth to Allah
and to His messenger and
the believers. (613:8]

in favour of i.e., making (3)

twwa ‫الس‬,١ <

٥٩٣

593

rJ
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ال‬

do not. (2)

‫وألتقتلواا لتفالقىحتره‬
And slay not the life Allah
hath made sacred save in
the course of justice.

16:1511

‫ألك‬

‫الملكة‬/‫( ملك‬. )‫ف‬angel

the/an ( ‫آكيتكتك‬
(n>

to send a message (not a

 regular verb) ‫لمأ‬:
‫تلكين‬
two angles dual, (a.) acc.
angles (n.p.) ‫المالقه‬
‫ل ال‬
‫لؤرًا‬ 1
the pearl (n.) acc. ‫القو ا‬
★‫لبب‬

‫اآنآب‬ ).n.p(
<the hearts, understanding,
insight, intellect

the heart, (ring.) ‫لب‬

insight etc.

‫لبث‬

(perf. 3 p.m.
(remained ‫لت‬
ring.) (1)
stayed

(9) in

٢ ٢‫ئ‬
(or place 0 as a substitute)
‫وتضعألموازتكألققنطينالقتم‬
And We shall set blance of

justice for (،٠

Day of Judgement.e, on) the

121:47,
on (10)

( ‫على‬
‫يخررن ًالذئ]ر سجدا‬
(substituting for

They fall down prostrate on

their faces adoring.

117/1071
of, about (11)

( ‫عن‬
(substituting for
‫يلمقتىاتعزلننللحقتأجآ(كة‬
!‫ايحوهن‬
Musa said : speak ye (so)
of the Truth when it hath
come to you? Is this
magic? (10:77,
 not, no (1) ‫آل‬
(particle for negative)

‫نتنركالقمروا‬1‫الاكثتريبغنلما‬
‫أيلسإبقالهأر‬
It is not for the sun to over-
take the moon, nor doth
the night outstrip the day.

[36:40,

594

‫ لبس‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫لبت‬

‫يثوحآفكي ماللبنا‬
He saith. I have destroyed
vast wealth. (90:61

‫لتدًا‬
‫بدة‬
<a dense crowd («.) acc.
that which is (sing.)
close packed like a lion’s
mane

And when the bondman of

Allah stood calling upon
Him, they well nigb pressed
on him, stiffling. [72:19,

‫ى‬٠‫★ لب‬
‫و‬
(they will wearp.m. phi.)
(Imperf. ‫يبزن‬
)‫لى دمى تًا و ؤ ئ(س‬
to wear, to put on a garment

‫ويلبننغياباخضرا‬
And they will wear green
robs. 18:311

(we made
(perf. obscured
1st p. phi ) ‫عل‬-‫بنًا‬
 )‫بتت ين بسًا (ض‬
to dress, cover, envelop, to
obscure, to confound

‫ينى‬
"‫خ‬
(imperf■ 3 P-m. sing.) acc.
confounds

‫آيلكرثيعًا‬
Or confound you by factions.

‫نيثنالجييعينيت‬
So he (Yusuf) stayed in
prison for some years.

112:42

)‫مابت آن جا‬
delayed not .(2

‫نماليكآنجاةبيجل حيين‬
So he delayed not to bring a
roasted calf. [11:69,

(perf. 2 p. m. ring.) ‫لنت‬

thou stayed '

(ptrf’ 2 P- m■ phi) ‫تتم‬

ye stayed ‫ا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ‫ثزا‬
they stayed ‫خ‬
they delay
(imperf. 3 ‫م‬. m. phi.) ‫يزةزن‬
‫يبزا‬
‫آ يبثرا‬
they delayed Juss.
they delayed not
(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫آلشن‬
those who arc staying

(they delayed
(perf. 3. p.m. phi.) r ‫"لثوا‬
‫تكق تجثًا‬ .as RF
 ★ ‫ل ؛د‬
‫لدآ‬
)‫تت ببد بؤدًا (ن‬
<much٠ vast(«.) acc.

to stick, adhere, to mat

together, to stick together,
to become felted

٥٩٥

595

‫لح د‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

-‫لب‬

doubt, dubiety (V.«.) ‫جى‬

‫ئتذيؤق ثالي جي يي‬٠‫تنغ‬

And they are in dubiety reg-

arding a new creation.

150:15]

★‫لبن‬

‫ تتن‬milk (m)f
‫تآ ا لججه‬
* ‫لجأ‬
)n.p.t.( ‫المأل‬
the place of refuge>

)‫آ(ف‬.‫جأيلجالو‬
to take refuge, retreat, shelter

‫جج‬۵ *
(assim. V.)‫جقا‬
(perf. 3p.m. Jing.)

cthey persisted

)‫ض‬١٩‫لج ياج لج‬

 to exceed the limit, to persist

a pool („.) acc. ‫لجة‬

very deep (sea) n. (adj.) ‫لجتي‬
★ ‫لح د‬
(imperf. p.m. p u.١ iv ‫يلحثؤن‬
‫آل‬ ‫؛‬
<they profane(!)

1. to deviate iv ‫آلد إلحآدآ‬

(‫آلآل‬
٢ ‫لشن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)
‫ن‬
they obscure \
‫يلبشغا أهمه‬
‫رجالرللبنا‬2‫رلتجتهملكالجعتث‬
‫عيمتمايلبين‬
Had We appointed an angel
(as Our messenger) We
assuredly had made him
(as) a man (that he might
speak to them) and (thus)
.obscure for them (the
truth) they (now) obscure.

(P١c١ ٧٢.٩١
Caution : Both lhe verbs have
the same triliteral root
‫ لب س‬the only diff-
erence between these two
occurs in vowelizing as in:

to wear ‫يتن‬ ‫ت‬

to obscure ‫يبئ‬ ‫بن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)

ye wear
‫تبشزن‬

‫رتتخيحرتحليةتلب"ونمًا‬
And derive the ornament that

ye wear 135:12 ‫ا‬

(imperf ‫ د‬p.m. plu.) ‫تبشون‬
 ye make obscure/confound

‫لرتبوتألحقيألباطل‬

Why confound ye truth with

falsehood. 13:711

covering, (n.)
garment, dress
‫ جؤ‬I ‫يآي‬

٥٩٦
VOCABULARY o, THI HOLY QURAN ‫لح د‬

)‫لق يلحق آلآلآلس‬

to catch up, to reach,

overtake ‫ب‬-
they have not ‫ي يلحتؤا‬
reached (or) they have not
overtaken

(pe2‫ ؛‬p. m. ١,٠ iv :‫آلقتم‬

( ye joined ‫لمتم‬
to attach affix ‫آلق إلحآت‬
(perf. !st p. plu.) tv
we cause to join
.‫آخق‬
(perate. m. sing.) iv ‫آليف‬
make join

make me join ‫الجئ‬

★ ‫لحم‬

flesh (n.) "‫تحم‬

flesh acc. ‫تيًا‬
(sing.) 6‫( لحلم‬fleshes ‫لؤم‬

٠ ‫الجن‬

(The mode of speech,،n.j٠ »‫تن‬

oblique pronunciation. ‫القرل‬
to speak with a (‫تن يلحن لحنًا (س‬
mode showing speaker’s
inner feeling contrary to
the obvious meaning of
the w ord

Note : The word is used in

the H.Q. in this meaning

from that which is lawful

ad right to incline ‫ إلى‬-

to put to a perverted
use, to act profanely
‫ فى‬-

٠‫رأروالنيت ئمث‬
And leave alone those who

‫ا‬
‫؟‬:, 80 ],profane His names

‫إلى‬ they incline

‫آلنالنىيلحدوتإتييًاعجوئ‬
The speech of him unto
whom they incline is for-
eign, [16:1031

profanity (v.n) rv ‫إلحآد‬

< place of (n.p.،.) viii ‫علتحدًا‬
refuge

to take refuge, via ‫التحد انحادًا‬

shelter

‫ إلحآآل‬.ir. acc ).».»(

((with) importunity

to persist, ‫آنغ إآلةا‬

demand with importunity.

)‫>> لف يغ لجآآلزس‬
 to cover with a cloak

‫ل حق‬

‫؛‬,imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m, plu.١ (juss.) ‫يلحقزا‬

<they reach

٥٩٧
597

‫لن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫لحى‬
‫★ له ى‬

position)
(a particleat,
fornear,
placepresence,
or pre- ‫لدنى‬
from-

This particle of place (that

is called by some gramma-
rians as preposition) has

the latter
usage ‫تدن‬
as requires does;
no but

‫ن‬٩
‫أبآب‬ ‫لتى‬
preceeding particle thus*,

‫لدينآ‬
at the door
in our presence
with him ‫لديو‬
‫فخم‬
‫لدق‬
with them
my presence
★ ‫لذذ‬

(assim v) ‫رد‬
Umperf. ‫ ن‬p٠ in. sing.)

<‫~ ا‬ find sweet

‫(لذ يذة لذاذًا (ن‬

delicious, delightful,
,to beplea-
sweet
sant, gratify the senses

‫ويمأمأتثتميواًالثترتلثاًالع‬
 And therein is all that souls
desire and eyes find sweet.

(43711

delicious (n.) *‫لذ‬

but there are other signifi-
cances of the word which
may be seen in diction-
aries.

* ‫ ج ى‬٦٢٦
‫تاتأخنبلحيقيلبتة‬
(. beard (n

Hold me not by my beard.

120:941

‫آلد‬
‫رلمرالتالخصام‬
most contentious (elevate.)

He is the most contentious

of adversaries. 12:2041

contentious acc. ‫لدًا‬

★ ‫ددن‬

of place
from or preposition)
presence (a particle ‫لدن‬
always preseeded by ‫< ين‬
‫ين لدن‬ from

from thy presence ‫من لدنكة‬

from our presence ‫يمن تدما‬
from his presence ‫ين آدن‬
from me :‫من لدن‬
 598

٥٩٨
‫ل رن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
introgative particle ١
verb

pronoun

‫نرم‬
‫كذع‬
‫أنلزيكزهآ‬

written combined•
as one word*

٠ ٠‫لسز‬
a tongue (1) („.)‫الن‬
(as a vocal instuinent)

‫ألمحركبوالنكيةعجليه‬
Stir not thy tongue herewith
to hasten it 175:161

language (2)

‫كزإلالبكايتزوه‬7‫ومارتتأسن‬
:‫ليبتن لم‬
And Wc never sent a messen-
ger save with the language
of his folk, that he might
make (the message) clear.
 [14:41

speech (3)

‫رآهرؤنلموآنيحيققكاائًاتيلهتع‬
My brother Haroon (Aaron)
is more eloquent than me
in speech, therefore, send
him with me. (28:341

‫الزب‬
(plastic
(act. pic.sticking
tn ring.)(Pic.)

(‫ا‬٠‫(لب يلوب ؤذ‬

adhere, to be fixed firmly
,to stick

‫و‬
~ kept fixed p.m. sing.) if
(perf. ‫أزم‬
‫> أزم إلوآمًا‬
to keep fixed, to join, to
associate

٠‫(ه> يم يلرم زك‬

adhere, belong, attend
,to cling

‫وآلزرميةالكقى‬

He kept them fixed on the

way of piety. (48:26 ‫ا‬

( perf. hl p. plu.) is ‫أزمنًا‬
we have fastened

،‫وؤ؛للصاللرمذةآلأخ‬
And every man We have fes-
tened his action round his
neck. [17:131

(imperf. Isl p. plu.) if ‫نزم‬

 we make adhere

‫آتلزمكؤهاوآنثرلماكرهزج‬
Shall We make you adhere to
it while ye are averse
thereof. 11:281

٥٩٩
‫لعلع‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ىن‬٠‫ل‬
flame (n.) ‫لظى‬
(fire of the Hell)

‫★ لعب‬
< we jest
(imperf Ist(1) ‫تلعب‬
p. plu.)

(opp. to be serious)

)‫ليت يلج تنًا (س‬

to disport, droll (baby),
to play, to jest, pastime
(in an unserious thing)

(3 p.m. sing.) juss. ‫يلعب‬

~(may) play

they jest.
(imperf ‫و‬ p. m. plu.) ‫يلترن‬
they may jest (juss.) ‫يلتبؤا‬
(i.e., leave them jesting)

play, playing (fl.) ‫تيب‬

‫آلعن‬
‫ح‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) acc.
those who play
 ‫واخككاكتآواآلركهابينهمأليين‬
And We created not the
heaven and the earth and
all that is between them
in play. (21:161

‫لعلل‬
it is hoped,
perhaps, mayto be,
be haply ‫لعل‬
(particle)

According to the grammarians

the word is termed as a

‘resemble verb’ like ‫آن‬

(4) renown

( ‫يذق‬ when it is possessed by)

‫ررهنلمعةنتحمتتأوجعكآمك‬
‫ونقيأ‬
And We gave them Our me-
rcy and assigned to them
a high and true renown.

(19:50)

< tongues (n. p.) ‫أنبة‬

(sing.) ‫يسان‬
(Note : (n plural case this
word is used only in the
meaning of tongues.)

‫★لطف‬

(parate.3p.m.sing.)* ‫و)بتلطفن‬
<let him be courteous

to be polite ‫تتأف تلطفًا‬

and courteous

)‫>>تفيللفتآنة(ك‬
to be delicate, dainty, grace•
 fill

one of the attributive ‫ائنيف‬

names of Allah: The Subtle

subfle acc. ‫آيغًا‬

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.)w.v. », ‫تتظى‬

٠٠>-flamed, blazed
to blaze, fiercely 9, ‫ددى‬

aze )‫>>آظىيلظىآظى(س‬
600

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫لعلع‬

‫ لم‬imperf. 1st p. plu.) ‫تلغن‬
we curse .

may Thou
(perate m. (Our ‫الصن‬
sing.)Lord) !

curse (i.e., deprive (them)

of Thy mercy)

(‫و‬ p.m. sing.) pp.

wascursed

(2 p. m. plu.) pp.
they have been cursed

‫ لنًا‬,‫تنن‬
‫لنة‬
curse (n.) acc.
curse (n.)

‫اش‬ ‫لنة‬ ‫ان‬

(used as if possessed to
as
or ‫لعنقى‬ Allah'scurse
my curse)

‫اللعنرن‬
(act. pic. m. phi.)
 < those who curse

(sing.) ‫آلعن‬
(pact. pic. m. plu.) acc. ‫علثزنين‬

accursed ones

(poet. pic. f. sing.) ‫المترتة‬

an accursed one (f.)

‫تيثم‬ see ‫عنت‬

‫لشزب‬ (.
)‫آتتلغبآنًاقلخر (ف‬
‫ًا‬ weariness (v.n‫؟‬،■

to be greatly fatigued

‫د‬
‫★ لخ‬
(perate. m. plu.)
drown the hearing
‫ألغز‬
used by affixed pronoun as

‫تة‬،‫آتل‬،‫آعلة‬،‫لتلم‬
in Other cases

‫ومايذرنكلعالكاعةعنن‬
What can convey (the know-
)edge) unto thee ! It may
be that the Hour is nigh.

133:631

(Note: A number 0( com-

mentators have observed

this verse
that ‫لعل‬
is a substitute in
the particle

for‫عل‬
tive particle, ithus the
e., an
meaning of the verse is:
interroga-
 what can make you know
that the hour is nigh ?
In this case ‘what makes

is anknow
you answer ‫ط يذربكة‬
?■ (Mjj.)

‫و‬ ‫لتن‬
< has cursed
(perf. p.m. sing.)

‫(تقت يلعن تنآ(ف‬

down, execrate, to deprive
one of His mercy
to curse

hath cursed
(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫لعبن‬
(i e.. a group, nation etc.)

(perf. 1st. p. phi.)

we cursed
‫لن‬
(imperf.
curses
‫و‬ p.m. sing.)

‫آلة‬١

‫داد‬
١‫ل‬٠‫'ا‬.*‫ل‬١‫عمح‬١‫ ل‬0‫ ؟‬٠ ‫ااًا‬HOLY 1 ‫آلدا نع؟‬

‫لغغ‬
‫ ألتقت انغاتا‬,to turn viii
around ‫عن‬-
to look back

‫ح‬
(,imperf. 3 p.٢ sing.١ ‫تنف‬
oburns

‫تتيلحن تحفًا (ف‬

to burn, scorch
 (imperf.
‫لفطه‬
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫خعة‬
C^uttereth

‫تغظ يليظ آغظًا (ض‬

to cast forth, to utter

★‫لفف‬
‫■ ففت‬،■،■،p. f. sing.) V ‫ و‬perf)
N heaped >

‫ب‬- viii, ‫التف فيفاي‬

to be heaped, to be joined
((one thing to another

‫[ألتفتاكائياكات‬
And agony is heaped on
agony، 175:29]

‫؟‬thick foliage, (n.p.)acc.

densely growing trees
‫الفأة‬
(sng.) ‫آف‬

winding, coilung, wrapping,

enfolding

)‫لغىيلغىآغىقآلغتةحلغآة(س‬
to talk nonsense, to make
mistakes consciously or
unconsciously

‫التمعؤالهنالعرأنو رالغوانيو‬
Heed not this Quran, and
drown the hearing of it.

141:261

unconsciously spoken (n.) ‫الغر‬

word, unintentional
uttered word (Rgh.)

idle talk, (n.) acc.

nonsense speech
‫تغآ‬
 (n. act. pic. f. sing.)
idle speech
‫آلغتة‬

‫*لفت‬
‫ل‬٥‫ آلفا ءه‬،‫عقلفآ‬
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) acc.
that thou pervert

)‫لفتت يلفت لقتًا و آفتة (غ‬

to turn aside, pervert

٢‫قألؤااجثتأللغتأعتاوجننأعيوابء‬
They said: hast thou come
unto us to pervert US from
that (faith) in which we

‫ح أ‬١
found our fathers, 78 10

in order to ‫ي تلفت ي‬
V
pervert
us ‫■ًا‬ ‫تأيع‬
(3p.m.sing.)juss.neg. ‫آل) مخن‬
<let not one turn round

602

٦٠٢

‫لقسان‬

vocabulary OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫لغغ‬

to impregnate ‫لتح‬
(the female palm tree)

‫وآنحلتآالرثيحلواقحنآن‬
And We send the winds ferti-
lising, and cause water to
descend from the sky.
 15:221

‫★لقط‬

( perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) viii

<picked up, took up

)‫شذ يقط لقظآ (ن‬

to pick up from the ground

to take up, viii

to pick up
‫انقًا‬
(imnerf. 3 p.m. sing.) ٢١ii

will pick up, will take up

★ |٠‫لق‬

‫يتقط‬
‫ا‬
<~ swallowed
perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii

‫اتقم أيقامًا‬
swallow a mouthful. to viii

)‫(ن‬٦‫ك>آقميلقم لق‬
to clog up, to obstruct

‫القم‬

the name of the (p. n

thirty-first chapter of
.‫قيآن ر‬
the Holy Quran

،Luqman’ was a sage. His

wisdom is celebrated by

‫آفغ ا لفيفًا‬
(act 2 pic. m. sing.)
.acc
I
 gathered, assembled, crowd

‫★لفى‬

(perf. 3 p.m. dual)(w.v.)iv

<the twain found
[‫آف‬
‫ًا‬.‫آنن إنفًا‬ vi

‫(عيآغايخزآفوًا(ن‬
to find
,.R.F

they found
(perf. ‫و‬
p. m. phi.) w.r. iv

we found
(perf. 1st p. plu.)(w.v.) iv ‫أنتا‬
‫★لقب‬

titles, nicknames (n. p.) ‫اآلقآب‬

(sing.) > ‫★ قب‬ ‫لقح‬

(fertilising (n.p.) ‫الح‬

( ‫الح‬
(b.p. of

‫آتتحخ (أأثى) تقح لفاحًا و‬

,٠
become pregnant
the winds arc described as
pregnant by way of
resemblance as they bear
drops of water and carry it
to a place where it rains

٣
603

‫لق‬
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN
 ‫لقى‬
we found (2)

‫فرتأهذانصب‬-‫لقنلتييًاين‬
Verily we have found fatigue
in this our journey.

18:621

3 ./:‫ الم‬p.m. sing.١ w.v. ‫يلتد‬

willfind ‫تلقا‬
‫يأق ) يلقآ‬
(he will find it
will incur (3) f.d. juss w.v.

‫لكيلتآعمًا‬:‫ومنيفحن‬
And whosoever shall do this
shall incur the meed (Jid.)
shall commit a crime (Mjj.)
shall pay the penalty (Pic.).

125:681

f.d. acc. w.v. ‫تلقزا‬

(imperf, 2 p.m. phi.)

< ye met

‫ و‬:‫بل آن تقؤ‬
before ye met it
they shall meet
(imperf. p.m. plu.) w.v.

٢ ‫آلقة‬
(act. pic. m. sing.) w.v.
‫آل ا‬
(meeter, founder, one
who will meet ‫ا‬ ‫آلق‬

‫و‬
possessed to pronoun
(perf.
‫آلقتة‬
p. tn. sing.) w.v. ii
(caused to receive

to make ii, ‫لقه تيقتة‬

SS to receive, or meet, to
shed over, cast upon
‫رلثمئئخًادمعة‬
And shall cause them to
meet. 17 6:111

Arabs. He was known

even in the Jahiliyah period
as a sage. Luqman is the
name of two, if not three,
persons famous in Arabian
traditions. The first was
of the family of Ad. The
name of the second Luqman
called *Luqman the sage’
occurs in the Quran...
According to Masudi he
was a Nubian freedman
who lived in the time of
David (Jid.) EBr, XIV. p.

|٠‫|يقى‬
(perf. 3p.m. ‫)اهش‬
they (twain) met(!)
wv.

)‫ًاتبآا(س‬.‫يزغالا‬
to meet, to come across, to
experience, undergo, suffer,
endure

fperf. 3 p.m. plu ) w.y. ‫آقؤا‬

they met, faced, came across

‫ى‬٠‫اادآلذ‬٩‫ذ‬
When they meet with those
who believe, they say: we
believe. 12:141

(perf' 2 p. m. plu.) w.v.

ye met
‫قيتم‬

(when ye meet ‫إذ آقيتم‬

.‫ت‬
(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v.
we met

604
 ٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QU*AN ~ ‘

(pref. 3p.m. (1)

flung down ling.) w.v. /v. ‫آلقا‬
‫ءأدامئلبأنبي‬،‫ألزئمأ‬٠

Then he flung down his staff

and Io ! it was a serpent
manifest. ،7:107،

has cast (2)

‫ع‬,‫نؤيت‬١‫شن)آلزضرواي؛ئ‬٢‫و‬

And He hath cast into the

earth firm hills that it
.quake not with you

،16:15،

(3) offered
‫ال؛عتىئا‬n
And say not unto one who
offereth you peace! thou
،4:94، .art not a believer

(4) ,(cast forth (suggestions

proposed

5‫ربيل‬٢‫ومأأرتلتنحفديقونرذولك‬
‫لمنفيًاثغته‬٠‫لمجائتى'شادتذ‬

And We have sent before thee

no apostle or prophet but
when he read the Satan
cast forth (suggestion) in
respect of his reading ،.e.,
in the mind of his unbe-
lieving hearers (Jid.).

،22:52،

Never sent We a messenger or

a prophet before thee but
when he recited (the mess-
age) Satan proposed (opp-
osition) in respect of that
 thoum.
(2p. artsing.)pip.w.v.
receiving, - ii ( ‫تلت‬/‫تتى‬
thou art gifted

‫جز‬٦‫لكنثش‬،‫ذشاللالن؛ذ‬3‫تقش‬

And verily thou art gifted

with (or thou art receiving)
the Quran from the
presence of One Wise,
Aware. ' ،27:6,

is granted,
(3 gifted,
p.m. ring.; blessed
pp. H’.v. H by‫يلق‬
litit is shed upon

‫ومايلفعكًاالالنينصبرو‬
But none is granted it save
those who are steadfast.

،41:35،

lit.p.m.
(3 theyplu.)
will be made
pip. ‫يققن‬
w.v. receiv-
ii

in، they will meet

(imperf.3p.m.plu.facc.w.tiii

they meet

‫فنزمرحفىينقوايؤمعح‬
‫الن ى يد يضععؤب‬
Then let them be till they
meet their day, in which
they will be thunder-
s triken. ،52.45)

meeting v.n. Hi ‫إقار‬

(This verbal noun ‫آلق يآلقي‬

from stem Hi has occurred
as antecedented to the

or to ‫رمم‬، ,name of Allah

or to a pronoun as ‫ع مم‬
 ‫لتاخأ‬ and ‫( قانه‬
٦’٥
605

‫لق‬ VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAK ‫لقى‬

1 endued, I cast
(perf. 1st. p. sing.) w.v. iv ‫آغتع‬
‫وآلقطيكعيةتقى‬
‫ا‬
(Jid). 1 endued thee with
cast on the love from Me
love from Me (Pic.).

(20:391

(perf.
we cast1st(1)
p. plu.) w.v. iv ‫آتنًا‬
‫وآلتينتابيهحالعدارة‬
،‫ت‬٠‫و ئإ‬
And We have cast among
them enmity and hatred
till the Day of resurrec•
tion. 15:641

we set up (2)

‫والقيينًاسللنيهجداثمآتأب‬
And We set up upon his
throne a (mere) body, then
did he repent. [38:34,
we placed (3)

‫ذذء‬٠‫آلص‬٠‫ئ‬ And the earth have We spread

out and placed therein
firm hills (Pic.)( Jid. cast
thereon) (15:191

‫؛لر‬.‫م‬. sing.) w.v. iv

(imperf.
I will throw ‫ف‬
w٠v. iv acc. ‫بمأذتم‬
 (imperf. 2 p.m.
(that thou) thro*sing.) ‫ثق‬

(imperf.
ye give .2 p.m. plu.) w.v. iv ‫شزن‬
606

which he recited thereof.

)‫م‬،،•(
gave (5)

‫بىزلقلروىلتئئقلةىة‬٠‫آل‬
‫أؤلىكتنعوبموتييئ‬
Lo! therein verily is a remin•
der for him who hath a
heart, or giveth ear with

full intelligence. (50:37 ‫ا‬

tendered (6)

‫بالالثاكءلئعهبويرة‬
٤‫كرالقىمعازير‬ 5
Oh, but man is a telling wit*
ness against himself,
although he tenders his
excuses. 175:14.15.1

(perf. 3 p.forth
has cast f. sing.) w.v. iv ‫آق‬
‫وآلقتمانيمارتخلت‬
And (the earth) shall cast•
forth that which is therein
and shall become empty.

184:41

(they ‫و‬
perf.threw p. m. plu.) w.v. iv

throw tn. sing.)

(perate. w.v. iv ‫ألقتؤا‬
‫ىلاللطوانتاًالتؤاتحرةاآعينالكأس‬
 He said: throw ! and when
they threw they cast a
spell upon the people's
eyes. 17:1161

٦٠٦
‫لقى‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫لقى‬

‫و؛‬ p. m. sing.) pp. iv, w.v.

is thrown
‫ألق‬
‫لق‬
wee flung (1)

‫والتىاكحرةييين‬
And the magicians flung pros-
trate. (7:120,

> ‫إلى‬
‫إنأنقاقهبلرنم‬
is thrown (2)

There hath been thrown unto

me a noble letter. 127:291

> ‫عال‬
‫ه‬:‫تتوتالةىطلنواتوهزن‬
set upon (3)

Why, then have the armlets

of gold not been set upon
him. 143:531

they
(3 arephi.)
p.m. flungpp. iv. w.v. ‫أنتوا‬
~ is
(3 thrown
p.m. down
sing.) pip. iv, w.v. ‫يلق‬
thou
(2 wjllsing.)
p. m. be thrown
pip. b,down
or will be cast (into**)
w.v. '‫ئؤا‬
received
(perf. (1) sing.) V, w.v.
3 p.m. ‫تلتد‬
 ٠‫لى‬٠
Then Adam received from his
Lord words (of revelation).

(2:371

<ye publish
(imperf. (2) plu.) v, w.v.
2 p.m. ‫تلقزن‬
one of two
is dropped
٦٠
‫تتلقزن‬ from

٦» ٧ ‫ئعذقآلةلم؛تجآ‬

Ye give them friendship.

160:11

let throw ‫غ‬:■ d-

‫فينقوالييياكيل‬
Then the river shall throw
him on the bank. 120:391

proposes,
{imperf. .
castssing.) iv, w.v.
3 p.m.

they throw
(imperf. ‫يقزن‬
3 p.m. plu.) iv, w.v.

(imperf.
w.v. ‫وعكت ا‬
acc.3 p.m. plu.) IV,

they offer

we cast hi. p. phi.) iv, w.v.

(imperf. ' :
we shall cast :‫تلق‬
cast! throw
(perate. (thou)!
m. sing.) iv, w.v. ‫أق‬
throw (you
(perate. twain)!
m. duel) iv, w.v. ‫آن‬
 cast (you)!
(perate. m. phi.) iv, w.v. ‫آقزا‬
‫آل تلغزا‬
(perate. neg. m. plu.) .iv, w.v

‫ب‬ ‫ ب‬.‫آلت‬
<
<cast not (0 you men)

:‫لن‬
(perate. f. sing.) h, w.v.
cast‫؟‬thou f.)!
‫فألتيوف لييي‬
Then cast him in the river.

128:7‫ز‬

607

‫م‬
‫ل‬
VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN

‫لقى‬

f
‫؛‬
(Ap-der m. ring.) Il،, w.v.
lit. one who meets
‫عالق‬

(Ap-der. m. plu,)f.d. iii, w.v.

those who meet
‫مآل قزا‬
‫ عآلقي‬.acc<
:‫مآلتم‬،‫مآلقيي‬،:‫مآلقر‬

t e., antecedent to pronouns

،According to the Arabic

‫مآلقي‬، :‫ مآلقؤ‬phrase, if
‫مآلفيه‬ is used, it is transla-
ted as •should have to meet’]
٢Ap،der. m٠ pU) iv, w.v. ‫ثظرت ا‬

‫»ه‬-. ‫المليين ز‬
‫)؛‬p-der f- phi.) iv, w.v. ‫برك‬

those (f.) who bring down ‫المقبات‬

(Ap٠de٣. m. dual.) v,w.v. ‫المحلقآن‬
 ٦١٠٠٥ ‫آلةءخأ‬،‫ ■' آلآ‬the

*‫د؟ح‬

‫لج‬
)‫لحبنحتآ(ف‬
<a twinkling v.n.

to shine، gleam, sparkle (star

or lighting)

‫★ لمز‬
<imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫يلؤ‬
< “defames (or) traduce

‫ (لمر ييز لزًا (ض‬to make

a sign with the eye, to
traduce, to defame (back-
biting etc.)

‫إذتلقوتهياينتكة‬
When ye were publishing it
(or) when ye welcomed it
with your tongues.

‫ا‬5 124:1
(imperf. ‫ آل‬p.m. sing.) V, w.v. ‫يتلتا‬
receives

‫امتاال‬،‫تبح؛‬١‫ي‬٠‫ثذذثبي‬/1‫لذجق‬
When the two receivers rece-
ive (him) seated on the
right hand and on the left.

\‫آلا‬٢٢٠\٦

(imperf. 3 p.f. ring.) V, w.v. ‫تتلترا‬

‫ سم المآللك‬meet, will meet
‫اليخزلممالفزغأًالكبرتتلثلمالتةكة‬
The Supreme Horror will not
grieve them, and the angels

‫ اازه‬meet them. 121:1 ‫]ده‬

(per3.‫؛‬p.m. sing.)v٠t‫؛‬l, w.v. ‫تتا‬

١>met V
 ‫■ الت ففاؤًا‬،■،■„ to meet
face to face

(perf.‫م و‬. /. dual.) rill, w.v.

(the twain) met

‫ لم‬perj. 2 p.m. plu.) viiiv w.v. ‫أققبتم‬

ye met "

riii. w.v. ‫'شان‬

^imperj. 3 p.m. dual)

(the twain) meet

towards rt.w.v,‫فاح‬
‫اتآلق‬
meeting V.H. lit, w.v.
the Day of meeting ‫عوم الآلقي‬

608

٦٠٨
OCABULARY OF THB HOL V QUIAN ‫لمز‬
(Note : the literary meaning

of ‫كأون‬
eating;
isyceat; ‫اي‬
the real sensealtogether;but
of the verse
is that which is given
above)

that is near,
unwilled hence
offence small
(w.)
,
‫التلم‬
faults, as those which are
nearer to sins

not (a particle) •1

Always preceeds imperfect

tense to denote the nega-
tive meaning of a perfect
(past tense) and takes the
following form of imper-
feci in genitive, (sec details
in LLQ or any grammar's
book)
 used «hen
when, afterspeaking
that, (٥
of past
particle)

events, also used, as‫اال‬

‫إنلننفيتتاعلنمًاحافظ‬
No humun soul but hath a
guardian over it. [86:4[

not, by no means (٥panicle)

(governs imperfect in the
subjuncthc case with future

significance)

‫و‬
{imperf. p.m. plu.)
they defame or traduce
‫يزؤن‬

٥)
(perate. neg m. plu.)
men) defame not!
‫آل تنزرا‬
traducers (٥. plu ) ‫لمزة‬
]*‫لمي‬
(perf. 3. p.m. plu.) ‫لمسؤا‬
< they touched

‫(لمت يى لمأ (غ‬

to touch, feel. Hi, ‫ت آلتت‬
seek, enquire after

‫تكوةيًاييييم‬
They cauld feel it with their
hands. 16:71

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫ختحالنم‬

we touched or we sought

(perf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫آلتنتم‬

ye have touched ‫يم‬

‫)ئ‬., have had sexual inter-

course)
 (perate. m. plu.) riii
seek (you)
‫اتمزا‬

* ‫لمم‬
>‫ه‬٢٠‫* )ال قس‬٠»٠(
to gather,
1 collect, amass

★‫ب‬٠‫ل‬
‫( إ الب‬.») the flame
‫رتأيلونالفراكآكالتا‬
And ye devour heritages with
devouring greed. [89:191

609

‫لو‬
VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

‫عن‬-‫ تلهى‬.iv.w.v
(imperf 3 p. f. sing.)
distracts, beguiles

‫ والبجضيرادةو‬،‫يئقمى حصه{بمغئأذ‬
Men whom neither merchand-
ise nor sale beguileth from
remembrance of Allah,

‫ز‬124:37

‫ئئألر‬. ‫مذ‬ ,w.v

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv, ' -
let (SS) beguile

Let them eat and enjoy life,

and let (false) hope beguile
them. [15:3,

(perf■ ‫و‬
distracted p. m. sing.) V, »-.V.

a plaything, toy, (v.n.) ‘‫دك‬

 sport, amusement

‫قسإذاد‬
Naught is the life of the
world save a pastime and
sport. [6:32[

pastime of discourse ‫هت الخن بي‬

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫آلعتي‬

preoccupied ٠-
* ‫لوع‬
١٦٠ lung« (an indeclinable verb ‫آلت‬
or particle!

‫وزكت جج تمن‬
Jl was no longer the time
for escape. (38:3]

610

‫★ل*ت‬
(imperf. 3p.m. sing.') juss. ‫يلتف‬
‫نم‬
pants

<‫ لهق لغ ثآ ن‬Ki ‫(ن هثآآ(ف‬

to thirst, to let

the tongue hang out from

thirst, weariness, fatigue

٠ ‫* م‬-‫لغ‬
(perf. ‫ ل‬p.m. sing.١ ‫*آ‬, ‫آلم‬
I
<'-“inspired

‫آلمإهآًا‬
to inspire ،*,
<<)‫ح‬،‫لممينملنمآ(س‬
to swallow

‫د‬٠‫*ل‬

(perf. 3 p.m. singfw. V.

'.distiacted, diverted from
( ‫آلمى ( آلهآ‬
 ‫ألخى اتادًا‬
to distract iv,
‫ًا‬
<<‫ (دايبر تمز (ن‬,preoccupy
to play(amusements), pastime

‫آلمتر الككاثز‬
Rivalry in wordiy increase
distractcth you. 1102:1]

w.v. jtrss. ‫آلتذ‬

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing,')‫؛‬-،,

let not distract

‫ك‬۶‫ ;آلممب‬٠٢ + ‫ًال ب همن‬

let not distract you

‫لوم‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUR

‫و‬

‫ل‬

‫واة لتر‬ scorching the skin

‫يق ا‬.( ‫واة بخر‬

It shrivel loth the man (Pic.)

(Note ‫ بتر‬signifies man and

skin both.)

‫ًال وذع‬
selves slipping
(hiding away
them- (v.n.) acc.
privately, act of flying
‫لواذ‬
for refuge

‫ (آلذ يليذ واذًا (ن‬,to take

refuge in surrounding, to
seek refuge one with another

‫★ لوم‬
(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) II'.V. ‫تمتن‬
 <ye(/٠/ blamed
‫ (آلميلزمقمًا(ن‬to blame
someone for some 'hing

ye blamed me :‫لمتت‬

(imperf. 3p.m. plu.) ،»,

<they blame each other (self-
reproaching)

blame each other

self-blaming, vi. ‫آلرم‬
( perale m. plu.) ‫وسزا‬

blame (you)!

blame not
(perate (Om.
neg. ‫آلتزموا‬
you)!
plu.) w.v.

blame n ١ :‫آل تومزني‬

e not
blame (n.) ‫آزتة‬

the pagan Arabs ،details

may be
name ofseen in the
an idol
MajidiP.21,n. 153)
Tafsir
of (p. n) ‫االت‬
٠★‫لو‬

١‫( ؟‬particle) ‫لز‬

(used to introduce a condi-

tional sentence, see LLQ)

* ‫دوح‬
‫( قح‬.a tablet (n
‫بلموكرانتمجيئ فلفج تحغؤظ‬
Aye ! it is a recitation glori-
OUS (inscribed) in a tablet
preserved, i.e., guarded
from every sort of altera-
tion or corruption.

٢85:221
 ‫ قع غثؤط‬is the depository
of all the Divine decrees,
willed events, ordained by
God (.Jid.)

tablets (n.p.)‫أآزاح‬
< most (inis. ‫لر‬.( ‫آةاحة‬
scorching one

)‫ا(ن‬-‫آلحيوحآق‬
to change and blacken

،‫آلحي افن شرت‬

the sun changed his skin by
burning heat

٦١
611

‫ل‬ VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫لوم‬

and paid no heed to any-

one (Pic.), and recall what
time ye were climbing (the
hill) (or runnning off) and
would not look back (Jid.).

13:1531

(imperf.‫تنوزا‬
ye turn back
2 p.m. phi.) acc.

‫ ب‬- ‫يلرزن‬
they twist,
(imperf. pervert
3 p.m. plu.)

‫يلت"يتةكريألكثي‬
They pervert the book with
their tongues. 13:781

‫يايائنتم‬
distorting, twisting (*.«) acc.

Distorting with their tongues.

 ‫★لىت‬

‫و‬
*diminishes p.m. sing.) v.w. }USS.
(imperf.

(‫آلتييديتًا (ض‬
to deminish

‫ئالمةيرئةالء‬٩ ‫ولن ةط‬

‫آعيكزيث‬
And if ye obey Allah and
His messenger He shall not
diminish from you aught.

(49:141

(a particle ٥/ desire
1 wish, would that, would
)
to God !

(act. pic. m. sing.١ ‫آلثم‬

one who blames others

‫اللتاسة‬
ing one (soul) (inls.f.)
blaming/accus-

blamed
(pact. one
pic. ‫تلزم‬
m. sing.)

<onepic.
pis. who ‫مخدم‬
iv,deserves blame

to
of be worthy iv,
blame ‫أتي‬

blamed
(pact. ones
pic. m. plu.) ‫قلزيين‬
★ ‫دون‬

colour ‫تن‬
(n.)root
no verbal

<colours (n.p) ‫آزان‬

(sing.) ‫ون‬
٠ ‫بوى‬I

‫ذا‬5
 ‫ لم‬perf. 5 p.m. plu.
they avert, turn back
they avert or
they turn back their heads

(٢٠“" y(٥٠)Wj
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.)
ye look back

)‫رلى عزن ت (ض‬

to twist, pervert, turn back

‫آلتوزن (آلخؤن‬
ye look
not back

‫لدئئجثفئوالئذذةءقًاحب‬
When yc climbed (the hill)

٦١٣ ‫ة‬١‫ج‬

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLV QURAN ‫لىن‬

‫لئن ردكا‬
they are not

I am not‫لني‬
‫تتن‬
thou are not

‫تتم‬
ye are-not

ye ‫كتنى ل ★ رديم‬
‫ل‬
are not

night (n.) ‫يل‬

the time starting from sun-
set to the dawn

(as a unit)
‫لتة‬
night (n. with additional^ )

nights withfd. (n.p.) ‫تاي‬

 (n.p) ٦‫ل ى ن *بل‬
(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v.
<thou wast lenient
‫نت‬
)‫آلنيلينيًا [ تانآ(ض‬
to soften, to make tender,
lenient

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫تلين‬

become soft '

we softened
‫انم‬
(perf. kt p. plu.) tv, H'.v,

‫ليًا‬
٦١٣
palm tree (n.) ‫بنتة‬
gentle, soft v n. w.v.

It is one of those particles

‫آن‬
foilwing noun to be an
which like require the
accusative. It takes the
affixed pronouns as:

‫يًا‬+- ‫ ( تت‬:‫يتت‬
‫ييينفي زي‬
would that I (

Would that I were dust.

18:40]

would that we
(r‘.e., death)
would that it
(‫ا‬ ٠ + ‫(بئت‬
‫ًا‬
(‫أ‬٠+ ‫بته ( تت‬ ‫تتآ‬
‫يكتمًا كانتا لتأضية‬
Would that it had been the
ending ،.ft, would that
death had made an end of
me altogether, and would
not have brought me to
this new world. 69:27‫]؛‬
 ‫ بت‬Indeclinable wb١

not .‫؟‬N V >

It is termed by some modern

grammarians as ،verb’, not
to be. What resembles this
'verb' to a regular one is
that it accepts pronouns of

‫لسك‬
‘thou art not,' and so on.
perfect, affixed as

٠‫آذيت آبوببذ‬
is not he
).com(

‫بسغ‬
it (f.) is not

‫برا‬
they are not (for a group)
613

»19

٢‫عح‬:1‫ح‬1

،٦ ‫عاالق‬0‫أ‬٦‫ آلره ها‬6 ‫الالاهي‬

٩M( ٦ ‫د‬.‫ا‬١‫ا‬s٦٠qi. HLIII?□‫ ؟‬un

,٦‫ا؛ب‬٠‫?؛اًاإآلم‬

AiiBJjsuouiiip(‫ ؛‬unouojd :
(ESJOjaq p٥3E|d u٥qw (V
)‫ (ح‬id ,3 ‫ل‬٨‫هالاا‬0‫لل‬٠٦‫ !الا‬uu

StUJOJ [B٩J3٨

jMjjad ٥SU3١ 3UOUJB |(|UO

[a٩3 ‫ ه’اال!تاد‬٨٦J ajojaq

٥i٠N: ‫ ؛‬٦eS٥u BSE pasn s-

)‫حنأ‬1‫ل‬

umunq ٠ -‫واالة‬٩

٠u s, siqjL[ e ‫ح‬٢‫الاح‬

Ej,stiowap[٥٨‫ ؛‬: unou

(3) pa٥S|d usq.w ‫لب‬0‫«ل‬٩ E

 12:891 ■unw

pEUI B ٠pjo٦ ‫د‬٩] JO MBjS

aqi qSnojqi ]OU JJB noqjL

: unouojd

٦٤

n 3‫لهل‬١٦٩ p3٠B(d U٠H(٩) ٨١

٢٤:٤51

'P3JJ٥ oq OU Xejjsb auoS

]OU qicq uoiuBdtuoo jn٠A

‫ًاجًالت‬٦٢‫؛ئ‬٦‫ح‬٢‫م‬

‫أت‬33‫لجللى‬

(c) ١١,d ujq|»p‫د‬٩[ ‫له‬0‫دل‬٩ ٥٥

٦ )1( ‫]د‬3‫ل'ال[ل‬ ٥a‫؛‬je3٠u e

■m٥q٦

Uljad noqjL ]Spip £q^ft‫[؛‬

‫دجل؟‬٣

sodd JOIJE JO ‫ا‬uo - ‫م‬-

1‫؛ا‬8‫[ء‬

■jaqjouE auo ,SB A3q١ jrq١١

-‫بو‬- ٦‫ت‬0٦١١‫آل‬٠‫ةاده‬

‫ تأالدد ا‬٦ ‫لهد‬

‫و‬٩‫لمتما لم‬
‫م‬

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN

‫انا‬
 them thou didst tell: I
cannot find whereon to
mount you. 19:921

(‫ )ع‬how ! to express wonder:

‫فماآصبرهمءعىا لتأر‬
How constant are they in
their strife to reach the
Fire.’ (Pic.) How enduring
must they be of the Fire
(Jid.). (2:175]

١ ،٠٥٠٠,n( ١‫؟اةع‬٦)see( ‫مو‬

‫مآب ء•• أ و ب‬

Magog (p. n.) ‫جز ج‬

a tribe of barbarians from the
borders of Caspain Sea.

Holy Quran mentiones yagog

and Magog as both are
descendants of Japet son
of Noh.

‫يتة ا يأ‬: ( one hundred (c. numb

‫( يتين‬.two hundred (c. numb
‫»اوى‬، ‫تأوى‬
‫ ا ر ب‬2‫مآرب ءع‬
‫م ع ن‬٠٤‫أعزن ء‬

٠ ‫ر ب‬ see ‫متهاس؛‬
(b) when placed before a
verb:

‫مأمنعك آنتجد‬
What hindereth thee from
falling prostrate ? 13 8:751

(c) followed by ‫ذا‬ to become

‫تكاكل‬٠‫ةلغب‬1‫تآحآأتئد‬
What Allah intendeth by this
similitude? (2:261
conjunctive pronoun (3)
(a) what, whatsoever, as, as
much as, as far as:

‫كنتطيهمشهيالتادمثفي‬5
‫ ا‬was a witness of them (as
far as) ‫ ل‬dwelt among them.

15:117]

(b) that which :

‫|اثمتس‬

If they cease that which is

past will be forgiven them.

18:381

(‫)ع‬ what:

‫والرياتعلن بصيره‬
Allah is Seer of what ye do.

(8:72]

(‫وة‬ when :

‫مكاؤلثآل‬1‫يي‬٠‫الةقائألة‬،
‫تماأحلكرهيو‬
Nor unto those whom, when
they came to thee (asking)
that thou shouldst mount

٦١٥

615

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN ‫تر‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ٤، ‫تمخع‬
we ١١ ill comfort
‫؟‬imperf. 3p. m. ring.١‫للم‬,‫غا‬ ‫يتع‬
he will cause to enjoy

(perate. m. plu.)
provide (you) ! ‫متعرا‬
‫الهمء‬.,"
‫ومعومن‬
And provide for them,
(2:2561

(2p.m.ph».١pip. ‫تمعؤن‬
ye will be given comfort

(3 p. m. plu.) pip. ‫يمتعزن‬

،hey will be given comfort

‫تمتتع‬
‫يا‬
( perf. 3 p. m. sing.) V

‫تمع تمتًا‬
he contenteth himself
to content himself V
signifies
In Islamicaterminology
category of ‫تمتع‬
Haj in which a pilgrim
combines Umra with Haj
in the season of Haj.

‫بد‬
Then whosoever contenteth
{lit. didst content himself)
with the visit to the pilgri-
mage (Pic.) whosoever
combineth Umra with the
Haj (pilgrimage). [2:196]

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.) ‫ا‬

they enjoy themselves 1

(imperf. ‫ ن‬pm. plu.)acc٠\

‫يتمتترن‬
‫يتمتعزا‬

(perale. m. sing.) » ‫تمتغ‬

enjoy (they life)

‫ تر ف‬see ‫ترق‬
 ‫ حوز‬see ‫متحيزًا‬

(perf. /st p. sing.) ii ‫تمهني‬

<1 gave comfort,~
let enjoy life

to ‫مثع يتع‬
make life iifor someone,
comfortable
cause to enjoy, give case,
make a provision with a
long life

Note: The verbal ٠ noun from

2nd
use. stem ‫تتنع‬ is not
The verbal noun in
from

R.
used ٦;*
F. tlin a sentence
enjoyment’ is
requiring
an absolute object e.g.

،‫كم* ى‬ *he will cause

you enjoy an enjoyment.’

‫ م‬thou
perf. 2 p. m. sing.) ii ‫مشعت‬
didst give ease

(per1 .‫؛‬st. p. plu,.‫ ؛‬ii ‫تعنًا‬

we caused enjoyment ‫م‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) juss.
Iwillcontent
‫؛‬، ‫أمتعغ‬

or 1 will give comfort

‫إنكتتتيذنأيرةالتتيًادزينتمًا‬
‫نيدالينامتخعن‬
If ye desire the world’s life
and its adornment, come
!will content you.33:28‫]؛‬

٦١٦
 VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN ‫مشل‬
to
of appear
someonein other
likeness
than٠ ٠‫ش‬
himself

)‫>>متليمثلمثؤآل(ن‬
to resemble, to be or to look
like someone, bear a like-
ness, to irritate

‫بنتلتلليهاتيحأنتللمايراس‬
We sent unto her Our spirit
and he took unto her the
from □fa human being
sound (Jid.) he assumed
for her the likeness of a
perfect man (Pic.). (19:1171

resemblance,
similar, ‫مثله‬
of the similarity,
kind, (fl.)
similitude, likeness, equivalent

‫ يمثيهًا‬two ‫ عئق‬.fd ‫ هآ‬4‫يثل‬

.comequivalents

‫ ثتيم‬.comtwo‫عثلين‬ .fd ٠
equivalents of‫يزجرم‬
them

(parable,
likeness, (fl.) ‫مثل‬
similitude

‫)اتئأآل‬.plu(
similitudes (fl, p.) ‫اآلتتل‬

(sing ’ (n.p.) ‫احالت‬

(examples
‫ د‬، ‫تمع‬

a requital or punishment
that could be shown or ref*
erred to as exemplary

‫زقنخكمتينبلومالشلت‬
While examples have already
 gone forth afore them.

(perale. m, plu.) * ‫تمتعرا‬

enjoy (yourselves)

(perf• 3 p.m. sing.) X

< didst enjoy

‫اتنتع انتنتآًا كد‬

savour, relish ,Io enjoy

(perf 2 p m. phi.) X ‫اتتتتم‬

ye enjoyed ١
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) X ‫انتنتعزا‬
they enjoyed

‫ضلمصخيه‬٠‫ألءل‬
Thus they enjoyed their lot
awhile, so ye enjoyed your
lot awhile.. [9:69]

‫نتاط‬ .ace ‫) متآغ ا المآع‬.fl(

comfort, ease, enjoyment,
provision

(baggage (n.p.) ‫أتته‬

)٠( ‫متع‬
*‫متن‬

(,«Ct. 2 pic. m. ring.١ ‫تيتين‬

(firm, strong, solid

)‫تمتنيمتنمتآنة(ن‬
to be firm, strong, solid

٠«٥٢\

(Interrogative
at what time ?particle)
when ? ‫متى‬
 ‫مثل‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)
(-'-'assumed V ‫تثل‬
the likeness

٦١٧
‫حق‬
VOCABULARY OB THR HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

enjoy security for their

persons, possessions and
religious practices.

(in order3to)
(imperf. purify
p.m. sing.) ii. el. ‫لتحص‬
‫تحدلى تممجنص‬ .to clean ii
of what is impure or extr-

anous, purify

‫ذألتطالذلعشق‬
And that Allah may purge
those who believe and des-

troy the infidels. (3:141)

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing

(destroyeth

)‫تقيمحقغخقًا(ف‬
the blot out, efface, annihil*
ate, destroy

opp. increase, devolve (MJj.)

 blighteth (1)

‫اآلذوا‬،‫تحلجىاه‬
Allah obliterateth usury and
increaseth the alms.

12:27 6‫ز‬

destroyeth (2)

‫يجنزذلئانيء‬.‫د‬
And that Allah may purify
those who believe and des-
troy the infidels. (3:1411

‫الملى‬
‫( آتل‬
(superior (elaiive f)

lit. closerof
feminine ،0 perfection,
coming nearer the ideal,
ideal, meta, superior, ideal

n
And to go away with your
superior way. 120:631

(images (n.p.)‫المايل‬
(sing.) ‫■غ'آل‬

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫*ممد‬

glorious, great, illustrious I

)‫) جد يمجد جدًا (ن‬

to be great, illustrious, emin-
ent, glorious, magnified

‫يحمتاشوربةةطيكرآهألب‬
‫إتهحييتتجيد‬
Mercy of Allah and His
blessing be upon you, o
 people of the house. Verily
He is Praiseworthy, Glori-
OUS. 1:731

magians (n.) ‫المجرس‬

the followers of Zoroas-
ter. in Islamic law they are
classed with the people of
the book, and on payment
of Jizya can thoroughly

٦١٨

VOCABULARY 0 TH, HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬
‫مح‬
(imperf. ‫و‬
abolishes p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫محؤ‬
fd.,juss.w٠١. ‫يمتح‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

abolishes

٠ ‫خد‬١

< ploughing (n.p,) acc. ‫مراخر‬

‫آخرة‬
(sing.)

<<)‫ءغريمخرعغرًا(ف‬
to plough

٠‫أخر‬

< pangs of childbirth

‫عتتي ( المرأة ) تتض تخآضآ (ف‬

to suffer pangs of childbirth

‫* مدد‬
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. ‫تد‬
<hath stretched, didst spre-
ad out

‫ (مة يمد مدآ(ن‬,to spread

extend, stretch, prolong

‫رهوالنفتا نآزض‬
And it is He who spread out

the earth 1 3:3‫ا‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ass‫؛‬m.٦'٥i_*

we have spread

٢٢٦٢٢٢
)«.„.( ‫المآل‬
>١٠‫) ألاةآل‬Pic.( ‫ًاج‬٠‫هأللمآلآلعيآل‬١
e., strength."،

)‫غليمحلتحآآلويآأل(ف‬
to plot against:

when related to Allah me-

ans His deep planning and
rejection of plots made by
men (MjJ.)

★ ‫محن‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing٠١ viii ‫اتحن‬

‫ت‬- hath proven, disposed

‫ انمتحن انمتحانًا‬riff
to try, examine

)‫>>محنيمنحنغخنًا(ف‬
to try, test, prove, examine

(perate. m. plu.) viii

examine (you)
‫أمتحنزا‬
Then examine

them ‫ردك‬.
 160:10]

*‫حد‬t

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v, ‫ءؤن‬

<we didst disappear, blot
out

‫ (ن‬٢‫عو‬ ‫يعؤ‬to disappear

blot out, ‫ (مخا‬,to efface
619

‫ن‬
-‫ل‬
VdULAlY OF THE HOLY QUEAN

‫ى‬
extended (2)

‫قجليلهماالتمدودا‬
And 1 appointed for him
wealth extended. [74:12,

(perf, ‫و‬
(hath aidedp.m. sing.) assm. iv

‫ اتثاغدادًا‬.to help, ،V
assist, aid - ٠‫ ي‬, i

wc have aided
(perf. 1st. p. plu) assim. iv ‫لتتن آل‬
assim. iv. acc, ‫تمد‬
(imperf. ‫د‬p.f. sing.)

~aideth
that he helps

he will aid assim. iv, fuss. ‫يمنيد‬

we aid assim. iv, ‫يد‬
(Ap-der. m. sing.) b. ‫يئ‬
one who helps or approac-

hes with aid

 outstretched,
stretched forthpis. pic.f. ii ‫متدة‬

aid, help (n.) acc. ‫تددًا‬

term (n.) ‫ثئ؛ا‬
‫أير آإيوخرعهدهنالستتوم‬
till‫ آ‬their
Fulfilterm.
their treaty to them
[9:4]

ink acc, ‫بدادًا‬

★‫مهد‬
lit.
thethe town,
word hasthe city
been («.)‫اتدانة‬
applied

assvn. V ‫يمد‬
(imperf, ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.١

halps, extends
meta, leaves

(imperf, ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.)

ci. assim. juss. ‫تنمدذ‬
(may prolong
prolong '‫ن‬ - ‫متن‬

(.imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.) assim. ‫تمدؤن‬

(they plunge further

to strengthen, ‫في‬- ‫تت‬

they plunge further: where
this verb takes 3 33‫ف‬
direct object, it signifies
an evil ‫نرس‬.)

we will prolong
(imperf. 1st, p. plu.) assim. V

(perate. neg.)
(strain not emp.
towards ‫ الى‬- ‫آل تمدن‬

strain‫مت‬
towards ‫إل‬-
Strain not thine eyes towards
that which We cause some
wedded pairs among them
 to enjoy. (15:88]
‫ ذلم‬p. f. sing.) pp. assim. ‫شدة‬
is spread ant

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫تمدود‬

spread one (1)

And spreading ‫تمندزو‬3‫ةظ‬

shade [56:30]

620

٦٣
‫ا‬
VOCABULARY 0 THE HOLY QURAN

‫ن‬
‫ى‬

‫دآتًاالجدارنكانيغنميويت‬
And as far the wall, it belon-
ged to two orphan boys
in the town. 18:821

the city of Thamud (5)

‫ركان ف السيية تتعةتغوا‬

And there were nine of a
group in the city. (27:481

(Wherever ‫المييتة‬
Ute case is used it means in absol-
the city of Holy Prophet:
and should not be trans-
lated as a city or town, but
should to be taken as a
proper noun; in other
places it signifies a city or
town).

(cities, towns n. p. ‫المدن‬

‫) الميينة‬.sing(
cities of Egypt.)
 Madyan (prop, n.) ‫عدين‬
Now known as Maghair Shu-
‘aib, the city was situated
on the Red sea coast of
Arabia, south east of
Mount Sinai. Madyan
was a station on the pilg-
rim rout from Egypt to
Makkah the second bey-
ond Aila.

(act.2 pic. m. sing.) acc.

(easy of digestion, whole-

some, salutary.

for the following in the

H.Q.:

the city of the(‫)ل‬

Holy Prophet (peace be
on him).

‫ةقالؤ‬٠‫ةية‬،‫ئللىالء‬،‫يئذأونليترج‬
‫وهًااآلذع‬
They say, surely if we return
to Madina the mightier
shall drive out the meaner
{also see 9:101, 120: 33:
60) 163:81

The capital of Egypt (2)

in Fir’awns time

‫رقوافياميةؤ‬٠‫ئل‬١‫اةلهئ‬
This is a plot ye have plot-
ted in the city. (7:123]
also see 12:30, the capital of

Egypt in the era of Aziz

(Potiphar of the Bible.

thethe
lit. name of therank
exalted (‫دفر‬
city Egypt
 referred to elsewhere.
(Mjj،)

one of the
Sodom ‫)سدؤم‬
3) cities where

Lot’s people inhabited

‫تة تسر‬٦‫تتلمتم'ًاذقاتب‬
And there came the people
of the city rejoicing.

15:671

the town wherein (4)

a treasure belonging to
two boys was buried

‫ة‬٦\

٦٢١
‫ا‬
VOCABULARY OF TH ‫ ع‬HOLY QURAN
‫م‬
‫فهم فاميرتنج‬
They are in an affair con-
fused. [50:5]

‫آرج‬
]‫مرجن‬
fire (act. pic. m. sing.)

coral stone {«.) ‫المتجآن‬

(imperj. 2 p. m, pin.) ‫رزن‬

<ye are joyful

‫زخ دح رع يو كيع‬
to be joyful, extremely glad,
caught by false pride
 ‫رياكنثزتنرحنت‬
And because ye are petulant.

(Pic.) ye had been strutting.

(Jid.) [40:75]

(act. pic. m. sing.) acc. * ‫ز'ا‬

stultingly

(per). ‫ ن‬p. f. plu-١ ‫عردرا‬

،they became accustomed,
inured

‫عال‬-)‫تديمرذءودًا(ن‬
to be accustomed (in general,
the word is used for evil)

‫ًار‬٠ ‫زت اإلنان آو اقبآن نو‬

become obstinately rebellious

‫ه‬22
)‫آ(ف‬٠‫ز‬١‫د‬١‫ز‬
to be wholesome (food)

man (rt.) ‫المذم‬

a man nom. :‫ا‬

‫م‬. ‫انيى‬
acc. ‫ارًا‬

<wife, a woman ‫انأة‬

my wife ‫امآف‬
his wife ،‫ازأ‬
thy wife
a woman
‫آتة‬-‫ام‬
‫امرأة‬
‫أآن ا انأتق‬-‫ ان‬two women
plural (women ( ‫ناب‬
٠ ‫دًا‬١
 (per[ ‫ ل‬p.m, sing,‫كآ ؤ‬
hath loosed

‫ أعا‬- )‫ترخ يححج رب (ن‬

to send cattle to posture, to

let loose

‫مرجابخرةييلةتين‬
He hath loosed the two seas.

[55:19)

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.)

،confused
‫زال‬

)‫(زس‬٦‫تجمب‬٠‫ز'ج‬
to be uncertain, in doubt,
unsettled

٦٢٢
‫مرد‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

assim V ‫ب‬- ‫صت‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

^passed with

‫تتأتنهحملتحسالحفيغأنم‬
And when he covered her
she bore a light burden,
and she passed with it.

17:1891

(,’,e., she moved with it un-

noticed; sat, stood, worked
usually. According to
some commentators such

٥‫؟‬Zamakhshari) preferred an-

Ibn 'Abbas (quoted by
other recitation which sug-
gests that the word is de-
rived from
 "doubt, suspicion." There-

‫أ‬٠‫ ألع اخآ‬Vttse may he

translated as ‫؛‬

‫قرت انتمرت إه‬ .ie

"then she continued with it
or was suspected of pre-
gnacy”.)

assim. V ‫ب‬-‫نزوا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. plu. ١.
they passed by

٢ ٦٥٠ ‫تمرؤن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.)
assim.

ye passed by

‫ عاا‬-‫تمرزن‬
(imperf. 3 pi ph».) .assim. V

they pass by

'**'passed
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) assim. V

‫ رع‬.n .‫ الصسأ‬١
‫ط‬٠‫وينامل ألسييتة تتئ‬
(And so are) some of the
people of Madinah; they
have become accustomed
to hypocrisy. [9:101]

froward (act. pic. m. sing.) ‫مارد‬

(pact, 2 pic, m. sing.) <

rebellious
(pic. pas, m. sing.) ii
٠‫؛‬
‫كدد‬

rendered smooth, floored

‫حئختمةدتن ق‬٤‫قالرث‬
 He said: Verily it ‫؛‬, a place
evenly floored (rendered
smooth)with glasses. [27:44]

didst pass
(perf.3 p.m. ting.) assim V ‫ح‬
‫سًازصؤرأ‬٠‫مةةو‬
to pass, move, pass on, pass

by, on, ‫ على‬-

- ‫ ب‬٦‫فلث‬
‫ةئذعءةع؛تؤجن‬ pass with

‫لزيننعةالىضزينت‬
4
Then when We removed his
barm from him he passed
on as 1 hough he had never
called Us for the harm that

touched him.
passed by (2)
10:12 ‫]ا‬
‫أزهالزقمرعالترتة‬
Or, the like unto him who
passed by a town. [2:2591

٦٢
623

VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLV QURAN ‫مرر‬

‫المتة‬
(body of a creature);
means wise-
strong of make
ness, comprehension : the

entwining
word is driven
a cable
from ٧١>
and twisting of
 ‫ًا‬
)‫زض ترش نيف (س‬‫ميضع‬
I sicken (perf. 1st. p. sing.)

to be or become sick, to fall ill

a sick2 man
(act. ‫المريض‬
pic. m. sing.)

‫عييض‬
،‫زح‬
sick men (b. p. of
disease (n.)
ailment, illness acc.

‫مآرزن‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.)
w.v. Hi

(they dispute

meta, they debate

-‫ارى يآرن يذا؛‬

concerninga thing to dispute

Lo ! verily those who debate

(lit. dispute) concerning
the Hour are in error far
astray. (48:181

‫رئذثتر التتأب‬-‫خو‬
It passeth as passing away of
clouds. [27:88|

(elate m. ossjm.) » ‫حع‬

(most bitter

‫ف‬،‫صإل(أل)صات؛ (ن‬
‫بو ص‬ to be bitter opp. sweet
extremely ‫آر‬elative
bitter, unswallowable

‫ز‬٠‫بل الثاتةسلىيلثاق‬
Aye! The Hour is their
appointed term and the
Hour shall be far more
grievous and for more
bitter. 154:461
 (Ap-der. m. sing.) X ‫عنتير‬
continuous

‫تج؛ ص؛‬
‫آقل‬
once, one time (rt.)
first time

acc. t n.
twice

(more than (n.

repeatedly two) ‫تتات‬
times
plu.)

three times ‫مؤ;ىعتاي‬

vigorousof make, (n.)
(strong
‫تآلق‬
.‫آةقذيد‬.‫ؤأا‬:‫ق؛‬
‫جصافة‬:‫ن انرة‬
٠‫ ت قدب‬،‫الغلقإحكامه‬
‫لمذاين إزارالجلرفغر‬
624

٦
٤٣

‫ ألآلحادنناآل‬٦Hl OS ١٦0‫ط‬١، ‫؛؟‬UKKN

‫أدى‬

admixture v.n. Hi ‫يزاج‬

‫ويزاجهين تخيج‬
And admixture thereof (will
be‫ ؛‬of Tasnim. [83:27]

٠
The admixture is (like)
Camphor. [76:5]
<we dispersed
(perf. 1st p, plu.) ، ’،'
‫مزق تمرزقًا‬
scatter
to disperse, ii

ye were dispered
(2 p. m. plu.) pp. ii
or scattered
‫رم‬
‫اللم‬, mim.) n.p.t. ii ‫تؤق‬

<dispersion or time or
place of dispersion

According to some commen-

tators the form ‫زق‬sa

noun for place and time
but generally it is taken as a
verbal noun with initial mim
‫ ة؟ا\حء‬١٩masdarmlmi."

rain cloud (rt.) ‫المزن‬

(perate. m. plu.) ‫امتحوا‬

٦٣٥
ye dispute
(Imperf. 2 p. m. plu.)w.v. Hi ‫تمآرون‬
‫اثتئذ;ئئكلىيرى‬
Will ye. therefore, dispute
with him concerning that
which he hath seen ?

153:12]
 dispute not!
(perate. neg. m. sing.)w.v.Ui

dispute (n.) ‫*ه‬١‫د‬

(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. plu.) w.v. V،

<they doubted

‫تمآرى تمآريًا‬ to doubt vi

thou will doubt

(imperf. 2 p.m. singjw.v. ‫تآرلى‬
‫نأتا آلء ريكتتمأزى‬
Which of Thy lord's benefits
wills thou doubt? [53:55]

(imperf.3 p.m. plu.)w.v. viii

<they doubt
‫متررن‬
to doubt viil
ye doubt
‫تمترزن أنتآر‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plufw.v.viii

‫آل تمترن‬
‫ لم‬perate. neg,, tn. sing‫؛‬
w.,. viii, el.

dubitate not !

‫ المشتين‬. w.v.*iii,a
!'Apder. m. plu,١ ٠٦
those who are in doubt

doubt (n.) ‫آل‬٠‫ح‬

625

9‫ح‬9

0 !:£[ ‫ه‬1‫ه‬0‫ص‬

٠٩1) usiiBjoq ،PB»J(B‫)ل‬

qitq ojunajaqi a٩n *a o

qiBq ajaqi JJ Bja٩|!B no، u٥

)‫ (ح‬3J٥q||u٥ ‫رسمدهم‬
 sjaqjpj ano• ‫؛‬،:‫]ال‬

paqanoi ،]uadsojd pus

piBS Xaqi puy : J١!uoi]B|n٩

*'‫؟‬٠٠
’q 01

jennas JOJ JO unq "wjBq

*adnuiEp qiiM paiaSjU»'
٥٩ 01 'qsiund 01 ،||BJ٥٩ OI
: XjtuSts OI pasn uaaq SBq
qjaASiqjL •uaaMpquiSutqi
-Xub SuiAEq inoqqM Suiqi
B uo pusq sd 01 ‘qonoi 0،

‫?بك‬٢٩٢٣‫ب‬٦)‫ر?ا‬
paqanoi (‫ا‬

(ad،■! 2٠ ‫؟‬u١s •«rd] WISSD* ‫ص‬

A١ijo٠‫؛‬aJ٩yp٥is [Is:111

٥au jaq no)Bqs 5|] ٥٩ pjoa e

‫داآلمبدحأ‬
aid and :‫ بر؛؟‬--٤
01 B ]SIMI ‫لج‬٩‫ ال‬pjoa B JO

‫ي‬٣‫مح‬٣‫)ل‬،?(

<٨١i B‫؛‬ajqq pais (٠٨) ٠٢٣

‫أدا‬

B[d Jpqi«| [‫وغ‬:‫]عو‬

Lt! aiaqi UIJOJSUBJI pnoqs

puy‫؛‬j^tt‫؛‬٥,a^،l٥jnsp٥i
٠١ auo ،[3n UB

Rr jo «‫ دة‬٦‫ًا ةب هذ ل‬٩‫آل‬

01 aqi SuEqa JO UIJOJSUBJI

‫(م)لييبي‬
<paUlJOJSUBJ] 3M

d’disrpad)٢٠٩ )■»‫؛‬

I
( Ptf) op pooqpog JO
‫ ? مم د‬٠ I
4
snsaf ١n٩ dtqsuos siq ]OU

□٦‫؛‬ss٥w oqi sap:‫؛‬JO dtqsq

aqi ]Bqi tioa X|JHJ UBjn٥-
OOIION paiuiouB aqi HI

10 ‘jnouoq JO ajiji B ‘snsaf

aiuEujns aqiqBfssajq (/،■‫■ال‬

٦١‫صدل‬

uorssajdxa aAiiBJnSy ‫؛‬s

B JO asuas XioiBUB|dxa aqi

٥AO٩8 pa- ‫ إال‬UOIJB|SUBJl

-uoijuaui SB SI pjQM aqi JO

(SuruBaui AJEjapi aqi : aioN

(s٦o٥u PUB sda■ ‫ع‬:8‫ع‬£]

‫للم‬١‫م‬٦٦٦ ‫آ‬١‫ل‬0.٠‫ آله‬١٦٩ ٩١٦‫م‬١

SuiqsB|s ,noqB RS aq puy

٠٩٦ ■aac •w Suidiw

1‫ ؛‬adjw 01 JSpJo UI
SuiqiXuB uo pucq aqi sssd 01

‫ بمد" بم‬٢‫م‬٩ )‫(ب‬

‫دبرر‬
 *jvwnTs atom 3HJ, JO AMVTOBVOOA

‫حم 'مم د‬

‫ص‬

VOCABULARY or THE HOLV QURAN

٣ ‫ت‬٣‫م‬

٠١.

‫رالنينيكتكوكيألكث‬
And those who hold fast by
the Book. [7:170]

withhold
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv ‫آمتك‬
‫ًاضح|ائتىزذقئز ًالتةج‬
1
Who is that (can) provide
for you, should He with-
hold His provision?

167:211

2‫ ؛‬p. m. plu. ١ iv, el. ‫آتغم‬

٤ would refrain ‫تكتم‬
(perf 3p ٠f. plu.)lv ‫آمشكن‬
they ((٠/ withheld

withholds
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv ‫نك‬
keep, withhold
(perate. m. sing.) iv. ‫آمسك‬
‫آنيكيكزرجك‬
Keep thy wife to thyself
divorce her not). [33:37]

‫لمنا عطارنافاسغتآزآمكيغييحلب‬
This is Our gift so bestow
thou or withhold, without
an account. 138:391
retain, keep (ye)
(perate. m. phi.) iv ‫آميكزا‬
keep not, retain not
(perate. neg. m. plu.) ‫آل تميكوا‬
retaining.
withholder
‫تنمكة إمك‬
(Ap-der. m. sing.) iv

(perf. ‫و‬ p. f. sing.) asSim. V

‫بم‬ touched

assim. V ‫تمئ‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

~ touches

will touch or befall }USS.

didst not touch ‫لم"يتئ‬

assim.v. ‫تمتث‬
(Imperf. 3 p.f. 5‫؛‬ng.
-Moucheth. befallcth
١
‫والبر‬. ‫تمنن‬
will touch or befall
didst not touch 1‫تمشن‬
‫تتتن‬
surely will befall epl.

*‫بهر‬
surely will befall you

touch (v.n.) ‫المت‬

touch (r.n.) Hi ‫يتاسئ‬
kimperf. 3 p ٠m٠ ‫ لصه‬vi.
<the twain touch each
other (in the conjugal life)

‫غآت يآت‬
to touch each other ,w
meta, sexual touching

f ٠ ‫ر لث‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Hi ‫يمتيكزت‬

<they hold fast

‫ متك تمييكا‬to hold ii

fast, to act without

failing what (is) instructed
or to refrain

٦٢٧

627

‫ر‬

VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‘I

‫ص‬
ye walk
(imperf: 2 p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫تمثون‬
walk 1(0 ye)
(perate. m. phi.) w.v, ‫انشرا‬
walk, walking (v.n) w.v. ،‫تشى‬
one who (m. sing), ints.
walks purposely for some-

thing (in evil sense)

‫متازتآءبتيير‬
A defamer, spreader abroad

of slander. 168:111

‫؛‬٠ ‫ ثجزى‬Ap-der. j. plu١٠.،

‫؛؛‬withhold

3 ‫ حشكي‬p.m. sing.) X .‫؛‬per)

 grasped ‫سم‬,withheld
‫( انشلن د‬.(perate. m. sing

!hold fast

musk.) ‫تلي‬
۶imper/٠ 2 p, m. plu.١ iv ‫تمزن‬

<ye enter the night

‫أنى إنساًا‬
the night
to enter

evening (n.)
)1(
‫<< نتاح‬
‫ يضر‬prop, noun

‫إيحةتبيمز‬١‫يئالبو‬،‫ذًاذاتجإلىئزضتأة‬

And We revealed unto Musa

and his brother: inhabit
houses for your people in
Misr. (Misr is the Arabic
form of Mizrain, the old
name for the country of
Egypt. ‘To the Semites the
country was known as
Mizrain' (Jid.) [10:871
(in the above verse Misr is a
proper noun)

٥ common noun. ٥ city (2)

‫إنظرايضراؤكلخزتاساتثة‬

Get ye down into a city as

verily there is for you that
which ye ask for. [2:6 ] 1
628

‫إنغاج‬
< mixtures (w.p.)

‫مقج يخج تغجًا (ض‬

٢٢
‫ز; و‬٢‫مقراا‬
(perf.
<they walk
p.m. plu.) W.V.

)‫رشئ تغإؤض‬
to walk, to go, proceed

(imperf. 3 p.fflh sing.) w.v.

,walks
‫يمثنى‬
(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v.
(she) walks
‫تمثى‬
،,imperf. 3p.m. ph،.١w.١. ‫يمشون‬

they walk

٦۴٨ ‫مع‬
vocabulary or THB holy QURAN

‫صع‬
٢ ‫( مطر‬.rain (rt
acc.‫لمزًا أ‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. II ‫يتمى‬

)‫ةب‬0‫يتمطى ر تئش‬

to be conceited V. ‫تملى‬
to stretch, to boast, to ride

)‫>>ملىتمظىمطا(س‬
to be extended
with, together (preposition)

with, simultaneously with,

accompanied by, in
the company of, with

you ٠‫ة‬ with him ‫تته‬

with Allah‫خ ال‬
with her ‫ععها‬
and so on

<goats (n.p.)

(sing.) ‫ عز‬a goat

but ‫المقي‬ is common to he
or she, single or plural of
goats (Lis.)

f ★١ I‫معين‬
‫حن‬
(.n. act. 2 ptc.

running water

٦٣٩

lump of flesh, (n.)

a morsel of flesh.

anything chewed mouthfully

)‫ ف‬،‫تغ يشغ تغخًا (ن‬

to masticate, chew

٠‫مرى‬
(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) W.V. ‫مضنى‬
‫ > بم‬gone forth
‫(تضىيننميبث(ض‬
to go away, leave, depart, to

make off, decamp, expire

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v,

gone forth, passed away
.:‫آق‬

(imperf.lst.p.3ing.)w.v.acc.

I shall go on

(perate. m. plu.) r.w. ‫امنوا‬

pass! (ye)

passing away, (v.n) w.v. ‫منئ‬

to go away

‫المتي‬

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) iv

we rained
‫المفزع‬

(3 p. f. sing.) pp. iv ‫أنطرن‬

‫ دبم‬rateftd

(perate. m. sing.) ،V ‫آمطر‬

rain down!

(Ap-der. m. sing.) if
rain bringer
‫تال‬

629
VOCABULARY OR TH، HOLY QURAN

‫عن‬
‘I

Uct. « m. plu.) . ‫مزكي‬

those who bide ‫ر ًا ب‬٦٠

‫تاييين ا‬.acc
★ ‫مكر‬
(perf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫قكر‬
١ >p!otted (1)
 ‫ (مكريكر مغرًا (ن‬,to plot
to be cunning, to plan a
scheme

‫قنتكرالنيرنينبلهم‬
Surely there plotted those
before them. [13:42]

schemed (2)

‫رقكرةارمكراسةواسة‬
And they (disbelievers)
schemed and Allah
schemed (against them);
and Allah is the best of
schemers (Pic.) And they
plotted (to put him, i.e'.
Jesus to death) and Allah
plotted (to frustrate their
plot) and Allah is the best
of plotters. 13:54)

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تكرزا‬

they plotted or they schemed

(perj. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫مكز تم‬

ye plotted

‫إتلنلكريرتيوة‬
Verily this is a plot ye have
plotted. 07:1231

common necessaries,(«.) ‫ععرن‬

small kindnesses

٠‫معى‬
(entrails (n p) ،‫و‬٠‫ئة‬١
‫) المعى‬.sing(
entrails, intestine, bowel
<abhorrence

)‫مقت تتت تتتًا (ن‬

to hate, detest, abhor

‫و‬
(perf. p. m. sing.)
< «remained
١٠'.v. ‫تكت‬

‫آ(ن‬:‫تمكتيمكثتكثًاربكز‬
to abide, dwell, remain, wait

(in a place)

‫تكتغبربعيي‬
He was not long in coming.

]27:22}

(imperf. 3p. m. sing.)

blasts, remains
‫'غش‬

bide!,
wait (in(perate. 2 p.m. plu.)
this place) ‫انكوا‬
delay ‫كت‬
‫تترآهعلىالكأيعىمكج‬
That thou mayest recite unto

mankind ١١ ith delay (i.e.,

with slow deliberation).

(17:106]

bio

٦
VOCABULARY OR TH HOLY QURAN

‫ل‬

f
 (.act. 2 pic. m. nng.١ ‫تكنن‬

< established one

‫(تكن يكن مكتة (ك‬ to have

‫ عنن‬-
power with,
to be strong, powerful
meta, to be influential

(perf. ‫و‬ ‫تكن‬

p.m. sing.) ii
< hath established

to strengthen,
consolidate, ‫تكن تكينا‬
establish firmly

‫تألمأنيتيودتخير‬
He said better is that wherein
my Lord hath established
me. [18:95]

(Note: the real form of the

word was supposed to be

but ‫ بى‬+ ‫ئق‬، .-it

the rule of assimilation‫•غلي‬
has
worked to join double
nouns).

(per/. Ist.p.p!u.١ii ‫تكث‬

we have established

‫ ببكتي‬u ،‘pk
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

he shall surely establish

(perf 3 p. m.
< *'-'gave ‫آنكن‬
sing.) iv
power

to have iv, ‫آمكت انخ ا‬

or to give power ‫ ين‬-
(tras. and intraj

‫هتلذانىادلتبىبال ئأنكى‬
They betrayed Allah before,
and He gave (thee) power
over them. 18:71)
 ٦٣١
(per/• kt p. ph،٠١ ‫آ‬٠‫ثؤ‬

we plotted

(imperf.
plots ‫و‬ p.m. sing.} ‫تمكر‬
(imper/. 3 p.m. piu.١ ‫ترون‬
they plot

(imperf. 3 p. m. p١u.) el. ‫ليكرزا‬

in order to plot

plot (1) (nJ ‫مكر‬

٠٠’n

Verily ٠
this is [7:123]
plotted. plot ye have

contrivance (2)

Are then they secure against

the contrivance of Allah ?
And none feeleth secure
against the contrivance of
Allah except the people
who are losers. 17:991

cunning (talks) (3)

or sly (talk)

‫هج‬٢‫قآذتئفلم‬٠‫سؤ‬،‫ةتاتتئ‬
Then when she heard their
cunning (talk) she sent for
them. (12:311

plotters (act pic. m. phi.) ‫األيين‬

‫ءعمك و ن‬ ‫المكن‬
‫ءءىك و ن‬ ‫اعج آ‬
 631

‫لق‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫و‬
‫ل‬

full («.) h.v. ‫يألء‬

٦‫اس‬٠‫'ا’آلذضذ‬٠‫خ‬
(chiefs, leaders («. p.) ‫المال‬
(no singular from this root.)
According to Lisanul Arab
and Raghib the word ‫تالال‬
signifies fulness, therefore,
the leader or chief fill the
eyes of people with awe
and their hearts with
attraction, consequently
V.I.Ps. are called ‫ألمالء‬
‫ المآل اآغلن‬angels

‫ترسملئ‬٢>‫لئ‬٠‫آلتتلى'لىاذاخبنبئلتملد‬

Bethinkest thou not of the

chiefs(or leaders)of Israel
after Musa. (2:246)

other usages of the words

antecedent to pronoun:
his chiefs ٠‫ئألإ‬/‫غب‬
their chiefs ‫تثين‬
or big men

‫م د و يأل‬
see

(falling to poverty (v.n.)i* "‫إفآلق‬

 632

‫لتحج‬

‫آ‬٠‫كغ‬
‫(تكآيممرتكوًا(ن‬
(whistling acc.

‫ذى'ةلئئتاالحغتابيبآلزلتج‬
to whistle

And their worship at the Holy

House is naught but whist-
ling and hand clapping
(8:351

٦١‫مد‬
‫)و‬ (was
p.m. filled
sing.) ‫يحض‬
pp. h.v.

)‫منرا"[رمتانًا(ف‬:‫تمآل‬:‫مال‬
to fill, fill up 55 with 55,

‫لواطلعتعيهملوئيتيثتمظارؤ‬
‫ليكتنئمرعبة‬
If thou hadst observed them
thou wouldst have surely
tumed away from them in
fright and wouldst have
surely been filled with awe
of them. 18:181

‫؛‬act. pic. m. plu.١ h.v. ‫ايزن‬

fillers, those who fill

epl■ h.v. 7 ‫آمةن‬

‫؛‬imperf. 1st. p. plu٠١

I surely shall fill -

didst thou
(perf. 2 p. f.filled
sing.) h.v. vli ‫ي‬:‫انتال‬
Art thou filled? ‫هالتتألت‬
150:301

٦٣٣
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫مل ق‬
(parate. 3 p. m. sing.)
has power (3)
‫تمك‬

‫تمنينيككرقناشهتتا‬
For who hath any power to
prevail for you with
Allah? (48:11)

she ruleth (4)

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ‫تميك‬
‫اقوجدت اشراء تيللمعمرأنتيت‬
‫ينلتشتع‬
‫ل‬them,
fou nd a woman ruling over
and she hath been
given (abandance) of
things. ,27:23)

thou will avail (5)

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) ‫تميك‬
‫رمترواشهفتنته ننتلكل‬
‫من اسوثينئا‬
He whom Allah doometh
unto temptation, thou
(by thy efforts) will avail
him naught against Allah.

‫ةلم‬٠.‫\ه‬١
(imperf. ‫أ‬١٠‫اآلةعآلآل‬
own2 p.m. phi.) ‫تميكزن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تيكزن‬
they possess, own

(act. pic. m. *mg.) ‫تاية‬

master, owner, sovereign

‫رج‬٦“٢'‫هةسال‬
Judgement. 1:3)

٦٣٣
 poor
to become ir ‫أمتق إمآلةأ‬
)(‫>> تيقتملقملقا‬
to flatter

f ‫* ل لي‬
(ptrf.‫ و‬p. /. sing.) ‫*لكث‬

~ has possessed(!)

‫تلة ميك عج نمملة ز‬

)‫و تلك (ض‬
‫ آلهسأ‬to
to reign or rule over
to have power, to be capable
‫عى‬-
of, able to obtain, can do
or avail

‫ماشكنآيأئعم‬
What your right hands

possess. ‫ز‬ 14:3

(meta, that your right hand*
possess or possessed by

the right hand, as in other

verses means boundmen

or bondwomen)

Caution: It is not slave in

English sense.

(perf. 1 p. m. ph». ١ ‫تلكنم‬

ye held (2)

Or whereof ye hold the key*.

63.3
 JJ
‫م‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAH

‫لك‬

‫م‬
‫بل‬٠٢‫اواليئطعًانيوةئوئققوف‬
Or unable himself to dictate,
then let his guardian die-
Ute justly. (2:282،

faith (or) religion (fl.) ‫يؤي‬

And who shall be averse from
the Faith of Ibrahim, save
one who befooleth his soul
(Jid.) And who forsaketb
the religion of Abrahim
save him who befooleth
himself (Pic.) (2:130،

،‫الئريتةيالشت‬:‫انلةهبالكنر‬
‫ ه‬،‫قيل الةهوالطريقة تواب‬
‫تميلت‬،‫إنمينآمتتالكآت‬
٢‫إال أتزل ض ألجار أ‬
‫تقذتحلقعلىآلطي‬،‫يملزمآاإلأ‬
‫ آ‬،٤‫اشرآل‬
7 ‫كلكفريةواحد‬
‫تضان إلى‬
.‫إالآآي اأئة‬
)‫(آقرب المرايد‬
Millah: (vocalized with the
initial kasra) ,ordi"
nance of a religion, or

634

‫ آ د»د‬act. pic. m. pH،.'} ‫مايكزن‬

enslaved m.sing.)acc.
(pic.pac. ‫نؤأل' ًا تزكا‬
‫مل‬/‫ملك ًا ملكًا‬، dominion (n.)

‫علك‬/‫ميك‬
king (fl.)
 ‫الآلألملك‬
<kiogs (n.p.)
(sing■)

mighty king (Allah) (ints.)

<angel (n.)‫ملكة‬
hereroot
(the ‫ل ك‬
repeated 1for beginners
is

‫مالكيه‬
‫تمتكك‬
<angels (n.p.)
).sing(

★ ‫ملل‬
‫يمل‬
(imperf.iv3 p.m. sing.)
assim.

< dictate

٢ ‫أمإلمًال‬
‫ح آمل إمآلآل‬
to dictate

‫)ى(ن‬
(Note
radical
in the latter the third
is changed by

(‫)ل‬ Thus it would be-

come assimilated. The

Lison)
‫تتب‬
rule is termed . See

should dictate assim. iv, ef. ،

٦٣٤
VOCABUIARY OF THB HOLY QURAN ‫ملو‬

I tolerated
(perf. ‫آمت‬
orsing.)
1st. p. gave rein
w.v. IIV

‫وكينتنتريةكيتلما‬
‫اخذتمًا‬ ‫رهىظيةثي‬
And how many a city did I
gave rein (or I tolerated)
while it wronged (itself).
 .Then took hold of it
22:481)

‫" جأم‬ ‫)آر؛غما؟ا‬

"
st. p. sing.) tv.,. r’v
give respite !

‫لنتبئمذخح‬،‫دأمئلد‬
And I give them rein (،.e., I
give them a respite), verily
My contrivance is firm.

17:!83)

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) w.١. ‫نمل‬

we respite . ٦

‫يبأ‬
‫وانجرملي‬
a long while V.«. RF.

And depart from some for

ever so long (or for a long
while). (19:46)

* ‫ملى‬

(3 p.f. sing.) pip. ،،'.V. IV

<~is dictated

‫تمل‬
٢.‫آمل إنآل‬
٥
N**l to dictate

\٠ ‫أ عن ب‬٠‫) ًا‬particle( ١‫إل\ثع‬٠

‫ مو ت‬see ‫مآت‬

religion as applied to a
way’ regardless of itsorigi-
nal root. Il my be derived

‫ اطنئ الكتات‬٠
dicta tated a book’ as the
1 from
basic teachings of a religi-
on is dictated by a prophet.
The word is applicable to
to false faith or religion

: ‫الكفئ مالزالج‬،the infidelity is one religi-

too as
1
 on or one faith. But it
is not to be antccedented to
Allah or the name of a
certain religious communi-
ty (Aqnbuimowarid).

‫لد‬٢ ★
(perf. ‫و‬p. m. sing.) w,١. ‫ا‬١٠ ‫آملى‬
gave rein to(!)

(false) hopes

‫(تآل يمتؤ تملوًا‬ to march

a quick step

‫ ق آمال‬،، ‫مال‬
to prolong (one’s life) give
rein to, give false hopes.
When related to Allah, it
means: He indulged, to-
lerated, gave enough time
to repent, to give a respite

‫اننتمة‬,‫اثينتيلةم‬
The devil hath embellished
(this apostasy) for them
and hath given them (false

hopes) or rein. 147:25

to tolerate, (2)
‫ا‬
to indulge, to respite

٦٣٥
635

‫ن‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ممعحنة‬

‫وإألتألآئؤنوةخهتت‬٦‫الةمر‬،‫ذننمخت‬
And of the fruits of the date*
 palm and grapes whence
ye derive strong drinks.

]16:67‫؛‬

a composition (2)

‫ورنأاليلياتيزورهنالبقراشيني‬
And if the camels twain and
of the oxen twain.[6:144]

for explanation (3)

‫دبع كاربكيخرجاليتاعت‬
‫تياددذةارًانلجآولمتي‬
So call upon Thy Lord for
us that He bring forth for
us of that which the earth
groweth—of its herbs and
its cucumbers and its corn
and its lantils and its
onions. [2:61‫؛‬

to indicate commence- (4)

ment of: (٨) time

‫منتلصلوقالفجررحينتض‬
‫يبمتنالظهيرة‬
Before the prayer of dawn,
and when ye lay aside
your raiment for the heat
of the noon. (24:581

(8) place

‫تةحةناتنحب‬٢٠١‫ئبخى|تتىًاتذىئم‬
‫ألحرامااللتجياآلتمًا‬
Glorified be He Who carried
His servant by night from
the Iviolablc Mosque to

636

‫ تجنة‬e* ‫محن‬
‫ ئ‬we ‫مر ى‬
‫ ميد‬see ‫مد د‬
 ‫ يمن‬for ‫ينج تن‬
(an indeclinable conjunctive ‫من‬
pronoun)

he, she, they, who, whosoever

(interrogative) who (1)

And who doth greater wrong

than he who invententh a
lie concerning Allah.[6:2 11
who (2)
(conjunctive pronoun)

‫وينالكغرابيمنيؤينيأ‬
And of the dwellers of the
desert is one who believeth
in Allah and the last Day.

]9:99‫؛‬

whosoever (3)

‫ثدتهمتدقيذهرتئخلب‬٢‫وس‬
And whosoever of you is sub-
missive unto Allah and
His messenger. 133:311
whoso (4)

(in a conditional mood)

‫مضس‬١‫تدذدةتت‬۵?‫وكصيبخمءيتل‬
And whoso seeketh as religi-
on other than Islam, it

‫اازه‬ not be accepted from

him. 13:85 ‫ز‬
a preposition signifies". ‫عن‬
an origin of a thing (1)

٦٣٦

٨٨٤

)i )6:£8 ‫دد‬١‫ل‬٠

JO pe٠١١ui JO)) <‫ هآد‬ajaH-

‫ل‬٦٩‫; الؤ ا‬usqi jaqjBJ qpr
٥٩Ejj ٥,١٠ ea|d٥‫؛‬jn ajj( aqj Ul

JO ‫»!مه (؛‬JsqiBJ ‘JO psai (UB٩٦

٥U،UE٥IU aqi qjtM((H

19:‫؛‬91

Sutpjoooe ‫ اه‬jnoX qi|E٥٠٦•

uiaqj 3po٥٠١\ ٦p aX aq٦|١

٤1) oiffuipjoros)

]٢٤:‫[ء‬

٥IEUJ٥1|B UO spis ٠n٥ JJO■

JO ٥AE‫اأدأل‬١ ٩ puBspusq ‫ها‬3‫ل‬

b) UO |[٥ieuj‫) زاح‬٠)
uoppns Jtaqi UO• (‫احئ‬:‫؛‬

٩٥B1٠B (Xtuaua aqj) noX

9 LUOJJ Xbmb dw‫ة!اتج‬٩ puE

Xen* ٦n٩ ,aX j 5٠‫ سلللةدل‬PUB

!٥ asuas aqi J٥٢ ٥ ((I I

][■■‫ ؛اي‬11٧

SABS P٥D Xue jou st ajaqii

(01) Xue

•suoiiEJisojd (paquasajd)
aqi jajjB puc ‘asiEJd S‫؛‬H
uuiiXq atu,j-jq3,u aqj ut puy

Ul ٦١ JO

(6) SiHUEaiu aqj qjiM

ISS

ujniaj ?١ oi ٥aq٢٤٠‫■ (ع‬١]

‫ س؛اا‬،3‫ل‬0‫’أة‬.٦‫ ال‬١q3ia* JO
!‫ ل‬Ultq JSIIJI noqj \١!E q١
٦jaq, ajmdiJDg. oqw aq st،
aqi JO ajdoad aqi 3uotuy

٦٠‫؛‬٠
٢‫امج‬6‫؟‬۴‫ي؟‬٢‫؛ت‬

8) OIUB JO JO autos)

( X٥J٠UJ SIH JO : pajapuaj

(aq XEmasjJA aqi : ajoN

Xep' [‫غًا‬8‫]ح‬

put? ,qjjfu noX JOJ pajutodde

nE٥ag9‫ ؟‬H JO‫?؛‬H X aui S
‫ مبوجي؛‬٠٢٢ ‫؟ال؛محظ لج‬٣٦٢‫ك‬

JO UOSBQJ Xq
(٤) 'JO asriBoaq

lee:,*’] ■q٠|،v own

qjauouttuns oqw tutq upqi

qoaads Ul jaiiaq 51 oq* puy

‫؛زكيإي؛‬5‫ًاق؛؟‬٢!‫؛ا؟‬

٥A lEJtfdUlOO E)

٠j usq.v.) uEqi|]SuiMO (‫)و‬

KIO> ,.BW IO>- (‫اًاه‬:‫]غ‬

ino ■j■)) qiiuajaqi wi]sn٢
qsjiqujsa pus qinj, qiiM
Xiiuniu 11109 E oq٩١ p?a٦

٠Bsnw 10 puy$ ٩‫ لها‬SI ataqi

JO ,no (‫)و‬

JO passaiq 9AE٦ ■٩٥٨١ I ‫غ‬: [ I

٥u aqt!?-ajaq« po٠٩jnoqq
٥qj P JRJ١‫؛‬UE١S anbson

٠1‫م‬

NVi AlOH 3HI JO AHViaaVOOA

?،"* ٠

‫هن‬
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫متع‬
to defend (2)

(imperf.
defends
‫ن‬ p. f. sing.) ‫منع‬
‫إلثأ‬٠‫مالةةدتئئجئ‬٠‫ًامأ‬
Have they gods who defend
them beside Us. ?[21:43)

to protect (3)

Isi
we p. plu.) juts.
protect ‫نمنع‬

‫قالوآلتتنيوميكونثتعكر‬
They said: Had we not
mastery upon you, and
did we not protect you
from the believers!

14:1411

to deny (4)

‫منع‬
denied (3 p.m. ring.) pp.
‫أغصأعد‬
o our Father ! The measure

is denied US, 112:631

‫"ر‬,‫ًا‬
protector (act. pic. sing.)
begrudging infs. acc. ‫تمخزع‬/‫تشزع‬
hinder (n) ints. ‫مثاع‬
‫مخوعة‬
،«‫ًا أ‬١‫هةغ‬
(pic. pac. f. sing.)
0

assim. V ‫ قلى‬- ‫من‬

(perf 3 p. m. sing.)
 < showed grace

638

to emphasize the (15)

sense of connection (but
in negative case)

,‫رمنيفعنذلكقليرينالي تى‬
And whoso doth that hath
,no connection with Allah
13:281

‫ من ن‬see ‫المن‬
‫المتزن »ت منن‬

‫متاصن نو‬
see
‫متقى نه ى‬ see
‫نسآة نس ا‬ see
‫ئغثآئ ذرا‬
see
* ‫؟ لة ع‬

‫؟ا‬،٣‫ ء‬p٠m٠ 3 ‫ل‬١‫ااا‬.١ ‫متع‬

prevented ‫م‬٧>
١٥ refuse )‫ منآ(ف‬٠‫ع اغع‬
one some thing, to prohibit,
interdict, to prevent

(1) to prevent

‫رمنآخكيتنيتءميدال‬
٠‫اذيدئاائي‬
And who is more unjust than
he who preven teth mos-
ques of Allah that His
name be mentioned there-
in. [2:114!‫؛‬

٦٣٨
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نن‬٠

(pic. pas. m. sing.) ‫تتتون‬

(unceasing
 (see above note on the mea-

ning of ‫)تن‬

‫المتزن‬
‫ريب الدغر ريب المرن‬
time, fortune (n.)

and ‫ريب التسآي‬

‫ع‬٧‫از‬
accidents or
or the times that diquiet
accidents

or disturb the minds or

hearts (٤٤.)
manna (n.) ‫المن‬
a kind of dew, a sweetish
liquid (Jid.)

‫★ من‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) w.v. iv

(yeemit ' ‫مود‬

]‫اتتىيمي إمنا‬
to shed (blood), to emit sperm

Note : The modification of

the imperfect has its final

‫ى‬ changed by ‫د‬ in

plurals, thus the conjuga-

tion will go as :

‫منؤن‬، ‫تمن يتزن‬،‫تمن‬،

‫ مفن‬، ‫ أمف‬٠٠
‫)و‬ ‫غفى‬
p. m. sing.) pip. w.v. iv
~is emitted

(2p.f. sing.) pip. w.v. iv.

Nis emitted

sperm (n.) ‫تى‬

‫من تمنثًاوثة‬
to recount to one the benefits
shown in order to re-
proach him, reproach one
for benefits received. (The

origin of‫ قن‬is to cut off

as ‫ اازهه‬be observed below
from the word ‫خون‬
According to Rgh. the
graces cut off the needs
as one who receives bene-
fits from somewhere is no
more a needy. Thus a
kindness, grace or bene-
fit cuts off the hunger).
(perf. 1st. p. plu.١ assim.
we have shown the grace
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) assim.
thou art showing grace

assim. *

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.)

~ shows grace

assim. y

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. ptu.١

they show grace

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) ace.

we show grace
(perate. neg. m. plu.)
show no grace

(conditional phrase) juss.

bestow not favour

(perate. m. sing.١
bestow thou

showing a grace or ‫ا‬

laying an obligation ‫ل‬

acc. ‫ا‬
٦٣٩
‫تن‬
 ‫؛ري‬
‫لن‬
‫؛ئ‬

‫آلتمخن‬
‫انتن‬
‫اج‬

‫مت‬ ‫ألالغ‬

‫ر‬
VOCABULARY 02 THB HOLY QURAN

‫نع‬
here, according to com-
mentators, such as, Razi,
Tabri, Zamikhshari and
others the words signify
‘he recited* and ‘recitation’
respectively.

they w3 ished
!perf. p.m. phi.) w.v. V ‫بذا‬،
‫تمتون‬
!,imperf. 2 p.m. ph».١ w.v, V

<ye wish

‫تتتؤن‬ ‫تمتقن‬
٠
the is for
cluster of two com-
pelled to drop first of
them)

,hey wish
‫يتمزن‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) W.V., V

they will
never wish
‫آل يتمزن ة‬
long, yearn
(perate. m. plu.) W F, V ‫عمؤا‬
recitation(!) ‫ميبة‬٩
 a wish, longing, wishing (2)

‫أمانى‬
‫ائبه‬
(wishes (n.p.)
)•nng(
Manat

(an old Arabian goddess) ‫تتانا‬

(they prepare,
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫تدن بى‬
~make provision

‫س‬

<Mtin up3desire
(imperf. p.m. ting.) .‫يم‬
to awaken ‫نى تنية‬
the desire, give reason to
hope, make someone wish

٠ ٠٣/‫كررعكر‬
‫ييدهم وييييوم‬
The Satan) promiseth them
and stirreth. [4:1201

*.,.».،/‫ء‬. ‫أمنتني‬
(imperf. Ist.p.sing.)

I shall fill-desire

‫وألضتمهولمتييمة‬
And surely I shall lead them
astray and shall fill then
with vain desire. (4:1 191

‫و‬
<—recited p■ m. ring.) w.v. *
(perf■

hope,
to to raise
wish, read or ‫تمن تمنيًا‬
V recite

‫وماازتألءنقبلكنةتتقلوالنت‬
‫إال لئ؛قت'ىالىال—يظزنآل‬
ger or sent
Never a prophet ‫ا‬
We before
massen-
thee but when he recited
 (the message) Satan cast
forth (suggestions in the
minds of unbelieving
hearts) in respect of his
recitations. [22:52,

Note: Literary meaning of

‫تم‬
‫اينيتيه‬
is *he wished' and
means 'a wish* but
‫ه‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(perate. m. sing.) ،V
respite gently
‫أنل‬
the dregs of oil (n.

‫المنل‬

whatever (particle) ‫ب‬

★ ‫من‬

(act. 2 pic. m sing.١

despised (1)

)‫تهنتمننمها*(ك‬

to be despised, be enfeebled,
debilitated

‫نلةتنعآه‬-‫ثرجعلننلةين‬
Then he made his seed from
a draught of despised
fluid. 132:81

i.e., belong to a race 2)

that is looked down upon

‫آرآعخيئتنلمتالنئهومهين‬
Aye ! I am better than this
one who is despicable.
 143:521

ignominous (3)

one who is looked down

upon for his bad habits

‫النتهين‬-‫وتائلعنل‬
And obey not thou any
swearer ignominous.

168:10)

)‫>> تهدتمنتدمهدًا(ف‬
to extend, unfold, stretch
out, make level, plain,
prepare

spreaders
(act. pic. m. plu.) ‫المآيدزن‬
‫المذ‬
I made smooth
(imperf. hip. sing.) ii ‫سذت‬
preparation,
v.n. [‫تميند‬
ii, (acc.) making smooth

cradle (1)

‫ريككراكاسفيالسمي‬
And he will speak unto
mankind in his cradle.

13:461
bed (2)

‫ثا‬٠‫؛لنئئتقتكعزذحشت‬
Who hath appointed the
earth as a bed. 1413:101

ing place,rest-
expanse, that («.)
which lies
acc. ‫انآد ا يهآدًا‬
spread out
 ‫ لع‬.‫م‬

،‫مل‬
perate. m. sing.) ii.)
(respite thou

‫ أل‬،‫سل نينًال أنهل أت‬

(‫)ل‬
ii
to accord or allow
delay, defer, put off

(،« ٦‫ذ‬١
)‫>>شةةب؟وبآل(ف‬
)2 to deal gently

to act slowly, patiently

641

VOCABULARY ov THl HOLY QURAN

‫و‬
did not die ‫ مغ‬٠‫سر لم‬. ‫تمت‬
w.v. e,. (neg.)
(.imperf. 2 p. m. ph». ١
ye should (not) die

(imptrf. 2 p.m. phi.)w.r.

they die

arc. w.v.

(imperf. 2p.m. phi.) W.V..

ye ‫عه‬
‫ ا‬acc. W.v. ‫ا‬
(imperf. 1st p, sing.) w. ١.
1 die

(imperf: hl. p. phi.) w.v.

we die

(perate. m. phi.) w.v.

die! (ye)

the death (v.n.)

 death (n.)

the ending and additional

‫آل تمزن‬
‫يمؤتزن‬
‫تمزتؤن‬
‫يموتؤا‬
‫آمزت‬
‫ م‬.‫'بر‬
‫عرت‬

‫ممذوا‬
‫المقي‬
‫المؤتة‬

indicates the unit of

an action, that is

‫إنم المر‬: termed

dead one («.) arc. ‫ج ا بآ‬

dead ones n. p. ‫المزن‬/‫أنراي‬

‫الم‬
lifeless, dead (n.)
lifelessness p. ٢ ‫بعن‬
or dead ones ‫لي‬

acc. [ ‫تغن‬
death (v. mim.) ‫الميت‬
‫* مرت‬
‫و‬
(perf p.m. ling.)
<~died
‫*ا‬.,. ‫عآت‬

)‫ماتتمرثمزتًا (ن‬
to die, expire
ip(.( ‫عت‬،‫مت‬

‫ي‬٠ (.hi. p)
‫آفأنتاتآؤتيألنقكترعت آغقآيعز‬
Will it be that when he
dieth or is slain ye will
turn back on your heels 7
 ,3:1441

(perf.
they died
‫ل‬
p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫زا‬٠‫ط‬

(perf- ‫ د‬P- m. phi.) w.v. :‫يتم‬

ye died ٤-‫ا‬
when ye have died ‫إذايتم‬
(ptrf. hl. p. ling.) w.v. ‫يت‬
I d ied

‫تآلت يتغيكتبلهنا‬

Would that I had died

before this. 119:231

‫متنا‬
we died (ptrf. In. p. phi.)
when we are dead ‫إذًا عتا‬
(imptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫عمؤن‬
die,

(imptrf. 3 p m. ling.) juu.

he dies
‫تمن‬

acc. w.v. ‫تعزت‬

dies (imptrf 3 p. f. ling.)

642

٦٤٣

‫معد‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫و‬

‫مؤرًا‬
shaking (».n., M’.v.)
★‫مول‬
substance, riches, (n.)acc.‫أل‬
/ ‫المال‬
wealth

‫ عابتة‬.com ٠ + ‫ ى‬+ ‫ل‬٧

 interjective

٠‫غزاءجتتتم‬٦‫ع‬
My riches have availed me
not. [69:281

substance, riches, (n.p.)

wealths
‫آمرال‬

water («.) acc. ١٠٧ rA*

٠‫مىد‬
< ,"-moves
(imperf. /٠
3 p.away sing.) W.V. ‫تيد‬

(‫(ماد يت تدًا‬ to be
shaken, moved, agitated,
to spread (cloth or table
with food)

‫وجعلتًاةاآلزضروايىانتيدبم‬
We have placed in the earth
(firm) mountains lest it
should move away with

them. 121:311

(n. act. pic. /. sing.) *•،‫ما‬

the table spread, a table with

food upon it

meta, food

dead animals (n.) ‫اليتة‬

،.،. those which have not been
slaughtered in the manner
prescribed by the Islamic
law.

( perf. ‫و‬
caused to die
p.m. sing.) W.V.,
 (perf. 2 p.m. sing.) W.V., n

thou made die

IV.»., »،. ‫ن‬

(imperj. ‫ن‬
p. m. sing.
causes the death ١
1 cause the death
(imperf. 1st. p. sing‘) ‫أينة‬
‫أزم;ا‬،‫ر‬ ‫تيخ‬/
we cause the death
.imperf(

‫لجج‬
(imperf. 3 p m. sing.) w.
<~sur،es
‫يمرج‬

‫ؤج سزج‬: ‫تاج‬

to be agitated, troubled,
swell, surge, (the sea

or a crowd)

a billow (n.) ‫المؤج‬

(imperf. ‫و‬
p.m. sing.) w.». ‫مرر‬
< ~ will shake

‫(آر يمرار تزرًا(ن‬ to move

from side to side, to shake

bA٦

٦٤٣
‫ىل‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN
 ‫ر‬

‫ى‬

★ ‫‘>يل‬

‫ الع‬-‫ذتتزق‬
‫ن‬
(imperf.١ p.m.plu.
.w.v. acc

they may attack

)‫يمالتنلمبأل(ض‬
be adverse to

lit. they may be adverse to

meta, to swoop down

fcui
‫ينقآهنعفًا‬
Fain would those who disbe-
lieve that ye neglected
your arms and your bagg-
age so that they might
swoop down upon you at
one swoop (Jid). (4:1021

That they may attack you

once for all (Pic). (102

Note : swoop to, drop or
:‫)ه‬
descend suddenly as a bird
pounces on its prey, to
take or seize it suddenly
(Funk)

turn not
‫آل تميلةا‬
(perate. neg. m. phi.) k’.v.

turning M., *.».‫بل ا الجل‬

"‫مبة‬
attacking, swooping,
turning, (n.)

to turn (1)

‫فالتيكاطاليل‬
 But turn not altogether,

14:1291

(imperf. Is،, f. plu.) ١١'.‫اا‬

<we shall get provision

)‫مأرتمترمغرآ(ض‬
to supply food or provision

:‫غت‬
verb is derived from the
(Zr.)
noun to supply with
is food; the

ace.

(.imperf. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.١w.v.

(discriminates

‫ كاد‬L‫(ست جًا(ض‬
to detect, distinguish, to dis-
criminate

‫حفى يهإليذيذللي‬
Until he hath discriminated
the impure from the pure.

‫دا‬:179‫ا‬

‫عز‬

(imperf. 2 p.f.sing.
(bursts
‫ ؤ‬w.v.٠v
 ‫ئز تمذًا‬
‫تير يمن أنيظ‬
to be separated V,
to burst

(٤٣)
with rage

((separate
perate m.yourselves
plu.) viii ‫امتاززا‬
rated,
to distinguished
be sepa* viii, ‫انتاز انتيازًا‬
٦٤٤
644

VOCABULARY OF THB holy QURAN ‫ىل‬

‫ مل‬in this verse means:
to go astray. Consequently
pic. lias followed their
commentary though the lit-
erary meaning of the word
is to incline and therefore
Jsd. has rendered the above
verse as following :

And those that follow lusts,

intend that ye shall incline
a mighty incline.

‫ا‬٠ ‫) الآلآلألة مأ‬2(

‫النيتيتعقكاككمري‬
‫ًال ًا‬
‫ىيد‬
‫آنتييالمي عيم‬
But those who follow vain
desires would have you go
astray tremendously.

[4:271

(Note: According to a number

of commentators the word

٦٤٥
645
 ‫النون‬ ‫كتاب‬
‫الواىإليد نجعيك‬ 6

Verily we are Allah’s and

verily unto Him we are
returners. [2:156[

or ٦١ as a statement

‫تآكنتنونمامتأءل مم‬
3
And we were wont to sit
on seats therein to listen.

172:91

‫ إثًا‬٠ r

‫وا شهنبآتتأتيلزن‬
And bear thou witness that
we are Muslims. 15:1111

‫ارت‬٠ see ‫ند ا‬

(perf. 3 p. m. ring.) A.v. ‫تأى‬

< **turned away

initial letter of the (a letter) ‫ل‬

68th Sura "Al-Qalam”

read as ,Noon meaning 'a

fish‘ ‫ذا انزن‬ ’the man of

the fish’; name of the Pro*
phet Yunus (Jonah).

‫وذاالثزرإذأسبمتأ ضبًا‬
And Zunnun when departed
in anger. [21:87,

our, us (pronoun) V

(it is an indeclinable affixed

pronoun meaning *our’
when following a noun

e.g. ‫كتابنًا‬*our book’ and

*us’ when following a verb

as e.g. 1 ‫’ طعمنًا‬he fed us'

or preposition ‫’ ت‬from us*.
When affixed to the particle ‫إن‬
‫ إن‬or ‫ أن‬it is read ‫إنًا‬
'verily we'

٦٤٦
■٠٠c ٨٢١ CLARY OF THE HOLV

(pref 1st. p. sing.) ‫تتأي‬

I declared, announced, acqu-
ainted

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing

declares ٠
‫يني د‬

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ‫أنؤ‬

I declare
‫ ل‬shall acquaint thee ‫تأنبأك‬
{imperf. 1st p. phi.) ii *‫نن‬
wedtare
that we declare acc. ‫نبهم‬
(imperf. 1 p, sing) ii
thou declares
‫تني‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ii

ye declare
‫تبون‬
(el. 2 p. m. sing.) ii ‫كنتن‬
surely thou will declare

(el. 1st. p. plu١ ‫تثنن‬

ii
we surely shall declare

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) gen. ‫ينأ‬

~ hath been told

‫آملرينبأيمافصحغمؤثى‬

Hath he not been told of that

which is in the writs of
Musa (Moses). [53:36]
 (pip. 3 p.m. singfh v, nom. ii

"*will be declared

(el. pip. 2 p. m. plu.) h.v. ii ‫لتبتن‬

you shall surely be
apprised (informed)

(pirate. 2 p.m. sing.) h.v. ii ‫تق‬

declare thou!

)‫آ(ف‬٠‫لىتقاىتأ‬١‫ت‬
to retire, torn away,
to go far away -‫عن‬-

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu,) h.v. ‫نأرن‬

they go far away

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.)»
< declared (1)
‫نتأ‬
‫ تبآ‬,it ‫ ؤ آنبًا‬,*I

to announce,declare, -‫ي‬-
acquaint, inform

)‫ًا (ف‬.‫ييتبآ يبًا تبا ق بز‬

to be high

.‫قننتائالهنتجارلم‬
Allah hath already declared
unto us some tidings of
you. [9:94]

acquainted, (2)
apprised

‫فكاتاهايتالتمن‬
‫كلهتالقالتانالعييالخبي‬‫أبًا‬
Then, when he had apprised
her of it, she said, who
hath acquainted thee there-
with. He said, the Knower,
the Aware hath acquainted
me. [66:3]

( perf. ‫ ل‬p. f. sig.) ‫نثات‬

she declared, acquainted

٦٤٧

647

‫ن‬
VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLV QURAN

‫ن‬
(i.e., the Day of Resurrection

‫تأ‬
also signifies *an announce-
is not only tidings but
mcnt’ of great utility from
which results either know-
ledge or a predominance

of opinion, and true

prophecy (4)
(‫كء‬
‫للتيتز‬
For every tiding is a set time
for what a prophecy

is made). 16:671

truth (5)

‫بعدحيي‬.‫رلتقكتتنبأ‬
And ye shall surely come to
know thereof after a sea-
son. 138:88]

tales, stories, tidings (n.p.)

news, prophecies, announce-
ments

a/the Prophet
their prophet
‫الن‬
.‫تيم‬ ace.
(nom.) n. p. ( ‫اليرت‬
‫انيين‬
‫اآنيا‬.‫؛‬.(
the prophets acc. -

the prophethood ‫ابؤأب‬

).b.plu(

‫تشي‬
(perf. 3 p.‫؛‬. sing.)

< grows

648

declare thou unto them

declare ye
(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) hy. ii
‫نبهم‬
‫تئرا‬
declare ye unto me :‫نبثرني‬

(perf. 3. p.m. sing.) A.».

declared informed
، ٠! ‫أنًا‬
(perate. 2 m. sing.) hy. iv
tell! inform! (thou), ٠-

declare! (thou)

inform them
tell them, ‫أنم‬
(perate. 2 p.m. piu.) h.v., ،٠, ‫أنثزا‬
declare! (you) ‫غ‬

known to me :
(O you) make~ ‫آنبزي‬
‫تستتتزن‬
they ask (inquire, question)
(Imperf.3p.m. phi.)h.v. X

٩‫ب‬
a tale, story (1) (v.n.)
‫وانليهغبًابتىادميالحت‬
And recite unto them with
truth the tale of the two
sons of Adam. [5:27,
tiding (2)

‫قلمرنبراعظيء‬
 Say thou: It a is tremendous
tiding. 138:671

announcement (3)

‫عكزتادلذن ضاقءالتفل‬
Whereof they question one
another? (It is) of the
mighty announcement.

٦٤٨

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

~ threw,
(perf. flingsing.)
3 p.m. ‫بذ‬
)‫بذ ينذ بذآ (ض‬
to throw or fling (things)
before or behind oneself,
give up, to cast off

‫طمنرهم‬:‫الودرآ‬
A party of those who have
received the Scripture(book)
fling the Scripture of
Allah behind their backs.

(،,،’., they neglected the

commandment and did
not follow them). 12:1011

they threw,
(perf. 3 p. m.fling
plu.) ،‫تذز‬
I threw,
(perf. cast
1st. away
p. sing.) ‫بذت‬
(perf. 1st. p.plu. ١ ‫تذنًا‬
we threw, cast away

throw ! 2 p.m. sing.)

(perate. ‫انن‬
 had been
(pp. cast
3 p. m. sing.) ‫تذ‬
‫كبنبالعرآه‬
He surely had been cast into
the wilderness. 168:491

(el. pip. m. sing.) ‫لنتذن‬

he shall surely be cast

٦٤٩
- ‫ب‬-)‫ًا(ن‬٦‫بت يبت تبًا ق تب‬
to produce (a tree), to grow,
sprout (plant)

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. ring.) iv ‫آن‬

<~made grow

to make grow, iv 1 ٦‫أبت إن‬

10 cause to grow

And Allah hath caused you

to grow from the earth as

a growth. [7 [7,: ‫ل‬

‫وآثتمانتلس‬
And He made her grow up
with a goodly growth.

[3:37]

(pref. 3 p.m. sing.)!v

groweth
‫أنت‬

(perf. hr p. plu.) iv ‫اتحأ‬

we have caused to spring up

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv

grows
‫ينح‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv .‫داح‬

it, that grows ‫ع‬
n d. acc. iv ‫تنبزا‬
 (imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) I
that yc cause to grow

growth, herbage (n.) acc. ‫ًا‬٦‫تباك ا ب‬

And a good land, its herbage
cometh forth by the com-
mand of its Lord. 18:571

649

‫نجر‬ ١‘OCABULAR١٠

)‫ ف‬،‫نع ينع بًا و بزءا(غ‬

to spring, gush or flow out
(water)

fountains (n. p.) ‫تانع‬

*‫نتق‬
(perf. hl p. phi.) ‫نق‬
<we shook over

‫ (نق يتت تقًا (ن‬,to shake

pull, raise up, spread out

or 0 ٢٢
٠]J&‫ئ‬

(per3 .‫ ؛‬p. ‫؛‬. plu.) viii ‫أتنرن‬

< scattered

)‫ن‬،‫ترينيرشرًا(ض‬
to disperse, scatter, dissc-
minate

scattered (act. pie. nt. sing.) ‫ثقرآ‬

(dual. II. gen.)
ctwo highways
‫لشن‬١
good and evil)

the highland (,,.) ‫الجد‬

 ‫كطاكتنن فى الخطة‬

By no means! He shall
surely be cast into the
crushing fire. (104:4,

(per3 .‫ ؛‬p. ‫؛‬. sing.

she retired
١ viii ‫اثتزئ‬

(prate, neg. nt.pill.)vi

< do not cal, one
‫ا آلن) تا ذان‬
another in insulting manner

to call names,
to upbraid
(‫نبز ببز تزًا (ض‬

to call one another ‫تنابر‬

by nickname in order to
insult him

‫ال تنبزؤابأآللكأب‬
Do not call one another by
nickname. (49:11,

-‫ ط‬٧٥★[
(imperf.‫ د‬p.nt. plu.) X. ‫تتتطزن‬
<thay discover, think out

)‫نبط تنط ننًا ت بؤطآ (ض‬

to gush or flo^ out (water)

to invent X ‫< < اكيد‬

(something), discover

‫( نجن‬.impure one (n>

)‫تجت نجن تجار تجًا (ص‬
to defile, pollute.

to become polluted, unclean

650
 ،٦٥

‫اى‬

٥j٠‫؟‬p٥n٠٥ ٥dB٥s٥ 08 ٠‫ ؟‬-‫ وددد‬-

([)٠ ٠٩٠١P٥ABS ٠P٥J٥A!I٥P

s :‫ انم ي‬٢m‫* ؛‬،‫)؛‬،?<

<~١١.P٥ABS SE

‫دال ع‬.1١، ‫ إ‬VSws *w •d ‫خ‬٦

٠٥٥UBSI٥٩O op [19:5 ‫ج‬

‫ ابأد اددن‬puB ‫ ابأه الددال؟‬puy

)‫؟ (ع‬٩‫ل‬3٩

‫ (» ل) بمجما‬SJUIS

٥AI)unou B sc X‫)بدا يذًا‬

SJBJS SUBSIU OOl‘ ١٥٥١,٥٥-

‫ بي الدله‬pjo٨١ ‫ االه‬SJOIBJ

(٥٥B<pj8 ,>، 05‫؛‬٠u‫ سه‬-U٥IU(UO٥

)1:‫اىع‬

٨0 ‫ ااأد‬JBJS u٥q‫ ال ؟‬١١qi٥lJ٥•

‫م؛!ا؟ًاب؟ا؛‬
)٤( ‫اد‬:,‫ ؟‬١!

,191:91
 ‫ االه‬SJBIS ‫االد‬، p٥pin3 ajB■

SB SJJJBUipUB, (OS|B) puy ‫ال‬،

‫ كجًامت؛‬٦٢‫ عبي‬٣‫؛حم؛‬،?

jBsddc OJ‘ ‫دل؟د‬

‫يز ييج يخ‬٦)‫(؟‬

،‫دا‬,١‫ددا؛‬

‫(») لنجم‬ )I( ٠||0‫ه‬٠5‫ذ‬0‫جال‬٩‫<ل‬

\‫<؟‬٩

١UB }iwipiM. p١١q uoi١ud١u١

*١‫ ؛‬pjE٥q pcq ‫*الاهال اله‬

OJ SuipJO ‫ االه‬IUJOJ ‫؛‬u

OJ JO ٥8usq٥ ei٥p ،UB‫ |؛‬E ٠٥٥

‫ؤده‬oj pauiput I ٥
8jb|U JI٥
oq.» JX٥U JI p٥ido‫ لأل!ةبأا‬٠
8UIJUM UI u١١op J٥s٥ ‫؛‬qi
sp٥٥p siq JO SAIJEJJBU SB٠١١
0 3u,،BS‫ ل‬JO snsnf ‫ االه‬jsjy
413‫ ا‬jsjy O٥,10 UO,J٥٥١
OJ JB|I ٥ ‫إاله‬D‫؟‬si٥d‘ \u٥q١
SUOISS p٥8uBq٠| ■٥UJISSB١١١
٠٥jdx٥JO P٥JBIA٥J٩٩E u٥٥q
٥ABq ،BIU S٥٥U٥JU٥S ' * *UOIJ
١d,j١niu pue uoijBoqqnd!٠B٥
!‫ ت؟‬JS٥P .5١oog, B‫؛‬JOJ P٥U
JO SB* ‘poo JO pJOM
SuisqiuojjjBj ‫االد‬B٥A٥J)P٥
OJ Sul ‫□ االه‬ucijsuq ٥٩|‘J٥i
٠ ‫االه‬pJO٥٥B ،JU٥lUBJS٥l M٥N
5٠d,٠)٤

٥ Sb (‘in 'jgj Suijonb ■pif

u, u٥٥s٥J0jun ‫ االه‬ojsodB,٥‫؛‬
٥pun—suosjad‫؟‬puu p٥u8i
ssjcp snoiqnp ٩، UMOUxun
JB papdiuoa (ujiq jnoqu)
‫؛‬,،S٥UO)S PUB sjjod٥j JO u
٥٥B٥d) B JOU put O٥||J٠٥-
UO) snsnf UO ١١ Utoq ‫اله‬
UMop JU٥S Jjoog B SB١١
OJ ‫ االه‬U1B|S| JO s8utq٥B٥j*
 ٢u| ■qajnqo!8utpjo٥٥c *I
JO s١٥dso‫ االه‬٥ UBijsijqo
"٥J١‫؟‬U٥IUBJ 10 jnoj u٥A٥
٥qj qji* |B٥i)u٥pt ٥u ١١
٠ ‫االه‬UBJn‫ !؟‬٥ I|B IB JOU

(q* ‘Iifuj‫؛‬UI OJ p٥JJ٥j٥J SI q٥

!‫) علمذلم‬٣( )١٥dsoo( ١‫؛‬٢UJ

،١ ٠ ‫د‬.ia«voo MVMa?) A٦O1، am JO AB‫ي>عاا‬٦٦ ٧

VOCABULARY©» TH، HOLY QURAN ‫نج و‬

we delivered
(perf. hi p. plu.) ir, wy. ‫آنتن‬
-

(imperf. 3 p.m. singer, w.v. ‫يزجن‬

delivers

he delivereth him ‫يجبو‬

~ delivers
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) IV.W.V. ‫تنن‬
(imperf. ht p. plu.) ri, w.v. ‫تجن‬

we deliver

ir, wy. ‫تج‬

Vmperf. ht p.ph*٠١fd.
we deliver

:‫جيم‬ ■‫•م د‬،‫؛‬ 1

٠
,«، ).plu n
< ye whisper

to whisper, Hi «،‫جن هم‬

to confide a secret to

‫اجيترالركزل‬ 3
When ye go to wishper with
 the apostle. 31,:58‫؛‬

‫تنا‬ .m. plu.) vi, w.v .‫م؛‬٢‫ودك‬

‫ا‬
ye whisper together

they whisper
(imperf. together
3p.m.plu.)ir,wy. ‫تتتانزن‬
(perate m. A ‫ م‬،.‫ر‬
ye (should) whisper! I
vi, wy.

*/٠ ٠٠:•* ‫آل تتاجزا‬

perate neg. m. ph*.))
ye (should not) whisper
or do not whisper

‫ث‬ ‫ل‬،'‫؛؟‬.( ٣.۴٠ ‫'ب‬

٤ (.
pic. m
one who is saved

‫ًاانجاة‬ .deliverance (rji.) w.v

‫ناجاة نجز نجر و غر‬

‫ا‬ Hi

‫تهزت‬
to confide a secret to
thou hast escaped
(perf. 2 p. m. sing.)

‫هث‬-delivered«,*.».

‫ت‬ when affixed to a pro-

(The verb is written with

) ٠‫ ئلم‬، ‫ج نًا؟‬ (perf.hl. p. plu.) ii,

noun as

we delivered

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii, w.v.

delivers -

we deliver, we shall deliver

(imperf. ht. p. plu.) ii, w.v. ‫نجى‬
(imperf.ht.p. plu.)el.ii,w.r.
we shall surely deliver

(perate. m. ‫بذ‬١‫؛؟‬.‫ ؤ‬ii w.». ‫غ‬

deliver! affixed to a

pronoun as:
deliver me
deliver US
:‫غن‬
‫تحتآ‬
was delivered
(pp. 3 p. m. sing.)• ii, w.». ‫نجى‬
‫و‬
delivered p. m. sing.) ir, wy.
(perf. ‫آنى‬
affixed to a pronoun as:

،"‫أتمًا‬
٠‫كم‬١‫آيح‬
delivered US
you-?

٠
and soon

thou delivered
(pref. 2 p.m. sing.) ir, wy. ‫آترنت‬
652

٦٥٢

‫نحل‬
VOCABULARY or■ Trrj■. HOIY QURAN

‫تءو‬
‫ةئ‬١‫لئأدئذنحى‬٠‫'وكازذابدخئمق‬

And they were hewing out

houses from mountains
(feeling) secure, fl 5:82]

‫ج ر‬- ‫* ن‬

(peraie 2 p. m. sing.) ‫انز‬

<(thou) sacrifice

)‫ير تحر تمتدًا وشادًا (ن‬

to slaughter, sacrifice (an ani-

mal), to injure the jugular
vein

‫حس‬٠‫★ ز‬

< calamity (v.n.)(«flg.)neg. ‫تضى‬

‫نن يحس تحًا ا تصءرتة‬
to be unlucky, (‫ ك‬،‫)س‬

inauspicious, fata), of evil

men

inauspicious (n ‫م‬٠( ‫تياي‬

smoke (n.) ‫ناه‬
(smoke without flame that

rises high and of which

heat is weak).

★‫نحل‬

‫الخل‬ (.the bee in

‫ (ع«ا‬.‫تخة‬a gift>
)‫نضلنتلنخآل(ف‬

to make a gift, dower a

women, make a wedding
gift

٦٥٣

{,act, pic.١ ٥cc, w.v٠ ‫نتح‬

the act of counselling -‫غ‬

together

counselling fn.) w.v. ‫الخرى‬

(in secret)

(Ap-der. m. plu.) w.v, n d. ‫منجز‬

deliverers

‫رتامننوك‬
Verily We arc to deliver thee.

٠‫لحب‬
‫( غنب‬.a vow (v٠n>
)‫تحب يحب تتبًا (ض‬

to weep, to cry, to vow

‫قضىغقبة‬
 He hath fulfilled his vow.
،‫؛‬.e,, by offering up his
life for Allah’s cause—a
metaphorical usage, mean-
ing courted death).(13:23]

(imperf. 2 P- m. plu.) ‫تتحتزن‬

<ye hew

‫ تحت ييت‬I ‫ يحى‬I ‫تيت ينحع‬

(‫ س‬،‫ض‬،‫نختًا(ن‬
to cut, hew,

carve (stone, etc.) shape,

work (wood), emaciate

timperf. 3 p m. p‫؛‬u٠١ ‫نجتزن‬

they hew

‫ند‬
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬
to flee (asslm.) ( ‫ئ ينيد تذًا (ض‬
to run away (a camel)

(one who can run away from

God ٠'
blish his sown sovereignty
command
against God's order
and esta-

mala, idols (Us. etc.)

٠f>٥l
I

(act. pic. phi.) ‫تارين‬

(sing.) ‫( تايم‬remorseful

( ‫(تيم يندم ذًارنداتة‬

to regret as a result of a
sinful act

(According to Us., I.Q. ‘A

sinful act may be followed
 by either of two painful
feelings; one is called
remorse but in that there
is no merit. The other is

known as repentance ‫انو‬

Thus? ‫ااالثذ‬not repentance
as translated by some
authors.)

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi, w.v

("Called out (l)

٠‫نآدى ياين كاط‬

to call it with another in a
assembly

(Note: R.F. is not used in

this meaning.)

654

(synonymous with

٠)
meaning a free gift (/,02

‫راتواليارصدفونفحلة‬
And give unto women their
dowries as a free gift.

[4:4]

(ft should not be confused

with the 1price of bride’ as
customary in the ancient
world.)

<crumbled (fl. ting.)

decayed (bones)
‫يمخر‬

‫تخرينخر تمخرًا (س‬

 to be rotten, decayed, car-

cass, (hone, wood)

*‫نخل‬
‫النختة‬ (.the palm-tree (n>
‫ غ‬،‫■( تخيل‬phi)
as below
‫( انخل‬.palm trees, (n.p
‫ تخآل‬،also, date-palms, acc
date-stone

‫تخيل‬ date-palms

‫"ط‬ ‫أند اأنذادًا‬

compeers, like,equal, (n.p.)

٢sing. ١ ‫يد‬
٦٥٤

‫ى‬٠‫ن‬

RAN ■11'1 )‫ اي‬£ HOLV ‫ ؛ن‬OCAUULARV

‫ندى‬

we cried unto
I perf. 1st p. plu.) w.v. ii ‫اذفا‬
calls
(imperf. ‫و‬ p m. sing.)

«.,.(
hereafter it incans ‘will call‘
when referred to the

cry unto
(perate. plu.) ii.w.v. ‫نادوا‬
was cried unto
‫زيى‬
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) II'.»,, ii

(pp. ‫و‬ ‫ؤدوا‬

p.m. plu.) II.*. ii
 they were cried unto
referring to the hereafter ’they
shall be cried unto'

they will be cried unto

‫ينادزن‬
(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) It'.*, ii

‫تتادزا‬
they cried out unto each other
(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) II,.*. */

a/the caller
(Ap-der m. sing,) »»(
‫تاييًا‬
acc. ir.r
‫نرافي‬
‫ادى‬
a call, a cry (v.n.) 11’.»

‫م‬.)
assembly (n. p.) w.*.
fellows of an assembly
company (n. acc■ w.v.

‫اتآب‬
‫ييمالتنآو‬
mutual calling (*.n.) i*

Theday of the hereafter when

men win cry unto each
other. (40:32(

٦٥٥

‫رنااىنيح ابنه‬
And Nuh called out his ,son.

(11:421

cried ,2,

‫إذنادىربه يدا خفيا‬

(Recall) what time he cried
unto his Lord with a secret
cry. 19:31

When referred to the here-

after the perfect tense
takes the meaning of a
future tense e.g.

‫نجذيأخذب‬١ ‫وناجىآصنب‬
And the fellows of the
Garden shall cry unto the
 fellows of the fire. (7:44,

‫ *ًاه ا‬٠ ‫ ;آ‬-‫ا‬

he cried upon
‫ا‬٠‫آ = تاذ‬٠ ‫ب‬
‫ ب ما‬e ،‫ى‬١‫ت‬
(perf. 3p٠f. sing.) w.v٠ ~callcd to

they cried
(perf. 3 p m. plu.) w.r. if‫تادزا‬
ye called
(perf. for plu.) w.*. 11
3 p.m.
when ye call for ‫أث اديتم‬
‫ناديتم‬
vocABU LA RY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نذ ر‬
(perf. is،, p. sing.
I warned
‫آذزك ن‬

(perf.
we havehi. warned
p. plu.) ‫آنزت‬
(imperf,
warns 3 p.m. sing.) if ‫ينير‬
it rnay/in order to el. iv,
warn ‫ينذر‬
(imperf.
they warn3 p. ffl. phi.) if ‫ينزرزن‬
they may/in el. iv ‫ينزرؤا‬
order to warn

thou
ordermay/in
to warnef. ،» ‫ينزر‬
‫تذز‬
ye warn }USS. iv
‫آننرتممآ كةتتنرمم‬ 2
Whether thou warnest them
or warnest them not. [2:61

(perate. m. sing.) if
thou warn! ‫أنز‬
(peraie.
you wanm.! plu.) iv ‫آننرنا‬
 (pp■ ‫ل‬ p.m- plu ) ٠* ‫أذرزا‬
they had been warned

(pip. ‫و‬ p. m. phi.) el. iv ‫ينذرزا‬

they might be warned (or)
they in order to be warned

(pip. ‫و‬
they are p. m. phi.) iv
warned ‫نذررن‬
When they
warned. are
121:451 ‫ائاتآئتالزن‬
warning ٢v.n.١ acc. iv ٢‫ر‬
I * ١‫تذزتن ر‬
(perf, hti p. sing.
‫|~ ن‬
<1 vowed

‫ينيزر تشرًا و تش‬/ ‫تن ينذر‬

(
to dedicate,
consecrate to God, to
make a vow

(perf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫تزت م‬

ye took vow of ‫رج‬
١ ‫تر‬.n .‫ الع‬vow 1
‫تشرر‬
vows (n. p.)
‫تنوزث‬٦‫دزنيصخائئثمكيذئو‬
Thereafter let them end their
unkemptness and fulfil

‫؟‬،. ‫ز‬
]22:29 vow ‫ًا ةألا‬
(Note : vow is also an obliga-
tion imposed by self-will
or through religious order.

٧Zry٠١
(perf, ‫و‬p.m. sing,) iv ‫أنذر‬
< ,warned
 ‫أشر إنذارًا‬ to warn, iv
call attention to, show the
danger to to come. R F. is
not used in this sense, but
the verbal nouni resemb-
ling the forms of trilitcral
have occured in the H.Q.

such as ‫ذر‬: below.

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) if

thou warned ‫أخرت‬
٦٥٦

SOCABILARV Of USE HO ‫ الط‬QURAN ‫نذر‬

٤‫وأذاهىبيضآ‬٤‫دنزعيد‬
And he drew forth his hand,
when lo ‫ ا‬it was w hite unto
the beholders. 17:1081

‫؛‬perf. 1st. p. p‫؛‬w. ١ ‫نوعنًا‬

wc extracl

‫وئف‬٢‫لحمب‬,‫ئا‬١‫رئل‬١
And We shall extract whatso-
evtr of rancour there may
be in lhetr breasts. [7:43,

we (shall) take (2)

out

‫لر'قئلوقثمإحشتحب‬
٧‫ع‬ every community
And
ness,
a wit-
shall
,28:75)
take out from

withdraw (3)

٠‫ذب‬،‫لةذذه‬ ٠‫ئذئ‬
‫إكيثرحكغور‬
And if Wc cause man to taste
mercy from Us and there-
 after withdraw it from
him, verily he is despair-
ing, blasphaming. (11:9)

(imperf. ‫ينزع‬
divests, Strips
3 p.m.off ling.)

‫كمأحرجآبريز‬
‫م‬-‫تنالجنةينزععنهمابا‬
As he drove forth your
parents from the Garden,
divesting the twains of
their garment. 17:271

‫ ى( ( تيير‬٠
my warning(،،);،,
Warner (1) (ad. 2 pic

‫فتدجآةكربثيةنزير‬
Surely hath come to you a
bearer of glad tidings and
a Warner. [5:19)

warning (2)

‫ى‬
in the following verse is dropped
of pronoun

‫فستغلون كيغ تيزر‬

Ye shall know what (wise or
what terrible) was My
warning. ,67:17)

Warner (Ap-der. sing.) iv ‫منية‬

(Ap-der. m, pfu,) nom.
warners
‫نذرزن‬

fApder. m. p ١u.١ acc. iv ‫منذيين‬

٢thosep s,whopic.werem. warned
‫؛‬ p|u.١ acc. iv ‫هنذرين‬

‫ تزداد‬see ‫د و د‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

٠١ drew forth
‫تزع‬ ‫ئ‬
 ‫خغئظ(ض)ززغيثم‬:‫رغ‬٠
to draw forth, take away, to
pluck out, bring out,
snatch away, remove, strip
off, tears off

٦٥٧

657

SOCABUtARY OF THE HOLY ‫ ■اج‬RAN ‫نزع‬

they snatch (2)
(from one another)

they will therein snatch from

one another a cup. [52:23]

‫ص ح’ئص‬
draggers (act. pic. f. plu ) ‫اثازءًاي‬

٠ ‫عًاة‬١‫أا‬٠ ‫اًا‬١‫دآلا‬١‫ل‬w١i٦,i٠e٠
the bodies according to the
orders given to them by
Allah, meta, angels

٣*‫ذذغ‬

(perf. 3 p. m, sing. ١ ‫رع‬

<~made strife

)‫أتغيذتغزضآ(ف‬

to incite to evil,

to foment discord beteen,

to make strife, to slander,
sow dissensions

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫يزغ‬

sows discord

‫إنكييتيعبينمم‬
The devil soweth discord
among them. (17:53]
 (imperf. 3 p.m. ‫ال‬ng.) e.n. ‫يزغن‬

‫م‬٠ prompt

with ‫ ©ايية‬prompt
‫ولتكآتبرءيلقبتأ قصنيترلخ حآتقشبأشي‬

And if a slander from

Satan wound prompt

thee, then seek refuge in

Allah. 07:200‫ز‬

658

‫ تيزع‬.)p.m. sing ‫مآملحرئ‬٨ ‫(و‬

thou takest away ‫يزع‬
we surely e.p.i ‫تنزقت‬

draw (aside)

iii, e.m.p. ‫نازعت‬

‫؛‬.imperf. ‫ د‬p.m. p‫؛‬١٠.١
the٠٧ (should) dispute

‫‘ذاعًا‬, ‫كارع منآزعة ت‬

to dispute, fight, quarrel

‫ونتأمةجعلنًامنكاهنآيلوة‬
‫نليتيةة فاآلكر‬
Unto every community We
have appointed a rite which
they perform, let them not
thereforedispute ١١ith thee.

122:671

(perf. 3 p, m. plu.) ١’‫تازعرا لم‬

<they disputed (or)
they debated each other
to quarrel, V,' ‫تآزءًا‬ ‫تآتع‬
fight each other

‫ ) تتادغم‬p m plu ‫د مئ؛‬

ye disputed^ ‫تعم‬
(perate. neg. plu.) ‫ آل تنازعزا‬.
 do not dispute

each other

(imperf, ‫ن‬
they disputed)
p.m. plu.) ‫يتنآزعرن‬
‫دد‬

(Recall) what time they were

disputing among themsel-
ves regarding their
offering. (,8:2[‫ا‬

٦٥٨

VOCABULARY■ Ok THE HOLY QURAN ‫نزغ‬

send down (2)

‫وريزلناعيككبًا‬
And had We sent down a
Book 16:71

to revel in slow
deliberation (3‫ر‬
(piecemeal)

‫وقرائافرقنهيغرًاةعاللتآير‬
‫ءنمكث وبرل!تنزيال‬
And this is a recitation which
We have made distinct
that thou ma ye st recite it
unto mankind with delay
an We have reveled it at
intervals. 117:1061

Simper). 3 p.m. sing .١ii١ acc.

that has sent down

(imperf.
sends down
‫و‬
p. m. sing.) ii ‫متؤل‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. singfii, acc.

that they may send down
‫قتزل‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ii

we send down
‫برل‬
 did
sendnot r» if
down 1 ‫ينزن‬
‫و‬
(pp. p. m. sing.) ii
~was sent down
‫ثول‬

-‫عل‬-
has been reveled
(pp.3p.f٠sing.) ‫وتخ‬
was reveled

‫ و‬p.m. sing.) ‫يتؤل‬

(pip.
٥ ،‫ 'م‬٠‫ا’ا‬٠‫ا‬h٥١n ‫أ‬,‫ا‬
slander, prompting (v.fl,) ‫ننغ‬

(pip. ip. ٢ ‫ينزفرن ؛‬

plu.
<they are made mad

)‫وتينزنزهآ(ض‬
to entirely exhaust or be ex*
hatted (as well)

ppjpp. ‫نزف ؛زن‬

‫ا ة‬٠٢‫ز‬1 ‫آرف‬
to lose one's senses, be
made drunk, be silenced in
argument

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) h

they will (not)
‫آل ينزثرتن‬
be senseless (drunk)

★‫نزل‬
‫مبم‬،‫رك‬٦ p.m. sing 3.‫ر‬ ‫دلة‬
has come down ‫سم‬
)‫> أرل يزل زرًال ن منرآل (ض‬
to descend, to come down

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫ينزل‬

~ descends -

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ،'،' ‫نزل‬

‫ > سم‬has sent down
to send down,
to revel
,٠، ‫رل تنييًال‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii ‫ذًا‬

we have reveled (1)

‫تونصىعبينا‬
We have reveled unto Our
bondman. 12:23]

٩٠١

659

VOCABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN

‫ن زل‬
‫' ل‬٠ -•٠
(Note: the from ‫تتبرزا‬is
of a feminine singular but
is used for plural as a
group)

(imperf. p.f. sing.) V ‫مولئ‬

comes down (the initial ‫ت‬
of) imperfect tense is dro-
pped for easy pronuncia*

lion which is called ‫ختيفع‬

comes down
(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) V ‫بتنزل‬
that which is (n.) ‫نرل‬
entertainment,
prepared an abode,
for a guest, acc.
‫توًال‬
food or a drink

one descent (n. unify) ‫زق‬

‫خرع‬1‫رلقدراءكزلة‬
 And assuredly he saw him

at another descent [53:13 ‫ا‬

‫ينالثرزي[تتزل‬:‫المر‬:‫رالزةة‬
٠‫ أى ز‬٠‫ فلت ذية وق‬.MJQ
‫ ’ذي‬is a noun of unity
from ‫تزو‬ it a lodenotes
the meaning of *once'

kn. pt. ph».١ acc, ‫تازل‬

stations, mansions

(sing.) ‫تنزل‬
(Ap-der.
a senderm- sing.) ii
down ‫عنزل‬
٠

to be reveled or ‫أن ينرل‬

revelation to be sent down
(to him)

the revelation
(the Quran) v.n. ‫آ‬، ‫تنزنل‬
tt\d١١١‫>؟‬ (v.n, ii٠١ acc. ‫تنزنًال‬

‫و‬
sent down p.m, sing.) ،V
(perf. ‫آثزل‬
(perf. hl. p. sing.) iv ‫آزنع‬
I sent down

‫آزتم‬
2 p.m. plu.) ,'v
ye sent down ‫زتم‬

(perf• 1st• p- pl»•) ٤١ ‫آرنًا‬

we sent down

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) iv ‫سأزل‬

I shall send down (with

‫ س‬of future tense)

(perate. m. sing.) iv
send down ! ١
 (pp■ ‫و‬
what is sentp.m.
down or iv
sing.) ‫أزل‬'

reveled

(pp..‫و‬
that is reveled or sent
p.f. sing.) ‫أنرلذ‬
iv down

(in plural or feminine

singlar)

‫و‬
(perf. p. f. sing.) V ‫تنرلغ‬
brought down

‫رمأتتتتيياكيطين‬
And satans have not brought
down. [26:210]

‫و‬
(imperf. p. /, sing.) V
they shall come down
‫تئزه‬

٦٦٠
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نزل‬
‫(تآينتًانأننيأ(ف‬
to delay (*.»)‫وآتآ‬
postponement of a sacred
month to another month
was an invention of the
idolatrous Arabs, wherby
they avoided keeping a
sacred month, when it
suited not their conveni-
ence, by keeping a pro-
fane month in its stead,
transferring, for example,
the observance of Muhar-
ram to the succeding
month of Safar (Baid-

.)‫دس‬

a stafl n. insl. h.v ‫حتان‬

‫نسب‬

(kinship acc. ‫تسآ‬

)‫نتت تيب نتبًا; نبة (ض‬
 to give or ask one’s genea-
logy

to attribute, ascribe to-‫إل‬-

(relationship n.p.
or kinships
‫آناب‬

(sing.) ‫تب‬
★‫نسخ‬

(imperf■ 3 p.m. sing.)

(«abolishes
‫ينتخ‬

)‫نتخ يتخ ننخآ (ف‬

to rule out, abrogate, to copy

٩٦١

‫ممزل‬
(pit. pic. m. sing.) ii
what has been reveled

or sent (down)

(Ap-der. in. plu.) ir, nom.

who causes to descend, (1)
‫منزكن‬
send down, make to come

down

‫لمذآممبرئئككنىًاممذي‬
,‫يجزاتي اكآ‬
Verily We are about to bring
down upon the inhabitants
of the city a scourge from
the Heaven. (29:34)

(Ap-der. m. plu.) b,acc.

a recaiver of guests, (2)
‫المؤنة‬
those who provide hospitality

‫آالترزتآتةارفي ألكيل‬
Behold ye not that I give full
measure and that 1 am
the best of entertainers.

(12:59)
 (pls. pic. m. sing.) ‫مغرًال‬
landing place

‫ًاردذبي‬٠‫ئئأئ‬٢‫تفلرت‬
And say thou: my Lord cause
me to land at a landing
blest. 123:291

(pis. pic. m. phi.) ‫المنزن‬

those who are sent down

-٦ ‫★ ن ى‬

< postponement (»٠«■>

٠‫ن سل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY UURAH

‫*نصك‬
<a rite (fl.)
(slaughtering‫نك‬
an animal

by way of sacrifice)

)‫تتكيتحكنسكًاومنك(ن‬
to leaa a devout lite, to De
pious

(act. pic. In. of

performers phiit /pron. n.d.) :
) ٠ ‫( تايكرن ب‬
‫نأيلوه‬:‫لكتأتةجعلتًامنكانم‬
Unto every community Wc
have appointed a rite (a
certain way of sacrificing)

which they perform ٠( 22:67]

a ritual
(rite (V. milt.) acc.
of sacrifice) ‫خكآ‬
(n. pt. plu.)
places ‫ماطي‬
for sacrifice in per-
forming Haj, generally,
 ritesand ceremonies of Haj.)

(imperf- 3 p.m. plu.)

<they hasten out
‫ينيلون‬
)‫تتل ينثل نأل (ن‬
to beget, be fruitful in pro-

geny

‫> > نسل ينسل تس‬

to hasten

the cattle (*.«.) ‫الننل‬

Vimperj. 1st, p. plu) (has. ‫ز‬ ‫تخ‬
we abolish ‫ح‬
we tranche
(imper/. to. p. plu) X‫تتخ‬
‫ننتغ‬ ‫كنًا‬
we used to trancribe
inscription (n.) ‫نجة‬
‫رفائدعياهدىييخمة‬

And in the inscription thereon

was guidance and mcrey.

Nasr. (p.n.) acc. ‫تثرًا‬

Nasr, the vulture god, was
an idol of the Himyarites.

The vulture worship of the

Arab is attested by the
Syriac dectrine of Addai.

٧ ١id.
 \ ٠ ‫ن ى ق‬١
‫شغ‬ (.imperf. p.m. sing)

١‫تتغ ؛‬
( ‫ينيغ نتغًا‬
u scatter w>

to uproot, reduce to power,

,0 scatter

we shall surely scatter

(Imperf. hl. p. phi.) epl. ‫تنيغن‬
(pp. ‫ء ل‬ p. sing.) ‫نيغغ‬
reduced to powder

(r.n.) acc. ‫نغا‬

the act of scattering or

reducing to powder

662

٦٦٢

VOCABULARY OP THB HOLV QURAN ‫ و‬٣‫ن‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫ينتى‬

- forgets

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫تنى‬

thou forget

(imperf. 2 p m. plu.) w v. ‫تنسون‬

ye forget

(perate.neg.m.sing.)f.d.w.v. ‫آل تنت‬

thou torget not

(perate. neg.p. plu.)w.v. ‫آل تنزا‬

ye forget not

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) w.v. ‫ننى‬

we forget
we forget them ‫تنتاءم‬
we forget you ’‫تناج‬
 (pip. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تنى‬
thou art forgotten » ‫نم‬,‫ب‬

W.V.VI (٢( ‫أنرا‬

(perf. 5 p. m. ph،.١
they caused (you to) forget

'■* )‫آن (به‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ' ٠'

he made (me to) forget (it)
the word is a compound one

□+‫؛‬+٥
he made forget‫ ؛‬me ‫ ب‬it
he made him ٠‫ئا‬٦
to forget

he made (them) ‫آنائ‬

to forget

‫(تنى (ها‬ V‫ ؛‬.w.v

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.١

we cause (it) to be forgotten

W.V. ،V, emit. ‫بنن‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)
causes to forget

‫ويملك الحركوالنتل‬
He destroys the crops and
the cattle. ,2:205}

progeny (2)

‫ئذةيين‬،‫رمحتقتذذةير‬
Then He made his progeny
from an extract of ١١atcr
base. (32:8,

women(«, p.) ‫ينرة‬

(there is no singular of this
 word from the root)

women (n. p.) ‫التاء‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫نيى‬
has forgotten

(perf.‫ و‬p.m. dual.) w.v. ‫تيًا‬

they (twain) forgot

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫توا‬

they forgot

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫تييت‬

thou forgot

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) w.v. ‫تييك‬

I forgot

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫تيبتم‬

ye forgot

( perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. ‫تينًا‬

we forgot

٦٦٣

‫ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ىى‬٠ ‫ن‬
(Ap-der. m. plu.) iv, h.v. ‫الشجزن‬
grower

(pis. pic. f. plu.)iv,h.v. ‫اكتنان‬

elevated sails

‫ولهالجوارالئتتفابخرهالعله‬
 His are the ships with eleva-
led sails upon the sea like
mountains. 155:24)

‫ثرت‬ (.pp. Jp.f. sing)

s/are laid upon‫>؛‬

)‫تتر ينشر ثرًا ن نشورًا (ن‬

to spread out, to resuscitate,
bring back to life, to be
extended, lay open, to
unfold

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing. ١
«will spread

(perf. 3 p.m. s\ng.

brought to life
١ iv

‫ثرإذاتمآءآنتري‬
Then, when He will, He
brought him again to life.

180:221

(perf. 1st. p. ph». ١iv

we brought (into life)

they raise
(imperf. the dead
3 p.m. plu.) iv ‫ينشرزن‬
‫ًايإعةنتإا’لئةمتازةذضذميبرى‬
Or have they chosen gods
from the earth who raise
the dead. (i.t. who bring

to life.) [21:21)

caused thee to forget ‫ينيئكة‬

forgotten one (v.M.)w.v.٥c،•. ‫نتيًا‬
pic. pac. ٠٠٢.٠٠ acc. ‫تنس‬
~ become forgotten ‫ ا‬lost in
oblivion)

(act. pic.) w.v. 0‫؛‬c.

forgetting
‫قع‬

(act. pic. f. sing.) h.v. ‫ناشثة‬

<rising (in the meaning of

a verbal noun)

]‫نتًا ينتأر تهق ينفؤ تفأ ت تشز‬

)‫ك‬،‫ن تفأة(ف‬
to grow up (child), live,
originate, rise, to create

to be brought up ‫أنفق‬ ‫بقق‬

growth ‫ذ‬٦‫ك‬١

(pip. 3 p.m. plu. ١١ it h.v. ‫متقأ‬

‫ “م‬is bred up

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv, h.v. ‫آنقآ‬

produced

(perf■ 2 p wv
ye made to grow
‫ ) ح؟‬iv١ h-v-
(perf. !st. p.m, plu.) iv. h.v. ‫آنقأن‬
we created

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing. ١iv,h.v.

‫ ا‬raises

(imperf. !st. p. ph ،،١iv,h.v.

we raise, bring

cttataoTt (v.n. ١ iv, h.v. acc.

664
 ٦٦٤
‫ نصج‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نشرر‬

،‫ بنيز تثوزًا (ن‬/‫تقز ينشر‬

to hate, rebel against

★ ‫دش ط‬
(act. pic. f. plu.) ‫ألششًا‬
(releasers (f.)

)‫تقعط ينعا تفطأ (ن‬

to go out from a place,
(draw up a bucket at one
pull)

to act of drawing ‫اتفط‬

up quickly and easily

releasing v.n acc. ‫تفطًا‬

‫والثيطيثطًا‬

By the angels who release

(souls of believers) with
(gentle) release or by
those who gently draw out
the souls of the believers.

‫او‬
]7 :2

(pp. ‫ ن‬p. f. sing.)

<(lhey are) fixed, firm,

rooted, set up.

)1 ()‫ن‬،‫تتبنيبضبًا(ض‬
to fix (a plant, tree, stone)
in the soil, to raise, estab-
lish
 )2( )‫تيبيصبنصبًا(س‬
to use diligence, to be instant,
to toil, labour

^imperf, 2 p.m. plu.) ,‫تتيررن اال‬

ye spreading (yourselves)

‫ةاشير‬ .com ‫ف ب انتثرزا‬

(perate. m. plu.)

disperse

(act. pic f. plu.) ‫الناشرات‬

spreading ones

‫الثثزيترا‬5
By the spreading (winds.)

177:31

spreading (T.n.) fl«. ‫ترًا‬

the resurrection (««.)‫ نشزرًا‬،‫اثشرر‬
(pact. pic. m. sing,)
unfolded ‫رد‬
(act. pic.) acc. ‫منشزرًا‬
(pis.
spreadpact.
openf. sing.) ii ‫منقرة‬

<،pts. pact.m.p‫؛‬u.١acc.١, ‫منترين‬

brought up (or) are/ '
will be raised

(pis. pact. sing.) vill ‫نتر‬

that which spreads itself out

‫انشزوا‬
)‫تقربنشزقرًا(ن‬
<rise up (perale. m. phi.)
 to be high, lifted up, rise up

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ii ‫نفر‬

we make stand up ‫ره ه‬
<refractoriness (٢n.) ‫نشوز‬
aversion of husband and wife

to each other

٦٦٥
665

‫نح‬
VOCABULARY OR THE HOLY ٩URAN

‫رأص‬
a stone used by the (3
pagan Arabs on which
they made sacrifices, the
altars, idols

‫وعاديحءاللثصي‬
And that hath been slaught-
cred on the idols (or the

altars.) [5:3] ‫د‬

statues
(idols, images or (n. p.) ‫أنا‬
‫ج‬٠(‫(«(د)قتجأوذذاب‬
‫ آناب‬plu of ‫ نب‬or
3: ‫نصاي‬
as idols. The generally translated
commentator
Daryabadi observed that
it wasataa sacred stone
where pagans used to offer
slaughters

‫ل‬١‫ منع دةاا‬act. 2 pie, m.(

a part, portion
 (perate. m. plu.) iv ‫آنتزا‬
<keep quiet in order
to listen

)‫تصت يثيت تمتًا (ض‬

٧‫و أنتت لعكآ‬
Io keep quiet in order to

listen to, hear

(perf. 3 p. m. phi.) ‫نعحزا‬

(they wished well,
they were sincere

666

‫وإاللجبللكيتنيبت‬
(Look they notNnd at
the mountains how they
are fixed firm. (88:19]

(perate. m. ting.)
toil, labour! ‫ف) انصب‬
‫فآذافرغتقاثصب‬
And when thou has finished
(thy preaching still)
labour hard, (or) toil (in
prayer). [94:7)

labour, toil „.,٠ - f ‫تت‬

‫ب ًا‬
‫سه‬.‫امتة‬,"
toiling,
(act. pic.worn (i.e., Fatigued
f. sing.)
by the most unavailing
labour)

calamity (n.) ‫ثضب‬

‫متنى‬ ‫ذىربةآق‬ ‫إذبا‬
‫ا كيظنثضيعناب‬
 When he cried unto his Lord:
verily the Satan hath touc-
hed me with affliction
(or calamity) and suffering,
138:411

‫غاب‬ ‫النصب‬
(standards (I) (n. p.)

‫كارم للثصبيوقضؤك‬
a coal (ring.)

As they are racing to a goal.

[70:43]

٦٦٦
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QVRaN ‫نصح‬
(perf, Ist.p. plu.) ‫صرنًا‬
we delivered (1)

١‫ةضهكةهمااةؤ‬
And We delivered him from
the people who denied Our
signs. !21.77]

we helped (2)

‫ونصزنممقكانوامحرالغلييت‬
And We helped them so that
they became the Victors.

‫آلا‬٦-٠‫ال‬6١

(imperf ‫ل‬
will,'would save or deliver
p.m. sing.) nont.

‫شيبرشلكقدنحانخآ;تآ‬
But who would save US from
wrath of Allah should it
reach US. (40:291

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) acc.

they may succour

(conditional
iShclps phrase) gen. ‫ينصر‬
 ،،imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.١ ‫ينعرزن‬
they succour

f d.١ acc. ١‫مد‬

،.imperf. 2 p. m. plu.
ye aid (the religion)
١
‫؛‬.imperf-‫ ؟‬p.m. sing .)emp. ‫بنضرن‬
surely he will succour

(perate 2 p. m. sing.)
make،-"-■ triumph
‫انصر‬
--‫عال‬
‫فأئطرياعتالققوالكنيين‬
So make us triumph over
the disbelieving people.

‫ ل‬-)‫نتح ينتح نضحًا (ف‬-

‫)دل‬ to be pure, unmixed, to
act sincerely

(2) to give sincere advice, IO

counsel

(per‫؛‬, is‫ ؛‬p. sing.‫فلحن ل‬

I counselled sincerely

I sincerely1st
(imperf. counsel
p. sing.) ‫أنح‬
(act. ,,e. m. sing.) ‫نايح‬
good counsellor

١ ‫ناصحون‬u‫؛‬pic. m. p ■‫لم‬٠‫أم‬
well wishers

{act. pic. plu) acc.

good counsellers ‫الناصجين‬
true and acc. ‫تحوح ا تموحًا‬
sincere ،repentance)
 ‫ ( تصر‬p.m. sing ‫ ل‬.perf،

succoured ٩‫ح‬
)‫نصر يتعر نضرآ (ن‬

to assist, aid, succour, protect

to cause one - ‫ ين‬،‫على‬-

to conquer an enemy, render
victorious, deliver or succ-

our

‫ تصر المؤمن ال‬a faithful

aided Allah

meta. his religion

،perf. ‫ ن‬p. m. plu.) ‫تصرزا‬

they succoured

٦٦٧

66]

‫ن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬
‫مًائتارإ‬1‫لهيتن ئئي‬

Then they *ere made to

enter a fire, then they
found not for themselves
besides Allah (any) help*
«s. 171:25‫ا‬

Ansar (2)

‫يهؤنو!الثذله‬،‫الولثجمةالئ‬٠1‫ت!لشيعالئ‬

And the first ones among

Muhajirs (emigrants) and
Ansar (their helpers).
 [9:1001
‫أكار‬/(/, *helpers’ or
u iliries,' is an honorary
distinction applied to those
of the inhabitants of
Madina Munawwarah who
were first to extend assis-
tance to the Holy prophet
(peace be upon him) and
who gave a hearty welcome
to the emigrants, frater-
nizad with them and defen-
ded the Holy prophet with
their money and lives.

‫آنارى ( آنارجن‬
my helpers
.com(

ye succour one another

(imper). 2 p. m. plu.) *،
‫مالكرالتتًاصرنك‬

What aileth you that ye

succour not one another ?

(perate. 2 p. ١١١, ph،.‫أتعررا ر‬

(you) succour

‫الم‬.( ٠‫ن‬٠‫ئئرو‬٠ .pip. 3 p.m(

they shall be succoured

(pip. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫تصر زن‬

you shall be succoured

‫نمر اضرًا‬/‫اثضر‬
help, aid, succour
v.n.l(

helper [act. pic. nt. ٠.( ‫آرر‬

‫آتنكهثئألتامتدحم‬
We destroyed them and there
was no helper of theirs.

147:131

protector acc. ٢‫نآير‬

 ‫ئسئذد‬
Then they shall know who

١١
(72:241
ere weaker in protectors.

helpers (act. pic. m. phi.) ‫نآييين‬

(pact. pic. m. sing.) acc.
"،is succoured
‫متععورًا‬
are succoured
(pact. pic. m. plu.) ‫النععوررن‬
(act. 2 pic, m. Jin‫؟‬,.( ‫تصيرة‬

<a strong helper

‫تيني‬ ‫امزن‬
is an intensive form of

‫أنصآر‬its plural is

‫انصار (فت‬، )‫شه‬

helpers (1)
of

٦٦٨

VOCAniLARV OF TH، HOLV QURAN ‫نض‬

٠ ‫صر‬۵ \

‫) انايية ا نايية‬.«( forlock

(forelockcs (n.p.) ‫النواين‬

(sing.) :‫آيتة‬ )‫ (ن‬٢‫نصًا يتز ننو‬

to seize one by the forelock

٠‫نضج‬

(per3 ‫ ؛‬p. f sing ) ‫تيجت‬

(cooked
 ‫ (تنج نشج تحجأ (س‬to be
done, cooked, to be thoro-
ughly burnt and whose
sensibility has been dead

‫★نضخ‬

gushingdual)
{elative ‫خخاختاي‬
forth (fountains)

)‫تتخ ينقح تخخًا (ف‬

to sprinkle water on, irrigate,
gush out, (spring)

‫★ ذرد‬
(act. 1 pic. m. sing.) ‫ييد‬
(piled one over another,

ranged

)‫تخد ييد تدًا (ز‬

to pile up one over the other

(carpets, cushions, goods

etc.)

‫يا‬ ‫اتصر‬
{perf, 3 p.m. sing■') viii
vindicated himself

to avenge viii
‫اتصتر أتعارًا‬
oneself, vindicate or deliver
oneself

‫ أ‬per3 .‫ ؛‬pm. plu.) ,ill ‫انعررا‬

they vindicated
themselves

(Imperf ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.) viii ‫ينيرون‬

they vindicate themselves

you (twain)
(imperf. defend
2 p.m. dual.) viii ‫تنىران‬
themselves

(1 beg thee
(perate. to) vindicate
m. sing.) viii ‫انتسز‬
(me)
 one who m.
(Ap-der. is able toXdefend
sing.) ‫متر‬
himself

those who
(Ap-der. m.are able
phi.) to
acc. ‫منصرين‬
defend themselves

{perf ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) X

~asked for aid or Succour
‫انتعر‬
(perf ‫و‬p.m. plu.) X ‫انتمرزا‬
they asked for aid or succour

‫ تضرانًا‬/‫نضراني‬
،Christian(n.)acc.

‫انتارلىمزاأل‬
(Christians (fl. p.)
).sing(

‫( 'ينفذ‬.the half (n)

)‫تصف ينصغ تمغًا (ن‬

to reach half its portion

٦٦٦

VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN

|٠‫|ئظف‬
^speaks
‫يلق‬
(imperf. Ist p.m. sing.)

‫تطق يطق نظتآ (ض‬

to speak, utter, articulate
sounds

they speak
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫ينطقوؤن‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ‫تنلقرن‬
 ye speak

(perf. ‫و‬ p. m. sing.) iv

,caused to speak "
‫آنتف‬
‫خق‬
diction, language
(v.n. mim.)

‫يأيهًالتكيءتامنطقالير‬
0 people verily we have been
taught the diction of birds.

‫★نظر‬
^looked
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫ظر‬
‫إلى‬-
- ‫ف‬
saw

٢‫ئر نظر ظر‬

glanced

-‫االتفا‬
to see,
to gaze,look
observe,
at, behold,
consider, listen to, be pat*
ient towards, to wait, to
look to

670

‫ند‬
(pact. pic. m. sing.١ ‫نغوأ‬
ranged one over the other

‫وره‬ fruit. 156:281

plantains landen with

‫★ ن رو‬
‫ضرةينضر ر غخر‬
‫تخر‬
‫(ينضر نضر‬
brightness (n.)

soft, beautiful
to be

shining (act. pic. f. sing.) ‫نايرة‬

 ٠ ‫ن ط~ج‬
(act. 2 pic.f. sing.)
<the gored (by the horns
‫انيحة‬
of an animal)

)‫تتتيتحتظًا(ف‬
to butt with the horns, gore
(according to ‘Ibne Aqil’

‫ة‬ is a sign of changing form

is not feminine form, it
an adjective to nominative

٠‫ن ط ى‬
‫( نأفة‬. )‫ ض‬،‫نلفآ(ن‬a drop
‫ت نيف‬ ‫تتفت نطف‬
(semen) (n>

to flow softly,

trickle gently (water), pour

out (a liquid)

٦ Vi
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN ‫نر‬
(imperf. 3 ‫م‬. f. sing ) juss. ‫تتظر‬
< should look to

form of 3 p. f. is used for

‫غ‬ that is feminine

‫!ولتشلركنتمةلغي‬
And let every soul look to
that which it sendeth on
before for the morrow.

(59:18)

(imperf. 1st. p.m. plu.) ‫تظرزن‬

ye looked on

‫لتغيوًانثرئثترعي‬8‫يآغر‬
 And drowned Firawn’s folk
while ye looked on (،.e..

in your sight). 12:501

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) juss. ‫أظر‬

1 lock at

‫ أينآنظزايك‬١‫ئلم‬
He said. My Lord show me
(thyself) that I may gaze
upon thee. (7:143)
(imperf. 1st p. plu.) juss. ‫يننظر‬
we in order to see

(perate. m. sing.) ‫اظر‬

look at! (1)

‫فاثظتالطصايكوشراهككريتتة‬
Look at thy food and drink,
they have not rotten.

[2:2591

look (think over) (2)

‫ اترى‬5‫تأنظرما‬

So look what thinkest thou !

‫ة‬٠‫كوئةئتت‬٠٠‫'ودذا ع‬
And whenever a Surah is
sent down they look at
each other. (9:127)

(imperf. ‫و‬
looks (at) (I,
p.m. sing.) ‫يظر‬

-shall not look at ‫ لم‬g) ‫آل بظ‬

Nor Allah shall speak to
them or look at them.

13:771.

to find out (2)

 ‫يظرآية)زكنطصاما‬

Let him find out which is

the best food. 118:191

to wait (3)

‫إالصيحةواجدة‬,‫رمايثلريلة‬

And those wait but for one

shout. (38:15)

(imperf. ‫ و‬p. In. plu.) ‫ينظرزن‬

they wait for . ‫آن‬

‫هةيعلئذةلؤًانيأةمالإه‬

Will they wait until Allah

2:2 10‫ )ز‬conies to them
‫س‬.‫ سك‬:‫ف‬-‫يظرزا‬

they consider

‫آوكريظرعافمكياكنويرأآلزغ‬
Have they not considered
the governance of the
heaven and the earth.

(7:1851

٦٧١

671

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫نظر‬
•‫|كذعئل|؟رغ‬
And if one (the debtor) be
in difficulties then let there
be a deferment until easi-
ness. 12:2801

(act. picf. sing.) ‫'نأبلننا‬

lit: observer
 (one who waits and sees)

(perate. ‫آل تظرزا‬

do not respite
neg. 2p.m. plufiv

‫ذدئ آلتخارزي آل‬

respite me not (com.)
).neg (

‫أتظر‬
respite! 2 p. sing.)
(perate.

‫أظرني‬
respite me!

(pip. ‫ينظررن‬
they will be plu.)
3 p.m. respited
،V

(pis. pic. m. plu.)

respited ones

(pls. pic. m. plu.) acc.

~wa‫؛‬ts (waiting)
{(imperf. ‫يتظر‬
3 p.m. sing.)[ VI،/

wait 1 m. sing.) tin

(parate. ‫اتز‬
(0 you) wait
(pcrate. tn. plu.) viii ‫اتظرزا‬
those who
(Ap-der. m.are awaiting
plu.) viii ‫منتظرزن‬
those who
(Ap-der. m.are awaiting
plu.) acc. viii ‫متظرن‬
672

‫عنظرزن‬
look upon (3)

‫الئقولراراعبارظرلراتحريا‬
Say not, ‘listen to us’ but
say, 'look upon US* (2:104]

(O you) behold
(perate. !(4)
2p. m. phi.) ١‫انظرؤ‬
٠٠٠٥٥٠
 And behold what was the
end of those who rejected
truth! 13:1371

wait for (5)

‫أئغررتانعتينينئرركر‬
Wait for US that we may
borrow some of light.

‫؛‬57:131
(p«٣٥te. 2p.f. sing.) ‫انظرنى‬

consider! ‫ي‬
‫جين‬٠
So consider what thou
command. 27:33‫؛‬,
‫ااؤه‬
the look (rn.) ‫تظر‬
‫نظرونإليلعنطرالسثتيعيوينالتوتث‬
They look at thee with the
look of one swooning into
death. 147:201

‫ءه‬
a glance (fl.)
‫تظرئكريفياكججم‬
The he glanced a glance
on the stars. [37:881

a deferment, (it.)
a delay, a respite
;‫ين‬

٦٧٢
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫ج‬٤‫ن‬
(perf. 2 p. m. sing.) iv ‫آنعتنت‬
thou hast bestowed

(thy) grace

(perf. 1st p. plu.) iv ‫آنتنًا‬

we have fevoured

favour (v.fl) ‫ينمة‬

(favours (n.p.) ‫يعم‬
 (sing■) ‫فنمة‬
(favours (pb.) ‫أنسم‬
,iiflg.) ‫ينمة‬
favour (fl.) ‫سام‬

‫انيتم‬
delightpic. m. sing.)
(act.

(garden of ‫جثاك اتيم‬

‫ججاث انيف‬ delight

‫)ءماا•كأنآم‬٣.( ‫تسمء‬
cattle،‫كم‬ ‫اتام‬
(cattle (n.p.)
‫ينم‬
an irregular verb called verb
of praise ‫ يتداتمذج‬that
means “to be excellent,”

thus ‫ييم المؤل‬ means “He

is the Excellent Master.”

how excellent a reward

how■ excellent ‫يغم اثراب‬

(are ٠‫ )ع‬who spread it
(the earth) out ‫فنم اآلعدون‬
verily how excellent‫ينم ابيالن‬

(or gracious) were those'

who answered (،.،., we
returned a grecious an-
swer).

٦٧٣

‫★ نعج‬
٠‫ا‬.( ‫ (نسجة‬ewe
‫يآج‬
. (ewes (n.p.)
(sing.) ‫تتجة‬

* ‫نع ى‬
‫ائآي‬
slumber (fl.) r
acc. L ‫ئآ—ًا‬
 ★ ‫عل‬٠‫ذ‬
thy shoes ‫مبك‬
f d (fl. dual) ‫تتلن‬
‫ تتيك‬- ‫) ننل*ك‬.com(

<delights, case, (rt.) (‫نشمة‬

comforts

،‫تةيمةتيمينعمينتة(ف‬
to live in ease, in comfort,
lead a pleasaut life

owners of ease ‫لج‬١‫أوئ‬

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫يتة‬٠

delighted one

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) " ‫تتم‬

Made prosperous

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv ‫أنم‬

has favoured with grace, ‫ قلى‬-
has blessed

6713

‫ن‬ VOCABULARY OF IHE HOLY ‫ يا‬RAN ‫نعم‬

)‫تغح ينفح شحًا ة تقآنا(ف‬

to spread its odour (perfume),
blow (wind!

Note: indicates to the

noun, thus means: a single

breath

‫★تغخن فخ‬
(perf 3 p. ling.)
 breathed

)‫تغخبفختغخًا(ن‬
to blow with the mouth

(perf. !st. p. sing.) ‫تغخى‬

I breathed

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تخنًا‬

we breathed ٠
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.)
thou breathe
‫تفخ‬

‫ًاهمعل‬
(/,?perf. Isl. p. sing.) ‫انغخ‬
i breathe (1 blow) ٠
blow : (perate m. plu.) ‫أنقخرا‬
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫تخ‬
١was,'w ill be blown ‫والو‬
(pip. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫نغخ‬
will be blow ‫ا‬
a single breath or (n.)
blow
‫تنخة‬

★‫نفد‬(pert. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫تغيد‬

١cxhausted
the sea would ‫تفد ابت‬
have exhausted

h j‫؛‬xce )‫ييا ( يغم مًا ييممًا‬

‫لتالهنياييطكزية‬
How excellent is the admoni-
tion that He gives you.
 ‫؛‬4:581

‫نعم‬ yea, yes

٠ ‫سينيضون ض‬
‫نع‬
<(thus) they will
shake, wag

‫تغض يننض تغضًا ن نغرضًا (ض‬

to move, be .shaken,

shake

‫آننش ارأي‬ to shake

the head in wonder or scorn

‫فينضصزناكيكر]زتهغرريقونونمتى هو‬
Then they will wag their
heads at thee and say:
when it will be? (17:51,

★
‫★ ن وا‬
< blower
(ent. women
f. plu.)

)‫ض‬،‫تقت ييك تثا (ن‬

to blow in or on a thing
(juggler, sorcerer), (with
object) to spit out or
the mouth

★ ‫ن فح‬

a breath (n.) ‫مة‬

674

٦٧‫؛‬

‫ر‬
‫ت‬
VOCAIILLARV OF THE HOLV QURAN
 ‫ن‬
‫ن‬

)‫ض‬،‫ينفر غررًا (ن‬/‫غر يفر‬

to grow wild, restive, runaway,

be frightend, through
fright, to go, march forth
to war or 10 any cause

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)f.d. el. ‫نفرزا‬

to march forth

‫تسالؤدهة‬

And it is not for the believers

to march forth all to-

gether. [9:122,

(perate m. plu.)
march forth !

(imperf. 2p .m. pht.١ (f d.)

ye march forth

the act of running (v.n.).

away

or being a fugitive, acc.

concourse

‫اكرزا‬
‫تفرزا‬
‫غؤر‬
‫قررًا‬

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ٥e ‫غزًا‬

a company or number of
men dealing with others
as in war

‫وآنددأميًاضيال ةبنين‬
We supported you with riches
and childern and We made
you anumerousconcours«.

117:61

people, a company of (.‫؟‬.( ‫غر‬

men not exceeding ten nor
less then three

(Ap-der.f.sing.')X ‫متتفرة‬
one who takes to night;

fugitive

)‫تغد يقد تغآدًا (س‬

to be spent, consumed, cxha•

us ted

exhausted I'!»erf. 3p.f.sing.) ‫تدن‬

Could not te ‫تدت‬ ،

exhausted [31:27,

imperf. ‫>( ن‬. f. s‫„؛‬g,١ aec. ‫تئد‬

— (they) exhaust

f. sing, used for plural

(imperf. 3 p. Ml. ring.) ‫تقذ‬

,-exhausts or will be

exhausted

ceasing (v.n.) 5‫تغآ‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) ‫تتغذون‬

<ye pass out of—

‫(غذيفذغذًاومآذًا(ن‬

1٠‫ ا‬penetrate, to pass, go

beyond

‫تفذرا‬
iimperf. 2 p.m. plu.١
(acc. fd.)
 that yc pass out of

(perate. m. phi.) ‫اغذؤا‬

go beyond!

(perf. ‫ و‬p. rn. sing.) ‫تقر‬

‫—يم‬marched forth

٦٧٥

675

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ‫ ■ايا‬RAN ‫نس‬

‫ئتتةصندذلد‬٠‫ة‬
And whatever of 1 ‫از‬bcfalleth
thee it is from thyself.

(4:791

soul, in the sense (4)

of One's inner desire or
feeling

‫اكانيينعنلمتنالهومنعتى‬
‫إالحليةفنعي يغعزبتضما‬
It availed them not against
Allah at all, it was only a
craving in the soul of
Ya'qub that he satisfied.

112:681

willingly (5)

(Note : When used as adverb

it means willingly)

‫فأنطبن لكعنتى« يتهل‬

And if of themselves they
give up aught thereof to

you. (4:4 ‫ز‬

 ‫ص‬٠‫آل‬٠‫ا‬/persons,
‫لةزل‬١selves,
,.>/.„( souls
,soulsas
one’s inner desire or feel-
‫ع‬
ings

(zing.) ‫غن‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing./ V ‫تغت‬
breathed

‫رالشبحإذائنئن‬
And the dawn as it breathes
away (the darknesr).

(81:18(

‫كل‬ ‫( قئ‬.A soul, a living (1) (n

‫ص‬ soul

‫؟؟«؛‬،XU;
‫يقبلينماتعاعة‬
And fear a Day (or guard
yourselves against a Day)
when no soul will in aught
avail another nor will inter-
cession be accepted from
it. (2:481

a person (2)

‫الجش ئدوارهمالب‬ ‫يًابهًا‬

‫تنتن احدة‬ 1

0 mankind ! Fear your Lord

who created you from a

single person 14:1 ‫ا‬

self (3)

(Note: the word ‫ تغى‬and

its plural forms ‫ؤح‬٠ and
‫ أغن‬are used to denote the
 reflective meaning. Thus

‫غه‬،‫أنفسم‬
and the rest mean himself,
themselves, itself, etc.

Nor I exculpate myself Lo !

the (human) soul enjoineth
unto evil. (12:531

٦٧٦

‫ن‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نفس‬

<a hole in a (n.) ،‫ شق‬acc. ‫غقًا‬

place from where there is
an other exit

‫ (تغق نفق تغقًا (ن‬to be

consumed, hidden, ex-
hausted, spent

‫انكاككبرعيكإعراض‬
‫آنتتغنفقأفاآلتض‬
And if their backsliding is
hard upon thee, then seek
out. if Thou cansi, a hole

(/'‫ رض‬in the earth.

16:35])

expenditure (n.) ‫ناشراجغقة‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p. ffl. plu.} Hi

played the hypocrite

to enter into Hi ‫غغاةًا‬ ‫تاقق‬

its hole where are many
entrences (Jerboa) and hence

to be a hypocrite in religi-
on means, professing to
believe first one thing and
 then another

(Ap-der. m. plu.١ iii ‫المآشزن ؟‬

(Ap-der.
those whom,
arepiu ٠)acc. il‫؛‬١ ‫ألمايقين‬
hypocrite

(Ap-der. m. piu, ١ iii ‫انآفقي‬

hypocrite

hypocrisy (v. n.) iii ‫انفاق‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) Vi ‫لتآفت‬
let-aspire, long for

(Apder, m. plu.) ٠، ‫المتيزن‬

aspires

r* ‫ان نى ض‬
(perf. ‫ د‬p. f. sing.)
<~ pastured

)‫تغثينغثتغًا(ن‬
to pick or pull into pieces

٠٥١٠١ ‫ك‬fingers,
\‫*ألا‬Vto flatter, ١ ‫ًا‬١٠‫(أ‬
‫هااهغ‬pester,

!,act, pic, m. sing. ١ ‫المقؤش‬

carded one

‫★ ن بى ع‬

(perf? p. m. Sing. ‫ز‬ ‫تقع‬

< ،profited

)‫تتع بقع تغعا (ف‬

to profit, lo be useful

(perf. 3 p.‫مر‬. sing.) ‫قخ‬

'"',profited

(imperf. 5 p.m. ‫؟‬lng. ١ ‫ينفع‬

 ،profits

(imperf". ‫ ل‬p. f. sing.١ ‫تتغع‬

",will profit

(will not profit ‫تفع‬ ‫) آل‬

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p. m. plu.١ ‫يغعن‬

they profit

٥?.enefits(„.۶.) ‫تنآنع‬
(jfrtg.) ‫تقة‬ ‫يح‬

profit (benefit) (y.n.) ‫ع‬

١٧٧

،'OCAIWLARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

And of the night, keep the

vigil therein as (an act of)
supererogation for thee.

،57:79‫؛‬

grandson (2)

‫ووهنتألةإتحتويعقزبنآ‬
Altd we bestowed upon him

۶ ٩
r ha and Ya’qnb as a
grandson. [21:72‫؛‬

(spoils or war (,,. p.) ‫اونغال‬

(sing.) booty ‫تغل‬
‫يثكنكعنأآلنناالقالالنغالبلورالرالك‬
They ask thee concerning the
spoils of ssar, say thou :

the spoils of ٦١ ar are at

the disposal of Allah and
the Apostle. [8:1‫؛‬
 (pip. 3 p.m. ph(.١ w.v,
(they are expelled, they
will be expelled

‫(تنى ينف تغ (ض‬

assay, to expel, cast out
to drive

‫تقًا‬
piercing (I‘. n.J
digging through (a ssall)

warden, captain
(act. 2 pic sing.) ‫ م؛‬:‫م‬
in the act of (v,n.) Hi acc.
hypocisy
‫يغاتًا‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫آتغق‬

‫ > سم‬has expended
٠٠٠ ‫آنغق إنغاةًا‬, ,'.!!to consult
to expend

thou hath expended

(perf. 2 p. tn. sing.) t
‫آفتًا‬
(perf. 3 p. m, plu.) iv
they have expended
‫آققرا‬

(pref.2 p m. plu.) ،'v ‫أشقتم‬

ye have expended ‫م‬
(imperf, ‫ ؤ‬p. sing.) iv ‫تفق‬

ye expend
(imperf 3 p.nt. plu.) tv ‫تيقرن‬
(imperf .2 p.m. plu.)iv. acc.
 that ye expend

expend (prate, m. plu.) iv ‫أتنقزا‬

expendins (v.n.) ‫اإلغاق‬
(Ap٠de٢.n١. p!u.١ ٦٠‫\همم‬
those who expend ---

‫نفلع‬
iaet, pic. f. sing.) ‫نافة‬

٨> supererogatory deed (1)

‫(تفل نفل غًال (ن‬
to give one a gift or present,
give booty taken from
the enemy, to do, or gjse

over and above ١١ hat is

١
Commanded or a gift o er
and above what is asked

١٧٨

‫ن‬ VOCABILARV OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نقب‬

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫قر‬

<was blown or
‫ نم‬was sounded

‫(ترينقرقرًا (ن‬
to strike, injure one

the trumpet In.) ‫اناقرر‬

(act. pic. m. sing.) ‫تيرًا‬

a groove in ‫ ئ‬a date-stoue

( ‫ تيرًا‬acc. in the smallest

matter)
 ‫تقص‬
< diminishes, consumes
(imperf. 2 p. f. sing.)

‫تت نقص تشصًا و‬

to diminish decrease, run

lo٠١

‫أ‬
are diminishing (you)
they ( ■٠ f d.)f.juss. ‫يقعزا‬
they abated nothing
of your right
‫جشزي‬
wc reduce
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ‫تقم‬
~is diminished
(pip. 3 p. m. sing ) ‫يقك‬
abate! ( perate m. sing.) ‫اش‬
give not short
(perate. r.eg. m. plu.) ‫آل تقموا‬
١ ‫تبوا‬
(per3 .‫ ؛‬p. m. plu. j ii

<they overrun (in the land)

‫ اآزض‬:‫تعت ن‬
over the land, to pass or
run ii

wander through

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv
< delivered
‫آتن‬
to deliver, iv
‫آتذ إنتاذًا‬
save, rescue from

thou rescue
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv ‫تقذ‬
 ‫آئأتتنقذمنفالتأر‬
Cant thou (O Muhammad)
rescue him who is in the
fire. ،39:191

they deliver, save

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ,"v ‫يقذون‬
they will he delivered (or
(pip. 3 p. m. plu.) iv ‫يغذ زن‬
saved)

‫رالنممينتنؤن‬
And they will not be saved.
136:431

they can rescue

(imperf. 3 p.m.plu.)x,f.d. ‫ينتقذزا‬
‫رلنيتلبتملثبابيئااليتتذزهيئه‬
And if the fly took something
from them, they could
not rescue it from him,

[22:731

٦٧٩

679

‫ال‬
‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAN

‫نقص‬
‫ ثم م ما‬/ ‫؛م عم‬
‫ينرعلى‬- ‫ س) ن اتقم‬،‫(ض‬
to aveng oneself upon،
punish, chastise, accuse.

to develop hate
 ‫وسانقموا ونمخ رياآن‬
‫يؤينزباشوالعزيزالحييير‬
And they persecuted them
for naught save that they
believed in Allah، the
Mighty, the Praiseworthy.

185:8)
they avenged (2)

‫ربا ئتجلؤًانآءئم|غهسذظه‬
And they avenged not except
for (this) that Allah and
His Messenger had enric■
hed them. [9:74}

(imperf. 2 p m. sing.) ‫تتم‬

thou takest vengeance

(imperf. 2 p m. plu.)
ye take vengeance ‫تقمون‬
(perf 1st.
we took p. plu.) viii
vengeance ‫انقمن‬
(imperf. ‫ ق‬p. m. sing.) viii ‫يتقم‬

‫ اازه‬take retribution
retribution
(Ap-der. m. (*.fl.)
plu.) ‫ايقام‬
rf«viii ‫متقمورن‬
avenger -

‫كب‬٠‫*ز‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) el ‫تاكجرن‬
(certainly they are deviate rs

(pact. pic. m. sing.)

diminished ‫نعرص‬
diminution (vn.) ‫تقص‬

‫قنن‬ (.»p f. sin ‫■ ن‬/per ‫؛‬

,broke ‫نلم‬ >

(unravelled ‫)بم‬
)‫تتغ نقض تخًا (ن‬

to pull down، demolish (a

house)، break)(a contract)،
undo a thing, violate (a
treaty), to unravel or
untwist.

(imperf.
they violate ‫و‬ p. m. plu.) ‫يقفون‬
(perate neg. m. plu.)
do not violate '
‫آل تقضوا‬
breaking (v.n.) ‫تخ‬

(perf. ‫ن‬p. m. sing.) iv

N weighed down
‫آنتخ‬
‫★ نقع‬

‫تقعآ‬
)‫تتعيقعتغعًا(ف‬
<dust (n.) acc.

to soak, macerate.

★ ‫نقم‬
(perf. ‫ ن‬p. m. ph».

<they persecuted (1)

٦٨

‘ *I

‫ن‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAX

‫ك‬
only the contract of
marriage-

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.)

ye married
(imperf. i p.m. sing.)
marries

to marry ‫ينكخ‬
٠
(imperf, 2 p, f
‫آن‬ plu.)
juss.

that they (women) marry

‫كتتم‬
‫ينكح‬
‫ينكخ‬
‫يكخن‬
‫ت أبكحرا‬
marry ! (O you men)
(perate 2 p.m, plu.)

(٠ ‫آليلثؤا‬
(perate. neg. m. plu.)
marry not you men)

(‫م‬٣‫ب؛‬ /st p, plu.) IV

I ١٠
give in marriage

‫ا‬
(perate.neg.m. plu.)
(O you men) give
not in marriage

‫تيحزا‬
‫آليحرا‬
(perate. m. plu.) ‫انكحزا‬
give m marriage

(imperf. ‫و‬
Ai'Wish to marry
p.m. sing.) X

marriage (tn.) acc.

‫ذهت‬.‫؛الغئذ‬
Those who find no means

to marry. 124:331

★ ‫ن لث د‬
 (odd act. pic.) acc. ‫عكدًا‬
niggardly, evil, scantily

(‫تكجينكبنكبًاومنكزا‬
to go aside or swerve from

(shoulders (n.p.)
(a tract of country).
‫عتاكهآ‬
(sins.) shoulder ‫غنكب‬

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ‫تكث‬

<~br ٥ ke (oath)

)‫نكقكمف نقث (ن‬

to break (a promise), violate
(a treaty), untwist (a cord,
unravel

‫و‬
they broke (their oath)
(perf. p. m. plu.) ‫ثكثزا‬
'''breaks (covenant)
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ‫ينكف‬
they break (the covenant)
(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) ‫ثكثرن‬
the untwisted stands (n. p.)
of a rope

‫و‬
Omarried
(perf. ‫تكح‬ p. m. sing.)

)‫نكةينكحيكآحا(غ‬
to marry, contract a marriage
(According to lexiconology
 the word ‫يكح‬
sexual relation but in the
means the
Quranic glossary it denotes

68‫ا‬

٦٨١

‫ ن ل‬VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN ‫ن لذى‬

‫مالكرتنتلجايييبنومالكر‬
‫تينيير‬
You will have no place of
refuge that Day nor there
will be for you any deny-
ing (of your guilt). (42:47)

wrath (2)

‫فامكيت‬
‫دكئتهذ؟هؤ‬٦‫ذتذغذ‬٧١‫ى’د‬.‫ذذكي‬
‫ل‬ gave rein to the infidels
then I look hold of them,
so how hath been My
wrath. [22:44]

‫ا؟‬٦‫د‬.١‫ ةثؤؤل ’آل‬.KAp-der. m

those who do not recognize

denier (Ap-der. f. sing.) 5‫ممنكرة‬

stranger (pis. pic. m. plu.) ‫تكرزن‬
(unknown,

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ‫نئئهـ‬

what is strange to the (1)
human nature, false

‫يأتقك يالعرلرنرتيموتعيألمثكز‬
They command that which is
reputable and prohibit
that which is disreputable.

[3:1041

reputable (opp.) ‫المرون‬

‫ه‬٦‫؟أال‬١‫المعروف ؛اسال‬

(pis. pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫مصدًا‬

 disputable (2)

‫إنهنليقرلوكمكراقنا لقولي‬
Verily they utter a saying
disputable. (58:2)
682

)‫>نوديعدثكدًا(س‬
to be hard, painful, to refuse
what is asked, niggardly,
having little water (with)
little and scattered sowing
(farm)

* ‫ن ال ر‬
‫نكر‬ (.per/■ 3 p-m. sing)

(disliked (I--"،)

)‫نورينكر*كرآقنويرًا(س‬
to be ignorant, not to recog*
nise, notto know, dislike,
refuse to acknowledge

‫ةيتء‬٠‫آلتج‬٢‫دبم‬
And when he beheld that
their hand reached it not,
he disliked them (or felt
mistrust of them), (1:701

(dative, m. sing.) ‫آتر‬

most disagreeable

‫تلىشالتيو‬٢‫ز'لللثذي‬٦‫ااؤ‬
Verily the most disagreeable
of voices is the voice of
the ass. (Y. Ali) abomin-
١.VPic ‫؛‬٦‫قال‬,'١ ‫ل'أأل‬١‫عح‬-١‫ ا‬١S.٥Y
131:19]

mera. aw(١s\(v.n.١ ‫تكره‬

((,"/. what
painful ‫*تزآ‬
is unbearable)
acc•
 (one who
denier ،1) denies the fact)
(net. 2 pic. vn.) ‫نكيز‬
٦٨٢

‫ نكل‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QVRAN ‫نكس‬

(imperf. ‫ح‬
ye turn back
p. m. plu. ١ ‫تنكمون‬

‫لنةعت آغقا؟م تنيضز‬

Ye used to turn back on

your heels. ،23:66]

٣‫ن كف‬
(perf ‫ن‬ p. m. pla.) X
< disdained
‫استقفوا‬
‫على‬-)‫تكفتكفثنكنًا(ن‬
to refuse, reject, abstain from

‫ استتتف انثكجآل‬,to be proud

disdain

(wil not) disdain

(chastising (o. ii) acc. ‫تيكيًال‬

‫ين‬،‫عن‬،‫ب‬-)‫نكلينيلنكآل(ض‬
to chastise

‫ ثكل ىيًال‬ii ‫ا‬0

to bring calamity upon

٩‫ل‬١‫ ملخ‬is as ‫ ثيل‬such as

‫ تتليم‬is as ‫تآلم‬
heavy fetters (n.p.) acc. ‫أعكاأل‬
deterrent (1) (n.) acc. ‫ملغ أل‬

‫تجلنماتااللسابينيديمأو‬
And We made it a deterrent
 unto those of their day
and those after them.

[2:66]

٦٨٣

(pp. ‫و‬p.m. plu.)

(they were made
‫نيسرا‬
upside down

)‫تكتينكىنكسًا(ن‬
to upset, turn upside down

(act. pie. m. piu. ١ ‫ئ‬.d. ‫كسوا‬

those who turn upside down

?‫كئء؛لممذ‬,١‫ذئضلؤنذ‬،‫تالترى؛اذ‬
:‫رتوم‬
Couldst thou but sec when
the culprits shall hang
their heads before their
Lord. [32:12]

(imperf. Is! ‫م‬. plu.) ii, juss. ‫ننكتن‬

‫اللتلذح‬٠.‫وشلتزألجتة‬
And whosoever We grant
long life. We reverse him
in creation. 136:681

‫نكمع‬

(pref. 3 p. m. sing.)
Oretreated
‫تكك‬

)‫ض‬،‫تكصيكماييمتكصآ(ن‬
to fall hack, retreat,
withdraw from, desist

‫شمعل عقيد‬
 He retreated upon his two
heels. 18:481

*I"

‫ه‬89

٠١sni [0‫ح‬:‫]ءه‬

IUOJJ |T1OS $11) pujwjsaj

pus 0101 siq ajojaq PUBJS
utiq JBJ SB ,ng *٠٩ 01 pajcaj
‫ذاالكممآلك‬٢‫ثمم‬١‫ا‬٢‫ب‬٠‫م‬
‫لك‬٢‫مًالصل‬٩‫ك‬

ss UIOJJ dojs OJ auo

٠٩BW OJ ()iqiqojd ‘prqjoj

- ‫د‬9 ٩‫«ا‬٨‫ س‬OJ

٢‫ب‬٢‫)■*■) (م)ح‬M
~Ej٥J)1(‫ ؛‬pau

‫ه‬١ ‫ا‬.’*.*»*‫؛‬ )■١s»B ٠‫ س‬4 £ ‫(قددل‬

>?٠‫اه م‬
FP OI u*0p UIOJJ Xsp B (٣)
‫مه‬/‫ج‬٦ ‫د؛ه"أ الد هدد‬
‫ال‬٦‫ ي‬I u ‫ ؛‬I ‫(ال'اهمي‬asjndaj
)
‫ل‬٠‫لال‬

01 0) asnBO ‫؟‬U1B٥JJ) ‫ اله‬٥٠

‫* (م)لمد مي ي‬oy OJ
aptip

<٦saq*ojq JOU op، JOU op

‫لم‬٦‫) مبد‬ M m ■‫ الدة‬ajowd(

JB٥,٥ aq OJ *jsap 33,010

OJ ‘(‫ ف‬b) MO||OJ *3 bjj OJ ٥

)‫يةيلع‬٦)‫>م‬
٦٧٤

‫ االة‬JCHJ

JO Jauustu ‘pBOJ UlBjd B

٦‫بم‬١‫ذ‬١ ٠٥٥٥ ‫لم‬1،|‫ع‬١٠٠‫ز‬١‫ ا‬٤٥ ،‫*ا‬

uaa.Mjaq

jaiqosituanBujoj ‫لهوارب‬

psajds OJ- (‫ر‬١)‫ح يي‬

<JSpUB|S *XBiun,B3

(٠‫د‬/>/ ,٥٥ luis IU) ‫هي‬

)?‫* دد‬

‫ ')آل‬2‫(ةاال‬
<sjaSuy (‫ه‬-‫ال‬-) ‫ا‬٦٩‫ك‬

SJUB (٠‫ى‬-‫)ئ‬ ‫خ‬

‫و‬ )٠‫ كدالثمررد‬-‫ (ال‬JUB UB

‫ ه‬P ‫? د‬C

*0 pJO٩ ‫ؤ‬BJV٠UOU٥‫ ؛‬UlSjJO

‫تم‬١‫مم‬ )*‫ (ال ى‬suo‫؛‬qsn٥<

‫ممد م‬

lUKajdaqjjo- '

PUB jajjBajajj aqj JO Jiratu

-qsiand aqi qjt* unq JO

aiojaJaqM ٩],٧8 ]pot) p,B

r‫؛‬if‫؛؟‬١>it^0i٠r‫؛؟؟‬٦r‫؟‬

juauiqsiund (‫وم )ع‬0

 ٠ ‫م‬٦ ٢١ NvanQ OH HOA-BVIOBVOOA

‫ نه‬vocabulary of the HOLV QURAN ‫ن ه ع‬

(imperf.‫ د‬p. m, sing.) w.v. ‫تهى‬
thou forbidest

‫آتنهآنغبدماييداياينا‬

Dost thou forbid US to wor-

ship what our fathers wor-
shipped. 11:621

(imperf. 2 p.m.plu.) ,١,٠V. ‫نمون‬

ye prevent

‫أتقكيالروز رنهتعنالئكر‬5

Ye command that ١١hich is

reputable and prevent that
which is disreputable.

‫ز‬0 3:11[

{imperf. 1st. p. plu‫ ل‬w.v. ‫ينؤن‬

they prevent

(perate. m. sing.) I١‘.v. ‫أنة‬ )‫)ق‬

prevent thou !

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫*وا‬

they were prevented, prohibi-

(pp. 1st. p. sin‫ (؟‬١١٠٠١٠٠ ‫*يت‬

1 was prevented

(pip. 2 p. m. plu.) (w.v.) ‫تهؤن‬

ye are prohibited

(act. pic. m. plw.١ (w.١٠٠١ ‫الحهون‬

preventers

(perf 3 p.m. sing.) viii, w.v. ‫اتبى‬

refrained

(perf.‫ ل‬p.m. plu.) riii, w.v. ‫اتيرا‬

they refrained
If they refrain. ‫فأيانتهوا‬

]‫؛‬2:2192

forbade (2)

‫رانمعكهقاثتموا‬

And whatsoever he forbid-

delh, abstain (from it).
[59:7]

(perf. 3 p. m.١١’.‫و)اا‬/».‫ر‬.)
they forbade

١.ng)Vwv‫؛‬lsi.p.s .‫؛‬per)
forbade ‫أ‬

‫آنمى‬
Note: when attached to a
pronoun, the final ‫ ع‬is
replaced by ‫ ألفن‬e٠g.٠r۶l
f.d. H'.r,
(imperf. 1st p. sing. ‫؛ل‬ss.)
1 forbid

Did not 1 forbid you two.

17:22]
‫» تنة‬.'f.d. >1
(imped, kt p. plu.)

١١٥ forbid

Forbade we ‫تهك‬ ٦‫ إ‬- ١

115:70]

{imperf.‫ ل‬p.m. sing.‫ر‬ w.v. ‫ينهى‬

* forbids

{imperf, 3 p.f. sing.) ‫تفى‬

N prevents

‫دص‬،]‫ىيتئءت‬١‫لئاذةئم‬1‫الق‬

Verily the prayer preventeth

 (men) from indecency and
what is disreputable.

(29:45]

٦٨٥

VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN ‫نه ع‬

(boundary (2)
beyond which there is no
passing

‫عنديدرةالختمى‬
Nigh unto the lote-tree at
the boundary. [53:14]

(sing.) ‫البا ب‬
(understanding np.

(what forbids a man to go

beyond the moral limit or
do something unreason’
able)

those who desist

(Ap-der. m. plu.) viii, w.v. ‫منتؤن‬
they forbid each other
(imperf. 3p.m.plu.)vi,

‫كانزااليتناهوتعنثمنمرتلوة‬
They were not to desist from

the ‫ازبع‬ they committed.

* ‫نرا‬
(imperf. ‫و‬
-"-weighs down
p.f. sing) h.w.v.

)‫(ن‬٤‫توآقتورا‬٠‫تر‬-‫ا‬
to get up with hardship, to
weigh down

‫جكًابحهدتئةدأتئتآل‬٠‫أل‬
 Whereof the keys would have
weighed down a band of

strong men. [28:76 ‫ا‬

،86

‫سر‬. ‫تنسم‬.w.v
(impetf. 2 p. m. sing.١
thou refrained

‫لبنك تتتد‬
If thou refrainest not.

119:461

w.v. juss. ‫تدع‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

refrained

‫لبنكزينتدالنننتتت‬
If the hypocrites refrain not.

133:601

١٩٦٠٠ juss, ‫بنؤا‬

(imperf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.)

they refraind

refrained not ‫ينتزا‬٠‫لم‬

(.imperf, ‫ ن‬p. m. piu.) w.v. ‫ينمؤن‬
they refrain

w.v. juss. ‫تنيؤا‬

(imperf, 2 p. m, plu.)
‫ ءال‬trftaw

‫رانتتمرانمرخيلع‬:
And if ye refrain it will be
better for you. 18:19]

(perate. m. plu.) ‫أنتؤا‬

 refrain ! desist!

(n.ip.) w.v. ‫منتى‬

a terminus, limit (I)

‫إلىريكمنتممها‬
Upto thy Lord is the limit
thereof. (79:44]

٦٨٦
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN ‫نوب‬
andevolution
the light by combustion
of heat acc.
‫نارًا‬
‫اتلفتئجنجة‬
And that a whirlwind where-
in is fire should then smite
it, so that it is all con-
sumed. 12:2661

meta, evil or fire, that (2)

is, to lead to the Fire of
the Hereafter

‫أرتبكماياجؤيفًابطويوم‬
These are they who eat in
their bellies naught but
fire, (2:1741

the fire (3)

(the lie،, of the Hereafter)

‫السألة‬
Then dread the fire the
fuel whereof is men and
stones. (2:24)

Note : Fire is used m the

Quran for the actual fire,
the burning flame of this

Hell. The
world andlatter is aof the
for that ٠
general one.
 ‫ ثزر‬،‫اثور‬
the light, a light {„.)
this word is used in several
senses -

that form of radiant (I)

energy which stimulates
the organs of the sight

‫نلنو‬

(perf. 3. p.m. sing.) iv, w.v.

<'"eturned in repentance
‫آلمن‬
‫آنآبينيب إنآبة‬
to repent and turn to God.
iv

they returned in repentance

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv, w.v. ‫؟'تأيدا‬
(per‫؛‬. ,S! p. piu. ١ is.
we returned in repentance

‫ ؛‬return in repentance
(imperf. 1st p. sing.) IV, w.v. ‫أت‬
(imperf. 3p.m. sing.).iv, w.v,
^returns in repentance

(perate. m. plu.) iv, w.v.

return (O you men) in repen-
‫آنيوا‬
tance

one who returns in repen-

(Ap-der. m. sing.) ،V, w.v. ‫ينب‬
tance

acc. ‫ييين‬
١
iv, w.v.‫؛‬u.
(Apder.m.p

those who return in repen-

tance
n.( ‫ التار‬،‫نآر‬
‫يآر‬ ‫ز‬ ‫نآن نور تؤرًا‬
٢‫خهر‬٢‫اتار‬
‫'اركاو‬
‫ ز‬١‫ت‬
sparkle, emit light or fire
to shine X

٦٨٧

687

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نور‬

Prophet’s mission (5)

‫ريأنالمه إألآنييرتةل‬
And Allah refuseth to do
otherwise than perfect His
light. [9:32)

Note : ‫اثؤر‬ is singular, the

‫آنرار‬
plural from is and
‫نيران‬ butonly
mentions the singular
Quran always

form while
nesses) ‫ضالي‬ (dark*
is used always in
plural. This indicates that
the source of light or
guidance is only one but
the source of falsehood
and the means to go
astary are countless.

men, people (n.) ‫التأس‬

(Note : The word is a coll-
cctive noun: some gramm-
a nans have regarded it as

a plural of ‫( إنأن‬man-
kind) see (1 ‫نس‬
* ‫لنغ‬
 <theactof v.n. w ‫اثاوش‬
taking or receiving, recep-
tion

‫ اا‬٦‫تآزش تائش‬/
from a far point to return

‫تماحؤلة‬,‫تلتآأضآ‬
‫ذهباشهبنورجيم‬
Then when hath lit up that
which is around him Allah
takcth away their light.

{2:171

faith, belief, (2)

inner satisfaction

opp. darknesses

‫آشةرفاليينامنوأأيخيجهم نالكللمتإاللثز‬
Allah is the Patron of those
who believe. He bringeth
them forth from darkness-
es to the light. 12:2571

wisdom, divine (3)

‫؟لآل آة؛ا\ًا‬,‫آ‬١‫ل‬

that remove doubt and

lead to the faith

‫صجسأآل‬
We sent down the Taurat
wherein was guidance and
light. 15:44

the Divine Book, (4)

the source of guidance

UKll®

‫تتوكموانزلكاكيكرتهاتييئا‬
o Ye mankind ! There sur-
 ely hath come unto you a
proof, from your Lord
and We have sent down
unto you a manifest light
the Quran). [475, ‫)؛‬

688

٦٨٨

‫نىل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOL QURAN

sleep (3)

‫الهيترقأآلنفنحينمزتم‬
‫ذالئدكنش فتألءًا‬
Allah it is who taketh away
souls at the time of their
death, and those which
die not in their sleep.

139:42)

]*‫نون‬
‫اثزن‬ (.fish (fl

‫ذا الزن‬
the man of fish
A Prophet's name because he
was swallowed by a huge
fish. Jonah of the Bible
(Jid.).

a date-stone (fl.) ‫القتى‬

★‫نىل‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫عتاآل‬
< reaches

)‫اليآلبآل (ف‬٦

to obtain, attain, reach

‫شبئن‬١‫وى‬٠‫ال يهك‬
 My covenant shall not reach
the wrongdoers. [2:1 24‫ا‬

(imperf. 3 p.‫"ر‬. sing.) ‫تالك‬

A, reaches

‫وآنلمالتتاوشنيمطي بييب‬
And how should they receive
(the faith) from a far
distant place ? ،'.‫ ؛‬, beyond
the grave. {34:52]

★ ‫ذوص‬
<time or place (n.t.p.) ‫أص‬
of retreat

‫عن‬-)‫نآص ينوص تزصًا ن نآصأ (ن‬

to flee away from,

to evade, shun, to retreat

a she camel (f. n.) ‫النآتة‬

‫اكرم‬ (.».the sleep (V)

)‫نآم ينآم زمًا و يآآ(ف‬

to sleep, slumber, become

calm

‫مو‬ ‫اًال‬
‫يبنان آ ىذ انساءآنآذيح‬
dream (I) *. mint.

oa dream
my son
that!I1am
have seen in
slaught-
ering thee. 37:102‫]؛‬
sleeping (2)

‫رمناينيهمتًامكزييلوا‬
And of His signs are your
sleeping by night and by
day. (30:23]

٦٨٩

689

‫نى ل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ىل‬
‫ن‬

they could juss.

not reach
‫لمءكآؤا‬

they reach
(,imperf. or attain
3 p.m. ‫ياؤن‬
plu.) tv.*.

they reach or ‫آل نالون‬

‫ اليناون‬not ‫لذغ‬٠

an attainment (v.M.) ‫يال‬

Vimperf, 2 p.m. p‫؛‬u٠١ w Y. \‫أل‬١‫ت‬

ye shall reach

(or)shall
ye attain ‫تن تنآؤا‬
not reach

u.v. juss. ‫بنآؤا‬

Imperf. ‫ ل‬p,m. plu.١
they reach

*★*

6,0

٦٩

‫كتاب الهاد‬
‫هآلرائر(واكثية‬
Here you are! read my book
 169:191

< bring up
(perate. 2 m. plu.)
a world of causion
‫را‬،
‫نتا‬
shortened ‫ تق‬of ‫ آتوا‬being

for dual feminine (these

a demonstrative pronoun acc.
two women)

a demonstrative pronoun ‫هآذان‬

for dual masculine (these

two men)

justlike this (comp.)

word of caut on [ ‫ظ‬
‫كذا‬٤
similarity . ‫ق‬
that ‫ذًا‬
‫اهه‬٠
a letter used as ‫تنية‬
caution, prefixed to demons*
trative pronouns, such as,

‫ظ ) هذا‬، ( ,‫( «نًا أزآلء ) مؤًال‬

also prefixed to a nomi*
native pronoun as,

‫جبجييالكهعلؤ‬-‫آلنتفؤلة‬
Lo ! ye are those who fell to
contending respecting that
whereof ye had (some)
knowledge. ،3:66)

‫(لهاوم(ظ ؤم‬ take (com.)

 thou this

a letter used in imperative

‫ا‬٠ form rendering the mean*

ing of ‫ خذ‬take I and ‫ؤم‬
for 0 you’

‫ة‬٩١

٦٩١

‫ج‬
VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫حا منا‬

‫))اًات‬
‫(>نحئجئقز‬
renounce, abandon
to desert, forsake, leave,
(2) to separate oneself from,
depart, quit

(3) to rove* deliriously, to

talk nonsense

‫متتقيينيه تراتمجززن‬
In scorn thereof. Nightly did
ye rave together. (Pic.) In
arrogance: talking non-
sense (about the Quran),
like one telling fables by

night. (Y. ٨
discoursing thereof by
٠
li)Stiff
night revelling (Jid.).
nccked,

123:671

(perate. m. phi.) ‫اتمجرزا‬

depart I (perate. m. sing.)
depart, leave (alone)
‫انجر‬
act of departingss ‫برآ‬
‫عع\أ‬١‫أال‬١‫ا؟‬0
(».«.)

‫مجرزرًا‬
taken as foolish, nonsense,
(act. pic, m. ring.) acc.
 of no account

‫يرتإككنعاتخذواهنا ألق‬
o my Lord ! verily my own
people make this Quran

regarded
of Quran
no account
sense.
٢)
(oas non- they
(25:301

(perf. 3 p. m. ilng.) til ‫هآجر‬

-‫أال‬
<-migrated I

here ‫ مما‬+ ‫ئ‬

here, in this place com.

(i’T’fi ‫ ج‬p٠m. sing.) ‫عا‬٣

< Ta Heth down '‫د‬

)‫بلتلمتتإ(ض‬
to descend, fall, to cause to
come down

(perate. m. sing.) ‫انط‬

get down! ‫ع‬

(perate. nt. dual.) ‫الطًا‬

get (you twain) down *

(perate. m. plu.) ‫انطؤا‬

get (you) down ‫ع‬

★‫*بو‬
‫ع‬٠‫تآ‬، (.dust (n
fling in the air, atoms
of dust
 (perate. m. sing.) V ٦٦٠٢
keep the vigil

< ‫ينثن يثدًا‬

awake, night-long watch,
(pray at night)
,to keep r

‫جد‬٠*

you talk nonsense, rave

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ‫تجرون‬
٦٩٢

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

٤
(Apder. f. plu.) iii ‫مهآجرات‬
women who left their home

in the way of Allah

‫ ًا ا ر‬٠

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫جسن‬

<they sleep

)‫تتع مجغ يوازى‬

to sleep calmly or quietly

‫أنزاييالتتاليلمايهجعؤج‬
Little of the night they were
wont to slumber (،.،.. they
used to spend greater part
of the night in prayer).

(v.n ) acc. ‫عدًا‬

action of falling down in

pieces (a mountain ora
building)

)‫عغديمدهدًا(ن‬
to break, put down, demolish,
to fall down in pieces

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ii ‫هدتك‬

«was demolished

(would have demolished ‫حديي‬)

to demolish ‫ ديًا‬ii,> ‫تدم‬
<<)‫هدمي*يمتذًا(ض‬
to overturn

‫هآجر يهآجر مهآجر‬: iii

to leave one’s homeland for
another place. In Quranic

glossary ‫جرج‬ means the

migration of fhe Prophet

from Makkah ٤٥ Al-

Madina, and of those who
followed him in order to
establish Islamic Jaw and
order and preach Islam
peacefully.

(perf. ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.) iii ‫هآجررا‬

they migrated

(perf, 3 p. f. ph،.) in ‫عاجرن‬

they (women) migrated

iii, fuss. ‫شبول‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١

'-emigrates

iiijjuss. ‫يآجرزا‬
(Imperf. 3 p. m. plu.)
that they migrate

iii, fuss. ‫تآجرزا‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.١

ye migrate

(Apider. m. sing.) iii ‫مآجر‬

one who leaves his homeland

for the sake of Islamic

cause

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ،«, acc.

those who migrate from
‫الماجرنج‬

their home for Islamic

cause

٦٩٣

693

‫لي دم‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫لهدهد‬1

‫أوكةيهي‬
Did'nt He guide? (juss.)
(7:100)

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) w.v. ‫دزن‬٣

they guide

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) ‫*نين‬

thou guide

(imperf. /st. p. sing.) w.v. ‫أندغ‬

1 shall guide

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ٠‫ا‬

1 would guide
w.v. fd. ‫تدز‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.)
that ye may guide

(imperf. 1st. p. plu) w.v. ‫دى‬٣

we guide

e.m.p. w.v. ‫تةدتن‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu. ١

we shall certainly guide
 (perate. m. sing.) w.v. ‫امد‬
guide !

(guide us ‫اغدنا‬ )
•perate.m.plu.)w.v. ‫غدرا‬
lead !

‫فانلزلمالوراطانتنر‬
Lead them on to the path of
flaming fire. (37:231

(pp. 3 p. nt. sing.) w.v. ‫ندئ‬

~was guided

(pp. 3 p. m. plu.) w.v. ‫عدوا‬

they were guided

694

a hoopoe (n.) ‫الحذذ‬

★ ‫د ع‬٨
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫عدغى‬
< guided(،,

‫سدى ي*ينعذيًارعدتى [ عداية‬

to lead ,

right path, guide, conduct

one, point out, show

And though it was a hard

(test) save for those whom

Allah guided. (2:)43)

directed (2)

‫ويجدكضآلىنمنى‬

Did he not find thee wander■

ing then directed (thee)
(93:71

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫هدكئم‬

thou hast guided

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. ‫عدنًا‬

we have guided

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫يندى‬

‫ بم‬guides

w.»,f. d. ‫*ي‬-
(imperf. 3 p m. sing.)

he guides

٦٩٤

‫لع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دى‬

viii, w.v. ‫ينتين‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)

rw finds the right path

‫ يهتتدزن‬viii, . M'.v

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. plu.)

they find the right path

‫تين‬٣ ,w.v
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p. f. sing.)
she finds the truth

viii, n.d. w.v. ‫تذزا‬٣

(imperf. ‫ و‬p. m. plu.)
they will find the way

that shall never ‫لنيتدواا‬

find the right way

viii, w.v. l.c. ‫يهتدى‬

 (imperf. 1st. p. plu.)
we would have been guided

‫اكالتمتيى‬
We were not such as to find

guidance. [7:4 ‫لل‬

‫المتد ا ممتد‬ .viii. w.v. fd

(Ap-de ٢.m.guidance
one who found sing.)

those who found

(Ap‘der.m.plu.)viii,w.v. ‫مهتدزن‬
guidance

‫آندى المتيين ا‬
better guided elative W-V.
.acc

(than others)

guidance (v.B.) w.v.‫هدى‬

offering w.v. (fl.)‫تذئ‬
animals to be slaughtered

during Hajj as a part of

Hajj performance

٦٩٥

‫مدى‬,
‫قايى‬
‫عاي‬
‫عاديأ‬
‫يدن‬
‫يمدن‬
(pip. ‫د‬ p. in. sing.) w.v.
~is being guided

(act. pic ٠ m. sing.) w.v.

leader ; guide w.v. f d .
٢

w* ٠‫ا‬
w.v. acc.

(imperf. 5 p.m. sing.)

 finds guidance

‫ عدى‬also belongs to the

formwii ‫; افتعال‬it is taken
as a changed form of ‫ينتين‬
through assimilation.

has occured only once in

the Quran.

‫آقتنيميقإالحتآحقآنيتع‬
‫آتناليوت ى إالنيمنئ‬
Is He, then, who guideth to
the truth more worthy to

be ‫؟‬٠١٧‫ هحبب'ذ‬OS one who

findeth not the guidance
unless he is guided.

(10:35]

(perf.3 p.m. sing.ydi, w.v, ‫انتدى‬

^-followed the right path

(perf.3 p.m. plu.)»Hi. WJ. ‫التدزا‬

they followed the right path

(perf.(st p. sing.)viii, w.v. ‫اعتدس‬

1 followed or found the right
path

(per)■2 p.m. ptuf viii. w.v. ‫اغتديم‬

ye found the right path

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫نع‬

(pp. ‫و‬
were mocked
p.m. sing.) h.v. X

*٠ ‫اتمرأ تبرئاتلجردًا‬
to mock at, to laugh at

'"-mocks
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) k.v. X

‫آلهيتمزئبمم‬
 Allah mocketh (back) at
them 12:151

(imperf. ‫ة‬
they mockp.m.plu.
at ١h.٠. X ‫يتزثؤن‬

ye mock at
(i■mperf. 2 p.m. plu.) h.v. X ‫تتتنزتزن‬
‫بم‬
(pip. 3 p. m. plu.) h.V. X
being mocked
‫يسزا‬
mock on !
(perate. m. phi.) h.v. X ‫اتتزثزا‬
‫ألم‬.( ‫تتيشة إ‬
٢ ‫تتيذ‬ .Ap-der m(

‫المشزين‬
mockers
(Ap-der. m. plu.) acc. I

‫ا‬ ٦‫ ي‬٠
gift, a presen^r.)

‫زأ‬
‫ترتب يرب ترأ ن ه‬
flight (v.n) acc.

to run away, flee, escape

*‫دع‬ *
‫يرعرن‬
(pip, 3 p.m, plu.)
(rushing on

(as they were driven)

-‫أد‬- ‫زغ;غ<ا‬
(■passive)

to run or rush to ss
quickly and trembling. It
can also be referred to
form (V, (passive)

‫إز‬ ‫امرغ بالغ‬ to make some

‫★ زز‬

(perale. sing.) assim.

(shake !
‫هزنى‬
 ١٠‫ف‬١١٠‫خهغألو‬
to shake, brandish

‫اغتقت‬
(perfjp. f. sing.)
assim. viii

thrilled (land)

‫انتؤانترازًا‬ .viii
to be moved, shaken, to be
thrilled, to stir (to life)

★ ١ ‫ءز‬
jest, a laughing stock, a

mockery

‫( رازا مركى ييرًا مزز‬

to make h.v.
sport of, mock at one, ridi-

cule, deride, the verbal

noun
‫ًا‬.‫هزز‬ is shaped

٦٩٦
٥‫هزرآ م‬
‫ع‬

‫ط‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN

‫ر‬

* ‫هشم‬
‫؛ي‬٠‫ر‬ ،‫قفيم‬.act. 2 pic. m)

dry sticks or stable '>

acc. ‫عنبًا‬

)‫تمقم يغم عفمآ (ن‬

 to crusk, break (dry sticks)

begarudging (v.n. acc.)

(withholding of that which
‫سنمًا‬
is due)

)‫> فقم بمم تنما (ض‬

to break, digest, to oppress,
attack, to do wrong, invade
the rights of one

‫اليخئظلماتالهضمًا‬
He fears not injustice nor
begrudging. 120:1121

thin and smooth

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫تيم‬
(as the spathe of the palm
with flowers)

‫يدقعوخلطلصهأهضينه‬7
And corn-fields and plam
trees whereof the spathes
are fine. 126:148]

those who hasten forward

(Ap-der. m. plu.) iv ‫مهغلعين‬
assim vui ‫تتؤ‬

(imperf. Bp. fl sing.)

‫م‬٧ wriggles (a serpent)

a joke, frivolity (v.n.) ‫المزل‬

)‫يمرليتلهزأل(غ‬
 to speak or make a joke or
act in a jesting way

(perf. B p-m. plu.') ‫عزموا‬

they routed

‫> هزم ييزم هزمًا‬

overcome, rout, defeat, put
to flight

(pip. 3 p m. sing.) ‫سيزم‬

~wi!l be defeated very soon

Note: the prefixed ‫ س‬to im٠

perfect is to fix the mean-
ing of near future

(pact. pic. m. sing.) ‫زرم‬٣‫م‬

routed or defeated one

{imperf. 1st p. sing،) assim.r.

[ beat down

‫(ععثن*ععث (ن‬ )assim(

to beat down the leaves of a

tree (with a stick)

٦٩٧

697

‫هلك‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫هطع‬
surely (3)
 ‫مناثعألالنأنجيبتنالكهركيي‬
‫ياتلورا‬
Surely there hath come upon
man a space of time when
he was not a thing worth
mentioning. [76:11
‫ عل‬here has the significa-
tion of ‫( قد‬Qurtubi).

★ ‫لع‬٠
(anxious, ints. acdji
very impatient

)‫عيعت*تععلزءا(س‬

to be very anxious, impatient

‫لك‬٠ ★
(perf.‫ و‬p. m. sing.) ‫علكة‬
١perished, died

<‫(عتك*يكعألكاقهلكا(ض‬
to perish ٠ die, be lost, des-
troyed, spoilt

(imperf. 3 p.m.die,
\migh,'would sing.) e.l. ‫يةيك‬
'-mightwould perish

‫يملكمنهلكعنبينة‬

That he who perished might

perish by a clear proof.

18:421

perishable (act. pic. m. sing.)

698

‫عطع هح عالر هطزءًا(ف‬

to hasten, to /٧, ‫ز أنتع‬
run forward with the
eyes fixed in horror

**‫ل‬٠
‫( مل‬an interrogathe panicle,‫؛‬

does he ? ? ‫ا‬is there ? shall

.weather ? etc

the Quranic usages of his

particle are as below :

to determined)
the certainty of a thing

٠
‫تنيئدغرهالئأةة‬

They await but the hour.

(43: 661

‫تحهبةتإقذاهيذحلخن‬

They shall be requited not

save for that which they
wrought. [7:147]

to deny (2)

(implied meaning)

Repeat (thy) look, beholdest

thou any creak? (،'.e., thou
cannot find any creak).

167:31

٦٩٨

‫هلك‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫هـلل‬

(Ap-der. m. sing.) iv
one who destroys
‫منلك‬

(Ap-der.m.plu.)iv,gen.f.d. ٢ ‫جلدا‬
those who destroy :

(Ap-der.m.plu.)iv,gen.f.d. ‫سملكآ ع‬
(pis. pic. m. plu.) iv, acc.
those are died, perished
‫اعتكنث‬

*‫★لل‬
( pp• ٠’ ‫م‬٠‫م‬٠ sing.) ،٠* ‫أيمل‬
‫ > م *ج‬invoked th
‫ أعل إغلوًال‬iv
appearance 0,;
new moon.
‫)ل)ا‬
to invoke (2)

the Name of Allah upon

an animals in slaughtering

And that over which any

name other than Allah has
been mvokid(isforbidden).

all that has been dedica-

ted or offered in sacrifice
to ah idol or a saint or a
person c ,nsidered to be
divine. The pagans used
to slaughter animals in
the name of their various
deities. [2:173,

<new moons («. p.) ‫اآلبمو‬

crescent (sing.) ‫المالل‬

٦٩٩

(act. pic. m. plu.) acc.

those who are dead "
‫عالكين‬

‫تلكة‬ ).n.p.t(

time or place of destruction

perdition (v.n.) ‫الهلك‬

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.) iv ‫تك‬٠‫آ‬

‫ بم‬caused to perish
 < ‫ آنلكة إنًالة‬iv
to destory, cause to perishi
waste

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) iv ‫اغتفن‬

‫ل‬ have wasted

‫يغوآلفلكثماللبن‬
He says. I have wasted
riches plenteous. [90:6]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ‫آغحخ‬

‫ بم‬destroyed
(perf. 2 in. sing.) iv
thou hast destroyed
‫اندغن‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv

we have destroyed
‫اخنى‬

(imperf. 2 p. sing.) iv
thou destroy
‫تك‬

(imperf: hl. p. plu.) iv

wc destroy
‫تفلة‬

(imperf.
destroys
‫ و‬p. m. sing.) iv ‫*ك‬

(imperf.
they destory
‫و‬p.m. plu.) iv ‫غيكرن‬

(pp. ‫و‬p. tn. sing.) ii

they have been perished
‫أنيكزا‬

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ir. ١٠.

ii
‫بم‬
would be destroyed

699

‫هم‬ VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫هلم‬

‫هاضا‬١١٠‫ز‬٠‫زج‬
 to backbite, defame, push
back with a blow

a defamcr ints. ‫هرة‬

Note : According to Raghib

Isphahani ‫غمر؟‬،‫قمأز‬
and ‫ هايز‬are used in
the sense of defaming and
back-biting.

suggestions
whispering (n.p.) ‫عزات‬
★ ٣٣

of a speech, whisper,
low, indistinct noise (tn.)
humble voice
‫عنًا‬
)‫> ض ت*ين عنا (خ‬
to wisper, utter an indistinct

word

(assim) * ٣٢
(perf. 3 p.m. sing,) ٩
minded, intended

٠- )‫) مي*مقأتتئة(ن‬assim(
to interest, regard

concern, worry, care

to have in mind, ‫ب‬-

to be about to do some-
thing, to desire

(perf, 3 p. f. sing.) ‫ئ‬

she desired

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) 5‫سزا‬

they intended

700
 ‫ال‬

come ! (comp, v) ٥۶
look ‫ ب‬get ready (٠) +،)
i.e. come or bring

‫رالقآليجالخوانوحمكرإليئًا‬
And those who say unto their
brethren: Come ye
hither into US. 133:181

come, bring (2)

‫صهد‬
Say: come, bring your
witnesses. [6:1 50‫ا‬

‫مد‬٨ *

‫عمدة‬
< lifeless, barren (land)
(act. pic. m. sing.)

)‫رت نهد مردًا (ن‬

to go out, extinguish, put
out, to die, to be barren
or lifeless

(pouring forth
(Ap-der. m. sing.) vii ‫نهير‬
‫خذ يئردًا(ن) ن ايتن‬
to pour forth

(a defamcr inis. ‫قملز‬

‫و‬
،'OCABIXARV OF THE HO1.Y QURAN

١‫★ن‬
‫م‬
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) hj. acc. ‫ين‬
may it be wholesome or
profitable, much good may
it do to you

‫ى‬٠(١‫غ‬٠‫•*•) (مىج‬A(
to make the food wholesome,
easy to digest, do good.

promote health, sustain

(food)

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫عادزا‬

<who are Judised

(seeJid.p.\,n.2U.)

‫(هاديعزدعزدًا(ن‬

to return to ‫إلى‬-

one's duty, to become a

Jew, to be guided

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. ‫عذنًا‬

we have been guided

a Jew (n.) w.v. ‫عزدًا‬

< crumbling, weak (‫رده‬.( ‫عار‬

‫ (نان خدر مذرًا(ن‬.w.v
to fall in ruins, to be about

to fall, to crumble

‫إ‬
(perf. p.m. sing.),«
crumbled
‫اتآر‬
(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) IV ‫آتت‬
scared for

‫خ‬٠‫دئذ‬٢‫ذهدذهماًاتقتد‬
Whereas a group cared for
itself. 03:1541

٠ ‫همذ‬
(Ap-der. m. sing.) (quad.) ‫اتيين‬
one who determines what
is true and false

to ١١atch (quad.) ‫< عيسن هتة‬

over, control

One of the excellent names

Of Allah.

(Ap-der. m. sing.) quad. acc. ‫يكأ‬

determiner of what is true

and what is false

★★★★

(comp.) ‫عني‬
there in ‫ ب يك‬here ‫هنًا‬

that place, at that time

here, in the place ‫نيا‬

here, in this place ‫عن‬

(comp.) to behold here

they, them, ‫ن‬٠ or ‫غن‬

their

(An indeclinable pronoun

3p.f.; for details see LLQ)

٧٠١

701

‫وع‬
،'OCABOLARY OF THE HOIbY QURAN

‫دن‬
 ‫وى‬٠ ★

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h'.r: ‫هرى‬

‫بم‬ set (1)

< ‫(ترىيجرغتييا(غ‬ .»■'H

(1) to fall, to stoop as a bird
to its prey, to be destroy-
cd, disappear

(2) to be inclined towards,

yearn

‫رالجيراذاكؤى‬
By the star when it setteth.
[53:1]

destroyed, perished (2)

‫ومن يخلن عيو غضن‬

And upon whomsoever My
wrath alights, he surely
(will be) perished, [20:81]

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v.

yearns (1) ‫برئ‬
‫ةتلكأيعتنرقإيوذ‬5‫نجحنآفد‬
Make thou, therefore, th*
hearts of some mankind
to yearn toward them.

114:371
to blow (2)

*‫رئفوق‬6‫نتخطغهالطي‬
‫فصاه سيق‬
And the birds had snatched

him or the wind had blown

him to a place remote.

122:311

٠‫ررن‬
 meekness, quietnes (nJ w.v, ‫لجوا‬

‫ ن تةأتة‬،‫نان يذن لجوتآ و نذا‬

to be despised, w.t
contemptible, quiet

‫يثوتةللةض مي‬
They walk upon the earth

meekly. (25:63 ‫ا‬

contempt, ignominy (fl.) ‫الرن‬
light, easy (adj.) ‫هين‬
more easy inti.
than-•،■ ‫آمرن‬
(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V. w,».
despised ‫آعان‬
‫أتئ‬ ).com( ‫د لي‬- ‫أعآن‬
‫بم‬ despised me

‫يئين‬
(imperf 3 p. m. sing.) w,».
‫بم‬ has despised

‫وشيذله;ازهيق تمكيم‬
And whosoever Allah des-
pise th none can honour.

(22:181

‫؛‬Ap-der. m. sing) w.v. ‫مؤن‬

that renders contemptible,
shameful

(pis, pic. m. sing,) w.v. ‫حأآل‬

despised one

702

٧٠٢

.OCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(perate. m. sing.) (w. & A.*.) !‫هع‬

thou may arrange ! prepare!
form, figure, likeness (n.) .‫عيتة‬
 ٠‫*ىت‬
٥)n odd. w.v.) ‫يت‬
(perate. m. sing.)

come! come forth,come

on !

the only pattern of imperative

case is used with

prefixed to pronoun
‫ل‬
2 ‫ ك‬p. m. or f. sing.

‫ىج‬٠ ★

(imperf. 3 pm. sing.) w.v. ‫حج‬

(withcreth

)‫عاج تيجبجًا و عيجًاًا ت عآبًا(خ‬

to be moved, agitated, exci-

ted, wither, fad (plant)

★ ‫ى ل‬٠
(imperf.‫ و‬p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫ى‬٣
<~des‫؛‬res

‫(تيى تنى قرى (س‬

to love, to desire

‫آنطابلريتتعباالئمت]شلمتغمةم‬

Then so often as there came

unto you an apostle, with
that which your hearts
desired not ye grow arrog-
ant. (2:87,

desire, love (n.) ‫المرى‬

(his desire ‫عراء‬ )

desire (n.p.) :‫اغرا‬

void (n.) ‫عراء‬
 ‫رآندثمم هموآ‬

And their hearts are void.

(14:43,

the lowest pit of Hell (n.) ‫عاوية‬

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) iv. H'.y. ‫آغرى‬
overthrew

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) X, w.v. ‫استت‬

infatuated, beguiled

(pis. pac. f. sing.) (w.v) ‫تيأل‬

< poured out

‫(تآل(ن أللت‬
Sr*
to pour out. heap up (earth)
.w.v

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫تيعزن‬

they wander about

١ ‫ ى‬٠٩ * I
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) (w.A.v.)
will prepare

< ‫ئه‬٠‫يرم‬٣‫جا؛‬
to make ready, to prepare
,ii

)‫>عاد يمآنأ*(ف‬

to long for

V،

703

‫ى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫م‬
‫ى‬
 haa١‫' ههة‬٦‫ا‬٦‫ه‬0‫ \ة‬٠ )١ an
suffixed to indicate the
final letter’s vacalization

★★★★

‫عيةات‬
‫ميهاتميهاتألئتعديب‬
away! (n.)

Away, away with that where-

with ye are promised.

[23:36]

< ‫(ألم يم ميآآ(خ‬ .*.w

co wander about without any

purpose

to love ss passionately

a thirsty she-camei (n.)

{sing.) ٠‫<ب‬
‫الميم‬
a she camel raging with
thirst from disease ILL)

(comp.) ‫مه‬
a personal pronoun of ‫مى‬
the 3 p. fem. sing.

★★★

704

‫دال‬

‫كتاب الواو‬
‫ الحتادئ كلعوفي‬:‫الوبر يإليل نا تنو‬
)‫ج‬٢5(‫يتنةالفنرللتز‬
‫بم الوبر‬alwabr‫ ر‬hair on the
camel's skin, both wool
as hair of sheeps or hair
 of goats

‫يرويق‬
<~destroyeth ،"v, H'.v.
‫كآوبق إيتتًا‬
to destroy rv,
«‫ يزيق وتتآ (ح‬7 ‫ (وس يق‬.w.v
to perish

place of destruction (n. pt.) ‫توبعًا‬

★‫وبل‬

(.act. pic. tn. sing.)

heavy rain
٠‫ لن‬،‫رابل‬
v.a

‫تتج‬

‫ المقمؤدة‬.w.&h.v
(pact. pie. fl sing.)

(girl) buried alive

< ‫ (وآد يفد وأدًا (ض‬.w. & h.v

to bury alive

★ ‫ر ال‬
escape, n.pi. w■ & hj, ‫مرمًال‬
(a place io betake them*

selves to)

< ‫ (رأل يل قأآل(ض‬.IV. & h.v

to seek refuge

‫★وبو‬
furs n.p.w.v. ‫آزبار‬
7105
 VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QL AN ‫وبل‬

‫(قتريتروترآوتر(ض‬
(1) to hate, defraud 55, .w.v

(2) to be single, odd

‫واشهمعكرلنيترزًاعمالكر‬
And Allah is with you, and
He will not defraud you.

‫أ‬ 47:351
single, odd (v.n.) w.v.
(of number) ‫وته‬
one aftersuccessively
another, (n.> (for ‫تترنى ( رغرلى‬
‫* وت ن‬

the main
heart artery
which of (n.)from
rises ‫الوتين‬
the upper part of it. It is
said that life depends on
the existance of this artery

‫★وثق‬

‫و‬Oshall bind, bindes

(imperf: p.m. sing.) iv, w.v.

‫؛> أزتق إيآتًا‬

‫أز‬-‫ةتقييق يقة(ض) (م‬
to tie fast, bind iv,

to place trust in any one

‫تؤيقًا الرتق‬
a bond (n.)
abond,a solemn
compact, (Asad),
pledge acc.
(v. mim.)

(‫رام‬.),
oath (Y. Ali), assurance
undertaking a solemn

)‫[بليلربًال[وبوآل(المر‬
(1) to pour forth rain io
large drops

(2) to pursue eagerly

 painful,
(act. a heavy
2pic. blow, chasti-
m. 3ing)(ir.v, -
acc,) ‫ويأل‬
scment

‫> وبل دبل ذءلة ن و‬

to be heavy and unwhole-
some as air, food

gravity,
ill ‫وتال‬
effect,grievousness
(*.fl.)

★ ‫دت د‬

stakes (n. p.) ‫امدذكاة‬

١ ‫> ويد‬,sing( ‫ةاآل ح‬٧‫ع‬

‫تيئئوتذىبرةذتآح‬
And Fir’awn, owner of the

stakes. [89:10 ‫ا‬

(the epithet, in Arabic idiom,
is expressive of power,
arrogance an^ obstinacy;
the stakes may also refer
to those to which the
tyrant bound his victims
LL.)

stakes n.p, acc. ‫أزتدًا‬

[‫وهر‬ *r

(imperf. 3 p.m. Xing.) ,SV. acc.

١ >will defraud
706

٧٠٦
،'OCABUtARV OF THE HOIY QURAN

‫ى‬
)‫[جد يتيد يجدانًا ن رجزدًا (ض‬

to find, w.v.

find what was lost

 (perf. ‫ن‬ p. m. dual.)
the twain found
‫وجدا‬

(perf, 3 p, m. plu.)
they found \٠‫تلجد‬
‫؛‬perf. 2 p. m. plu.)
ye find
‫قجذتم‬
ye find them ‫م‬ ‫وجذتر‬

(the additional wav ‫ وا ؤ‬has

heen suffixed before a per-
sonal pronoun .‫ م‬to ease
pronunciation)

‫ ا‬found (perf. 1st. p. ring.) ‫نلجذت‬

(perf. 3 ‫م‬. m plu.) ‫وجذنًا‬

‫هأ‬١‫د‬٢‫ ع‬we
(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.m. ling.) juss. ‫تجذ‬
"*finds

did not find ‫يجيذ‬ ‫لم‬

did he not find thee? ‫آتمتيذك‬

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)

thou find
‫تيد‬
thou shall find me ‫تتجدف‬

‫تتحننًانشآءاتةصير‬

Thou will find me, if Allah

will, patient. (18:69]

(imperf.
wiil find 3 p. f. sing.) ‫*جد‬
a covenant, treaty,/«. ints.) ‫ياق‬
bond

‫الوثق‬
firm {ints. f.)

I ‫لسلقا'فىزكائشاما*ا‬
 The firm cable whereof there
is no giving way. [2:256,

(perf. ‫ و‬p. m. sing.

'*entered into a compact
‫ل‬Hi ‫قاثق‬
or treaty with ss

★‫وثن‬
‫ األوتان‬id٥ls (n.p.)<
(sing.) idol ‫وتن‬

*‫وجب‬
(perf. 5 p. f. sing.)
<-(thcy) fell down
‫وجبت‬

‫قجب تيب وجبًا ن وج‬

(])to fall down dead

(2) to be indispensable, be
incumbent

‫ؤأذايبيتجزبقأفكواينهأ‬
Then when they fall down
(after they are slaught*
ered) on their sides eat
thereof. 122:3 6‫ا‬

★‫دجد‬
٠found‫جب ؛‬perf١p٠m. sins
?0?

, -r ‫ل‬

.'OCABULARV or the holy QURAN

‫ولم‬

٠‫لتيمنحاغقىبتئثئئثمةذ‬
Lodge them wheresoever ye
lodge (yourselves) accord*
ing to your means. 165:6,

‫* دج ى‬
 ‫آزج‬
< '-'*conceived
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.)

‫ا‬٠‫يجأ‬1‫سن‬٣٠‫آزج د‬
to conceive in the mind (fear,
suspicion)

★ ‫دح‬

(act. pic. f. sing.) ‫واجفة‬

< throbbing, palpitating

)‫[جغ تجف قجفًا و وجيغًا (ض‬

to be agitated, to be in a
most disturbed condition

‫اجنة‬5‫تلزبيرتبي‬
Hearts on that day will be

‫ا‬
throbbing. 179:8

‫د‬
< ‫أزجف امجًا‬،
(perf. ‫اوجفتم‬
p.m. plu.) iv
,V‫ ؛‬to make
a horse or camel move fast

and rush

‫★ دج ل‬

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) ‫قجلك‬

~fe‫؛‬t remorse or fear, afraid

708

‫يورعلكنفينتايلتمنخنريضر‬
The day whereon each soul
shall find presented what*
soever it hath worked.

‫؛‬3:301

(imperf. 2p.m. sing.)e.m.p.

surely thou wilt find
‫تتجد ن‬

)‫(ز ب تجدزن‬
‫تجدون‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.)
ye will find

) ٠ ‫تيدزه (تيدون ب‬
(.noun, dropped.") ٠

thou wilt find it or him ،‫ميدز‬

(imperf 3 p. m. plu.)
they will find
‫تجدون‬

they will not find ‫آل تدزن‬

they (will) find (n d.) ‫تجيدؤا‬
they should not find ‫آل تيدوا‬
I find (imperf. 1st p. sing.) ‫آجد‬

I find not ‫ال آجد‬

{imperf.1 st. p.sing.)ejn.p.
surely I shall find I
‫ألجدن‬

(pp. 3 p. m. sing.)
~is found
‫رجيد‬

‫منجفيخلهفهوحبراله‬
In whose pack it is found
shall (himself) be recom-
peose thereof. 112:751

means (is.) ‫وجد‬

‫وج‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

١‫وجل‬
‫اتعةاتجيذى؛ىءةم‬
‫ريهافالتتيارالخرة‬
His name (shall be) the
Masih Isa ion of Maryam,
illustrious in the world
and the hereafter. (3:45,
‫االم (الم‬١ ‫ وج‬,act‫ ؟‬.lit
‫لجبءمآ‬1
‫ا‬12:96
 the word 5‫ جة‬face is used
in some other meanings, as
countenance (2)

‫يساليلثاتيييجهاللؤ‬
Withersoever you turn there
is the countenance of
Allah. (2:1151

(according to Zamkhshari
and Tabri ‫اللر‬ ‫وجه‬
means: Qibla

‫انجة افن رفيًا‬

‫القبةءن أز‬ ‫أى‬
He agreed with and ordered
the direction
people to turn their face in

the prayer I,،,, Qibla)

(3) heart & soul, oneself

‫يلتمنتكررجمهلورهرءيي‬
‫عدريه‬٤‫جر‬1‫كة‬
Aye whosoever submitteth
himself unto Allah and he
is well-doer his hire is
svith his Lord. [2:112}

)‫رجليزجلوجآل(س‬
to fear, to fee, quick, vibrati-
on of the heart beat, fear

(perate, neg, m. sing.) ‫آل توجل‬

fear not

those who feel fear (r. plu.) ‫وجلزن‬

‫رماا‬
< felt with fear (adj. "‫تجلة‬
f.)١۴٣'‫ د‬.)ad

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ii ‫قجنك‬

‫ أ‬t«tw.A or ‫اعة‬
٠ ‫>[جةوجته تزجيهًا‬
‫))إ‬ to set or turn (face)
towards ‫ل‬ -

(2) to send (some one for

something)

‫اتىوجهتارجه‬

I have turned (or) ] have set

firmly my face. ،6:79]

u. ()USS.) ‫رجة‬
ttmperf. ‫ د‬p.m. sing.)

,“Sends

(perf. ‫و‬ p m. sing.) »

<~turned face, proceed
‫توتتة‬
to set out, V, ‫ثرجة توجمًا‬
proceed (towards some
place) with (towards) ‫تأقآ‬

‫رلجأ‬، •«a ) )‫الوجيه‬

worthy of regard (illustrious)

709

٧٠٩

lEpA٥j٥q)X٠‫؛‬٩iio[:S۴i)

noq) Xbs: ‫ ل‬noX UJB* X|U0

p٠l•

11 31٨3- 5‫ ؛‬uoficpAaj B jnq

(uoijBJidsui auiAip aq ‫ييم‬I

٥jidsui
OI 3٠ ■‫دم‬3٨‫]ل‬B3ipui ٥١ *UJjojui
‫■ بم؛‬،‫ بم‬1‫بب‬1-‫مأ‬-'"
<٢‫ حوا ر‬٢٠‫ب‬٦ )‫ (نم‬،٠.٠٠

E,3A3J ‘uais E[٠‫؛‬UO () ٢‫ي‬١‫ز‬

< ٢‫بب‬٦ )•‫رمدااله‬

*‫؛‬sjssaq Pl (٥٣) ١‫مديم‬

٥q ٥U0E Uffi) JO ‫؛‬٣٣٠

auo]E ٢٢٣
1 ٠UO| P٥JB3J٥|X• ٤٤1:٢‫ا‬

3‫االإ‬٥٦ BUOIE *‫؛‬UJoq* UJiq qi

‫؟؟‬٢١٠‫?ب‬٦‫ل‬٣‫ت‬١‫آلآم‬1

)‫د|سل‬4

xpuoi (*‫}(؛‬Cfpn) Xue ]not ٢‫م‬٩‫لم‬

un1,‫؛‬ -X1٢٤‫ح‬:‫ح‬

pUI)|UBH ١١ •UIllIOO 0 SB

on)

(٥afps uc(٥Ai (IUSJ B 0‫؛‬U٥‫؛‬U

٥uo (۶٥/٠) ٢١٠٣٠

٢١-*‫ ا ؛‬٠‫هدر‬
8uis auo|‫نم‬ ٥.

(‫ ه‬aqmnu [DuipjoJ‫ )■ل‬٢١٩ ‫ر‬

٢ ‫ آل‬c ٠
٥٥Jip B[‫؛‬u) U0 ) ‫جب م‬

٠S٥٥BJ s٥3UEU3iun03 (٥٠٧) ٢٠،٢٢

UBIIV JO aXBs- 6:‫و‬٤‫)ا‬

 ٥M aqi JOj X|U0 noX pa٥j

٠‫ج'ب‬
)‫ (و‬٥٦٥‫؟‬

1801:‫ى‬1

p1٥‫ ]{؛‬O] 3u 3EJ( jo٥j٥q٦■

٥٥np ٥q١ (s‫[؛‬٥-JOOOB Xuoiu

|Bq] Xp٩i[ -ojd ||Bqs x٥q١

٥١BIU Iisqs ]Bqi ٥ (‫؛‬JOUI

B qiiM 139‫ل‬

٥٥ ‫إال‬UBpjO٥٠B (‫)و‬

1٤٤:‫ع‬1

٠jo٥j٥q] asop aqi 12 a٨3i|

-3٩sip PUB (aulUJOUi ‘٠٥٠.،
A Bp JO ]JEd SB SuiJEdJdB
JO ]Sly) Xep jo ١C3J٩
aqi 12 p٥١٥,i٥q ٥٨sq oq*
osoqj ojun UA١op US U33٩
q١cq q٥‫؛‬q« )Bqi ‫ !ال‬3٥٨‫؛‬pg

fiHa#

(‫] )ج‬JEd SB JtaddE JO ٦B3jq

Nvanb ٨٦OH am 0‫ ع‬AMvqnavooA ‫د‬٦

<
VOCABULARY OP TUB HOLY QURAN

assigned (4)

‫راخى دعبى تغتم آترغ‬

And He assigned to each
heaven its duty and com-
mand. (41:12]

(perf, hi. p. sing.) iv. w.v. ‫آؤحني‬

 I inspired

٦‫ولذآدحجتلقبتحو!بين‬
And when 1 inspired the
disciples to have faith in
Me and Mine apostles.

[5:111]

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) tv.w.v. . ‫آزحبًا‬

we revealed (1)

(the revelation to the apostles)

‫إئأوحيب]يككأؤحيتآلى‬
‫آلنجتن ين بي ة‬
Verily We have reveled unto
thee as 1٧‫ ع‬reveled unto
Nuh and the prophets after
him. [4:163]

inspired (2)

٠‫ذًاوخإإالؤتشىًانًاذفطه‬
And We inspired the mother
of Musa (saying), suckle
him. 128:7]

(imperf. 3 p. m, sing.) (V, w.v.

whisper (l)
‫يرحن‬

‫رزبئبئهـجمإلتعنذم‬ 1

One to another whisper glit-

tering half truths meant to
delude the mind. [6:112]

direction or inspiration (2)

‫راضنعالفلكهأييتاررخنا‬
And make thou the ark
under Our eyrs and under
Our revelation, (if,
under our inspection and
according to our rcvela-
tion). [11:37]
 iv, w.v. -‫إل‬
(per‫؛‬. ‫ ن‬p.m. sing.١
he revealed

the revelation to the (1)

apostles through angels or

other means

‫م آنهلكنالثليين‬١٢‫ئآئى!يجر‬
Whereupon their Lord reve-
led to them His(Apostles):
most certainly shall We
destory those evil-dores.

114:131

inspired (2)

‫تدداض‬
And thy Sustaincr has ins•

pired the bee. 116:68 ‫ا‬

signified (3)

‫ئخجةقوي؛منزةءإبضاوص‬
‫آنستحوابكرةقعخي‬
Thereupon he came out of
the sanctuary unto his
people and signified to
them (by gestures) Extol
His (limitless) glory by day

and by night. 19:1 1 ‫ا‬

٧١١

71

‫ودد‬
VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN

‫بم ى‬
 ‫ق ان‬-‫ ق‬-
٠٠ * ‫ رئ زو‬he wished

‫وؤق آن‬، he wished he had

٠‫ذج'شت‬
A number of the people of
the Book wish that they
could turn you (pople)
back to infidelity after ye
have believed [2:1091

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (assim.)

(a group) wished

(perf. ‫ ع‬p. m. plu.) (,assim.) ‫زا‬5‫و‬

they love to

(imperf. ‫ن‬p.m. sh٦g.١(assim.) 5‫ر‬

wishes

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.)(assim.> 5
~wants

ye long to2p .m,plu.) (assim.)

(imperf. ‫توزن‬
f.d٠ assim. ‫تردؤا‬
‫)؛‬،',perf. ‫ ئ‬p. m. plu.)

they wish they had

love, affection v.n. (assim.) ‫ودأ‬

‫ودؤدالردود‬
loving, affectionate («.) infs.
one of the cxcellant names of
the most loving

Allah

love (v. mim.) ‫تودا‬

(2) ‫؛‬inspire

‫ئثنح‬٠‫لذيئتيتخقاتدئتلو‬
When thy Lord inspired
the angels: Verily I am
 with you. (8:121

revcJs (3)
(to the apostles)

‫هاانةديتع بمآيوعال‬
And if I am rightly-guided
it is because of that which
my Lord hath reveled
unto me. [34:50]

‫و‬
they whisper p.m. phi.) e.l.
(imperf. ‫لؤحرن‬
{imperf. Isl p. plu.) ii, w.v. -‫زح‬
we reveled

was reveled
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ،*, w.v. -‫أزح‬
(pip. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) iv, w. V.
— s reveled

is inspired
(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v,just. ‫يرح‬
‫كلتحايهئقأ‬
He was not inspired in aught

(perf. ‫و‬ p. m. sing.) assim. 5 ‫و‬

< oved, wished, Liked

(w.&assaim. 9)

to love, wish for, desire

712

٧١٢

VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN ‫ودد‬

no perfect or other form
in use)

‫يلةةهس'ئذخًالهخ‬٠
And defer not to (the likes
and dislikes) the deniers of
the truth and the hvpocri-
tes and disregard their
hurtful talks. [33:48]

‫و‬
(perf. p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫تدغ‬
lit. left, departed, has for-

saken

‫غ يرتع تزديعآ‬،‫و‬
١
to lea e

‫مارةءكريك ومأ قلى‬

Thy Lord hath not forsaken
thee nor is He displeased.

193:21

depository n.p.t. w.v. X ‫عنتزدع‬

(as womb and grave)

‫*ودق‬
rain (n.) ‫الرذق‬
(any kind of the rain, heavy

or light)

‫ (يوتقيدقوذةآ(ض‬,w.v
to drop rain

★ ‫ودى‬
compensation of (rt.) ٥٠٢٥
murder, blood-wit.

* valley («.) ٢ ‫واد‬

‫رادًا أ‬.acc

(assim. Hi ‫راأزن‬
 (,imperf. 3 p. m. plu.)
they befriend

< ‫د ودادًا و مواذة‬١‫ قاد ات‬,Hi

to befriend

to form a mulal Jove

‫رح م وذأ‬ ).acc( ‫دم‬

Wadd
(Wadd, also pronounced Wudd,
or Udd, (i.e., friendship,
affection) was, according
to the Quran, a god wor-
shipped by the contempo-
raries of Noah. But it
would be a mistake to con•
elude that his cult wa,
obsolete in Mohammad’s
time, for we have sufficient
evidence to the contrary.
The poet Nabigha says
once, 'Wadd greet thee!"
There was a statue of this
god at Duma,a great oasis
in extreme north of
Arabia. The name *Abd
Wadd occures in a number
of wholly distinct tribes.
Hastings, Encyclopaedia of
Religion and Ethics, vol. fl.

‫* ودع‬
(perate. m. sing.) w.v. ‫تغ‬
lit. leave!

< ‫ (ذع يتع وذط(ف‬.w.v

to leave, (imperative : ‫تغ‬
imperfect: ‫ يدع‬: there is

٧١٣

713

VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬
 ‫و‬

‫إتكانتنرعيضلوايياك‬
Verily if Thou should leave
them they will mislead
Thy bondmen. 171:271

(imperf.
ye leave 2 p. m. plu.) w.v. ‫تذرون‬
‫تتروا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) .n.d, w.v

in order to leave

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.١ acc. w.v. ‫نذر‬

that we should leave

(imperf.
we shall 1st.
let p.m. plu.) nom. ‫زذر‬
‫ننرنمغطنيأنهميضمةزت‬ 5

٨٧‫ع‬
And shall let
der their exorbitance them wan-
per-
plexed. [6:1101

(imperf.
to leave 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫لتذر‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) v.w.
‫سم‬ will leave I

he let them ‫سم‬ (acc.) ‫ينر‬

(imperf.
they leave‫و‬ p. m. plu.) w.v.‫ترزن‬
(perate. m. sing.) w.v. ‫ذر‬
let~ leave!

(perate.
leMeavem. phi.) w.v.
(ye) ‫ذررا‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫ورك‬

‫> سم‬ inherited
 714

‫آزديةة‬
valleys (n.;.)

(sing.) ‫واي‬

‫و‬
(imperf.
(that he may) p. m. sing.)
leave, w.v.
forsake

‫ي وذر يذر ذئرًا (ف‬ ( ).w.v(

to leave, forsake, I neglect

(imperative: ‫دز‬
feet tense in use) ; no per-

(imperf.
thou will2leave
p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫تذر‬
‫غةئئؤشوبمة‬٢‫وةآلىدملووذاذعذق‬
‫يفيدوافاآلنضدينركرالهتك‬
And the chiefs of the people
of Fir’awn said : Wilt thou
leave Musa and his people
to act corruptly in the
land and to leave alone
thee and thy gods. (7:127)

(imperf. 3 p.‫كل‬. sing.) w.v. ‫تذر‬

‫سم‬ leaves

‫الئبعيوالتن ر‬
It shall not spare nor leave.

[74:28]

(perate neg. m. sing.)w.v.

leave not! ‫آل تذر‬
‫آل تذرن‬ .e.m.p. w.v
(perate neg. m. plu.)

ye shall not leave

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) l.c, w.v.

thou leave
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ورث‬

(imperf ‫ل‬
p.m. sing.) iv,w.v.
~make inherit, causeth 55

to inherit '

‫ثزرث‬
٠ ٠‫أذرثثم‬
(imperf. 1st p. plu.) iv, w.v.
we cause ss to inherit
you were
(pp. 2 p. given inheritance
m. plu.) iy, w.v.

(as inheritance)
you are given that
‫أزرتمؤعًا‬
they were
(pp. given
2 p m.
inheritance
as iv,
plu.) an H'.r. ‫أزرثرا‬
٠<. ‫التراك‬
heritage (n

(in ‫وراق‬
‫بت‬
changed by ) ‫ر‬ is inter,

‫ميراث‬
inheritance (n.)

٠ ‫ورد‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.)
'“-came, arrived
‫وزن‬

< ‫ (زرت يردؤرزدًا (ض‬.w.v

(1) to be present, arrived at
(properly at river bank or
at any water to drink
thereof)

(2) to go down into

(perf. ‫ ن‬p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫وردرا‬

they came (down)

‫لوتكانهآل المةتاوردوها‬
If those had been gods they
would not have come thi“

ther (down to the Heli).

 121:99]

]‫ و إذاآل‬1‫رت يرثوز‬
‫و إزة و وراتة زح‬ (.K.F

(1) to inhrrit

(2) to be heir to anyone

(3) to survive, to be owner or

sustainerof ‫ دك‬after
someone

they inherited
(perf. 3 p. nt. plu.) H'.v. ‫ور تزا‬
(imperf.! p.m. plu.‫؛‬nd. ac،.
ye inherit
‫ترثؤا‬

‫اليحن لطمنيثوا النتآكتها‬

Ye are forbidden to inherit
to take possession)

omen against their will.

14:191

(imperf. hl. p. piu.) H.v. ‫رث‬

we will inherit

-hall inherit
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) wy. ‫يرث‬
they inherit
(imperf. ‫و‬ ‫رؤن‬
p.m. plu.) u.y.

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ١١’٠v. ‫يوؤرث‬

‫ أم‬inherited

‫الوارثافارثؤن‬
heir (act.pic. m. sing.) w.v.
heirs, surviors
‫ الوارثين‬.heirs p.b

(perf. ‫ؤ‬
''“Caused 55 top.inherit
m. sing.)iv. H’.v.
 we caused
(perf. 1st.ssp.toplu.
inherit
) iv, w.v. ‫آزرننآ‬
٧١٥

715

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ور‬

١ ‫آزرد‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ir, w.v.
>>led into

to lead one into

‫أزردإيرادًا‬
‫فألتهمل لكة‬

And he led them to the fire.

11:98]

a(collective
rose (single) (n.)
noun) *‫وزد‬
‫وزد‬
the jugular vein (n.) ‫الرريد‬
٠ ‫دهـ ئ‬
(collective noun) ٦٦٦
leaves, (1)

‫قيققرتة‬
a single leaf

‫بثواحتلربرقهةمن]لال‬
money, coin (2) (n.)

Now send one of you with

this your coin into the
city. [18:19[

‫* ددى‬

‫ونرفيى‬
(or)
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi, *.*.
'*was hidden
written as

‫قارى رارى مر‬conceal to hide, Hi

‫رارئ‬
Hi w.v.
(Imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)
 hides

‫كبف يرارن‬
how to hide

one who
(act. ‫وارد‬
goes
pic. m. down (1) I
sing.)

‫ولنتتلتاالراررهًا‬
There is not one of you but
he shall approach it (or
shall pass over it i.e., the
Hell) 119:711

water drawer (2)

(one who goes before a
caravan to draw water)

‫وةذتةؤ«ئدحتغذإةيدلم‬
And there came a caravan,
and they sent their water-
drawer. He let down his

‫و‬
pail (into the pit) [12:

‫راردون ل‬
٠)
(act. pic. m. plu.)
those who 3)
go down

‫حببيمآتتزلهافيةوك‬
Fuel of hell, thereunto ye
will go down. (21:891

(act. pic. m. sing.)

descended into
‫المت رؤد‬
‫الوزد‬
‫ينالوردألكيؤد‬
watering place (1) (n.)

Ah, hapless is the watering

place (whither they are
led!) 11:981

those who come (2)

to water

‫ددرًاا‬٠‫تيلناتبيمغجالت‬
 And we will drive the guilty
into Hell (as cattle are
driven to water). 119:861

٧١٦
‫و‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ورى‬

‫يرت أحرى‬٠‫كاكئعآيت‬٢
No bearer of burden shall
bear another's burden.

[6: )64]

(act. pic.f. sing.)

a bearer of load
‫رازرة‬

a burden, heavy weight, (n.) ‫وزر‬

load

burdens, loads (n.p.) ‫أززار‬

(the word ‫وزر‬ and its plural

has occurred in the Quran

for sin, arms, and the
recompense for evil), thus:

sin (1)

‫التزروازيةرزراخرى‬
No bearer (or laden soul) can
bear other's load. [17:15]

recompense for (2)

sinful act

‫اريمدا‬١٠‫شًائرشئ^ىهةشهي‬
Whoso turneth away form it,
he verily will bear a bur-
den recompense for
his turning away from the
truth) on the Day of Res-
 urrection. [120:1001

arms or other (3)

burdense imposed by war

‫حلىتضعالحرباوزاتهًا‬
Till the war lay down its
burdens. [47:4]

(imperj. ht p. sing.‫ؤ‬

I hide

(perf. 3 p. f. ling.) ir, w.v. ‫توارت‬

<disappearcd

(،٠،٠٠ the sun)

‫ تراراى توا رتى‬to hide w

٣‫ع‬٦‫؛ا‬0١٢

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) si, w.v. ‫توازى‬

‫'■؛‬hides himself

bejond, behind that (rt.) ‫وراء‬

is behind, beside

frw.v. ‫ؤرذن‬

(imperf. 2 p. m. ph*.)

(ye strike out

‫آ‬4‫ز‬٠‫ آق رى يورن ا‬to strike

out fire

‫ائذ;يخالثأتاضسلذئ‬
Have ye observed the fire
which ye strike out.

[56:71,
 ‫دالرم ثثم؛‬،‫ؤرآت "*"'*ا؛‬
‫زييا ت‬ (the strikers (of fire

r* ‫يزرزناودد‬
(imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) w.v.

<they bear

‫ (ردت يزر وزرًا (ن‬.w.v

to bear a load, to carry a
burden

(imperf. ‫ ل‬p.f sing.) w.v. ‫آرر‬

thou bear (a load)

٧١٧

7,7

‫وزن‬

VOCARULARV OF THE HOt. ٧ QURAN

‫ر‬
‫و‬
‫نإوئإ لوهـداووربرغم لينيرون‬

And if they measure unto

them, or weigh for them,
they cause them loss,

183:31

‫ززاتزنفابًالقتطيركتتنم‬
weigh ! (perate. m. plu.) w.r.

And weigh with a right

balance. ٢ 17:3 51
weighing (1) (v.n.) ‫الوزن‬

‫والوننيزمهناللحق‬
The weighing on that day
 (17:8 .is true

١‫؟\خب‬,‫ا األ‬kn 1١.١ acc. ‫وزنًا‬

‫فالنقيرللميرملتيمة دذن‬
And on the Day of Resurre-
ction We assign no weight
to them (،.،., they will
,(deserve no respect

[18:105]

‫( الميزان‬.weight (1) (n. ints

‫واوفواليلوالبينانيألقنحا‬

And give full measure and

full weight in justice,

16:1521

balance (2)

‫لشهالن قآنزاللكثببالحقرالبيزان‬
Allah it is Who hath revealed
the scripture with truth
and balance, [42:17]

‫ أ‬act, ‫ ة‬pic. m. sing,١ ‫رزر‬

one who bears the burdens
of state, as a minister,
counsellor or assistant IO
a prophet so as to carry
on his duty of preaching
fRa:‫؛‬١.

mountain
an inaccessible
‫وزر‬
‫انتل انيغ‬
a place of refuge (n. place.)

‫* وزع‬

‫ يوزع‬. *hey
v p.m. ٢ ‫مك‬،‫م‬.
willI be set in battle
plu.) 3

order, or in their ranks

)‫(ف‬٦‫ترغتزغذرء‬
to keep back, to keep fmen)
 in their ranks according
to the battle order

(parate.‫أؤزع‬
<arousc! inspire!
m. sing.)

‫أززع اذاعأ‬
put into the mind, inspire
,to incite

‫زغيق آنآشكرنع‬::‫رت‬
My lord 1 arouse me to be
thankful fcr thy favour.

[27:19]

٠‫دنن‬

(perf. 3 p.m. plu ) w,v. ‫وززا‬

<they weigh

‫ل‬-)‫[زن يزن وزأ(ض‬

‫ ))ا‬to weigh
(2) to weigh out for anyone

THE HOLY QURAN ‫وزن‬

VOCABULARY OF ‫و سرط‬
)^.()‫وتط تيط ذتأؤض‬

to be in the midst, panetrate

into the midst

‫قوسطنيهجمعًا‬

And penetrate forthwith into

the midst. 1100:51

‫ ( ؤتعآلثءه ( وسط‬middle
®‫دئإعلل‬

Thus We have appointed you

a middle nation. [2:143‫ا‬

‫ع‬.<'‫(أوتط ( تذط‬ average

‫ونآيسإمأتطييونآفليكة‬
On a scale of average of that
wherewith ye feed your
on folk (or families).

15:891

the best one (2)

among others

‫اخاقنئلالثتك‬:‫تاآلذسظم‬
The best among them said :
Said I not unto you : Why
glorify ye not Allah.

،68:28}

the midmost, (elative. f.) ‫الوشلى‬

the middle one

‫ييإشالثتوتةلكاوؤاؤتزا‬٠
Be guardians of the prayers
and of the midmost prayer.

measure (3)

‫واكمآردعماروضعالي‬
And the sky He hath uplif*
ted; and He hath set the
measure, 155:71

‫آالتطغافاليزان‬
That ye exced not the
measure. [55:8]

‫وآقييراليننيالقلرالكير‬
El"' observe the measure
strictly, nor fall short
thereof. [55:9]

‫المرازين‬
‫تئقعا’لءييالفئتآلنحإليب‬
balances (I) (n.p.)

‫تغىي‬
 And We set a just balance
for the Day of Reserrcction
so that no soul is wronged
(i. e., recompensed) in
aught. ]21:47]

scale (2)

‫فسنتقلتمواضيثه فا رت‬
As for are
heavy they those whose scale Is
successful.

(7:81
(pic. pat. m. sin‫؟‬,) w.١. ‫مزززن‬
evenly and equally balanced

‫★وصط‬
(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) H'.v. ‫تسظت‬
(they (f.) penetrated into

the midst

٧٦٩

719

‫وسع‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN

‫ط‬

‫وس‬

‫'تفي‬1‫تجئقنأ‬
He hath not been given an
amplitude of wealth.

12:2471

ampleness (2)

‫تيننألضمرغداكيراقيع‬
Shall find in the earth plenti•
ful refuge and ampleness.
[4:1001

bountiful (3)

‫يستة‬
Allah shall render all of them
(،.e., the twain) out of his
bounty. 14:130‫ا‬

(at. pic.?, sing.) w.v.

bountiful(،) ‫ى‬ ‫]ايسع‬
'‫كذكإسئلهئا‬١‫ؤهن‬
And Allah is ever bountiful.
Wise. 14:130‫ا‬

pervading ones (2)

‫إتاشدواسيءعلير‬

Verily Allah is Pervading,

Knowing. 12:1151

wide (act. pic. f. sing.)‫تايعة‬

‫آلقآتغا لراية‬

Was not Allah's land wide.

[4:971

(Ap-der m. sing.‫ ر‬،v,w.v. ‫المؤيع‬

: ‫المزع ر‬
720

(the middle prayer, according

to the majority of the
commentators, is the after-

noon prayer, ( ( ‫لسنر‬

‫ وتطًا‬.acc ) ) ‫رتط‬
between two extremes, justly
balanced

‫يةةئل‬٢‫|تئ‬

And in this wise, We have

made you a community
justly balanced. (2:143‫ا‬
 ★ ‫وسع‬
(perf. 3.p. m. sing.) W.I ‫قيع‬
-comprehended

)‫ديخ ييع يعة ر تتة (س‬

to be be ample, to take in,
comprehend, to embrace

‫رجعتدفيغخيبرإلهش‬
His Throne comprehended
the heavens and the earth.

١٦٠‫ةآلح‬١
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) (w.v.) ‫ينخب‬ ‫ت‬
embraces

٠‫ةق‬,‫ك‬١‫ذحححئئغفه‬
My mercy embraces all
things. [7:156,

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v.

thou comprehended
‫ويغت‬

amplitude (in.) w.v. ‫تعة‬

٧٢٠

٣‫؛‬
RAN3 VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY ٣‫و‬
< means
way of access,
of approach, (n.)
access ‫الينة‬
(no verbal root of this verb)

‫* ورم‬

<we shall brand H'.V; ‫ستم‬

)‫رتم بيم وتمًا ن يتة (ض‬
to brand

‫ تنيمهعتالخرطؤي‬.
We shall brand him on the
nose. [68:16]
 (Ap-der.
those whom.read ٠,
plu.)the signs,
w.v.
intelligent

*٣ ‫وسن‬
‫ستة‬ (.slumber (n)

)‫[ست تزتن قسنًا ت يتة(ف‬

to be in slumber, sleep

‫ينةؤالقة‬٤‫العبث‬
No slumber can seize Him

nor sleep. [2:2551

‫دردى‬
(qua ٢ ١ ‫وقس‬
d.

‫ن‬
(perf.
(.-"*whispered
p. m. sing.)

‫*؛‬.‫ أزسع يزيع أناعآ‬to

to enlarge, widen

(i.‫؛‬.. one who enlarges, or

makes of large extent, one
who is in easy circustan-
CCS)

(Ap-der.
maker them.vast
plu.)extent
iv, w.v. ‫مزيعرن‬

‫ونع‬
capacity ! scope (n.)

‫ا‬٠‫البئل ثهسةئكوئت‬ 1
Allah taketh not a soul ex-
apt (or beyond) its capa-
city (or scope). [2:2861
 (perf.
(drove3together
p.m. sing.) H'.v. ‫وتق‬

)‫رتت ييق ونقآ(ض‬

to gather together, collect

what is scattered, as night

gets together what was
scatterred at the day

‫اتتق‬
‫اتتق ائتاق‬
< completed iv. w.v.
to be com- iv,
pletc or in perfect order

‫راليلرمارسئ رالتمرإ‬
And by the night and that
which is driven together
and by the moon when
she becometh full.

184:17-181

٧٢١

721

٤٤٤

‫ليم‬٩‫ ل‬uiof

٠٦‫ ؟‬٠*٢١١|d •Ul ٠4 ‫اسصلدت ًا‬١

)‫ه !آل (ح‬٢ 01

up p3٦snj ‫)ا‬0‫غ‬:‫ا‬1‫ل‬

ISJUI* ‫ يه‬,1‫ اه ؛‬١0‫لالهيدم ال‬

US aif u٥q« pny» r٥q‫ ل‬١ spueq

5‫ة‬١٩‫جح؛آ؟ءتيمبمم‬%‫؛‬٣٢

‫هالد؛‬٠‫نملل‬١‫ى‬

‫ يم‬-٥٠» ‫ا‬-‫ لسة‬٠‫ ل‬٠٥ ‫ ع‬٠‫؛سيةدل‬١

0‫ أ‬JO *uiof 3,33‫ ؟‬diqspuouj

 OI *JB 3A1JJB ‫ ده اه‬pueq

,3٥e|d B q٥B٥j o* ‫اه‬

٢٢‫كم‬٠‫ض م ةبكءت‬١)‫ًاأ“(نم‬٦
(l)s٥q٥B3J>

٠‫■ يم‬،'» ‫ا‬3‫لالع الس ؛إأل‬3‫أسه‬١

*٢/٠٢
i«SuiquosB JO 3ui١nqiJ١١

ojdjjassp' ‫ ادل‬JO (‫ )■ال‬٢٢٠٩

٥ ‫مه‬p٥‫؛‬qiJ3

(Jiaduil• ٠ » ٠٥ ‫ًا‬n١d) »‫خ‬٢٠٦ ٠٥٠

]‫ة‬9‫ئ‬91‫ل‬ ■‫د‬٦1 ٠qi

puy sanSuoj Ji٥q‫؛‬،٥ ١punod

‫ضملآلضك‬٢‫ا‬،‫يًا‬١

punodx٥N

‫؛‬١Jia،iui 2٠ -‫ ل‬4 ‫ًا‬uis> »,٠٥٠ m

|JO s8p3‫قا‬6‫ س‬٥

q٥e 3UO3LU0S٥‫؛‬qi p٥٨٥ ,oil»-

‫؟بمئ‬,:‫بال ب‬
(‫ )ع‬3٥٨ ‫اه‬iq٥e sb 3uiq٦٥UJ٥s:
‫والهد‬

(‫ اه )ح‬B SB ،JuiqjSLUOS JJ3SS5

‫دل‬٨

(,) J٥S٥p o‫؛‬١JO poo« 3q pB٩

٢٢٢ ■٠۴٣٦٢٢٩ )‫■) (نم‬،■)M

<J٥SB ،c٥qi|3٩

■٠٠٢٠‫ ؟‬٠٥٠w^٠n١d ٠ui٠d ‫ ًا‬٠‫دل‬3‫اسة‬١

 ‫ م‬٠‫* م م‬
3٨3 JOJ‫ل‬

(٠‫ هدل‬Suk Ui •Did'} ٩٠٠٦ ‫دذ‬٠

01 3٩ Bn١3dj٥d|

٢‫بلجذ?م‬٢‫م‬٦)‫(نم‬٠‫م‬٠‫ام‬

[Bnsdjsd ‘SutisBi>

٢‫ يخأ‬٠٥ M (■Suit ٠‫د‘ »ا‬.,‫• ى‬p٥)

(IBIUIUB UB Ul) jno|O0 JO

sjnixiuupB UB qif« ٥٩ OJ

(٠٨٠44) 'qiop lutsd ٥١

٢‫ص‬:‫يل؛إبكي‬٦)‫(ثم‬
<٠w) J|JBU1 ‘lods e) ٣٦

ndsiq« (٥ ،|■) (pjunb) ‫ببما‬،‫با‬٩

~»,sjd,q

(‘٠d € ■Jiadun s ■j2٠٠‫؛‬u)

pjDnb‫ ب‬٠‫> ؟‬-١،

~١١.sj٥ds,q

‫قرا‬٧١‫' ؟‬W ‫■ ؛ ال‬Jj3dui١١

VpJBnb) ٠‫؛‬٠‫ممب‬١

BUI ‫ ادد‬suoi١5٥33n$ [IAS

0١ I٥cs٧ '\١‫ ةة‬١٩٨pj٠nb١

٢٢، "٢٠'،‫" ب‬٢٠٢‫ي‬٢‫ا‬٦

 Nvan?‫ ؛‬A OH a Hi IO Aavinnyoo.A

5 ‫مه‬
‫وصئ‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫وول‬
al-Wasilalu, a she camel that
used to give birth to
camel first, then a she
camel. The she camel
was to be presented to
idols. Jt was termed
‘،Wasila*’ because she gave
birth to a male and famale
both. Thus she caused to
join both sexes of camel.
(Ibn Kathir)

7777
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ii w.v. ‫رصتى‬
< ~ bequeathed, enjoined ٠

»«‫ب‬-)‫ومىيينقزبًا(ض‬

to join to, be joined, be

degraded after exaltation

‫ ب‬- ‫وصث يرتى تزيتة افآلن‬

to bequeath

to commit ‫ب‬ - ‫إلى فآلن‬

to command

‫قشىييًابرهمبنيد‬

And Ibrahim enjoined his

sons the same. [2:1 32)

(perf. Ist p. plu.) ii, w.v. ‫وصننا‬

we enjoined

(v.n.) ii, w.v. ‫تورية‬

disposition (of affairs)
 (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) IV, w.v. ‫أزصى‬
<~enjoined

‫ًا‬٠‫ أزصى يزين لبما‬w.v. iv

to enjoin, to command, to
bequeath

٧٢٣

‫إاللنينيعلتالتاهبيكرتتيمتثثأت‬
Excepting those who join a
people (except those who
seek refuge with a people —
Pic.), between whom and
you there is a covenant.

(4:901

(piP; ‫ و‬P; m. sing.) w.v. ‫ؤتل‬

is to be joined

‫تذإدذذاتًائزتل‬٠١١‫و غظدآذ)ذ‬
And they break that ١١hich
Allah ordered to be joined.

(2:27)

(perf. 1st p. plu.) ii, IV.V. ‫وئذًا‬

<we have caused to reach

‫' قل تزييًال‬،، to cause

to reach, cause to join

‫ولتدوقلجالمرالقول‬
And verily We have caused
the word to reach them.

wasila p.n. ‫ويتة‬ ‫ا‬

128:51
Note : Wasila—a she camel

or awe. The pagan Arabs

were wont to observe
certain superstitions in
honour of their idols;
 (Penrice>SalejWasila was
a term applied to any
cattle, including sheep and
goats, and generally meant
a beast who had brought
forth a male and female
at the seventh parturition.
(Jid.> Palmer)

‫ضع‬
VOCABULARY ov Tilt HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬٠‫وهر‬
*‫دضع‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ‫رخع‬

Oset, put (I)

)‫ذخ يتع رخآلو تزيعآ(ف‬

to put, set,
to put off. remove, to
appoint, to put down

)‫ةتتغ تمتع [فا(ن‬

to deliver, to give birth (to
a child), laydown

‫تقتهاالالتغايبللن‬٦‫وا لقتًا‬
And the heaven ! He hath
elevated it and hath set
the balance, 155:71

appointed (2)

‫لئةذر‬٠‫وإ ألنكئى تئلجا‬

And the earth He hath appo-
inted for (His) creature.

‫ذًا‬5:‫ا‬0‫ل‬
to deliver, (3)
give birth
 (perf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫وتعن‬
she gave birth

(perf. 1st p. sing.) w.v. ‫رتغك‬

I give birth

And when the gave birth,

she said, my Lord I gave
birth to a female. [3:36J

‫ذغبئالئاواكالززة تأذتدتئل‬1‫و‬
And he enjoined on me the
Prayer and the Zakah
(poor-rate) as Jong as I
am alive. 119:311

(imperf. ‫ و‬p. f. sing.) iv H’.v. ‫يراين‬

enjoins

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu

they (f.) bequeath
‫ )ع‬iv, wv. ‫زيين‬

(imperf■ 2 p.m. plu.) iv, ».V. ‫تزمزن‬

‫ألخال‬٩‫عس‬١‫د‬١

{pip. ‫و‬ p.m. sing.) iv, w.v.

(that) is bequeathed
‫يزصى‬

(Ap-der. tn. sing.) iv, w.v.

a testator (one who leaves
‫ثنم‬
legacy)

(perf.3p.m.plu.) iv, w.v.

they enjoin upon (1)
. ‫تاسزا‬
each other

‫رتواصوايالحقرتراص‬
And (they) enjoin upon each
other the truth, and (they)
enjoin upon each other
endurance. 1103:3]

they bequeathed (2)

each other
‫بلهدتومطًاع‬،‫اتاصرابه‬
Have they bequeathed it
unto each other ? Nay
they arc a people contu-
macious. 151:531

legacy, bequest (n.) ‫الريية‬

٧٢٤
‫طآ‬

‫و‬
VOCABULARY OF TH £ HOLY QURAN

‫وصع‬

‫آآوضوا‬
(perf. 3 p.m. plu.)
.IV, w.v. ،.1

<they hurried

‫ أنرع‬: ‫آزتع‬
to drive a camel quickly
,to hurry

‫ؤرااذئذآلغنئأ‬
They would have hurried to
and fro among you. (9:47]

places n.p. ‫موانع‬

‫مناليينهادوايحرفونالكلدرعنتولفيه‬
Some of those who are Jews
change words from their

‫ا‬
4:46 ) .(context (places
★ ‫ورن‬
١$۶۴.n‫؟‬g).١.١w.ng،‫؛؛‬،pw:.pac.f)
encrusted*

(with gold and precious

stones)

w.v. )‫وتنبنن وتنًا(ض‬

to plate or fold a thing with

‫ة‬0٢١‫ آحألا‬one part OYtr

 ‫علسررتوضؤتة‬
On couches inwrought (with
gold and precious stones).

‫وط‬ 1*

‫يتزن‬ ).w.&h.v(
(tmparf. 3 p.m. plu.)

<they step, tread

((.،., they enter into enemy's

\aa٥١ (Baidawi)

to put off, remove (4)

(perf. !st. p. plu.) w.v.

1 took tiff
‫بعنآ‬
‫ د‬٠
‫ررضعتكعتكوزرك‬
And We have taken off from
thee thy burden . [94:2\
kimperfi 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫تخع‬
she shall lay down

‫د‬ ‫تتعرن‬
put off, ye lay aside((‫؛‬
(imperf. p.m. plu.) w.v.

‫رحيتضتوتثيأبمتي ك‬
And when ye lay aside your
garments for the heat of
noon. (24:581

(imperf 2 p.m. phi.) n.d. acc.

that ye lay side (arms)
‫تتعوم‬
(Imperf. 1st. p. ph»١ w.v. ‫تتع‬
we shall set aside

(imperf, ‫ل‬
he will remove or relieve
p.m. sing.)w.v.

‫زثز‬٠‫تي‬
And he will relieve them of
 their burden. 1:1 57 ‫ا‬
(imperf. ‫و‬ p. f. plu.) w.v.
they (fem.) put off or lay
‫يضغن‬
aside

is appointed
(pp. -
3 p. m. sing.) WV. ‫رينع‬
Lo! the first House appointed

for mankind. 03:96

ready placedsing.)
(pic.pac.f.
‫تؤنوعة ا‬
ones w.v.

٧٣٥

725

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫وطا‬

‫إتنأثئةايلهيآشثرطًارآت‬
Verily the rising by night! it
is most curbing and most
conducive to (right)

speech. 173:6
tn. ptace.) acc. ٦‫ئ‬٠‫ت‬
‫ا‬
a trodden place

‫لؤ اكزا‬
/.،•., w&h.v. iii
<that they may make up

‫واطأ مواطاة‬
to make equal or make up
,iii

‫★وطر‬

purpose ‫وطرآ‬
necessary, formality, needful

‫فكتاتذىنيدييهاوطرازر‬
Then when Zaid had perfor-
med (his) purpose con-
cerning her. We wedded
her to thee. 133:371
 ‫وطنع‬

<places (fields) (n.p.) ‫مواطن‬

(sing.) ‫وتن‬
place, land, homeland, field

‫ةئئلي«؛لقبىتخالججئحرئ‬
Assuredly Allah hath succou-
red you on many fields.

7126

)‫رطقيطأ وكآ(س‬
to tread upon, walk on. tram-
pie on, to press the ground
or anything beneath the
‫؟‬at, meta, to destroy. to
enter the enemy's ,and

‫تطزا‬
‫؟‬,imperf. 2 p. m. plu.)
(w&b) (juss.)

ye have trodden

‫وأزمًا ئدركئذتًا‬
And land ye have not trod-

den (i،e ٠, entered). (33:271

‫؟‬w&h.v.) acc. ‫تطشؤا‬
‫؟‬imperf. 2 p. m. plu.)

that ye may trample on

‫ولؤ حمدجًانئلحتؤنتيتارسذث‬
‫لزتغتوهمآنتكزة‬
And had it not been (for)
believing men and believ-
ing women whom ye know
not (and) that ye might
have trampled on them.

148:25 ‫ز‬
(Baidawi observed, that
 the correlativ“ proposition

(‫يوب آق‬.(‫ ؛؛‬ellipsis here,

that, ‫آلص‬
'he would not have stopped
your hands'. Others’ view
is that the sense is so clear
and obvious that it needed
not mentioning.)

curbing (v.n.) ‫وظآ‬

٧T٦

‫وعد‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫وعى‬
‫وونيمومأيعدلمماكيطناالعرظر‬
And projnise unto them, and

Satan promiseth not but

to delude (to deceive).

‫ز‬1117:64
(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) (w.v.) ‫وعد‬
'،،has been promised

(pp. Ist.p. plu)w.١. ‫وعيدًا‬

we have been promised

(pip. 3 p. tn. ptu.) II'.V. ‫وعدون‬

they were threatened

(pip. ‫د‬ p, m, plu.) H.F.

you are promised
‫وعدون‬
(Note : according to the con-
text the rendering is chan-
ged cither to threatening
or promising)

promise (n.) ‫وعد‬

it is a promise acc. ‫وغدآ‬
‫رءئاعيوحقًا‬
 A promise due thereon (the
ellipsis is explained by
commentators such as
Baidawi who took it as

‫ورعد؛ يغدًا حغ‬:‫ال ا‬

He promised in quite truth;
others as Ibn Hisham
observe that there is no
ellipsis here, it is a way of
Arabic expression for em-
phasising.)

(pic. pact, m sing.) to. ‫المزعود‬

promised

٧٣v

* ‫داد‬

‫ ل‬p. m. ring.) H'.r. ‫رعد‬

(perf.
١>promi‫؛‬،d
‫رقد ييد وغدًا ر عدة‬
to promise, (‫ن تزيدًا (ض‬
give one's word, to promise

‫) وعيد‬
good, to threaten (

(pref. 2 p, m sing.) nv. ‫زغن ق‬

thou promised

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) (w.v.) ‫وعدت‬

1 promised

(perf. 3 p. ni. phi.fv.t

they promised
‫رقدوا‬

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) H-.r, ‫وعذنًا‬

we promised

(imperf. 3 p. m, sing.) II'.V. ‫تعيد‬

~promise{[)
(for plural)

‫إنييدالظكةبعضأمبتضًاوال غررتا‬
Nay ! the wrong-doers pro•
mise one another only
 to deceive. 5:40 3‫)؛‬

threaten (2)

‫اكيطنييدكراهتر‬
The Saten threatens you with

poverty. (2:268 ‫ز‬

(perate. m. sing.) w.v. ‫عذ‬
promise !

7127

‫وعظ‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) w.v.

threat, threaenting
‫العد‬

place or time of n.p.t.,w.v.

the fulfilment of a predic-
‫مؤعد‬
tion, promise or threat,
an appointment for
meeting, a promise

‫ المعآد‬.w.v ) ‫ يزءآد‬for( .n. t. p

tryst

★ ‫وعء‬
(act. pic. m. plu.) w.v.
those who preach,
‫الواعظين‬
<admonisher

‫وعظ تيظ وغظوعظة (ض‬

to warn, advise, exhort,
preach, admonish

(Note: perfect tense from

root ‫وعظ‬
(triliteral) is not used in
the Quran)

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) *.V.

^exhorts (1)
 ‫ييظ‬
‫بىل‬٠‫ترحةنلصاليبذثويم‬

And when Luqman said to

he was
131:131

(2)

his son while

exhorting him.

admonishes

‫لتلشفها ييلكية‬
1‫!م‬
Allah admonisheth you.
comely is this which

14:581

١٧٠١٠٠ ‫ ترعدون‬,iv
(imperf. 2 p.m, plu.)

ye menace

،*. ‫> أزعديؤعيدإيعآدًا‬

to threaten, to menace

(imperf: Ist.p.plu.)iii,w.v.
<we appointed (1)
‫واعذنآ‬

‫راعد يوراعيد يآدًا‬

to appoint a fixed time or
place for anyone, to plight
faith to anyone

‫تآلوتكائذصًاذقإجيذذ‬
And when We appoint for
Musa forty nights. (2:51!

we made covenant (2)

‫ووءننعرجانبالظؤراآلين‬
And Wc made a covenant
 with you on the right side
of the mount. 120:801
(from the right hand side of
Musa (Tabri)

(for some others : ‫ اآلمن‬is

blessed or holy)

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) vi,

ye have mutually appointed
‫ةاقذم‬

‫آل تراعيدوا‬.. « ,vi

(perate. neg. m. plu.)

do not appoint (matually)

٢‫الئواءررمتييارالآنتتولواكةوتخر‬
But do not make a secret
contract with them except
ye say a reputable saying.

%٦٦

v٣٨

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

)‫هئتمآ(ض‬،<‫ت‬

to preserve in the memory, to

contain, to keep in mind,
to retain

‫دكحه‬۵‫ةد‬٣‫ائزدكرهؤش‬٠‫لئدتت‬.

And We might make it unto

you a remembrance and
that ears (that is, preser-
vers of remembrance) ret-
ain its memory. 169:12‫ا‬

(act. pic.), sing.) ,،'.V. ‫تاعية‬

that which retains in memory

(perf. 3 p.m sing.) ir. H'.v.‫آذعل‬

withheld

hoarded (wealth)
And withheld it.‫وجتعفآوغ‬
‫ا‬70:18(

they hide, they iv, w.v. ‫رعرن‬

preserve (in their heart)

‫راشهًاعلربمايوعون‬
Whereas Allah knows best
that which they cherish.

(84:23)

a hiding place, bag („.) ‫وءآ‬

bags (n.p.) ‫أرعية‬
(sing.) ij <

★ ‫وف د‬

(imperf. hl.‫م‬. ting.) W.I ‫آق‬

1 admonish I

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) w.r. ‫تيظزن‬

yc admonish

(perate. m. sing.) H'.v. ‫عظ‬

admonish،!

‫كىعنهمريظهن‬

So turn thou from them, and

admonish them. (4:631

(perate. m. plu.) w.v. ‫عظرا‬

admonish

(addressed to men, plural)

(pip 3 p.m. sing.) W.I ‫ق‬٠‫و‬

is exhorted or admonished
Note : Admonition and
exhortation are the direct
functions of the prophetic
offices).

( pip. 3 p. m. plu.) w.v. ‫وعظزن‬

they are exhorted to

admonition (n.) ‫مؤعظة‬

thou admonished iv, H٠.v. ‫آزعظت‬
 to approach iv. ‫أزعظ إيًاظًا‬ <
preach, exhort, admonish

(For the perfect tense instead

of triliteral ‫ وعظى‬,an ad-
ded pattern of ir, is used)

* ‫داى‬
<a goodly r.n. W.V. acc. ‫وندًا‬
company, embassy

an act of coming into the

presence of royalty

w.1. acc. ٠‫ئ‬٦

(imperf. 3 p. p. m. sing.)

<that might retain

٧٣٩

729

‫وق‬
VOCABULARY OF TH! HOLY QURAN

‫انيرت]اصلحيتتالمه بيمتا‬

If the twain desire ratifi-

cation Allah shall cause
reconciliation between
[4:35‫؛‬ .them

in. ،/.) ‫ ( تريق‬acc. ‫تزفنقًا‬

concord(!)

((between parties

١‫رخجقؤإئقلبثئت>كل‬
‫لحدائرتيفيقا‬
And then they come to thee
swearing to Allah : we
meant naught save kind'
ness and concord. 14:62]
success in the task, (2)
Allah's inspiration to act as
 he wishes

‫يما توفتق االياشؤ‬

And my success (in my task)
can only come from Allah.

‫؛‬11:88[

Note : no accurate rendering

of the sense of ‫ تزفيق‬is
possible in English there*
fore translators have selec.
ted the following expres-
sions to bring the reader
nearer to the Quranic
sense of the verse.

reconciliation—Sale

success—Arbery, Yusuf
Ali, Jid.

hope—Pickthall
accomplishment—Pensic
730

)‫وفد يفيد وفدآ و وفودًا (ض‬

to call upon a king w.v.

as an ambassador

to be plentiful

(pas. pic. m. sing.) w.v. ‫أ‬

ample, full
 {imperf. ‫ل‬ p.m pill.) r'v, w.v.
(they are hurrying

‫هئ(ض) ن أوخ‬: ‫ذنن‬

to hasten, run

(v.n.J Hi, acc

<thc act of suiting or

becoming fit

)‫غىتذًا(ح‬٢‫وفي‬
to find suitable, fit, useful

‫[افق يوافت وآةًا‬

to agree or accord with, yield
to, be in accordance with
one's wishes, to be suita-

ble, fit

(imperf .‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ii, *».V.

causes reconciliation bet-
ween two persons or

groups ٠
,٧٣

\'OC ٨ ٨ BOL Ry OF THE HOLY QURAN

findclh Allah with himself

and He paycth him his
account in full. 124:391

Note: As often observed

in many cases the render-
ing requires to translate
past tense form in present
 or future tense; the same
thing can he seen in the
above quoted verse and
its translation.

(imperf. 3 p. m. ‫ ال‬wv. ‫رفي‬

■S'pays (or) will pay in full

‫!■جرفين ر‬، ,e.m.p. ii

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.١

he certainly shall repay in

full

(pp ‫و‬
p.f. sing.) ii, w.v.
nvwas paid in full
‫وتئن‬

(pip. 3 p.f. sing) ii, w.v.

*-will be paid in full
‫ترن‬
(pip. 2 p.m. plt،.١ u.w.v. ‫ترفزن‬
you will be paid in full

‫و‬
(pip. p.m. sing.) ii, H’.r. ‫يوت‬
~will be paid in full

(Apder. m.inplu.)
they payers full ii, H.v. ‫مرزا‬
‫وإئاكوولمأويتمغيرمنتوص‬
And verily We shall pay them
their whole due unabated.

،11:109)

(perf.
*^fulfilled
‫ل‬p m. sing.) iv, w.v, ‫آزف‬

‫ ب‬- ‫ًا‬٠‫ ا'يغآ‬:‫ آزن يزف‬iv

to fulfil a covenant

‫ اقزن‬, ‫( آزن‬elative)
(‫ )ل‬Cthe best fulfillcr
‫ب‬-‫ًا‬.‫آ(ض)تآزفايغًا‬.‫[فيفوة‬
to keep one’s
promise, fulfil one’s en-
gagcmcnt, pay a debt

‫سصفدسلك‬
Who is fulfil ler of his cove-
nant better than Allah.

،9:111,
fullest (2)

‫ثييجزهالحجزآءإآلوف‬
And after art he will be
repaid it with fullest pay-
ment. 153:411

(,,erf. 5 p.m. sing ) 11, w.,. ‫وف‬

>-‫بى‬٠‫هحآل‬

‫ رفا يرفي تزفتة‬,to give ii

one his full due. pay the
whole debt, to discharge
obligation completely

‫رابزييرالننوف‬
And of Ibrahim who (faith-
fully fulfilled (the com-
mandment of Allah. [53:37،
paid in full (2)

‫كزيينةكيئا ر‬٤(‫حتىاداجا‬
‫وحيداهجندئ فوفه جابة‬
When he cometh thereto he
findeth not aught, and

٧٣١

731

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

~ carried
(perf. off, received
3 p.m. in w.v.
sing.) V, full ‫ترفا‬
 ‫«يلج‬٢‫لماتيئ<هـأيق‬٦٠‫قائييضد‬

Verily unto those whom the

angels carry off (in death).

(4:97)

~took (something)
(perf. 3 p.f. sing.)upV, w.v. ‫تونن‬
٥‫؛‬
l m
Until when death cometh
unto one of you, ٥ur
messengers take his soul.

16:611

thou tookest
(perf. mesing.) V, w.v.
2 p. m. ‫ترينت‬
‫نلتأتريتنكنتآثتالرقيبيم‬
Then when Thou tookest me
up Thou hast been the
Watcher. 15:1171

(imperf. ‫و‬ p.f. sing.) V, II’.V.

-*take up, causes to die
(angels)

causes^, to3 die

(imperf. p.m. sing.) »,

‫تترقزن‬
١
(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.)v,w.v.
they cause to die

let die m. sing.) V, w.v.

(perate. ‫ترف‬
‫وتومةاتعاآلبرار‬
And let US die along with
the pious. 13:1931

let me die ‫ترقنى‬

(Note : compare ‫ أوف‬in

9/111 and 53/41 that is

 from triliteral root form
an elative or superlative
form which means most
fulfiller : here ‫ أزف‬as in
3/76 is a perfect tense of iv.

that means: he, she or

it fulfilled

‫برائزاءاناغههياكتوةئ‬١‫مقًاىليدةب‬،‫ء‬

Nay! but (the chosen of

Allah is he) who fulfilleth
his pledge and wardeth
off (evil); for verily Allah
love th those who ward off
e١il. [3:76)

‫اا‬١‫م‬. ‫أوي‬
(Imperf 1 1st, p. sing.)
,fd. iv

(thus) I will fulfil

(,imperf. ht p, sing.١١١. w ,‫ ال‬.‫أزف‬

I give full

(imperf: 3 p.m. plu ‫ ل‬iv, * ‫قنرن‬

they fulfil

they should pay in

(imperf.3p.m- phifull
٠ie.l.iv,w.v.

‫ديئودشوتج‬
They should pay their vows.

122:291

(perate. m. sing.) iv, H-.v. ‫أوف‬

give in full

(perate. m plu.) iv, H'.v. ‫أوفا‬

fulfill (O you)!

fthose who keep

Ap-der. theiriv, IV,V.
m. plu.) ‫المؤفرن‬
treaty or promise
 1132

٧٣٢

‫قد‬

VOCABOIARY OF THS HOLY QuaAN

‫وي‬

‫الرقة المغلوم‬
A known (or appointed)
Time (r.e،, ordained in the
(ore-knowledge of Allah.

15:381

‫يقات ( يزة‬
an ordained time or place
n.p./.( for

<fixed time (n.p.t. plu.) ‫مراقح‬

٠ (sing.) ‫هات‬
(par. pic. m. sing. ١ ‫تزقرت‬
that of which the time is

fixed or ordained

(pp. 3 p. f.time
Nis given sing.) ii ‫أنت‬
‫وقدوقتًاآقتترقيتًا‬
to fix a time, to give appoint-
ment

‫وإةاالركألقتي‬
And when the messengers
are brought unto their time
appointed- (77:11]

‫★ دق د‬

"‫زنود‬
efuel („.)
)‫ققد يتيد وقدًا قوئرد (ض‬
‫ًا‬
‫ وأذند اممادًا‬to if
 fire to, to kindle

(perf 3 p. m. plu.) ir, w.v. ‫آقدوا‬

they light a fire

Hr. they lit a fire

(PP■
has died ‫ل‬ p. m. sing.) r, w.v.

(pip- ‫و‬
they die p.m. plu.) ‫ء‬, w.v.

(Ap-der.
one who m. sing.)
makes V,
someone die‫مترفة‬
‫إذقأاللموييتىاقييتكوسفكإ‬
(Recall) what Allah said:

0 *Isa! verily I shall make

Chee die, and am lifting
thee. 13:551

(perf. 3 p.m.
they take X, w.».
plu.) thefull
exactly ‫يستو فزت‬

‫ائرى اليفى‬
in full

‫★ رقب‬
to receive exactly

‫وق‬
< ,"Overspread
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v,

)‫(ض‬٦‫رقتيتبرفًاررقز‬
to set (sun), come upon,
overspread, disappear
(sun or moon)

‫نشرءايبتاذارقب‬
I seek refuge with the Lord)

‫دمآة‬ tom ‫ \اآلأ أآللم‬0

‫؟‬
darkness when it is over-
‫؟‬

113:31 .spread
 ★‫دقت‬
)٤٠( ‫ ازنة‬time
٧٣٣

733

‫وق‬ VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫ودر‬
Note: a majority of the
commentators observe the
sense of ‫ ؤالر‬in majesty
but A.Y.A. has translated
this word as kindness and
long-suffering

‫تاهذالرحمةبنحذال*ا‬

What aileth you that ye hope

not in Allah’s majesty (Jid.)

toward Allan for dignity (Pic).

What is the matter with you.

that ye place not your

hope for kindness and
long-suffering in God.

VA.Y.A.١ ‫أ‬٦\-.\٦١

act. it, w.v. ‫الرزا‬

(imperj. 2 p. m. plu.)

<that ye respect much

to honor, respect it ‫وقر تزتيرًا‬

much

‫★ رؤع‬

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.)

<~fell(,l
‫*ا‬.*. ‫ققع‬

‫علل‬-)‫[قعيقعرفزعا(ف‬
to fall, fall
down, befall
to come to pass ‫ عى‬-
to be confirmed

‫رلتاوحيوماليجز‬
And when a plague fell on
them. ،7 1341

734

(imperfjp. m.phi.)iv,w.v. ‫زتدون‬

they kindle

(imperf. 2p.m. phi.jiv, w.v. ‫تويدزن‬

ye kindle

(perate. m. ling.) iv, H'.v. ‫أؤقد‬

light (thou) ’

(pip• ‫ و‬p٠m■ ling.) 1

ir. w.v. ‫زقد‬
‫؛‬slit

( pis. pac. f. ling.) ir, w.r. ‫المؤقدة‬

kindled (fire)

(perf 3 p.m. sing.) X, wv. ‫انتوقد‬

١>kindlcd ‫ضد‬

‫استزقد‬
‫وقذس‬
(pac. pic. f. sing.} w.r. ‫المرقرذة‬
<dead through beating

)‫وقذيتيذرقذًا (ض‬
to beat to death, beat severely

‫لتقتتًا‬
< deafness v.n. ،‫ققر‬
 ‫ (رو ممر وزا(ض‬.w.r

to be heavy, deaf, heaviness

in the ear

burden (of the rain )،■ ‫ و ز‬acc.

‫ وخذًا‬.acc ‫) ؤهث‬.fl.*(
< majesty

)‫ئتادًازتفذ؛(ض‬٠‫ذر‬
to be gentle, gracious, reipec-
ted much (Lis) LL.

٧٣‫؛‬
VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN ‫وق ع‬

(2) - ‫ ب‬that is befalling

‫تبؤا‬٦‫ئبدصيئ‬٠‫رىارطلجن‬

Thou seest the wrong-doers

fearful of that which they
have earned, and it is
befalling them (it will be-
fall them). [42:22]

that is coming (3)

to pass

‫لتءذابرتكلواقع‬
Verily the doom of thy Lord
will surely come to pass.

152:71

‫وتتة‬
happening, coming to pass
(noun of unity.)

2‫ليق لومتها ■ةيته‬

There is no lie in its happen,-

‫ا‬
ing. 156:2

‫الواتتة‬
(act. pic. f. sing.)
 the event that which surely

1‫ازه‬
day of hereafter
occur, the inevitable

‫إذارقحتالواقعة‬
When the event inevitable
comcth to pass. [5 6:11

(imperf 3p.m. sing.) iv. w.v.

brings about ‫يزقع‬

‫آزقع يزتع ألغاط‬

to bring about, excite enmity
.iv

prevailed , vindication (2)

‫نوقعالحقوبطلماهاثواينرلوي‬
Thus the truth prevailed (or
vindicated) and that which
they had brought vanished
(or was made vain).

‫ا‬8 17:11
came to be 3) ‫)ض‬
fulfilled ٠٢"
‫ووقعالعولطيممبأظكا‬
And the word (will be) ful-
filled concerning them
because they did wrong.

[27:85]

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.)‫ أل‬w.v. ‫وقسخ‬

has befallen

(imperf.
~ befalls 3 p.f. sing.) w.v. ‫قع‬

(perate.
fall dawn!m.plu.) w.v. ‫تموا‬
‫تئئيوئرذئ‬٢‫ماداتويمت‬
‫فقوزالهجيين‬
When I have fashioned him
 and breathed into him
spirit, fall ye down in obc-
isance unto him. [15:29]

(act. pic. to
that going m fall
sing.) w.v.
on (I) ‫قايع‬
‫ز‬٠‫ودإؤإاىزاجح‬

And imagined that it was

going to fall on them.

٧٣٥

735

URAN‫ !؛‬VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ‫وف ي‬

‫توثهاشهتيأتمامكرظا‬
Whereof Allah protected him
from the ills they plotted.

]‫؛‬40:45

(imperf. ‫ و‬p.f. sing.) w.v. ‫تته‬

N protect '

‫قجعللكتايلتقككرالحت‬
‫ويرانيلتقيكربأسكث‬
And he hath appointed for
you coats that protect you
from the heat, and coats
(of armour) that protect
you from the violence.

116:811

‫؛‬.imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) f.d, ٠٠٠,١١ ‫تقي‬

thou protect

‫رمنئياكتاييومين نتدر‬
And whosoever Thou will
protect him from evils on
that Day, verily hast Thou
taken (him) into mercy.

[40:91
 (perate. m. sing.) w.v. ‫ق‬
ptotect, save'.

‫ؤقاءذابالكلر‬
And save US from the tor-
ment of the fire. [2:2011

(perate. m. plu.) w.v٠ ‫فزا‬

protect!

‫لرآتتكرراهييكبارا‬
Protect yourselves and your
family members from a
fire. [66:6]

‫لمايريياكثيظنآنيؤقعبيكو‬
I‫وأوإلعهحر‬١‫لتى‬
Satin secketh only to cast
among you enmity and hat-

red, 5:911‫؛‬

those whom.
(Ap-der. areplu.)
aboutiv,
to fd.
fall m

place, setting (n. p.t. plu).

‫مراقسوا‬
‫مقايقع‬
‫ة؛‬::‫خاعاض‬

١
(pp. 3 p. m. plu.) w.v.
>held over
‫رفقوا‬
)‫ذق يتف وتؤظ(ض‬
to stand, to make someone
stand

make stand
(perate. m. plu.) w.v. ‫قفزا‬
make them to stand .‫يقزم‬
those who
(pact. pic.are
m.brought up or
plu.) IV.». ‫تؤقزفرن‬
 made to stand, are held

(perf. 3 p. m, sing.) w.٠. ‫وق‬

<~savcd. protected, pres-

off ‫هأه‬was ‫اةخالًا ء‬

‫(ذقكبجيةيمكومًا(ض‬
to protect, save preserve,
ward off (Pic).

٧٣٦

736

‫قى‬

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫وق‬

1‫ئلةجئزا‬
‫آنتبواوتعواكةمههآلذا‬
And make not Allah a butt
of your oaths that ye shall
not act piously nor fear
Allah. (2:224)

el viii, w.v.
(imperf. ‫يتقي‬
3 p.m. sing.)
he should fear

he fears him
they fear
‫يتقؤا يتقه‬
(imperf. 3 p.m.phi.)viti,w.v,

‫متخبر د‬
thus they should
fear Aliah ‫بتتوا اق‬

(imperf2p.m.sing.) viii,w.v,
Mviil strike against, or will
protect

‫آئتنيتىيجوي]رالحتابير‬
 Is he then who will strike his
face against the awful
doom upon the Day of
Resurrection (is he who

‫ا‬
‫اتى‬
doeth right?). 139:24
‫؟‬tar ١٠
(perale. m. sing.) via, w.v.

‫الي الة‬
‫أتقزا‬
fear Allah
dread ! fear
(perate. (ye)!viii, w.v.
m. plu.)

‫بأتفواكأرةقطيهاالجيرا‬
Then dread the fire the fuel
whereof is men and ,tones.

is preserved
(pip■ 3 p.m. ring.) f.d, w.v. ‫وق‬
۵‫تسيقغحسبدًاودشغد‬
And whosoever is preserved
from his own avarice, such
are they who are success-
ful. (59:9)

‫"واق‬ .w.f ) ‫واق‬

(act. pic. m. sing.)

a protector or saviour
for(

< has 3p.

(perf. fear/. sing.) via, w.v. ‫اتقا‬
‫أ‬٠‫ة‬١ :‫اتق يتف‬ ,viii
to fear, to be pious, to ward
off (evil), to l* conscious
of God, to keep duty to-
wards God

(perf■ ‫و‬
they fear (Allah)
p. m. plu.) viii, w.v.

ye (fem.)
(perf. 2p.f.fear orMi,
phi.) ye arc ‫اتغيتن‬
IP.».pious

‫إباثيتنقكا تختعن با‬

 If ye are God fearing so be
not soft in speech. [33:321

ye (are) God-fearing
(.imperf .2 p.m. phi.) viii,w.v.

Ye may become
God fearing.
‫آئلفوسئوة‬
(2:21)

(imperf.
(Mid.) 2p.m.
viii, ‫تئقرا‬
w,,. plu.١

that ye fear Allah

٧٣٧

737

‫ وق‬vocabulary of the holy QURAN ‫وقى‬

righteousness, duty to Allah,
restraint from evil, self-
restaint, fear and so on.
According to the context
the word has been transl-
ated as follows:

abstainment (1)

‫زاقواتخيرالزاوالتئوى‬,‫وتزة‬

And take provision for the

journey, for verily the
best provision is abstain-
ment. (2:197,

piely (2)

‫رتتعتااثرثيحاي‬
And that ye should forego is
nigher unto piety. (2:237,

fear (3)

‫لمرافلةتنىآملتغيرق‬
 He is the fount of fear. He
it the fount of Mercy.

14:56]

protection (4)

(against evil)

‫لمةغبهك‬٦‫وأئتيت>اخكتوارإلحتىؤأغ‬

While for those who walk

aright. He addeth to their
guidance, and giveth them
their protection (against
evil). [47:171

lained
The word ‫تقرى‬
in several ways, is also exp-
such as, to observe the
Divine ordinances in
every walk of life, (did.)

om ‫ ن ) ( ئ‬+ ‫اتتر‬
fear me ! for(

(perate. f. phi.) viii,

fear (O women)
١۶

fear Allah to women :

addressed ‫اتقين ال‬
those who fear
(Ap-der.m. Allah
plu.)(w.v.)nom.‫الكقون‬
those who
(Ap-der. m.fear ‫التينن‬
Allah "acc.)
plu.)(w.v.
or those who are pious

most you
pious .[‫اآنت ) أتتاأغًاا‬
most pious (dative »)
200008

God-fearing
(act.pic. m. sing) ٠‫يث‬
fearing v.n. ‫كآل‬
‫أتغواشحقتهنته‬
Fear Allah with fear due to
 Him. 13:1021

protection, («.) ‫القراى‬

fearing
I ‫تترى‬
As a specific Quranic term,
used in several contexts it
has been translated with
different words. Transl-
ators of the Quran have
tried to present the actual
meaning of this word
according to their views.
The words chosen by them
are as below

God-fearing, God conscious-

ness, to ward off evil, piety,

٧٣٨

VOCABULARY or THt HOLY QURAN ‫و لد أ‬

» ‫ي وكلزكنأل‬
to appoint one keeper or
guardian over, or entrust
one with the care of any-
thing

‫اال‬-)‫ن‬٠‫عل‬-‫>>وكل‬
to confide in, entrust

another with one's affairs,

commit to

(pp. 3p. m. sing.) ii, w.v.

~is given charge
:‫ ب‬-‫ركل‬
‫ئ‬١‫ربائت‬٠‫لدالت‬٠‫شبذرتمذث‬
Say : the Angel of death,
who is given charge con-

cerning you. [32:11]

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) V, w.v. ‫تكنى‬

 <1 have put my trust

». tfe-fe

to put trust in Allah

i. 1 V, w.v .،‫مكا‬،٢‫ك‬. /‫ئ‬

we have put our trust

(perate. m. sing.) V, w.s. ‫تركل‬

put thy trust !

‫تكزا‬
put (0 men) your trust!
(perate. m. phi.) V. w.v.

V, w.v. juss. ،‫سزكل‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)

puls trust, entrusts

‫رتنيتؤنناشفيئاشه حنيثتعيع‬
Whosoever putteth his trust

in Allah
Allah (‫اازس‬ find) verily
is Mighty, Wise,

* ‫وك ا‬
w.d ١‫ك‬/١
Av. * hl. p. sing.)
(imperf.

<1 lean

‫وكأ‬
R. F. is not used

‫* أوكأ‬،،،
to lean,١recline
'O ٦upon
‫ ز صك‬V
(w.A hi١»iii

(Ap-der, m٠ plu.)
those who are acc.
reclining upon

(n. p. t.) (hiW.v. ,1

٠ cushioned couch
‫متكثزن‬
‫تيهي‬
 ‫ج‬

‫وكت ييد تقييد‬

‫(ض) ؤ ت‬ .w.v ,،‫( ؛‬.Cassation (r.w

to stand still, to i،'

confirm, assert

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) W,1, ‫آلكد‬

,-truck (with fist)

)‫دكر كر وزًا (ض‬

to strike with the fist

*‫والل‬
‫ وكنأ‬.WJ ,‫الدم‬.( ‫ ال‬.perf. 1st. p(
<we entrusted

٧٣٩

139

‫لد‬
‫و‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

،‫وكل‬
‫★ ردج‬
‫ل‬
< penetrates
(imperf. p. f. sing.) w.v.

‫ج يلجولؤجًا(ض‬: .w.v
to enter, penetrate in, go,
pass through

(imperf■ ‫و‬
makes pass into
P•?■ sing.) iv, w.v.

thou causes
(imperf. to pass
2 p. m. intow.v.
3ing.)iv, ‫نزلج‬
 intimate
(act. friend,
2 pic. femiliar,
f. sing.) ‫قبجة‬
w.v. ally

‫★ ولد‬

‫يم‬
(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v. ‫ولد‬
has begotten

‫ ن وآلدًا ت مز‬:‫(وق ياد يآلد‬

‫))ا‬ to beget (male) w.v.
(2) to give birth, bear (female)

‫الترتمدقنالكهخليقولون‬
‫ولدالةتلئمنملكزبثن‬
Lol verily it is of their
falsehood that they say :
God hath begotten، verily
they are the liars.

‫آلا‬٦٦‫خذآل‬-‫آل‬٦١

(perf. ‫ولذن‬
they (fem.) gave
3 p. m. phi.)birth
w.v.

٠٢٢
‫وقث‬
they gave
birth to them

,*‫'تتكليمئ‬
let or put trust

‫وعاللمظليتوكاللمفيئو‬
In Allah let believer» put

their trust. 13:160 ‫ا‬

we put our
(imperf. kt, trust
p. phi.) V.w.v. ‫نتركلو‬
(Ap-der. m. phi.) ,, w.v, ‫التركون‬
those who put their

trust (in Allah)

(act. 2 pic, m. sing.) w.v. ‫انركل‬

 one who takes care of a

thing for another, trus-

tee، the witness to bargain,
guardian

‫ركفيالروقيلة‬
And Allah is sufficient as

Trustee. (4:811

‫طئ‬
١.ng‫؛‬Vimperf. 3 p. m, s
(w.v.، Os

diminish >

)‫قلتييكولتًا(ض‬
to withhold, diminish

‫شةجلخاا غتدرئةةتأل‬
‫آعيكرث‬‫ذ‬ 1

And if ye obey Allah and

His a pottle He shall not
diminish from you aught

of your deeds. [49: 4

١٠١٠٠
‫زا‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ولد‬
children (in the (3)

sense of a collective noun)

‫أفنوئكلت‬٠
Thou seest me as less than

*I," in wealth and child-

ten. 118:391

children n.p. acc. ‫اآزآلدر أذآلدأ‬

(act. pic. m. sing.)
begetter (father)
‫رالد‬

(act. pic, f. sing.} ‫رالدة‬

 a mother

‫ الؤايدين‬/ ‫ الراإدان‬parents
‫]الديك‬
their parents
his parents‫والديذ‬
my parents ‫والدت‬

‫يلدان‬
youths (n.p.)
‫يعوثعليوخولدانتخلذفن‬
And there shall go round
unto them youths ever-
young. [56:17}

‫ه‬١\‫( ه‬act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ‫رند‬

‫المقلرد‬/a begotten
‫) مؤلود‬.one,
pis. pic. m. sing(
one who is

born

one to whom a ،‫تزلقد ل‬

child is born (father)

‫*ودى‬
‫*ا‬.’. ‫ يون‬m pluj ‫ذم ب بظ‬
they are near ‫يزن‬
(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v.
he was born
‫رلد‬

(pp. 1st. p. sing.)w.v. ‫ولدت‬

I was born

w.١٠٠juss ‫اد‬
‫ ن‬p.m. sing.)
(imperf.

~ begets

he begetes not :‫لم’ يلي‬

H’.y. acc. ‫لدزا‬
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.)

they will beget

They will beget not. ‫ا‬٦‫آل لطلي‬

(71:27) "
 (imperf. 1st. p. sing.} w.v. ‫آد‬
I will give birth

51،■;
Shall I bear a child when I
am an old women. [1 1:721

(pip. 3 p.f. sing.) w.v. juss.

he was begotten
‫يرت‬
he was not
begotten
‫[ يموال‬

a child(!) (n.) ‫ول‬

‫تللتدتاليلتالولنأوكريتينبكئ‬
She said : my Lord how can
I have a child when no
man hath touched me.

V3 ٦A٦١
a son (2)

...‫انةانلؤول؟يانةين لهولد‬
If he hath a son, if he hath

no son,. ٠ 14:111

٧٤١

741

‫نى‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ولى‬
( perf, 2 p.m. sing.) ft, w.v. ‫وتنع‬
thou hast turned

‫هتئ‬٠‫الذمت ءيوملورئقبيل‬٠‫ج‬٢
If thou had observed them
closely thou had assuredly
 turned away from them.

(18:18,

(perf٠3p.mplu٠Sii,w.r.
they turned to
‫إل‬-‫رزا‬

‫لزيجد ذت ملجاؤمغزت آر‬

‫يجسحزن‬:‫إتيورم‬
Could they find a place of
-ret ‫أ‬CKWWS 0 ‫أخآ‬١‫أه خأد‬
ating hole they would turn
round thereto rushing

headlong. ‫أ‬9:57‫ ا‬.‫ي‬

2 ‫يع؛‬ p. m. plu.) ft, w.v. ‫ةتتم‬
ye turned " ‫لم‬
(imperf. 3p. m. sing.) ft", w.*. ‫يرلى‬
,*turns

&‫وسييميذتلزغر‬

And whosoever tumeth his

back to them on such a

day. 18:16 ‫ا‬

ft, w.v. e.m.p.
they would turn
‫رن‬

‫ةئءل‬1‫لممغغلمالغق‬:‫تتءلى‬
If they succoured them they
would turn their backs.

159:121

(imperf ‫و‬
they will turn
p.m. plu.) ii, W.F. ‫تتأزن‬
they will not turn ‫آليرثزن‬
٦٩٦

< ‫ ذبا درألع‬-‫ذتل ب‬-‫تليل‬

to be close, w.v. ( ‫)ح‘ض‬

near, to follow, to be upto,
an approach

‫كآب»ًاانييئ؛ءئلهااشخئ‬
‫يؤعرتنالككلر‬
0 ye who believe ! fight the
infidels who are near unto
you. 19:1231

(perf. ‫ و‬p.m. sing.) it, w v. ‫زأل‬

< "turned (1)
‫عن‬-‫تزية‬٠‫ قاليرلى‬W.v..r7j
(1) to turn away from,
to turn back

(2) ‫ ءد‬to make a thing

turn

(3) to keep 55 close to

another thing (see 6/129)

‫لمدبراوكيعقب‬7
He turned in fright and looked
not back. (27:101

‫دثتغا‬
He turned back in his pride.

(trans.) turned ‫عن‬ - ٤‫ اا‬:

from

‫ءنذئةئ|ةى‬
‫مارلمخعنقةم‬
The foolish of the people will
say: what hath turned
them form the Qibla ?

[2:1421

٧‫؛‬

‫لى‬

‫و‬
VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

‫ى‬٠‫ول‬
(perate. m. plu.) ii, ‫ولوا‬
 turn! (ye)

Note: the verb ‫رل‬ signifies

٠to turn away’ when it has
a direct object or with

‫عن‬ in case of direct, it

is supposed
elliptical ‫عن‬
thatIn case of
(Rgb.). is
transative to another ob-
ject the verb denotes the
sense of ’to be close.'

( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) V, w.v.

N turned away (1)

to turn away > ‫ترلىتريًا‬

‫ئتلىتىفي|تآلقببتليآ‬١‫ولئ‬

And when he turneth away,

he spcedeth through the
land that he may act corr-
uptly therein. [2:205‫؛‬

"Undertook or (2)

‫ولننىتلكنر؛ منهخ‬
And who undertook on him-
self the lead among them.

(24:111

turned aside (3) -‫إلى‬

‫ثيترت ال الظت‬
Then he tuned aside.

128: 24‫ا‬

took as friend (4)

‫كتبعيوآتهمنتوالءفاتييضلة‬
Against whom it is prescri-
bed that whosoever taketh
 him for friend, he verily
will mislead him. 122:41

‫يرزا‬
‫ترلزن‬
‫رلزا‬
‫انم‬.،/.) ii, W.I
(،imperf. 3 p. m. ph،.١
they shill turn

(imperf. 2p.m. sing.) ii,w.i

ye turn

(/.4.) H, w.v.

(.imperf.2 p.m. ph،)

ye will turn

‫ نم‬perate neg. nt. plu.)ii,w.i. ‫آل رأزا‬

turn not!

(imperf. 1st. p. plu) ii, w.r. ‫ثوت‬

we shall keep close (1)

‫ةنبذثأ‬٠‫ئكنلقو'لمعبمااللخلم‬

And thus We shall keep some

of wrong-doers close ١0
others. 06:1291

<we cause to turn (2)

(trans.)

ii, w.v. e.m.p.

(imperf. ‫لنر لين‬
1st. p. plu.١

we surely cause to turn

Wherefor We assurdly cause

thee to turn toward the
Qibla which shall please
thee. 2:144‫)؛‬

I will let ss follow (3)

(trans.) I'.e , to make close

(as a follower)
 ‫ثتدماتيلى‬
٧‫ *ع‬shall let him follow to
which he hath turned.

‫؛‬4:115[

(perate. m. sing.) ii, w.v. ‫رل‬

turn ! (thee)

٧٤٣

743

‫ل‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫دى‬

‫و‬

(f.d, after.‫ر من‬

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)
V, w.v.

take for friend (1)

‫باقلئجب‬١‫ىيةواىاغضوتبةهونلق‬،‫و‬
‫اسرهرلغلبوب‬

And whoso taketh Allah and

his messenger and those

know that), Lo ! the party

who believe for friend
of Allah, they are the
(‫اازه‬
victorious. 15:561

turneth back (2)

‫ا؟آلتتا‬١‫ث‬،‫زةت‬٠‫وشيخلعئتي‬

And whose turneth back, him

will He punish with a
painful doom. [48:17]

they turn away (1)

(imperf. 3 p.m. p/u.)v, ١ i’.v.

‫يألفمنين‬
 Yet even after that they turn
away, such (folk) are not

٠ believers.
they make friends (2)
[5:43]

‫رتيئرإمبرقئائةجكثرذا‬

Thou seest many of them

making friends with those
who disbelieve. 15:801

‫ترلزا‬
(imperf. 3 p. m.phi.)
(f.d.) V, w.v.

they »urn away

144

‫و‬ ‫تولزا‬
they turned away (1)
(perf. p. m. plu.) V, w.v.

‫لنترلقاياتاهزذاثةأق‬
But if they turn away, then
they are in cleavage.

12:1371

they take for friend (2)

‫يارلةذ‬,‫رأخرجؤلزةن‬
‫ذ‬
‫عئاغئضالتئق‬٠‫لةام‬
‫آنترأرهة‬
Allah forbiddeth you only
those who warred against
you on account of religion
and have driven you out
of your homes and helped
to drive you out, that ye
make friends of them.

160:91

‫؛‬per/. 2 p. m. plu.) V, w.v

ye turned away
‫تريتم‬
:‫ينم‬
 (imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) V, w.v.
turns away(l)
‫يترل‬
(for group, turn away)

‫ثتتولذنقياموهخيعرض‬
Then a party of them turn
away and they are back-
sliders. 13231

metp. (protects (2)

defends (lit. deals friendly)

٠
And He protects the right*
OUS. (7:196]

٧٤٤
‫ى‬٠‫ول‬
VOCABULARY OF THE o V QURAN

‫وراى‬

‫» الريء‬،■ ‫وث‬/‫قلي‬
protecting friend, (1)
defender

٠
Allah is Protecting Friend of
those who believe. [2:2571

‫ركنيلتويا‬
And Allah is sufficient as a
Friend. 14:451

‫ربموالفالحيد‬
He is the Protecting Friend,

the praisworthy. - (42:48 ‫ا‬

heir, or successor (2)
‫كجاشاا;زنةؤ!تدبةئتذ‬
Since my wife is barren, give
me from Thy presence a
successor (or a heir). 19:51

a guardian (3)

Then let the gurdian of his

interest dictate in (terns

of) equity. 12:282 ‫ا‬

heir (4)

‫ومنئلمظالومافقدجلني‬
Whoso is slain wrongfully.
We have given power unto
his heir. ،17:33)

‫آؤبا‬
(protectors, friends, part- ).np(

ners, heirs

)»‫وألرج‬

٧٤٥
‫تلقستةيللحيشذفلجةذ‬
‫منبلديقرالؤهمنرجو‬
And if calamity befalleth
thee, (0 Muhammad) they
say, we took precaution,
and they turn away well
pleased. (9:50]

they make friend (2)

‫لالععلئلعههصيًا‬
‫يامشرلون‬
His power is only over those
who make friend of him,
and those who ascribe
partners unto Him (Allah).
 116:1001

‫تولزا‬
(imperf. 2 p.m, ph،.١
.»■■» .* ).fd(

(if) ye turn away

turn away !
(perate. m. sing.) V, W.I ‫ترل‬
turn not away!
(perate. neg. plu.) V, W.F. ‫آلتترلزا‬
(f.d.) r f. W.F. ‫رال‬
(acr. pic. m. ring.)
defender, protector, friend

‫يؤهئي‬٠‫تألةةذ‬
They have not any defender
besides Him. 113:111

VOCABULARY OF THB HOLV QURAN ‫ولى‬

closer (2)

‫التيتارلبأننؤييينينآنثيبم‬
That Prophet is closer to the
believers than themselves.

133:61

woe (‫ )ل‬- ‫ل‬

‫آزللك نأؤلى ثرآزنلك ئآرل‬
Woe unto thee, woe ! Again

woe unto thee. ١١oe !

‫ز‬175:34-35
‫ه‬٠.‫آلج‬set 1١ ‫ا‬٦١٦0١

(dual) eiutive, w. ‫غأدانق‬

nearest ones

(Ap-der. m. plu.} it, w.v.

patron(!)
‫المةلى‬/ ‫مزال‬
 ‫ذلكبًاتاشهموآللنينأمثوا‬
That is because Allah is the
Patron of those who be-
lieve. [47:11,

friend (2)

‫ذقئة‬٦‫يومال?ئئسملىص‬
A day when friend can in
naught avail a friend.

144:411

owner (3)

‫تشقهموكطخ‬5‫آحدت؟ماليقررتلى‬
One of them is dumb, having
control of nothing and he
is a burden on his owner.

116:761

‫الي‬ (.protection (1) (Vtffl

‫للجق‬٦‫ئكآإكالؤالتهغ‬
Herein is all protection from

Allah, the True. 18:44 ‫ا‬

inheritance (2)

‫دئذاتاهذةلكلألتي‬٠‫تذلح؛وفي‬٧‫وائبا‬
And those who believed but
emigrated not they have
naught of inheritance.

[8:72]

It could also be translated in

its literal meaning ‘protec*
lion’as done by other com*
mentators. while Tabri
observed that it is a term
used for Muhajreen (emi•
grants) who migrated from
Makka to al-Madina, where
 they were received by
(Muslims of al-Madina)
Ansar warmly, and other
hospitalities were extended
to them. They were given
shares too in inheritance.
Obviously this facility
could not be given to those
who did not leave their
homes for the sake of
Islam, as Muhajreen did.

elative. w. ‫آزلى‬
nearer to thou, (!)

the nearest one

‫ىاؤذي‬٠٠‫آلاًاذقمخ‬
Verily the nearest of mankind
to Ibrahim are those who
followed him. [3:681

746

٧٤٦

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ولى‬

(parale. neg. n. dual.) ‫آل تنًا‬

(slacken not (ye twain)

*** “ ٠‫ئتئا(ض)ج‬٠٠ ‫وف‬

to be slack or negligent

‫إذمبانوآخوكيايقوالتن‬
Go, thou and thy brother,
with My signs, and slacken
not in remembrance of

Mine. 120:421 ‫ا‬

 ★ ‫ب‬٠ ‫و‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) ‫رهب‬

‫)ن‬ has granted

‫(رهتيهبرغبآرجتة(ف‬

to grant, give as a gift, dedi-

cate, offer as a present, to
bestow on

(perf. 3 p. f. sing,) w v. ‫يعت‬

«(she) dedicated

‫رامرآةيؤبةإنهبتنشها‬
And any believing woman
who dedicates her soul.

(33:50)

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. ‫رعن‬

we granted

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.». ‫يهب‬

grants

(imperf. 1st. sing.) w.*.

I give ٠
‫ادك‬
protector, owner, (4
friend, benefactor
‫ز‬

‫ًائتخنغامكازالقذوالليى‬
Thou, our Protector (Master,
Owner) and give US victory
over the disbelieving folk.

(2:2861

٠‫آلالى‬١/٠‫) ذذا_لى‬.n.p(
(inheritors (1)

(sing.) ‫مزلى‬
‫وث‬3‫ويلجعألمياليتةركالوالناريلةؤ‬
And unto each We have
appointed inheritors of
 that which parents or the
near of him leave behind.

(4:33)

kinsfolk (2)

‫تئاضىدئ‬٢‫ا‬،‫ئيىجئت‬
Lo ! I fear my kinsfolk after
me. 1 9:5‫ا‬

clients 13)

:‫التير وموايك‬
And if ye know not their
fathers, then (they are)
your brethren in the faith,
and your clients. 133:51
(Ap-der. m. sing.) ii, w.*. ‫مول‬
one who turns to 55

And each one hath a goal

toward which he turneth.

٦،،٦

‫ آل‬١٠١‫؛‬

‫ى‬

‫و‬

VOCABULARY or TH، HOLY QURAN

‫و‬

(perf. ‫ل‬ p. m. plu.) w.v.

they fainted ‫وعرا‬
‫فمأوهنوالمًاآصابهمفيير الر‬
They fainted not for augbt
that befell them in the
way of Allah. 13:1461

(perate. neg. n. plu.) w.v.

faint not (‫ ة‬ye men) ‫ر‬
 weakness v.n. acc.‫ وغنًا‬/‫وغن‬
‫رغنعلرهن‬
Weakness upon weakness,.

131:141

(n.) (elatlve)
weakest, ‫أزعن‬
frailest

(Ap-der.
one who m. sing.)
makes ssiv, w.v.
weak ‫مزعن‬

(Ap-der. f. sing.)
<torn, rent ‫ااى‬. ‫مج‬

)‫ح‬،‫وهىاريىييىوغيآ(ض‬
to be weak, frail, burst, torn

٤‫*وع‬

An interjection
some regarded
commentators by
(such ‫رى‬
as Baidawi) as an abbre-

viation of ( ‫ ريل‬woe to).

It
0 is
‫أ‬ Ikealways
2nd p,suffixed ‫د‬
personaltopro-
noun and is translated as
,woe unto thee !

748

‫آلهبلكعلسنهيا‬
That I may bestow on thee
a faultless SOD. (19:191

(ptrate.
bestow m. sing.) w.v, ‫عب‬
‫وهبكامنالنكيجمة‬
And bestow upon US mercy
from Thy presence. 13:81

fn.) ints ‫يةب‬١

the bestower, one of the ex-

cellant names of Allah

 ★ ‫ ج‬٠‫و‬
‫ااا‬٠١ inis. ٥ec. ‫ؤما‬
cdazzling, glowing
< ‫ (و تخ بمج ر نجآ (ف‬.w.v
to blaze, burn, glow, dazzle

‫نع‬٨‫د‬

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) WJ. ‫من‬

<has waxen feeble

‫قعن حبتك وئآنم رئت يزسن زتمأ‬

to be weak, w.r. ( ‫ لث‬،‫)ض‬

feeble, faint, infirm, lang-

uid, remiss

‫لتئدلجة‬١‫رتن‬٠‫ةلرتإيى‬

He said : o my Lord ! verily

the bone, of me have
waxer feeble. [19:4]

٧٤٨

‫وى ل‬
‫هلحدلال‬٦‫ل‬٦‫أد‬٠‫ر‬، ‫ اه‬٦»‫ ة‬١١ ‫د نبدًا ب'طزًا‬

‫ويكأن‬

‫هناءنعنياش‬
Therefore woe be unto those
who write the Scripture
with their hands and then
say, this is from Allah,
[2:791
sometimes (2)

aceeds
pronoun ‫ل‬
the word to em-pre-
with
phasize the misfortune as :

‫ولكرالويليتآتوفزت‬
And yours will be woe for
that which ye ascribe
(unto Him). (21:18]
‫) وتك‬.comp( ‫ ق‬+ ‫ويل‬
woe unto thee or
alas for thee

alas for US ‫ًا ويتآ‬

alas for you ٠‫ز;تؤ‬
< woe unto me ‫ريتى‬
‫بتد‬- ‫*ى‬.‫رية‬
(is also read ‫ويتى‬ wailataa)
Woe is me or alas‫ ويتى‬١٠
my shame! [11:72]‫ ذيلت‬.
In the approved Quranic
calligraphy it is written as

In
case
this . ‫ريكأن‬
it is to be consideredone word
as composed of the inter-

٠! ‫وى‬
Oh ! or Ah' )ection
as if. Accor-‘‫تكأن‬
‫ويك‬
and

‫اغا‬:
is equi- ding to some
‘!know, valent to
)‫م ةه‬
‫'دهئئلسآل؛‬
Ah! Allah expendeth the
provision for whomsoever
He will of His bandmen.

(28:821

‫* وى ل‬

(1) woe ' (an interjection.) ‫ويل‬

(to express a big misfortune.

Commonly used with ‫ل‬

‫وملح اله‬
thee' or affixed to a pro-‘Woe unto
as
noun direcetly without a

preposition
for thee’) as ‫ويلك‬ 'Alas

٧٤٩

749
 .‫كتاب اب‬

(perf.3p.m. Sing.) (y w.v.) ‫يثس‬

< despaired

‫بئى رنًا ز ;اكت‬: ‫يئت يتأر ؤ‬

to despair, (‫ح‬،‫)س‬
give up hope,

to pass the age ‫تعسي المرآة‬

of fertility

(ptrf.‫ ت‬p.m. plu.) (h.&w.r.) ‫يثؤا‬

they have despaired

(perf. ‫ ن‬p. f. plu.) h٠&w.v. ‫يئتن‬

they (f.) despaired

‫واليكنينأنسخيخ‬
And those women who des-
paired of menstruation.

165:41

‫ تبأر‬h.&w.v 1

(imperf.‫ و‬p. m. sing.)

Mespauts
750

)‫ي (لسال‬
1. A pronominal suffix of the
hl p. singme, my
e.g. my lord ‫رب‬
my prayers ‫تالفي‬

٦٠ Mtetwvexbfnun ‫"ن‬
is added before ‫ ى‬e. g.
‫ عداني‬He guided me.

3. The ‫ ع‬is sometimes voca-

lized with "Fatha”
 (a—vowel) as, ‘my life-
time ‫عيآى‬

4. The ‫ ى‬is omitted when

the proceeding ‫ ن‬occurs
at the end of a sentence.
The following verse illus-
trates all these cases:

‫يفييي‬-‫اتمعىيق‬
Verily My Lord is with me.
He will guid me. (26:62)

٧٥٠
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ ئ'يا‬I
(act, 2 pic. m. sing٠١

an orphan

)‫كتمتيتم يتًا(ف‬
to become an orphan

(act. pic. 2 m. dual.١ ‫ييعين‬

two orphans

*;orphans (n.p.) ‫ بأى‬I ‫تتائ‬

(sing . ١'،‫تنؤ‬

★٠‫ىد‬

a hand (n.) ٦
< two hands («. dual) ‫ء‬
the final nun of dual is omit-

ted due to Idafa (genitive)

‫يدق‬
lit. two hands (n. dual)
‫بين يدن‬
before, in fornt of
‫رمرلننييللريحبرايينيدفيختت‬
And il is He who sdeth for
the heralding wind before
His mercy. [7:57]
‫آين ا أبذ ا أآيذ‬
(slng.١ ‫بم*ا‬
hands (n.p.)<

* ‫ع سد‬

(perf. ‫و‬ p. m. sing.) ii, w.r. ‫بتر‬

‫ع‬ made easy

‫تاسزا‬
(perate, net- m. ph،.١h.&w.v. 5

despair not

|‫ئتمجانحيالئئ‬
And despair not from the
mercy (comfort of spirit)
of Allah, verily none des*
pairs of the mercy of Allah
except a people disbeliev-
ing. [12:87,

٠(perf.
( . ‫اسياس‬
ip. m. ٥ ٠٠١ w.r.A ,*(
*;despaired

as R.F. X
to despair ‫اتيأ‬
‫اتياصزا‬ )x, hh.i
‫ل‬perf- ‫ ل‬p. m. plu.)(

they despaired

(a.)
verybits. ‫يثؤن‬
despairing person

(rn.)
<dry w.v. acc.
‫يبئ ا يبًا‬
‫تبت يين نيأبتن يبانتبا‬
(‫س‬،‫)ح‬
‫طييعافالكريبًا‬to dry up

A dry path in the sea.[20:77]

 dry (act pic. m. sing.) w.v. ‫ان‬
fact. pic. f. plu.) H-.r. ‫ائ‬-[
dry ones ‫؛‬٠
٧٥١

151

‫ىقن‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

٠‫( تز‬.easiness (n.p t

‫دلمنةندؤغسريرثطر؛إلىءق‬
And if one be in difficulties,
then let there be a defer-
ment until easiness.

[2:280]

gambling (in.p.t.) ‫التير‬

the jacineth (n.) ‫بآقزت‬

a gourd
(or (b.)
a kind ‫يقلين‬
of gourd)

<awake (n.p.)acc . ‫آيقآظًا‬

(sing.) ‫ييظ‬

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. iv ‫يزقترن‬

they are certain

< ‫ (يين بتن يقنا (ح‬.w.v

to be certain, sure of

(imperf 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. vi, ‫تريون‬

ye are certain

<< ‫ظا‬:‫ ائن عزين أ‬,V،

to believe firmly,
to hold as undoubtedly
true

752

‫ سز تيييرًا‬,ii
to make easy, facilitate

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii.

we made easy
‫يترنآ‬

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) ii, w.v. ‫نير‬

we shall ease

‫رئكيركيلينع‬
And We shall ease thy way
unto the state of ease.

(87:8]

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) If, w.v. ‫تيمر‬

‫م‬٧ be came easy

‫ههدجهلض‬
Reeeite, then, of the Quran
which is easy (for you).

173:20)

<got easily *. w.,. ‫اتيتر‬

to get easily, X, ‫استسر‬
to be easy

easy, ease acc. ‫ ينرًا‬/ ‫بتر‬

‫ ييبر‬I ‫ يييرًا‬.acc
(act, pic. 2 m. s‫؛‬ng,١

easy to bear, light, small

 ‫ذيككيلنييير‬
This is a light measure.

‫ز‬112:65

ease (elative. w. f.)

(used as an adjective)
‫ايسرى‬

‫ءهوم‬،. gentle,
pic. m. sing.) acc. ‫ميشؤرآ‬
easy

‫د‬
Then speak to them an easy
(,.،.. a gentle or reason*
able) speech. ]17:28]

vaT

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ىقن‬

(lit. intend !
‫تيتموا‬
(perate. m. plu.) V, m’

to go towards
to intend, V, ‫تم ز تيتم‬
term. ‫ه‬٠ Tayammum (1)

‫تيتم‬
with clean dust, by clap,
a process of ablution
ping plams of hands on
it and passing them over
the hands up to elbows
t‫؟‬٢،v ‫أة‬١‫ ألع ؟كةآ ه‬١‫الأللم أ‬
washed by water.

‫آل تيتمزا‬
(perate. neg. m. ph،.)
seek not (2)
.V, w V

‫ولخقتي أيئبه"تتلبوة‬
And seek not bad (with in-
tent) to spend therof.
 12:2671

sea, river (n.) ‫البم‬

right hand (n.

(1) right hands >

‫( يمين‬.sing)
‫ؤمالكتآينانم‬
Or that your right hands
possess (the captives).

14:31

(perf. 3 p.m.
''“has firm sing.) w.v. X
belief ‫اتقنى‬
‫ ايقن اننفآنًا‬,X

to believe firmly

‫رجحدزابماواتيقنقًاآنن"م‬
And they denied them,
though their souls were
convinced thereof. [27:14]

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. X

has firm belief ‫يسيقن‬
in order to be certain of ‫يستبين‬
sure ‫يقين‬
surely acc. ‫ييينًا‬
certainty (t) ‫االهج‬
‫حئىيأتيكايقين‬
Until there cometh unto thee
the certainty (i.e., death).

(also see. 74:47)

15:991
 surety (2)

‫طالؤتككيونعلرايقيب‬
Lol would that ye know
(now) with the surety of
knowledge. 1102:51

(Ap-der. m,plu.)iv, nom.

(.Ap-der. m. p‫؛‬u.١ w acc.

those who are certain
(or) convinced

(Ap-der. m. plu.١ X, acc. ‫منتيقتين‬

convinced

٢ ‫تير ة‬
٧٥٣
‫مزتنين‬
753

‫عو‬

VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY QURAN

‫من‬
‫ى‬

today ‫بزم‬
a day ‫يزسًا‬
your day ۶‫و‬
their day ‫عديم‬
two days (dual, acc.) ‫يرمغن‬
days (‫مع‬.( ٦‫أ‬١

(comp.) ‫بزشز‬
then ‫إذ‬ + day ‫يزم‬
then on that day

oaths (2)
‫جصلراالمةعركةآليمأنكر‬5‫رتا‬
And make not Allah, by
your oaths, a hindrance.

12:2141

‫ (اآيمنه (دس‬right

‫جلنائلرلةيي‬
Right slope of the mount;

people nf the right hand ‫الجنة‬

* ‫ى نع‬
‫ًا‬ ‫ينع‬
(ripening (r.n.) w.».
)‫تع يينعبناة ين (ف‬
to ripen, reach maturity

THS IND

‫اه ال‬

154
APPENDIX
ROOTS OF THE WORDS

To facilitate those who are not aware of Arabic

Etymological System of the words, the following Table has
been arranged.

This table will be helpful to consult particular words

starting with letters affixed with «Alif»
«Noon» ‫ ن‬, «Lam» ‫ ل‬, and «Meem»

٧٥٥

755

٦‫آل‬٦

‫األلف‬
VOV
ROOTS o, WORDS

Root
‫لع‬
‫?ي‬
‫دخ‬
I ‫ا‬
‫لل‬
‫نل‬
٠ <
‫دب‬
‫مد‬
‫عث‬
»,
‫رق‬
‫رق‬
‫عث‬
٠‫غع‬
»»
‫نى‬
‫لو‬
٧٥٩

150

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
f
‫بت‬
‫ت‬
‫خ‬
‫قل‬
٠ ١
‫مر‬
‫نى‬
‫نى‬
»»
‫ا‬,
'٠ ٠
٠٠
‫ور‬
« ٠
‫بى‬
»I
760
٧٦

ROOTS OR WORDS

Root
‫لد‬
‫مع‬
,»
١ ٠
٠,
٠٠
‫نب‬

‫نح‬
, ‫ا‬
‫نن‬
‫ل‬٠
‫دب‬
. I
‫ ا‬,

• I

,>

٦€١

\٧٦

VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬
‫ق‬
‫ى‬
٠
‫ن‬
>

>
>

‫ر‬
‫ا‬

‫ن‬
»

‫ع‬
762

٧٦٢

ROOT» OF WORM

Root
JJ
‫لم‬
‫مد‬
‫مل‬
‫«ا‬
٠I
>>

,>
‫رذ‬
‫وط‬
, ‫ا‬
٠٠
٠ ٠
٠I
‫دع‬

, I
‫ىى‬
‫اا‬

163

٧٦٣

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫رق‬
‫زى‬
‫ا‬٠
‫صا‬
‫سد‬
, 9
‫شع‬
١ ٠
,‫ا‬
. I
‫)ص‬
‫خر‬
١‫ط‬
٠ ‫آ‬
‫فض‬
‫فف‬
‫فى‬
 ‫اا‬
764

٧٦٤

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫ف‬
‫خو‬
‫خدل‬
‫خو ن‬
‫خىد‬
>''
111
, ٠ ,
‫دبد‬
, ‫ ا‬,

‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬

‫هخل‬
III

« «‫ا‬
« ‫ ا‬,

,٠٠
,٠٠
III

١ ‫در‬

٧٦٥

765

VOCABULARY OB TH» HOLY QURAN

Root
JJ ‫ ي ددر‬٠ « ‫ددو دنر‬

766
٧٦٦

ROOTS o, WORDS

Root
‫ب‬
‫ع‬
»
 ‫>‬
‫د‬
‫د‬
‫ع‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫‪-I٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫و‬

‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٦‬ة‪٦‬‬

‫‪٧٦٧‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo،‬‬
‫دس فد‬
‫رص ذ‬
‫ررع‬

‫ا«ا‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫>>‪1‬‬

‫رضو‬
‫داى‬
‫رغب‬
‫رقب‬
‫‪,»,‬‬
‫‪111‬‬

‫رك ب‬
‫»‪>1‬‬
‫ركس‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫ركن‬
‫ركع‬

‫‪768‬‬
‫‪٧٦٨‬‬
ROOT, o, words

l ‫ع‬٠ ‫م‬0٠
‫‪VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫سر ف‬
‫>>‪1‬‬

‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫صرق‬
‫س رد‪--‬رع‬
‫>‪I‬‬ ‫‪, ,‬‬
‫سطر‬
‫راي‬

‫صفر‬
‫»»‪,‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫سفل‬

‫سقط‬
‫ا« «‬

‫سقى‬
‫«‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
770

vv٠

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫سمع‬
« ٠ «
> > I

»»»
‫سمد‬
, ٠ ,
٠٠,
‫سوا‬
‫ا‬٠‫ا‬

I > ,
‫ا‬٠,
‫رد‬
I I I
‫سفر‬
‫ا‬I <
‫سوق‬
‫ىدى‬
>*»

٧٧١

771

VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN

Rool
‫و ال‬
« ٠
٠ ٠
٠٠
٠١
٠٠
‫د‬٤
‫عل‬
‫فق‬

٠ ٠ ‫قق‬
٠ «
٠٠
‫قع‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫كر‬
 ‫>‪,‬‬
‫كر‬

‫‪772‬‬

‫‪٧٧٢‬‬

‫‪ROOT» OF WORM‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ص ‪٧‬ر‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫صبو‬
‫‪٠‬سحب‬
‫ردع‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫صدق‬

‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫صرر‬
‫صرف‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫صغد‬
‫صفح‬
‫■‪*.‬‬
‫صفد‬
‫صفو‬

‫‪٧٧٣‬‬

‫‪773‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ب‬

‫‪٠‬‬

‫>‬

‫>‬
‫ا‬

‫‪٠‬‬

‫ت‬
‫>‬
‫ف‬

‫م‬

‫>‬

‫ذ‬
‫ال‬

‫ب‬
 ‫>‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫د‬

‫‪774‬‬

‫<‪w‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ضو‬
‫‪٠‬ىىخ‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫طرح‬

‫طرف‬
‫طعم‬
‫>‪>1‬‬

‫‪>11‬‬
‫*‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫<‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا«‬ ‫طغو‪/‬ى‬

‫طنا‬

‫طفل‬

‫طل ع‬

‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫طل ق‬

‫‪٠‬اا‬

‫‪٧٧٥‬‬
‫‪775‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF TH HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ت‬
‫ر‬
‫م‬
‫ن‬
‫ت‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫ا‬
٠
‫د‬
3
»
‫ل‬
‫تد‬

٦٦‫آل‬

٧٧٦

٠ ‫ ’ ء‬٠ ٠ ٩٠ H ‫ } ح‬٠ ٠ ‫ا‬V

٢٠ ٠ ٠ - ٢١ ٢* ٢٣ ‫ م‬- - ٠٢١
Y٧٧

‫ةجغأج'ة‬
•f

٢٦
pl

C- ' —* C- I" ٠٠
n-|ip n- ٠ ٠،،-v٠٠i

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫لم‬
I ,
‫لن‬

‫اا‬
٠ .
‫مد‬
 ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫مل‬
‫<‪٠‬‬
‫< ‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫مم‬
‫م‬
‫نب‬
‫‪.‬ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫نع‬
‫نق‬
‫‪7178‬‬

‫‪٧٧٨‬‬

‫‪ ٠‬به‪ .‬نح‪ .‬نحه‪ .‬لد‪ .‬دد لد "‬

‫‪٦٦٠‬؛ال‪٠ ١١٠ ٠‬‬

‫‪■ ٠٦ . - ١٦٥٠١ ’١ ٠‬آل ‪٠‬‬

‫نالب لن نا‬

‫ند‪ .‬رد‪ - .‬ره‪ .‬له‪ ٠٠٠," .‬له‪.‬‬

‫‪٦ ٠‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ز‪ ٦ I ٦ ٦‬ل‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫‪١ "٦ 3‬ال‪٠.....٦‬‬

‫‪WORDS‬‬
 ‫زه‬

• ‫دم" لم‬

.‫ ن‬.‫ن‬
.‫لن‬

VOCABULARY o, THE HOLY QURAN

‫غ‬
‫ق‬
‫ى‬
I
٠
•

‫ز‬
 ‫ًا‬
‫ؤ‬
‫ح‬
‫م‬
‫ض‬
‫ا‬
‫ت‬
‫د‬
‫ل‬
‫ح‬
‫‪780‬‬

‫‪VA.‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫قت ل ىحم ى د م ن ‪ .‬ر قذف ذ ر ا وا د ب ‪ ٠٠ ٠‬ق ور‬
‫ذرف‬

‫‪٧٨١‬‬

‫‪781‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ل‬
‫)‬
‫ت‬
‫ى‬
‫ت‬
‫ل‬
‫ا‬

‫»‬
‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫>‬

‫>‬

‫>‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫>‬

‫‪782‬‬
‫‪٧٨٢‬‬
 ‫ة‬
‫‪a‬‬

‫•ئ ‪ g‬بياثي‬

‫‪W٥RD3‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF TKB HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫كى د‬
‫كى ل‬
‫كى ن‬
‫ل ابه ن‬
‫لحد‬
‫لح ف‬
‫لحق‬
‫<‪٠٠٠ ٠٠‬‬
‫ددد‬
‫لزم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫لمن‬
‫لفف‬ ‫لغو‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫لف ع‬

‫‪784‬‬
 ‫ا ة ب'‬

‫‪WORDS‬‬

‫آلم‬

‫عث‪-٠--‬أ‪٣.‬‬
‫ؤ ‪ ٠‬ج‪-‬جذ ج‪ ,‬ة‬
VOCABULARY OF THK ROLY QURAN

Root
‫مطد‬ ‫مشج مشى مضى‬
786

٧٨٦

ROOT, OF WORD,

Root
‫بت‬
‫بن‬
1 ‫ا‬

‫أد‬
‫ا‬ .
٠‫ا‬

٠ <

‫عد‬
‫ذد‬

‫ا‬٠
٠‫ا‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
1 ‫ا‬

‫ذل‬
٠ «
٠ <
٠ ١
187

٧٨٧

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

Root
١٠١ » » , > * I » ■ ' «
« « ‫نط ق‬
1 ‫ ا‬٠ ‫ ا‬1 « « « ‫ ا‬٠ ٠,٠ ‫ن ظ د‬
788
٧٨٨

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫ص‬
 ‫ت‬
‫م‬
٠
‫ت‬
‫ح‬

٠
■
‫د‬
‫ف‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫ري‬

*
٧٨٩

789
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫ادى‬
٠٠٠
‫هز أ‬
٠٠٠
*‫زن‬
‫هش ش‬
‫لك‬٠
٠٠٠
٠,٠
,٠٠
٠,٠
‫لل‬٠
٠٠٠
‫اود‬
*‫د ئ‬
٠٠٠
‫رى‬٠
٠,٠
790

٧٩٠

ROOTS OF WORDS
 ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ونر‬
‫رزع‬
‫و سط‬
‫وسق‬
‫دى‬
‫وعظ‬

‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫وع ئ‬
‫‪٠‬اا‬

‫وفى‬

‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‪,‬‬
‫وقد‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫د ذ‪ ١‬ى‬
‫«‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‪,‬‬

‫‪791‬‬
‫‪٧٩١‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪٣‬د‬
‫قظ‬

‫من‬ ‫قن‬

‫< ‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫دم‬
‫*‬

‫‪792‬‬
‫‪٧٩٢‬‬
793

٧٩٣
.‫ئ‬

ROOTS OF WORM
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫بدل‬
‫بذر‬
> ■ I

‫بد د‬
‫ا‬, ٠
‫ا‬٠ ٠
‫بر‬
٠٠,
٠٠١
‫بسط‬
‫برك‬
‫بسل‬

‫بم‬
 ‫بسر‬
‫بغى‬
٠
I» »
‫بقى‬
>II

796

٧٩٦

ROOTS OF WORDS

‫ع‬
‫ا‬
>
‫ر‬
‫ب‬

‫ق‬
‫ال‬
»
٠
‫ا‬
■
>
‫ل‬
‫و‬
‫ا‬
»
»

٧٩٧

797
vocabulary of THB HOLV QURAN

‫ى‬
‫ى‬٠
‫ل‬
‫ا‬
٠
‫ا‬
‫ا‬
‫ع‬
‫ب‬
 ‫ت‬
‫د‬
1
‫ل‬
‫ب‬
‫ع‬
‫ب‬
I
‫د‬

%٦٩

٧٩٨

root* Of WORDS

Root
‫ ** س‬-
٠٠
‫ا‬٠
‫سن‬
‫شر‬
‫صن‬
, ٠
‫صى‬
I ‫ا‬
‫رض‬
‫كم‬
I 1
‫لق‬
‫دل‬

I ٠
‫مل‬
٠٠

199

٧٩٩

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ج‬
‫ر‬
‫ص‬
‫ى‬

‫د‬
٠
 ‫ع‬
‫ع‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫إا‬
‫م؛‬

‫ا‪,‬‬

‫‪800‬‬

‫‪٨٠٠‬‬

‫‪noon ٥, W٥٠M‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫خوف‬
‫‪III‬‬

‫»»»‬

‫»»‪,‬‬

‫‪٠,‬ا‬
‫خر ن‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬

‫خى ر‬
‫دخل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫درس‬
‫در ك‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا<‬

‫■‪11‬‬

‫‪III‬‬
‫ارى‬

‫دع د‬
‫‪...‬‬

‫‪801‬‬
‫‪٨٠١‬‬
 ‫طعس‬

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ضصتدسضنتتذصي‬

ROOTS or WORDS

Root
‫ًاع‬

٠٠
‫ف‬
‫ج‬
‫جم‬
‫ل‬
‫ج‬
• I
I‫ا‬

٠٠
 ‫ح؟‬
٠ «
٠ ,
‫دد‬
٠ ٠
, ٠
‫د‬
‫زق‬
, ٠

٨٠٣
803
VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

‫ن‬
‫ى‬

‫ب‬
‫ق‬

‫ح‬

‫ب‬

‫ع‬‫ع‬

‫أ‬
‫ى‬
>
‫ل‬

٨٠٤

804
ROOT* o, WORD*

‫ح‬

٠
1

‫ق‬
‫ر‬
‫د‬
>
 ‫د‬
‫د‬
B
‫ح‬
*

‫د‬
>
‫ف‬
‫ى‬
‫ال‬
‫ط‬

K٠٥

805

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫صوى‬

‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ,
‫شب‬ ‫معر‬

> I I
‫خ ص‬١‫ز‬
‫شرب‬

‫شرك‬
»>>
111

‫شطط‬

‫د‬٤‫ش‬
‫شق ق‬
٠٠٠
٠٠,
‫شكر‬
٠,٠
‫شكو‬

806

٨٠٦

ROOTI or WORM

‫ق‬
1
 1
‫ع‬
I
‫نى‬
‫ا‬
‫ا‬
‫د‬
‫د‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫و‬
‫ع‬
‫ني‬
١
‫ا‬

٨٠٧

807
VOCABULARY o, TH، HOLY QURAN

Root
‫طلع‬
٠,٠
‫طمن‬
‫طر‬
III

1,1
‫ط دع‬
> > 1

III

1»>

« ٠ «
III

١١١
III

III

III

‫ل‬,‫ط‬
‫طع ر‬

٨،٨
808
ROOT» OF WORDS
 Root
‫جل‬
« ٠
٠‫ا‬
٠ I

٠ ٠
‫دد‬
٠ ٠
‫دل‬
.>

٠ ٠
‫دى‬
٠ ,
٠‫ا‬
٠٠
‫ذب‬
I ٠
‫ذر‬
‫دأ‬

809
٨٠٩

VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN

‫م‬
٠
‫ا‬
‫ا‬
■
‫ن‬
‫اى‬
1

I
‫ا‬
‫د‬
‫ل‬
٠
3
*
‫ل‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬
810

,٨١
ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫غى ظ‬
‫في ا‬
‫فتح‬
٠٠<
‫فتي‬
, ٠ <
‫فجر‬
> I >
‫فخر‬
‫ف دى‬
‫فرح‬
< ٠ ,
1 > I

‫فرر‬
‫فرض‬

‫فرق‬

I ٠٠

٨١٦

VOCABULARY OR TUI HOLY QURAN

‫ح‬
٠
‫د‬
‫ح‬
‫ر‬
‫ع‬

‫ض‬
٠
‫ل‬
٠
‫ل‬
٠
٠
٠
٠

٨١٣
ROOTS OF WORD®

Root
‫قطع ' ا « « < < قعه قف و ب‬

813

٨١٣

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

Root
‫كر‬
‫كس ب‬
٠,٠
‫كفر‬
, , ‫ا‬
٠٠٠
‫لي ل ف‬
‫كلم‬

٠٠٠ ■٠٠
٠,٠
‫كنز‬
‫كنن‬
‫لذ ر ن‬
»,»
..■
,,»
٠ 1 ‫ا‬

٨١٤
814

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫لم ز‬
‫ ر‬٠‫ل‬
٠٠٠
٠٦١
‫ل رم‬
‫درى‬
٠٠٠
‫لى ن‬
 ‫متع‬
٠٠٠
٠٠ ■
‫مث ل‬
٠‫اا‬
‫أدح‬

‫مدد‬
٠٠٠
‫مدى‬

٠٠٠
٨١٥

815

VOCABULARY OF TH، HOLY QURAN

Root
‫نن‬
٠<
‫نى‬
,!
١ I
٠٠
٠«
*‫د‬
‫وت‬
«٠
‫ا‬,
٠٠
‫لل‬
‫ىد‬
‫ىد‬
‫ىل‬
‫با‬
‫بت‬
٨١٦

root‫ ؟‬of words

Root

‫نسى‬
 ‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪١٠١‬‬
‫<‬ ‫« ‪٠‬‬
‫نشد‬
‫ن رر‬
‫‪III‬‬

‫‪»II‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫نط ق‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬

‫نظر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫اا‪,‬‬
‫نفخ‬
‫نف د‬
‫نفن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫• «‬
‫نفر‬

‫‪٨١٧‬‬
‫‪817‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬

‫‪٠‬ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫<‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫ا ‪,‬‬
‫وش‬
‫ىل‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬
‫جد‬
‫‪٤‬د‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫دى‬
‫■‪٠‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫ا «‬
‫‪« ٠‬‬
‫ز‪١‬‬
‫زن‬
‫دلي‬
‫‪8,8‬‬

‫‪٨١٨‬‬
‫‪roots of words‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ىى‬
‫تر‬
‫جد‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ا‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫جل‬
‫‪٥٤‬‬
‫دد‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫ذر‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫رث‬
‫رى‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫زر‬
‫ردس‬

‫فى‬
‫ا‬
‫ل‬
‫ع‬
‫*‬
‫■‬
‫ع‬
‫>‬
‫»‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ت‬
‫>‬
‫*‬
‫»‬
‫ى‬
‫ق‬
‫ا‬
‫ى‬
‫‪٨١٩‬‬

‫‪819‬‬
‫ا»‪1‬د‪١‬ع ‪VGCMrolMer ٠١ Tai HOIX‬‬
 ‫‪Rool‬‬

‫والل‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫«ا‪,‬‬
‫‪٠١١‬‬
‫دلج‬
‫ودى‬
‫»»‪,‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫'‬
‫‪١٠,‬‬
‫‪,‬ا‬ ‫«‬
‫«‬ ‫ا«‬
‫* ا‪1‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ونى‬

‫ر‪٠‬ن‬
‫ىاس‬
‫ع‪٣‬د‬
‫عىق ن‬
‫ع‪ ٣‬م‬
‫‪820‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬ ‫‪٠٦١‬؟‬

‫ابا‪.‬‬
‫‪٨۴١‬‬

‫؟‪ ٠,٠٦,٠-‬ا‬
ROOTS OF WORD‫؛‬

vocabulary of the holy QURAN

Root
‫بدو‬
‫بسط‬
٠ ٠ 1

‫بشر‬
٠,٠
‫بر‬
٠,٠
٠٠٠

‫بط ش‬
 ‫بطل‬
‫ت‬
‫بع‬ ٠,٠

‫بغي‬
*٠٠

٠,٠

٠٠ ٠

824

٨٣٤
RO٥TS OF WORDS

I
‫ا‬
٠
1

‫و‬
٠
٠
‫م‬
٠
‫ت‬
٠
‫ن‬
‫ف‬
‫ى‬
٠
‫ل‬
‫ع‬
‫ا‬

٨‫ ًا‬٥

%٦‫آل‬
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root

‫م‬-
٤‫م‬
‫«ا‬
‫نب‬
, ‫ا‬
,1
 ‫ت‬٠
>»
٠٠
‫ل‬٠
‫وي‬
.1
٠‫ا‬
I ‫ه‬
٠ ,
‫ور‬
.»

٠٠

٨٢١

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫رف‬
‫د؟‬
٠I
‫زن‬
٠ .
٠ ,
٠‫ىب‬
I ‫ا‬

٠٠
,٠
٠‫ا‬
٠ ٠
‫سد‬
‫سز‬
٠‫سذ‬
‫شر‬
»»

٠ ,

٨٢٧
827

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

Root

٠ «‫لل‬
‫مد‬
‫مل‬
 ‫اا‬
,»
٠.
٠ ٠
‫دي‬
‫ىق‬
‫ا‬٠
‫وط‬
,٠
٠ ٠‫ول‬
‫?ى‬،
‫ىف‬
‫ىق‬
828

٨٢٨

ROOTS OR WORDS

Root
‫دأ‬
٠٠
٠,
‫دد‬
١ ١
‫لص‬
‫زى‬
٠ ٠
‫ا‬٠
٠٠
‫ي ل‬٣
,٠
‫سف‬
‫شى‬

, ‫ا‬

‫ىص‬٠

٨۴٩

829

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫لف‬
٠ ,
 ‫لق‬
٠ <
I >
‫و‬١ ‫ل‬
‫وض‬
I »

‫وف‬
« ‫ا‬

٠٠
٠ ٠
‫ا‬٠
‫ون‬
٠‫ىح‬

‫ىل‬

830

٨٢٠

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root

<‫اد‬
Sil
III III III III III I ٠1

٨٣١
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫اى‬
> 1

,>
٠ ,
,٠
‫بم‬
•,
٠‫ا‬
‫يد‬
٠٠
‫تع‬
‫جع‬
I ٠
I »
‫جم‬
‫ل‬
‫ج‬
* ٠
 ‫ح‪٢‬‬
‫‪832‬‬

‫‪٨٣٢‬‬
‫‪roots of worm‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫رض و‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫داب‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫رف‪۶‬‬

‫رقب‬
‫اا«‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫« ‪٠‬‬
‫رك ب‬
‫ركض‬
‫ركع‬
‫ركم‬
‫دم ئ‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫رب‬ ‫رق‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬

‫ررد‬

‫‪٨٣٣‬‬

‫‪833‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo،‬‬
‫ىد‬
‫« آل‬
‫ا‪٠ ٠,‬‬
‫اا‬
‫مج‬
‫أ‪I‬‬
‫ىل‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫ال‬
 ,٠
٠ ٠
I ,

‫بب‬
‫بت‬
‫]ب‬

٩٣٤,
S34

ROOTS OF WORDS

‫ف‬
‫ا‬
‫ق‬
»
‫اى‬
‫ر‬
‫و‬
‫ى‬
‫ا‬
‫لي‬
‫ى‬
٠
٠
‫ن‬
‫ب‬
‫ط‬
‫م‬
‫ا‬
835

٨٣٥
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫رى‬
٠٠
‫هل‬
٠ ٠
« ٠
‫دنًا‬
‫رلن‬
 ٠ ٠
٠ ٠
‫اد‬
« ‫ا‬
, ‫ا‬
‫فع‬
٠ «
٠ ٠
‫فى‬
I ‫ا‬

836

٨٣٦

roots of worm

‫ب‬
‫ت‬
٠
»
‫ر‬
‫ع‬
‫ف‬
‫ق‬
٠
٠
‫خ‬
‫ا‬
‫د‬
I
٠
‫ف‬
٠
>
٨٣٧

837
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫رب‬

‫در‬
‫ضحك‬
‫دب‬
 ٠ I ٠
١٠١
‫ضرر‬
, « ٠
, ٠ «
٠ < <
٠٠١
‫ا‬, ٠
٠ < ٠
‫ررع‬
•٠٠
‫غع ف‬
,٠٠

838

٨٣٨

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫درا‬
‫ب‬ ‫طل‬

‫طلق‬

‫ط مث‬
‫طمع‬

١١٠
‫طر‬

*٠,
1»1

,٠٠

٤‫طو‬

١١١
,٠٠
٠,٠

■‘«
‫ا‬ I <

‫طوف‬

٠٠,‫؛‬

٨٣٩

839

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
٠‫عب‬
1 > I
 ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫«‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫عتب‬
‫حجب‬
‫<‬ ‫ا «‬
‫عجز‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬ا‬
‫عجل‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫عدل‪٠‬‬
‫عهد‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ع‪٠‬ب‬

‫‪»II‬‬

‫‪840‬‬

‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OS WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ع ‪-‬م‬
‫ع‪٠‬ىى‬

‫>‪I‬‬ ‫]ا‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫اضض‬
‫عءو‬
‫«ا‬ ‫«‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫عظم ل‬
‫« <‬
‫عفف‬
‫عز‪٠‬ر‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫عقب‪٠‬‬
‫عق ل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫عكف‬
،41

٨٤١
VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫دذ‬٤
‫عىى‬
‫غدر‬
<
‫ادد‬٠
<

‫غشى‬
‫غرق‬

«‫«ا‬
,‫اا‬

‫غضض‬
‫ا‬,‫ا‬

■■»

» I I

‫غفر‬
I » I

. . I

« ٠ 1
11»

٨٤٢

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
۶‫وس‬
‫ادى‬
‫غب‬
‫غى ر‬
II»

‫غىظ‬
‫فتح‬
I I I

‫ىتر‬
 ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫فتن‬

‫‪>I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ىتع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫جر‬
‫‪٨٤٣‬‬

‫‪843‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OR THl HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo,‬‬
‫فسد‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫غق‬
‫فل‬
‫فنغ‬
‫نضل‬
‫فطر‬
‫فعل‬
‫‪٠ ٠٠‬‬

‫لى ق ‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫فكر‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫فل‪٠‬ح‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫*‬

‫فى‬

‫قبض‬

‫‪8*4‬‬

‫‪٨٤٤‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ذف‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫را‬
‫د بب‬
 ‫رف‬
‫‪٠,‬‬
‫سم‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫«ا‬
‫رد‬
‫صص‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫رض‬
‫‪٠‬ق ى‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫طع‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫لب‬

‫‪٨٤٥‬‬
‫‪845‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫قوم‬
‫كبت‬
‫كب ر‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫ا «‬
‫»»»‬
‫لي ت ن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كتم‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫'‪٠‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫كذب‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪١١١‬‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫كره‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٨٤٦‬‬

‫‪U6‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫كلم‬
‫كذ‪٠‬د‬
 ‫كو د‬
‫آاا‬
III

‫كور‬
‫كو ن‬
> I »
III

٠ II
.11

II.

‫كى د‬
>11

‫لبث‬
II.

I I .
‫لب س‬

847

‫الدج‬
VOCABULARY o, THl HOLY QURAN

Root
‫قع‬
■,
»»
‫مز‬
1 I

‫ث‬٠
‫ ى‬٠‫دم‬
‫دى‬
‫عح‬
‫تع‬
٠ ٠
»»
‫اا‬
‫ص‬٤
‫حق‬
‫عد‬
٠ «

8 ٠8
٨٦٤٨
roots or WORDS

Root
 ‫دك‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫دل‬
‫نع‬
‫نن‬
‫‪, ٠‬‬
‫نع‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪«٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬د‬
‫ىت‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫■‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫د‪٤‬‬

‫‪٨1٩‬‬
‫‪<١٩‬؟‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪ ٠٠‬ذن ر ذدع ددخ ن ن‬
‫‪850‬‬

‫‪٨٠‬‬
‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫نظد‬
‫دع ق‬
‫نغ‪٠‬ى‬
‫ذ‪٠‬فخ‬
‫نفو‬
‫نفر‬
‫ذ‪٠‬فع‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ا«‬ ‫«‬
‫نفق‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫نفى‬
 ‫نقن‬
, «‫ا‬
|،‫قص‬
,‫«ا‬
83,

٨٥١
VOCABULARY or THI HOLY QURAN

Root
,٠٠ , , ‫داى ذرب ن ى ل ا‬
852

٨٥٢
ROOT! or words

Root

‫دجد‬
‫دج‬

‫دح ع‬
« ٠ ٠
I٠ ٠
‫ىذد‬
III

٠
I I
‫دذ ر‬
٠ , ,
111
‫ورث‬
,٠٠
٠٠٠
« ٠ ,
‫ع‬٠‫ا اىد‬
٠٠,
853

٨٥٣
VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN

Root
‫وعظ « ‪ , < 1‬ا ‪ ٠‬ل ا ى‬
‫‪854‬‬

‫‪٨٥٤‬‬

‫‪ROOTS‬‬
 ‫االوردج‬
‫‪٨٥٧‬‬
‫‪857‬‬

‫اله؛‬
‫‪ 8‬؛‪6‬‬

‫‪ r٠٠r‬جلم‬
‫ج‬
‫همم‬
‫حيب‬
‫‪-٠٥‬ز‬
‫جت‪ / ٠‬متع‬
 ‫نم‬٠ '‫م‬

‫مجي‬
‫ين‬
‫إتني‬:
(,)‫إه‬
‫عخ‬
٢٠‫؟‬
-‫زم‬
‫ربم‬٠
’،،‫م‬
‫ألؤج‬
‫ًال‬٢
‫ه؛‬
‫ه‬
p-٠o٨١
SOMOM ،o SJLOOH

VOCABULARY or THl HOLY QURAN

‫ج‬
‫ى‬
‫د‬
‫ا‬
٠
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫ر‬
‫ل‬
‫ي‬
‫ق‬

‫ى‬
>
1

٠
860

A٦
roots of words

Root
‫بع‬
‫صب ق‬
 ‫‪٣‬ج د‬

‫سخر‬
‫‪٠‬ىدع‬
‫سقط‬

‫سقى‬
‫»‪»,‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫سلخ‬
‫سلك‬
‫سم ‪٤‬‬
‫‪.‬ص و ة‬
‫صوى‬
‫‪’٠٠‬‬
‫‪٤‬ع ر‪-‬‬
‫ل دًا‬

‫شرك‬
‫‪٨٦١‬‬

‫‪861‬‬
‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫لي د‬
‫جز‬
‫ذد‬
‫ذب‬
‫‪, ٠‬‬
‫فر‬
‫قل‬
‫لم‬
‫لن‪٠‬‬
‫مد‬
‫مل‬
‫ىد‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ون‬
‫دد‬
‫رق‬

‫‪862‬‬
‫‪٨٦٢‬‬

‫‪ROOTS o, WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫در‬
‫ص*ى‬
‫ا ‪,‬‬
‫<ا‬
‫لب‬
‫ول‬
‫دم‬
‫ىض‬
‫تب‬
‫»‪,‬‬
‫هم‬
‫ذب‬
‫‪٣‬ى‬
‫فر‬
‫لف‬
‫لم‬
‫‪, ٠‬‬
‫ون‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬

‫وذر‬

‫ررث‬
‫‪,»,‬‬

‫دسم‬
‫وغع‬
‫دع د‬
‫لفى‬
‫ركل‬
‫ودى‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪>I‬‬
‫عم د‬
‫‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫■‬

‫‪*٠‬‬
‫‪864‬‬

‫‪٨٦٤‬‬

‫لالم‬
‫‪٨٦٥‬‬
ROOTS OF WORDS

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫د‬٢‫ح‬

٠٠٠
‫حن ك‬
‫حىى‬
٠‫ا‬ ,

٠,٠
‫خرج‬
‫ا‬ ٠٠٠
٠٠,
, ,

‫خزى‬
 ‫‪-‬عب‬
‫خلف‬
‫دحخ‬
‫خفى‬

‫دخل‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪868‬‬

‫‪٨٦٨‬‬

‫آل ه عي‬
‫ح ‪ ٠‬ةه‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫«ة‬
‫‪WORDS‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫سلك‬
‫سل‪٠‬م‬
‫س‪٢‬ع‬
‫سم د‬
‫صنن‬
‫*‪٠٠‬‬
‫صد ع‬
‫شرب‬
‫شرذم‬
‫عقى‬
‫شر ك‬
‫سذ‬
‫ضدب‬
‫سد ع‬
‫‪٠‬ىبح‬
‫ص‪٧‬ر‬
‫دد‬
‫>‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪870‬‬

‫‪AV.‬‬

‫‪ROOTS o* WORDS‬‬

‫■?‪١٧٦١،‬؛■‬
‫طي ف‬
 ‫‪ ٠٠٠‬ن‬
‫ظن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ظر‬
‫عبد‬
‫‪٠١١‬‬
‫علل‬
‫ع دد‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫>‬

‫عذب‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫ارف*‬
‫‪1I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫عزل‬
‫عس|ا‬
‫‪٤‬ف‬
‫‪871‬‬

‫‪٨٧١‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ىظ‬
‫جت ن‬ ‫ر‬

‫دى‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫دح‬
‫دئ‬
‫زز‬
‫مد‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫'»‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ق‪٠‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫را‬

‫دب‬
‫رن‬
‫‪٨٧٢‬‬ ‫‪872‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬
‫بحو‬

‫‪873‬‬ ‫‪٨٧٣‬‬
‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ورع‬
‫دسم‬
‫ور‪١‬ع‬
‫دطا‬
‫وف‬
‫‪٠,‬ا‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬
‫وقت‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫ودع‬
‫رقى‬
‫ودى‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫<‬
‫دي‬
‫ىق ن‬
‫ا تى‬
‫ل‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫<‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٨٧٤‬‬

‫‪874‬‬

‫الميم‬
‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫امن‬
‫>‪>1‬‬

‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫انص‬
‫اوى‬
‫ار ب‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫بثث‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪< ٠‬‬
‫ا‪١‬‬
‫بر‬
 ‫ب ر لث‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ب‪-‬ط‬
‫بقد‬

‫<؟‪%٦‬‬
‫‪٨٧٥‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫بى ن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫«‪٠‬‬
‫تبد‬

‫تبع‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫>‬

‫تبد‬

‫تمم‬
‫ثبر‬
‫جقل‬
‫»‪I‬‬ ‫*‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ثهى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫جذذ‬
‫جرم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫رب‬
‫در‬
‫رف‬
‫رم‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬ىر‬
‫رن‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬
 ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫شر‬
‫صن‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫ضر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬
‫ا <‬
‫‪٨٧٧‬‬

‫‪877‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫تم‬
‫ذل‬
‫ر‪٤‬‬
‫« ‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫»»‬
‫زى‬
‫رر‬
‫رد‬
‫رد‬
‫فى‬
‫لد‬
‫لم‬
‫ا ا‬
‫»‪,‬‬
‫ل‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬

‫‪٨٧٨‬‬
‫‪roots of words‬‬

‫اهةاآل‬

‫‪٠‬م‬
‫عن‬
‫عم‬
‫بنب‬
‫عن‬
‫كر‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫مم‬
‫بص‬
 ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫•‪٠‬‬
‫جع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫"‬
‫جف‬
‫جم‬
‫جد‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪579‬‬

‫‪٨٧٩‬‬
‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫درد‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫رع ى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫رغم‬
‫رف د‬
‫ر رع‬

‫رف ق‬

‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫رق ب‬
‫دقد‬

‫رقم‬
‫ركب‬
‫ركم‬
‫رىب‬
‫* ‪AA‬‬

‫‪٥80‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬

‫صلر‬
‫]‪88‬‬
‫‪-٣‬ر ع ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٨٨١‬‬

‫‪VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫م‬
‫*‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ا‬
‫ن‬
‫ب ■‪٢‬‬
‫‪l‬‬

‫]ق‬
‫؛‪.‬‬
‫لذ‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ر‬
‫‪882‬‬

‫‪٨٨٢‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WOROS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫صرخ‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫صرف‬
‫‪ ٠٠٠‬مفر‬
‫صف ف‬
‫صفو‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫صلح‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫صلو‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫صنع‬
‫رو ب‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ود‬

‫‪٠‬سىر‬
883

٨٨٣
vocabulary of the holy QURAN

‫ن‬
>
‫ي‬
٠
»
‫ع‬
٠
‫ى‬
‫ر‬
‫م‬
‫ا‬
‫ب‬
‫ز‬
»
*
*
‫د‬
٨٨٤

8*4

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root
‫ف‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
٠
‫د‬
‫ى‬
‫ل‬
‫ب‬
>
‫ف‬
‫ق‬
‫أ‬
‫ا‬
٠
‫اي‬
 ‫ت‬
‫ر‬
٠
٨٨٥

885

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Rool
‫غفر‬

>>>

‫غلب‬
‫غلل‬
‫غ نم‬

‫غنى‬
«
‫غر‬
«‫ا‬
‫غى ر‬
,٠٠
‫فتح‬
‫«ا‬ <
‫فتن‬
‫ف رر‬
‫نارض‬

‫فر ق‬
I I I

‫فزى‬
٨٨٦

886

ROOTS OF WORDS

Root

‫قت ر قحم‬
٨٨٧
٣‫قبن ن‬

887

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ق لب‬
‫‪111‬‬

‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫قلد‬
‫ق‪٣‬ع‬

‫قنع‬
‫فىدت‬
‫فد م‬
‫‪١١١‬‬

‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫ذرى‬
‫قىل‬
‫ال ب ب‬
‫كبر‬
‫‪888‬‬

‫‪AAA‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬

‫كر ن‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫كى د‬
‫كى ل‬
‫ملك‬
‫‪١١١‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<لج‪١‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫لح د‬
‫لع ن‬
‫ا ‪,‬لقى‬
‫ا‬

‫ا‬ ‫ا«‬
‫‪■ 11‬‬

‫‪٠١١١‬‬
‫‪,٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‪٠« ,٠‬‬
889

٨٨٩

VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN

١
١'
»
‫ى‬
‫ا‬
I
‫د‬
I

‫د‬
٠

‫د‬
‫ق‬
‫ي‬
‫ا‬
٠
٠
٨٩٠

890
ROOTS OF WORM

Root

‫ نر ن و م‬.‫ذوب نور‬
89،

VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫ىز ن‬
٠,٠
,٠٠
‫دىا‬
‫دري‬
 ‫دضح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫رت ن‬
‫وط ا‬
‫رط ن‬
‫ؤاد‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫•‬
‫‪١I‬ا‬
‫‪>11‬‬

‫‪11,‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬
‫رعظ‬
‫‪892‬‬

‫‪٨٩٢‬‬

‫‪ROOTS OF WORDS‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫رلد‬
‫ول ى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬

‫و ‪٠‬ن‬
‫ع‪٣‬د‬
‫<‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫عق ن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫ىم ن‬
‫)‪(٠٠٠٠٠٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٨٩٣‬‬
‫‪893‬‬

‫لفهرس العا‬
 ..... ٣٩٠٠٠٠٠٠ ٣٧٩

..... ٤٦٤ ..... ٤٤٥

..... ٤٩٧
..... ٥٥١
----- ٥٩٢
..... ٦١٤
..... ٦٤٦
..... ٦٩١
..... ٧٠٥
..... ٧٥٠
..... ٧٥٥
...٧٥٧٠٠
..... ٧٩٣
..... ٨٢١
..... ٨٥٧
..... ٨٦٥
..... ٨٧٠
..... ٨٩٦

Han OT a uomprenensive ana systematic

Program of Islamic Studies
A TextbQQk or

Arabic and Qur’anic Studies

Chief Program Editors

Dr. Abidullah al-Ansari Ghazi

(Ph D.. History ol Religion

Harvard University)

Dr. Tasneema K. Ghazi

(Ph D.. Curriculum-Reading

University 0٠ Minnesota)
Printed in USA

First Print; Jeddah 1983

Second Print: USA. 1986

Third Print: Lebanon. 1996

Fourth Print: USA, 1996

Copyright © IQRA' International
Educational Foundation. All Rights Reserved.

Special note on copyright:

This book is a part of IQRAs comprehensive

and systematic program of Islamic Education.

No part of this book may be reproduced by

any means including photocopying, electronic,
mechanical, recording, or otherwise without
the written consent of the publisher. In specific
cases, permission is granted on written request
to publish or translate IQRA'S works. For
information regarding permission, write to:
IQRA’ International Educational Foundation,
7450 Skokie Blvd.. Skokie, IL 60077

ISBN # 1-56316-115-X
n
Vocabulary
of
HobtheQur’an
COMPILED BY

DR. ABDULLAH ABBAS NADWI

IQRA
EDUCATIONAL
‫ع‬ CHICAGO
FOUNDATION
INTERNATIONAL
‫ر‬
u warnest them
OF THS HOLY QURAN

cally)(!) (.n.p.) ‫اآلج‬

‫)‪al.‬‬ ‫‪٦‬بران ا أبرين‬
‫‪OR THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪e,‬‬ ‫انى ‪:‬ائ إبان‬

 ‫آتى )‪p. f. sing.‬‬

‫)‪1st p. phi.‬‬ ‫أتيب‬

‫‪٦٥٠٦١٢٦٩‬‬

‫‪of‬‬ ‫أاريق ( إبريق‬

‫‪ct‬‬ ‫أب يأب لما‪ً٠‬ا‬

OF TH* HOLY QURAN

te m. singfiv ‫آي‬

ng.lused for ‫يأي‬

acc. ‫ًا ا آآئ‬٦،‫أ‬

 sing.) ace. ‫ يأي‬, ‫عق‬

perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ‫اثون‬

. sing.) acc. ‫ات‬

phi.) 0،،--‫ ا جوك‬١‫ت‬٠‫ج‬

phi.) acc. ‫بات ا أفي‬

peraie m. sing.) ‫إ تي‬

IF ‫قى يؤف‬٢

sing.) iv ‫يؤف‬

sing.) iv ‫تؤقي‬
htier than thee
 . 3 p.m. sing.) b ‫آر‬
phi.) b ‫يؤعررن‬

m. phi.) b ‫مودون‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 (1) (n.p.) ‫الجزر‬

recomp- (n.) ‫ام‬٠١

m. plu.) ‫غم‬٢

‫أتم‬
act. 2 pic.)

«. "٠ <، ،‫يايم و‬

(n. adj.) ‫أجاج‬

 ‫‪term‬‬ ‫آجل (»بم‬

‫* )‪ng.‬‬ ‫اتتأجرت‬

‫‪m. sing.) jr‬‬ ‫‪.‬إتناخ‬

‫)‪. 3 p.f. phi‬‬‫آخذن‬

‫أخذئم )‪2 p.m. phi.‬‬
‫أجذن )‪1st p. phi.‬‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫يأخذون‬
erate m. sing.) ‫خذ‬
rate m. plu.) ‫خذوا‬
p.m. sing.) ‫أجذ‬
p. 3p.m.sing. ‫ ز رر‬،‫؛‬
shall be taken,

of the two terms

p.m. sing.) ‫آجلت‬

OF TH، HOLY QU KAN

sing.) viii ‫تتخيذ‬

r of the desert

ing.) viii ‫تخيذ‬

m. sing.) ■rtii ‫إلنيذ‬

ing (1) (»‫ازدرع‬

ng.) viii ‫فذي‬

(،Hrr>viii) ‫ضجن‬

. n.d.) ‫مةخيزن‬

who take some

ng.) ii ‫خرت‬٦

yed me ‫أخرن‬
‫‪i.) acc.‬‬ ‫آنيذيت‬

‫‪٦‬خرنن‪ acc.‬آخرزن‬
‫)‪after‬‬ ‫يزم اخر‬
‫)‪ter (n.‬‬ ‫آلجزخ‬
‫‪ereafter‬‬ ‫التار !^‪,‬؛‬

‫‪e.‬‬ ‫آخن‪ gen.‬أخ‬

‫‪ayed‬‬ ‫آل يقخر‬

 ting.) F ‫يتأتجر‬

phi.) X ‫تأنرزن‬

phi.) :‫تأخرزن‬
‫م‬،:،:٠‫ن‬٠‫غر‬١‫حت‬١

ual.) ace. ‫خرين‬٦

phi.) acc. it ‫تدزا‬

erate. m. plu,) ‫زا‬5‫آ‬

case ‫ آخن‬as:
n. dual.) nom. ‫آخراي‬

dual.) ‫ختنن‬3‫ا‬

trous (n.) acc. ‫إدًا‬

sing.) X ‫استأبن‬

p. sing.) X ‫تتأزن‬

(metp.) (n.) ‫ابن‬

ate m. sing.) ‫إتتن‬

 erate m. plu.) ‫إشؤا‬

perate m. sing.) ii ‫آذن‬

r THE HOLY QURAN

phi.) ٤« ‫يؤذرن‬

perate w. sing ٠( ‫آذؤا‬

‫ و‬p.m. phi.) ‫أوبرا‬

pp. 1st ‫أؤنئنادض‬

ent of the head.

ual n.d.) .‫أذت‬

★★★
OF THE HOLY QURAN
their annoying
 THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) (assim v) ‫وي‬

(act. pic.f.)h>$

g.) assim. ‫أتى‬

sessors of lofty

r THl HOLY QU ‫سال‬

bject (n) ‫أسر؛‬

. plu.١ acc. \‫ذ‬۵‫ة‬

(ptrate. <‫آل *اسر‬

phi.) (h.r.) ‫يأيرون‬

s, frame {«) ‫أعر‬

ners (‫دم‬- "-( ‫أتارى‬

ger (n.) ace. ‫ايفًا‬

nterjec.) ، ‫أتن‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN

 ‫)‪piu.‬‬ ‫يافكون‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫هؤصد*‬
 ke my compact

OR THE HOLY QURAN

m. nng.) (h.v.) ٦‫كل‬٦

3 p.m. phi.) ‫آكؤا‬

p.m. sing.) ‫ كل‬V
 rf, 3 p.m. plu.) ‫يأ كرن‬

plu.) ‫ كون‬١٢

1st p. plu.) ‫ت‬٦٢

lu.) ‫بيؤتكون‬

nderer (n. ent) ‫أيك‬

m. sing.) (h.r.) ‫أفل‬

u.) ace. ‫فلين‬٢

oun^ (.dual. n١ ‫اللذاي‬

e.)(r.n. is) ‫إايألف‬

ate m. phi.) ‫كؤا‬

eating (acc.) ‫أهآل‬
.) (n) acc. ‫كين‬٢
‫آأل ( اك ‪+‬آل‬

‫الحتك ‪u.١ (h٠v.١‬؛‪p‬‬

‫آلى ألى ى(ض)<‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫)‪m. plu.) (h.v.‬‬ ‫يأون‬

٠ ‫( أد‬particle) ‫أؤلؤا‬

wners of (/.> ‫أزآلي‬

(card, numb.') ‫أاف‬

lu.) ‫ آلف ا أوف‬٢

me app• (n) ‫آق‬

sing.) viii ‫يأتل‬

time, place (n) ‫تد‬٦

se, these (demonstrative

plu.) iv ‫يرلؤن‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN

 plu.) wii ‫يأمرون‬

eginners should
m. plu.) ‫يأمرون‬

sing. ‫أغري‬

plu.) ‫*أفوزن‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 primery meaning

s of the autho-

mmitted a thing

hi.) ‫األررؤن‬
rpast, (n) ‫اآمى‬

, TH* HOLY QURAN

u. assim) V ‫عين‬٢
, TH* HOLY QURAN

hib has quoted a

of (n.) ٠٢١‫ت‬٦
tion (1) (n.) ‫أكة‬
1st. p. sing.) ‫أييع‬
unities nations

ng.) (h.v.) ‫آمن‬

considered one-
f He sent down

ecured ‫غير تأيرن‬

plu.) ‫يؤينؤن‬
OF THB H V QURAN
e bringer of the

(particle ‫إن ر‬

e them, surely

OF THS HOLY QURAN ‫ان‬

‫أنآيى ( إيئ‬
t) (particle) ‫أتمًا‬
 . f. dual.) ‫اأييين‬

OF TH، HOIY QURAN ‫ال‬

sing ‫( ر‬h.v.) ‫يأن‬
OF TH8 HOLY QURAN

returning (،■«».)‫أراب‬
(ints. phi.) ‫آقانن‬
cho, repeat. ‫ث‬

peat (Rgh. Lis.)

OF THE HOLY QURAN
m. plu.) iv ‫تؤوى‬

place) ‫المأوى‬
ng.) ii ‫أمت‬

another name ‫األتوه‬

OP THE HOLY QURAW ‫عم‬

tress (n.) ‫اتأساء‬
eg. m. ‫ل‬٠٠١١‫آلبثذ‬

ment (1) (n.) ‫بأى‬

nding down of iron

OP THE HOLV QURAN

ing.) ‫المكثرئ‬

( ‫منبئ (مئبةًا‬
‫‪g.) vii‬‬ ‫ابجسن‬

‫ت*ران ‪ nom.‬ت*رين‬
OF THE HOLV QURAN
 sing.) iv ‫يبدئ‬

m. plu.) ‫آلتخوا‬
‫بتع يبدع بذع‬

‫‪u.) viii‬‬ ‫أتدعرا‬

‫‪ng.) V‬‬ ‫ت‪٠‬ثآل‬

‫‪v. n. Hi‬‬ ‫سارًا )‬

OF THE HOLY QLRAN
‫‪. sing.) V‬‬ ‫تتل‪-‬‬

‫‪sing.) ii‬‬ ‫ئندل'‬

‫‪phi.) X‬‬ ‫يثبيرن‬

‫)‪.«. > x‬‬ ‫اتبدال‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ مبي‬: Caution

n, «> ‫زتمدممه‬
m. phi.) iv ‫ئئدون‬
OF THE HOIY QURAN

sing.) iv ‫ترئ‬

sing.) iv ‫أرئ‬
phi.) ,٠, ‫برئ‬

piu.)acc. ‫عبذر ن‬

pious ‫ر ير درآ‬٢
OF THE HOLY QURAN

c. m. sing.) ‫قارى‬

e (pis. pic.) ٩‫تمتمم‬

. f. plu.) ‫آلتبرجت‬

sing.) ‫تن أبرح‬/‫آل‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫يرآ * ين‬

‫‪u‬‬ ‫ىزًا‪٠‬ا ر‪.‬‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN
nt forth against
‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫آل تسط‬

‫)‪<(n.p.‬‬ ‫ع‪٦‬عت‬

‫‪phi.) fr‬‬ ‫أرموا‬

‫بر‪٦٠‬ءي‪( ٠‬سه‬
t}) ) ٢٠،٠٦٢۶

un)•) ٢‫ رآلو‬/.‫ا‬

i SoUipi) poos
3HI 0‫ ل‬ABVinaVOOA

OP THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) iv ‫آبصر‬
 ‫‪sing.) ،it‬‬ ‫يبعر‬

‫‪m. plu.) if‬‬ ‫يبع يررن‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫تبعررن‬

‫‪/‬‬ ‫آبصر )‪٥r،ve-w)(۶‬‬

‫آلبي‪،‬حذ‪١‬؛ال ‪m. phi.١‬‬

‫‪phi.) X‬‬ ‫يشتبيرون‬

‫‪)X‬‬ ‫استبثررا‬

‫‪g.) X‬‬ ‫متبشر‪،‬‬

‫‪.) ii‬‬ ‫مبشرين‬

‫‪ THE HOLY QURAN‬ء‬

m. sing.) ‫آبصر‬

ry clearly, (‫بيروتوا‬

e enlightened.
‫‪.) X‬‬ ‫عدتيصرين‬

‫)‪c. f. sing.‬‬ ‫اباطتة‬

m. s٤ng.١iv ‫يدطل‬

‫< تبط‬acc. ،V ‫تطرا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

acc. ‫حتى تبتذ‬

sing.) vii ‫انبعت‬

(a.) ‫البعك‬
THE HOLY QURAN
gfiQuadria!) ‫بعير‬
chres are over*

________________

p.m. sing.) ‫يغى‬

ess each other.

ier or board) (2)

dual) ‫يبيان‬
other than the
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫بغت (على(‬

‫‪hi.) viii‬‬ ‫ابتغوا‬

‫يتبتغ ‪sing.) viii‬‬

‫‪plu.) viii‬‬ ‫تتغون‬

‫‪plu.) viii‬‬ ‫تبتغون‬

‫‪n.) acc.‬‬ ‫ابغع ابغيًا‬

hip. sing.) ‫أبنى‬

u.) ‫آل تبغرا‬

sing.) vii (‫تبز (ل‬

ng.) viii ‫إبتغى‬

7 TH، HOLY QURAN
ne (n. elative) ‫أيق‬
. m. sing.) ‫بفي‬

OF TH» HOLY QURAN

ssed of exoell-
 , THE HOLY QURAN

be silent with grief

ate f. sing.) ‫أبلى‬

e purposely silent
‫‪l‬لتئكوا‪.) gen.‬هم‬
‫‪f.lp.m.phL‬‬ ‫تبكون ل‬

‫‪reach‬‬ ‫لن تبلغ‬

preached ‫ى غق‬
m. phi.) ii ‫يبلغرن‬

nform. ١٤s‫؛‬l ‫رع‬

e delivered un-
 ‫بلني‬
me up to me
ame up (> ‫بلغ‬

ace. ‫تحتا تبلغ‬

OF TH■ HOLY QURAN

, (act. 2 pic.) ‫ئبغ‬

ning (p.n.) ‫بآلغ‬

OB TH» HOLY QURAN

sing.) viii ‫ابتل‬

sing.) viii ‫يبله‬

been proyers,
‫)‪est („.‬‬ ‫ابآلب‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫لتبلون‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

inal ‫ ى‬is chan-

ative response

oicing (v.n.) ‫بجة‬

‫‪his‬‬ ‫جزًا يل بهأل‬

‫أبتل ‪ viii‬أبتها‬
ding (rt.) ‫حنان‬

‫ح‬٦‫تق ش‬٠٢ ‫كة‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) V ‫يبوًا‬
i.) «(‫برأنًا (ل‬

sing.) ii ‫برئ‬

attack by night

use, i٠e. Ka’ba.

house, ‫ايي الئبرر‬

p. f. sing.‫ن قودز‬

m (v٠n.) ‫بور‬
m (v.n.) ‫بواره‬

e, heart (n.) ‫الغ‬

m. piu.) H ‫مبييؤن‬

ches (n.p.) ‫بيع‬

. p‫؛‬u.١ ill ‫ؤج‬٢‫ب‬٠
phi.) Hi ‫ابنتى‬
m. sing.) ٠ ‫تتين‬
s (n.p.) ‫ت‬١٢‫ئ‬

ark of (nJ ‫اكتاوى‬

sing.) assim. ‫تب‬

r TH HOLY QURAN
ng.) rift■ ‫اتبع‬

ng.) viii ‫اتعت‬

‫ئئجغًا )‪ n. it‬أ‬
pider.>iii) ‫ممثاح‬

her (v.n.) ‫تترى‬

m. sing.) viii ‫يتبع‬

sing.) viii ‫تبع‬

m. plu.) viii ‫يةعون‬

 ‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫اتبع‬

‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫آل تئع‬

‫‪neg. m.‬‬ ‫آل يعان‬

e of that ‫مرث‬

mong ‫تتربم‬

e of that ‫مترنرعا‬
al age (n.p.) ‫ازاب‬

ust, (».«.) ‫يري‬

OCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫ترك‬

m. sing.) ‫أرك‬
.m, sing.) ‫يترك‬
‫)‪number n.f.‬‬ ‫يثعة‬

‫)‪ber‬‬ ‫ألع ؤ سترى‬

‫ و‬p.m. plu.) \j'j
impurity (‫تقى (ع‬
h (pis. pic.) ‫ج‬
 ‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫ب‬

‫)‪ng.) (assim‬‬ ‫تم‬

‫‪d‬‬ ‫تم حئ تماتًا‬

‫‪ng.) b‬‬ ‫‪٦‬ممذ‪٠‬ف‬

‫‪ng.) IF‬‬ ‫آوتذش‬

peratem.ph*.) ‫توبوا‬

h) (Ints,) ‫تراب‬
ntance, (‫تاب (عل‬

sing.١ acc. ‫تتب‬

٥qSl J3A30SJBq,W
‫ء‬ nu HOLY QURAM
 . ph*.١ ac .Vi ‫يئخن‬

‫تثيئ‬
‫ي]ئ‬
(v.n, >f'r)
ps (n.p.)
Ting. ‫<ثبة‬

ach (p.n.) ii ‫تثييب‬

uction (u) ‫برو‬

ing.)
‫مثبؤرًا‬

ic. m. sing.) ‫االقب‬

ng.) ii ‫تبظ‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫تثقغئ‬

‫)‪.‬‬
‫تمآجًا‬
 ‫هدثآرتآل‪1،‬‬

‫)‪mber‬‬ ‫تايك ‪ I‬دأ‬

u.) ،٧‫لمجقبم‬

OF THZ HOLY QURAN

ing.) iv ‫ض‬٦
‫)‪ruits (ft. p.‬‬ ‫تميان‬

‫)‪mber‬‬ ‫مآفي ا غمآنتة‬

‫)‪mber‬‬ ‫تمانين‬

‫)‪d power• (n.‬‬ ‫مود‬

, TH، HOLY QURAN
plu.) iv ‫مآر وا‬

rd, number) ‫أفي‬

we have given

f THE HOLY QURAN

lace) ‫ىثوى‬

٠ /٠3 p, sing) to ‫يير‬

e cloud. [3 0:48]
‫‪s‬‬ ‫الججت )‪) (n.‬لمك(‬

‫)‪ul, (ints. sing.‬‬ ‫جبار‬

‫‪ace.‬‬ ‫جبارين‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫*أرؤت‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تجأرون‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تجأررا‬

ting on (v.fl.) ‫جثيا‬

ect ‫اجتياًا‬ ‫اجتب‬

sing.) viii ‫تجتبى‬

 ‫‪pute‬‬ ‫جادلمجادتة‬

‫‪plu.) iii‬‬ ‫غآيلرن‬

‫)‪m. phi.‬‬ ‫آل ‪،/‬ئوادنم‬

ajesty (y.N.) ‫جء‬

ed one (‫لجد(»سله‬١
TH, HOLY QUAN

sing.) * ‫يتتجقع‬
‫جوارح )‪or (n.p.‬‬
r TH, HOLY QURAN
 ‫نجر مز ن ‪ph.) h‬‬

‫)‪f a sin (v.n.‬‬ ‫اجرام‬

‫)‪c.^r^t. ring.‬‬ ‫مجرم‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫آلتجيمن‬

‫}‪a phrase‬‬ ‫آلجرم‬

‫)‪. dual‬‬ ‫تخ أن‬

reward (v.n.) ‫جزا‬
. hip.plu.) ‫جيعنًا‬

. m. sing.} ‫جروع‬

ng.) w.v. ‫جرى‬

 ‫‪phi.) V‬‬ ‫آل تتجئوا‬

‫)‪dies (n.p.‬‬ ‫آجتام‬

OF THI HOLY QUIAN

sing.) WJ. rii ‫تجكق‬

s (n.p.) ‫جآليب‬

THI HOLY Quit AM

1 ٧‫ ز‬manifest
 plu.) ‫يخمحون‬

P THE HOLY QURAN

ng, (n. for p.t.) ‫*ع‬

ing.) ‫*قوغ‬

embly ‫اشم‬ ‫يرم‬

sing.) ‫جيل‬
‫)‪hi,‬‬ ‫آجعرا ‪،٢‬‬

‫‪g.) rHi‬‬ ‫اجتسخ‬

‫)‪hering (».«.‬‬ ‫الجع‬

‫‪g,‬‬ ‫‪ that‬أثنئثوا‬
< sides (n.p.) ‫جرب‬

. sing.) ii ‫يجب‬
hi.) «■‫د‬7‫هتبكا‬١

phijvlii ‫يجتبزن‬

r THl HOLY QURAN ‫جني‬

fl.) ‫جنف‬

unciean purify
LL ‫جنب‬ is

ssion of semen

m. sing.) ‫جانب‬

ng.) ‫جنحوا‬

m. sing.) ‫اجخ‬

, TH! HOLY QURAN

<the Jinn(«.;) ‫جتة‬

s‫جنة‬ is with

‫*ؤن‬
ng.)

‫جن يئ بنر‬
‫جنة‬
en, (n.)

‫جتي جتتين‬ mmr.

‫ج‬ ‫جات‬
(gardens (n.p)
OF THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) iii *‫يد‬

e (*.„.) ‫جهاد‬

endeavour (n.) ‫جثد‬

le (n.) ‫جهد‬

me public, known,

embryos (‫ار‬.‫م‬.(٦‫جش‬١

urits («.‫جنى (م‬

u.) iii ‫جاهدرا‬

F THE HOLY QU ‫سع‬

norance (n.) ‫جاعكة‬

who hewed out
‫ججرًا و رس(‬
‫جترة (‪.».‬م ‪n‬‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫آل تججر‬

‫)‪early (,.".‬‬ ‫جهار‬

F THI HOLY QUMM

r of his people

hs, (a.) ‫الجواب‬

ge) as wells or

of a mountain,
‫‪sing.) iv‬‬ ‫أجع‬

‫‪g.) X‬‬ ‫اعتجيت‬

‫تشتجيون ‪pht.) X‬‬

OB THE HOLY QURAN

/«.)‫دتناودائ‬

sing.) iii ‫جاوز‬

ual) iii ‫جارزا‬

u.) iii (‫جارزا(ب‬

u.) (‫نتجارز (عن‬

ly affirmed the
٥, TH! HOLY QURAN

ught ‫ن بم‬
m. sing.) acc. ‫*ع‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫آحببت ‪/٠٠‬‬
m. plu) iv ‫غيزن‬

plu.) iv ‫ييرت‬

han (eletive) ‫أحب‬

‫د‬
f
f

‫م‬
‫ر‬
‫ه‬

m (two), [5:106]
‫‪ng.) h.‬‬ ‫ألختل‬

‫‪phi.) X‬‬ ‫يتحرن‬

men; (".;) ‫آحبار‬

, TH، HOLY QURAN

ng.١ Vassim١ ‫تج‬

of the ‫ج ابيي‬

u.) Hi ‫حابجؤا‬

preposition) ‫حتى‬
santly (v. n.) ‫حثثًا‬

curtain (n.) ‫حجاب‬

ente nee.The re-

ogether ri ‫جزة‬٩٠
 TH* HOLY ‫سعاله‬

ated (fl.) ‫حدب‬

‫تخئة ال و‪٠.‬‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫غدثترن«‬

‫‪m. sing.) ir‬‬ ‫يحيك‬

daughters who

pic. m. sing.) ‫حاجز‬

THl HOLY QpiAM

‫يايد‬
p.m. sing.) Hi

phi.) iii ‫غدرت‬

ate ‫ئ‬ them

p. ting.) b ‫أحيت‬
ds (1 ‫ر‬ (n,p.) ‫آآديع‬
hem bywords.

OF THI HOLY QURAN

sing.) iii ‫ارب‬-

plu.) Ui ‫ ن‬٠‫صارى‬
e war against

p.) ‫اية[اب‬

) (adj.) ‫حداد‬

) ‫حدايى‬
‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫ىذررن‬
‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫تذرون‬
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫احذر‬
‫)‬ ‫اذررا‬
‫ذر‬
‫‪sing.) ii‬‬

‫لحدت تيجرًا‬

‫‪OP THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

 heat (fl.) ‫الحر‬
he free (fl.) ‫الحر‬

sanctuary) (2)

(n.p.) ‫غًاريب‬
‫^ عخ‬synagogues
piu.) ‫غرثؤن‬

, THl HOLY QURAN

‫‪plu.) ii‬‬ ‫لحرفرن‬
sing.)(gen.) ‫غرص‬

etive) ‫أخرص‬

nt of (*,fl.) ‫حرض‬
ng.) viii ‫اخترقت‬
ct. 2 pic.} ‫الحريق‬

m. sing.) ‫آلوك‬
 sing.) ii ‫غحرم‬

OF TH ٠ HOLV QURAN

ing.) ‫المةيوم‬
ealth there was
‫محرم ‪m. sing.١ ii‬‬

‫عرم نجر‬ ‫‪ii‬‬

d (1) (np.) ‫حرمات‬

OP THE HOLY QURAN

phi.) aec. ‫رن‬

‫)‪», plu.‬‬ ‫تزثوت‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آلتتررؤا‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫آل ترفي‬

‫حزب )‪ect, (1) (fl.‬‬

‫]‪s band.[58:22‬‬

‫)‪(fl. dual.‬‬ ‫الحزبين‬

 ‫أحراب‬

p. fl», ring ) ‫عرن‬

m. sing.) ‫آلتختين‬

count with, ask

y reckoning ‫حساية‬
phi.) (n.d.) ‫غمشوا‬

.m. sing.) ‫آلتسن‬

‫‪phi.) X‬‬ ‫يثتحيرون‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫غسرر آ‬
m. sing.) ‫غتدون‬

sing.) ‫حددون‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 means: of bad

hose as a com-

ng.) iv ‫آختن‬
ly ‫آحتت الحتا أ‬ It
u.) iv ‫آحسوا‬
. sh١R.١ iv ‫تحئ‬

n, (y.n.)acc. ‫حؤمًا‬

gs (n. dual) ‫حسنين‬

bea- (n.p.) ‫حان‬

sing.) ‫تخشر‬
plu.) ،"* ‫يينؤن‬

plu.) iv.n.d. ‫خيترا‬

ought together

ought together
a crowd, (n.) ‫الحخو‬

ng.) acc. ‫حايبا‬

ng.) ‫حعحص‬

rvest (».rt.) ‫حصاد‬

r ™‫ ا‬HOL* QURAN

‫حعن تغكن يح‬

 ‫‪piu.) iv‬‬ ‫تغيثون‬

‫‪sing.) iv acc.‬‬ ‫غخيت‬

‫‪e (v.n.) V‬‬ ‫تتعن‬

‫أحتر إحعار‬

‫‪) fv‬‬ ‫أخيرتم‬

n (ad. 2 pic.) ‫حعير‬
uge with Thee,

‫ضرونب ة‬
‫ضروا‬
word 2

ortened to ‫ي‬

) iv ‫أحزري‬

f* ‫غيتات‬

.p.) ‫حعؤن‬
‫‪.) iv‬‬ ‫آحىن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تن تموو‬
‫آل محمرها ‪ph».١‬‬

‫أحصرا‬

‫‪THl HOLY QURAN‬‬

not the feeding

plu.) ‫ا‬٠‫تحآشون ك‬

ood (w.) ‫حطب‬

‫رس‬.( ٦٠‫ط‬

engrained with

hath been made

ic. m. sing.) ‫حافر‬

‫حاضرى ‪». n.d.١‬‬
‫)‪yss (fl.‬‬ ‫حغرة‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫الحآفرة‬
‫‪l form‬‬ ‫ا(كء(‬

‫)‪l.‬‬ ‫حتلمة‬
‫)‪p.‬‬ ‫لحفتله‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ظ‬
‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫عغرظ‬

‫‪u.) assim.‬‬
‫حغفنًا‬
‫‪i.) assim.‬‬ ‫‪-‬انين‬

‫تتظن‬
‫)‪p.f. plu.‬‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫غقا‬
‫)‬ ‫اخغظرا‬
‫‪plu.) Hi‬‬‫يآيظون‬
‫)‪arding (/!.‬‬ ‫يشظ‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫لحاظذا‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫لخل‬

‫)‬ ‫غاظان‬
ng.١(assim.) ‫حت‬
d, ages (n.p.) ‫حتب‬

for long years.

1) (efative) ‫أحئ‬

ands are more

dual.) X ‫انتحت‬

ellent (1) ‫الحت‬

udgement ‫يكككوتكة‬
‫‪g iv‬‬ ‫آلحتم‪ -‬اعكاعآ‬

‫بحأ}بح‪٦‬ة‪١‬‬
‫)‪ing, (n.‬‬ ‫حكه‬
‫)‪(n.p.‬‬ ‫حكم‬
c. m. plu.) ‫تاكين‬

sing.) .‫خك‬

THE HOLY QUKAN

u■) (assim.) ‫حلتم‬

 ‫آحك‬
‫)‪(elalive‬‬
‫أنت انتكنت‬
 ‫)‪rs (inis.‬‬ ‫تألف‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آلتخقرا‬

#.) fl. phi.) ‫مجئ‬
 plu ٠( ‫تيون‬

wed, made law-

r THE HOLY QURAN

ch an (n.) ‫تحيء‬
OF THB HOLY QURAN
 ‫‪ -‬على‬
‫تحوا‬
‫)‪u.‬‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫حلتي‬

‫)‪ise (v.n.‬‬ ‫الحذ‬

‫أ‪"٠‬ثمر‬

‫)‪e (proper n.‬‬ ‫أحد‬

 ing.) ‫تخؤ‬

is. pic) ،‫متغدرا‬

me of the holy

the messenger

m. sing.) ii ‫آل غمل‬

ng.) viii ‫احتمل‬

i ‫اختمل احياآل‬
‫)‬ ‫حامآلي‬

‫)‪loading („.‬‬ ‫حولة‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫محيلون‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تغخيل‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫آل تخيل‬

‫)‪men (n.p.‬‬ ‫حنغاي‬

‫)‪n.‬‬ ‫يحموم‬
‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫آل غبغ‬

‫)‬ ‫الشث‬
 ‫لال‬ JOU ٥ ٠ Mp u,®o

٦٩ ٠
ie3 qj aq s

،‫االذا‬ UIO3J ٥٨ O

jajSBUI pouiiss

‫ اال‬٥ jB q Jiaqj-

JO inos, ٥ ٥ qq
 u) s ٥ ') ‫؟ؤت‬
qsy

j٥ ‫؟‬٥٥
٥
UBIJ|pu
uipjo
J ‫؛‬-JSJ s
B aqj OJ

٥٧٥ ١ ‫ذالالهدأ‬-
O ٩B uoos
1 JB noj-
3O33S aqi ■jrBi

aiji pUB daap V

H ■'«) *‫جى‬
to ABVinaVDOA

sing.) iv ‫ةط‬٦
‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫آحاطت‬

‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫آحطح‬

 sing.) iii ‫عاور‬

v.n.) V ‫غاوري‬
‫)درر‬, (n.p.) ‫حغو‬

and black(Rgh.)

‫ ح‬i.e. the ad he-

Hy ‫حراركى‬

s job ،٤٤٠)

m (part.) ‫اش‬-

h from ‫حاش ظي‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫)‪dual.‬‬ ‫حرلينر‬

‫ب ت ‪-‬اوية‬

‫)‪elafive‬‬ ‫آخرى‬

‫)‪t, (part‬‬ ‫ححك‬

d what they did

sing.) ‫تحول‬
v.n. mim.) ‫عيض‬

sing.) ‫غيق‬

t.) ‫خيث‬
(act. pic.) ‫حيران‬

sing.) ‫متحيز‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫آحت *‪،٠‬‬

‫أخًا يجن اب‬

‫‪ng.) Iv‬‬ ‫آخييت‬

‫‪sing‬‬ ‫يحن ‪ iv‬و‪.‬‬

‫‪. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫غن‬

‫‪sing.) X‬‬ ‫يتحف‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN
sing.) iv acc. ‫ءختى‬

sing.) ‫الخسي‬
m. piu.) iv ‫أنيرا‬

the holy QURAN

night ‫ اليل‬-
 hed, subsided

bates We make

l (n.p.) ‫خحىى‬

acc.
‫خبر يخبرًا‬

ding, («.) (‫خبر‬

(n. p.) ‫أنر‬
‫)‪pj", sing.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫تكتط‬

‫‪nJ‬‬ ‫أجدود‬
phi.) Hi ‫تارعن‬

urs (n.p.) ‫جدان‬٦

OF THE HOLY QURAN

u.) ‫خرجرا‬

sing.) ‫يحرج‬

g.) ‫أخرج‬
 ‫يفرج‬
‫‪m. sing.) iv‬‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫تخرجت‬

‫جذول‬
ng.) ‫خرج‬

or THS HOLY QURAN

m. plu.) iv ‫يخرجون‬

phi.) X ‫تتخرجرن‬
nance (n.)
nance (n.)
‫خرج‬
‫خراج‬
n.)
n.>iv.)
‫خرزج‬
‫إخراج‬

(n.) ‫خردل‬
ng.) (.assim.١ ‫خر‬

ht.) (asi‫؛‬m.١ ‫خروا‬

m. pht.) iv ‫ييرجرن‬
ting.) iv ‫طرج‬
n. min.) ‫رج‬

. pht.) tv ‫تخرجوت‬

phi.) iv acc. ‫تخرجوا‬

OF TRI HOLY QURAN

unto Him sons

sing.) acc. ‫تخرق‬

ace (n p.) ‫خزتة‬

f paradise and

. plu.) ‫ضرررن‬
 ‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫تخرىون‬

‫)‪nis, plu.‬‬ ‫الخراصون‬

( ‫ن ختادآ (س‬

phi) ir ‫عيرون‬

phi.) ‫غرلى‬,

ery or disgrace
ng.) /r ‫آخريت‬

m. phi.) ‫لآ طروا‬

ot ‫آل مخرفي‬

ate ‫آل تروت‬

ng (eiatire) ‫آخرى‬

«‫ل‬.‫خزى ر‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫عاثثع‪ ،‬تايطء•‪،،،‬‬
phi.) ‫عنرين‬

1st. p. phi.) ‫خغنًا‬

 sing.) viii ‫يختص‬

ger, Iv.nJ ‫ب‬ ‫كتان‬

ng.) ٢‫\ا؛ا‬٠‫ل‬٠‫خهـ‬١
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫خثيت‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تخشون ا خترا‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تخترن ‪/‬تخقوا‬

‫‪OF TH HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪en‬‬ ‫أشراءفرأدا‬
p.f. ply.) ‫آلغتعت‬

speech, (33:32]

piu.) liii ‫مخجئذدًا‬

piu.) ،‫ا‬،‫تح‬/‫تجتئذئ‬

sputing ‫اليم‬.‫القضم ر‬

s an open con-
ntion (n,) ‫اليصام‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

f. adj.) ‫غاجآل‬
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫آجطأن *آ‬

‫‪earns‬‬ ‫‪ and‬ازهع‬
‫جعافة )‪hing («,‬‬

‫‪٠‬تةح‪١‬ثؤنزهآلم ‪pht.١‬‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫اخنض‬
arriage (n.) ‫خحة‬

m. sing.) ‫يخطق‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تستنيقرن*‬
‫)'‪g.‬‬ ‫لخاضه‬
or THI HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫غل‬

plu.) ‫غدرن‬
ng.) iv ‫آنلد‬
‫)‪s (act. pic.‬‬‫غايد‬
‫‪de‬‬ ‫عايدؤن‪ ،‬تاليرن‬

‫‪i‬‬ ‫غأدؤن‬

‫‪u.) iv‬‬ ‫آخبتم‬

‫تخفؤن‬
‫‪m. plu.) iv‬‬

‫‪plu.) iv‬‬ ‫ينفين‬

‫‪sing.) iv‬‬ ‫عخفد‬

‫‪sing.) ،V‬‬ ‫أخف‬

ng, n.) ‫تانية‬

r THE HOLY QURAN

inguished them

si«g٠١ X ‫أستخاص‬
) for our males
lu.) Iv ‫آخلؤا‬
xclusive(for SS)

r obedience ex-

r THE HOLY QURAN

. of ‫آل ( علم‬٤

sing.) ‫اخلع‬

.) ‫غص‬
illed, We could

g.) iv ‫خيكن‬
hi.) ‫خلطوا‬

ng.) »،■/٠ ‫اختلة‬

, THI HOLY QURAN

st. p. plu.) ‫آل عن‬

ng.) viii ‫اتتلف‬

u.) viii ‫اختلفؤا‬

plu.) viii ‫يخيفرن‬

plu.) viii ‫=ضافؤن‬

ng.) viii ‫آختلف‬

ng.) JC ‫اتخلف‬

sing.) X ‫يثتخيف‬

gists recognize

plu.) Hi 2‫ايفون‬

sing.) Hi ‫أغاين‬

you. 88: ، ‫)ال‬

plu.) is ‫آخقرا‬
kept back from

. sing.) is ‫تيف‬
(from promise

ack ‫آل يغيف‬

eep ‫ن ضيف‬

sing.) is ‫تتلب‬

OF THI HOLY ftURAM

1) (fl.) ‫خآلف‬

OF TH! HOLY ‫الع‬RAN

m. sing.) ‫؛ يغلق‬

c. m. ring.) ‫عالق‬

of good («.) ‫خالق‬

 ‫( خيل‬:‫اآلخال‬

ss away (time),

ot a community
erful (inis.) ‫الحألق‬

n.> viii) ‫اختآلق‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫)‪mim.‬‬ ‫تخصتة‬
. sing.) ‫االيتة‬

OF THB HOLY Qua AM

plu.) acc. ‫تغزنوا‬

alk (,.«.) ‫خرض‬
i. mim.) ‫مخاض‬
 ‫)‪s (plu. n.‬‬ ‫آخر ال‬

‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫آل تحرزا‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫آل تتاف‪:‬‬

‫)‪ally (emp.‬‬ ‫تتانن‬

‫)‪. dual.‬‬ ‫آل بخاة‬

nted, fail, be in

ones, frustrated ‫'آ‬

plu.) V ‫تيروت‬
 ‫‪plu.) V‬‬ ‫تةخيرؤن‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫اختار ’ا’‪،‬؛*‬

‫‪ngjviii‬‬ ‫اختزت‬

‫‪sing.) viii‬‬ ‫حئأر‬

‫‪m. plu.) via‬‬ ‫تخاثزن‬

‫‪phi.) viii‬‬ ‫غانون‬

‫‪f‬‬ ‫تاتين ( غاين‬

ne (ints.) ‫خقان‬
ing.) ،■،■ ‫ينيل‬

t, means good,
 (phi. n.) ‫اقخيار‬

Bq ujni> ‫الدد‬، O|,OJ*

‫|دل‬٢١‫أباد ال‬ pus

٦٥ ٩ ٥٩٦
n ‫االه‬
OSJB
ou SI X|UO

٥ ٥٥٥٨
nf!
fi ||B gaiuj
-SI* PUB
o8

(,.-٩ -‫ق‬
asodsip B,IV SI
‫س‬٧ II (•Burs ‫الإلمذ‬

M0‘ ‫ددددل‬، ٥ |*BJ

B ٥ J3 guuoui B (u•) ‫بماك‬٦

P)O ٥٩ ٥ sjno (77) -

٥ SJB X•) SB

٥٨٥ s *OS 11545 no ٨

٩٦ ٥٩٦ ٥ ٥
uo JO do d| JO

٥
‫؛‬JB ‘JO ‘),,OJ S.U*B,J,J

*٥ ٥٥٩ IUO ‘,,01

٦٥
U B ut u s,,,p pUB

* ‘juo « () ‫؟إد‬
ho manage the

e off (r.fl.) ‫دحور‬

act, pic.) ‫مدحرر‬

plu.) V, ace. ‫يتديرزا‬

oot (act.pic.) ‫داير‬

THI HOLY QURAN

hall (epl.) ‫لتدخلن‬

2p.f. sing.) ‫اذخل‬

sing.) ٤‫يدخال يذخل‬

cause to enter

(emp.) iv ‫أدختن‬
plu.) iv ‫تذخل‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) ‫درووى‬

sing.) ‫ادرؤرا‬

u.) vi ‫ادارآتم‬
plu.) X ‫تتديج‬

cord («.) ‫دخل‬

ace (n.p.) ‫مدخل‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ting.) IV ‫شرك‬
‫‪ng.) viii‬‬ ‫اداركوا‬

‫تة (‪.‬ارال) در‬

‫‪e know‬‬ ‫تا آدراك‬

‫‪ee know‬‬ ‫تا ينيية‬

 ammarians have

‫ ;د ص ص‬the

phi.) ‫مذركقن‬

‫فيم‬. n.) ‫درام‬

 nitbe)- .‫[ أنر‬

ptu.) ‫تدرون‬

‫ ط * لم* ئ‬or

, TH، HOLY ftURAM

p m. sing.) ‫أدع‬

plu.) viii ‫تدعون‬

ph».١ viii ‫تدعؤن‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫دعوت (هم(‬
‫()‪rayer (1‬‬ ‫دعاب (‪٠‬لم‬
٥١٦٥ ١١١v،ed‫؟ ًاه‬

phi. M.) :‫آدعيا‬

p.‫"ر‬, ting.) ‫كى‬

crumble (a.) *fc
, THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) iv ‫ترا‬
out, indicate ٠
‫?‪u‬‬ ‫ض أدلك‬
ancient (n.) ‫ييتار‬
m. sing.) ‫دع‬

ative) ‫آذن ا اآلدف‬

r THI HOLY QURAN

‫)‪. dual.‬‬ ‫مدتاكتاي‬
e on the nearer

THI HOLV QURAN

plu.) iv ‫ييون‬

g place, (n.) ‫دار‬

. sing.) ٠‫ز‬٦‫د‬
. sing.) iv ‫تدعن‬

plu.) iv ‫يذينون‬

thou shouldst
with another ‫سم‬

ng.) ‫دمى‬
orms of this root
‫‪hee‬‬ ‫) أزصك‬
 sing.) ii ‫يذع‬

t, pie.) ‫مذؤما‬

eny, (n.) -‫ذرتة‬

plu.) ii ‫مذوت‬

pht.١vi١i ‫تدخرون‬
u.) ‫ذرأن‬
sing.)
‫نرًا‬
ltiplies ٠
p.m. sing.) ‫تذكر‬-
sing.) ‫ثذكر‬

sing.) ‫أنكر‬

sing.) ‫تذرو‬
‫؛‬tre dispersing

phi.) acc. ‫مذعييت‬

‫اآلذةان (ذقن‬
m. sing.) ‫د كر‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) viii ‫تذكزوت‬

‫‪phi.)viii,‬‬ ‫ج ؤذلءعه‬

‫يذكروا‬

‫)‪dmo- (n.f.‬‬ ‫الذكراى‬

‫‪remembrance‬‬

‫)‪w.‬‬ ‫يكرنى‬
. sing.) V ‫يتذكر‬

plu) V ‫;ددحمرون‬

r THE HOLY QURAN

leaneditechni-

sing.) ii ‫ذللن‬

making some-
‫)‪onish (/II‬‬‫تذيرة‬
‫تذيير )‪t (in.>H.‬‬

‫‪u.) acc.‬‬ ‫الذاكرين‬

‫)‪p-der. >11.‬‬ ‫مذكره‬

‫\أوأل ‪s١١٢،lative.١‬‬
nvenant, («‫ن‬ ‫ذقة‬

pact, pic.) ‫تدبرم‬

ive (1) (inis ) ‫ذلرل‬

(I) (plu. n.) ‫أذآل‬

assod mi •) ‫م؟‬

(‫؟ )»ا‬٠‫ مإ‬- ‫م‬

‫|؛‬١١<v ٠٢٠١٢? ‫به‬

‫ ه‬٨‫س؛ال لهس‬
0
i J|IM X|U ‘Xbmb

«‫ ا ا‬- 0 ،Xbmb

٩ ٠٨
B} ،S OIU3J

•) ‫؟إ‬٠‫ه الت‬
‫س‬٠٥ jonp) ‫ي؟أ‬١

jd') ٢٢‫ ذي‬- *‫اف‬

٢٢)-‫!م‬

٠٠) ‫لم؟‬
IHI IO AMVIOSVOOA ‫م؟‬
OF THB HOLY QURAN

hall (e.m. p.) ‫ثييقن‬

 o, THE HOiy QURAN

hi.) iv ‫أذاعرا‬

★★‫ح‬٠٢]
‫ذا يك‬
e pronoun
dlUO3‫؟؟؛‬٥JBUO

puiij‫؛‬nj,٠ M0٩s

pu٠j (‫•ه‬،،■) ‫ي؟إع‬

٥٩J ‘luxljj noA

y ‫ه‬٩‫ ا‬JO sp٠٥q

٠، I! JO) pu٠٩٥٩1

‫رآيتسر‬
‫ر‬ i.e. you have

st. p. sing.) ‫آرى‬

. 1st. p. plu.) ‫ترى‬

ronoun (,‘») ‫آرى‬

m unto thee ‫كهم‬١‫آر‬

‫آة‬ have you then

g.) ‫رآت‬
.) ‫آرآت‬
)of interroga-

u.) ‫أرآبتم‬

‫آر‬ i.e. bethin-

thinkest Thou:

OF THE HOLY QU RAH

‫‪ion‬‬ ‫تايق از أي‬
2 p.m. sing.) ‫آر‬
show me ‫آر ف‬

own (pip.) ‫يرق‬

g.) vi ‫تراست‬

ing (n. ٠.( ‫رأى‬

auo ) ‫تًا‬، I

js ‫ذيم‬٦‫ئا؟‬٢
s ۶٦٥٢
 j )SBjpsajs aq : XpBdJ

٦tn ('n/d •UI ٢١٦٢١

uaiSBj 'ail

‫ » مج‬٠>٠٦

?‫ ا؛‬٢٠٢
injssaaans aq *u

) ?،‫؛أكر‬
‫ )•الال‬٠>‫سم‬٢
‫ امز‬، ،•»/>/ ٠٥ ‫تم‬
paduit) ‫بي‬١

١١ Pinoqs Xaqi ‘J

ut ٥ w.،r'4 f ‫مجيب‬
B٨٥ J S ,njqiiBj

٠ ٦
qsJOM pjo

٦ ■ ) ‫ختو؟‬
Bpda s

aw X|P ٠ «) ‫?؟بج‬
3

٠)‫ه األ ك آل‬ /0 (3 0

uaijo ) ‫لء‬١
‫‪brought me‬‬ ‫رياني‬

‫)‪.m. sing.‬‬ ‫يرتع‬

‫)‪num.‬‬ ‫أربعة‬
‫آرتيين‬‫أربع ا‬
‫)‪num.‬‬
‫)‪l num.‬‬ ‫راجع‬
increased
sing.) ,'v
‫ليربر‬
‫رفى‬

d (eiative) ‫آنى‬
‫‪m,‬‬ ‫(‪.‬ممر(‬ ‫يجز‬

‫‪down upon the‬‬

‫يحم()رج ح‪٠‬لر‬

‫‪d‬‬ ‫رذ‪١‬تًا(س(‬
hi.) it ‫رتث‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫) ‪ng‬‬ ‫تجع‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫رجسز‪١‬‬
or TH» HOLY QURAN

A.١ Pic.١(n.١ ‫رجل‬

al.) acc. ‫رجلين‬

‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫برجع‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪dual.) VI‬‬ ‫ترالجتأ‬

‫راجة(‪.‬ط‬
‫تجع‬
‫)‪place‬‬
OF THZ HOLY QURAN

ng,١ eml ‫آلرجرن‬

‫رجلين )‪al‬‬ ‫رجآلن‪،‬‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

ing.) ‫مزحم‬

iv<perale) ‫آرج‬
‫)‪2 pic. n.‬‬ ‫رحبق‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يرجرن‬
sing.) iv ‫ترجى‬

sing,) (nom.) ‫يرحم‬

sing.) ‫ارحم‬
p. plu.) ‫ترحون‬
(elative) ‫آرحم‬

on him ‫رحه‬

y on him ‫رخة‬
 ■١.slst.p.p‫؛‬u.٦

y: ‫رحنا‬ is

pronoun, he has

d) WISSD• \،‫؟؟‬٢

5 UJIJJ3J, ‫لهلهل‬

d ١u١ss٢»١ ■٠
BJ ,‫■ ؛‬puiM aqj

iuoo ‫ا‬٦‫يى‬٦ )•‫الجا‬

٢‫ي‬٦‫ م‬SB q٥ns

٥١UI‫ ؤ‬-BoyiuSis
١aq١ ajousp 0١

ssauaAtsuajui

o inj■ 81‫ل‬:٤‫]لح‬
١s٠w ٦nj٦٥j٠w

OF TH I HOLY QURAN
s after another '

one's previous
(act. pic.) ‫ت ائ‬

lah, thou hadst

. of ‫آتريين‬
‫يردرا‬
p.m. phi.) iv

cause them ‫لردوثم‬

ng.) V ‫ترذى‬

.) ‫المردية‬
( the meanest one (elative >
m. sing.) h ‫آردى‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) ‫رزق‬٤

sing.) ‫ترزق‬

sing.) ‫ارزق‬

ide US ! ‫ارزنا‬
‫)‪xtensive n.‬‬ ‫رزاق‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫الرايخرن‬
ded him ‫رزقتا‬
ded them ‫رزقا م‬
ded you ’ [‫زفتا م‬

ng.) iv ‫آرسل‬

u.) vi ١‫آرسن‬
ng,) iv ‫آرسلت‬

sing.) iv ‫يريل‬

, p. plu f iv ‫لتريتن‬

eg. acc.) ‫تن أريل‬

 ‫آرية مسنا‬
‫جريتذن‪.‬يا‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪US‬‬
‫)‪ple‬‬ ‫قأريةن ‪in‬‬
‫‪send‬‬
‫‪l nun‬‬

‫‪g.) iv‬‬ ‫أريل‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫بالمكرو في‬ i.e.,

ng.) ،, ‫أرسن‬

ble, immovable

f. sing) ‫رانات‬
‫‪Allah 0‬‬ ‫ع‬ ‫‪its‬‬

‫‪p. sing.) ،V‬‬ ‫أريل‬

‫‪)b‬‬ ‫أريت‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يرسل‬

‫‪. of‬‬ ‫يتاآلت (يتاتة‬

‫)‪gen.‬‬ ‫ميين‬
e ‫عرن‬ of

OF THl HOLV QURAN

‫ط‬.(‫العدرة‬I
‫)‬ ‫رصد رصدا‬

‫مرعدون(‪٨٤».‬‬
‫آرضعن )‪.‬‬

‫‪f. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫زنع‬

le ‫تترنع‬
‫يرنعن‬
, plu,) iv

ing.) ‫آرضى‬

(v.H.>rv)
place)
‫إرصاد‬
‫تزئن‬

ent used ‫يصاد‬

hereof are lying

‫‪ing. adj.‬‬ ‫موصئ ‪١‬‬

‫‪h‬‬ ‫تخ‪٢‬ل )‪،.‬‬

‫‪%١‬د‪-‬و‪٢e٩ ١‬‬

‫‪sing.‬‬ ‫‪-‬رضن ‪١‬‬

‫‪ou‬‬ ‫الته تر’‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫ترضى‬
‫يترضى‬
‫ترتاء‪،‬رضايا‬
‫‪be pleased‬‬
‫‪ed‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ازه‬ ‫‪never be‬‬

‫الرضاعة‬

‫‪plu.‬‬ ‫رضرا ‪١‬‬

ng.) vi ‫ازتضى‬

cede not except

g.) ‫راينية‬
٠ .n. mim.) ‫ضاة‬
may be pleased

ke, are pleased

whom ‫يغن ترتون‬

m. phi.) iv ‫يرنون‬
 ‫تراترا‬
ongvithemselves
hi.)

m.ng ‫آتيتم‬
yourselves
plu.) vi
 bservers (of du-

‫ ر‬shepherd) ‫]آلظء‬

) ‫رطب‬
‫‪OB THI HOLY QU RAH‬‬

‫■■‪ >٥‬رغج‬‫رغبًا ‪، ، ,‬‬

‫راغب (عن( )‪ng.‬‬

‫)‬ ‫راغبرن‪-‬إلى ‪-‬‬

‫‪*.rt.) acc.‬‬ ‫رغدًا‬

‫< ]اغم مالم‬

or place) ‫ضعى‬

sing.)- ‫ عن‬- ‫عرغب‬

‫ع‬،‫ب‬- ‫رغج‬

refer not them-

OB THI HOLY QURAN

ng.) ‫رفع‬

. sing.) ‫برع‬
phi.) ‫ترفع‬
.) ‫ترفع‬
m. plu.) ‫آل ترقدرا‬
ng.) ‫رافع‬

sing.) ‫ريع‬
 ‫‪tin‬‬
‫)■‪g‬‬ ‫المرفرع‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫غرعة‬

‫‪hed (n.) acc.‬‬ ‫رةت‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫المرفرد‬
 ‫‪sing.) V‬‬ ‫يترقب‬

‫‪g.) viii‬‬ ‫ارتتب‬

‫‪, (fl. p.‬‬ ‫قد (‪.‬حم‬

sing.) acc. ‫ر فقا‬

‫له‬,,,( ٥٢،٠٠ ‫متقا‬

. a thing by which one

<viii) acc.
‫متيقًا‬
s, p, b.) ‫افق‬

‫ئ‬., respect)

p.m. sing.) ‫لمتزئب‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

viii ‫ليرتتوا‬-

ending (r.n.) ‫رق‬

scender (Rgh.)

, a table of ‫فبم‬
, THI HOLY QURAN

‫ركب > تركي‬

men or (n.) ‫اليكب‬

Ml) ‫ركرب‬
m. sing.) ‫ممداكث‬
another (close

„. p.b.) ‫رتاكد‬

is- (n.) acc. ٢‫يكر‬

plu.) ‫ركؤا‬
‫)‪.‬‬ ‫آتركين‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫اركب‬

‫‪ng.) acc.‬‬ ‫راكًا‬

 . sing.) ace. '‫دع‬

ely upon, trust

m. plu.) ‫آل تركا‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تركنوا‬
ng.) w.v. ‫رى‬

ng.) w.v, 5 ‫]نت‬

sing.) W.V., fd ‫يرم‬
‫ترى‬
p.f. sing.) w.v.

‫يرمون‬
plu.) w.v.

phi.) ‫يرعبزن‬
(v.n.) acc. 1 ‫رخ‬

e ninth (fl.) ‫رسضان‬

 sing.) ‫يرعق‬
, imposes upon

sing.) ‫أريق ألا‬

m. sing.) ‫آل تريق‬

e (v.H.) ‫رتان‬
sea) {v.n.) ‫رخو‬
.plu.) ‫تزبون ألل‬

ess, awlutness

ads of religion.

dj. ‫]تباية ( رهآن‬

TH* HOLY QURAN

nti) ‫رؤح‬

p.) ‫رزح ألقذي‬

y Spirit in Islam

piu.) iv ‫ترحون‬
ing at evening

eeze (1) (n.) ‫روح‬

ot of the mercy

‫روح‬
by mistake as
(with

ing.) Hi ‫تراود‬

plu.) Hi ‫زارد‬
 ended, wished

hi.) iv ‫آر ادوا‬

i.) iv ‫آردتم‬

sing.) ‫يرند *ا‬

sing.١ juss. ‫يرد‬

u.) Hi ‫راقدوا‬
‫ص زت‬ 1 ill 5 ‫رار‬

Of THl HOLY QURAN

ntines (n.) ‫ازؤم‬

 ng.) viii ‫ارتب‬

ng.) viii ‫ارتابت‬

sing.) viii ‫يرتاب‬

plu.) viii,acc. ‫زتابؤا‬-

phi.)viii,acc. 5 ‫زابوا‬

picions, causing

g.) viii ‫ماب‬

phi.) ،'‫ء‬ ‫نرند‬

rticle) acc.
‫رقمدًا‬

what («.)1‫زوزدؤ‬
e- (n. phi.) ‫روتات‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN
‫)كغ‬ subsistence

way with them

‫•زد‬،،• llltw ) ٠‫ي‬١‫ي؛‬،2 .،.‫درع‬

pJ٥٦UI UB Xaqo 0,

B9q ٢:٩ ) ‫زءاالئ‬

q SlJBd Ul P٠
OF THE HOLY QVRAN
. plu.) ‫تزرعرن‬

erf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv)

-‫عن‬-‫زخزح‬

ly (v.n.) acc. ‫زحغًا‬

THE HOLY QURAH

pic. ITT. sing.} ‫زفير‬

plu٠١ assim. ‫زفون‬-

u.) ‫از ارعون‬

/ng ٠)( WiV.)w/ ‫تزديى‬
‫‪n‬‬ ‫زكة تؤكية‬

‫‪ng.) acc.‬‬ ‫زي‪ ،‬ز ييا‬

.) ‫زلرلت‬

) ‫زلرلوا‬

f this religious

‫تك‬ is translated
OF THE HOLY QURAN

rs. ‫آزآلم‬
‫‪g.) viii‬‬ ‫المزقل‬

‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫أزل‬

‫‪.) tv‬‬
‫آزلفنًا‬

‫‪.) iv‬‬ ‫أزلغي‬

.) acc. ‫زلفة‬
v.H.) ‫زلنى‬

‫آزلق إزآلق‬

‫ زقًا‬٠( (v,fl ‫زتق‬

OR THE HOLY QURAN

. sing.) ii ‫حروج‬
‫زوجاي ‪ nom.‬زوجين‬

‫)‪ds, (n.p.b.‬‬ ‫أزواج‬

 plu.) IV. V. ‫تزنؤن‬

lu.) *.V. ‫يزنين‬

ng.)(fd.) ‫ زان‬،‫الزاني‬
ng.) ‫ زانة‬،‫الزانة‬
o commits adultery

٥, THS HOLY QURAN

m. plu.) V ‫تزيرا‬
‫زال‬ ‫تزال‬
‫ي‬
‫‪perf.‬‬
‫‪Imperf. juss.‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫مآزالت‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫ألدال‬

‫‪)V‬‬ ‫تزودرا‬

‫زرت تزؤ‬ ‫‪V‬‬

‫)‪he jour• („.‬‬ ‫الزاد‬

‫‪sing.) vi‬‬ ‫تزارر‬

‫‪.) acc.‬‬ ‫زعوقًا‬

 ng.) w.v. ‫زاد‬

g.) w.v. ‫زادت‬

m. plu.) w.v. ‫زادرا‬
sing.) *.V. ‫تزيد‬
sing.jjussjw.v. ‫لمد يزد‬

plu.) w.v. ‫تييدون‬

p.m. plu.) ‫آل ترالون‬

our (fl.) ‫زهرة‬

ing.) acc. ‫تزهق‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

devia- (v.m) ‫زيغ‬
ng.) Viii, w.v. ‫ازداد‬

ased ‫ازدادزا‬
gradually,
u.) via w.v.

sing٠١viil١w.v. ‫زداد‬٤

p.f, sing.) viii, H'.v, ‫آزدًاد‬

plu.)viii, ivy. ‫عزدآدفا‬
p.m. plu.) viii, w.v. ‫لزدادوا‬
plu١٠vi«١w,Y. ‫تزداد‬

V.«. mim.) ‫أ‬٠ -

 ng.) H'.v. ‫زاغ‬

OR THB HOLY QURAN -

‫از‬ is shaped from

n.) ‫ زتة‬،‫اليينة‬

‫ترسم‬
. p. sing.)
seeming
‫أزتن‬
‫ع‬ a question about]

asked question

ked a questioner
‫‪ng.) h.v.‬‬ ‫تال‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تسآل‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫تل‪ ،‬امأن‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ثل‬
‫)‪3 p.m. sing.‬‬

‫عتت‬
‫)‪p. 3f. sing.‬‬

‫)‬ ‫سثلرا‬

‫و‬ ‫ليآن‬
‫)‪p.m. phi.‬‬

‫يسآل‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬

‫و‬ ‫تشآن‬
‫)‪p.m. plu.‬‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يشآرن‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫التال ا سالل‬

‫)‪h».‬‬ ‫عسثول‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫‪-‬آلى‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫تًازا‬

‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫تأتم‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يأل‬

‫‪h whosoever is‬‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تسآل‬
 sing.) ‫آنان‬

plu.) nom
nd ace.
‫نآؤن‬:
‫تمألؤا‬

Of TH، HOLY QURAN

m. piu.) (A.».) ‫يسآمون‬

‫آل تآرا‬
piu.) assim. ‫يثؤا‬
٧٧‫ ع‬raised them

piu.) iv ‫بتتادؤن‬

cy?(refreshing

eman- (n.) ‫قال‬

‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫ب‪،‬‬ ‫‪nom.‬‬ ‫تبخ‬

‫‪,‬‬ ‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫التاصات‬

ns (n.p.) ‫باب‬٣‫آ‬
n.p.) ‫اآلئأب‬

ping (v.n.) ‫ست‬

. plu.) ‫يسبحرن‬

, TH، HOLY QURAN

‫‪ve,‬‬ ‫بحان اقو‬
 phi.) ii ‫تبعدن‬

phi.) ‫تبحرن‬

. phi.) ace. Il ‫تبحرا‬

.) ‫تتحؤا‬

OF THB HOLY OURAN

d long— —٤٤)
mplete coats of

c. ‫ اتيل‬/ ‫تيًال‬

‫كح‬ nom. ‫مح‬

plu.) viii ‫تتتترون‬
 lu.) acc. ‫تنبزلن‬

t to be outrun,

u.) viii ‫استبقؤا‬

7 THB HOLY QURAN

p.m, plu.) ‫يجذ زن‬

 the revelations

plu.) acc. ‫ينجدزا‬

dore not Allah?

‫‪h».‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫تبدوا‬

‫‪sing.) acc.‬‬ ‫تنجد‬

‫)‪dual.‬‬ ‫ينجداي‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫)‪p. n.‬‬ ‫المتجد الرام‬

‫‪o as‬‬ ‫ينت ال‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫المتجزر‬

‫»)‬ ‫بجرخ‬
riting («.) ‫لجل‬

ng ١١ ‫ساجد‬

b ٠١ acc. ‫عجسًا‬
sing.) acc.il ‫يسيت‬

٠‫آتتق إئ‬ V

awful (n.) ‫يغح‬

chant, practise
sing.) acc. ‫تحر‬

baked clay(«.) ‫السجيل‬

‫سنتلحج‬
. sing.)

‫لتجن‬

m. sing.) w.v. ‫تجى‬

plu.) ‫ينحبزن‬

ABULARY or THB HOLY QURAN ‫س]د‬

u.) ii ‫مسحرزن‬

. p. ٥.( ‫آآر‬
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫تنحر زن‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫التاير‪ ،‬تاير‬

‫)‪al.‬‬ ‫تبزاالف‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫تاجر زن‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫عنحزر‬
. plu.)
‫تتزنًا‬
ed -,٠
ng.) ii ‫المسخر‬

made subject, ,

‫ينخلةن‬
plu.)

‫أنط‬
ng.) iv

,,.«٠:
 ‫‪(n. dua!)gen.‬‬ ‫التدزن‬

‫‪»,‬رول‬ ‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫آل يسخز‬

‫‪plu.١‬‬ ‫تشخرون‬

‫‪plu.) acc.‬‬ ‫تسخروا‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تنخز‬
‫‪u.) acc.‬‬ ‫االخري زن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫ينتنخررن‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ‫تارب‬

(v.*,.) acc. ‫ترا‬

 ‫يذرة الختى‬

‫)‪ction‬‬
‫)‪m.‬‬
‫الثدس‬
‫سايئ‬
‫يراجا‬
‫‪het Muhammad‬‬
‫‪cc.‬‬
Of THI HOLV QURAN

ereof is deepest,

ng.) acc. ‫مترزرًا‬

acc.
‫سرؤرًا‬
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫أترؤا‬

‫‪sing.) ii‬‬ ‫أسرح‬

‫‪m) acc.‬‬
‫تراحًا‬
‫‪m) ii‬‬ ‫تنيغ‬
 TH! HOLY OUUN

phi.) iii ‫ثتارع‬

.) iii ‫تارعرا‬

sing.) ‫سريع‬
 ‫‪exceed a limit‬‬

‫‪p!u.‬‬ ‫تيرون ‪١‬‬

‫)‬ ‫آير وا‬

‫‪acc,‬‬ ‫إسر أرًا‬

‫يتآ سر‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪c.‬‬
‫الشر‬
‫‪nom.‬‬

‫شرزاو (‪.‬ه‬
‫تي‬
plu.) Hi ‫بساي عرن‬

th one another,

‫ سارقي‬nom. ‫سارئؤن‬
ng.)viii ‫اترق‬

) acc. ‫سرمدآ‬

ing) w.v.f.d. ‫يخر‬

‫)‪e. m. sing.‬‬ ‫أسر‬
‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫أبئرى‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫آل يترفث‬

‫‪plu.yjuss.‬‬ ‫ل‪ ٠‬يشرفؤا‬

‫)‪. pill.‬‬ ‫آلتنرفوا‬

‫)‪g. sing.‬‬ ‫معرفئ‬

 m. sing.) juss. ‫يترث‬

p.m. phi.) ‫آل يشرقن‬

s (n.p.b.) ‫اناطب‬

pill.) o. ‫يسطو ت‬
p.p.) ‫عيد‬-

plu.) ‫يسطرؤن‬

pis. pic. > viii) ‫مستطر‬

m. sing.) ‫مصيطر‬
 authority over

. quard.) ‫هصيطرون‬

y OF THE HOLY QURAN

ht.) HU’. ‫تعوا‬

sing.) w.v. ‫يشعن‬

ibn. and Mot. ‫سعر‬

‫ تعي‬٠ as
m. sing.} IV.V. ‫تعى‬

OE THE HOLY QURAN

efforts are was-

ing. ١ acc. ‫تشغوحًا‬

b ‫ ييسشعي‬has

sing■) I،’■». ‫تسعى‬

 phi.) ‫يشعؤن‬

o endeavour to
ueisip 0‫ال‬5‫اسة‬٩

oq SSB 3٩1 JO s

٠٠١ij٥s 10 >,ooq
٩ b jo s3u،n[0A)
[iriuuiDO O ٠‫د‬0‫ل‬

HI JO AMYinavaoA ٠‫م‬ ‫تم‬ ،‫ض‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫سنية‬

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫ئبام‬

‫‪ -‬إلى‬
‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪-‬تمن‬

‫)‪.in.‬‬ ‫آل تسفىت‬

‫)‪ative‬‬ ‫أثقل‬

‫اآلنغل‬
‫اآلتغلن‬
‫)‪tive‬‬
‫آل تنق ‪ p.f. sing.١‬ن‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫يقؤن‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫ئتثآل‬
‫ و‬p.m. sing.) "‫قط‬

Arabic mean‫;؛‬

. sing.) ‫تسقط‬
OF TH، HOLY QURAN
‫)‪st. p. phi.‬‬ ‫آلنت‬

‫)‬ ‫عزا‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫تت‬

‫‪phi.) Iv‬‬ ‫ننت‪.‬‬

‫)‪nk (n.‬‬ ‫سغب‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫ليكن ‪ -‬إل‬

‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫لكنؤا ‪-‬ف‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN

sing.) juss. ‫يتلب‬

 p.m. sing.) ‫إل تتكن‬
sing.) iv ‫آنكني‬
. phi.) iv :‫اتك‬

ng.) acc. ‫تاكينًا‬

 r TH» HOLY QURAN

p.m. sing.) ii ‫يتال‬

.) ‫علطان‬
m. sbig.) ‫تلف‬

sacrcd months
road, to thread
sou, ‫ الماع‬prove
phijvi ‫يتتلون‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

u enter houses

, sing.) ii ‫مسكة‬
ng.) iv ‫كى‬-٦
 eve ! enter into

‫اإل‬ as the mean-

he angels cause
 surrendered my-

m. dual.) iv ‫ذآل‬٦
u.) ‫أتؤا *آ‬

u ) Vi ‫ادرئًا‬

sing.) ‫ينم‬
‫)‪m. phi.‬‬ ‫يثلزن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تنيؤن‬
 ‫وتع ‪:٠‬‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬

‫)‪al.‬‬ ‫منيين‬
‫‪rendered‬‬ ‫منلين‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫تالمون‬

‫)‪g (n‬‬ ‫الآلم‪ ،‬سآلم‬

‫‪c.‬‬
‫}‪V.".‬‬
‫اإلتآلمتتا‬
‫ممل*‪/‬‬
‫؟؟‬٩ s١٩8,u s,q

١s •w ٠ ‫ًا‬٧‫ لم‬٠٥٥٠

٩aq oq Xipnoid

OJVUOO *U‫؛‬٦ ٠pu

( ‫ك‬۴‫ ما‬: •osuco
 XBp x‫ال‬,* ٥٩١

Uljq uodn SUOI١٥

,٥٩ $noX pu٥,

‫؛‬P٥SB٥J3U ui٥q١

q٩١,١١( {,١ (linj

u X٥ ٥٩١q١,J SE3٩
‫‪٩١‬؟‪١un ٥j١ SB 05‬‬

‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫تيعوا‬

‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫تيمغنًا‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يعع‬
 sing.) ‫أنتع‬

.) ‫انتعؤا‬

iscoursing there-

٠١‫ ت‬has occu-

« 8u ،(»■) ‫ي < يصًاال‬٢‫ي‬
‫ ددد‬١IP٥٠U BJO

su Ju (u) ‫ب‬-
PUB ٥q١ a،»]-

‫ ل‬jesq ] ٦

١- v«|d ٢٠۶۴٢٦ ‫ا‬١‫عا‬

،•،/ ٤u٠tf■) ‫•بي‬

u ‫ه‬، NVinb AtOH BHI ‫د‬١ ‫آل د‬

OF THI HOLY (JURAN

 ‫)‪.b.‬‬ ‫أنا‪.‬‬ ‫ا‪3‬نما‪،‬‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تفين‬
plu.) ‫يتمان‬

ng.) ii ‫سعي‬
u.) ii ‫تتيتم‬
. plu. ١ ii ‫يسنؤن‬

OF TH! HOLY QURAN

OF THE HOLY QURAN
ng٠١ h.٠. ‫سات‬
‫ا‬ (act.pis.f. sing.)

‫ظن الغء‬
 would not have

‫صا‬ righteous)

‫قكر التيئ‬

٠٦‫اتعئ‬
p.)
‫آنز‬ ٠‫لتيآ«ث‬١
‫الئؤالى‬
ive)

‫الترأى‬
‫)حر‬
rd
‫) آوًا‬
of

over the corpse

) (np.) ‫سقتات‬

.) h.v. ‫كؤؤا‬
‫تتؤ‬
f. sing.) juss.
 ‫‪g.‬‬ ‫ينيتخ ‪١‬‬

‫‪m. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫أتاي‬

‫‪plu.) iv‬‬ ‫أسؤ وا‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫داليم' ‪١ iv‬‬

‫)‪e (iv‬‬ ‫أتأ;■‬

‫‪g.) iv‬‬ ‫المييق‬
‫)‬ ‫الغوم‪ ،‬تو؟‬
 sing.) acc. ‫آسر د‬
sing.١ acc. ‫موئة‬

met her master

op, n.) ‫سابة‬

scends in their

ng.) ix ‫انودت‬

ing.) ix ‫تترد‬

or THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫تسؤرزا )‪٠‬‬
‫‪phi‬‬ ‫‪V‬‬

‫تتور تسؤر‪٢‬‬‫‪V‬‬
p .) ،‫آتور‬
the (n.) ‫ئؤرة‬

‫سرر‬ means a

e (‫لو‬.‫م‬.( ‫سور‬

ng.) ‫سالق‬

e day whereon
‫تالغ ‪- nom.‬ك‬

‫‪. p. ph،.١‬‬ ‫تدز‬

‫‪fi‬‬ ‫الموتة‪ ،‬مترتة‬
r THE HOLY QURAN ~

ng.) ii ‫تسؤى‬
‫ إلى‬turned to—

himself to the

ven or ‫عع‬
1

mplete, adiust,
soul and its perf

, TH، HOLY QURAN

phi.) ‫يتتوؤن‬

o are referred,
ng.) viii ‫اتريت‬

hi.) viii .‫اتتريتم‬

ling.) viii ‫يتتوى‬

g.) »-.V. ‫سالن‬

‫ؤ تييًال (ض‬

‫‪u.) iv, w.v,‬‬ ‫أتلت(‬

‫التنل‪،‬سيله‬
e left (n) ‫الكياعة‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

surely diverse.

(n.p.) acc. ‫آ‬٠‫أثح‬

‫شتة له‬ may bear

m. sing.) acc. ‫نتها‬
m٥٩J p٥JU٥J3

oj *puiq 'dBJUS OJ

١ '٥٥٩ xg ٠٨٥٥٩‫ا‬
 (•njd •Ui ٠ ٥ ‫ ع‬,‫د‬٠
3.,(

)B٠ X٥٩J ||iun

in٨ ١|٩0‫ هل‬noX

U9A3S 8‫ح‬:‫)الج‬
ipw OJ jqSnos

SI MB||y X,,J3٨

'%/! ٠‫ • س‬u٢٣٠٣

aiB ٠‫ اد‬S31JSB

oX u٥q٨١ p٥١n٥J
q Xui u٥q]8u٥j)s

ri٥٨٦OH uu JO AHVinairooA fee

harsh, terrible

١١ ١elnl'we١ ‫آتد‬
‫)‪m, p.b.‬‬ ‫تقشارب‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫شربرا‬

‫)‪.phi.‬‬ ‫يشربزن‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫تشربزن‬

‫‪) iv‬‬ ‫أئريزا‬
r cxpandcthhis

sing.) Juts. ‫يشرخ‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

ng.) ‫تر نتة‬

‫الل‬ IS not only a

ng.) ‫أترقن‬
 .) iv ‫مبرقين‬

unrise.( ‫دار‬.)

‫المشرقين‬

‫أثر‬
‫ش‬
is the plural
(with Fatha

‫آغر‬ and the

means condi-

ng.) ‫شرع‬

institute a law

u.) ‫ترعوا‬
‫‪u.) iv‬‬ ‫أنزحم ا‬

‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫آنركت‬

 sing.) iv ‫يشرك‬

sing.) iv ‫يشرك‬

plu.) iv ‫ينركقن‬

plu.) acc, iv ‫يتركن‬

the two easts.

(/‫ ؛‬p.h.) ‫المشآرق‬

‫ترقتا )‪٢. adj.‬‬
‫الك‬ in Quran is

‫المشركت‬
infidel women
plu.)

m. plu.) ‫المغزان‬
(n.) ‫ يزك‬،‫اثرك‬
ing is a tremen■

sing.) acc. if ‫ترك‬

plu.) if ‫تفركرن‬
ascribe partner

plu.) acc. if ‫تثركزا‬

sing.) ،٠
cribe as partner
‫أنرك‬
sing.) acc. ‫أنرك *أ‬
m. sing.) acc. if ‫ينرك‬
‫‪m. sing.) if‬‬ ‫آل تشرذ‬

‫‪m. plu.) if‬‬ ‫آل تنركزا‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تريك‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫شرك‪.‬‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫شركء‬

‫‪ng.) •iii‬‬ ‫اتترنى‬

‫‪plu.) viii‬‬ ‫اشتروا‬

sing.) Tiii ‫يثترى‬
phi.) iii ‫يغةرةن‬
y barter, pur-

h ،.١ la ‫شررا‬

sing.) ‫يغر ى‬
b ‫ شطن‬means,
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫نشترنى‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تقترزا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

is the plural of

p.) ‫المقعر‬
‫المحس الح‬ literally

e shodow three-

phi.) ‫تغعون‬
sing.) i١٠. ‫يشير‬

ing.) ‫ال ينيرن‬

 ‫شاءر‬
.‫الشرا‬
m. sing.)
m. plu.)

‫تعر‬ means ‘all

uo‫؟‬e2b pj‫؛‬u‫؛‬Xut j-

u U٥AO٩E aq,

WUO aq,: ajobl

iAip jaquinu‫)ا‬
‫)‪d‬‬ ‫ه‪ "»,‬ئلج‪١‬آلى‬

‫‪:‬ابمجج )‬
EHJ. ،o A٥v٦na٧30٨

phi.) Hi ‫تائوا‬

٠ ph».) ill ‫تقائزن‬

phi.) ‫يتعق‬

ng.) rti ‫انشق‬

p.m. sing.) juss. ‫يفف‬

elative) ‫ آغت‬،‫اآنن‬
ce seemed hard

g, Appreciative.
. juss. ‫عكة‬
 ‫مقكررًا‬
eciated, recom-
sing.)
‫" انتم‬,‘,to contain, ttf

(‫( رأ‬fl.) ‫ااسمًال‬

acts according

) gen. ‫شكي‬

sing.) lUi ‫تشتك‬

‫شكر‬٠ (‫منك‬

m. sing.) ‫آل تغيت‬

, th■ holy QURAN

you is present
‫)‪m. p\u.‬‬ ‫شهدزا‬

‫)‪. phi.‬‬ ‫تيذيم‬

‫)!(‪ss‬‬ ‫ت‬

‫)‪p.b.‬‬ ‫الثماعر‪ ،‬تمايلر‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تشهدرن‬
‫‪. sing.‬‬ ‫أشتد ‪١‬‬
m. sing.) ‫أل تغيد‬

sing.) iv ‫آشد‬
g.) iv ‫آتدك‬
sing.) iv ‫يشمد‬
si g. ١ i, ‫أشد‬

.) iv ‫آشدفا‬
X ‫انتشهدزا‬

we shall surely

sing.) ‫يشد‬
plu. ١ ‫يشدرن‬

p.f. sing.) ‫تشد‬

r obeyeth Allah
pic. m. sing.)
‫شيدًا‬

bring thee agai-

 ‫) ‪sing‬‬ ‫يشونى‬

‫)‪AU) („.‬‬ ‫ذوى‬

‫(‬ ‫د مقا‪.‬ة (ف‬

‫)‪ual.‬‬ ‫ثم‪١‬‬
Xing.) viii ‫شتن‬
joys (n.p.) ‫الثسوات‬

nk (Rgh.)(n.) ‫عزًا‬

.} Hi ‫تاوز‬
l (r.n.>r،) ‫تتارر‬

THB HOLY QURAN

f. hi p, sing.) ٦\‫خ‬

. 1st. p. phi.) ‫تشاء‬

acc.
‫تيًا‬

ans, (n.p.b.) ‫آغيع‬

, TH* HOLY QURAN
 sing.) ivacc. ‫ينبح‬

phi.pri, acc. ‫يضيحرا‬

ng.) assim. ‫صب‬

hi.) assim. ‫مكب‬

g.) assim. ‫يتب‬

) assim. ‫صبزا‬

atic case, mean،

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫تنبحزا ‪pht.yiv, acc.‬‬
‫‪me‬‬ ‫ي ‪.‬ف ب‬

‫‪plu.) iv‬‬ ‫تبحون‬

‫)‪n (v.n.‬‬ ‫االضباح‬

‫منحين ‪ph،.) acc.‬‬
we have adored

l bear patiently ‫ض‬

ient, bear with ‫ج‬
sing.) juss. ‫يضنز‬

ver fcareth and

. sing.) Juss. 7‫ضر‬

ence ‫غ‬

OF THE HOIY QURAN

‫يغ‬ means the

. sing.) ‫اعطر‬

ng.) acc. ‫صا برآ‬

i.) acc. ‫الشارين‬

 ‫صابرات‬

ere is expressive

g.) ‫صاحن‬

‫آل تاحب‬
m. sing.)

ng.) ‫عاحب‬
them. (‫ر‬،■،/.)

oy, (n.) acc. ‫تث‬

oppose, to turn
h she was wont

hi.) ‫حدرا‬
h،.) ‫تددت‬

al.) n.d. ‫صاجو‬

g.) ‫صاجية‬

u.) ٠‫ئ‬١‫غ‬١
‫ررف < ه‪.‬م‪.‬لر‬

‫)‪(npb.‬‬ ‫يراف‬

‫‪HOLY Qua‬‬ ‫ل ال‬

‫)‪p.m. sing.‬‬ ‫آل يصدن‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل يكدن‬

tering (n.) ‫تنن‬
is translated vario-

singfir, acc. ‫ينير‬

ts (n.p.b.) ‫مدرر‬

u.)H ‫يتدعرن‬
 hindering peo.

rence between

plu.) acc. ‫تصدوا‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

plu.) ‫يفي فرن‬

between the two

spoke the truth (1)

 - p‫؟‬u.١ V ‫يعدعرن‬

‫يت ع‬ 5 is of the

‫بدعؤن‬ which

‫يتصدعون‬
ally

der, rending as-

 ‫ص قت‬
‫‪f. sing.) ii‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫عدقت ل‬ ‫‪it‬‬

‫يتدق‬
‫‪sing.) ii‬‬

‫يدقرن‬
‫‪plujii‬‬

‫‪ptu.)U‬‬‫تصد قر ن‬

‫‪m. sing.) V‬‬ ‫آصدق‬

‫تصدقو‬

‫‪g.) V‬‬ ‫تصدق‬

 s are men who

ng.) ‫دقت‬-
hi.) ‫سدت‬
‫صدق‬
sing.) ii
OF THE HOLY QURAN

l.) acc. gen. ‫تدقة‬

‫ حيق‬،‫التديق‬

tiding to those
 plu.) viii ‫يتلرخرن‬

sing.) V ‫خ‬ ‫يتضر‬

ur you nor can

m. ph».) ‫معرخى‬

«.) acc. ‫صريع‬

hi.) axsim. iv ‫آصرزا‬

sing.)gen. ‫المةنن‬

٠١ m. ph،.١
plu.) acc. ‫الممدين‬
plu.) ‫المدةت‬

lu.) ‫اتقذذذ‬
 sing.) » ‫تصدى‬

OF TH, HOLV QURAN

u.) ‫إلى‬.-‫تزافًا‬

sing.١ juss. ‫تضرف‬

ng.) Juss. ‫يضرف‬

.) ‫يضرفرن‬

u.) ‫تضرفرن‬

١Vc have vario

ght (n.) acc.
‫يراطًا‬

n (n.p.) ‫صرعا‬

, THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) viii ‫يصتد‬

r turneth aside

s- (n.) acc. ‫صعودًا‬

‫‪m. sing.) ii‬‬ ‫آل تمعز‬

‫صيعق ‪٠ $ing.١‬‬

‫‪u.) rii‬‬ ‫أنصرفوا‬

‫‪ng ) acc.‬‬ ‫تضررة‬

‫‪(m.ii)gen.‬‬ ‫تتريفي‬
u.) acc. ‫ساريين‬
sing.) gen. ‫التريم‬

plu.) b ‫تضيدزن‬

abulary of th HOLV QURAN ‫ععق‬

phi.)jus3. ‫تنفحرا‬
hunderclaps ‫لكواعق‬
(n. adj.) ace. ‫بآ‬

m. ptu ١٠ gen.

ng.) acc. ‫تغيرة‬

lathe) ‫آنغر‬
liation (t.n.) ‫صغر‬

we are ranged

gen. ‫للثاع‬
ranged in ranks.

g (n.p.b.) acc. ‫صوافت‬

) ‫الكايات‬
<٠
gnifies,
s (n.pj>.) ‫اآنغاب‬

sing.) acc. ‫مغغرًا‬

urd.) acc. ‫صفصغًا‬

ng.) assim. ‫الكانزن‬

‫صبرا (‪«.‬ا‬

‫"‪g.) ft‬‬ ‫يتلرا‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫أننا *آ‬

ng.) via ‫انطنا‬

u.) flit
‫انطفنًا‬
. sing.) viii .‫يقطن‬

u.) ‫المتطفنن‬

r THE HOLY QURAN

e. (‫الر‬.) and
ring.) iv ‫ينيح‬
, corrects, purifies

dual.) acc. iv ‫يقيحًا‬

. plu.) iv ‫ينلحون‬

peace, reconc-
m. ring.) ‫تلح‬

m. ring.)[iv ‫أنلح‬

n them. (‫الل‬.)
 THE HOLY ‫اله‬ RAH

.) gen. ‫صلصال‬

m. sing.) ii .‫يتل‬

. plu.) ii‫يتلزن‬
r blessings and

p.m. phi.) ii 1 ‫يتلرا‬

al. ١ gen. ‫تاييين‬

women areobe-

m.sing.) ‫المعيح‬

۴‫ م‬Il) gen. ‫إنآلح‬

are (n.) acc. ‫تنًا‬

OB THI HOLY QURAN

piu.) ‫يتقن‬

phi.) ‫صلقا‬
sing.) /, ‫أضل‬

nom. :‫ننل‬

. piu.) viii ‫تنطلرن‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫صل‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫ىلقرا‬

‫متل )‪rayer (n.pt.‬‬

‫التآلة‪ ،‬عتآلع‪p (fl.) ،‬‬
 THX HOLY QURAN

plu.) assim. ١‫ملؤ‬

yed that which

g.) nom. fd. ‫صال‬

u.١ nom. f,n.d. ‫صالوا‬

Allah, mean- ‫التمد‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN

making(«.) ‫رنعة‬

(n. sing.) ‫يوان‬

m. sing.) ‫ينر‬
acc.
‫يسرًا‬
‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫آتاي *‪،٠‬‬

‫)‪. ring.‬‬ ‫يتنع‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تعرن‬
‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫تستعون‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫اتتع‬
‫‪g.) viii‬‬ ‫اننعي‬
ss (n. pt) acc. ‫مقانع‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

g.) iv ‫آل يتن‬

‫تيتييزا‬
plu.) iv acc.

sing.) iv ‫أيب‬
‫‪plu.) iv‬‬ ‫تتيب‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫مت‬

‫)‪.‬‬‫حيب‬
‫ي‪١٠‬ا‬
‫‪u.) iv‬‬ ‫آصت‬

‫‪plu.) acc.‬‬ ‫تعوموا‬

‫‪i.) gen.‬‬ ‫العاتنين‬

‫‪en.‬‬ ‫القيام‪ ،‬يبام‬

‫‪ut (n.)gen.‬‬ ‫قيحت‬

‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫اآنواي‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫تؤر‬

 ‫‪plu.) ،،‬‬ ‫توزن‬

‫‪m, sing.) ii‬‬ ‫يترر‬

‫‪g.) ii‬‬ ‫المترر‬

joqj ٥٩ p u q)

٥N ٥s®q٥ iq٥]١١

A ،٠ AMvimvooA

plu.) ‫'نئكزن‬

m. plu.) ‫تغحكزا‬

plu. ١ ‫تخحكون‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫أخك *‪،٠‬‬
r THl HOLV QURAN
ling.) ace. ‫تغحى‬

comp. ‫و الشحى‬
 ‫شراعًا‬

‫و‬ p.m. sing.) ‫يضرب‬

‫األتل‬ in

٥٢.,
‫يخي‬ Rgh. took
tn the

plu. ٦ ‫يغرين‬
vel in the earth.

(2) ‫ أؤذض‬:‫ف‬

i.) ‫اؤمتال‬-‫ضرت‬

‫ع‬ we put over a cover

‫انرن — تأل‬

‫)‬ ‫اضربؤا‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫ضيب‬
‫يضربن ‪",‬ر‬ ‫)‪plu.‬‬

‫آل يضربن‬
‫‪ot‬‬

‫يغرنن‬
‫)‪p.f. plu.‬‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫آلتضريرا‬

‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫اضرب‬

‫اضرن‬ ‫‪is‬‬

‫ضر‬ ‫‪never‬‬

‫لن يصروك‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تضرون‬
sing.) viii ‫أنطئ‬

- ‫على‬

led from going

r TH، HOLY QURAN

acc.)
‫فرارًا‬
ho disbelieveth

‫ئه‬٠
plu.) viii

‫أنطت‬
g.) viii

‫انطرزتم‬
) viii

‫كرآ ك‬ acc.
 o are disabled.

m, distress (n.) ‫مؤ أل‬

,٠۵‫؛‬ is

.) acc. ‫تضرءًا‬
ing.) ‫ضييع‬
‫)‪d not (neg.‬‬ ‫ماخفزا‬

‫‪ring.) X‬‬ ‫آ‬

‫د عدح‬

‫‪hi.) X‬‬ ‫استغينرا‬

‫‪. pic.) rili‬‬ ‫المتطؤ‬

y did not, when

phi.) 9 ‫تغتصرن‬

. phi.) 9 ‫يرمدن‬

h double. (،'.،٠

al.) ‫يغغين‬

/).‫ضعغاء و‬
‫‪i.) X‬‬ ‫يستغعفين‬

‫‪p. m. sing) iti‬‬ ‫يضاعف‬

r TO HOLY QURAN

se whose effort
ng.) assim. ‫تل‬

OB THE HOLY QURAN

. p. sing٠١ ‫آنج‬

m. sing.) tr ‫أخرًا‬

or (if the (‫)ة‬

 m sing.) ‫يية‬

٥٠ THl HOLY OUKAN

‫اقالت‬ nom. ‫التاؤن‬

 he (i.e., Satan)

‫آتأل‬
‫يد‬
dual.) iv
stray

m. phi.) if ‫أنليا‬

p.m. sing.) if ‫بيل‬

m. sing.) ،» ‫يضلل‬
m. plu.) ،V ‫ينئن‬

d astray I

plu.) acc. nd ‫ن‬

ng.) IV (h.v.) ‫آتا‬

‫'ب‬

ng.) ‫حيي‬
g.) assim. ‫انم‬
 oX iSuUOlUE•

٥١SEM OS 1‫ح‬: It, I

uo JOU st OJ ‫ادا‬

3٩1 p٥ia‫؟‬٥■j٥x

uX٥q‫؛‬١S|p٥٦a٥
jiin)/،•) ‫ج‬٢‫> لك‬٠‫ع‬-.‫ألا‬

H! io x٦mwi١٠٥o١ M١m‫م‬،٠ ٢١٦

 p.m. sing.) ‫ينيق‬

indeed that thy

m. plu.)11 ‫يميقوا‬

s breast strait.

ng.) ‫ضايق‬
‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫طق‪ ،‬طق‬

‫‪، .‬وتت حا‬

‫يلبا‪٥ 5‬‬
‫)‪s (v.n.‬‬ ‫‪ce.‬‬
r TH■ HOLY QUJIAN

ted seven hea-

ut off a portion

m) at the ends
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫طيمزا‬
 m. sing.) ‫يظتم‬

g.) ‫لم تظتم‬

r tasteth it not,

ng.) iv ‫آطتم‬
‫أطتمإظآًا‬
iv

٢٢٠،) ‫؛‬, ‫يظيم‬ 3 p.m. sing.)

ng.) gen. ‫الطارق‬

‫‪oming by night‬‬

‫عرهًا ‪ ٥،۴٠‬طيق‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫طرالق (■ألم‬

‫‪n.) acc,‬‬
‫طتًا‬
ng.) w.v. ‫تلنى‬

ise high (water

‫ع‬ water rose

‫يطيمرن‬
plu.) iv

‫يطيمرن‬
٥ ‫يظيمؤا‬
ce.
Me. [5 57:
p!u.)iv
‫]ل‬
‫تظيمزن‬

e m. phi.) ‫آطيموا‬
p. m. sing.) ‫يسم‬

n.) iv ‫طيمإظام‬
ic. m. sing.)

st.) ‫طنؤا‬

«.) acc. ‫ءغااأ‬

ng.) h.v. iv ٦‫ك‬٦

m. plu.) ‫لطفئزا‬

‫ألمطفنيت‬
.) ii

‫طفف تينيفًا‬

who gives short

lu.) ‫طنرا‬٠
limits

. sing.) acc. ‫يلغى‬

‫ز‬ to us or be inor-

m. pht.) ‫آلتنرا‬
s (elative) ‫أطنى‬
ans.) ‫العاغحة‬
od, devil(n.) ‫الطاغرت‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

plu.) ‫يظلب‬
 ‫التي ب‬
‫المو‬
‫)‪c. m. sing.‬‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫طفق‬

‫)‪ual.‬‬
‫طفقًا‬
began to cover

m. sing.) iv ‫يطيع‬

) (v.n.) ‫طوع‬
ng (n. p.t.)‫تظلع‬
‫)‪ing (n.p.t.‬‬
‫‪.) vtii‬‬‫مطيعزن‬
‫تنيع‬

‫قن‪ ،‬عل‪-‬‬
‫? ‪d upon‬‬ ‫علة‬
‫اطلع الآلع‬
‫إ‬ ‫‪+ interrotive‬‬ ‫أ(‬
ng.) viii ‫اطلست‬

sing.) viii ‫تيلع‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. plu.) vii ‫انطيقؤا‬
‫‪hem‬‬ ‫طتتمقةهن‬

‫)‪te m. plu.‬‬ ‫طلترا‬

dtut) ‫ل‬٢‫ي‬١ ’‫هدد‬

٩٦١n‫ال‬٥ saXa-

١S ‫ الة‬P٥3EJJ٥’

٥
S P pjoq ‫! ل‬٥٩٦ saqaij

U1‫ لالدا‬٥٩١ 0‫ ؛‬٠٥-

P ٥٩٦ s٦٥pE٥i
u٦‫هال‬٩ ٦٠٥٥٩)،

‫؟؛‬٥٩١
٥٩١ iuu•
JOU s

U1O٨١ B ٩٥no١ o,
m. ring.) ‫يطثن‬

m. ring.) 3 ‫طمئن‬

. m. ring.) ‫ملمثع‬

.) tee. ١‫ئكث‬

er. f. sing.) ‫الملعتة‬

١ ‫ملمثي‬
ace.
‫‪plu.‬‬ ‫تطمع ‪١‬‬
‫‪i,‬‬

‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫طمعًا‬

‫انتأن‬
‫‪ng.) ti‬‬

‫البان اطتتن‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫اأثوا‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫* )‪.‬‬ ‫اليرؤا‬
‫‪g.) ii‬‬ ‫مطير‬

‫‪.) acc. v‬‬ ‫عطيرن‬

‫‪themselves‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪.) acc. *,‬‬ ‫المتطرت‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪sing.) Ii‬‬ ‫المطر‪:‬‬
‫‪ed‬‬ ‫أزواج ئطؤآ‬
‫المكرؤت‬
‫‪i‬‬
‫‪) ii‬‬
‫تظينرًا‬
 ‫)‪.‬‬ ‫الطود‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫يظيزن‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫عي‬

‫)‪s.‬‬
‫ح تظهيرًا‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫لطر‬ ‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫يطبر‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تر‬
 . m. sing.) ‫طيز‬
m. duul.) ٢‫ح‬
.) r ‫تطيزن‬

F THE HOLY QURAN

‫آطعرا‬
m. plu.) ‫؛‬V

u.) iv ‫أتت‬

m .‫آلتعر‬
‫ل‬ ‫‪p.m. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫يلغ‬
‫‪s‬‬‫‪,‬ى‬ ‫‪is dro-‬‬

‫‪. plu.) iv‬‬ ‫مملترن‬

‫‪phi.) acc. iv‬‬ ‫تييمرا‬

‫‪.) iv‬‬ ‫أكتوا‬

‫الكور‪،‬عرر‬

‫‪(n.p.)acc.‬‬ ‫أطوارًا‬
g,) ii ‫د‬5‫طر‬

‫ ش‬٠‫طوعغ ت‬
he allowed himself to

ent ‫ل‬٠٠-

ng.) X ‫انتطست‬

ng.) X ‫استطني‬
‫‪ ،‬استطاعرا‬
g.)iv ‫يطع‬

ng.) V ‫تطرع‬

able, had power

Of THI HOLY QURAN

ulate, ‫حزل‬ ،‫ب‬-

sing.) ‫يطؤن‬

ng.) ‫ىتان‬

ting.) X ‫يتتيتع‬
e to send down

ing.) X ‫ يتتتلغ‬٠‫لم‬
. sing.) X ‫تتتع‬
m. sing.) ‫تن تتع‬

p.m. phi.) X ‫ينتيجعرن‬

plu.) X ‫تنتيتعون‬

able
acc.
‫تنتيعؤا‬
‫تن طرءًا‬
u.) ‫طيين‬

ing.) ‫مطع‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

f. sing.) ‫طايفة‬
t viii ‫ئطوفئ‬

n.p. inis.) ‫طقافون‬

equently some

m. sing.) ‫طفك‬

tos(2M«. p.) ‫طيزين‬

OB TH! HOLY QURAN

ng.) (w.v.) vi ‫تطآول‬

sing.) acc. ‫طويًال‬

r of all suffici- ‫نم‬

‫يطيقزن ‪٠ plu٠١ iv‬‬
OR THZ HOLY QURAN

plu.) M-.v. ‫لون‬

mong them ask

sor of opulence,
r TH* HOLY QURAN

le on the mea-
 ring.) w.v. ‫طاب‬

.)
‫غًا‬.- ‫طتن‬

n. for fem. ‫طزب‬

u.) V ‫اطيرنآ‬

plu.) , ‫تطيززا‬

n addition to its
OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.١ xyacci ‫مستطيرًا‬

ng.) (assim.) ‫ظل‬

me, to grow into,

ng.) (٠* ‫آظقر‬

RY OF TH، HOLY QI,RAN
ng imperfect or

e or ‫على‬ it

neth darkened.

would become

s modified form of
sing.) ‫يظم‬

ong ‫لظل‬
. sing.) ‫يظنزن‬

ged not 5 ‫ ال‬but

‫ظةء‬
‫العتي‬
des, (n.)
ving

‫ ظي‬acc. ‫غانًال‬
 ngh.) ‫ظتست‬

OF THR HOLY QURAN

‫أظك إظآلم‬

cc. ‫ ظًال‬nom. ‫ضأه‬

 ‫)‪s of (n.d.,n. p.‬‬ ‫ظالمن‬

‫}■‪m■ plu‬‬ ‫تظيرن‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل ظلرا‬

e ‫آل تظكرن‬

ore unjust than

. sing.) A.v. ‫تظًا‬

rticiple) ‫الظآن‬

ng.) (assim) ‫ظت‬

‫‪ nom.‬ظر‬ ‫ظلرم‬
‫)‪ng- (ints-n.‬‬‫ظألم‬

‫ل‪m. sing.‬‬
‫تظرًا‬

‫)‪p.‬‬ ‫ظآلي الظآلي‬

‫‪m. sing.)acc.‬‬ ‫مظيمًا‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫مظبرن‬
of THE HOLY QURAN
 plu.) ‫ظرا‬

plu. ١ ‫تظنرن‬
wrong thoughts
ght (n. p.) ‫الظرن‬

. sing.) ‫تظن‬

sing.) ‫أظئ‬

plu.) ‫يظظزن‬
* TH■ HOLY QURAN

o know naught

lu.) Hi ‫ظهرزا‬
p.m. phi.) ‫يظيرن‬
plu.) acc. ‫يظيرزا‬

f •uid) ،.* ‫يو‬٢‫م؛‬

qiiM J٥9UBS5

‫ ةو‬٨١ S,H ‫الزج‬-

aq ,Bqj JB3J i

JSMOU}{ aqj SI

atuoajaAO ss

puy ٩,-ajaqt UJ

oui (|B٥J) JnoX

JnoX JOU ape LU

.',' ('nld. ٢٠٢‫^؟‬

 xa UB 33JBUI

jnssaaau apBUJ
٠u B ٠a٥jo٨ip

M unjn٦|٥. JOU

puuq ٥,,٠١١"

IJOJ p;o UB ،JEq,z

٥p.٠ ,aJE Xaq

ub asoqj OJ sy

Xn١١B ,nJ Xaqi

H 1UL io ASSTjoavaoA
me appearance

ual.) V،' ‫تظاعرا‬

 plu.) vii ‫عال مرون‬

٠
h other against
pped in ( ‫تظظهرقت‬

ward (one of the

OF TH! HOLY QURAN

who are upper-
plu.) ‫تبئرن‬

n every height

b ‫تعتثرن‬ has
sing.) (h.v.) ٦‫تت‬

25:77)< ‫م‬،‫ء‬

r THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) ‫عد‬
phi.) ‫يندزن‬
plu. ef.) ‫ليعبدوا‬

،‫أن تتدر‬
, com.) ‫لعدون‬
٠‫ي‬ is a short

sing.) ‫تنبد‬
plu.) ‫تبكون‬
‫آلتيدرن‬
‫آل‬
egative is

m. sing.) ‫مد‬
‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫عبذم‬
ever did scorn

sing.} ‫س‬١

me (com.) ‫ابدو ف‬
me (com.) - ‫اغبدون‬
. sing.) ‫آل غتت‬
m. plu.) ‫آل تعدوا‬

ng.) ii ‫عتدت‬

bjugate, to make

viii ‫اغتبرزا‬
sternly, austere

stern (n.) ‫غبو س‬

) ‫عبقرع‬

) ٠‫تسئ‬
plu.) ‫مدذق‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.١١٢‫أا‬ ‫أعتدت‬

ii ‫آعد إعادًا‬

anion will say :

s that which is

. sing,) ‫تق‬
‫شتبيت *آ ‪hi.١acc.‬‬
m. ‫عتوي‬
sted in disdain

u.) h ‫أيذزأ‬
 .) ‫اغيلوا‬

midst of ‫عط‬

g.) »*.V. ‫عتغ‬

xceed a boun-

phi.) w.r. ‫عتزا‬

cc. r.n. ‫عترآ‬
JJEIU , ,! IBM-

٣( )‫ ل ا‬٥ tuou ‫يب‬

uy uo A|p3pi١١
 A٦OH 3H.L JO AuvinavooA ،٦٠

OF THE HOLY QURAN

phi,) ‫ينجزون‬

٠١ ell ‫ليعجز‬

.sing)iv ‫ج‬

ph* ١ ‫نعجز‬
eg. ‫) آن كج‬
 Our signs ٠

. 2 pic.) ‫*يب‬
ts.) ‫عآب‬

ng. ١ ‫مزت‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

S". ‫ب ؟‬-
nst ss ‫ غل‬-
‫بي‬ ‫*‪isheresynony‬‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫ال تعجل‬

‫ءعاجز معاجزة ‪٥،‬‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫‪،٠‬‬ ‫عغجزن‬

sing.) el. ‫ججل‬

es), (fl. p.) ‫عًان‬

, THI HOLY Q.URAM

c. intr. n.) ‫مرًال‬

) X ‫استنجال‬

ue) (‫اا‬.( ‫أنجيي‬

ongue acc. ‫آغييًا‬

p٠) acc. ‫اقنجتت‬

comprehended

m. phi.) (assim) ‫ئتدذن‬

p. sing.) It ١‫قك‬

m. sing.) 11 ‫يتجل‬

ing.) ii ‫*ل‬

sing.) hr ‫أنجل‬
‫تعجل ‪. sing.) r‬‬

‫اتتتم ‪plu.) X‬‬

‫يتنجل ‪m. sing.) X‬‬

‫‪٠ be uuteoto‬‬
‫يتتتجلزن ‪m. plu.) X‬‬

‫تتتنجون ‪m. plu.) X‬‬

‫آلتتعجل ‪) X‬‬

‫آلتتتتيرا ‪phi.) X‬‬

‫عدة )‪) (v.n.‬ر(‬

plu.)(juss.) ‫تعدزا‬
ng.) assim ii ‫عتد‬

ng, )assim iv ‫آعد‬

.) assim ،r ‫اعيدوا‬

i.) assim. ‫ن‬5‫ عا‬.

r THI HOLY QURAN

phi.) fd.‫تعيزا‬
.) ‫اغيلؤا‬
‫عدًال‬
(1) (tn.)
‫ب‬٠ ‫بين‬-

5 ١ng.١ jwss. ‫*عدل‬

e., the soul, person)

. plu.) ‫ ب‬- ‫يغيزن‬

 (.‫دبر‬
ccording to the law
591

4 we sent their
 ings are men-

plu.) ‫ا‬,.,. ‫غدون‬

un, transgress,

m. sing.) ‫آل تند‬

plu.) ‫آل تمدزا‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫غالدا ‪٠١‬‬

‫‪hi.) viii‬‬ ‫اعتدزا‬

‫‪ssed viii‬‬ ‫اعتدينا‬
 respassed ‫تأ اغتدنا‬
‫يداتلن‬ and

‫ آز‬٠ the son of

‫اقتا ف‬ al Ah-

o injure ‫ على‬-)‫)ن‬
 ٩0‫ ل‬X|pid٠j un‘

UOJSSajSsUBJ

O٩M puy [‫اال‬ (٥٩

OS٠٩[ ٩٥ [»suuaj o
OI ٠$ ٨ab SU,b8b(
x٥٩ (u٠٩( ٠٩ a

) ‫تح’احأ‬

njd•) ‫حج‬٣٢‫ ا‬7‫د‬

X ajroui ‫بج‬٣٢١ ?V
» ٩ (guissBdsuBJ

-‫س‬-‫ع ى‬،/«■) ،,.,.٠٠٣٣٢‫؟‬

X ،o ABVinaVOOA
.‫ا‬

the holy QURAN

.)f.d. nom. ‫معذوا‬

hment (n.) ‫عذاب‬

om (v.n.) acc. ‫مغذرة‬

‫ق احدت; (ض‬

٥ ‫عذرًا‬
cc.
 ‫معازير‬
‫يعتذرزون‬
plu.) viii

greeable to (n.) ‫عذب‬

‫ليعذب‬
sing.) e l. ii

ish ‫آل يعذب‬

 sing.) ii ‫أعذت‬
. sing.)-epl. ‫آلعدن‬
plu.) ii ‫نتذب‬

g.) ‫معدب‬

‫معارج‬
‫مغرج‬
nts. plu.)
sing.)

‫اآغرج‬
‫(س‬ ‫عرج عرجًا‬
‫العزجزن‬
a palm tree

bring evil upon

ng.) viii ‫مغترة‬

plu.) ‫ينرشزن‬
 ‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫مغرفشات‬

‫عرب‬ ‫‪i.e., the‬‬

‫عريًا‬
‫‪acc.‬‬
‫)‪n.p.‬‬ ‫اآلراب‬
‫)‪ow (n.p.‬‬
‫عرًا‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يعرج‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تغرج‬
plu.) ‫تغربو ل‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

set them before

.)
‫عرضنًا‬

me there were
 ‫‪u,‬‬ ‫عرتزا ‪١‬‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫يغرض‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫ينر ضزن‬

‫)‪at (I‬‬ ‫زس‪ ،‬العرش‬

‫)د‬ ‫‪,on the Throne‬‬

AEaq ٦)1‫ ل‬qjJES•

SJSJ 0‫ اباق‬١ ,SMSf

I٥‫؛‬U JBSU siqi

 uy,sj,‫؛‬p٥‫؛‬u SI

BJ1S5 jo‫؛‬-ujnj s

USIUOM BJI puy

O juaiSuEjjsa))

(noX ‫باد ؛‬ -

Jn٠ ١ OIOAB ‫م‬

٥ ‫»ح‬ p u(-njd■ ‫إ ابميتم‬:

4

d f •fjadup) ‫اببتز‬
) ,, ‫ضملىبي‬
s no Xijosjipui'
sing.) ‫تغرف‬

plu.) ‫يغر نزن‬

y heheld it ،٦$
sing.) ‫عريض‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ii ‫عرف‬
plu.) w" ‫تعارفؤا‬

|‫بت‬١ ‫اغترف‬

. plu.) ‫اغترن‬

, fairness, good
 thers ‫ العي م‬is

m. sing.) viii ‫اءترنى‬

ng.) ‫ترؤنة‬
od (nJ ‫ألعزف‬

.) acc.
‫عرًا‬

(n. p.) ‫أآغراف‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫آ‪،‬‬ ‫ع‪7‬زثم‬
‫‪plu.) acc.‬‬ ‫تعز رزا‬

‫‪sing.) H’.v.‬‬ ‫تعرنى‬

ng.) (assim v) ‫عي‬

sing.) ‫يغزب‬
emote, absent.

lu.) ‫عزرزا‬
A ٦ ‫ل‬p.q١9Jis ٥q١

i Xq u٥qi ،pies

١ 'U١١,;.J‫؛‬J JO

١ -oqstp oq٨١

٥
JO) 9 ub8ojjb

luiq OJ piES SI

9SJBJ E '•» ٠!)

 u٥jjs JO 9٥jnos E

q٨١ ٦S9SE٩E

miM P٥u٥qj8u٥j»s

O) I.،. ‫ي‬٢‫امدمع م‬

)q٥99ds)[٤3٠8٤]

d,|UI 9UJ uodn p٥

. JO AHVinaVOOA

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫اعترلرا‬
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫اغتدتم‬

‫‪s’mg.‬‬ ‫آعترل ‪١ viii‬‬

‫ص‬
‫)‪.‬‬ ‫اغتررا‬
ellent names ٠*

l ielative] ‫أعر‬

ng.) ‫عرلى‬

, THB HOLY QURAN

 ‫عزم‬ ‫‪has‬‬

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫عأمؤا‬
‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تمزكوا‬
lu.) ‫متروأزن‬

one (n.p.t.) ‫معزلة‬

—(.■،‫)ام‬ aloof

ermine, decide
[ ٥ ?-JEIDIUBJ

SB p٥J٥pU٥J

‫ إ‬jBd٥p[٠٩(٥■

31UE3[ng -p٥[
u!UB٥iu XJO :

‫ ال‬٥٩ ]1 U3٩M

e ٠٥٥UBApE O]
UO JOJ pjT[J3٩

*٩PJB٩ 3snw

/d •wd t fjjd. ‫م‬٩‫رر‬

[٥J ٥٩IJ٥SB O]

٥ Z w)sdn0j8،■) ‫جمه‬١

bisuoo OU punoj

BWJ JO JuvinwaPA
num. frac.) ‫يئار‬

sing.) (v.d.) ‫ينش‬

r blindeth him-

onate, We ass-
‫‪.) Hi‬‬ ‫ءايعرؤا‬

‫عاثز متاتر‪:‬‬
e to their father

n.) ‫ عثيا‬،‫الخت‬

sing.) ‫آغير‬
ss etc.), squeeze
‫ءاصم را‬
Jg.)

u.) viii, ‫اععتموا‬

. sing.)juss.viii :‫ينتي‬
g (،,„.) acc. ‫عغغًا‬
m. ling.) ‫يتيم‬

*. min., ‫تنيية‬

u.) (assim V.) ‫عتزا‬

m. plu.) ‫آل تتلوا‬
sing. + ‫عصنى رف‬

bel, oppose, res•

l letter ‫ع‬ is

ng.) (w.v.) ‫عصت‬

ng.) (w.v.) ‫تمتتن‬
hi.) (h .f.) ‫عحؤا‬

sing.) juss. ‫ينص‬

m. sing.) ‫غين‬

plu.)(w.v.) ‫تنتزن‬
‫)‪phi.)(w.f.‬‬ ‫تنيين‬

‫‪f. sing.) ii‬‬ ‫عطلى‬

‫ععل تمنًال‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫ممتنآله‬

‫‪ng.) w.v, iv‬‬ ‫آغطى‬

u.) w, ٠, ‫■أ‬، ‫آغتآ‬

sing.) w.v. IV ‫ينلى‬

m. plu. ١ W.Y, 1‫ينطقا ا‬

.p. w. V. iv ‫أغطزا‬

nt- (np.) ‫عضين‬

■ lie or enchant-

eck that he may

OB THE HOLY QURAN

١‫ ط‬،‫آغظم‬ bones
‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫عظنتم‪ ،‬تجلها‬
‫أغظم‬
‫)‪, (elative‬‬

‫‪p.‬‬ ‫‪iV‬‬ ‫ينظزا‬

‫ينط‬ (imperf. 3 p.

‫ينت‬
‫دحشل‬ pip. they
*they

‫تعآطى‬
ng.) ri

nt (n.) ‫عطك‬
sing.) juss ii ‫يظم‬
. plu ٠١٦١٠-V. ‫ينغؤن‬

plu.) w.v.el. ‫يغغرا‬

‫‪ li'.v.‬ل‪u‬‬ ‫عغزا‬

‫‪, plu.١‬‬ ‫ينفق‬

sqs ١١١٩.١١ $1

(aaq ‫آله‬Xaqi )Bq

٥٨aosoq٨١ uaqi
tui))١١,٠٨■ssnf■ ٣٢٦

SA aqj 3SJ3A s-‫؟‬

jBd aX]‫ لء‬٠: I 6‫]ج‬

sing.) iii ‫ءاقثم‬

pp. iii ‫عزتب‬

sing.) iv -‫آغق‬
the guardians)

sins. ١iuss. It ‫عقن‬

‫}‪sing.‬‬
‫)‪prop.‬‬
‫عاقبة‬
‫العآقتة‬
‫)‪their (plu.‬‬ ‫بآت‬

‫‪g‬‬ ‫عقدت ر‪.‬‬

‫‪V. n.‬‬ ‫عتاب‪ ،‬اليقاب‬
‫‪od it‬‬ ‫) عغلوه‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يغتلؤن‬
‫‪end, understand‬‬

‫عتدة النكاح‬
sses ١١ho used

‫ ءافرًا‬nom. ‫قاال‬

ULARY OF TH، HOLY

y god to which

ct are the dwe-

ach ،"،".‫تمنتًا‬ ‫طق‬

 ‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يعكقزن‬

‫‪ng.) acc.‬‬ ‫تمليًا‬

‫‪OF THS HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪ujv/.،/.‬‬ ‫يغلؤا‬
‫أ م‪٠‬يعلؤا‬
‫‪to know‬‬
‫? ‪not‬‬ ‫بنلؤا‬

‫تعلؤا‬
‫‪jussfei.‬‬

‫حتى تتلؤ‬
‫‪now‬‬‫يتغلزا‬
‫تعلزا‬ ‫م‬

‫< عة تن‬
) ii ‫غتا‬
sing.) ‫يعم‬

be suspended, to

m. Xing.) ‫علم‬

.m. sing.) ‫يك‬

p.m. Xing.) epl, ‫لعتن‬

sing.) ‫تة‬
 ‫‪not‬‬ ‫أت تلم‪٠‬‬

‫)‪t. 2 pic.‬‬ ‫آلتاتم‬

‫ي‬
‫عنم‪٠ ،‬‬ ‫‪knowledge is a‬‬

‫‪nts.‬‬ ‫عألم‬
‫مغلوآت‬
‫عل ت‬
‫‪p.n.‬‬ ‫‪]5‬‬

‫)‬‫أسالين‬
‫لعالين‬ ‫‪,plural‬‬
 ‫يطمآن‬
‫‪p.m. dual.) iv‬‬

‫)‪m, plu.‬‬ ‫يتلؤن‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تتزن‬

‫‪p.‬‬ ‫عةي‬

‫‪. plu.) V‬‬ ‫يتلزن‬

‫ايإر‪،‬ط‪nowledge ٦‬‬

‫ءللم‪٠‬‬
‫)‪c. m. sing.‬‬

‫‪pb.‬‬ ‫ةآلي‪ً،‬اتالئ‬
‫‪edp.s.‬‬ ‫عالمؤن‪ ،‬غادي‬

‫علزا ‪piufiv w.v.‬‬

will epl. w. V. ‫تلن‬

ng.') vi‫لع‬٦‫ق‬
ed, high, above

‫؛‬٠٠ 1‫أغن إعآل‬

n, spoke openly ‫أظم‬

plu.') iv ‫يثؤن‬
 ph».١ ‫تلؤن‬
iv.
ye make public

make publiCj --

OF THl HOLY QURAN

f. sing.) ‫عاية‬

/(smg.) ‫عال‬

ng.) dative. ‫أآلغل‬

ercoming ones

venth Heaven ٨)

nd on the ship

ng.) X ‫انتغال‬
m. juss. v.w. ١ ‫عال‬
lting one ‘‫خالى‬

r upsidedown-

all be garments

, THE HOLY QURAN

rinkers thereon
OP THE HOLY QURAN

pip. ii ‫يعمر‬

ng.) viii ‫اعتمر‬

viii ‫اغتسر‬

nts ‫االترام‬
‫‪ing.) X‬‬ ‫انعمر‬

‫)‪le‬‬ ‫انتمر ايجمارًا‬

‫اإلت‬ ‫‪(to colo-‬‬

‫‪nd‬‬
‫تمتن تمثدًا‬
.m. sing.) ‫يعمر‬

plu.) f.d. ‫ينمرزا‬

‫أن يسررا‬
ph،.) JUM. ii ‫سر‬

B?‫‘ ؛‬p n SI IUJOJ

 ‫ أ‬guiupsaj |B3J

3JJ0 ]soft : SION

U ‘ixijojjsd ‘op
B ‘Bq٠BX JO I

nbajj■) ١٦٢٢٢٢

,It) EJUl■) .‫؛كي‬

‫دلد‬١٨ A3٠‫؟‬١pu
XOIUI Jiaqiui ‘SJ

،0 ABVIOHVOOA

r THB HOLY QURAN

es (rt. p.) ‫أغام‬

 your uncle, *‫يم‬

plu ٠١ ‫يعمهزن‬

sing.) w.v. ‫عمى‬

sing.) w.v. ‫عبت‬

١m, plu,( ‫تغملؤن‬

tion (a.) ‫العمل‬
s, (n. p.) ‫آغال‬

.) ٩‫عاملة‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

rselves against

u.) (‫'أ‬.*.[ ‫عزا‬

‫‪sing.) (u‬‬ ‫تغمى )‪٠.v.‬‬

‫عىي‪٠، p. p. (١١.v.) :‬‬

‫عمى تعيية‬

‫أغمي إغًا‪.‬‬

‫ألعمى‪ ،‬عمتى‬

‫‪erred blindness‬‬

‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫عغون ‪/‬عين‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ص‬ (com.) ‫عا‬

+‫عن‬ (com.) ‫عة‬

‫)‪w (l.c.‬‬ ‫ليثم‬
‫‪ng.) iv,‬‬ ‫آعتت‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫اغتت إئ‪£‬‬

‫‪me‬‬ ‫(‪.‬ارثم(‬ ‫ألت‬

‫عيت عتتًا (س(‬

‫‪ngjacc.‬‬
‫عيتذ ا تنبدًا‬
 r TM HOLY QURAH

phorical phrase

‫عث‬ is a mata-

of ‫ء'ق‬ has

‫العتكرت‬
ng.) «‫؛‬.«. ‫عنت‬

bly, to bedown■
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫عبد ‪-‬ألى‬
o charge, enjoin,

u. ١ ‫عذنًا‬

ed a duty upon

ing.) juss. ‫أغتذ‬

m. sing.) iii ‫عاهد‬

m. plu.) iii ‫عاتدوا‬

 phi.) V.,. ‫تعرد‬
n id. ‫نحد‬
‫ييد‬
. sing.) ،,

‫اتمان؛‬, ‫اكات‬
nneth the crea-

‫ط‬٦ is transitive

e truth is come

٢-‫يندز‬
‫)‪m. sing.) (w.*.‬‬ ‫كاة‬

‫عادزا‬
‫)‪u.) (w.v.‬‬

‫)‬ ‫الدزا‬
‫)‪m. plu.) (w.i‬‬ ‫عذتم‬
‫)‪. phi.) (w.,.‬‬
‫عدنًا‬
‫)‪p.m. plu.)(H'.».‬‬ ‫يسؤدزن‬
‫)‪n (fd.‬‬ ‫يعزدزا‬
‫‪cc..‬‬‫تدزنيعردزا‬
‫)‪plu.) (w.i‬‬
‫آن‬

‫‪fd. w.v.‬‬ ‫تعردزا‬

‫تردن‬
‫‪sing.) epl• W.I‬‬
OF THI HOLY QURAN

. plu.) wy. ‫ييند‬

m. iv. w.v. ‫آعندنا‬

i.) (wy.) ‫عاتزن‬

.p.t.) w.v. ‫تخ؟‬

u.) (w.*.) ‫عذي‬

p.) ‫زرات‬

o know naught
٠‫أخ د إطد‬

OF THl HOLY QURAN ‫عوق‬

.) m, X ‫امتعيثوا‬

ng.) H.V..X ‫الميعآن‬

e age (n.) ‫عران‬

. sing ٠١٥cc. w.«. ‫أييب‬

‫‪.) ii‬‬ ‫المعوقين‬

‫كام‪ nom. ،‬ك‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫آعآن ‪٠٠ .٣٠, (V‬‬

‫‪.) W.V., iv‬‬ ‫آيترا‬

‫أيجوي ؛‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫تعاوثزا ‪٠) w,v٠٠ it‬‬
‫‪plu.) W.V..‬‬ ‫تتتيين ‪١■،‬‬
٥٨-Il٥٩s Sutresj

‫ال‬٩‫ ء‬uunj 3u,jds B-

o ٥5٦ ‫ه‬p ,jood-

earied by their

earied with the

ain ».«. w. ‫اتغن‬

e day whereon

OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫)‪ng.) (w.v.‬‬ ‫غنوت‬

‫)‪lu.) (w.v.‬‬ ‫غدرا‬

‫)‪.) (w.v.‬‬ ‫اغدوا‬

‫‪f.‬‬ ‫تترب ر‪٠‬‬

 them a refuse

o stubbledusky

. sing ‫ ل‬Hi ‫يخر د‬

plu.) iiijuss. ‫يئ‬١‫ى‬

‫ت خ‬٠ ٠‫لم‬
c. (M.) ‫غدى‬
sing.) riii ‫اغترف‬

n- (n.) (1) ‫غزنة‬

he sun ,

e/, adj. m.) ‫الترجًا‬

l. adj, f) ‫غريحة‬
tting sun (west)

pt. dual.} ‫المغربين‬

t. plu.) ‫المغايب‬
ck (n. p.) ‫غرايب‬
g.) assim. * ‫غر‬

singfassim. V ‫غرت‬

. sing.)jus3. ‫يغرر‬

thee ‫نمرتآل‬ ‫فآل‬

sing.) emp. ‫يتن‬

‫غراسأ‬
.) acc.

‫تغرم‬
a debt(».».)

u.) ‫مترمون‬

d, w.v. iv ‫آغرزنا‬
sing.) epl. ‫تغرن‬

W.I. ‫غرى‬
‫رت‬
he pattern of

ting.) el.iv ‫ينرق‬

plu.) iv ‫غرق‬
‫)‬ ‫ألترق‬
‫غزتًا‬
‫‪r.n. ace.‬‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫ألغارميت‬

‫‪THE HOIY QURAN‬‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫مغتسل؛‬
sing.) (w.v.) ‫ينشى‬
to a pronoun)

hen itcovereth.

‫غاز‬
 ‫‪plu.) f. d.‬‬ ‫تغتلزا‬

‫‪iii‬‬ ‫اغتل اغتاآل‬

‫تغشى تغتبًا‬
‫‪ver‬‬

‫تغش‬ ‫‪when attach-‬‬

 ‫اتغتوا‬
. plu.) w.v. X

under X. ‫اثتئعلى‬

urrection( ‫ول‬
‫اازب‬ overwhelm

p f. sing.) ‫تغى‬
m. sing.) w.v. ii ‫غثى‬
.m. sing.) ١٠,١٠» .‫يغثي‬

sing.) w.v. ،V ‫آغقنن‬

m. ring.) w.v. iv ‫يغين‬

p. p. iv ‫أغفن‬
sing.) pip. iv ‫ينثاى‬

. sing.) w.v., * ‫تتثت‬

uif•) (‫؟صج )همال‬

‘XlSfUB3‫ا!ا‬1‫لل‬

Bu3ipu (u■) ?،‫آلج‬

noq_L|٠(K/.٩))

□soqi JO 1٠N
noqi- (‫)كهرد‬

asoqi JO JON

uodn □soqi 1٥M

d aqi) 1٠N oq٨١

jq uoiiBuSipui

oqi JO »UON ‫إ؟‬

") ‫ ضيي‬I ‫ج‬٢‫ي‬

‘pa^oqo aq OI

aijMqa SI ‫ } □(ق‬.

٩)| q٠iq‫حم‬٦ )"( ٨١-

6‫ء‬:8،‫]ل‬

q١a١Bi oqM ‫د‬٩

aq SBM ajaqi 8ui٩

oauios UIOJJ

iauios a،ji‫ج‬ )»١

cui s, oqM aoo))

uo paioiBj,' ‫؟؟‬IT
‫‪A،‬‬ ‫)?‪، Nvan‬ءال‬ ‫‪OH‬‬

‫‪don‬‬ ‫غغرانًا(ض) ‪ -‬ل‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫غغزنآ‬

‫)‪s. (I-C.‬‬ ‫يغقز‬

‫)‪m. phi.‬‬ ‫ينقرزن‬
‫‪e acc.‬‬ ‫تموذا‬
‫تنقر‬
‫)‪sing.) (juss.‬‬

‫تنفرزا‬
‫‪phi.) acc.‬‬

‫نغنز‬
‫‪plu.) juss.‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫اغنر‬
‫‪pip.‬‬ ‫ينغر‬

‫ا‬
‫تبذح‬
‫‪en us. 17:169‬‬
‫)‪mim‬‬
‫)‪n.‬‬ ‫غغران‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫غافر‬

‫يغثزا‬
‫‪.-‬ر‪-.‬‬
‫‪ower acc.‬‬

‫‪. plu.‬‬ ‫اسن ‪١‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫أغطش‬
ng.) ‫غخر‬

OF THl HOLY QURAN

sing.) ‫بؤزن‬
sk forgiveness

g.) X ‫إتتغنز‬
sk forgiveness!

sing). X ‫انتغفرى‬
.) X ‫انغغرزا‬
.) X ‫هستغغرنن‬
ness (v.n.,.٢( ‫انتغآر‬
plu.) ‫تغزن‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫غافل‬

‫)‪i.‬‬ ‫الغافرزين‬

‫غنزرًا ‪٦‬‬
‫غنار‬
‫‪e acc.‬‬
‫)‪one (ints.‬‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫انغفر ‪١‬‬

‫‪X‬‬

‫‪ng.) X‬‬ ‫اتتغقزت‬

‫‪u.) X‬‬ ‫اتغرزا‬

‫‪sing.) Juts.‬‬ ‫يشتغنز‬

‫‪th the forgive-‬‬

. sing.) juss. ‫تتنتر‬

plu.) ‫تتغفرزن‬
phi.) ‫يتتغنرزن‬
cc. ‫يتغفروا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. plufpp. ‫فيرا‬
come ‫ي‬٠
succoureth you there

c. ‫أنالينت‬
.‫غزب‬
c. pac.)

f sing.) . ‫غتت‬

onquer, to gain
 s!ng.)juss. ‫ينيب‬
, sing,١ epl. ‫اغلن‬

plu.) ‫ينلبزن‬
come
plu.)acc.
‫تييبرن‬
‫ينلوا‬

obtained from

e angels, stern.

‫ آأل‬towards ١‫ح‬٦‫خ‬

p. tend- (‫!ر‬.( ‫غلظةة‬

sing.) X ‫استغلظ‬
e thick, strong

unto them.(;،،/.)

sing.) ‫غنط‬
ible) acc. ‫ظيظًا‬

, THB HOLY QURAN

assim. pp. ‫علن‬

said : the hand

 (n.p.) ‫آغالل‬

m. phi.) ‫آل تغلرا‬

sing.) assim. ‫غل‬

en away, deceit,

sing.) assim. ‫يغل‬

sing.) Juss. .‫يلل‬

on is removed

h) (fl. p.) ‫غترات‬

u shouldst see

plu.) ‫تغآضون ألهم‬

. phi.) ‫تغيفزا‬
t, be excessive

ling.] (w.*,) :‫يغا‬

fervesce (liquor)

t (1) (n.) ‫غرة‬

OF TH، Hotv QURAN

‫أغن‬
ng.) w.v.,iv

٠‫أغى لمئ‬
‫ عن‬-
hing

٠-‫ص‬١
ged not except

ich you. 19:28]

(‫م م همآ‬
‫غأ‬
use to mourn

from enemies ‫ا‬

ls (n.p.) -‫مغايم‬

‫ز‬ ‫غنم‬
ss. w.v. ‫تغت‬
c.'lkmt names ‫الغني‬
.) if ‫ األي‬/‫أعتال‬
iv.) W'.v. ‫متون‬

m. sing.) ‫ين‬
ed thee naught.

sing.) ace, ‫تتن‬

dual.) (juss.) ‫ا‬.‫وي‬

plu.)acc. ‫آنيتوا‬

٠, TH, HOLT Qua AN

m.plu.) w.v. ‫يترصزن‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫داك‬

‫)‪. n.‬‬ ‫غرل‬

‫‪ved‬‬ ‫عت‪ ٠٠‬الر‪:‬‬

‫‪pip. w.r. X‬‬ ‫ينزا‬

‫أغأق أظه‪٠‬‬
sing.)w.v. X ‫احقت ث‬

.) acc.
‫غزرًا‬
round (water),

r THl HOLY QURAN

viii ‫و غيي‬
d (v.n.) ‫غيج ا النب‬

١ ٢١ ١
kA b. VPic.

(the existence
 ‫غرينًا‬
‫‪i.) w.v.‬‬

‫ائوئة‬
‫‪ng.) w.v.،V,‬‬

‫‪iv‬‬
‫إرا‪ً٠‬ا‬
‫آغرىآفينًا‬
‫‪u.) w.v. iv‬‬

‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫ألتير تيأ‬

‫‪١‬‬ ‫غى‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫لغارزن‬

‫‪s‬‬ ‫هادئ ا أنايين‬

‫‪y.Juss. viii‬‬ ‫يتب‬

‫‪r TH« HOLY QURAH‬‬

‫‪e‬‬ ‫غي تغنر‪٢‬‬

) w.v. juss vi ‫دسين‬

[‫تني تني‬

v) ‫النيات‬

sing.) w.v. ‫تيغ‬

h vombs absorb
 ‫غيوب‬

a well) (n.) ‫هر‬،‫ي‬

pip. w.v. ‫يغاك‬

. sing. ١w.١.١ii

OF THE HOLY QURAN

age or he may ‫*ج‬

i.) ‫اضئذن‬،

*٠,٠ ‫غيض‬ pp.

m. sing .) *.,٠ ‫ييظ‬

hen, thus, how-
OF TH■ HOLY QURAN

3p.m. sing.) ‫يغتح‬

udge between
m. sing.) ‫افتخ‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

s.) |‫تمقان‬/‫فآغؤ‬٢
plu.) ‫يغثزن‬
weak or faint - ‫عن‬

‫يقترر‬
ing.) pip. ii

‫غغ‬٠ ‫تتر‬
ng.) ii pip ‫تغح‬

ned ‫آل تفكح‬

i.) X ‫اغترا‬

p.m. plu.) X ‫تتغيحزن‬

phi.)f.d.x ‫تسغتحرا‬

u.) ‫الغاييت‬
est of Deciders.

, sing.) ii ‫وغتة‬

٠, TUB HOLY ftURAH

. ling.) acc, ‫عغتن‬

eved is Musa

‫ق‬،‫يغين‬ in this

g. emp.) ‫يج‬:- ‫آل‬

secuted belieV-
 and temptation

m until there be

ver temptation

p. m. plu.) ‫يفينرن‬
phi.) ‫ ل‬id. ‫يغتتقا‬
plu.) el. acc. ‫نغتن‬

tempted -

acc.
‫توثًا‬
pic. m. plu.) ،‫تهب‬

‫)ا‬ (n.) ‫القتتة‬/‫فتة‬

OF THE HOLY QURAH

٦‫ي‬.‫ر‬ iv ‫آفع‬

hful one! explain

m, sing.)x ‫تتغي‬

dual.) X ‫تتفيتيان‬

g.) X ‫اسغي‬
 ‫‪sing.) iv‬‬ ‫يفى‬
‫‪al‬‬
‫< أتى اهًا‬
 ‫تفجر ‪sing.) acc.‬‬

‫‪u.) ii‬‬ ‫ج‪٠٠‬أ‬

‫‪utlet ii‬‬
‫جؤ تغجنرًا‬

‫تقجر ؛آ ‪sing.) ace.‬‬

‫بفجرزن‬
‫‪plu.) ii‬‬

‫آغجير‪٢‬‬
‫جتت‬
‫‪p. ii‬‬

‫يتفجر‬
‫‪sing.) V‬‬

‫تغجر تقجرًا‬
ng.) vii ‫أتقجرت‬
vii
‫أنزجر أنيجارًا‬
tci a pronominal

‫أيفن‬ instead

dual.) ‫تيحي‬
(ir. ‫تية دم‬

youths ،«.‫قتان دم‬

sage («,)
between moun-
‫ع‬٠

es (n. p.) ‫أج‬،■

ling.) el ‫يغجر‬
‫تجر جز‪٢‬‬

‫‪of your women‬‬

‫تغاخر مناحر‬
ng.) ،‫ج‬١٠

t (n.) WiV. 5 ‫جر‬

e, immoderate,
, THE HOLY QURAN

ective of water

ng (LL.) acc. ‫رااًا‬

ng faces («.) ‫فزث‬

ate, cleave, spilt

‫)‪p. n.‬‬ ‫غززج‬

‫‪plu,) Hi‬‬ ‫تغادزا‬

‫‪ing.) riii‬‬ ‫اتدتى ‪ -‬ب‬

riii ‫ب‬-‫انتدن‬

i.yriii ‫ب‬-‫افتدوا‬

u.)riH ‫ ب‬- ‫يغتدى‬

om, in order to

om (or ransom)

OR THl HOLY QURAN

p. n.) ‫فرادتى‬
‫الفزدوس‬

‫)‪g.) (asslm‬‬ ‫فقت‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫فرزت ‪٠١‬‬

‫)‪p.m. plu.‬‬ ‫فزتم‬

‫يزئ‬
‫)‪m, sing.) (assim‬‬

‫)‪plu.) (assim‬‬ ‫قفرؤن‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫فؤزا‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫فرارًا‬
‫)‪ling.‬‬ ‫يغرح‬
‫‪. plu.‬‬ ‫يفرحن ‪١‬‬

‫‪be‬‬ ‫يغرحزا ‪،,‬ممه‬

‫‪fd.‬‬
m. plu.) ‫تغرحزن‬

m. sing ‫د‬ ‫آل تغرخ‬

m. phi.) ‫آل غرحرا‬

exultant (■«‫ ل‬٤‫في‬
exultant ‫ًا ب ًا دم‬

* THl HOLY QURAN

osoever ordain-

١ ‫أفرار‬
‫المتي‬
ay
aches a fleeing
e (n. p. t.)
u. ١ ‫فرشتا‬

extend, stretch

) acc. ‫فزش ا فزشأ‬

als ‫ فز شع‬of

rflies (p.n.) ‫النراش‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN
ng.) ‫فارضع‬

m. sing.) acc. ‫يغرط‬

p. ting.) ii ‫فيظي‬

plu.) ‫زنطم‬

remiss, we neg*

ed us) that we
‫‪m.phi.)acc.fd. 5‬‬‫غرضزا‬
‫فريتة )‪(،».‬‬

‫‪. !ing.) acc.‬‬ ‫تغرؤضًا‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تغرغ‪ -‬ل‬

‫‪ng.) acc.‬‬ ‫ارغًا‬

‫آفغ دراع‬
ot been remiss

(acc. v.n.)
‫فرطًا‬
air is exceeding

ng.) ‫رغت‬
OB TH، HOLY QURAN

plu.) ii ‫غرقرن‬

plu.)f.d. ii ‫يتر قزا‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يغرقرن‬
 ‫فزقة‬

e،. 2 pic.) ‫فييق‬

groups . ٠ ٠'
‫‪.) V‬‬ ‫تقرزن‬
‫لمتةرترن‬

‫)‪erf. sing.‬‬ ‫غرقة‬

‫‪ng.) V‬‬ ‫تفرق‬

‫رس‬ ‫‪Lest ye‬‬

 ht.) 1 ‫تغرقزا‬
m. plu.) , ‫آل تغر تزا‬

OR THE HOLY QURAN

‫ادلى ادد‬

‫ىا‬
r is changed
when the verb

us ‫اترلى‬
 sing.) viii ‫أترنع‬
phi.) ‫اترننًا‬
p. m. sing ٠(١ ‫غترن‬
Ht

m. sing.) el. ‫يفترى‬

m. plu.) ‫يغترذن‬
m. plu.) ‫تغترؤن‬
r to el. ‫يغترفا‬
plu.) acc. ‫رنيت‬

p.m. sing.) viii ‫اتى‬

sing.) acc. ‫يتتفز‬

active, deceive,
 ght to unsettle

plu.) X ‫يتفؤفن‬

m. singjx ‫اتتفزز‬

sing.) ‫فيع‬

٩. m. plu.) ‫آل تغترزا‬

plu. ١١ ‫يغترزن‬

hould not produce

.) pip. ‫يفترى‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫غترى‬

‫)‬ ‫مغتر آى‬

‫)‬ ‫افتحزا‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫تغتحرا‬
 ١٦٠٢٢٦ «) ١
h،.

el. if ‫يفيد‬
plu.) iv ‫يغيدون‬
orruptly or they

،.١ ‫فزعزا‬

ght is taken off >

‫ز‬٠ ‫ص‬ n to be free from !*ear

r( ‫أفزع ( اآبر‬

p. m. ling.) ‫يفتح‬

, TH■ HOLY QURAN

p.m. plu.) ‫يغشقؤن‬

plu.) ‫غقزن‬

Jid.) (m) ‫فسق‬

ng) acc. ‫يق ا ؟يقًا‬
5

ak-hearted, co-

me weak-hear-

. plu.) ‫آل تغدوا‬

plu.) epl.
ause corruption-
‫فدن‬
phi.) el. ‫ففيد‬
‫فتر تفينرًا‬

ng.) ‫فسق‬

OF THK HOLY ٩URAM

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫نصلن‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يغيل‬

‫‪ng.) u‬‬ ‫فشل‬

‫نئل غني‬

‫‪u.) ii‬‬ ‫نتتآ‬

‫‪sing.) ii‬‬ ‫يقكل‬
heart. (‫ؤس‬

ot lest you lose

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫‪ng.) acc.‬‬
‫مغتًال‬
‫)‬ ‫مفصآلت‬
‫)‪i‬‬
‫تفصيًال‬

‫‪k v.n. vii‬‬ ‫أنيتام‬

‫)‪ns.‬‬ ‫أنقتم أننتامًا‬

‫‪us‬‬‫آل تفتحزا ن‬
‫ن ‪ shortened to‬ؤ‬

‫‪m. phi.) vii‬‬ ‫أنتزا‬

‫‪sing.) ii pp.‬‬ ‫نتتن‬

courcc disting-

u.) ‫الغا يلنن‬

‫فصال‬
‫فيية‬
Hi
f. sing.)
or TH, HOLY QURAN

arge of women,

.m. sing. ١ ‫يتفتل‬

i.

٠/٠( ‫نضل‬
ated, dispersed

lu.)vii fd. ‫ينغشزا‬

OF THE HOL QURAN

. plu.) » ‫يتغطرن‬
‫تغطر تفطرًا‬

g•) V« ‫انغطرت‬

nstitution with

ome comment-

i- ‫طزذ‬ alers
‫‪llah‬‬ ‫عن اف‬
‫اش‬ ‫فضل ننل‬
‫‪ah‬‬
‫تغيًال‬
‫‪. ii acc.‬‬

‫‪you hath gone‬‬

‫فتر فطور آ‬
 , THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing, ١ ‫يغل‬

phi.) ‫يغفعلزن‬
o f.d. acc. ‫يغعلوا‬
.d. ace. ‫يتفعال‬

g.) ‫إح‬٠‫ا؛‬

‫و‬ p.m. singfpp. ‫فيل‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫(‪٠‬‬ ‫ناعل‬
‫)‪c. m. plu..‬‬ ‫ةاعلون‬
‫‪،‬علة‪،‬‬
‫تعال‬
‫)‪.‬‬ ‫تمعتن أل‬ ‫‪acc.‬‬
‫مغعوًال‬

‫فظظ★‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫فعلي‬
u.) ‫نعلقا‬
،.١ ‫فسأن‬

p. pht.)
st p.plu.)
‫فتم‬
‫تعنآ‬

g.) ٦‫ز‬١٠

k the vertebrates

sing.) ‫فيير ا ألفقز‬

ones (n.p.) ‫الفقراء‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تغقدزن‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫غقد‬
overty (v.n.) ‫الغقر‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) V ‫تغكرزن‬
. plu.) V.‫تقكرزا‬

‫تجك‬ . In this verse

‫أن تغرم‬ i.e.,

eing (u) ‫نك‬

‫)‪m.plu.‬‬ ‫يغقمون‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تغشبؤن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫غقة‬
‫تتغقةزا ‪.٠.‬؛‪plu.١f.d.e‬‬

‫< كق تغينرًا ‪،‬‬

‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تقكوؤن‬
, THE HOLY QURAN

the measure of)

sing.) ir ‫يغك‬
.plu.) ‫يغيحرن‬

he neck. ‫فكرتية‬

vii ‫أنفك أنيكك‬

plu.) ‫تفكبرن‬

Raghib the verb

‫ تعج‬wondering
OF TH، HOLY QURAN

c. ‫فالنًا‬/ ‫فآلن‬

eT ٠٠ :٠٠ ,‫ا‬
ith shady trees)

are successful

cc. ‫لن تغيحؤا‬

ng.) r ‫انغلق‬
OP THE HOLY QURAN

e one (at the time

e to exist, waste
sing.) acc. ‫آزر‬

, n.p.t. ‫عغازة‬

sing.) ii ‫أنوض‬
>■ boiled up
OF THE HOLV QURAN

mouth (com.) acc>

r from the sur-
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫ب‪٠‬وا‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تفء‬
r THE HOLY QURAN
plu.) iv ‫تقبضون‬

ngaged therein.

1) ٠٠
f. sng. ١ ‫تفيض‬

ng.) iv ‫اض‬٠١

lu. ‫ ل‬iv ‫أنشتم‬

eject as worth-

ing.) IV ‫أتر‬
(n.p.) ‫القبزر‬
t. ‫المقار‬

(‫هذر‬.)
f extraordinary
ible

‫المقبرحي‬
oathsome ones
«.) acc.
 plu.) ‫يقبضزن‬
heir hands (،’.،.,

lu.) ‫يقبغن‬-

cc. ‫قتة‬
. sing.) ‫قبل‬

m. plu.) ‫آل تقزا‬

epted ‫ثه‬٠‫تتبل‬
‫آل‬
d pip. acc.
ccepted ‫لن *بل‬
‫)‪k, a brand (n.‬‬ ‫قبس‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫ا;‪.٠ ٠‬‬

‫قبض ‪ -‬إلى‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫يغبض‬
F THE HOLY QUAN

ng.) 5‫بل‬

. iv) ‫متقابلين‬
g.) X ‫مشتقبل‬

r point (n) ‫ية‬

s usage it means
r house a place

‫غت خ‬
‫يتقل‬
m. sing.) *

‫لن يقبل‬
g.) acc.

p‫؛‬u. ١ ‫تقبل‬

g.) .‫تقبل‬
g.) tv. ‫اقبل‬

o come to - ‫ألى‬
‫‪lu.) iv‬‬ ‫أقؤا ‪ -‬على‬
‫‪lu.‬‬ ‫ؤتأ ‪١ ,،‬‬

‫‪y (a noun‬‬ ‫قبل‬

m, so We shall
< tribes n. p. ‫ًاال‬٠

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ‫قتلت‬
‫»رم‬
‫قتلؤا‬
t p. sing.)
hi.)

2 p. piu.) ‫قتلتم‬
 perf. 1st. p. plu.')

m. phi.) : ‫عتؤال‬٢ ‫آل‬

 .m. plu.) )UM. ;‫تمتزد‬
ght-fisted, nigg-

‫قتورًا‬/ ‫قترر‬
.) ،*, ‫المقير‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 p. ‫قيتم‬

p. m sing.) pip. ‫يغل‬

phi.) ii‫يقتون‬
F.
‫قتل تقتيًال‬
-٤
t the trilit*
. Thus while ‫تل‬

ignifies to ma-

‫أش‬ may be taken in

 ‫ بي‬JJ,.
slay !
s ‫اقتوا اغسكم‬
cal background

w he devised ‫ل‬

i ‫ةاتلوا‬
‫‪p. Hi‬‬ ‫وحي‬
‫‪lu.) pip,‬‬‫يقاتؤن‬
‫‪ng.) viii‬‬ ‫اقتل‬

‫يقتيآلي ‪dual) viii‬‬

‫‪e v.n. ii acc.‬‬ ‫تتيأل‬

‫تتال‪ /‬افتاله‬
‫القتلى (‪.‬م‬
‫‪،‬‬

‫يقتلؤا ‪cc. pip. ii‬‬

p. m. sing.) Hi ‫يقاتل‬
sing.) Hi ‫تاتل‬

‫يقايال‬
‫تغايزن‬
ght acc.
m. plu.) iii

. plufiii ‫لن آتلز ا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ently observed

‫قذح‬ nom ‫قذح‬

 m. sing.) viii ‫اقتعم‬

mated not Allah

١١٠ sing.) ‫قدر‬
dain ii
‫تنر تغينرًا‬

created every*

h the provision
ave ‫لن يغير‬

neg.) ‫آل قدرزن‬

plu.)(fd.) ‫تقيروا‬

o repent before

phi.) ‫شير‬

r THS HOLY QURAN

sent it (i ٠e٠,

is power, honour,

ate (‫على دي‬

mated Allah not
 ‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫مقدور‬
‫)‪, («.,.‬‬ ‫عقدار‬
‫‪g.) viit‬‬ ‫مقتير‬
‫‪.) vifi‬‬ ‫مقتيرزن‬

‫< قدت تغييسًا ‪-‬‬

‫رزح ألقدى‬
ccording to his

and ‫قيير‬ may Sigi

t he ١١ ill. accord-
. sing.) ‫يقدم‬
posed to all evil

. singjii ‫المقدسس‬
g.) ii ‫اقذتأ‬
f ‫ اآلرض‬,that

ome, shall turn,

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. plu.) ‫قدمرا‬

and > ‫ ل‬- ‫تدم‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN
»‫دتا‬١ ‫اقتذى‬
-‫ب‬
y (of deeds)

٠ ;‫ادي‬ of

‫عدى‬
n , but

‫نا اتكي‬
as

.) viii ‫مغتدفن‬
lowers on their

sing.) ‫قذف‬
you, who shall

plu.) X ‫يتتغيمقن‬
plu.) X ‫تتشييرن‬

ting. 5 ‫درجنة‬

ve phi.) ‫زل‬٠ ‫اآلنت‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

y would not ٠

ng.) ‫تأت‬
u.) ‫زأآل‬
plu.) ‫يغرؤزن‬

pip.) ‫ترأ‬
g.) ‫أغرأ‬
ok. ‫إقراكيك‬

sing.) ‫غذفن‬-

،., throw words

p.m. plu.) ‫يقيفزن‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬‫غزن‬
‫)‪.‬‬ ‫اغذف‪:‬‬

‫‪p‬‬ ‫يغذززن‬

‫)‪n, (or) (n.‬‬ ‫قرز •‪٠‬‬

plu.) f d. ‫يقربزا‬

o approach, to

approach ‫آل يقربوا‬

. dual.) ‫آلتتر آ‬

plu.) iv ‫شرئ‬

e thee to recite
OB TH! HOLY QURAN

ive f.) ‫اقزب‬

ich an appro- ٠
 ‫قراق‬
‫)‪n. p.‬‬

‫•' اع بتث‬
‫ترتراج‬
‫‪for God) acc.‬‬
‫‪m. sing.) ii‬‬

‫ق ب تغريًا‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫)‪om.‬‬ ‫آل تغرىزن‬

‫)‪tive.‬‬ ‫أقرب‬
‫أقرب رخرًا ‪on-‬‬

‫‪tion‬‬ ‫آقرب موقة‬

 ‫قريب‬
‫ي‬٠
sing.) '

‫قريب‬ is formed

ught nigh ( ‫المتربرن‬

p.‫"ر‬, sing.) acc. ‫تقر‬
( ‫ر بر «ذًا‬

rate f. sing.) ‫قرى‬

nk thou ‫؛‬/٠)

ain) offered an

ring.) ‫تقرب‬

p.m. plu.) f.d. ‫بقريزا‬

m. sing.) viii ‫اترب‬

OB THE HOLY QURAN

f eyes) (n.) ٦‫ر‬

 the H. Q. tend

‫ر‬:‫قرار‬

u.) iv ‫آفزتم‬
 ‫!‪[2:84‬‬

‫‪b‬‬ ‫تشهدون‬

‫)‪(st p. plu.‬‬ ‫آفررنًا‬

agree and will

remained X ‫انتقر‬
‫‪plu.) iv‬‬ ‫آننزا‬

‫‪lu.) iv‬‬ ‫أئدضيم‬

‫‪. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫يغرض‬

‫تر‬ ‫‪acc.‬‬
‫قزنًا‬
‫)‪n.‬‬ ‫فرطاس‬
‫‪.p.y‬‬ ‫قرايكن‬
‫تم‬ means here 'womb'
loins) (/.A.)

sing.) viii ‫يغقترف‬

r earned a good

phi.) viii ‫يغتر فزن‬

pic. f. sing) ‫قارقة‬

ity ceaseth not

 ‫أزن أر ‪€٠١‬‬

‫‪u.) acc. viii‬‬ ‫مئرنين‬

(n.p.) ‫قتى‬

dual n.) ‫أقزيين‬

Taif (IK) ‫ح‬٠

ing.) ،‫ن ا قين‬٠‫اقر‬

des, (n.p.) :‫ترن‬

d ‫ذز اقز نين‬

ng to a majority
m. plu.) ii ‫مقرين‬

.) ،» ‫مفرنن‬

Of THB HOLY QURAN

. plu.) ‫يقيمزن‬

ng.) iii ‫ نم‬١٠

ts who were re-

 piu.)iv. f.d. ‫قيعلرا‬

) iv ‫آنيطزا‬

e (e/ ٠ r،ve) ‫أتئن‬

u.)acc.. vi ‫المقنطين‬

OF THZ HOLY QURAN

u.) vi ‫تقاسمرا‬
ioning) ‫ة‬-‫القن‬
‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تقمزا‬
|JO 90101 ،pU8

O ٠ ٠٩١ippitu

Xsujnof ‫خما؛ دبي‬٣‫) ا‬

‫ح‬9‫لج‬ ١
■٠٦٩١ ]

B ,s ٠٩١ 3٠jip■

6٤‫ا‬:‫أ‬٤‫ل‬

aui٠٩١٥٩١ st٩١

٠٩١ *U,,(|B«):

apotu x٩١ 8uub ٥٩

gd•) ١٢٢

I٩S •j٠pp٢٦٩s 0١

٦٦٢، ٢٦٢٠٢

r ‫حم‬

y)) ٥٥٥- ،/I.,. ?١١٢١‫؛‬

M (spSue‫؛‬J١S٠‫؛‬
u٥)٠ (P٠U3!SSB)

‫ 'اس‬untuui٥٥!-B٥
‫ ل‬٠٨ spucqsriq*

* UXUOM ‫!د‬٠٩‫ا‬

JJS pjuun UO

v٢٩d ٠٠٢: ٠‫ ؟‬٠١

iop ٥٩١ -0||OJ

٩‫ ا‬XpiiniuiuoJBSi
UEOijjnq JO) 5|b8

ossj pus JeOJ OI

ASJsqjo JO ‫؛‬s

OO [SJ 1B٥١٦٠ ٩
s )! SB ‘aSuaA

OIJB!|E١٠J ٥٩١

un piES sqs puy

uiuestu JSqOB
q, S٥٨‫؛‬١BJJ,U

'sauois) (‫ )آلال‬١r٢

٠‫ذني‬٩ }*‫ا‬١‫>ا‬1 ‫س‬

‫ةقيية (غ‬
(m.) (
‫آتى ( آتًا‬

f.) ‫القمو ى‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫يقزى‬

de acc. .‫ ب‬٠

with the truth.

nay (el.) ‫لقنى‬

ry ! 0 keeper 1

n. fd. ١ ‫يقخن‬
ave performed

have c٥mp،e٠
OF TH، HOLY QURAN

ing.) el. pip. ‫يقضى‬

ee not with the

ng.) acc. ‫قضت‬-

‫)‪. sing.‬‬‫تقضن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫يقضون‬
‫‪t‬‬ ‫يقضوايقمون‬
‫آل‬
‫‪p.m. plu.} el.‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫اتض‬

‫}‪ng.‬‬ ‫تاض‬
‫‪c1‬‬ ‫‪",‬ر‬ ‫}‪sing.‬‬ ‫القاية‬
evered his life-

p. m. sing.)acc. ‫يقتع‬

sing.) el. ‫ييقتع‬

١ho disbelieve.

e. ‫ييقطغ و‬
p.)
. plu.) ‫يقطيرن‬
) ‫يظران‬
(n. p.) ‫آقطا ر‬

?٠ plu.) ‫قتتم‬

perish. ‫ دارء‬-

ne palms ye cut
sundered them

d
‫نًا‬٦‫قز‬ in this

،‫ء‬. has chosen

‫)‪e. m.p/u.‬‬ ‫اتطعرا‬

‫قلع‬
‫« )‪ng.‬‬

‫قطع تغيب‬
 y have divided

e night. 115:651
ome comment-

night (n) ‫تتع‬

Rgh. that means

‫ت‬
‫صزم‬ made on the
and
 ‫بل‬
ng.)pip. ii

‫بتمئح‬
ng.) »

‫تقكع غط‬

‫ت‬
d has been

‫)م‬
‫رغبيح‬ is
due to
OF THE HOLY QURAN

remain behind

oved
‫تؤدًا‬-
ain, ‫ عن‬-
o had lied unto

‫سكدذا‬
u.)

‫تقىد‬
sing.) acc.

‫تقعد‬
‫ًا 'نئن‬.‫ك‬
1st p.plu.)

‫آل قعد‬
m. sing)

‫آل قدوا‬
. phi.)
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫تاطعة‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫مقطزع‬
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫مقطزعة‬

‫)‪p.‬‬ ‫قطوئ‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

iaces n.pt. ‫مقاعد‬

. sing.) ‫ال تغف‬

to walk behind
‫)‪n.p.‬‬ ‫القراءد‬

‫‪. sing.) ii‬‬ ‫يقلب‬

‫)‪) 2‬‬ ‫)قتب كيي‬

urn aside their

d them over on

p■ ii ‫تتي‬

ii ‫ب‬-‫تفينًا‬

p. ‫غلزن‬
‫‪u.) vii‬‬ ‫أنقبم‬
‫‪sing.) vii‬‬ ‫نقب‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تتقلب‬
‫* ‪ver‬‬ ‫< تقلت تقبًا‬
‫تتل ح‪.‬لر‪٠,‬ا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫أنقلب أنقآلب‬

‫‪ as a des-‬ألعآل‬
‫‪rn‬‬ ‫آن ينقيت‬
‫)‪(juss.‬‬ ‫يعلث‬
‫‪phi.} vii‬‬ ‫نقلؤن‬

‫‪return fd.‬‬ ‫ينتبزا‬

‫‪. plu.) fd.‬‬ ‫تقبوا‬

‫)‪(n.p.‬‬ ‫القآلعد‬
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫القالين‬

‫‪1681‬‬
‫)‪u.‬‬‫مقتحؤن‬
‫آثح إشآحًا‬

‫‪. pic.‬‬ ‫مقمح‬

m. sing.) il ‫يقلل‬

ng.) ace.
‫بًال‬/‫ينل‬

plu.) ‫نلزن‬
y, to be de ٠

m ١ be devout un-

ng.١ acc. ‫ةيًا‬،‫تانئ‬

 ‫قانتأئ‬

‫)‪. phi.‬‬ ‫تطزا‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫يغتط‬

‫)‪m. phi.‬‬ ‫غنطرن‬
‫)‬ ‫تج اتًا‬
 ٠١٦٠٦ ‫<آتى‬
one satisfied with

m. sing.) ‫ال تعسره‬

m. plu.) ‫آلعتطؤا‬

e) (ints.) ‫قراه‬

serving charity
s (n. ٥.( ‫فان‬

OB THE HOLY QURAN

s (n.p.) ‫القيعة‬
ame lexiconists
g.) ‫»اك‬

eme above His

nts.) ‫القآر‬
ce, short (n.) ‫قاب‬

(‫ار‬- ‫آقراي‬ p.)

OB TH HOLY QURAN

‫آل تقل‬
e. neg.)
dual) (‫كقر‬,( ‫آل‬٠‫ش‬٠

2 p.m. plu.) ‫تقورن‬

y fd acc. ‫توًال‬
m. plu.) ‫تررا‬

. p. sing.) ‫قلي‬

plu.) ١‫أئث‬٠
u.) ‫فتم‬
1st. p. plu.) ‫قنت‬

yfacc.) ‫يغزل‬

. sing.) epl. ‫بتؤلن‬

sing.) ‫تول‬

say acc. ‫عرل‬

‫)‪m. phi‬‬ ‫قامزا‬
‫‪ng,) V‬‬ ‫تقول‬

‫)‪, (r.fl.‬‬ ‫قزل‪ /‬أقرل‬

‫)‪gs (n. p.‬‬ ‫أآةاويل‬

‫‪ome grammari-‬‬

‫يقزتان )‪m. dual‬‬

‫ق|م'غذة(ص‬
 acc. ‫تشزم‬

‫غم‬
m.v.d.) 5

m. sing.) acc. 5‫زم‬

‫اا‬ stand forth.

Ik. Zrn. when

OF THE HOLY QURAN

anslators have

ng.) iv ‫آقى‬
plu.) iv ‫آةمزا‬

l (‫آ‬.،., folio-
. dual‫؛‬ ‫يقومان‬

.plu.) ‫عوسرن‬
stand or they will

plu.) (fd.)
and or observe
‫قزمؤا‬

.) ‫قزمزا‬

i
‫< قؤم تقونًا‬

‫آقام اضأتأ‬
‫)‪hings (2‬‬ ‫الدن‪-‬‬

‫‪u.) X‬‬ ‫انقامز‪١‬‬

‫اتقام انيقاتة‬
plu.) iv ‫يقمؤن‬

h (‫ آلصآلة رر‬-

1 ,١ ٠Cr،KKBU٦J>،١
.) ‫اتقيشؤا‬
g.) (R.F.) ،’‫ج‬

nd (i.e.، in their
same commen-
‫)‪(inis. n.‬‬ ‫ترامزن‬

‫‪) acc.‬‬ ‫ق‪5‬ايين‬

‫)‪(1) (n. pt.‬‬ ‫تقام‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

scourses eter*

nt (v.n) ‫إتام ألل‬

ng r.n. ‫اإلتامة‬

surrection(». > ‫قامة‬

n.f.) ‫عقاتة‬
ough His grace,

.) !‫ال‬ ‫متيم‬
ght (Ap-der,) ‫أقيم‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ooth, much wal-

fn.) ‫البر؛‬
aced the drop-
, THE HOLY QURAN

u.) ‫ةملرن‬

r violence came

acc ٠ ‫عقيًال‬
‫‪.} iv‬‬ ‫المقين‬

‫‪ii‬‬
‫قق غيضًا‬
‫‪ned unto them‬‬

‫قين ‪.‬الال‬ ‫‪ii‬‬

d as a preposi-

r (alphabet) ‫لي‬

ronominal) ‫ق‬
ixed to a noun)

Ol ٥ ‫(االد‬S)IP)UI

J٥yns (‫ اله‬OJ ■J3A1J

(‫ الرب‬OJ [I,*op

j8 qj٥o8‫؛‬UO 8u
peaisut ،? J٠

‫ أال‬pjOM ‫ز‬١‫»! ج‬

ubuj puy ‫اال‬0‫ال‬

3H1 iO ABVinHVDOA

OP THS HOLY QURAH

lu.)U(el.) ‫يكروا‬
u.) Iv ‫آكزن‬

ey were astonished at

smg.}v.acc. ‫تكر‬

ding is hard unto

 phi.) acc. ‫ترزا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫كبي الكيث‬

‫* )‪. plu.‬‬ ‫يئكرون‬

‫‪ing.) X‬‬ ‫استغر‬

‫‪ng.) X‬‬ ‫استكرت‬

‫‪plu.) X‬‬ ‫استكروا‬

 plu.) X ‫يستكر زن‬

ptu.) X ‫تستكبرون‬

ness (‫دار‬-).

‫تورل‬ who undertook the

OF THE HOLY QURAN

) (dative) ‫كر‬١
and evil alike)
culine and femi-

remembrance

ve f.) ‫الكبرى‬

p.) :‫كرا‬
 (‫)ل‬ hard

y any spending

cc.
‫كيأرًا‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫كتت‬
ss (,.".) X ٢‫انيقبار‬

ing■) PP■ ‫ككبزا‬

rled ٠٠
OF THt HOLY QURAN

ing.) pp. ‫ا كنؤا‬

 cribed for you.

sing.) el. \ ‫يغخت‬

ite ‫يغشت ا‬
. sing.)‫خين‬

phi.) ‫يكتزن‬

sing.) ‫كي‬٦
OR THE HOLY QURAN

word ‫مكاتبة‬

sing.) [ ‫ب‬٢

(v.n ) (n.) ‫كتاك‬

Book the verses

١ ho are akin are

rom the cr,e ٠

sing. ١ ١iii ‫اكتب‬

‫كتا‬٦ ‫ا كتتب‬

m. plu.) Hi ‫كثزا‬
hose,‫؛‬And fr،,mani

OF THZ HOLY QURAN

. prop.) ‫الكتان‬
word ‫كتأب‬

e. f I 3: ‫لل‬
8
OR TH، HOLY OUR AH

‫آلم الز‬ ,that

m. plu.) acc. ‫يغتمن‬

of ‫تة‬١‫كق‬ is just

c. m. sing.) ‫مكتزًا‬

ore unjust than

. ring.) ‫يكتم‬
. plu.) ‫يكعون‬

‫مكارب‬
n (v.n.) iv

٧ ‫ائكاثر‬
esire of
Jid. i dr rivalry in

١١. sing .) ‫كآيح‬

g.) vii ‫ابكدرن‬

ng,) ‫كثرت‬

(n.v.) ‫كتري‬

sing.) «‫كثر‬

ost often used

ch (elative) ‫ًا كة‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫كذبن‬
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫كذوزا‬
‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫يكذرزن‬

‫)‪2p.m. plu.‬‬ ‫نكذيزن‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫كذب‬

‫كذت غزيًا‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫كذتن‬

stars ‫از‬ 1 fall.

some commen-

tars 11 ‫ز‬ be

o be niggardly

m. sing.) ‫كذب‬

‫عا‬- ‫ على‬-
ainst ss.
'-'fab-
r THS HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫كآزب‬
‫كآزًا‬
u.) (nom.)‫كاذتن‬

ic.f. sing.) ‫كاذة‬

‫كذاب‬
g the (v.n.)

‫'غطن تئد‬
‫مكذزب‬
pact, pic.)

. m. plu.)
)U acc.
‫المتتيرت‬
٢ ‫اككذين‬
y ‫ي‬-
lu.) ،، ‫كذيزا‬

e
al
‫ى‬
‫ كد ى‬:‫كذزا ف‬
IS short-

‫كذنن‬
.‫ب‬-
u.) ii

‫يكذب‬
sing.) ii

‫تكذبان‬
. dual) ii

‫يكذيزن‬
plu.) ii

com.)‫يكذبزي‬
‫تكذبرن‬
. plu.) ii

‫خذوا‬،
٠٠٠,٠
ny acc. ii

plu.) ii ‫بكذب‬

p. ii *‫كدت‬
4i/were/denied

.il ‫كل تغ‬

‫كز‬ signifies a
‫كرب ’ الكرب‬
t, overburden,
e) (it. dual) ‫كيتين‬

, THB HOLY QURAN

el. ‫ملككرنيم‬
‫‪n.‬‬ ‫رغتأكرنمًا‬

‫‪peech, gracious‬‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫ميخريزن‬

‫آلدتكرمزن‬
‫آكرى‬
‫)‪ate. f. sing.‬‬
 ‫)‪c.‬‬ ‫كريم ألكريم‬
‫‪d, benefi- acc.‬‬ ‫كرنمًا‬
 phi.) ‫يكرزن‬

plu.) acc. ١‫تغرعز‬

hou compelled

m. plu.) ‫آل تغرعقا‬

t- ‫كراي بررة‬
‫ًا «اك‪u.‬‬ ‫مكرمون‬

‫‪sing.) ii‬‬ ‫فكرتة‬

ver carneth evil

. dual.) ‫كحال‬

plu.) ‫كبؤ ا‬

od things) ‫كتنتم‬

sing.) ‫يكيسب‬

plu.) ‫يكيبرن‬

plu.) ‫تكيجزن‬

slave-girls to،

whoredom and
m. plu..) ‫كآرهزن‬
u.) acc.‫كرهنن‬

, TH, HOLY QURAN

5‫"؛‬£.) viii ‫اكعتت‬

phi.) viii ‫ا كتسن‬

c.(2) (.‫رصع‬

o remove, take ‫عن‬

u. ١ ‫كجفت‬

‫ ع‬removed from

e. m. plu.) ‫اكزا‬
 of hal for ‫القلرب‬ )

sing.) ‫يكيغ‬
move (hurt, diviress.

p ١p. ‫ميكقف‬
‫‪ng.‬‬ ‫ج‪١‬ثئ’ ‪١‬‬

‫كآشقة كثفز‬
‫كآثفو‬
‫)‪pic. f. sing.‬‬
‫‪<n.d.‬‬

‫'ختان‬
‫)‬

‫)‪ng breasts‬‬ ‫كناب‬

‫كفزًا ‪١.n.) acc.‬‬

r.fl ٠) acc. ) ‫دامًا‬
, (prop, fl.) ‫الكنبة‬

r TH، HOLY QURAN

ng.) ‫كقزت‬

elves is he who

ho disbelieved.
 ‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫آن يكفر ز (‪(٠‬‬
‫ت آ كقر‬
‫آفال اتتجي‬
‫)‪onder‬‬

‫‪from any adjective‬‬

‫‪s, v.n.‬‬
‫‪al acc.‬‬
‫كغر‬
‫ألكغر اكفرًا‬
‫)‪pic. m. sing.‬‬ ‫كافره‬
‫)‪g.‬‬‫كافرة‬
‫كنرؤن ‪ ,‬كانرين‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪massenger‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬‫كافرة‬
‫ألكرافر ‪١‬‬

‫‪u.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫كفر يم‬

‫‪u.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫كفروا‬

‫)‪. ling.‬‬ ‫يكغر‬

‫)‪plu .‬‬ ‫يكفرون‬
 plu.) acc. ‫تكغروا‬
.m. plu.) ‫تكعرون‬

m.plu. ١acc. ‫تكغرزا‬

g.) ‫ا كغز‬
.) ‫ا كفروا‬

m. sing.) ‫كفر‬
was denied rejected

ect to disbelief)

g.) ‫يكقر‬
or denied ‫ ب‬-

OR THE HOLY QURAN

nis.) ‫كفار‬
s. of ‫كغ كانمل؛‬ or

،، ‫كغر كفيرًا‬
 ‫)‪s (crime‬‬ ‫عن‬

‫يكقر ‪sing.) jussii‬‬

‫‪ng.) epl. Ii‬‬ ‫ألأكغرت‬

‫‪plu.) juss ii‬‬ ‫نكقز‬
‫‪plu.) epl. ii‬‬ ‫آثكغرن‬

‫‪of‬‬ ‫كفارة ر كغر‬

‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫كآنررًا‬
‫‪nial (v.n.) acc.‬‬ ‫كؤر‪٢‬‬ ‫‪disbelief, rejection ingrate,‬‬ ‫كغره ‪.) r‬سل(‬ ‫‪thankless‬‬ ‫كفزر] ؛ بعه‬
‫ًا‬
‫كفار ‪ ٢‬ألعغار كفار‬
‫وعداشهلمثفتينوألمثيشتوالككارتلرجهتم‬

‫‪b. plu‬‬ ‫الكفرة )‬

s ٥٢ (vegeta-

plu.) ‫يعلزن‬

g.) ،V ‫ كفت‬١
‫ لجًا‬meand ‫ما‬ it)

have appointed

nine ‫كنلهه‬

ng.) (v, assim) ‫كف‬

ff from ‫ عن‬-
ay not) restrain

-daul n.) ‫كفنه‬

‫م‬. m. sing.) ‫تكفل‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

as above; some-
‫)‪sing.){w.v.‬‬ ‫يكنه‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫آلن يكف‬

‫لم‪٠‬‬ ‫يقي‬ ‫‪jlss.f.d.‬‬

‫كفل‬
‫ذو كفين‬
‫)‪a portion (n.‬‬

‫اليفل‬
‫)‪duai «.‬‬
‫‪rop.‬‬
sufficient, ss is

u.) («.,.)
‫كغننًا‬

m. phi.) ii ‫بكلف‬

ject of this verb

.) acc. r ‫المكلفين‬
 (1) v.fl. ‫كاالت‬

and child (‫رركد‬.)

cient, protector ٠

sing.) h.t ‫يككؤ‬

sing.) ii ‫طف‬

stood( ‫) مقدر‬

٤ takes tanween

s (com.) ‫ اكرا‬،‫ال‬
f particle) ‫مفآل‬

‫ل؛كا‬٦ this verse

nds on (n.) "‫كل‬

ve noui:—Lis.)

neth to an app*
OF THE HOLY QURAN

f. sing.) V ‫تكلم‬

oning an accu-

p.m. sing.) * ‫يتكلم‬

sing.) r ‫نكتم‬

ii ‫;يجأ‬
stive) ,.،.‫)آ‬

sing.) ii acc. ‫تكلم‬

ak acc. ‫زح اكل‬

‫كلة‬ is used

‫كتة ال‬ means

ns of - ٠
LLQ.) ٠،f
r (n. p.) ‫اةآم‬

rom birth ‫األ كًا‬

elatire) ‫كنود‬
e twain (m.) ‫كآل‬

.m. sing.) h ‫آتكن‬

‫يتكؤا‬
m. plu.)acc.

‫كآملين‬
two complete
al.)

‫ل‬:‫ الت‬٠
‫ين‬
F

with the
m. ring.) tv (assim) ‫تكن‬

ter, veil etc. ‫يتة‬

‫أ‬
(pact, pic.) ‫تكتزن‬

act.pie. ‫كآنذ‬
ground, collect

m. plu.) ‫يكيزون‬

m. plu.) ‫ثكنزون‬

hide (n. p.) ‫الكت‬

the haunt (gaz-

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) (w r.) ‫كدن‬

. sing.) w.v. ‫يكاد‬

gh juss. ‫ا‬,’.*. ‫عن‬

e age from ‫الكمل‬

soothsayer, to

f Sura ‫كبينصن‬
for ‫ل بن‬-

/. sing.) «' V. ‫جكائ‬

١٠٦١٠٠ ‫يكادون‬
. plu.)

٠ (‫ار‬،/.)
nigh~not
/٠ sing.) ii ‫كورت‬
r TH■ HOLY QURAN

hat ‫اازه‬ ha-

‫كن‬ but
is barren [ 19:5,

k forgiveness of

er is prescribed

OF THB HOLY OUR ‫*الفى‬

dual) M'.v. ‫كاتا‬ ‫ا‬

ng.) (١٠.١٠٥( ‫ئ‬

‫يك‪:‬نًا ‪. dualf hiss.‬‬

‫إن ميكز‪ً:‬ا‬
‫يكزون‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬

‫‪p.m. phi.) acc.‬‬ ‫يكز تا‬

‫‪i.) epl.‬‬ ‫بكزت‬

sing.) nom.
, acc.
‫يكزن‬
‫يكؤن‬
in order to be

‫أن‬ )com.‫آفا يكزن‬

e eln.
‫يكزنًا‬

‫يكز‬
s‫ن و‬ in jussive
and are

e‫يكن‬ only
 ‫ و ا‬juss. ‫تكة‬

thou ‫آل يكوت‬

plu.) nom. ‫تكززن‬

sing.) ٥e ‫آكن‬

u.) acc. ‫تكزن‬

whose ‫ ارزع‬be
OR THE HOLY QURAN

illed, We verily

g) w.v. ‫عتكرى‬

(‫كبًال (كآل‬
 ‫كيرا‬
‫مكاان‬
ate m. plu.)
.p.i.

e {an idio- ،‫تكاف‬

, THB HOLY QURAN

i.) ‫المكبدؤن‬

subjected to a
‫}‪. part.‬‬
‫يكيًال‬
 plu.) W.I ‫يكندون‬

ring.) w.r, ‫ا يند‬

lu.) w.v ٠ viii ‫اكلرا‬

‫اكتال اكياًال‬

H. viii jurs ‫ثكتل‬

g (of corn) hath

hich (n,p./.) ‫مكال‬

u.) w.v. ‫اتتكانقا ع‬

unciation of ‫ل‬
an oath particle)

, THE HOLY QURAN

titute for ( ‫إلى‬
erveth to Allah

OF THE HOLY QURAN

al, (a.) acc. ‫تلكين‬
cc. ‫القو ا لؤرًا‬

٢‫ئ‬ as a substitute)
‫‪d («.) acc.‬‬ ‫لتدًا‬

‫)‪p.m. phi.‬‬ ‫يبزن‬

‫)‪i‬‬ ‫بنًا‪-‬عل‬
 . sing.) acc. ‫ينى‬

ou by factions.

)‫مابت آن جا‬

hi.) ‫ثزا‬
. m. phi.) ‫يزةزن‬

hi.) r ‫"لثوا‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

retreat, shelter
imit, to persist

) n. (adj.) ‫لجتي‬

p‫؛‬u. ١ iv ‫يلحثؤن‬

plu.) ٢ ‫لشن‬

lhe verbs have

plu.) ‫تبشزن‬

ornament that

. plu.) ‫تبشون‬
speech,،n.j٠ »‫تن‬
nciation. ‫ القرل‬-
‫‪a‬‬ ‫تن يلحن لحنًا (س(‬

‫‪،.) viii‬‬ ‫علتحدًا‬

‫‪via‬‬ ‫التحد انحادًا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

place or pre- ‫لدنى‬

rticle ‫ن‬٩ thus*,

ous (elevate.) ‫آلد‬

(a particle ‫لدن‬
ded by ‫< ين‬

nce ‫من لدنكة‬

nce ‫يمن تدما‬
nce ‫ين آدن‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

sent a messen-
g.) ‫الزب‬

m. sing.) if ‫أزم‬

plu.) if ‫نزم‬
 you adhere to

OF THE HOLY QURAN

lu.) ‫تلعب‬

uss. ‫يلعب‬

p. m. plu.) ‫يلترن‬
juss.) ‫يلتبؤا‬

u.) acc. ‫آلعن‬

be, (particle) ‫لعل‬
he grammarians

en it is possessed by)

ng.)* ‫)و)بتلطفن‬

‫تتأف تلط‬
 butive ‫ائنيف‬

sing.)w.v. », ‫تتظى‬

g.) ‫الصن‬

ng.) pp. ‫لن‬

p. ‫ليزا‬
‫ لنًا‬,‫تنن‬

‫لن‬
sessed to ‫ان‬
Allah'scurse

i.) ‫اللعنرن‬
lu.) acc. ‫علثزنين‬

., an interroga-
‫ط يذربكة‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫لتن‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫لعبن‬

‫)‪hi.‬‬ ‫لن‬
‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫يلعن‬
spoken (n.) ‫الغر‬
. sing.) acc. ‫عق‬

‫ح أ‬١
ers, 78 10

V ‫ي تلفت‬

s.neg. ‫)آل) مخن‬

THE HOLY QURAN

he winds ferti-
.m. sing.) viii ‫تقط‬

e (p. n .‫قيآن ر‬

ing.) I
ual)(w.v.)iv [‫آف‬

m. phi.) w.r. iv ‫آفرا‬

u.)(w.v.) iv ‫أنتا‬

es (n. p.) ‫اآلقآب‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

g.١ w.v. ‫يلتد‬

d. juss w.v. ‫يأق‬

t :‫يقزنآن تقؤ‬
‫بل‬
p.m. plu.) w.v.

ng.) w.v.
er, one
٢ ‫آلقة‬
‫آل ا‬

pronoun ‫آلقتة‬
‫قذ‬
. sing.) w.v. ii

‫لقه تيقت‬
‫)اهش‬ ‫‪wv.‬‬ ‫لقًا‬

‫‪u ) w.y.‬‬ ‫آقؤا‬

‫‪d, came across‬‬

‫‪u.) w.v.‬‬ ‫قيتم‬

‫) إذ آقيتم‬
g.) w.v. /v. ‫آلقا‬

sent before thee

a messenger or
p.w.v. ii ‫تلت‬/‫تتى‬

ed, blessed
p. H’.v. H by‫يلق‬

p. w.v. ii ‫يققن‬
lu.facc.w.tiii ‫يآلئزا‬

,name of Allah
ng.) w.v. iv ‫آغتع‬

u.) w.v. iv ‫آتنًا‬

have We spread

‫م‬. sing.) w.v. iv ‫تألت‬

 plu.) w.v. iv ‫شزن‬

ng.) w.v. iv ‫آق‬

m. plu.) w.v. iv ‫آلشؤا‬

g.) w.v. iv ‫ألقتؤا‬
 r THE HOLY QURAN

ians flung pros-

en thrown unto

p. iv. w.v. ‫أنتوا‬

ip. iv, w.v. ‫يلق‬
pip. b, w.v. ‫ئؤا‬
ng.) V, w.v. ‫تلتد‬
ceived from his

plu.) v, w.v. ‫تلقزن‬

sing.) iv, w.v. .‫يلت‬

plu.) iv, w.v. ‫يقزن‬

phi.) iv, w.v. :‫تلق‬

g.) iv, w.v. ‫أق‬

el) iv, w.v. ‫آن‬
.) iv, w.v. ‫آقزا‬

.) h, w.v. .‫آلت‬
:‫لن‬

g.) Il،, w.v. ‫عالق‬

,)f.d. iii, w.v. ‫مآل قزا‬

have to meet’]
U) iv, w.v. ‫ثظرت ا‬

bring down ‫المقبات‬

ual.) v,w.v. ‫المحلقآن‬
m, sparkle (star

sing.) V, w.v. ‫يتلتا‬

receivers rece-

ing.) V, w.v. ‫تتلترا‬

g.)v٠t‫؛‬l, w.v. ‫تتا‬

‫بتم ‪. dual.) rill, w.v.‬‬

‫‪t, w.v.‬‬ ‫اتآلق‬

‫‪eting‬‬ ‫عوم الآلقي‬

‫)‪ce (w.‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫التلم‬
t, (٥ particle) ‫لع‬

ns (٥ panicle) ‫لن‬

. plu.) ‫آل تنزرا‬

 heritages with

OF TH» HOLY QURAN

ther merchand-

m. sing.) V, »-.V. ‫مدد‬

y, (v.n.) ‘‫دك‬
course ‫هت الخن بي‬

ndeclinable verb ‫آلت‬

sing.') juss. ‫يلتف‬

ngfw. V. ( ‫آلمى ( آلهآ‬

ments), pastime

OF THE HOLY QUR

nifies man and

v.n.) acc.
‫لواذًا‬

e with another
plu.) ،», ١ ‫يتآلقمزن‬
ach other (self-
r.v.

‫آلتزموا‬
. plu.) w.v.

ot :‫آل تومزني‬

l of (p. n) ‫االت‬
 ‫تنوزا‬
phi.) acc.

plu.) ‫ ب‬- ‫يلرزن‬

sting (*.«) acc. ‫ت‬

their tongues.
 ‫ييخ‬
‫‪m. sing.) v.w. }USS.‬‬

‫آلتييديتًا (ض(‬

‫‪٥/‬‬ ‫‪desire‬‬ ‫بت بد )‬

‫‪V،‬‬

‫اللتاسة‬
‫)‪- (inls.f.‬‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫تلزم‬

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫قلزيين‬
‫لئن ردك‬

are not ‫كتن‬

‫لتة‬
dditional^ )

(n.p.) ‫تاي‬
‫‪ng.) w.v.‬‬ ‫نت‬

‫‪) tv, H'.v,‬‬ ‫انم‬

‫آ‬ ‫‪require the‬‬

‫يتت‪ ( :‬تت ‪+-‬يًا‬

‫(‬‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫(بئت‬

‫ًا‬
‫بته ( تت ‪٠+‬أ(‬ ‫تتآ‬
or a group) ‫برا‬

qi. HLIII?□‫ ؟‬un

3UOUJB |(|UO
B(d U٠H(٩) ٨١

p‫د‬٩[ ‫له‬0‫دل‬٩ ٥٥

,SB A3q١ jrq١١ JO

OF THI HOLY QURAN

! to express wonder:

arians from the

entiones yagog

‫ذا‬ to become ‫ماذًا‬

elt among them.

plu.) ٤، ‫تمخع‬
ing.) V ‫تمتتع‬
self V ‫تمع تمتًا‬
inology ‫تمتع‬
al ٠
noun from

oyment ‫م‬
sing.) juss. ‫؛‬، ‫أمتعغ‬
eness ٠ ٠‫ش‬

‫مثله‬
kind, (fl.)
ness, equivalent

s have already
‫‪ng.) X‬‬ ‫اشتمتع‬

‫‪i.) X‬‬ ‫اتتتتم‬

‫‪plu.) X‬‬ ‫انتنتعزا‬

‫)‪particle‬‬ ‫متى‬
OB THR HOLY QURAN

sing.) ii. el. ‫لتحص‬

 ‫الملى‬
‫( آتل‬
ve f)

dative )
‫المجرس‬

TH, HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) w.v. ‫محؤ‬

.p,) acc. ‫مراخر‬

ng.) assim. ‫تد‬

u.) ass‫؛‬m.٦'٥i_*

.) viii ‫أمتحنزا‬
sing.) assm. iv ‫آتد‬

u) assim. iv ‫لتتن آل‬

m. iv, fuss. ‫يمنيد‬

pis. pic.f. ii ‫متدة‬

e city («.)‫اتدانة‬

. plu.) assim. ‫تمدؤن‬

plu.) assim. V ‫تد‬

emp. ‫ الى‬- ‫آل تمدن‬

e eyes towards
THE HOLY QURAN

‫المييت‬ in absol-
ing.) acc. ‫ع‬٠‫ز‬

rank (‫دفر‬,)
OF TH ‫ ع‬HOLY QURAN

. sing.) ‫آرج‬
 e are petulant.

med (in general,

ately rebellious
d the two seas.
٦٥٠ ‫تمرؤن‬

sing.) assim. V ‫تمره‬

ic. m. sing.) ‫مارد‬

sing.) <٠‫ذ‬٠‫ز‬

٠‫؛‬
g.) assim V ‫ح‬
pass on, pass

from ٧١> l
 1st. p. sing.) ‫ميضع‬
me sick, to fall ill

sing.) ‫المريض‬
of ‫) عييض‬
s acc. ‫حأ‬٠‫ص‬

assing away of
‫ح‪٠‬اي ] ‪.‬س‬
‫تتات‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬

‫مؤ;ىعتاي‬
‫تآلق‬
‫)‪e, (n.‬‬
 ‫‪،‬‬ ‫’‬‫'‪،‬‬ ‫*ريحا‬
‫مزق تمرزقًا‬
‫)‪u.‬‬

‫‪p. ii‬‬‫رم‬

‫‪ome commen-‬‬

‫‪. plu.)w.v. Hi‬‬ ‫تمآرون‬

m. sing.)w.v.Ui ‫آلتمآر‬

m. plu.) w.v. V، ‫تمآرزا‬

singjw.v. ‫تآرلى‬

plu.)w.v. viii ‫متررن‬

‫تمترزن‬
plufw.v.viii

‫آل تمترن‬

Bja٩|!B no، u٥
 : J١!uoi]B|n٩

«rd] WISSD* ‫ص‬

s 5|] ٥٩ pjoa e

ais (٠٨) ٠٢٣

OJSUBJI pnoqs
JO UIJOJSUBJI

Bfssajq (/،■‫ )■ال‬١٢‫د‬

oiBUB|dxa aqi

UOIJB|SUBJl
I pjQM aqi JO

Ejapi aqi : aioN

pucq aqi sssd 01

HJ, JO AMVTOBVOOA

r THE HOLV QURAN

ng.) iv ‫آمتك‬

. sing.) iv‫نك‬
g.) iv. ‫آمسك‬
 ‫‪.) iv‬‬ ‫آميكزا‬
‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تميكوا‬
‫‪g.) iv‬‬ ‫تنمكة‬
‫‪sing.) asSim. V‬‬ ‫مشك‬

‫‪efall }USS.‬‬ ‫تمن‬

‫‪efall‬‬ ‫تمنن ‪.‬والبر‬

‫‪all epl.‬‬ ‫تتتن‬
‫‪all you‬‬ ‫بهر*‬

‫‪m‬‬ ‫_تفي‪٠١‬ت‪ vi. ١‬لصه ‪٠‬‬

‫‪phi.) Hi‬‬ ‫يمتيكزت‬

OP THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) w.v. ‫تمثون‬

.) w.v, ‫انشرا‬
v.n) w.v. ،‫تشى‬
ng), ints. ،‫مقاء‬
‫<< نتاح‬

‫)‪p.‬‬ ‫إنغاج‬
 plu.) W.V. ‫مقرا‬

h sing.) w.v. ‫يمثنى‬

sing.) w.v. ‫تمثى‬
ph،.١w.١. ‫يمشون‬

THB holy QURAN

sing.) w.v. II ‫يتمى‬

(preposition) ‫تع‬

‫ا‬ is common to he

ng.) W.V. ‫مضنى‬

ng.)w.v.acc. ‫آميى‬

(v.n) w.v. ‫منئ‬

hi.) iv ‫المفزع‬

OR TH، HOLY QURAN

 they schemed

ssaries,(«.) ‫ععرن‬
ing.) ١٠'.v. ‫تكت‬

2 p.m. plu.) ‫انكوا‬

OR TH HOLY QURAN
 ‫تكن‬
. sing.) ii

‫تكن تكينا‬

is that wherein

‫آنكن‬
ng.) iv

‫آمكت انخ‬
.m. sing.} ‫تمكر‬

. p١u.) el. ‫ليكرزا‬

٠ plot ye have

c. m. phi.) ‫األيين‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

erty (v.n.)i* "‫إفآلق‬

 hip at the Holy

ng.) h.v. vli ‫ي‬:‫انتال‬

? ‫هالتتألت‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تميك‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫تميك‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫تميكزن‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تيكزن‬
‫أمتق إمآلة‬

‫‪over‬‬ ‫‪-‬عى‬
OF THE HOLY QURAH

be averse from

g.)acc. ‫'نؤأل' ًا تزكا‬

llah) (ints.) ‫تنة‬

‫مالكيه‬

)
he latter the third
is changed by

‫تتب‬ . See

assim. iv, ef. ،‫ئؤئبلى‬

ng.) w.v. IV ‫آمت‬

plu.) w.١. ‫نمل‬

pip. ،،'.V. IV
ng.) w,١. ‫ا‬١٠ ‫آملى‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

e conjunctive ‫من‬

who, whosoever

r of you is sub-

eketh as religi-
 ٥‫؛‬jn ajj( aqj Ul

O spis ٠n٥ JJO■

q3,u aqj ut puy

JO : pajapuaj

X JOJ pajutodde

E٦ ■٩٥٨١ I ‫غ‬: [ I
OF THE HOLY QURAN

ring.) pp. ‫منع‬

pic. ‫"ر‬,‫ًا‬ ‫عايتة‬

sing.)
s. acc. ‫تمخزع‬/‫تشزع‬
g.) ‫مخوعة‬
ore unjust than
n.) ‫المتزن‬
‫ ريب ال‬signify the
‫ع‬٧‫ از‬accidents

plu.) w.v. iv ‫تنؤن‬

), to emit sperm

p. w.v. iv. ‫تمنى‬

ne the benefits

be observed below
 2 THB HOLY QURAN

hi.) w.v. V ‫بذا‬،

‫يتمزن‬
plu.) W.V., V

‫آل يتمزن‬
.) W F, V ‫عمؤا‬
‫)‪n goddess‬‬‫تتانا‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬ ‫تدن بى‬

‫* ‪m. ring.) w.v.‬‬ ‫تمت‬

‫‪V‬‬ ‫تمن تمنيًا‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

, be enfeebled,
‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫المآيدزن‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫سذت‬

‫‪(«.) acc.‬‬ ‫انآد ا يهآدًا‬

‫ذ‬١ to deal gently

v THl HOLY QURAN

٠‫سر لم‬. ‫تمت‬

‫أنراي‪/‬المزن‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫عآت ‪*.,.‬ا‬

plu.) w.v. ‫زا‬٠‫ط‬

sing.) w.v. ‫عمؤن‬

ling.) juu. ‫تمن‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

hes, (n.)acc. ‫أل‬/ ‫المال‬

hes, (n.p.) ‫آمرال‬

٠ sing.) W.V. ‫تيد‬

ing.) *•،‫ما‬

h have not been

.m. sing.) W.V., ir ‫آت‬

ng.) W.V., n ‫آتي‬

sing‘) ‫أينة‬

sing.) w. ‫يمرج‬

m. sing.) w.». ‫مرر‬

P THE HOLY QURAN

 ‫‪c). (102‬‬ ‫)ه‪:‬‬

‫آل تميلةا‬
‫‪m. phi.) k’.v.‬‬

‫بل ا الجل‬
‫غ‬ is food; the

ing. ‫ ؤ‬w.v.٠v
‫‪d V,‬‬
‫ئز تمذًا‬

‫‪.) viii‬‬‫امتاززا‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫انتاز انتيازًا‬

‫‪ng to a number‬‬
the (a letter) ‫ل‬
‫’ طع‬he fed us'

o the particle ‫إن‬

CLARY OF THE HOLV Quran

gfh v, nom. ii ‫يبز‬

plu.) h.v. ii ‫لتبتن‬

sing.) h.v. ii ‫تق‬

plu,) h.v. ‫نأرن‬

OF TH! HOLV QURAN

d true (‫)كء‬.

idings (n.p.)
ies, announce-
٤٠‫آن‬

‫الن‬ ace. ‫ألل ني‬

cc. - ‫انيين‬
od ‫؛‬.( ‫ابؤأب‬

nto them
phi.) hy. ii
‫نبهم‬
‫تئرا‬

ng.) A.». ، ٠! ‫أنًا‬

ng.) hy. iv
ou), ٠-
‫آنأ‬

piu.) h.v., ،٠, ‫أنثزا‬

phi.)h.v. X ‫تستتتزن‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نبت‬
 ٦‫أبت إن‬
iv 1

sing.) iv .‫داح‬
ge (n.) acc.‫ًا‬٦‫تباك ا ب‬
nd, its herbage

‘OCABULAR١٠ OF THE HOLY QURAN ‫نبز‬

e. nt. sing.) ‫ثقرآ‬

‫‪g.‬‬ ‫اثتزئ ‪١ viii‬‬

‫‪pill.)vi‬‬ ‫ا آلن) تا ذان‬

‫نبز ببز تزًا (ض‬

‫‪plu.) X.‬‬ ‫تتتطزن‬

٥s٥ 08 ٠‫ ؟‬-‫ وددد‬-

U OOl‘ ١٥٥١,٥٥-

05‫؛‬٠u‫ سه‬-U٥IU(UO٥

٥q‫ ال ؟‬١١qi٥lJ٥•
UB, (OS|B) puy ‫ال‬،

. p١١q uoi١ud١u١

٥ ei٥p ،UB‫ |؛‬E ٠٥٥

SAIJEJJBU SB٠١١
snsnf ‫ االه‬jsjy

D‫؟‬si٥d‘ \u٥q١
Bq٠| ■٥UJISSB١١١
BIA٥J٩٩E u٥٥q
٥٥U٥JU٥S ' * *UOIJ
uoijBoqqnd!٠B٥
og, B‫؛‬JOJ P٥U

Bj ‫االد‬B٥A٥J)P٥
cijsuq ٥٩|‘J٥i

Suijonb ■pif
n ‫ االه‬ojsodB,٥‫؛‬

np ٩، UMOUxun
(ujiq jnoqu)

JO s8utq٥B٥j*
!8utpjo٥٥c *I

٥i)u٥pt ٥u ١١

UI OJ p٥JJ٥j٥J SI q٥

oo MVMa?) A٦O1، am JO AB‫ي>عاا‬٦٦ ٧

) ir, wy. ‫آنتن‬

singer, w.v. ‫يزجن‬

sing.) IV.W.V. ‫تنن‬

lu.) ri, w.v. ‫تجن‬

«،‫جن هم‬
plu.)ir,wy. ‫تتتانزن‬
،.‫ر‬ vi, wy. ‫تتاجزا‬

(. one who is saved (f.d

cret to
ng.)
‫ناجاة‬
‫تهزت‬

‫ت‬ is written with ‫آين‬

) ii,
‫تمثًا‬
sing.) ii, w.v. ‫ينتن‬

plu.) ii, w.v. ‫نجى‬

u.)el.ii,w.r. ‫تنجي‬
g.)• ii, w.». ‫نجى‬
sing.) ir, wy. ‫آنى‬

ng.) ir, wy. ‫آترنت‬

r■ Trrj■. HOIY QURAN

.) w.v, n d. ‫منجز‬
or THE HOLY QURAN

( ‫ئ ينيد تذًا (ض‬

mmand and esta-

ng.) Hi, w.v ‫ادى‬٠

gift (/,02 ٠)
 ,equal, (n.p.) ‫أند ا‬

‫ ا‬£ HOLV ‫ ؛ن‬OCAUULARV‫؛‬

‫*اذفا‬
u.) w.v. ii

‫؛‬٢.٧٠ ‫باون‬
p m. sing.) ii

the «.,.(‫ياي(ى‬
.w.v. ‫نادوا‬
‫زيى‬
g.) II'.»,, ii

‫ؤدوا‬
m. plu.) II.*. ii
 ‫ينادزن‬
‫‪.) It'.*, ii‬‬

‫تتادزا‬
‫‪u.) II,.*. */‬‬

‫)‪g,‬‬ ‫المناد(ى(»»‬
‫نرافي‬
‫»‪11’.‬‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫يًا‬ ‫‪acc■ w.v.‬‬

‫اتآب‬
‫*‪.n.) i‬‬
 (com.) ‫تادى‬
JS

(com.) , ،‫داى‬
(com.) ‫ادى‬٢
g.) w.v٠ ~callcd to

u.) w.r. if ‫تادزا‬

u.) w.*. 11 ‫ناديتم‬

sing.) if ‫ينير‬
to el. iv, ‫ينذر‬
. phi.) if ‫ينزرزن‬
iv ‫ينزرؤا‬
 plu ) ٠* ‫أذرزا‬

phi.) el. iv ‫ينذرزا‬

phi.) iv ‫نذررن‬
‫ائاتآئتالزن‬
١ acc. iv ٢‫*ر‬

( ‫ ض‬٠ ‫)ن‬

also an obliga-
ng.) if ‫أخرت‬

hall take out from

 ling.) ‫ينزع‬

(‫ ى‬٠ dropped)

. sing.) iv ‫منية‬
u,) nom. ‫نذرزن‬

u.١ acc. iv ‫منذيين‬

p|u.١ acc. iv ‫هنذرين‬
‫) ‪c. f. plu‬‬ ‫اثازءًاي‬
 ‫يزغن ‪ng.) e.n.‬ال‬

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫تازعرا لم’‪١‬‬

‫)‪lu.‬‬ ‫‪ .‬آل تنازعزا‬

m. plu.) ‫يتنآزعرن‬

. sing .١ii١ acc. ‫ينر ل‬

m. sing.) ii ‫متؤل‬

singfii, acc. ‫قتزل‬

‫‪plu.) h‬‬ ‫آل ينزثرتن‬

‫)‪. sing.‬‬ ‫ينزل‬

ng.) ،'،' ‫نزل‬

٠، ‫رل تنييًال‬

r THB HOLY QURAN

sing.) V ‫بتنزل‬
guest, acc.
‫توًال‬
 ‫‪g.) ii‬‬ ‫عنزل‬

‫تنزنل ‪،‬آ‬
‫‪n.‬‬

‫تنزنًال ‪n, ii٠١ acc.‬‬

‫‪m, sing.) ،V‬‬ ‫آثزل‬

‫‪sing.) iv‬‬ ‫سأزل‬

‫‪g.) iv‬‬ ‫‪١‬رد‪٦‬‬

m. sing.) iv ‫أزل‬

ng.) iv ‫أنرلذ‬

ve not brought
ogate, to copy

.) ir, nom. ‫منزكن‬

.) b,acc. ‫المؤنة‬
vide hospitality
 my Lord cause

nt (»٠«■> h r. ‫انييث‬
OF THE HOLY UURAH

i /pron. n.d.) :‫نايكز‬

form ٠( 22:67]
 plu.) ‫ينيلون‬

. plu) (has. ‫ز‬ ‫تخ‬

plu) X ‫تتخ‬
ncribe ‫كنًا ننتغ‬
cription thereon
phi.) epl. ‫تنيغن‬

sing.) w.v. ‫ينتى‬

plu.) w v. ‫تنسون‬

sing.)f.d.w.v. ‫آل تنت‬

plu.)w.v. ‫آل تنزا‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

.) iv, h.v. ‫الشجزن‬

)iv,h.v. ‫اكتنان‬
h». ١ iv ١‫ت‬٦‫\ك‬

plu.) iv ‫ينشرزن‬

v.M.)w.v.٥c،•. ‫نتيًا‬
.٠٠ acc. ‫تنس‬
 . ١١ it h.v. ‫متقأ‬
ng.) iv, h.v. ‫آنقآ‬

‫ ) ح؟‬iv١ h-v- ‫آتقأتم‬

plu.) iv. h.v. ‫آنقأن‬

sing. ١iv,h.v. ‫ينحف‬

ph ،،١iv,h.v. ‫شي‬

١ iv, h.v. acc. <١\‫غ‬١

‫‪e, to be instant,‬‬

‫تتيررن اال‪. plu.) ,‬‬

‫‪n‬‬ ‫اثشرر‪ ،‬نشزرًا)‪(««.‬‬

‫ح‪ing,) ٠٠_٩‬‬

‫‪ng.) ii‬‬ ‫منقرة‬

‫منترين ‪u.١acc.١,‬؛‬

‫)‪e. m. phi.‬‬ ‫انشزوا‬

s (٢n.) ‫نشوز‬
sband and wife

OR THE HOLY ٩URAN

or (n. p.) ‫أنا‬

enerally translated
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫)ف) انصب‬

‫تت ‪,٠ - f‬‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫"‪,‬امتة‬
 unto his Lord:

n. p.) ‫النصب‬

m. sing.) nont. ‫نشر‬

.m. sing.) acc. ‫ينصر‬

se) gen. ‫ينصر‬
‫)‪sing.‬‬
‫‪ph‬‬
‫انصر‬
‫عال‪--‬‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫أنح‬

‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫الناصجين‬
‫تحوح ا تموح‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN
. plu.) *، ‫تناصرون‬

.) ‫تصر زن‬

. nt. ٠.( ‫آرر‬

them and there
weaker in protectors.

c. m. phi.) ‫نآييين‬
ing.) acc.
‫متععورًا‬
lu.) ‫النععوررن‬

p.) ‫النواين‬
‫خخاختاي‬

‫اتصر‬
ng■') viii

‫اتصتر أتعارًا‬

plu.) viii ‫ينيرون‬

end ‫تنىران‬
themselves
dual.) viii

g.) viii ‫انتسز‬

vindicate (me)
 g.) X ‫متر‬

.) acc. ‫منصرين‬

m. sing.) X ‫انتعر‬
aid or succour

cc.
‫ تضرانًا‬/‫نضراني‬
p.) ‫انتارلى‬

OF THl HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫يلق‬

plu.) ‫ينطقوؤن‬
plu.) ‫تنلقرن‬
‫‪m. sing.) iv‬‬ ‫آنتف‬

‫■االتفا‪-‬‬

‫ضرة‬
‫)‪c. f. sing.‬‬ ‫نايرة‬
ng.) ‫انيحة‬

sing ) juss. ‫تتظر‬

m. plu.) ‫تظرزن‬
sing.) juss. ‫أظر‬

plu.) juss. ‫يننظر‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN
‫‪p.m. plufiv‬‬ ‫آل تظرزا‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫أتظر‬

‫‪.) ،V‬‬ ‫ينظررن‬

‫‪. sing.)[ VI،/‬‬ ‫يتظر‬

‫‪.) viii‬‬ ‫اتظرزا‬

‫‪.) viii‬‬ ‫منتظرزن‬
‫‪.) acc. viii‬‬‫متظرن‬

‫)‪phi.‬‬ ‫انظرؤ‪١‬‬
‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫آنعتنت‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬‫تيا انيتم‬ ‫‪acc.‬‬

‫) جثاك اتي‬

‫‪ent‬‬ ‫ينم ابيالن‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫أنقخرا‬

‫‪lown‬‬ ‫والو‬
 ‫ت‬٢٠‫س‬١

F THE HOLV QURAN

plu.)f.d. el. ‫نفرزا‬
. 3p.f.sing.) ‫تدن‬
of 1 ‫ از‬bcfalleth

used as adverb
plu.} Hi ‫ناشرا‬
‫المآشزن ؟ ‪١ iii‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ألمايقين ‪١‬؛‪٠)acc. il‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫انآفقي ‪١ iii‬‬

‫)‬ ‫‪٠،‬‬ ‫المتيزن‬

‫‪ng.‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫المقؤش‬

‫‪ng.‬‬ ‫ز‬ ‫تقع‬

‫‪lng.‬؟‬ ‫ينفع ‪١‬‬

f. sing. ١ ‫تتغع‬

m. plu. ١ ‫يغعن‬

F THE HOLY QURAN

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫نخئأ م‪ :‬م؛‬ ‫‪acc.‬‬

‫‪) Hi acc.‬‬ ‫يغاتًا‬

‫‪plu.) tv‬‬ ‫تيقرن‬

‫‪plu.)iv. acc.‬‬ ‫تفيقرا‬
m. plu.) iv ‫أتنقزا‬
 ‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫تقص‬

‫يقعزا‬
‫‪d.)f.juss.‬‬

‫‪ng‬‬ ‫جشزي‬

‫)‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫آل تقموا‬

‫‪ng.) iv‬‬ ‫آتن‬

‫آتذ إنتاذ‬
‫‪sing.) iv‬‬ ‫تقذ‬
 ‫يقذون‬
. plu.) ,"v

u.) iv ‫يغذ زن‬

plu.)x,f.d. ‫ينتقذزا‬

OF THl HOLY QURAN

 plu.) ‫تقمون‬
u.) viii ‫انقمن‬
m. sing.) viii ‫يتقم‬

ing.) ‫نعرص‬
. m. plu.) ‫يقفون‬
. plu.) ‫آل تقضوا‬

sing.) iv ‫آنتخ‬

OF THE HOLY QURAX

 ‫آن ين‬ ‫‪juss.‬‬

‫ت أبكحرا‬
‫)‪plu.‬‬

‫آليلثؤا‬
‫)‪m. plu.‬‬

‫ب‬ ‫ي‬
‫‪/st p, plu.) IV‬‬

‫‪ge‬‬‫‪١٠‬‬

‫‪p.m. sing.) X‬‬ ‫يتتيح‬

‫‪c.‬‬ ‫‪١‬يةةغ‪/‬ذكدآ‬
 ‫عتاكهآ‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫'تكث‬

‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫ثكثزا‬

‫)‪sing.‬‬ ‫ينكف‬
‫)‪. plu.‬‬ ‫ثكثرن‬
‫)‪nds (n. p.‬‬
‫‪٦‬غ‪ً٦‬ا‬

‫)‪m. sing.‬‬ ‫تكح‬

 ‫ممنكرة‬
. f. sing.) 5
pic. m. plu.) ‫تكرزن‬

ng.) acc. ‫مصدًا‬

 ‫)‪2 pic. vn.‬‬ ‫نكيز‬

‫‪m. plu.‬‬ ‫تنكمون ‪١‬‬

‫‪pla.) X‬‬ ‫استقفوا‬

‫‪p.) acc.‬‬ ‫أعكاأل‬

‫‪acc.‬‬ ‫ملغ أل‬
u. ١ ‫ئ‬.d. ‫كسوا‬

plu.) ii, juss. ‫ننكتن‬

g *٠٩ 01 pajcaj

IOJJ Xsp B (٣) ‫دال‬١‫م‬

U1B٥JJ) ‫ اله‬٥٠**

٥
||OJ *3 bjj OJ
V٠UOU٥‫ ؛‬UlSjJO

j aqj JO Jiratu
 NvanQ OH HOA-BVIOBVOOA ‫ م‬٠٠ ‫لك‬

plu.) ,١,٠V. ‫نمون‬

g.) I١‘.v. ‫أنة‬ )‫)ق‬

‫ (؟‬١١٠٠١٠٠ ‫*يت‬

w.١ (w.١٠٠١ ‫الحهون‬

ng.) viii, w.v. ‫اتبى‬

u.) riii, w.v. ‫اتيرا‬

sing.‫ر‬ w.v. ‫ينهى‬
 ‫منتؤن‬
.) viii, w.v.

plu.)vi, ١٠ .٧٠ ‫يتآهرن‬

they committed.

p.f. sing) h.w.v. ‫توء‬

‫لم‪٠‬ينتز‬
‫ينمؤن ‪m. piu.) w.v.‬‬
heat acc.
‫نارًا‬
„.) ‫ ثزر‬،‫اثور‬

ng.) iv, w.v. ‫آلمن‬

u.) iv, w.v. ‫؟'تأيدا‬

. ١ is. ١٧.٢٠ ‫أننًا‬

sing.) IV, w.v. ‫أت‬

sing.).iv, w.v, ‫يبب‬
) iv, w.v. ‫آنيوا‬

g.) ،V, w.v. ‫ينب‬

is singular, the

‫ضال‬ (dark*
OF THE HOL QURAN

‫ذا الزن‬

. sing.) w.v. ‫عتاآل‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ياؤن‬
. plu.) tv.*.

‫آل نالون‬

. p‫؛‬u٠١ w Y. \‫أل‬١‫ت‬

ach ‫تن تنآؤا‬

 of ‫ آتوا‬being

ve pronoun acc. ‫عاتين‬

ve pronoun ‫هآذان‬

omp.) ‫كذا‬٤

ed to demons*
ering the mean*

, THE HOLY QURAN

٨ li)Stiff ٠ nccked,

e. m. sing.) ‫انجر‬

g.) acc.
‫مجرزرًا‬
ng.) til ‫هآجر‬
+‫ئ‬ com. ١‫ئث‬
 phi.) ‫تجرون‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN
 .) ،«, acc. ‫الماجرنج‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

. plu.) w.v. ‫دزن‬٣

 sing.) w.v. ‫يندى‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

 viii,w.v. ‫مهتدزن‬

tive W-V. ‫آندى‬

m. sing.) w.v. ٢
 ‫ هحبب‬OS one who

ng.ydi, w.v, ‫انتدى‬

u.)»Hi. WJ. ‫التدزا‬
g.)viii, w.v. ‫اعتدس‬

uf viii. w.v. ‫اغتديم‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) h.v. X ‫انتيزن‬

. sing.) k.v. X ‫يتتيزئ‬

‫‪plu.‬‬ ‫يتزثؤن ‪١h.٠. X‬‬

‫‪m. plu.) h.v. X‬‬ ‫تتتنزتزن‬

‫‪u.) h.V. X‬‬ ‫يسزا‬
‫‪.) h.v. X‬‬ ‫اتتزثزا‬

‫‪.) acc. I‬‬ ‫المشزين‬

‫‪assim.‬‬ ‫هزنى‬
 (‫ س‬،‫)ض‬

‫هز‬ is shaped

OF THE HOLV QURAN

‫)‪v.n. acc.‬‬
‫سنمًا‬

‫‪.) iv‬‬ ‫مهغلعين‬

sing،) assim.r. ‫أعث‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ath come upon

ous, impatient

sing.) ‫علكة‬

sing.) e.l. ‫يةيك‬

. pic. m. sing.) ‫عايك‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

)iv,gen.f.d. ٢ ‫جلدا‬
‫‪)iv,gen.f.d.‬‬ ‫سملكآ ع‬
‫‪u.) iv, acc.‬‬ ‫اعتكنث‬

‫*‪٠ sing.) ،٠‬م‬ ‫أيمل‬

‫‪u.) acc.‬‬ ‫عالكين‬

ng.) iv ‫اغتفن‬

ng.) iv ‫آغحخ‬

m. sing.) iv ‫*ك‬

m. plu.) iv ‫غيكرن‬

ing.) ii ‫أنيكزا‬

g.) ir. ١٠. ii ‫ك‬٤

p.) ‫عزات‬

noise (tn.)
‫عنًا‬
o say unto their

ng.) ‫عمدة‬

g.) vii ‫نهير‬

F THE HO1.Y QURAN

sing.) hj. acc. ‫ين‬

g.) (quad.) ‫اتيين‬

d.) ‫< عيسن هتة‬

g.) quad. acc. ‫يكأ‬

OF THE HOIbY QURAN

ng.) h'.r: ‫هرى‬

. sing.) w.v. ‫برئ‬

etnes (nJ w.v, ‫لجوا‬

ominy (fl.) ‫الرن‬

ng.) V. w,». ‫آعان‬

sing.) w,». ‫يئين‬

F THE HOLY QURAN

g.) (w. & A.*.) !‫هع‬

ng.) iv. H'.y. ‫آغرى‬

ng.) X, w.v. ‫استت‬

plu.) w.v. ‫تيعزن‬

. sing.) (w.A.v.) "‫ييي‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ut without any

amei (n.) ‫الميم‬

‫)‪on (n. pt.‬‬ ‫توبعًا‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫رابل‪ ،‬لن‪٠‬‬

‫‪r‬‬ ‫تترنى ( رغرلى‬

‫)‪f (n.‬‬ ‫الوتين‬

‫يزثق‬
‫‪p.m. sing.) iv, w.v.‬‬

‫‪v,‬‬
‫؛> أزتق إيآتًا‬

‫تؤيقًا‬
‫‪im.) acc.‬‬

‫‪.),‬رام‬ ‫‪a solemn‬‬

ing)(ir.v, acc,) ‫ويأل‬

Xing.) ,SV. acc. ‫يتر‬

F THE HOIY QURAN

. ling.) juss. ‫تجذ‬
r the holy QURAN
 ng.) ‫آزج‬
the mind (fear,

m. plu.) iv ‫اوجفتم‬

sing.)e.m.p. ‫تتجد ن‬

plu.) ‫تجدون‬-
 d.") ٠

t or him ،‫ميدز‬
plu.) ‫تجدون‬

(n d.) ‫تجيدؤا‬
ot find ‫آل تيدوا‬
1st p. sing.) ‫آجد‬

sing.)ejn.p. ‫ألجدن‬

OP THE HOLY QURAN

m. sing.) ‫آل توجل‬

ar (r. plu.)‫وجلزن‬
adj. f.) "‫تجلة‬

ng.) ii ‫قجنك‬
m. sing.) » ‫توتتة‬
3ipui ٥١ *UJjojui

*‫؛‬UJoq* UJiq qi

n) Xue ]not ٢‫م‬٩‫لم‬

IUSJ B 0‫؛‬U٥‫؛‬U

U3iun03 (٥٠٧) ٢٠،٢٢

JOOOB Xuoiu

ulUJOUi ‘٠٥٠.،
SB SuiJEdJdB

addE JO ٦B3jq

OP TUB HOLY QURAN

g.) iv. w.v. ‫آؤحني‬

u.) tv.w.v. . ‫آزحبًا‬

sing.) (V, w.v. ‫يرحن‬

OP THE HOLY QURAN
g.) (assim.) ‫ت‬5‫ر‬

lu.) (,assim.) ‫زا‬5‫و‬

sh٦g.١(assim.) 5‫ر‬

sing.)(assim.> ‫تق‬
5

plu.) (assim.) ‫توزن‬

n. (assim.) ‫ودأ‬

ate («.) infs. ‫ودؤد‬

m. phi.) e.l. ‫لؤحرن‬
plu.) ii, w.v. -‫زح‬

g.) ،*, w.v. -‫أزح‬

sing.) iv, w. V. ‫وحى‬

g.) w.v,just. ‫يرح‬

sing.) assim. 5 ‫و‬

‫)‪ing.‬‬ ‫تدغ ‪w.v.‬‬

‫‪w.v. X‬‬ ‫عنتزدع‬

OF TH HOLY QURAN
. plu.) w.v. ‫تذرون‬

plu.١ acc. w.v. ‫نذر‬

m. plu.) nom. ‫زذر‬

shall let them wan-

sing.) w.v. ‫لتذر‬

sing.) v.w. ‫ثر‬٠
‫س‬ (acc.) ‫ينر‬
. m. plu.) w.v. ‫ترزن‬

.) w.v. ‫ذررا‬

ng.) w.v. ‫ورك‬

. m. sing.) w.v. ‫تذر‬

. sing.) w.v. ‫تذر‬

. sing.) w.v. ‫تذر‬

. sing.)w.v. ‫آل تذر‬

. sing.) l.c, w.v. ‫تتر‬

‫‪m. sing.) iv,w.v.‬‬ ‫ورث‬

‫ثزرث‬
‫‪plu.) iv, w.v.‬‬

‫أذرثثم‬
‫‪.) iy, w.v.‬‬

‫‪t‬‬
‫أزرتمؤعًا‬
‫أزرثرا‬
‫‪) iv, H'.r.‬‬

‫التراك ‪<.‬‬
‫رب‬ ‫‪is inter,‬‬

‫وردرا ‪lu.) w.v.‬‬

lu.) H'.v. ‫ور تزا‬
plu.‫؛‬nd. ac،. ‫ترثؤا‬

sing.) wy. ‫يرث‬

p.m. plu.) u.y. ‫رؤن‬
.) ١١’٠v. ‫يوؤرث‬

‫الوارثافارثؤن‬
sing.) w.v.

m. sing.)iv. H’.v. ‫آزرك‬

‫‪u. ) iv, w.v.‬‬ ‫آزرننآ‬

‫آزرد‬
‫‪ng.) ir, w.v.‬‬

‫‪o‬‬
‫أزردإيرادًا‬

‫)‪(n.‬‬ ‫وزد*‬
‫)‪n (n.‬‬ ‫الرريد‬

‫ونرفيى‬
‫)‬
‫‪g.) Hi, *.*.‬‬
‫كبف يرارن‬
‫وارد‬
‫)‪ng.‬‬

‫)‪u.‬‬ ‫راردون‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫المت رؤد‬

‫)‪(1) (n.‬‬ ‫الوزد‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

y weight, (n.) ‫وزر‬

s (n.p.)‫أززار‬
‫و‬ and its plural

aden soul) can

g.) ir, w.v. ‫توارت‬

sing.) si, w.v. ‫توازى‬

d that (rt.) ‫وراء‬

. phi.) w.v. ‫يزرزن‬

sing.) w.v. ‫آرر‬

OF THE HOt. ٧ QURAN

m. plu.) w.r. ‫ززا‬

 ‫وزر‬
‫انتل انيغ‬
‫)‪(n. place.‬‬
‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫أؤزع‬
‫)‪ative. f.‬‬ ‫الوشلى‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫المرازين‬
OF THE HOLV QURAN
) w.v. ‫]ايسع‬

g.‫ ر‬،v,w.v. ‫المؤيع‬

ayer, according

xtremes, justly
‫ينخب )‪ng.) (w.v.‬‬ ‫ت‬

‫‪ng.) w.v.‬‬ ‫ويغت‬

‫)‪cess, (n.‬‬ ‫الينة‬

‫)‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠,‬‬ ‫‪w.v.‬‬ ‫متقتيين‬

‫‪.) iv, w.v.‬‬ ‫مزيعرن‬

‫‪ng.) H'.v.‬‬ ‫وتق‬

‫اتتق‬
‫اتتق ائتاق‬
‫‪. w.v.‬‬

‫‪ ١ spueq‬ل‪pny» r٥q‬‬
JO 3ui١nqiJ١١

‫ ادل‬JO (‫ )■ال‬٢٢٠٩

n١d) »‫خ‬٢٠٦ ٠٥٠

Ji٥q‫؛‬،٥ ١punod

S٥‫؛‬qi p٥٨٥ ,oil»-

sb 3uiq٦٥UJ٥s:

iqjSLUOS JJ3SS5

١JO poo« 3q pB٩

 Ul) jno|O0 JO

UB qif« ٥٩ OJ
 a Hi IO Aavinnyoo.A

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ii w.v. ‫رصتى‬

ng.) IV, w.v. ‫أزصى‬

u.) ii, IV.V. ‫وئذًا‬

v Tilt HOLY QURAN
ng.) w.v. ‫رتغك‬

sing.) iv H’.v. ‫يراين‬

plu ‫ )ع‬iv, wv. ‫زيين‬

. plu.) iv, ».V. ‫تزمزن‬

ing.) iv, w.v. ‫يزصى‬

g.) iv, w.v. ‫ثنم‬

) iv, w.v. . ‫تاسزا‬

OF TH £ HOLY QURAN

.ng،‫؛؛‬،pw:.pac.f)
u.) w.v. ‫بعنآ‬٠

sing.) w.v. ‫تخع‬

p.m. plu.) w.v. ‫تتعرن‬

phi.) n.d. acc. ‫تتعوم‬

p.m. sing.)w.v. ‫ عن‬- ‫يع‬

‫‪. plu.) w.v.‬‬ ‫يضغن‬

‫‪g.) WV.‬‬ ‫رينع‬

‫‪.) w.v.‬‬ ‫تؤنوعة‬

‫لؤ اكزا‬
‫)‪n.p.‬‬ ‫مواطن‬
(‫ ؛؛‬ellipsis here,

OF THE HOLY QURAN

u.) II'.V. ‫وعدون‬

lu.) H.F. ‫وعدون‬

‫‪ng.) to.‬‬ ‫المزعود‬

‫‪ing.) H'.r.‬‬ ‫رعد‬

‫ن تزيدًا (ض‬

‫‪ng.) nv.‬‬ ‫زغن ق‬

‫)‪ng.) (w.v.‬‬ ‫وعدت‬

‫‪u.) H-.r,‬‬ ‫وعذنًا‬

‫‪, sing.) II'.V.‬‬ ‫تعيد‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

sing.) w.v. ‫العد‬

f n.p.t.,w.v. ‫مؤعد‬

u.) w.v. ‫الواعظين‬

lu.)iii,w.v. ‫واعذنآ‬
 , THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ir. H'.v.‫آذعل‬

‫‪. sing.) w.r.‬‬ ‫تيظزن‬

‫وعظزن ‪u.) w.v.‬‬

‫آزعظت ‪iv, H٠.v.‬‬

OF TH! HOLY QURAN
.m pill.) r'v, w.v. ‫ترنضون‬

m. sing.) ii, *».V.

y OF THE HOLY QURAN

g.) ii, w.v. ‫وتئن‬

ng.) ii, H’.r. ‫يوت‬

) ii, H.v. ‫مرزا‬

sing.) iv, w.v, ‫آزف‬

ng ) 11, w.,. ‫وف‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) V, w.v. ‫ترفا‬

g.) V, w.v. ‫تونن‬

ng.) V, w.v. ‫ترينت‬

p.f. sing.) V, II’.V. ‫تترف‬

sing.) », ١٠'.«. ‫تتوف‬

ptu.)v,w.v. ‫تترقزن‬
g.) V, w.v. ‫ترف‬
sing.١١١. w ,‫ ال‬.‫أزف‬

plu ‫ ل‬iv, * ‫قنرن‬

phi٠ie.l.iv,w.v. ‫بؤفرا‬

g.) iv, H-.v. ‫أوف‬

u.) iv, IV,V. ‫المؤفرن‬

F THS HOLY QuaAN

p.t. plu.) ‫مراقح‬

ng. ١ ‫تزقرت‬
 u.) ir, w.v. ‫آقدوا‬

m. sing.) r, w.v. ‫برف‬

plu.) ‫ء‬, w.v. ‫يترفرن‬
sg.) V,
someone ‫مترفة‬
die

u.) X, w.». ‫يستو فزت‬

ctly ‫<ائرى اليفى‬

‫وق‬
ng.) w.v,
‫‪it‬‬ ‫وقر تزتيرًا‬

‫)‪ng.‬‬ ‫ققع ‪*.*.‬ا‬

hi.)iv,w.v. ‫زتدون‬

phi.jiv, w.v. ‫تويدزن‬

g.) iv, H'.v. ‫أؤقد‬

ling.)1 ir. w.v. ‫زقد‬

g.) ir, w.r. ‫المؤقدة‬

ng.) X, wv. ‫انتوقد‬

g.} w.r. ‫المرقرذة‬

‫■‪n )،‬‬ ‫يقرًا ‪ acc.‬و ز‬

‫)‪g.‬‬ ‫الواتتة‬
sing.) iv. w.v. ‫يزقع‬

ng.) w.v. ‫وقسخ‬

sing.) w.v. ‫قع‬

‫‪g.) w.v.‬‬ ‫قايع‬
‫‪.) iv, fd.‬‬
‫‪p.t. plu).‬‬
‫مراقسوا‬
‫مقايقع‬

‫‪.) w.v.‬‬ ‫رفقوا‬

‫‪lu.) IV.».‬‬ ‫تؤقزفرن‬

OF THB HOLY QURAN

phi.)viti,w.v, ‫يتقؤا‬
uld ‫متخبر د‬

ng.) viii,w.v, ‫يتق‬

g.) via, w.v. ‫اتى‬
.) viii, w.v. ‫أتقزا‬

ng.) f.d, w.v. ‫وق‬

g.) via, w.v. ‫اتقا‬

m. plu.) viii, w.v. ‫اترا‬

) Mi, IP.». ‫اتغيتن‬
. phi.) viii,w.v. ‫تتقون‬
e ‫آئلفوسئوة‬

, duty to Allah,
‫تقر‬ ‫‪is also exp-‬‬

‫‪viii,‬‬ ‫اتغين ‪١۶١٠٠‬‬

‫‪women :‬‬ ‫اتقين ال‬

‫‪)(w.v.)nom.‬‬ ‫الكقون‬
‫)‪.)(w.v. acc.‬‬ ‫التينن‬
‫)» ‪ative‬‬ ‫اآنت ) أتتا‬
‫)‪g‬‬ ‫يث‪٠‬‬ ‫)‪(acc.‬‬ ‫تييا‬
 ‫ القراى‬I ‫تترى‬

od conscious-

g.) ii, w.v. :‫ ب‬-‫ركل‬

ng.) V, w.v. ‫تكنى‬

 ‫تكزا‬
.) V. w.v.

،‫سزكل‬

‫ ااز‬find) verily
OF THE HOLY QURAN

p. f. sing.) w.v. ‫يلج‬

P•?■ sing.) iv, w.v.‫يزلج‬

. 3ing.)iv, w.v. ‫نزلج‬
ng.) w.v. ‫قبجة‬

ng.) w.v. ‫ولد‬

h, bear (female)

hi.) w.v. ‫ولذن‬

phi.) V.w.v. ‫نتركلو‬

.) ,, w.v, ‫التركون‬

sing.) w.v. ‫انركل‬

‫‪cc.‬‬ ‫اآزآلدر أذآلدأ‬
‫‪g.)w.v.‬‬ ‫ولدت‬

‫‪t not.‬‬ ‫آل لطلي‪٦‬ا‬

 .) w.v. juss. ‫يرت‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

ng.) ft, w.v. ‫وتنع‬

٠Sii,w.r. ‫إل‬-‫رزا‬

sing.) ft", w.*. ‫يرلى‬

. plu.) ii, W.F. ‫تتأزن‬

OF TH، HOLY QURAN

.) ii, ‫ولوا‬
‫رل‬ signifies

ng.) V, w.v. ‫تو ل‬

plu) ii, w.r. ‫ثوت‬

hall keep some

OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ر من‬ V, w.v. ‫يترل‬

r friend (‫اازه‬

neth back, him

p/u.)v, ١ ‫يترلزن‬
i’.v.
‫‪. plu.) V, w.v.‬‬ ‫تولزا‬

‫‪y‬‬ ‫ينم‪:‬‬
plu.) V, w.v. ‫يترل‬

OF THE o V QURAN
‫‪g.) V, W.I‬‬ ‫ترل‬
‫‪lu.) V, W.F.‬‬ ‫آلتترلزا‬

‫‪.} it, w.v.‬‬ ‫مزال ‪/‬المةلى‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN
. sing.) w.». ‫يهب‬

ng.) w.*. ‫ادك‬

 r TH، HOLY QURAN

m. plu.) w.v. ‫وعرا‬

. plu.) w.v. ‫ا‬٠‫آلوئ‬

acc. ‫ وغنًا‬/‫وغن‬

g.) iv, w.v. ‫مزعن‬

.) ‫ااى‬. ‫مج‬

regarded by ‫رى‬
‫‪r.‬‬ ‫)ض‪ ،‬لث (‬
‫ويت‬ wailataa)
s‫ ويتى‬١٠:

‫ريك‬ one word

h' ‫وى‬ )ection

‫)‪g.) (y w.v.‬‬ ‫يثس‬

‫‪e‬‬ ‫تعسي المرآة‬

‫)‪u.) (h.&w.r.‬‬ ‫يثؤا‬

‫يئتن ‪u.) h٠&w.v.‬‬

OF THE HOLY QURAN

n. dual) ‫يدق‬
of ‫بين يدن‬
‫‪sing.) ii, w.r.‬‬ ‫بتر‬

‫يبئ ا يبًا‬
 sing.) w.v. ‫ان‬
) H-.r. ‫ائ‬-[

OF THE HOLY QURAN

plu.) w.v. iv ‫يزقترن‬

plu.) w.v. vi, ‫تريون‬

plu.) ii, w.v. ‫نير‬

ng.) If, w.v. ‫تيمر‬

. ‫ ينرًا‬/ ‫بتر‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫تيتموا‬
.) V, m’

‫تم ز تيت‬
ng.) w.v. X ‫اتقنى‬

sing.) w.v. X ‫يسيقن‬

tain of ‫يستبين‬
.١ X, acc. ‫منتيقتين‬

OF TH» HOLY QURAN

ight hand ‫الجنة‬

F THE WORDS

those who are not aware of Arabic

l System of the words, the following Table has

ill be helpful to consult particular words

letters affixed with «Alif» ‫ ا‬, «Ta» ‫ تا‬, «Ya» ‫ يا‬,
«Lam» ‫ ل‬, and «Meem» ‫ م‬.
 ‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬

‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫»‬
‫ب‬
‫؛ب‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ت‬
‫ث‬
‫ث‬
‫ث‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ا‬
‫ث‬
‫ث‬
‫ث‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ث‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ج‬
‫ا‬
 ‫ج‬
‫أ‬
I
‫ا‬
٠
»
‫ج‬
>
‫ج‬
‫ا‬
‫ج‬
٤
‫ج‬
1

I
٠
٠
1

r THI HOLY QURAN

Root
5

‫د‬
‫د‬
‫س‬
»
‫لى‬
>
٠
١
»
‫ق‬
‫م‬
٠
‫ا‬
‫ص‬
٠
‫ص‬
 ‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ا‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫>‬

‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ا‬
‫»‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫»‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬

‫خ‬
‫>‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫ع‬

‫خ‬
‫خ تًا‬
‫خ‬
 ‫ا‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫آآف‬
‫‪.‬آخراليم‬
‫اختار‪٥‬‬
‫آجن‬
‫اآخيار‬
‫اختزية‬
‫‪.‬انتر‪:‬م‬
‫‪١‬بر‪٢‬إ‪٠‬‬ ‫آدبار‬

‫آذن‬
‫هم‬
‫ادخل‬
‫انخآل‬
‫اذخله ادختن ‪٠ -‬رر‬
‫ادخلوا‬
‫أذختام‬
‫أدخل‬

‫أذخيىزا‬
‫اذرء‬

‫‪OB TH» HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫األ آغ أهئ االر الرر آبتك اق‪5:‬ن يو! أذكزن‬

‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ب‬
‫ج‬
‫غ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬

‫ج‬
‫■‬
‫ج‬

‫ح‬
‫>‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫آرساع‬
‫إزصادًا‬
‫آذنتن‬
‫آرتنك‬
‫آزتعن‬ ‫أ‪.٠.‬‬
‫ازتضى‬
‫آزخيو‬
‫اذبرا‬
‫؟زغب‬
‫آز‪5‬فب‬
‫ازتقبزا‬
‫؟رتقبهم‬
‫ازكرا‬
‫ازكب‬
‫أزيرا‬
‫ازكنن‬
‫‪.‬آركهم‬
‫اتخذا‬
‫‪OB THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫آترفرا‬
‫ًا‬‫إشرا‬
‫إسراقًا‬
‫اسيرق‬
‫آتي‬
‫آسرى‬
‫أسالير‬
‫سسوا‬
‫اسغر‬
‫آ‪٣‬غار‪٢‬‬
‫آسفارًا‬
‫آسغل‬
‫اآغلين‬
‫آلين‬
‫أئب‪۴‬‬
‫‪:‬قآتقيناكؤ‬
‫اتتقا‬
‫انتسقا‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫انسرا‬
‫شمعوي‬
‫اتتمع‬
‫اتم‬
‫انتيعزا‬
‫اعدميم‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫;ان‬
‫آتآتم‬
‫آتارز‪١‬‬
‫آسر‪٦‬‬
‫ا؟ند‬
‫اسودت‬
‫آنورة‬
‫أساور‬
‫اآلراقي‬
‫انتوى‬
‫انترت‬

‫‪OF THR HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫*■‬
‫‪B‬‬

‫ا‬
‫>‬

‫>‬
‫ى‬
‫ص‬
‫ص‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ش‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ش‬
‫■‬
‫س‬
 ‫ا‬
‫ش‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫امبز‬
‫اتبرزا‬
‫اضتز‬
‫أنب‬
‫آتآت‬
‫تتع*‬
‫آسدنت‬
‫‪|٦‬كم ادق‬
‫يأتد ‪5‬أتدق‬
‫آصروا‬
‫تآضرن‬
‫اضرف‬
‫انصر فزا‬
‫آنغر‬
‫آتفخ‬
‫ارغحرا‬
‫اآلسغار‬
‫آنفام‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫صف‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫صو‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫صو‬
‫صف‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫بب‬

‫ضح‬
‫نر‬
 ‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ضر‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫انات‬
‫آناءزا‬
‫ق‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫اطرحره‬ ‫ز‬‫أنع‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫آطعمئ‬
‫‪.‬آظسهم‬
‫أطيعوا‬
‫اتتظسًا‬
‫إطمام‬
‫أدنئ‬
‫آطنى‬
‫آظقآ‬
‫القننال‬
‫أطلع‬
‫الح‬
‫انللق‬
‫؟نللقرا‬

‫‪OF TH HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo،‬‬
‫طو‬
‫طر‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪١ ٠‬‬
‫طى‬
‫ظف‬
‫ال‬
‫ظن‬
‫‪-‬غل‬
‫عب‬
‫‪>-‬‬
 ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٤‬ب‬
‫ع‪٠‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫عت‬
‫عث‬

‫‪٢١٠ ٠٢٣٠ , - ٢١,٢١‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع ل داى‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫ا‬
, THE HOLY QURAN

Root
‫فد‬
‫فر‬
‫فر‬
‫ا‬٠
«‫ا‬
٠٠
‫فز‬
 ‫فس‬
‫فس‬
‫فص‬
‫فص‬
‫فض‬
‫فض‬
‫وق‬
‫فء‬
‫ف_؟‬

‫فل‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫اتتلؤا اقتحم اآندرن اإلقدام آقدامنًا اقتي افز فند أزي اتترب‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo,‬‬
‫ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ل‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬
‫د‬
‫ل‬

‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬

‫>‬

‫ل‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫*‬
‫‪OF TKB HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪٦‬كد‬
‫اخالرا‬
‫استكنرا‬
‫اآلناب‬
‫إلهآو‬
‫إالفًا‬
‫آلقتم‬
‫آللقآ‬
‫آيتن‬
‫آدئ‬
‫آلناء‬
‫أزتهم‬
‫آنزتكزهًا‬
‫‪.‬الننم‬
‫الغرا‬
‫لف‬
‫‪:‬آلفا‬
‫‪١‬ذذا‬
‫‪OF THK ROLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫أمغاج امشوا آننى امضوا آمطرنًا فأملو أنطرت أماعم انمكرا امتل!ي‬

‫ن‬
‫ن‬
‫*‬

‫ن‬
‫ن‬
‫>‬

‫ئ‬
‫ن‬
‫>‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬

‫>‬

‫ن‬
‫ا‬

‫»‬
‫»‬

‫‪OF TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫انصرفيي انصرزا الؤ انعيو أنعروا انتعر‪ ،‬مح ‪١‬ع‪ ٦‬أظ اظًا انظررا أظرز‪٦ :‬تن أتيرزا‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ق‬
 ‫ق‬
‫ق‬

‫ال‬
‫ال‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫ال‬
‫لي‬
‫لي‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫>‬
‫>‬
‫ا‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫امتدنج‬
‫التديم‬
‫اوه آل ‪1‬‬
‫اتبزنرا‬
‫التزت‬
‫اتيزى‬
‫‪ ٠٦‬ه أهش‬
‫آملك‬
‫أنخ‬
‫‪.‬أعك‬
‫آغلكنى‬
‫أميكرر‬
‫أزه‬
‫اآعق‬
‫ةتا'ر‬
‫أسرن‬
‫آعتن‬
‫آمرى‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫]‪/‬أرزارع‬
‫أززغف‬
‫أو‪-‬ط‬
‫اتق‬
‫‪:‬وأوصاف‬
‫آرظ‬
‫أوز*‬ ‫كظك‬

‫إزعته‬
‫أرف‬
‫أبه‪ ١‬أوفرا‬
‫أوي‬

‫أرقدوا‬
‫أوقد‬
‫اتوقد‬
‫اتقا‬
‫اتغرا‬
‫اتغيتن‬

‫‪OF TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ى‬
‫ع‬
‫ى‬
‫ى‬
‫ا‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ى‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫تبذون‬
‫تتذز‬
‫تنييرًا‬
‫يدقن‪/‬ما‬
‫تندوا تدوا‬
‫تند‬
‫تبرى‬
‫تبرآ‪/‬جيأنًا‬
‫تآرك‬ ‫‪,‬ؤال‪-‬‬
‫تتسط(عا)‬
‫تبل‬
‫<‪-٢‬ة‬
‫‪٠‬ج‪٠‬م‬
 ‫أبيرة‬
‫مذالى‬
‫ي‪٠‬ب‪٠‬ب‬
‫بعر ل‬
‫بف‬ ‫تبف‬
‫تتغ ااشغ‪ .‬ببرادبمو‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ب‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫غ‬
‫د‬
‫ا‬
‫د‬
‫ر‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫»‬

‫ا‬

‫ا‬

‫‪THB HOLV QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ج؛‬
‫ًا ى‬
‫جع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫جف‬
‫جل‬
‫ًا ؟‬
‫ن‬
‫ج‬
 ‫ج‬
‫ج‪٠‬‬

‫ج‪٠‬‬
‫جد‬
‫ًال‬
‫حب‪٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٣‬ب‬

‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬

‫ًا‬
‫ا‬
‫ًا‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬

‫ح‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫خر‬
‫خل‬
‫خر‬
‫عد‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫خ ‪٠‬ى‬
 ‫خش‬
‫‪٤‬ض‬

‫‪٦‬أ‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫خص‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫خض‬
‫خط‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫افزن‬
‫مخأئ‬
‫تنق‬
‫تخريفا‬

‫تخري‬
‫زي‬
‫ي‪-٠‬م‪٠‬نم عتانزن‬
‫تشيرنن‬
‫تذخلرا‬
‫تتخل‬
‫ي‪٠‬لل‪٠‬ك سرسرن‬
‫عنرك‬
‫‪،‬تنرة‬

‫‪،‬تارك‬
‫تمنرنى‬
‫تنرزن‬ ‫ب‪٠‬م‬
‫عع‬
‫؛‪،‬رو‪ .‬سصم‬
OF THE HOLY QURAN

‫ر‬
٠
٠
‫و‬
‫ر‬
‫د‬
»
٠
٠
 ‫د‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ا‬
‫و‬
‫ا‬

‫ل‬
‫لد‬
‫*‬

‫‪r THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫لي‬
‫م‬
‫>‬
‫ه‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫و‬
‫د‬
‫»‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫>‬

‫ع‬
‫د‬
‫د‬
‫ع‬
‫ال‬
‫ا‬

‫ل‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫سي‬
‫»»‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ب‬
‫ست‬
‫غ‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
 ‫ى‪٠‬آ‬
‫سخ‬
‫د‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٣‬د‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫سر‬

‫سف‬
‫سق‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫سرع‬
‫‪ ٠‬م ‪٠۴٠,‬‬
‫ستيى‬
‫تيير‬
‫تشابة‬
‫تشابهع‬
‫تفخم‬
‫تربرزن‬
‫س‪٠‬‬
‫ثر ك‬
‫تشركوًا‬
‫تتيكون‬
‫‪ I‬تج‬ ‫تفيظ نم‬
‫م له‬
‫شصررن‬

‫تتق‬
‫تققق‬
‫تقاقرن‬
‫تفكرزا‬
‫تتكرزن‬
‫تفتك‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ذ‬
‫>•‬
 ‫‪١٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪١ ١‬‬
‫« ‪-‬ص‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫رح‬
‫ص _؟‬
‫صف‬
‫مل‬
‫صل‬
‫صن‬
‫د‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬

‫‪, TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫تظلع‬
‫تطيع‬
‫تطيئئ‬
‫تظينزرًا‬
‫تتزن‬
‫‪.‬تترم‬
‫تلعغًا‬
‫تينم‬
‫تييعرا‬
‫‪:‬تيبز‬
‫تمآلع‬
‫تتتيبع‬
‫تتلغ‬
‫تتيلغ‬
‫تتييعرا‬

‫تشتيعرن‬
‫تتآرل‬
‫ة‪،5‬‬
 ‫ع‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫*‬

‫ع‬

‫ع‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ع‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬

‫‪OB THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Rael‬‬
‫عل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫*‪٠‬‬
‫عل‬
‫ملو‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫*‬
‫عم‬
‫عم‬
‫‪٠,‬‬
‫‪٤‬د‬
‫«ا‬
‫اد‬
‫'ع‬
‫غب‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫تنيظا‬
‫تغتوا‬

‫تغتح‬
‫تتغيحزا‬
‫تتتغي‬
‫تغجيرًا‬
‫‪٠.‬حئي‬

‫تغجر‬
‫غادزم‬
‫تغاخر‬
‫ر‪٠‬نم‪ ٠‬برح‬

‫غرحرا‬
‫تغرحزن‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫غرضوا‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ترزن‬
‫تغرق‬

‫‪ .‬تغرقزا‬
‫تتيي غ‪ .‬تغت غرا‬
‫‪OR TUI HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫فل‬
‫‪٠ ,‬‬
‫فن‬
‫فو‬
‫فو‬
‫فى‬
‫فى‬
‫»‪.‬‬
‫قب‬
‫‪٠ ,‬‬
‫»‪.‬‬
‫‪»,‬‬
‫اا‬

‫‪٠٠ «٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
 ‫‪- Word‬‬

‫‪5‬‬‫غطسرن تقتزا تتلع تتلن تقعىد قسرا قية تتي تقبرا‬

‫‪OF TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪:‬مغر‬
‫ض‬
‫غيبزن‬
‫يكغر‬
‫حفرزا‬
‫تففررون‬
‫يكلنع‬
‫مكلم‬
‫‪-‬عه'‬‫تيًا‬
‫منكلسرن‬
‫خنؤون‬
‫تكة‬
‫تين‬
‫حكن‬
‫عرت‬
‫وع‬
‫عون‬

‫تيزوا‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تلم‬
‫؛تنيم‬
‫لمش‬
‫درة‪;،‬‬
‫ودا‬
‫الة;‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫يلين‬
 ‫عتعرن‬
‫ج‬
‫تتعرا‬
‫عثل‪--‬نم‬
‫•‪٠‬‬
‫المايل‬
‫تمرحزن ’‬

‫زن‬
‫عمر‬
‫‪-‬يد‬
‫بنم‪٠٠‬ثم‬
‫مار‬
‫عادون‬

‫‪OF TH، HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫م‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫>‬

‫ا‬
‫■‬
‫م‬
‫م‬
‫ا‬
‫ا‬

‫‪٢‬‬
‫م‬
‫م‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬

‫تس‬
 ‫تنى‬
‫تتسو‬
‫سون‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫تصرؤا‬
‫تتثررن‬ ‫ج*ى‪ ٥‬م‬

‫تعرر‪٠‬ه‪ ’.،-‬ب‬
‫ي‬
‫تآصرون‬
‫تعرىن‬
‫تتتران‬
‫تيقرن‬
‫ئظزن‬
‫تظ‬
‫فتفخ‬
‫تتغد‬
‫تتفذوا‬
‫تغذرن‬

‫تفروا‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫»‬
‫ن‬
‫ا‬
‫ا‬

‫ن‬
‫ن‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫>‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬
‫هـ‬
‫و‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫*‬
‫ل‬
‫■‬

‫ا‬

‫ا‬
‫ر‬
‫ر‬
‫»‬
‫و‬
‫‪,‬د‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ص‬
‫>‬

‫ص‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫»‬
‫خ‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫ط‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ع‬

‫‪٠‬‬

‫ع‬
‫ف‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ف‬
‫سآل‬
‫ترلي‬
‫تككًا‬
‫تركلرا‬
‫تج‬
‫وه‬
‫يرن‬
‫هزؤ‪٦‬‬‫تولى‬
‫ترترا‬
‫م‬
‫تترقا‬
‫زآل‬
‫ي‬
‫يآسوا‬
‫يترا‬ ‫ن‬
‫تيكر‬
‫تويرن‬
‫‪،/٢‬م‪ |٠‬تيممزا‬
‫‪the holy QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ينين‬
‫تنط‬
‫يبسطورا‬
‫يشر‬
‫يتيكرؤن‬
‫يترزن(م)‬
‫يضر‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫ل‪, ٠‬‬
‫يصردن‬
‫يش‬
‫يشرن‬
 ‫يطل (‪-‬يللة)‬
‫يعتئ‬
‫ينعثؤن‬
‫يغرن‬
‫ييآن‬
‫جئ‬
‫يبتغؤن‬
‫‪٠,‬‬
‫ينغى‬

‫‪Root‬‬

‫تب‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫تل‬

‫>‪1‬‬

‫تى‬
‫ثب‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫ثخ‬
‫ثق‬
‫ثن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫جأ‬
‫ًاب‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫أ‬
‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ج‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
 ‫ج‬
B

٠
‫ج‬
٤
١

‫خ‬
٠
٠

‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫آ‬
‫ًا‬
»
‫ا‬
‫ًا‬
»
B
»
»
٠
‫ًا‬
. ‫ًا‬
‫ًا‬
‫ح‬
I

r THE HOLY QURAN

٠‫ح‬
‫ًا‬
‫ًا‬
 ‫>‬

‫»‬
‫ا‬
‫ا‬
‫ًا‬
‫ًا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫»‬
‫ًا‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬

‫خ‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫‪'٠‬‬
‫ع‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ا‬
‫خ‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬

‫»‬

‫خ‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫خ‬
‫■‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫خ‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يدعرزي يذعرك دز يذعرن يدافع فيذمغه تدتؤن‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫د‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫ر‬
‫>‬
‫د‬
‫د‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ر‬
‫ي‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫ر‬

‫د‬
‫دزم‬
‫يزغب‬
‫يرترن‬
‫\خؤ‪٠‬‬
‫يزفع‬

‫يرقبوا‪-‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫قع‬ ‫عرقبزن‬
‫كؤن‬
‫ي‪-‬عع يرسب‪-‬‬
‫جكنون‬
‫فركئ‬
‫زكون‪:‬‬
‫يزميرمر ن‬
‫م‪-‬مب‪-‬‬
‫عرعبول‬
‫براج‬

‫يريقهًا‬
‫دن‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ز‬
‫*‬

‫»‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ا‬
‫ؤ‬

‫‪I‬‬

‫ز‬

‫ا‬
‫س‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ص‬
‫س‬

‫ص‬

‫ل‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪٣‬د‬
‫»‪,‬‬
‫ىد‬
‫‪*,‬‬
‫‪٣‬دد‬
‫ىط‬
‫سط‬
‫س‪٤‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫سف‬
‫سق‬
‫»>‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬

‫نمن لي‬
‫صل‬
‫رل‬
‫سل‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ص‬
‫ى‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ى‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ص‬
‫س‬
 ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫ص‬
‫■‬
‫»‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫■‬
‫*‬
‫ص‬
‫*‬

‫‪Rool‬‬

‫ح‬

‫< ‪٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫صه‬
‫صه‬
‫رد‬
‫‪ ١‬آل‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫صل‬
‫ا ا‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ييبهًا‬
‫يييبا‬
‫خإ‬
‫يخكون‬
‫يضرب‬
 ‫يضربن‬
‫يضق‬
‫يضربؤن‬
‫يضرك‬
‫يكرم‬
‫يضرتا‬
‫يضرزا‬
‫يضرزن‬
‫بضار‬
‫يتضرعرن‬
‫يضرعرن‬
‫يشتضيف‬
‫م'ه‪|٠-‬هنجبحه'م يستعنعغول‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫بافثرا‬
‫تلبة‬
‫يتغآيق‬
‫يظثب‬
‫يلتع‬
‫يطمعرن‬
‫يطرن‬
‫يطر‬
‫يتطيرزن‬
‫يتتزؤا‬
‫يتع‬
‫بلغ‬
‫يطبعو ن ا ييطيعرن‬
‫يتتلع‬
‫يشنييع‬
‫يتيبعون‬
‫بطؤن‬
‫تئرون‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ينبذ‬
‫ينبدرن‬
 ‫يعبدذوا‬
‫ور’‪-.٠٠٢‬‬
‫يعبدوت‬
‫يثيتزا‬
‫يتتتوتع‬
‫اعم‬
‫ية‬
‫ينجرزرن‬
‫*‪0‬‬ ‫يستتجل‬
‫يتتثيلرن‬
‫جيلرن‬
‫تعد‬
‫—‬‫‪٠‬م‪ ٢ ٠‬دون‬
‫‪٠‬غ‪٠‬ؤ| نم‬

‫يعتدرن‬
‫يعذب‬
‫يتذبنًا‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫بتتيم‬
‫يثير‬
‫‪: lih‬‬

‫يمصرل‬
‫ينيتة‬
‫رر‪٣‬‬
‫ص*‬
‫يازا‬
‫يييكة‬
‫ينتوا‬
‫يظم‬
‫بيم‬
‫تتتفغت‬
‫ين‬
‫آلم‪٠‬نم‬
‫قرل‬
‫]يغر‬
‫يغب‬
‫يتًال‬
‫ييتلرن‬
‫يكغرن‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫م يمرددل“ ‪-‬‬
‫ينى‬
‫يتاير‬
‫يغررك‬
‫بغريك‬
‫بغرقم‬
‫ما‪ ٠‬ا يغشى‬
‫بغاء‬
‫يتقيم‬
‫ثم ئه'’مه ب‬
‫يستعشون‬
‫يشزن‬
‫تتئوا‬
‫ينضغن‬
‫يغزر‬
‫يينرزن‬
‫ينزرزا‬
‫حح س ‪ ٠,‬و‬
‫يستغقر‬
‫تتزرزن‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يغرصزا‬
‫"ينييك‬
‫يغتن‬
‫يغيرزا‬
‫عتحه‬
‫لبئتم‬

‫يتغين‬

‫ينغ‬
‫يغتح‬
‫يتغيحرن‬
‫‪٠‬ال؛ر م‬
‫‪.٠‬يبر‪٢‬‬
‫عمردن‬
 ‫جثم*‬
‫يغترن‬
‫‪*■,‬بثثًا‬
‫ييم*‬
‫يغينرنك‬
‫يتغترتكة‬
‫يغجر‬

‫‪OR THl HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يغيد‬
‫يغيدزن‬
‫غشغرت‬
‫يفيل‬
‫ينغشرا‬
‫يتل‬
‫قذن‪:‬‬
‫يغلرا‬
‫يغتل‬
‫‪ ٠‬نم د م‬

‫يغعلرن‬
‫ئئم‪* ١٠‬غقرا‬
‫‪٠‬كو‪ ٠‬ص‪/‬‬
‫يعقرن‬

‫يفكرزا‬
‫يقكرزن‬
‫يغ‬
‫يغيحرن‬
‫يتقيز‬
‫‪٠.‬‬
‫يغخ‬

‫ق‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
 ‫ق‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬

‫■‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ق‬
‫ا‬
‫ق‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يتتقيم‬
‫يقهم‬
‫يقبره‬
‫يغبروا‬
‫يكبرزن‬
‫تشقرزن‬
‫يئكيز‬
‫يكث‬
‫يكتبون‬
‫يقكم‬
‫يكتمن‬
‫يكتةا‬
‫يكيبون‬
‫يكذب‬
‫يكذبؤك‬
‫يكذبؤن‬
‫يقرهون‬
‫غرين*‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يكلين‬
‫يغيرزن‬
 ‫يكآذزن‬
‫يكذ‬
‫يزرم‬
‫غيك‬
‫يكرن‬
‫عالذا‬
‫يكزلزن‬
‫يكيدزا‬
‫يكيدزن‬
‫بكزا‬
‫يثون‬
‫لجزن‬
‫لشزا‬

‫‪, THl HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫د‬
‫■‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ه‬‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫‪0‬‬

‫>‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫م‬
‫أ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫م‬
‫م‬
‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫م‬
‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫م‬
‫‪٢‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫يناونى يبم يادزن يزر وبراتم ندرول ممئت‪ ٠۶‬؛ؤجة دإلع غقغكة ينرفرن ينؤل ينرل ج؟‪-‬مي بيسخ ينيغا تج‬

‫د‬
‫يتارزن‬
‫نيق‬
‫ينيكرن‬
‫ينفخ‬
‫نفد‬
‫ئفرزا‬
‫ببغع‬
‫يتعم‬
‫يغنا‬
‫‪٠;٦۶‬‬
‫ييفن‬
‫ر"‪_٠‬ب ‪٠‬‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ينغقرا‬
‫نفقرن‬
‫ينفزا‬
 ‫وبج ب يقددن‬
‫يتتقذرن‬
‫نقع‬
‫نقمؤم‬

‫‪r THI HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫يتاتزن ييب تال م حوا يارن ‪-‬ج يهاجر ي*أجرزا *جسرن يبي يييي‪:‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫يرجنه‬
‫غدزن‬
‫رمًا‬
‫يزح‪.‬‬
‫يزح‬
‫ه ود‪'،‬‬
‫‪'٠‬وما‬
‫رينرك‬
‫رادرن‬
‫فذرعًا‬
‫غلون'‬
‫يرث‬
‫‪4,‬‬

‫يرثؤن‬
‫تررك‬‫يي‬
‫وآيرارى‬
‫برارى‬

‫‪OF THB HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫رقدرن يرقد‬
 ‫م خم )?‬
‫م‪1r‬‬
‫م‪٠‬لم‬

‫م آل م‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬
‫م ؟ ‪١‬م‬

‫‪٣‬ض‪0‬‬
‫‪،٠٠‬‬
‫ب‬
‫ام‬
‫؟ألم‪،‬‬

‫ادأ?‬

‫‪IFF‬‬ ‫مبا ا‬
‫م خم ‪r‬‬
‫؟?‪1‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪،‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪،‬‬
‫‪١‬ك ‪٠‬‬
‫تا‪1300‬‬

‫‪r THl HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫در‬
‫در‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫اا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫دل‬
‫ذو‬
‫ذ لي‬
‫ذل‬
‫ذ‪٠‬‬
‫ذو‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫را‬
‫‪,1‬‬
‫‪> I‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫نجك‬
‫نتيق‬
 ‫ب‪٠‬م‬

‫سجط‬
‫’*ؤ‬‫‪٠٢‬‬
‫سحر‬
‫نارغ‬
‫ننقط‬
‫نق‬
‫تجم‬
‫‪،‬نيقي‬
‫تت‬
‫‪،‬نكة‬
‫ام م م‬

‫ع |و سرن‬
‫بم‪،‬‬

‫نرى‬
‫‪.‬نريك‬
‫سهد‬
‫تتح‬
‫بشك خك‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ا‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫ح‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫غ‬
‫غ‬
 ‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫‪-‬ق‬
‫ق‬
‫ال‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫لذ‬
‫ال‬

‫‪a‬‬
‫ال‬
‫لي‬
‫ال‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪a‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫سر‬
‫يج ر‬

‫يثؤرث‬
‫‪ ،،‬ي‪-‬‬

‫تع‬
‫تيدم‬
‫تريكة‬
‫تركل‬
‫ثرل‬
‫ثرل‬
‫فيترك‬
‫دير‪ ،‬فسنيسرة‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫تحيلن‬
‫يحيرا‬
‫ينى‬
‫آحيكق‬
‫تحيينة‬
‫لبانى‬
‫تحرجنا‬
‫يخرجزا‬
‫يخرجتا‬
‫‘كزجم‬
‫لبخرى‬
 ‫ليستخغوا‬
‫لخايرزن‬ ‫ؤأ *‪ *-‬ن‬
‫تتيقهمم‬
‫ليديكزا‬
‫يذخال‬
‫لدخلن‬

‫ا‬
‫س‪: :::::‬ي‪: ::::‬تشد‬
‫‪ 1 ٩‬آل■ ‪ ■١ ٠‬ع ‪1‬‬
‫‪٠‬جةج‪٠3.‬ألج‪٠‬أل‪,5‬ةة‪5٩‬‬

‫‪١ ، V‬ك ‪ ٠‬ن ‪ ٦ ٩‬آل’ ‪ .‬ز ‪ ٠‬و ‪ ٠ 1 1 ٠ ٠١ ٠‬ال ‪ ٦ " ٦ " ٦٦٠ ٦“ ٦ ٠ ٦ ■، ٦ ٠ .٦ .٦ .٦ S ١ ■٦/ i ٩ ٠‬أل ‪. ٦ ٠١‬‬
‫أل‬

‫‪OF THS HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫هًا ةبب‪٦‬‬
‫يتلكزا‬
‫يننل‬
‫تسععن‬
‫تبمرن‬
‫ينيتا‬
‫لبدز‪.‬زا‬
‫تتوزا‬
‫يقارين‬
‫كزؤعة‬
‫يفق‬
‫ثئركىًا‬
‫يفدزا‬
‫كتزًا‬
‫كقرى‬
‫يتحن‬
‫تنرت‬
‫يثذزاليعدرجم‬ ‫‪١‬كله‪ً٦‬ا بى‬

‫ولبطقفرا‬
‫‪Word‬‬
 ‫لجأ ‪٠‬‬
‫الطالفين‬
‫ؤسي'‬
‫'آلى‬
‫وه‬
‫‪:‬بظيره ريعبدون‪.‬‬
‫نم‪٠‬ر‪٠‬‬
‫فزد‪-‬‬
‫فييي‬
‫يتعتدزا‬
‫تذن‬
‫لنبم‬
‫‪،‬أعدببه‬
‫فلعرفتهم‬
‫يتتارفوا‬
‫لترتهم‬
‫ترزون‬
‫يلعسراى‬
‫فيستعفف‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫غ‬
‫ف‬

‫ف‬

‫ف‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ف‬

‫ف‬
‫ف‬
‫ف‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ف‬
‫ق‬
‫ا‬
‫ق‬

‫ق‬

‫ق‬
‫‪872‬‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫آقنالن قبنيل فتيةت قبؤرلث تبتج لتجينة‬
‫‪٨٧٣‬‬
‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫لمؤيعزن‬
‫ظتوييين‬
‫آزتعوا‬
‫لوايثرا‬
‫برفم‬
‫لموفرم‬
‫ربرفرا‬
‫لويهًا‬
‫لميقاي ًا‬
‫لرقيته‬
‫ظيقرا‬
‫قكويتة‬
‫تؤق‬
‫أعب‬
‫ليتتيقن‬
‫ولتأي‬
‫‪:‬لتيق‬
‫آئقأ‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫فينرن‬
‫بريين‬

‫مؤينة‬
‫مؤيات‬
‫متأنيين‬
‫ت‪٦‬ئ‪/‬ءآأ‬
‫عأوفى اتأوام‬
‫تأراه‪/‬تأرام‬
‫الثري‬
‫ئذآل‬
‫نتًا‬
‫مبيغ(‪)2‬‬
‫عبرءدن‬‫ل‪- ٠,‬‬
 ‫مبارك‬
‫مبارك‬
‫ترطان‬
‫بترًا‪٠‬نم‬
‫و«‪,-‬‬
‫إ جرئن‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫م‪،٠‬ا بين‬
‫تيو‬
‫بنآي‬
‫ييناي متمر‬
‫اله‬

‫متعنن‬
‫متيؤن‬
‫تمبرم‬
‫يتمة‬
‫مشبررا‬
‫تقة‬
‫ثقلرن‬
‫يقال‬
‫مثنى‬
‫عشانى‬
‫جذزز‬
‫اتجرم‬
‫مجر تزن‬

‫ح‬
‫»‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫»‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫ا‬
‫»‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪OF THI HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫ا‬
‫ا‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫خ‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪878‬‬

‫د‬
‫د‬
‫ذ‬
‫ذ‬
‫ذ‬
‫ن‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫»‬
‫ذ‬
‫د‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬

‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫ر‬
‫ر‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪:‬ي‪.‬كا‬
‫نات‬
‫منضيًا‬
‫المرعل‬
‫نمكءة‬
‫ز \ز ‪١‬‬
‫المرفود‬
‫المرفرع‬
‫م‪ ٠‬ب‪٠‬باه‬
‫زروم‬
‫يمقا‬
‫—‪٠‬‬
‫المرافقي‬
‫بظ‬
‫ضيقبرن‬
‫بدًا‬
‫يه ‪٠‬‬
‫‪-‬نقرم‬
‫تراركًا‬
‫‪،‬زوم‬
‫متاب‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫المتترين المتخر مسخراي مترزرا عترفف‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫سع‬
‫ص بب‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا ا‬
‫‪٠ -٣‬‬
‫سل‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫صر‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫غر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫رع‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫بمترخك‬
‫بمضرخئ‬
‫تضرظ‬
‫منقرًا‬
‫تضرزظ‬
‫تغفونة‬
‫سف‬
‫المتطن‬
‫المتيح‬
‫ميحرن‬
‫المتيين‬
‫محال‬
‫المكلين‬
‫مصايع‬
‫ميثيًا‬
‫مييبة‬
‫المسؤر‬
‫الميير‬
‫‪the holy QURAN‬‬

‫‪Roo,‬‬
‫طم‬
‫طط ‪٠‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫■‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫طو‬
‫ا‬ ‫<‬
‫طو‬
‫ط عى‬
‫ظل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا ا‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫عت‬
‫عج‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫*»‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫أد‬

‫ر‬
‫ت‬
‫ش‬
‫»‬
‫ص‬
‫ص‬
‫ط‬
‫ق‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ال‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬
‫ا‬
‫*‬
‫لو‬
 ‫م‬
‫‪f‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬نم؛ مير ع‬
‫مرنم! اد‬
‫المشتغفرين‬
‫عغلوتة‬
‫عغلؤب‬
‫غايم‬
‫‪٢٠*‘٠‬‬

‫معسون‬
‫مغارات‬
‫المفآي‬
‫مغيرًا‬

‫لمغيراي‪8‬‬
‫معسحة‬ ‫بيي‪-‬ي‬
‫مفاع‬
‫المزتؤن‬
‫المغرة‬
‫غروخ‬
‫ك‪٠‬‬
‫عغرق‬
‫ص_ ادا نم|‬
‫متغر قرن‬
‫كئر‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪٠‬ع‪٠‬نم‪٠‬م‪ ،‬مفبره متقابلين متقبل اتثير مغتجم مغدؤرًا‬

‫‪،‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫هأه»‪١‬‬
‫نقلي‬
‫مقيرن‬
‫متقبم‬
‫مقاند‬
‫مقمحرن‬
‫مقامع‬
‫مغيعن‬
‫كثا‬
‫مقام‬
‫مقان‬
‫المقامة‬
‫مقيم‬
‫المقييين‬
‫‪٠‬د م ‪٥٥٥‬؛ مشيقيًا‬
‫همقبًالارع المقيين‬
‫مكثا‬
‫متكبر‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫تكان‬
‫تكاتيم‬
‫المكيدون‬
‫ايكيال‬
‫تلكين‬
‫علك‬
‫«المآللك‬
‫عكلحدًا‬
‫لمآ'‬
‫ملسثين‬
‫الملونة‬
‫مآلق‬
‫مآلفرما‬
‫‪،‬ثآليحوا‬
‫تلقؤن‬
‫ألمقين‬
‫جب ‪ ٠٠‬سم‪٠‬‬
‫المقياي‬
‫اتقيان‬
‫‪r THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪٠‬ى‬
‫ى‬

‫ش‬
‫>‬
‫ش‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫»‬
‫ص‬
‫»‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ت‬
‫ط‬
‫ظ‬
‫ا‬
‫>‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬

‫ينييب يننيين الف معي تام تتأيهًا تمادات المًاجرية مهتتد ‪ ١‬مةةدرن الميتين المتيين ىي ‪-‬‬

‫‪OF THE HOLY QURAN‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫مؤزقي‬
‫اه'اذ‬
‫الموازين‬
‫او‬

‫المزيع‬
‫مز م‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫ص|ل‪٠‬لخمع‬
‫موترعه‬
‫عرانيو‬
‫نج‪٩ ٠٠|٠‬أ‪٠‬‬
‫عرضرو‬
‫مريتًا‬
‫تداين‬
‫مؤعد‬
‫مؤعدًا‬
‫بردًا‬
‫مؤعدء‬
‫عوعين‬
‫الموعرو‬
‫اليائ‬
‫موعظة‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ج‬
‫المزلى‬
‫■تذم‪٠‬‬
‫مزآل‬
‫سرآلت‬
‫موال‬
‫زالئو‪ ٠‬م‬
‫ل‬
‫عرىن‬
‫ميسورا‬
‫ميسرغ‬
‫المتي‬
‫مؤقرن‬
‫غردين‬
‫ميقيين‬
‫المتق‬
‫)*‪(٠٠٠٠٠٠‬‬
 ‫‪ .......‬كساب الظاء ‪ ..٠٠.٠٠‬كتاب العين‬

‫‪ .......‬كتاب الغين ‪ .......‬كتاب الفاء‬

‫‪ ......‬كتا القاف‬
‫‪ .....‬كتا الكاف‬
‫‪ ........‬كتاب الالم‬
‫‪ .........‬كتاب الميم‬
‫كتاب النون ‪٠٠٠,,,,‬‬
‫‪ ........‬كتاى الهاء‬
‫‪ .......‬كتاب الواو‬
‫‪ .......‬كتاب الياء‬
‫‪.... APPENDIX‬‬
‫‪ ............‬األلف‬
‫‪ ..............‬التاء‬
‫‪ ..............‬الياء‬
‫‪..‬النون ‪٠٠٠٠.٠٠٠.٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ..............‬الالم‬
‫‪...............‬الميم‬
‫‪ .....‬الفهرس العام‬
‫‪T a uomprenensive ana systematic‬‬
‫‪m of Islamic Studies‬‬
‫‪Qk or‬‬ ‫‪Vocabulary of the Holy Qur’an‬‬

‫‪d Qur’anic Studies‬‬

RA' International
undation. All Rights Reserved.

on copyright:

art of IQRAs comprehensive

program of Islamic Education.

ook may be reproduced by

uding photocopying, electronic,
ording, or otherwise without
ent of the publisher. In specific
on is granted on written request
nslate IQRA'S works. For
arding permission, write to:
ational Educational Foundation,
Blvd.. Skokie, IL 60077
cabulary
b Qur’an
BDULLAH ABBAS NADWI

A
TIONAL FOUNDATION
INTERNATIONAL
‫★‬ ‫★★‬ ‫★‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫ئ‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫ج‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫حامية‬
‫*‬ ‫ظ— ع‬
‫ح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ئ ‪see‬‬ ‫«د‬
‫تأل‬
‫‪see‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪see‬‬ ‫ت‪١‬س‬
‫ح‬ ‫بب ب‬
‫‪see‬‬
‫تالة‬
‫ح‬
‫★‬
‫‪s٦ng.١ u‬‬ ‫حبب‬
* (•،Crtt)
01 P٥!٨‫؛‬P
‫نادانًا ‪٢‬‬
‫ادائ■‬
‫تم‪١‬ت‪١‬ما‬
‫‪ ,،‬انت'‬
 ‫أبلن‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫بت د‬ ‫ابر‬
‫ايئ‪/‬ايضخ‬ ‫ب‪ ٤‬مدج‬ ‫ابجت‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫بدع‬ ‫أتجدعز ( ها)‬
‫أبلغؤا‪/‬أبيذه‬ ‫بدل‬ ‫أدة‬
‫‪/‬أبوا‪/‬اتل‬ ‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫انيتدال‬
‫ابن‪ ،‬انن‪ ، :‬أبيم‬ ‫برأ‬ ‫أزئ‬
‫أبناد‬
‫آزآب‪/‬آرابًا‬ ‫برر‬ ‫آزار‬
‫بر‬ ‫ا‪٠‬آلعز‬
‫آبير‬
‫‪.‬انهتم‬ ‫بشر‬
‫بسل‬ ‫أبنيا‬
‫آبتز*مزفية‬
‫ابعت‬
‫انتبرق‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫آنرزا‬
‫امبيرزا‬
‫آآييق‬ ‫بد‬ ‫اقنار‬
‫؟يثوا‬ ‫اذارس‪١/‬تايم‪٠‬‬
‫آبنن‪/‬ابيًاة‬ ‫بقى‬‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫آبق‬
‫ابغت‪/‬ابتغاء‬
‫بن‪/‬أتنزن‬ ‫بكم‬
‫بكر‬ ‫آبكر‪/‬إبكار‬
‫آبم‬
‫اتلت‬ ‫بكى‬ ‫آب‬

‫‪١‬آل‪٠‬ا‬ ‫انق‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ب‬
‫فابرا‬ ‫بع‬‫نو‬
‫ت‬ ‫آبع‬
‫‪.‬آتختمزم‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫اتبعتت‬
‫ألئت‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫إتآع‬
‫ايغ‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫»‬

‫آنمر‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫ليا ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫‪.‬اتعنآم‬
‫آترآب‬
‫اتآي‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫■ازب‬
‫أتين‬ ‫رك‬ ‫ت‬ ‫اترك‬
‫انًا عشر‬ ‫قن‬
‫فت‬ ‫اق‪ ..‬أتقن‬
‫أثتي عتر‬ ‫قى‬
‫د‬ ‫•اة؛‬
‫اآلي‬
‫اثتين‬ ‫قى‬
‫اغتًا عتترة‬ ‫لو‬
‫ت‬ ‫انل ار‪٠‬‬
‫آرزن‪١‬‬
‫‪٩‬ائذ‬ ‫‪■ ٠I‬‬
‫ت‬
‫‪٢٦‬تظتممى‬
‫•اج‪۶‬‬
‫آيممب‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫»‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫اجج‬
 ‫اجيةاًا‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫آجادزا‬ ‫بئ‬ ‫ج‬
‫آجيسزا‬ ‫اجتين‬
‫اجتمعئ‬
‫اجتعوا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫<‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫الجرآب‬
‫اجتت‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ثث‬ ‫ج‬
‫آجرن‬ ‫دث‬ ‫ج‬ ‫‪١‬أللجتاث‬
‫آجييت‬ ‫دد‬ ‫ج‬ ‫آجدر‬
‫ايخي‬ ‫آ*ايؤتي‬
‫اجتبؤا‬ ‫دل‬
‫دع‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ج‬ ‫اجترحزا‬
‫آجرننًا‬
‫ة‪٣‬تخ‬ ‫دم‬ ‫ج‬
‫آجيحت‬ ‫*ا‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫الجدتمر‬
‫آججة‬ ‫‪ ,‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫إجراين‬
‫اجررا‬ ‫ىم‬ ‫ج‬ ‫آجا مهم‬
‫آجتم‬ ‫عل‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫اجسل‬
‫أيب‬ ‫■ا ‪٠‬‬ ‫اجسنن‬
‫آجيؤا‬ ‫‪۴‬‬ ‫اجأنن‬
‫اجلرا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ا‬
‫أجيت‬
‫اتجاب‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫اجين‬
‫اتجابرا‬ ‫لب‬ ‫غ‬ ‫أجب‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ح‬ ‫ي بب‬
‫اذرزازم‬
‫اخذ‬ ‫تتم‬
‫غ‬

‫»»‬
‫ا‬
‫ًا‬ ‫يتتتا‬
‫ضا‪٠ -‬‬ ‫أتن‬ ‫■‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫«‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪٠‬أمس‬ ‫'»‬ ‫ا‪٠ :٠‬ر‪٠‬ا استجيبوا‬
‫ح‬ ‫أحت‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫استجيت‬
‫دد‬ ‫ج‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫آحثزا‬
‫آخئ‬
‫ي؛‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫ى‪١‬‬ ‫ج‬ ‫تتذف‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫لتننه‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪٦،١٠،‬‬
‫آختنم‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫بب‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آحب‬
‫■‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫أحينزا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آحيت‬

‫إحان‬ ‫‪:‬أحباؤ‬
‫»‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬ ‫اصرزم‬
‫اخشرزا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬
‫بد‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫انتحتزا‬
‫اآخبار‬
‫ا‬
‫أخيرتم‬ ‫بط‬ ‫ح‬ ‫آخبط‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ًا‬
‫أخيرزا‬ ‫‪١‬ىتثتا‬
‫أخيت‬
‫ًا‬
‫آ‪-‬صتن‬ ‫دث‬ ‫ًا‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫أين‬ ‫ا‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬آحدتوتهم‬
‫ًا ‪.‬‬ ‫ا‬

‫آخصى‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫آ‪-‬اديت‬

 ‫ةًا ‪0‬له‪١‬‬
‫أحتن‬
‫أخآلم‬
‫صى‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫تح‪.‬أتينا‪1‬‬
‫احصوا‬
‫•‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫أحد‬ ‫‪«٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫أنل‬ ‫رد‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫أخخرن‬
‫آتلم‬ ‫فظ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫احغظؤا‬
‫اختمل‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫احتمتا‬ ‫قب‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫ح‬ ‫آتابًا‬
‫اتتننظرا‬
‫اآحآلي‬ ‫زف‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أآتافي‬
‫احوذ‬ ‫قق‬ ‫ح‬ ‫آحث‬
‫أ'ىط‬ ‫>< ا‬ ‫انتحق‬
‫أ‪-‬اط‬ ‫«‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫استحقا‬
‫آ‪-‬لى‬ ‫كم‬ ‫ح‬ ‫آلءم‬
‫آحت‬ ‫« ‪٠‬‬
‫‪.‬ا‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪:‬اخك‬
‫أيط‬
‫دى‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ح‬ ‫أخين‬
‫ؤاحلن‬
‫ألحًا‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫أح‬
‫"آتبام‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫أحنًا‬
‫آحيتآ‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫آحقا‬

‫آخرقتيًا‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ىي‬ ‫ح‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫آخينا‬
‫أوى‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫‪:‬أخي‬
‫»»‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪١‬ي‪٠‬ب‬
‫أخريتة‬
‫اخشزا‬
‫اآخسرنون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫اسخيؤا‬
‫استخياو‬
‫اآنترب‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫آخبتؤا‬
‫آتخفؤنم‬ ‫بت‬
‫بد‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬ ‫‪.‬آخارم‬
‫ل اختوا|‬ ‫دد‬ ‫خ‬ ‫اأجدود‬
‫و اخقزن‬
‫آخقوم‬ ‫دن‬
‫ر‪٤‬‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬
‫أخدان‬
‫آخرج‬
‫اختعموا‬ ‫آخر جوا‬
‫اآنتر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫آخرج‬
‫آخطأتم‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫>‬
‫أخجت‬
‫ئ‪-‬آ‬ ‫ا‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫«‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫آخرجن‬
‫اخنض‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫■‬ ‫أخرجتم‬
‫؟خفت‬ ‫إخراج‬
‫أخف‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪,‬ا‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪.‬إخراجكم‬
 ‫آخنتم‬
‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫اسنخرجهًا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫خفى‬ ‫أخخيًا‬
‫خلد‬ ‫‪،‬آجلد‬
‫‪III‬‬

‫خ|‪،‬ط‬
‫آجلد‬
‫انتتط‬
‫خلع‬ ‫ةختع‬
‫خلف‬ ‫‪.‬أتايقك‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ًاتمك‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫'أخق‬
‫‪III‬‬ ‫آخلفرا‬
‫اع‪:‬آضت‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫*‬

‫‪II.‬‬
‫اختتم‬
‫‪Ill‬‬
‫انتلفرا‬
‫‪,»,‬‬ ‫اخيالف‬
‫تخلف‬
‫ا‪٠٠‬ده‬
‫‪III‬‬
‫اخلفنى‬
‫خلق‬ ‫أنيد‬
‫‪٠ I١‬‬ ‫نجإلق|‬
‫خلل‬ ‫اآلخنرع‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ةئ‪١‬ت‪٠‬ابم‪ ٠‬درا درك « «‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ر‬ ‫أرآب‬ ‫‪٠‬ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫اذب‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫أزبتة‬ ‫>‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫وق‬ ‫ذ‬
‫اذعؤا‬
‫أدبع‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ر‬ ‫أزبينة‬
‫أرب‬ ‫ىع‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫الى‬
‫آذآعرا‬
‫د‬ ‫آزجله‬ ‫أى‬ ‫د‬ ‫أرآيتك‬
‫د‬ ‫ارخ‬ ‫■■‬ ‫أرآيتم‬
‫ا«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ازجزا ازجزن‬ ‫•ا‬
‫آرنى‬
‫ا‬
‫آراك‬ ‫أ‪-‬اد‬
‫تأرآه‪٢‬فًا‬
‫ارجين‬ ‫‪١‬ت‬
‫*‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫>‬ ‫أرجله‬ ‫‪■I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫*‪.‬‬ ‫*‬
‫ر‬ ‫آذيحة‬
‫آزجزا‬ ‫ا‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫أرياك‬
‫‪ ٩‬ا‪ ٦‬مذب‪٩‬‬
‫»‬ ‫أرزجة‬ ‫‪ ,I‬ا‬
‫‪.5‬‬

‫اذعيأ‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آرفي‬

‫ل‬ ‫ازحم‬
‫‪:‬أررفي‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫■‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫’ارامآكم‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ارحن‬
‫اآلزحام‬
‫ا‪,‬‬
‫بب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬ ‫آزاب‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫رحم‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪٠۴١‬‬
‫آزتايين‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫ددد‬ ‫رتد‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫ردى‬ ‫أزة؛‬
‫ارمموا‬

‫‪■٠٠‬‬
‫رذ ل‬ ‫آلآلذذؤن‬
‫آرذل‬
‫آراؤنا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫اززق‬
‫رز ق‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫؛ذق‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫اززقزهم‬
‫‪١‬ذبله‬
‫رسل‬

‫>‪٠ I‬‬ ‫آزستا‬

‫آز‪-‬لت‬
‫■>>‬ ‫ةآزسلرا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬ا «‬ ‫ةأزيؤن‬
‫آزيلةه‬
‫أأيتم‬
‫**■‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫سيب‬ ‫آبآبت‬
‫سب ط‬ ‫اآسآط‬
‫س ‪٧‬ع‬
‫سبقا‬
‫آتغ‬
‫آنتقوا‬
‫انتقًا‬
‫<‪I‬‬
‫انتقرا‬
‫‪ ٠٠٠‬د‬
‫سج‬ ‫انبيد‬
‫ااا‬ ‫اتبىدوا‬
‫ا‬ ‫«‬
‫ر‬
‫سح‬
‫‪,‬‬
‫اتجيى‬‫آلعءر‬
‫سخط‬ ‫أترحكت‬
‫نمط‬
‫ىدا‬
‫سرد‬ ‫آسر‬
‫‪>11‬‬
‫آترزت‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫إشرارًا‬
‫آترزا‬
‫«‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬ى د ا‬ ‫أترع‬
‫سرف‬ ‫آسرف‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫اتكن‬
‫سكن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫اشكنرا‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫ككنع‬
‫*‪>.‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫آنينزعت‬
‫فآتئ‪٠‬ل‬

‫سلح‬
‫انلخ‬
‫‪.‬أتييم‬
‫سلخ‬
‫أتفى‬
‫سلن‬
‫آتتقتم‬
‫‪٠ I,‬‬
‫سلك‬ ‫ءق‪،٠‬‬
‫هآسطم‬
‫سلم‬
‫آتتع‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫آئتنح‬
‫‪,‬اا‬
‫آستؤا‬
‫ا‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫اإلنآلم‬
‫•أآلج‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫آتع‬
‫سمع‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫آثركع‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫اسويع‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫آنركتم‬
‫ىى‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫انترينم‬
‫آثركتمون‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫آسلت‬
‫آنركنا‬
‫ىل‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ئ‪-‬أ‬
‫آنركز‬
‫تت‬
‫ءح‬ ‫ص‬ ‫آيرة‬
‫آغايسًا‬
‫'أيك‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫دد‬ ‫س‪٣‬‬
‫آتد‬
‫أعئ‪٠١‬م‬
‫اغتل‪.‬‬ ‫آغةم‪/‬؛‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫■‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫آ*قغ‪ .‬اعفقن‬ ‫ا«‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫اشدد‬
‫آآنفتتم‬
‫انقق‬ ‫اثربوا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫ا‪:‬شقن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫رب‬ ‫ص‬ ‫اشتدن‬
‫اشرب‬
‫آش‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫اغرح‬
‫اآنق‬
‫دح‬
‫ند‬
‫س‬
‫ص‬ ‫اآشرار‬
‫‪،‬أثة‬ ‫ى‬ ‫آتراطها‬
‫‪٦‬ؤ‪٠‬‬
‫رط‬
‫رق‬ ‫س‬ ‫آترقن‬
 ‫اشكرزا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫اإلشراق‬
‫ا‬
‫آشكر‬ ‫آشرك‬
‫رك‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫اشمآن‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫ماز‬
‫د*‬
‫ش‬
‫ش‬ ‫أنهد‬
‫أغيدزا‬
‫ا‬
‫»‪,‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫اآلشاد‬
‫‪,٠‬‬
‫»‬
‫أنتةم‬
‫>‬
‫>‬
‫انتفيدزا‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬د‬ ‫ش‬ ‫آشر‬
‫‪٠‬د‬ ‫‪٠‬ص‬ ‫اشهح‬
‫ى‪,‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ر»‬ ‫آفبة‬ ‫‪٦‬ت‪.‬ر‬
‫ىع‬ ‫‪.‬آخاعك‬
‫أفباعن‬
‫ش‬
‫بع‬ ‫‪٦‬ئ‪٩‬ي‪ ٠‬ص‬
‫‪II‬‬

‫‪-‬ب‬ ‫اإلنباح‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫»‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫آتح‬
‫‪٠I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫آس بحت‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آتبتم‪.‬‬

‫آداب‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫آتابن‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ص‬ ‫انتف‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫احنناك‬
‫فو‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫آبنم‬ ‫‪٦‬ت;ا‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫<‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫>‬
‫اسطفبنًا‬
‫انطفيك‬

‫آسبآم‬
‫لب‬
‫ص‬
‫ص‬ ‫‪.‬آناليكم‬
‫أيبب‬
‫لح‬

‫اآنران‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أغت‬

‫أنل‬
‫‪.‬آتواتهم‬
‫*ا‪,‬‬
‫آحتئ ًا‬
‫آنوانًا‬ ‫المالماي‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫•‬
‫أنلحرا‬
‫إنآلح‬
‫أنخ‬
‫الصايمين‬ ‫كطادزا‪،‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫إضآلحًا‬
‫اضرب‬
‫أغك‬ ‫‪U‬‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫ص‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آتمهم‬
‫ا‪٠‬م‬
 ‫آغريزا‬ ‫نع‬ ‫ص‬ ‫اتتعغ‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫اضربزهن‬
‫آفضرب‬
‫نم‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ازطننك‬
‫آننام‬
‫ا ر أنطر؛‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪.‬آنارك‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫ضرر‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫انطر‬
‫انطرزتم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠-٠‬مر’‪\٠‬‬
‫ضعف‬ ‫اضعفؤي‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫أنغ‬
‫اتنيفزا‬
‫آى‬
‫ضغث‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫آنغان‬
‫‪.‬أظناتكم‬
‫ض‪٤‬ن‬
‫ضلل‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫آتل‬
‫آنللنًا‬
‫أتآلن‬
‫آنتم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪١‬‬
‫ل< «‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫آبق‬
‫آتئ‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫أنوا‬
‫غمم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫اغم‬
‫آتئري‬
‫ضؤا‬
‫آتة‬

‫■ انتتت‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Roo,‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫لق‬ ‫ط‬ ‫‪:‬انلقتم‬
‫'انر‬ ‫أس‬ ‫ط‬ ‫الين‬
‫آلزن‬ ‫مع‬
‫«ا‬
‫مل‬
‫ا‬ ‫آلع‬
‫آطتن‬
‫‪:‬اطي‬ ‫من‬ ‫ط‬ ‫آتنزن‬
‫المآن‬
‫‪.‬آظقرم‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫>‪٠‬‬ ‫اظمأنتتم‬
‫آظة ‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫المآؤا‬
‫آظن‬ ‫د*‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ءئذ‪،١‬‬
‫‪،‬آظر‬ ‫« ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آدر‬
‫اغبذ‬ ‫دد‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ازرًا‬
‫؟غبذني‬ ‫دح‬ ‫ط‬ ‫آطع‬
 ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪«I‬‬
‫اغبدزا‬
‫آغبدزن‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آةص‪٧‬‬
‫آلتم‬
‫آشبرزا‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آطتتمرم‬
‫أغتي‬ ‫‪< ٠‬‬ ‫اس‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫آغتدنع‬
‫ةئي‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫عرا‬ ‫انًا‬
‫انتطع‬
‫‪■،‬آم‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‪٠‬تني‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫كاآل'وم‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫زل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫آعتررًا‪:‬‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫أعتى‬ ‫اغتزرن‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ع‬
‫أعتتم‬ ‫أعق‬ ‫ر‪-‬‬
‫أعير‬
‫اآعقن‬
‫انتعلك‬
‫اآغل‬
‫اتتغمرمة‬
‫‪, ٠‬‬
‫صم‬
‫صى‬ ‫‪ ٠1‬ا‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫إغصار‬
‫اغتيموا‬
‫تتمآغن‬
 ‫اغتمر‬
‫‪١‬لو‬ ‫‪ ٦،‬ز‬ ‫طر‬ ‫ع‬ ‫أضلى‬
‫آعيناك‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬
‫أفان‬
‫اغل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪<I‬‬
‫ظم‬ ‫ع‬ ‫آعظم‬‫أعلرا‬
‫فو‬ ‫ع‬
‫اغلوا‬
‫آغآيكم أعأيكم‬
‫‪.‬أص‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫قب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫اعن‬
‫‪.‬آعقايم ‪١٠‬‬
‫اعف‬
‫آعتاب‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٦٤‬عتسعه‬ ‫آعتابنًا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٦‬تآآ‬ ‫لم‬ ‫ع‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫أعتبهم‬
‫اغت‬
‫آغتم‬
‫أغآقي‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫اغلؤا‬
 ‫آفزغ‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫نى‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫غ‬ ‫آغتى‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫فق‪5‬‬ ‫‪< ٠‬‬ ‫اغأم‪٠‬‬

‫اتراى‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫>‬
‫انتنى‬
‫اتريتة‬
‫‪:‬اترا‬
‫»»‬
‫رث‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫غ‬ ‫اسغآق‬
‫اقآل‬
‫دع‬ ‫غ‬
‫أتريا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آلي‬
‫انتغزز‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬
 ‫فحرا‪5‬‬ ‫■ألهدي•؟‬
‫آفدزعًا‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٠٠‬د‬ ‫لى‬
‫ا‬
‫‪:‬أد‬
‫انتخ‬ ‫أشدهم‬
‫انيعام‬ ‫ت‪- ٠‬ح‬ ‫ا‬
‫ف‬ ‫اح‬
‫أنغتوا‬ ‫اتغتحزا‬
‫آنيًا‬
‫آنضى‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫تع‬
‫>‬
‫لى‬
‫أتع‬ ‫آترني‬
‫انغطرت‬ ‫»‪,‬‬
‫ا«‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪I‬‬
‫؟تغتيم‬
‫ف‬
‫انعل‬ ‫ف‬ ‫غجرن‪5‬‬
‫انيا‬ ‫‪٠‬د ى‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫انتدى‬
‫آظح‬ ‫انتدن‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫انغلق آنان آفرآجًا‬

‫فلق ف ن ن ف و ج فوز فرض فو ق فر فع‬
‫‪ ٠ ٠‬د » » ‪ ٠ I‬ف ى ض ق ب ر قب ل‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫أتلت‬
‫‪Roo,‬‬
‫آنيطةا‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫آقآلم‬
‫ق‬ ‫سط‬ ‫ق‬
‫ا‬
‫آقل‬
‫اققن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫اقستم‬
‫آقط‬
‫آقتموا‬
‫آتى‬
‫ق‬ ‫صم‬ ‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫أنراتًا‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫أقيم‬
‫اقيذ‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫زلم‬ ‫أقل‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫صذ‬
‫صص‬
‫ى‬
‫ى‬ ‫تاثصم‬
‫اآتمى‬
‫»‬
‫اآتويل‬ ‫صد‬ ‫ى‬
‫ى‬ ‫آتض‬
‫انخزا‬
‫آقآموا‬
‫ضى‬
‫أةآم‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫‪« ٠‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫آقار‬
‫آقتم‬
‫طر‬
‫»‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫آقمآق‬ ‫طع‬
‫عد‬
‫حآل‬
‫ى‬ ‫اتعدوا‬
‫تطعرا]‬
‫آتنالم‬
‫>‬ ‫فل‬ ‫ى‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫آقن‬
‫آيساا‬
‫لب‬
‫ا‬ ‫ل‬
‫ى‬
‫اعترا‬
‫اتيب‬
‫اتبتم‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫اتقاموا‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫اتتقم‬
‫لع‬ ‫ق‬ ‫أقهف‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬
‫كس ب‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫أنتبوًا‬
‫كس و‬
‫كش ف‬ ‫ا كيفن‬
‫واكؤم‬

‫كف ر‬ ‫اكغر‬
‫>‪٠I‬‬
‫اكفررا‬
‫آكفيًا‬
‫كفل‬
‫كلم‬ ‫أكلم‬
‫كمل‬
‫اإلكم‬
‫اختتى‬
‫كمم‬
‫‪.‬كم‬ ‫الك‬
‫لد ن ن‬ ‫آيبة‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫آكتم‬ ‫‪١‬ىأ‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كوب‬ ‫آكراي‬
‫كود‬
‫عي‬
‫‪٩‬ه‬
‫كون‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كى‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٦‬كون‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫م ح ن ) ‪١٥٠ ٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ايب‪ .‬عب ايتيةون اتتبةج‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪.‬آنجم‬ ‫‪٠‬ل‬ ‫أ‬ ‫‪٦‬تت‪٠‬‬
‫نذ‬ ‫ىت‬ ‫م‬ ‫آرت‬
‫انبذت‬ ‫الت‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫انترن‬‫آتًا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬
‫‪،‬التم‬
‫*‪٠٠٠١‬‬
‫ي‪٠٢‬‬ ‫أيد‬
‫ل‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ا‬

‫آنيتًا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬‫‪٠‬‬
‫ول‬
‫أنوات‬
‫آنينا‬
‫وانحز‬ ‫ىن‬ ‫مم‬ ‫ي‪ ١‬يم‬
‫امتآزرا‬
‫أدآدًا‬ ‫ب‪1‬‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أنبم‬
‫آي‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫آنبأك‬
‫‪.‬آمزتم‬ ‫آنهم‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠،‬‬
‫أضءجي‬ ‫»»‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫أنئري‬
‫آيرزا‬ ‫آنباء‬
‫ا‬

‫آنرل‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫"آبالم‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫آنرنك‬‫آنًا‬ ‫بت‬ ‫ن‬ ‫اآنياء‬
‫آنبتن‬
‫آزلي‬ ‫*‪ ,‬ا‬ ‫أنتًا‬

‫‪ ١٠١‬ن غ ا‬
‫‪11, 11. 11Root‬‬
‫■‬

‫‪ « < . 111‬نش ر «‪11‬‬

‫أقًاتم آنأنا أئة آنقأناعت‬
‫‪Word‬إقاء‬
‫« ‪ . .‬نش ز ن ص ب‬ ‫أتز‪ :‬آترئ تيروا انشروا‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ن‬ ‫هوه اتع‬ ‫ا؟‬ ‫ن‬
 ‫أتض‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫‪ .‬انقتن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫انقا‬
‫>‬
‫ف‬
‫ن‬
‫‪١٠‬ثكاج‬ ‫ن‬
‫خ‬
‫ن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫*‬

‫نيحرا‪5‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن‬
‫فيك‪1‬‬
‫ل‬
‫‪٠.‬‬
‫نمحوا‬ ‫ونم‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫لى‬
‫ا‬
‫ن‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ن‬
‫استكفرا‬ ‫ا‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫آجآل‬ ‫‪٠1‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫ل‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫ن‬
‫ا‬
‫نن‬
‫ن‬
‫‪٢٧٢‬‬ ‫•تذا‬
‫؛؟•زز‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪I‬‬
‫أهآتنآنًا‬ ‫»‬
‫ل‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ق‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ن‬
‫ا‬ ‫أغذ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ن‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫نهى‬ ‫اتيؤا‬
‫نوب‬ ‫آآب‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫آنن‬
‫أنابرم‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬ ‫أنب‬
‫اننا‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫آنيرا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬بط‬ ‫انط‬
‫الطرا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫آتجر‬
‫‪٠‬ج د‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫وانمجرف‬
‫واتجرزرهن‬
‫<‬ ‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ادى‬ ‫آميك‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫آمييكة‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬آنييم‬
‫اهينًا‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫آندزم‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫التدى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫اعتدؤا‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫|هآ‬
‫اسر‪:‬ة‬
‫‪٠‬وى‬
‫وي د‬ ‫أز بار هًا‬
‫تذ‬ ‫اآلزتاو‬
‫دثف‬ ‫‪١‬آلذون‬
‫دأد‬ ‫أجد‬
‫د‪٣‬‬ ‫اوجس‬
‫وج ف‬ ‫ا‪.-.-‬ي‪ ٠‬أرجزتم‬
‫وحى‬ ‫أرح‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫أوحيك‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫أوحينا‬
‫"أردية‬
‫ودى‬

‫ر رث‬
‫أررثم‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫أورى‬
‫‪,‬ا‪,‬‬ ‫أزرثما‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫أؤرترا‬
‫ورد‬ ‫فأرردم‬
‫د‬ ‫تأرارق‬
‫رزر‬ ‫أرزار‬

‫استير‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫اتي‬
‫ب‬ ‫ع‬
‫ا‬
‫ق‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫أتقرن‬
‫رايقنتةا‬ ‫>ا‬
‫ا‬
‫*‬
‫األتمان‬ ‫عدسوس اتين‬
‫مذ‬
‫لة?‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫آتركًا‬
‫اآنمي‬ ‫ا‬
‫و‬ ‫أتًام‬
‫أإل‬ ‫د‬
‫ا‬ ‫'‪١‬‬
‫ل‬ ‫د‬ ‫‪٩٦‬دآلئ‬
‫ع‬ ‫*ل‬ ‫أرر‬
‫*‬ ‫»‪٠‬‬
‫■‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫اآوبان‬
‫*آويا‬
‫>‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫آزيلم‬
‫ى‬
‫اذتذ‬
‫ن‬
‫*‬
‫ع‬
‫آبيًاًاس‬
‫ى‬
‫اسي‬
‫ا‬
‫*‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫أذئ سوا‬
‫اسي‬
‫■‬
‫ع‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ع‬
‫>‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫أينييمًا‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫أينيت‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫امن‬
‫)أمند‬
‫أمن‬

‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫تؤين‬
‫■‪1‬‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬

‫تؤيترا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫« ‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تأيسوا‬
‫ؤممون‬
‫ان س‬
‫وى‬ ‫تقوناتؤويه‬
‫اول‬ ‫ارا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫تأويًال‬
‫تبك‬
‫باس‬
‫بشر‬ ‫تبآثروهن‬
‫تبتالتبيًال‬
‫بت ل‬
‫‪ i‬ض‪|٩٠‬ل ل'‪>٠‬د‪٠‬‬
‫‪-‬بخ‬ ‫بخس‪/‬تبخر ا‬
 ‫بخلرما‬
‫بخل‬
‫بدل‬ ‫تتدل‬
‫***‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫تتيي‬
‫تبييل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫<‬ ‫تبدوًا‬

‫ب‪٠<٩‬ة‪ ١‬تعرا‬ ‫تبن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ت‬ ‫لى‬ ‫ب‬
‫ا‬ ‫اتأبييت‬
‫تيعًا‬ ‫نى‬ ‫ب‬ ‫تبنؤن‬
‫>‬ ‫*د‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ع تبرى ‪--‬‬
‫يتمارة‬ ‫ترؤا‬
‫ت‬
‫ت‬
‫ترآب‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫‪.‬ر ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ب‬ ‫بم‪ |٠‬برسا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫الرالب‬ ‫ت‪ ٠‬ع‬ ‫ب‬ ‫تبآبغثم‬
‫تلر‬
‫ت‬ ‫التراق‬ ‫*ل‬ ‫ب‬
‫ت‬ ‫ىن‬ ‫ب‬ ‫تبين‬
‫>‬ ‫■‬
‫تنزركزن‬
‫تأرك‬ ‫تيتت‬
‫فتينرا‬
‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠.‬‬
‫‪٠‬اريلهتآ‬
‫‪٠٠٦٤١٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تسقين‬
‫ي؛‬
‫ا‬
‫ت‬ ‫زك‪٠‬‬‫ع‬ ‫بد‬
‫ب‪٤‬‬
‫ت‬
‫ت‬
‫تتعتنًاًا‬
‫ت‬ ‫‪،‬تآل‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪ ٠٥٠٠‬بع‬
‫»‬
‫يت‬
‫تلو‬ ‫تعني‬
‫تتآن‬
‫‪■1‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫» ‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تلى‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تتعزاان‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Roo,‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫تتر وت‬ ‫تلو‬ ‫‪،،‬دآلت‬
‫'ذآلقر‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫اتاياي‬
‫تجمل‬ ‫تمم‬ ‫عئ‬
‫تجطوا‬ ‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫]ت‬
‫تمؤن ‪٠‬‬ ‫تور‬ ‫تمت؛‬
‫تحلد‬
‫تتجاف‬
‫تمسعوا‬
‫ث‪ .‬ب ت‬
‫ثرب‬ ‫تيت‬
‫يرل‬
‫تتيرا‬
‫ثقف‬
‫ثدر‬ ‫بميي‬
 ‫تجآيدزن‬ ‫جار‬ ‫تآرزا‬
‫|ًاحذ‬
‫تجر‬ ‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫جدل‬ ‫تجآدلة‬ ‫تجآرون‬
‫تجهاقن‬ ‫ئيي‪١‬‬
‫تستجيرن‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫>‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تماين‬
‫تجع‬ ‫ترتزن‬
‫يي‪١‬‬ ‫جدم‬
‫جر ع‬ ‫تن‬
‫ئبرن‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ير‪.‬ان‬
‫ءترزن‬ ‫جز ع‬ ‫تخرى‬

‫‪،‬بجتذء‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫ب‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫يع‬
‫تيت‬ ‫تآجزن‬
‫قبعآيحدث‬
‫بط‬ ‫ح‬
‫تحتوا‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ح‬
‫ًا ‪.‬‬ ‫دك ع‬
‫تتذرزن‬
‫‪٤‬م يرا‬ ‫دث‬
‫تقرون‬
‫يا م‪٠‬سم ععتون‬
‫ذر‬
‫رث‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬ ‫تعرتون‬
‫‪.‬تو‬
‫ئئأ‬ ‫دد‬
‫رص‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬ ‫ترمن‬
‫شرد‬

‫‪،‬تن‬ ‫ترذ‬
‫رك‬ ‫ح‬
‫دم‬
‫تائون‬ ‫ي‬
‫ح‬
‫تتكزن‬
‫كؤا‬ ‫‪.٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫تتوا‬
‫وبرا■‬
‫‪٠‬ها‬
‫رى‬ ‫ح‬
‫ًا ‪.‬‬ ‫ترن‬
‫هز‪٦‬‬ ‫زن‬
‫نحز;ا‬
‫‪, ٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫غرنرن‬
‫تية‬
‫هآل‪١‬‬
‫ب‬‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تتب‬
‫تحيل‬ ‫‪I‬ا ‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫ابا عسبن‬
‫ًا ‪.‬‬ ‫ًا‪٠‬رر| اص عدرتا‬
‫قية‬
‫د‬
‫س‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪٥‬ع‪٠‬ر‪-‬مخر جوس‪-‬‬ ‫مل‬ ‫ح‬ ‫تحمرن‬
‫تخر‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تحتنن‬
‫ختث‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ًا‪٠‬ر|ل‪ ٠‬ثم عغرصون‬ ‫نث‬ ‫ح‬

‫‪،‬تخز‪ ٦‬عزف‬ ‫در و ط‬ ‫حح‬ ‫بحاو;كا تيط‬
‫تنرزت‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تيطرا‬
‫تخيررا‬
‫تخيير‬
‫ول‬
‫ىد‬
‫ح‬
‫ح‬ ‫تحيد‬
‫تحويأل‬
 ‫عغتع‬ ‫ىى‬ ‫ح‬ ‫تحبق ن‬
‫ضخى‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ي‬
‫تحتة‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪.‬تخفا‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تخوا‬ ‫»‪.‬‬ ‫*‬
‫تيتم‬
‫تخترن‬ ‫بت‬ ‫خ‬ ‫تخبت‬
‫تختيموت‬ ‫دج‬ ‫خ‬ ‫قزج‬
‫تختيموا‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫راورم عخرجوا‬
‫تحآصم‬ ‫‪٠I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تخجون‬
‫تغتعن‬ ‫» ‪٠‬ا‬ ‫تتتخي جرا‬
‫ءآيبني‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تتتخرجون‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫خطط‬ ‫‪،‬تل‬
‫خطف‬ ‫فجنكنة‬
‫خف ح‬ ‫مخافت‬
‫ًا‪ ٠ ٠‬ه‬
‫خف ن‬ ‫تينيف‬
‫د‬
‫‪,.,‬‬
‫خفى‬ ‫ب‪٠‬ل‬ ‫تخف‬
‫تيشزتهًا‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫تشرا‬
‫تتشرت‬
‫•خد‬ ‫ععدزن‬
‫خلط‬ ‫تايلرم‬
‫‪...‬‬ ‫خلف‬ ‫تين‬
‫تتينرن‬
‫ك‪٠٠‬‬
‫خلى‬ ‫غغلق‬
‫‪-‬مع‪-‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫>‬
‫ضلقون‬

‫خلر‬ ‫غلى‬
‫خو ف‬ ‫غاف‬
‫تخاقن‬
‫‪1.1‬‬

‫مخأو‪١‬‬
‫»»»‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫رجرئى‬ ‫وق‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫تذر قزا‬
‫ترجع‬ ‫اى‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ر‬
‫راعثون‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ترنى‬
‫ترجغ‬ ‫‪,‬ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ترافي‬
‫رجمون‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ام(‬
‫رجو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ترن‬
‫ترجرن‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تررا‬
‫ترجوتا‬ ‫«ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫رزن‬
‫رين‬ ‫اا‬ ‫تن‬
 ‫رحنا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يتة‬
‫‪:‬تزتيغ‬ ‫■‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تر‪0‬تى‬
‫ترحمون‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‪٢‬ست‬
‫ذدع‬ ‫ب‬ ‫د‬ ‫ًائة‪٠٠‬ه ربم‬
‫جي‪ ٢٠‬ردى ل‬ ‫‪,٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ترتزن‬
‫‪٠ *I‬‬
‫ردى‪٠‬ء‪ ٠٦‬رتدوا‬
‫نم‬ ‫ا*‬ ‫ا‬
‫زثر‪:١‬‬
‫الى‬
‫آرزق‬ ‫تل‬ ‫د‬ ‫تريآل‬
‫ددي‬ ‫ج‪٤‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫رلجومآ‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫د‬ ‫‪ .‬تركنوا‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ض‬ ‫د‬
‫ل‬ ‫تري‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تريييم‬
‫■‬
‫ي‪٥‬ر ي رعبرن‬ ‫ى‬ ‫غ‬ ‫د‬
‫ر‬
‫ب‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫د‬
‫رؤي‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫■‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫رنؤن‬
‫د‬
‫ر‬ ‫رذن‬ ‫>‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫»‬
‫ا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫رزذ‬ ‫>‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫*‬ ‫تربدزت‬ ‫يا‬ ‫>غ‬
‫ترآيد‬
‫■‬
‫ر‬ ‫ز‪٠‬اوا‬ ‫ع‬
‫>‪٠‬‬
‫لى‬ ‫ر‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫زرعرن‬
‫ز‬
‫ز‬ ‫تزتين‬ ‫ب‬
‫د‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫ر‬
‫ر‬
‫ن‬ ‫تقعؤن‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ق‬ ‫د‬
‫ز‬ ‫ره‬ ‫ب‬ ‫لذ‬ ‫ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تركيم‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ال‬ ‫و‬
‫ز‬ ‫فتزل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ر‬

‫سب‬‫ب‪٠‬م د‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫د‪٠‬ق‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫يسس ي برن‬ ‫توو‪١٠‬‬

‫تتيتة‬
‫دود‬
‫ذد ر‬ ‫ترارر‬
‫تنق‬ ‫دول‬ ‫الوآل‬
‫تتيرزن‬ ‫تيذ‬
‫تجد‬
‫ددد‬
‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫يرنزينة‬
‫تنجدرا‬ ‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬رد‪١‬ئ‬
 ‫رغ‬
‫تتخرزا‬
‫با'‪ .-«,‬سحرىل‬ ‫زىغ‬
‫دىل‬ ‫ترال‬
‫تسخرزن‬ ‫« «ا‬ ‫أله‬
‫تترحرن‬ ‫ص‪١‬ل‬
‫تع‬ ‫تنانن‬
‫ًاذأآل‪١‬‬
‫‪--.‬‬
‫جر‬ ‫«‬ ‫ا‪,‬‬

‫تترنرا‬
‫آبرون‬ ‫يي‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫«‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪« ,‬‬ ‫ىآل‬
‫نآرن‬
‫تتعى‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫كهؤن‬
‫تنيكرن‬ ‫سم‬ ‫تنأمرا‬
‫تغط‬ ‫سبيب‬
‫تثزا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫سقط‬ ‫تأتيظ‬
‫‪?٥‬‬

‫سقى‬
‫سك ن‬
‫دفأ‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تتكنون‬
‫تشكن‬
‫سلم‬ ‫تلؤا‬
‫تتنيًا‬
‫تنيؤن‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫ى لح‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تسمع‬
‫تنععزا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ج‪'٠‬م‪ - ٠‬ععىل‬

‫تتيعون‬
‫‪111‬‬

‫رنج‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫تسمى‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫‪٠‬ى م و‬
‫تسيية‬
‫س ذم‬ ‫تتنين‬
‫سو‬
‫رود‬
‫نيثرإلى‬
‫سدد‬ ‫تد‬
‫تتقروا‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ىد‪٣‬‬
‫تييمرن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫د*‬

‫تسدقرن‬ ‫مت‬ ‫ض‬ ‫تفين‬
‫صدق‪----‬‬ ‫‪٠‬د‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تفهذ‬
 ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تفهدون‬
‫تصدقرا‬
‫تتدفى‬ ‫ر‪.‬‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫تفين‬
‫تضيية‪5‬‬
‫ضين‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫عإ‬ ‫ش‬
‫تغتييد‬
‫عام‬
‫تترفرن‬ ‫> ‪٠٠‬‬ ‫تقاؤرن‬
‫تضينيغي‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تفيع‬
‫ثنيدزن‬ ‫‪-‬ب‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تتح‬
‫تمتئن‬ ‫*ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تنبحزن‬
‫تنغحزا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تضيحزا‬ ‫تغبر‬
‫‪B1‬‬
‫بد‬ ‫ص‬
‫تصل‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تغبرزا‬
‫تضنعؤن‬ ‫> ‪,٠‬‬ ‫آضعرزن‬
‫تيك‬ ‫ب]‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تصاني‬
‫‪٠‬م‪ ٠‬جمم >‬ ‫دد‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تحدون‬
‫تييبا‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫ح |ب ع‪-‬بن‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫تصئزن‬
‫دق‬ ‫ص‬ ‫تعييق‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫صوب‬ ‫تيييؤا‬
‫نمم‪ | ٠| ٠‬تعوموا‬
‫دم‬
‫‪٠‬ىيد‬ ‫تيير‬
‫تنحزن‬
‫ضحك‬
‫ض‪٢‬و‬ ‫تضحى‬
‫‪ ٠‬ر‪ ١‬تضربرا'‬
‫ترب‬
‫خرد‬ ‫)تصرونة‬
‫تشار‬
‫‪III‬‬

‫‪,11‬‬
‫تضرعًاعت‬
‫تتارز‬
‫ردا‬
‫|>‪1‬‬ ‫إلهذا‬
‫‪1,1‬‬
‫ضلل‬
‫تخيل‬
‫تيل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫طرد‬ ‫|’ئ‬
‫نمئذذ‬
‫نم غ اس نم ر[‬
‫‪III‬‬

‫لعم‬ ‫تطردةم‬
‫تطيمزن‬
‫طغر‪/‬ى‬
‫تطترا‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫تنجل‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫لم‬ ‫تل‬ ‫‪٠۶‬‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تظيدرن‬
‫جل‬
‫تتعيل‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫»»‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫ا‬
‫تتتجلزن‬
‫‪،‬تتتنجو‬ ‫م‪٠‬‬
‫نن‬
‫ظ‬
‫ظل‬ ‫تظلرا‬
‫تظن‬‫ئآ‬
‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تظؤن‬
‫ظاهرون‬
‫تعدواًا‬
‫عش‪ ٠‬لىل‪-‬‬

‫تتدزت‬
‫تعيل‬
‫يعك‪١‬‬ ‫ن‬
‫‪.‬ا‬
‫ظ‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ترزن‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫تهز‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫تنيرا‬
‫تعد‬ ‫بث‬
‫‪,٠‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫تتثرن‬
‫تعبد‬
‫بد‬ ‫ع‬
‫‪،‬خدت‬‫تسدؤا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫تعدزن‬
‫تبدزا‬
‫تتدرا‬
‫تذب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫بر‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫تتبرزن‬
‫غتؤا‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫فا‬ ‫ع‬
‫إ'‪٠,‬م‪ ٠‬مدهم‬
‫تعتنررا‬ ‫تب‬ ‫ع‬ ‫تنجب‬
‫تجبزن‬
‫»»‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تعرج‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫تجنك‬

‫تعتؤن‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تنلؤا‬ ‫ض‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫د‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ينضن‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫فستعتؤن‬ ‫‪١‬‬
‫‪1‬ا‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫يهم م رضرل‬

‫تعتؤ*ن‬ ‫علي‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ئزتن‬
‫تنرن‬
‫تنيضزا‬
‫قينزنهًا‬
‫تعنؤن‬ ‫تغوا‬
‫ف‬
‫ا‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫مم| *ريم >‬
‫تعاآرا‬
‫تعالين‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ز‬ ‫ع‬ ‫سزدر‬‫تيز‬
‫تعالى‬ ‫ز‬
‫م‬ ‫ن‬
‫ز‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫تنزمرا‬
‫تغمل‬
‫تمملؤن‬
‫تعتدت‬ ‫د‬
‫ل‬
‫س‬
‫ض‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬ ‫تعلنعن‬
‫تماتزبم‬
‫تعالى‬
‫تعزدزن‬
‫م‪٠‬و‪٠‬ا تتردوا‪:‬‬
‫طل‬
‫فف‬
‫ع‬
‫ع‬ ‫اتشفي‬
‫ف‬ ‫ع‬ ‫‪ ٠،٩٠‬تعفرا‪:‬‬
‫تارثزا‬
‫تمتري‬ ‫ل‬
‫أ‬ ‫‪-I‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫ع‬
‫ع‬
‫تنت‬
‫تعقؤي‬
‫اتغابن‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫تدآ;‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ر ب‪۶‬‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫سرب‬
‫غرر‬
‫غىد‬
‫غ شى‬
‫»تنرنك‬
‫تغتيلرا‬
‫<‬ ‫< ‪٠‬‬ ‫تغقاعا‬
‫تغفز‬
‫تثى‬
‫غذ‪٠‬ر‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تغفرزا‬
‫<‬
‫‪»»1‬‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تنتيزرزن‬
‫تتتنزز‬
‫تغقن‬
‫غفل‬
‫غلب‬ ‫تذيرن‬
‫*‪٠٠‬‬
‫غلو‬ ‫تتغبرن‬
‫‪٢‬تؤا‬
‫غمض‬
‫غذ‪٠‬ى‬ ‫تغن‬
‫تغيترا‬
‫و‪٠‬‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫تغف‬
‫غرث‬
‫‪..‬‬
‫ي‪٠٠‬‬
‫تستنثون‬
‫ععض‬
‫تغبعن‬

‫غيترا‬
‫تغيحرن‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫ى‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫د‬ ‫ف‬ ‫تغترزن‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تغندون‬
‫غاري‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ًا‬
‫■‬
‫ى‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ف‬ ‫غشحنرا‪5‬‬
‫ألذا‬
‫غيدزا‬
‫غزر‬ ‫ق‬
‫د‬
‫ر‪٠‬‬
‫ص‬ ‫ف‬
‫ف‬ ‫تغسقرن‬
‫»ل‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ف‬
‫فيض‬ ‫‪١‬ه‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫ض‬
‫ا‬
‫بى‪٠‬‬ ‫غييل‬
‫غيًال‬‫‪5‬‬

‫بل‬ ‫‪.‬ا‬
‫ض‬
‫ف‬ ‫تغغحرن‬
‫تغنًال‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫غبازا‬
‫ل‬ ‫ع‪٠‬‬ ‫ف‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تغسل‬ ‫كتوا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ع‬ ‫تغرن‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ا‬
‫جدا‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ق‬
‫غلرن‬ ‫بى‬ ‫* ‪٠٩٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫تغت‪ً٠‬الا‬
‫ةغ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫غفدزن‬
‫غعيزا‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ف‬
‫هدم‬ ‫ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫لي‬
‫»‬
‫ف‬ ‫تغقؤن‬
‫تفكررن‬
‫‪5‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫لي‬ ‫ف‬

‫تاييرن‬ ‫تكيرن‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ف ‪ > > I‬ى د ر < « « ‪٢٠‬‬

‫قيرزا غيتر تدم‬

‫‪٠‬قوم‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫؛‪.‬ل‪ ٠‬م‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تثرم‬
‫ًاي‪٠‬مه‪ ١‬عوموا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ييموا‬
‫تغرنم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كبر‬ ‫تتكبر‬
‫تتتغبرزن‬
‫«‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪.1‬‬

‫ا «‬
‫تغيرًا‬
‫كتم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كتب‬ ‫ثكتمرن‬
‫‪،‬غير‬
‫‪٢‬‬ ‫حم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫حغتمونة‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫كذب‬
‫تكذبآن‬
‫ىكذبرن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫مكذؤا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ااا‬
‫تكييب‬
‫كرم‬ ‫رغب عون‬
‫ثرهرا‪-‬‬
‫كر‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫كر ن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫عرنرن‬
‫كوى‬
‫كى‬
‫لبص‬ ‫لبث‬
‫يحلجآ‬
‫تكتي‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تبشوا‬
‫ؤل‬
‫لذذ‬
‫لظى‬ ‫اذتلظى‬
 ‫لفح‬
‫تلنح‬
‫ئ'‬
‫لق ف‬
‫لق‬ ‫؟و ‪٠‬و‪٠‬‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬ ‫تمقرن‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ققا تلق‬
‫‪-‬إل‬
‫‪V‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬ ‫تققنة‬

‫تتأم‬
‫‪٠.‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫نم‪،‬ع‪٩‬‬
‫'‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬م‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫رى‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫تتآرنى‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تترت‬
‫عرآ‬ ‫‪I‬ا ‪,‬‬
‫يرر منرن‬ ‫‪٠ ,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تتررزن‬
‫ض‪١‬‬ ‫‪-‬س‬ ‫م‬ ‫عكه‬

‫تمش‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠۶‬‬ ‫تئ‬

‫تيعوا‬
‫تميدًا‬ ‫سك‬ ‫م‬ ‫ترهن‬
‫تمنيكرهت‬
‫;ت‬
‫او‪ .‬ع‬
‫>‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫ىي‬ ‫م‬
‫تمؤئ‬ ‫رى‬ ‫م‬ ‫تمثي‬
‫؛‪،‬واح عمسون‬

‫ترى‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠I‬‬

‫تمزترن‬ ‫‪٠ ٠I‬‬ ‫تيفى‬
‫ًا‪٠‬و‪ ٠‬سم عشون‬

‫تمؤر‬ ‫كر‬ ‫م‬ ‫تكرون‬

‫تند‬ ‫رك‬ ‫م‬ ‫تميك‬
‫هم‬ ‫‪*٠‬‬ ‫يكزن‬ ‫يًال‬
‫تيلرا‬ ‫لى‬ ‫أ‬
‫‪،‬تبؤ‬ ‫نع‬ ‫م‬ ‫جدره مم‬
‫ج‪ ٠‬ين‬
‫تجة‬ ‫نن‬ ‫م‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫هآ‪0‬إب‪١‬‬
‫يي ا‬
‫تتوا‬
‫نبت‬
 ‫نبز‬ ‫ىا‬
‫تيبكم‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫لي ج د‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫‪،‬سأجيم‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تتاجرا‬
‫تتآجوا‬
‫ثم‪ ٠‬ام ب‬
‫نحت‬ ‫توترن‬
‫لدى‬

‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫تتنآدؤا‬
‫التاي‬
‫تتزر‬ ‫ؤ‬
‫نذ ر‬
‫نزع‬ ‫تييع‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬اا‬ ‫تازعرا‬
‫تارعتم‬
‫تنرل‬
‫هؤل‬
‫ا« ‪٠‬‬ ‫تنزيل‬
‫تنييًال‬
‫‪« ٠‬ا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تتؤلن‬
‫تتؤل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫نمؤمًا‬ ‫فس‬ ‫ن‬ ‫تتغس‬
‫تنن‬ ‫فع‬ ‫ن‬ ‫تفع‬
‫ا‬
‫تنزن‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫تفعم‬
‫كالس سع‪٣‬م‬
‫د‪٠٠‬يا موا‬
‫شته‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫فق‬
‫»‬ ‫ن‬ ‫تفقرا‬
‫انآوش‬ ‫< ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫تفيقون‬
‫ى‪4‬ع‬ ‫قن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫تفيذ‬
‫ج‪5‬ا‬ ‫قص‬ ‫ن‬ ‫آتق‬
‫تتتذ‬
‫‪٣‬ردل‬ ‫*‪.‬‬
‫قض‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ن‬
‫‪٠٢‬مر‪ 1 ٠‬تقصوا‬
‫تتنزا‬
‫آجرزا‬ ‫قم‬ ‫ن‬ ‫تيم‬
‫تتين ‪ -‬دزا*‬
‫‪----‬‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تيمزن‬
‫تمح‬
‫تيى*‬ ‫كح‬
‫‪٠,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ن‬
‫تدزن*‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫يؤا‬
‫تيحرعت‬
‫تتيى‬
‫تتترترن‬ ‫كر‬
‫الس‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫تنيرزت‬
‫يؤن‬
‫ةي‪ 4‬مز‬ ‫الل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫كنآل‬

‫ائلك‬ ‫‪٠‬د‬ ‫ن‬ ‫** ؛هم‬

 ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪5‬‬‫غراى‬
‫تيد‬
‫ك‪ ١٠‬مو ى‬

‫تتجدؤن‬
‫تمدزا‬
‫دزء*‬
‫ترجل‬
‫ترجة‬
‫ًا'‪ ،‬ول‬

‫تير‬
‫تردزن‬
‫تترن‬
‫تزف‬
‫تررا‬ ‫درزن‬

‫تورك‬
‫رزن‬
‫تزر‬
‫رتيي‬
‫د‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫تيف‬
‫د‪٠‬‬ ‫تيفرن‬
‫د‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تريتة‬ ‫تميل‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫توعزن‬ ‫تتع‬

‫و‬ ‫تراترا‬
‫تتكرا‬
‫تتصرن‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫ى‬ ‫‪،‬عي‬
‫»‬ ‫تيدتًا‬
‫تةزم‬
‫و‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ثزعدزن‬
‫تا رامع واءوبل‬
‫و‬ ‫تراعتتم‬ ‫يتا‬
‫د‬
‫•‬
‫د‬ ‫الزئ‬
‫‪:‬تفي‬‫تؤآ‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ه‪,‬إ‬
‫وفى‬ ‫رق‬
‫‪>11‬‬ ‫فمب ي رون‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ترفنه‬
‫‪*..‬‬
‫تريتغه‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫>‬
‫• ‪٠٠‬‬ ‫تر؟م‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫توف‬
‫ترت‬
‫ردد‬ ‫رؤدن‬
‫ل'؟ره‪ ٠‬وردا‪.‬‬
‫رع‬
‫دق در‬
‫إل‬
‫تي‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬
‫وق ى‬
‫ئب‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫تقوا‬
‫؛‪.،‬رب‬
‫*‬ ‫‪٠١٠٠‬‬ ‫سقون‬
‫ًا‬
‫غراها‬
‫ىتتيًا‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪< ٠١٠‬‬

‫<‬
‫ركد‬
‫توينيعًا‬
 ‫يأتن‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫أمن‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫اء‪-١‬‬
‫‪|٠ ٠‬‬
‫*‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫يؤين‬
‫ا‪٠‬ا‬ ‫يؤتوا‬
‫بؤينون‬
‫آنى‬ ‫يأني‬
‫ىد‬
‫■عيم‬
‫‪—٠‬‬
‫بخس‬
‫بحث‪,‬‬
‫بحث‬ ‫يبخ‬
‫ا|‪1‬‬‫صل ‪.‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫؛‬ ‫ا‬ ‫يخسرن‬
 ‫بخل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يخل‬
‫يخلر ن‬
‫ير(تًا)‬
‫بد ل‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫يدل‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫يدل( ت)‬
‫‪٠٠,‬و‬
‫بد‬ ‫يبدلي)‬
‫يي(هًا‬
‫;م‪٠‬ل‪٠‬‬
‫يددن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ينعهًا‬ ‫ع‬
‫ى‬
‫ى‬ ‫ب‬ ‫'يق‬

‫ء يتع‬ ‫يكزن‬
‫لذ‬ ‫ب‬
‫يخًا‪/‬يلنا‬
‫يبعؤن‬
‫غ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ب‬
‫يثعزن‬
‫يتلو‪/.‬يلره‬ ‫»‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫يلخرا‬
‫يلن‬
‫ع‬
‫يتلى‬
‫ل‬ ‫ب‬ ‫يؤ( ه’)‬
‫ا‬

‫يلرن‬ ‫ييل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬

‫يبؤأ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ب‬

‫‪٢٠‬ست ‪.‬بو*»‪*,‬‬ ‫ييتزن‬

‫ت‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ب‬

‫يتبت‬
‫يخت‬ ‫و‪ :‬م‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬
‫ب‬ ‫ييتزن‬
‫يايسن‬
‫يثوق‬
‫‪.‬يقفرم‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫ا‬
‫>‬
‫ا‬ ‫يارن‬
‫شنرن‬ ‫يايسرنة‬
‫ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫يثرن‬ ‫يين‬
‫ن‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ب‬

‫يجآرزن‬ ‫يبين‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫>‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫ييي‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫هـينم ترزا‬
‫ى‬
‫يين‬ ‫يتبررا‬
‫ت‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫يجمحرن‬ ‫يى‬
‫يجتيك‬
‫ج‬
‫أ‬
‫عتنخ‬ ‫ح‬
‫يجحد‬
‫د‬

‫يسعون‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫يتجحدون‬
‫»‬
‫ثم‪٠‬كمع‪٢‬‬ ‫دل‬ ‫ج‬ ‫‪٠‬مجايلئ‬
‫يتتتهًا‬
‫تنبون*‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫دى‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ج‬ ‫ي*ارلون‬
‫‪،‬عع‪ ،‬مجر‪-‬‬
 ‫مجًا بد‬ ‫رع‬ ‫ج‬ ‫يتجرعة‬
‫يايدوا‬ ‫رم‬ ‫ج‬
‫تغلرن‬
‫مياعدزن‬
‫رى‬
‫زى‬
‫ج‬
‫ج‬ ‫تجز‬
‫يق‬
‫يين‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يجزييم‬
‫ييب‬ ‫هتئ‬
‫يتتيا‪:‬ذب‬
‫ك‪٦‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫يجر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يعراء‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يتززن‬
‫يجاوررتة‬
‫يتججيرن‬
‫د عل‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ج‬
‫ا‬ ‫يجرن‬
‫‪،‬مه‬
‫»يزم‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫“‪،‬يمثن‬
‫ل‪١‬‬ ‫ؤنم*‪ ٠‬ليهًا‬
‫يجير‬
‫ج‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫فد‬
‫يرفرن‬
‫ج‬ ‫تحأرم‬

‫نريي‬ ‫يي‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬ ‫ح‬

‫ين‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬يخيك‬
‫يبرن‬
‫ينرثرن‬ ‫ور‬ ‫| ج‪٠‬‬
‫يستجرن‬
‫يرنة‬
‫بد‬ ‫ح‬
‫منب*‬ ‫بس‬ ‫ح‬
‫بسه‬
‫يراسب‬
‫يقسبن‬
‫يختبرا‬
‫بط‬
‫ت‪٤‬‬ ‫ح‬
‫ًا‬
‫تبخط‬
‫يآجرن‬
‫‪$‬يحأي‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫> ا‪٠‬‬
‫يتيب‬
‫يفتيبون‬
‫دث‬ ‫ح‬ ‫يتحاجرن‬
‫يرث‬
‫ح‪٠‬لد‪ً٠‬ا ‪٤‬سدون‬ ‫(د‬ ‫ًا‬
‫عدو‬
‫يتنيرون‬
‫‪٠ I‬ا‬
‫‪.‬يغثرم‬ ‫ذر‬
‫ا ‪,‬‬
‫ح‬
‫يذرون‬ ‫يحذر‬

‫يزتر‬ ‫يحذريمة‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫يآربزن‬
‫يحردا‬ ‫ح‬

‫قيحلرا‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫يغترون‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪،‬ييلقت‬ ‫ضر‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ًا‬

‫رض‬
‫ًا‬
‫يحشش‬
‫يضرون‬

‫يفيل‬
‫لم‪٠‬نمم‪ . ٠‬يحمدوا‬
‫طم‬
‫ًا‬
‫ًا ‪-‬‬ ‫يحطث‪٠۶‬‬
 ‫تفيرن‬ ‫فء‬ ‫يجفظن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ًا‬

‫يقيلرهاًا‬
‫ييته‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫يآنظن‬
‫يجنظا‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫يحئوم‬ ‫فى‬
‫■‬
‫فينك‬
‫يتى‬ ‫ًا‬

‫يحدد‬ ‫قق‬
‫كم‬
‫ًا‬ ‫تيق‬

‫‪.‬ياور‬ ‫ًا‬
‫تجكآن‬
‫ينطزا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ي*كرن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬

‫يينطرن‬ ‫يكزك‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫>‬

‫ماك‬
‫يعول‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫لف‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫يييفون‬
‫يحاك‪٠‬ا‬
‫يينن‬ ‫دل‬
‫ًا‬
‫يحآل‬
‫تيف‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫ًا ‪-‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫ييلل‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫تييق‬ ‫يحدن‬
‫ا ‪I‬‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫ح‪-‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫دز‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫يًا*‬
‫يزجنك‬
‫يتخرجًا‬
‫عع‬ ‫ح‬
‫‪:‬يني‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪.‬ينيك‬
‫ترزا‬ ‫‪« ٠‬‬
‫عيين‪-‬‬
‫تخرزن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يك‪2‬‬
‫تخرضزن‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتتخبرن‬
‫‪.‬يغرم‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتخي‬
‫يغيغ‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪.‬يتخبطه‬
‫يخربو‬ ‫بط‬ ‫خ‬
‫‪:‬يننم‬
‫يقزييم‬ ‫تم‬ ‫خ‬
‫غدعرك‬
‫عغر‬ ‫دع‬ ‫خ‬
‫خدعزن‬
‫ييررن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‪١‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫يعزن*‬
‫عخيف‬‫ثن‬ ‫ذل‬ ‫خ‬
‫مجربون‬
‫اب‬
‫يخثى‬ ‫رب‬
‫دج‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬ ‫غرجن‬
‫تغاس‬
‫خشزن*‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫*‬

‫«ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يخرجرا‬
‫يرجرن‬
‫يختص‬ ‫دج‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫»‬

‫يتتخقن‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫غيغان‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫تتخيقم‬ ‫مف‬
‫ص‪٣‬‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬ ‫يتيمون‬
 ‫تختمزن‬
‫قرا*‬ ‫‪٠.‬‬
‫ينلغ‬
‫جعدن‬ ‫طف‬ ‫خ‬
‫بتلخكم‬
‫ؤم‪:‬‬ ‫‪٠ .‬‬
‫يتتطف‬
‫ضرضوا‬ ‫»»‬
‫فب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫خ‬ ‫يتخاترن‬
‫غرضرن‬
‫ف بى‬ ‫خ‬ ‫يغف‬
‫يخآفه‬
‫غآن‬
‫«‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتخفنة‬
‫يافرما‬ ‫فى‬ ‫خ‬
‫ؤا‪:‬يغنؤن‬
‫تتافرن‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يغننن‬
‫يرف‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتتخغرن‬
‫يخوفرتك‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫» ‪,‬‬
‫لد‬ ‫خ‬ ‫يظاد‬
‫هائ‬
‫يخآزن‬
‫لف‬ ‫خ‬
‫يخيفة‬
‫ثم‪|٠‬عه ينلفرن‬
‫يتخيةزن‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫يخلفرا‬
‫‪,g‬‬ ‫توون‪2‬‬
‫‪,٠‬‬ ‫ا‬

‫‪ ٠٠٠‬در ا‬
‫درس ‪Root III‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫درع د ‪ III III‬درك‬ ‫يذخل تذرأ‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫تئ‪١‬‬ ‫كر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ذكرون‬
‫عرؤن‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مذكر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪.‬مريكم‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتدك‬
‫‪ > ,‬يرامزن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫>‬
‫ا‬ ‫يتدكرؤن‬
‫‪.‬مريكمرم‬
‫يترت‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫■‪٠‬‬ ‫تذكررن‬
‫يتربضن‬ ‫‪ ٠-‬ب‬ ‫يذهب‬
‫يترترن‬ ‫‪, ٠‬‬
‫ذ‬
‫تذعبًا‬
‫درا‬ ‫ا‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫تذعبزا‬
‫عزب‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يذهبن‬
‫دع‬ ‫ا‬ ‫يذهبن‬
‫ذوقرا‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫وق‬ ‫ذ‬
‫زجرى‪:‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ر ا ره ا— يترقرن ‪٠‬‬
‫يتراجعًا‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ذيق‬
‫حآل‬ ‫اى‬ ‫ر‬ ‫عرنى‬
‫ترجو‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫دآ‬
‫يزجرن‬ ‫■‪< ٠‬‬ ‫يراك‬
 ‫ترحم‬ ‫ا■‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪،‬د‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫حزمًا‬
‫د دد‬ ‫ئ؛ةإ‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ير‪5‬رن‬‫س ‪٣‬د‪-‬‬
‫ئ ًا ‪٠‬هم ب‬

‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يةدفل‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫دأل‬
‫‪»II‬‬ ‫ذعن'‬
‫رزق‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫مرزترن‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫رسل‬ ‫ت‪٠‬يراي‬
‫ير‪. ٠‬ب‬
‫رشد‬ ‫رشدرن*‬
‫دضع‬ ‫ذئن*‬
‫‪ ,٠٠‬ل‬

‫(د ض‬
‫«ا«‬ ‫رخ‪٠‬‬
‫دض‬
‫‪٠٠ ٠‬‬ ‫رنوتم‪،‬‬
‫نم‬ ‫نم‪،‬‬

‫دحين‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ح ‪٠ ١۶:‬‬
‫زد‪٠‬‬
‫ىد‬ ‫ي‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫يرذن‬
‫ا‪٠‬ا‬
‫>‪ ٠‬ا‬ ‫ريدان‬
‫يريد‬
‫تزيدرن‬
‫عييد‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫يزيدرا‬
‫'ألتاد'‬
‫ئ‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫عب‬
‫*‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫مزدرن‬
‫زخ‪٠‬‬
‫داه‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫■‬ ‫يرتاب‬
‫غجى‬
‫ذارن‬ ‫جو‬ ‫ز‬ ‫آ‪٠‬ارا‬
‫*زمون‬
‫عم‬ ‫د‬
‫يآن‬ ‫فف‬ ‫ز‬ ‫يه‪■ .‬رون‪-‬‬
 ‫تتآنكم‬ ‫عيكرن‬
‫بنآرن‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫كو‬

‫‪I‬‬
‫ز‬
‫ميق‬
‫يتالون‬
‫‪٠٠I‬‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫يآم‬ ‫‪I‬ا *‬
‫تحك‪٦‬‬
‫يآمرن‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫هى‪٠‬‬ ‫ز‬
‫عث‬
‫يسبترن ‪-‬يمهج‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫قآلزنرن‬
‫<‬
‫دج‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫قآلزين‬
‫يبحرن‬ ‫ال‪ ٠‬ام• زوم‬
‫ز‬

‫يشر فرا‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫باح‬ ‫ص‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫يتح‬
‫يترف‬
‫يرت‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يسبحول‬
‫يتبخن‬
‫يترقن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫]ينبقر‬
‫يثي‬ ‫بق‬
‫جد‬
‫يبطرزن‬ ‫جه‬ ‫س‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ينجدا‬
‫تجدرا‬
‫يطوق‬
‫يشعى‬
‫يسعون‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫سجدون‬
‫يسجررن ى‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ينفك‬ ‫جن‬
‫ًا ر‬
‫ى‬ ‫ينجن‬
‫تق‬ ‫حب‪٠‬‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يسحبؤن‬
‫حت‬ ‫‪٠‬ى‬
‫يتقون‬ ‫‪.‬نتحك‬
‫يسقين‬
‫‪.‬ينلةم‬
‫خر‬ ‫ص‬
‫بخر‬
‫يشتسخرون‪٠‬‬
‫ينخرون‬
‫يكن‬
‫يتلط‬
‫•‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠ ,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫يخطرن‬
‫ينك‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ص‬
‫ييرزن‬
‫د‬

‫دد‬ ‫ص‬
‫ينلك‬ ‫دع‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫يارعرن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫يستيى‬ ‫‪JJ‬‬ ‫س‬ ‫تلؤن‬
‫يتتي]ن‬ ‫لم‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫يتزا‬
‫ييروا‬ ‫‪.‬ينم‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫يثرب‬ ‫‪٠‬مع‬ ‫ص‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫بنيون‬
‫يتعع‬
‫شربزن‬ ‫‪-٠‬‬ ‫>•‬ ‫تمغها‬
‫يشرخ‬ ‫»»‬ ‫يمعوا‬
‫يثرك‬ ‫يمعرن‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
 ‫؛نيزبى‬
‫يثيك‬
‫»‪,‬‬
‫‪٠.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتنع‬
‫يتيكزن‬
‫مس‪ ٥‬ي يشعرون‪-‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يسعصول‬ ‫‪;٠‬ةلمب‬

‫‪١٩١٠-‬‬ ‫من‬ ‫ى‬ ‫و‪ ٠‬ؤ يعن‬

‫ينيرن‬ ‫*ن‬ ‫ى‬ ‫كنا‬
‫يشفعون‬ ‫وغ‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ييغة‬
‫فيخفعزا‬ ‫دق‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ياتزن‬
‫؛ يققع‬ ‫وم‬ ‫ص‬ ‫بسزمهم‬
‫يشن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪:‬تكرم زنك‬
‫يثفين‬ ‫دى‬ ‫سي‬ ‫يتتررن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫‪٠‬؛؛‪.‬ل‬
‫ينحبرن‬ ‫بى‬ ‫‪.‬ض‬ ‫الا‪٠..‬‬
‫يتعق‬

‫‪.‬بحدنم‬
‫عدئزن‬
‫حعت‪:‬ك‬
‫يتدر‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪:‬ش‪ ٠‬ق‬ ‫يفق‬
‫بشاتق‬
‫يفكر‬
‫• ‪٠‬ه|‪٠‬ع‪ ،‬دعرل|‬
‫د‬ ‫ش لث‬
‫ا‬ ‫يقكرزن‬
‫يفهدرن‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫يضيفؤن‬ ‫يفت‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫تجى ‪٠‬‬ ‫' •امم‬

‫يتدتن‬
‫ب‬

‫يتدقرا‬
‫يتضرخة‬
‫و‬

‫ى‬ ‫سد‬
‫س‪٠‬‬
‫يشون‬
‫يشاء‬
‫يشرن‬

‫ء‬ ‫نى‬
‫ينطيخرن‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪١ ٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يتاسزن‬
‫يير‬
‫ييرون‬
‫بيترزا‬ ‫ب‬‫ا‬
‫ح‬ ‫صب‬
‫ب‬ ‫تغيقأ‬
‫ينح‬
‫يعيف‬
‫تضرفه‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬
‫■‬
‫صب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫قبقزا‬
‫ينبز‬
‫جترفرن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تنبرزا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫عه‬ ‫ص‬ ‫عنعد‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫عتد‬
‫عق‬ ‫ص‬ ‫م‪-٠‬ي•'‪ .‬ععول‬
‫ن‪١‬‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يضطن‬
‫لب‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يفلب‬
 ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يصبؤا‬
‫‪ -‬دح‬ ‫يتغ‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫إنيحرن‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫>‬ ‫يملحا‬
‫لو‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يسل‬
‫>‪,‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫يتلرا‬
‫يصلرن‬
‫جيلرن‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫مل‬
‫نع‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يغتع‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫لل‪٠٠٠‬ل| ي عسثعرل‬
‫‪٠‬ر‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ير‬
‫فب‬ ‫ص‬ ‫يييب‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫يييتم‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ضعف‬ ‫يناعف‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫يضايشها‬
‫ضلل‬ ‫يزل‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫تنلون‬
‫«‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫فعنلة‬
‫>‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫؛ثه‬
‫ينقن‬
‫ض ‪ ٠‬ى‪/‬ا‬ ‫يقايثرن‬
‫ضىع‬ ‫ضوا‬
‫يننى‬
‫ينتع‬
‫يتبغوهمًا‬
‫ضى ن‬
‫رر '‬
‫ىف‬ ‫طبع‬
‫يف‬
‫ببع‬
‫طعم‬ ‫يلعثة‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يظيم‬
‫<‪٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫بييمنن‬
‫بظيمزي‬
‫طغر اى‬ ‫يظغى‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫طوف‬ ‫يآن‬
‫■‪11‬‬ ‫يطةت‬
 ‫طرق‬ ‫)ينقرة‬
‫سطققزن سيعلرقرن‬
‫‪>11‬‬
‫* ‪-‬ط مم‬
‫يلير‬
‫يليززا‬
‫ظلل‬ ‫يغلللن‬
‫ظلم‬
‫يظم‬
‫>‪»,‬‬
‫يلرن‬
‫<‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪.‬يظدم‬
‫غلن ن‬
‫تظن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ظ‪I ٠‬ر‬ ‫تظزن‬
‫يطيرون‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تظرون‬
‫>‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫يظرزا‬
‫«ا‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬أ‬
‫«‬ ‫يظر يظر‬
‫يظاجررا‬
‫عب‪٠‬‬
‫يشبا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫عذب‪١‬‬ ‫الص ب‬
‫ع ذد‬ ‫تزرزن‬
‫‪ ٠٠‬م‪-‬‬
‫عد ج‬ ‫ارج‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ينرجرن‬
‫الب‬
‫ذ‪٦‬دض‬ ‫يرض‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يترترن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬زما‬
‫ف‬
‫عر‬ ‫يتآرفرن‬
‫ا؛‪,‬‬
‫‪ ٠٠,‬ا ‪٠‬‬
‫«‬ ‫بءيفرذ‬
‫غرترا‬ ‫نم| تا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يرن‬
‫«ا‬ ‫«‬ ‫يترغن‬
‫—**‬
‫عزب‬
‫دل‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫مدبج«‪٠‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫عشا‬ ‫يعش‬
‫ع‪ ٣‬د‬ ‫يعيرزن‬
‫)ع‪٠‬ى‬ ‫ينيمك‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫يئيين‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫عل‪٣‬‬ ‫يتةه‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تتينة‬
‫»‪..‬‬
‫عنًا‪:‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫يعكر ‪١‬‬
‫سيغكؤن‬
‫«‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يةك‬
‫يآلن‬
‫ااا‬
‫‪1.1‬‬
‫علن‬ ‫يتلرن‬
‫ينثرن‬
‫عم‬
‫مد‬
‫ل‬
‫»»»‬ ‫يعروا‬
‫عمل‬ ‫يغسل‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫يغتلرن‬
‫اأ‪٠‬‬ ‫بغسهزن‬
‫حده‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫يعردرا‬
‫يعردون‬

‫يعيد‬
‫‪٠٠ ٠‬‬ ‫يندتًا‬

‫غلب ر‬
‫غف‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫يتغقرزا‬
‫ييب‬
‫ا‪٠‬ا‬ ‫ييلرا‬
‫ييبرن‬
‫‪111‬‬

‫»‬ ‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫يغبرن‬
‫ا‬ ‫غل ل‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫يعل‬
‫‪.‬ظن‪'.‬‬
‫خ(اى‬
‫عمز‬
‫عنى‬ ‫يترا‬
‫يتغاضن‬
‫خئ‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫*‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫يتيو‬
‫هخ‪٦‬‬
‫*‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يغي‬
‫يه‬
‫ع رث‬
‫يكتيآن‬
‫«‪I‬‬

‫‪٠‬ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫يتتبثرا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪•I‬‬

‫‪Roo,‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫يغتين‬
‫فجر‬ ‫مذرب‪،‬‬
‫فدى‬
‫فرح‬ ‫يغرح‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫لمنتزا‪:‬‬
‫لى ر ر‬ ‫أليغرحرن‬
‫فرط‬ ‫يغرعزن‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫يغرط‬
‫فر ق‬ ‫غريزن‬
‫م‪*- -‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫يغرق‬
‫ييرقزا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫م‬
‫ة‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫زآلرى‬
‫يغرقرزن‬
‫يغيرى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫فترؤن‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫‪ I‬دذذ‬
‫جغتييتة‬
‫يتتفزم‬
‫‪٠‬نم ‪/|٠‬‬
‫ف تح‬ ‫مح‪.‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫غنك‬ ‫قبض‬
‫غنن محون‬
‫يغذفرن‬
‫أرن‬ ‫يغر‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫« ا‬
‫قب ل‬ ‫يقبل‬
‫|غرموا ’؛‪٠،‬‬ ‫»»»‬
‫يقبح‬
 ‫يقيين‬
‫يغتلرن‬
‫قت د‬
‫قت ل‬ ‫غترزا*‬‫غي‬
‫يغيمزن‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫« ‪٠‬‬ ‫ه‬
‫ر’ ‪. 1‬ميم‬ ‫«‪S‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يغتلؤا‬
‫يثييآن‬
‫يقيررن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫يقشزن‬
‫يقال‬
‫يغصي‬ ‫«‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يقايلرا‬
‫م؛ يرن‬ ‫يقالرن‬
‫نقض‬ ‫يغتيآلي‬
‫‪»II‬‬
‫‪,‬ا‬ ‫‪,‬‬

‫يتنى يغترن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫قدر‬
‫<‬
‫يغدر يغيرزن‬
‫يغلغ‬ ‫يغدم‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫قدم‬
‫يقطرن‬ ‫>‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫يقدم‬
‫؛ج‬ ‫»‪,,‬‬
‫يتقي مزن‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫لب‬ ‫ى‬ ‫هللى‪:‬‬
‫‪.٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ينقيوا‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫دل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫يقيرن‬
‫يقللم‬
‫نت‬ ‫ق‬ ‫يقتت‬
‫نط‬ ‫ق‬ ‫غتط‬
‫‪٠ ٠I‬‬ ‫يقتطزن‬
‫ول‬ ‫ق‬ ‫يقل‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬ ‫يقول‬
‫يعزًال‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يقزرا‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫يقرؤن‬
‫دم‬ ‫ق‬ ‫]بقر‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫بقوسان‬
‫‪١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يعرمون‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يتنًا‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫يقيمزا‬
‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ر‪٠‬ل‪ ٠‬ي يمدن‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫كسب‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫يقيبرن‬
‫‪I.‬‬ ‫»‬ ‫يكيب‬
 ‫كش ف‬ ‫غث‬
‫»‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫كف‪1‬‬
‫يكغز‬
‫يغغرزه‬
‫‪...‬‬

‫لذ ف ف‬ ‫فغرزن‬
‫يكغرا‬
‫عف‬
‫‪..,‬‬

‫يكقزك‬
‫«ا<‬
‫كفل‬
‫‪١١١‬‬ ‫يغغل‬
‫يقغلزن‪٤‬‬
‫‪...‬‬
‫لي ف ى‬ ‫‪.‬يغيكم‬
‫غب‬
‫كل ا‬
‫كل ف‬ ‫م‬
‫كل م‬
‫‪...‬‬ ‫يكلم‬
‫جحًا‬
‫‪...‬‬ ‫يكلم‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪.‬يلق‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ح‬
‫د‬ ‫ن‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫يلدارن‬
‫يطق‬ ‫حق‬ ‫ل‬
‫ببر‪١‬‬
‫ي‬‫يقيًا‬
‫ييزك‬ ‫عب‬
‫‪ ,‬ا‬
‫ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫عب‬
‫لمجزا‬
‫بيززن‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫>‪٠‬‬ ‫طبرن‬
‫د‪١‬‬
‫ف‬ ‫ع‬
‫يغ‬
‫ن‬

‫لميم‬
‫يًال‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫ثئر‪ .‬بم‪,‬‬
‫داونرمنن‬ ‫فت‬ ‫ل‬
‫رقلى‬
‫هو‬
‫فظ‬
‫قط‬
‫ل‬
‫ل‬ ‫فيط‬
‫عبش‬
‫كئ‬ ‫قع‬ ‫ل‬ ‫بلفى‬
‫يتسرن‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫طرن‬
‫يتتعرا‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪;٠‬‬ ‫|غًا‪٠‬‬
‫يس‬
‫يتمتزن‬ ‫‪٠,‬‬
‫‪٠I‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫‪،‬يةال‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫يت‬ ‫يلتزن‬
‫‪،‬ج‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫*‬
‫■‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫«‬ ‫مآلؤا‬
‫ينحرا‬ ‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫ترا‬

‫ةأ‪٠‬ب‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

 ‫يملك‬
‫غيكزن‬ ‫دد‬ ‫م‬ ‫داة‪ ٢‬يمدم‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ه‪٠‬بل‪ ٠‬عريًا‬

‫يمنؤن‬
‫يميل‬
‫يمن‬
‫>»‬
‫رو‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫م‬ ‫‪،‬بوذم‬
‫يمترزن‬ ‫يذن‪:‬‬

‫ينؤن‬
‫يكيم‬
‫لى‬
‫اا‬
‫م‬
‫يمارزن‬
‫نتكة‬
‫يمنى‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٣‬ن‬ ‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يتينن‬
‫يمثنا‬
‫بتثزء‬
‫يتر‪:‬ة‬
‫يمددن‬
‫>‪٠ .‬‬
‫‪• ٠I‬‬ ‫تآسا‬
‫يكعرن‬
‫يرت‬
‫يوترا‬
‫سك‬
‫• ‪٠‬‬
‫م‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫يني‬
‫يفن‬
‫ا‬
‫قى‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫تمخرن ‪٠‬‬
‫يزثزن‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫ييتييت‬ ‫ع‬ ‫يت‬

‫يتتعى‬
‫طو‬ ‫م‬
‫يمرج‬ ‫الث‬
‫كر‬
‫م‬
‫م‬ ‫لئب‪:‬‬
‫تيذ‬ ‫دن‪,‬‬
‫‪٠ ,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫مى ل نا ى ‪ :‬ب‬ ‫ييقن تأزن متةك يبتم‪.‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫نشا‬ ‫ينقا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ينفئ‬
‫نش ر‬ ‫يشر‬
‫«اا‬
‫نر‬
‫ينرزت‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬
‫ثصر‬
‫ينشرك‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫بقرنًا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪:‬يشرني‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تعرزن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫برظنم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يةيرزن‬
‫سامد« بم م‪٠‬‬
‫نعرر‪٣‬م‬
‫نطق‬

‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫يلق‬
‫تيلترن‬
 ‫نظ ر‬ ‫يظر‬
‫‪»..‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ينظررا‬
‫يظرزن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يتجر‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ن ق ض نقم نكث ا ا «‬
‫ك‪٠‬مل‪٠‬نم ينقضرن‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫و ه ي‪ ٠,٠٠‬نم'‬

‫إدا‬
‫د ا*‬ ‫يتتبيش‬
‫عروف‬
‫‪٠ >٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪1-‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يمر‬
‫يمدرن‬
‫هذ م‬ ‫تجذو‬
‫‪٠‬لك‬ ‫يق‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪« ٠‬‬ ‫يكت*‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫رن*‬ ‫يين‬
‫عدة‬
‫يمي‬
‫‪٠‬ىأ‬
‫‪٠‬ىج‬ ‫ييج‬
‫ييمزن‬
‫اب‬
‫—‬ ‫م‪ ٠‬امة‬
‫لب‬
‫بت ر‬ ‫واق‬
‫يزيق‬
‫غيب‪٠‬‬
‫وث ق‬
‫دأل‬ ‫تيذك بم‬
‫هت‬
‫• ‪٠٠‬‬
‫»»‪.‬‬ ‫تدزا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪:‬وع‪٠٠ ,‬‬ ‫‪.‬يظم‬
 ‫اغ‬ ‫م‪۶‬ت‬
‫؟مم‬ ‫آل ‪ C‬؟‬

‫‪٢‬م‬ ‫‪٩‬مب‬

‫لجو‬ ‫كا *م‬

‫م‪٠٢٠٢ ،‬؛‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫جد‬ ‫حم ‪f ٦‬‬
 ‫‪■ 1 rr‬‬

‫ذ‪ C ٠‬؟‬
‫يم‬
‫‪٢‬؟‪١‬م‬ ‫م ‪ ٢‬آل‬

‫لميع‬
‫جج‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫م‪3‬‬

‫؟مج ‪۶،‬‬ ‫م‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫م م آل‬
‫جمم‬ ‫‪ ٠‬خم ب‬
‫ادم ‪r‬‬

‫‪ ٠ r r‬عت‬
‫؛اي‬ ‫ا م ‪7٠‬‬
‫يدم‬ ‫‪»٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬يغ‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫*‪PJQA‬‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ال‪0‬ها‬
‫م‪3٠‬‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪٠١‬عآل‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫تتتذيجهم‬
‫تذرن‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫حه‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬ ‫نتتين‬
‫م‪ ٠‬عين‬
‫تم‬
‫تتع‬ ‫م‬
‫تتذع‬ ‫غ‬
‫خت‬
‫نخرج‬
‫ك‪٠‬ل‪ ٠‬سعو‬ ‫ق‬
‫عد‬
‫د‬
‫ح‬ ‫تزئ‬
‫ج‪٠٠‬هو عر‬ ‫ى‬ ‫خز‬ ‫بخز'ى‬
‫‪.‬م'‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ح‪٠‬ر‬ ‫نخيغ‬
‫نداويلهآ‬
‫تذكرك‬ ‫في‬
‫ع‬ ‫خش‬
‫د‬
‫خ‬ ‫يجطب‬
‫ص عخشى‬
‫‪،‬نف‬
‫‪٠‬نذل‬
‫ذعبن‬ ‫ن‬
‫خف‬
‫‪،‬غيف‬
‫بيفه‬ ‫ق‬
‫خل‬
‫"تغقم‬
‫نييقه‬ ‫ض‬
‫خل‬
‫حد‬ ‫يى‬
‫يس‬
‫‪ ٦٦‬رى‬
‫ف‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‪٠‬‬
‫عد‬
‫رنعم‬
‫غغافن‬
‫تتخال‬
‫تراك‬ ‫دخ ل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪،‬بذخلك‬
‫تة‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫تمجة‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫راى‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫ركة‬
‫ية‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
 ‫ي‪٠‬‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫ر‪٣٠‬م‬
‫‪Sr'،‬‬ ‫م‬
‫دبأص‬
‫دبد‬ ‫بترية‬
‫ردد‬ ‫كم ه ىد‬
‫‪-‬بمم‬
‫رز ق‬ ‫رزقك‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫ك‪٠‬مرم‪ ٠‬رزتةم‬
‫يلو‬
‫رسل‬
‫رود‬ ‫رب‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫تراود‬
‫ئب ‪٠‬‬
‫زىد‬
‫ا«ا‬ ‫زدتينيد‬
‫‪٠٠١‬‬
‫‪,‬ا«‬ ‫نؤداد‬
‫تفة‬
‫*‬ ‫‪>I‬‬
‫س'ل‬ ‫تآلق‬
‫نآك‬
‫ص باح‬ ‫سم‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ثم‪٠‬عي شبد‬ ‫د*‬ ‫ش‬ ‫م‪-٠‬ر تشهد‬
‫بع‪-‬يز‬ ‫«ى‬ ‫ض‬ ‫تها‬
‫بعث‬ ‫ئ‬
‫سبم‬
‫‪،‬ي‪٦‬ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫بر‬ ‫ص‬
‫ا‬
‫تتبر‬
‫غرف‬
‫رف‬ ‫ص‬
‫نغ‬
‫تيل‬ ‫دب‬ ‫ص‬
‫خ‬ ‫تفربهًا‬
‫نييب‬
‫تنطء‬
‫جي‬
‫رب‬
‫دد‬ ‫ض‬ ‫تنطرم‬
‫غ‬ ‫يع‬
‫’تترا‬
‫تشمل‬ ‫عم‬ ‫ط‬
‫ط‬ ‫ظيم‬
‫تلبع‬
‫نعرد‬ ‫<‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫تنيتم‬
‫تحد‬
‫ييذة‬
‫م ‪٠‬ى‬
‫م‪٤‬‬
‫ط‬
‫طط‬ ‫ظج‬
‫طي‬
‫ستيدعا‬ ‫تلرئ‬
‫نتين‬ ‫فئ‬
‫لل‬
‫ط‬
‫ظ‬
‫تظن ردع‬ ‫قظل‬
‫نغاوز‬ ‫نن‬ ‫خل‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫تترقهم‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫"تظنك‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫تر‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫تفز‬
‫تغضي‬ ‫فر‬
‫تن‬
‫غ‬
‫ني‬ ‫غتهم‬
‫دخ‬ ‫تتغرغ‬
‫ت‪٣٠‬صعد‬ ‫ب؛م‬ ‫ف‬

‫تلب‬ ‫رق‬
‫مل‬
‫ني‬
‫ف‬
‫ي‪٠‬ي غرق‬
‫غقل‬
‫تتم‬
‫تتون‬
‫فلل‬
‫ع‬
‫ف‬
‫ني‬
‫قتل‬
‫غل‬

‫ثغتب‬
‫ب‪ ٠‬قيض‬ ‫قد‬
‫ق‪٠‬‬
‫ف‬
‫ف‬
‫فيدر‬
‫غقه‬
‫شتبن‬
‫غتم‬
‫‪١‬جكو‬ ‫بص‬ ‫ق‬

‫منكذي‬ ‫بل‬
‫بل‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬
‫ه‬
‫تنقتل‬
‫ثكزها‬
‫ئخغر‬ ‫«‪٠‬‬
‫دل‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫كض‬
‫تشير‬
‫بكلق‬ ‫ق‬
‫نقدرى‬
‫بكلم‬ ‫دس‬ ‫ق‬
‫تغزن‬
‫تكتم‬ ‫ذف‬
‫رأ‬
‫ق‬
‫ق‬ ‫مع‪ ٧*-‬عرف‬
‫تك‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫تتغرتك‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫كو ن‬
‫ا‬ ‫كن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كى ل‬ ‫غتن‬
‫كرن‬
‫غر*‬
‫ل ل ‪٤‬ب‬
‫لعن‬ ‫‪.‬تلغهم‬
‫تلعب‬
‫د‪:‬تأق‬
‫متع‬‫لق‬
‫صأ‬
‫‪(٣‬ح‬
‫اا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬ميثم‬
‫مد‬
‫اوي‬

‫ننله‬
‫منع‬
‫مل ر‬
‫تثقم‬
‫مدت‬ ‫تميي‬
‫ييرسبم‬
‫معر‬
‫نبا‬
‫‪٠‬لك‬ ‫يي*‬
‫ي*عع‬

‫د‬
‫لج‬
‫ل ح ‪١،‬‬ ‫تجد‬
‫نرحى‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫تيي‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫جعل‬ ‫ينجعله‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫حبط‬
‫جمع‬ ‫علون‬ ‫لجًا‬
‫تخبطت‬
‫عجب‬ ‫‪.‬بجمغم‬
‫لقجوبون‬
‫حزن‬
‫حرق‬
‫تحرثة‬
‫يخزن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬

‫سن‬
‫حشر‬‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫بحزتق‬
‫تخريم‬
‫شنينات‬

‫ح‪٠‬سن‬ ‫ةئ‪٠‬‬
 ‫عي ق ت عي‬

‫حغم‬
‫‪,٠٠‬ر‬‫ح‬ ‫ك‬
‫تخك‬
‫نحضرم‬
‫لكييم‬
‫حلف‬ ‫تحيفن‬
‫حلل‬
‫حمل‬ ‫نحيل‬
‫أحل‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫يتحيلمه‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫د' ى د‬ ‫ليزدا درا‬
‫تبزيتن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫»‬
‫ن ى حة‬ ‫أريتن‬
‫سال‬ ‫لتتآن‬
‫«‪٠٠‬‬ ‫ريآؤا‬
‫لتآن‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫ا‪١‬ا‬
‫يتتا‪.‬وا‬
‫سج‬‫د‬ ‫إتجد‬
‫ىأن‬ ‫بتجتةة‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫صحر‬ ‫يتجات‬
‫يتحرن‬
‫سر ق‬ ‫الرقرن‬
‫سفع‬ ‫تسغعًا‬
‫سقى‬ ‫ألتقبنام‬
‫سكن‬ ‫يتكوا‬
‫«‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫يكن‬
‫‪.‬تكثم‬
‫س لط‬ ‫للطم‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫مًا‪٠‬بآل‬
‫مدق‬ ‫لصاينزن‬
 ‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫عر ف‬
‫صدم‬ ‫لتتقت‬
‫لنعيت‬‫تكرما‬

‫يغى‬
‫مغ ا‬
‫صفح‬ ‫ربنغحرا‬
‫ص لب‬
‫صنع‬
‫وم‬ ‫فبعمه‬ ‫•د‬
‫يتتع‬
‫ضحك‬
‫غرب‬
‫ضلل‬ ‫ظنحكا‬
‫ريغرزنت‬

‫ًا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪.‬بيئم‬‫بنت‬
‫بنلقا‬

‫أننم‬
‫ا‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫في ‪ .،‬لى‬
‫طلع‬
‫طمن‬ ‫بمثت‬ ‫يتبقوا‬
‫طر‬
‫‪.‬يترم‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫لغالظرن‬ ‫فو‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ويتفوا‬
‫‪،‬يفنيا‬ ‫لم‬

‫يجر‬
‫الكدا‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫‪I‬ا‪٠‬‬
‫»‬
‫ع‬
‫ليته‬
‫لتغتنة‬
‫يغلن‬
‫يغتدرا‬ ‫‪٠١‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫بت‬
‫قيغرحرا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫«‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪،‬يطه‬
‫يتفتيى‬ ‫دداي‬ ‫ع‬ ‫تتن‬
‫يتفرزنك‬
‫لفسدتا‬
‫>‪.‬‬
‫أد‬
‫ع‬
‫اللم‬
‫لسمر ك‬
‫دد‬
‫تغيدن‬
‫ينفنيد‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫رق‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫لعادزا‬
‫تعودون‬
‫يغيدزا‬ ‫غ‬ ‫يتغرق‬
‫يتغقؤا‬ ‫غ دأ‬ ‫لمغرمون‬
‫ألتس‬ ‫تغينة‬
‫قتلك‪5‬‬
‫يد‬

‫غفر‬
‫غ‬
‫آتغنرن‬
‫يغرًا؛‬
‫لب‬
‫يقربزتًا‬ ‫‪.‬غ‬ ‫آغبن‬
‫دع‬ ‫غ‬
‫اب يع‪ .‬زيقتي فرا‬
‫ىل‬
‫غ‬ ‫قيقيرن‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫‪.‬ن‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫بكرتن يكينًال‬

‫ينزروا‬
‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫نذ ر‬
‫ننر‬ ‫تنزعت‬
‫نزف‬ ‫تنيفته‬
‫' * ‪'-‬ا‬ ‫ترن‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫لتعرر‬
‫نظر‬ ‫ينظ‬
‫فع‪٢‬‬ ‫أنسيه‬
‫نفس‬ ‫قبتافى‬
‫نكب‬ ‫لنابون‬
‫نوا‬ ‫تتوي‬
‫‪٠‬دم‬
‫دى*‬ ‫دم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬لك‬ ‫لنهتيى‬
‫ليهلك‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫لميكيم‬
‫دأد‬ ‫آآجدن‬
‫و ‪٢‬ى‬ ‫يؤحرن‬
‫تجدت‬
‫وذر‬ ‫ليذر‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫اتى‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫مأتا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫اتقتون‬
‫اخذ‬
‫جل‬ ‫ا‬
‫مقجًال‬
‫تخذ‬
‫«ا‪,‬‬ ‫تخزن‬
‫«ا‪,‬‬ ‫تخذاي‬
‫ا‪٠‬ة'د‪٠‬ة‬
‫اخر‬
‫ارد‬ ‫مؤكن‬
‫رب]‬
‫ا‪-‬وص د‬
‫مؤتدة‬
‫افك‬
‫مزتيكات‬
‫‪,٥٠‬‬
‫الموتنة‬
‫االل‬
‫ماكري‬
 ‫الن‬
‫امن‬ ‫ألوأفة‬
‫أن(ه)‬
‫تأمزن ■‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪...‬‬
‫الموين‬
‫مقينًا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫بشر‬ ‫م‪ ٩٠ ٠ ٠--‬مستبير ة‬
‫بد‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬
‫مبيترة‬
‫منيرًا‬
‫منيررن||‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫>‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫نم‪٠ ٠‬نم‬
‫مسنبعيين‬
‫بطل‬
‫مغطلرن‬
‫‪٠٤٣‬‬ ‫تعززن‬
‫‪٠‬و‪٠٠|٠‬ك‪/‬‬

‫د‬
‫بع‬ ‫مبعرين‬
‫مغعدفن‬
‫بلس‬ ‫مبيرن‬
‫«ا«‬ ‫بيين‬
‫بلغ‬ ‫’مبزاملم‬
‫بلو‬
‫‪-‬نحو‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫بنى‬ ‫منتلين‬
‫بيية‬
‫بوء‬
‫بى ن‬
‫مرًا‬
‫اليين‬
‫‪««٠‬‬ ‫المتين‬

‫هًا‪٠‬هأ‪٦‬‬
‫انخراب‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫دم‬ ‫ج‬ ‫مزيين‬
‫تحارنيب‬ ‫مجنما‬
‫‪».‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫عقرآ‬ ‫لص‬ ‫ج‬ ‫انتاير‬
‫متحرفًا‬
‫الترزمون‬
‫مع‬ ‫»ج‬ ‫يحذع‬
‫مجتيمرن‬
‫الةروم‬ ‫الجمرعون‪٠‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠I‬‬

‫ئزذا‬
‫‪.‬عكم‬ ‫‪٠,‬‬
‫نف‬ ‫غ‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫أخ‬
‫متجاغغي‬
‫خين‬ ‫ججن‬
‫محينون‬
‫نن‬
‫‪٠‬د‬
‫غ‬
‫ج‬ ‫الجايدزن‬
 ‫تخثورة‬
‫غنينين‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫دب‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫مميب‬
‫انجاعيين‬
‫عينين‬
‫غقنة‬
‫عنيتاب‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ىد‬ ‫ج‬ ‫اتجيعن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ئ‬
‫تجاورات‬

‫خضرؤن‬‫خضرًا‬
‫بب‬
‫غر‬
‫ح‬
‫ع‬ ‫عنجورا‬
‫عدث‬
‫دث‬ ‫ح‬

‫الخترين‬ ‫ذر‬ ‫ح‬

‫عذورًا‬

‫‪Word‬‬
‫عيوم‬ ‫‪Root‬‬

‫عتضرًا‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫عنذوآل‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ح‬

‫عظرر‬
‫عغجًا‬
‫ظر‬ ‫ح‬
‫اتتطر‬
‫عغرج‬ ‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫فف ظ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫غفوظ‬
‫عزجزن‬ ‫كم‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ءبكة‬
‫يخرجنن‬
‫الخرجنن‬ ‫‪ ,‬ا‬
‫لق‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫كائ‬
‫قين‬
‫»‬
‫لخيرنن‬
‫غخزى ألكآفرين‬ ‫لل‬ ‫ح‬
‫ف‬
‫ضوب‪2‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫■‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫غغقدًا‬
‫غضرة‬ ‫‪ -‬مد‬ ‫تحيرًا‬
‫دز‬ ‫ح‬
‫‪.‬حيط‬
‫لدرن‬
‫مشةخن‬
‫ءلصًا‬
‫وط‬ ‫ح‬
‫ييا‬
‫يي‪2‬‬
‫ا ‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫خلصنن‬ ‫ى‪٠‬ى‬ ‫ح‬
‫اييني‬
‫خييين‬ ‫ىض‬ ‫ح‬
‫‪.‬تخيام‬
‫غين‬ ‫ىئ‬
‫‪«٠‬‬
‫ح‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ءخياى‬
‫بت‬ ‫خ‬ ‫اليية‬

‫مذعامتًاي‬
‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫لف‬ ‫خ‬ ‫مخيفي‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫ميينين‬
‫‪٠ ٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫متلفين‬
‫عتليفرن‬
‫مذبنيين‬
‫ذعنين‬
‫مذؤمًا‬ ‫‪,٠‬‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫مستخآفين‬
‫]مذكور‬ ‫مص‬
‫لق‬ ‫خ‬ ‫مخلقة‬
‫ئ‬
‫مدكره‬
‫مدكي‬‫‪٠‬‬ ‫نق‬
‫خ‬
‫خ‬ ‫اكمخنيقة‬
‫مذمرم امًا‬ ‫ىل‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ئل'اجأل‬
‫المدبراي‬
‫*‬ ‫عرم‬ ‫؟* ‪*-‬‬
‫بر‬
‫‪٠ .‬‬
‫د‬
‫ثآل ‪٢‬‬
 ‫المربيين‬
‫ل*ل‪ ٠‬ب ممربمرل‬ ‫»‪.‬‬
‫ثر‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫د‬ ‫المدةر‬
‫و‪ ٠‬هنم مدبيرن‬

‫المرجنؤن‬
‫زة‪۶‬م‪٠‬‬
‫زجئيم‬ ‫حض‬
‫نآد‬ ‫ذ‬
‫د‬ ‫ألمدحفين‬
‫مذحوًا‬

‫مدخل‬
‫المزجريين‬
‫رجرا•‬
‫ل‬
‫خ‬ ‫د‬
‫مدخو‬ ‫يذرارًا‬
‫دد‬ ‫د‬

‫ضجرن‬ ‫منركزن‬
‫رك‬ ‫د‬

‫اط‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ر‪ ٤‬م‬ ‫الرحة‬
‫ردد‬
‫زدصذًا‬
‫‪■٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ت•درو‬
‫مزيفين‬
‫ردف‬
‫رسل‬ ‫ويدثم‬
‫منيلزا(االقق)‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫مزيلين‬
‫ل‪ .‬أل‬
‫‪,‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫نيلة‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫المر‪-‬لرن‬

‫ءنتاعًا‬
‫‪ |٠‬يد‬

‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫د ‪٣‬د‬ ‫المز‪-‬الت‬
‫رصد‬ ‫رش د‬
‫رصي•‬ ‫ميدًا‬
‫‪٠‬‬

‫رصص‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫المرصايك‬
‫مرر‬
‫رع‬ ‫منعة‬
‫انبخ‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫رعي ذخ د ز ج و زحز‬
‫مريب مزدجر (ن؛‬
 ‫المكًامة‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫كن‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ر‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬ألخة‬
‫مشتها‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫يتكين‬
‫مشايهات‬
‫متاب‬ ‫‪٠,‬‬
‫لم‬ ‫ص‬ ‫معية‬
‫تتاكيني‬
‫ا «‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مسيًا‬
‫المكتحرن‬
‫تتارب‬
‫حذ بم‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪-٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مسدآي‬
‫ميين‬
‫الكمرق‬
‫الشرقين‬
‫» ‪٠‬ا‬
‫ع‬ ‫ص‬ ‫متلرن‬
‫مشييع‬
‫مثي ك‬
‫مثركرن‬ ‫مد‬
‫‪٠.‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ص‬
‫ل‪: ٠‬‬‫كتعى‬
‫متيعرن‬
‫متثزن‬
‫مشيكين‬
‫مشرك‬ ‫«*‬
‫نن‬ ‫س‬
‫س‬ ‫‪:‬الميي‬
‫مسعا‬
‫المتركاي‬ ‫‪٠I‬‬
‫ود‬ ‫ص‬
‫متريين‬ ‫ى‪-‬ء مسرد‬
‫دم‬ ‫ى‬
‫منتركن‬
‫المتر‬ ‫ا<‬ ‫ا‬
‫مرمة‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫شف ق‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫مغفترن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫شكر‬
‫شك س‬
‫مغفتين‬
‫قكررًا‬
‫شكو‬ ‫متقكتؤن‬
‫‪:‬كتك‬
‫مفهي‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫شهد‬
‫مفييي و‬
‫مفهر‬
‫شى د‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫‪:‬متيد‬
‫ص الح‬ ‫مفحين‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫<‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ردع‬
‫يضباح‬
‫بمتايح‬
‫تصدع‬
‫صد ق‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫المتديين‬
‫مدى« « —*‬
‫المتديين‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫التتذةاي‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬ ‫المتدةي‬
 ‫طمشنين‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫د‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫صن‬ ‫تذر‪٢‬إ‪٠‬‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫ضج‬
‫مطيرة‬ ‫*‬ ‫ع‬ ‫المنآجع‬
‫المنطر‬
‫المطرون‬
‫المطترنن‬ ‫د‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫رر‬
‫غاجييم‬
‫»‬ ‫مناز‬
‫مطع‬
‫المطتينن‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ضع‬
‫< ‪٠‬‬
‫مستفرن‬
‫تنتفين‬
‫تظييات‬
‫اتمأوعين‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫»*‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫عتاعفة‬
‫منطير آ‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ألمنيفون‬
‫مظيًا‬ ‫>‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ضل‬
‫ا‪٠‬‬
‫ميل‬
‫مظيرن تظلوًا‬ ‫ف‬ ‫طف‬ ‫الميلين‬
‫لففين‬
‫التتيين‬ ‫ب‬ ‫المظلزب‬
‫معآجززن‬ ‫ا‬
‫طل‬
‫طل‬ ‫تظيًاع‬
‫يمجزمجزى‬ ‫ق‬
‫ااا‬ ‫المطلعقًا‬
‫مطلسوني‬
‫معجزيت‬ ‫ن‬
‫طل‬
‫طم‬ ‫منغتة‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫مندؤو‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬

‫ملشن‬

‫‪Word‬‬ ‫‪Root‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫د‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬
‫ع‬ ‫عغزل‬
‫د‪.‬ر‪ .‬ع معرد مه‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫ع‬ ‫يعشار‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪3‬د‬ ‫ع‬
‫>‬
‫ع‬
‫معشر‬
‫المثرراي‬ ‫>‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫مئصبة‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ع‬
‫ع‬ ‫‪.‬مسطلة‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫معقب‬ ‫‪9‬ا‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫بآت‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬
‫ع‬ ‫مغكون‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ا‬
‫ع‬ ‫كاعة‬ ‫‪،‬‬
‫ا‬
‫ع‬ ‫تنوح‬ ‫ا‬
‫ًا‬ ‫لد‬ ‫ع‬
‫‪1‬‬

‫*‬ ‫معلرتات‬ ‫لى‬ ‫د‬ ‫ع‬

‫ه‬
‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫الميعال‬ ‫■‬
‫ض‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫د‬ ‫ع‬
‫‪I‬‬
 ‫ع‬ ‫يعمدم‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫ع‬ ‫معقر‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ع‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫*‪٠‬‬
‫المتمرر‬
‫‪I‬‬

‫دد‬
‫‪Root‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫مساو‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫وذ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫مطأ ‪٠‬‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪Jt‬‬

‫وق‬ ‫ع‬ ‫المتتعان‬

‫المعؤقين‬
‫ئ ئ‬
‫ون‬
‫ع‬
‫ىش‬
‫ي‬ ‫‪*1‬‬

‫ل‬ ‫«‬
‫ده‬
‫دى‪٠‬لةب «‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ميين‬
‫ش‬‫سا‪٠‬‬
‫غ‬ ‫المزئ‬
‫>»‬
‫•‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫ب‬ ‫المنار‬
‫المغربين‬
‫رق‬ ‫غ‬ ‫تبررن‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫المترفين‬
‫‪٠I‬‬

‫سل‬ ‫غ دم‬ ‫تغرم‬

‫)مغتتل‬
‫غ‬
‫اره‬
‫شع‬ ‫غ‬ ‫االل‬
‫المغثي‬
‫‪ ٠‬اخب‬ ‫غ‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫المنضر ب‬
‫مغاضبًا‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ا • « ‪ « » I I‬فرى ا ا‬
‫عغتررن غترى‬
 ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫رف‬ ‫ي—‬ ‫مقترفرن‬
‫رن‬ ‫ى‬ ‫مغرنين‬
‫‪٠‬ا‬
‫سط‬ ‫مقتييين‬
‫م‬
‫قى‬
‫ى‬ ‫المقييلين‬
‫مقسوم‬
‫‪٠٠‬‬
‫المقتياي‬
‫المقتييين‬
‫د‪٠ ٠‬‬ ‫>‬
‫ى‬ ‫مقتيد‬
‫«‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مقتعدة‬
‫‪٣‬د‬ ‫ق‬ ‫مقعورات‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,‬‬ ‫»‬ ‫مقصرين‬
‫ضى‬
‫نطر‬
‫ق‬
‫ف‬ ‫عقفيا‬
‫المقنطرة‬
‫مه ئ '‬
‫مقطوع‬
‫طع‬ ‫ق‬
‫عد*‬‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫تشطرعة‬
‫مقسي‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مقاعد‬
‫ل‬
‫ع‬ ‫ق‬
‫نقيي‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪٠‬لل‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫كب ر‬
‫ا«‬ ‫المكبرين‬
‫متتغبرا‬
‫‪٠,٠‬‬ ‫تتقيريت‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬ ‫مثقبرزن‬
‫كتب‬
‫كذ ب‬ ‫عكتربا‬
‫يغذزي‬
‫‪٠٠,‬‬
‫المكتيزن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫كرم‬ ‫المكذينن‬
‫مكرم‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫قكرمة‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مكرمون‬
‫مكريين‬
‫كر‬ ‫تكرزعا‬
‫كظم‬ ‫عكظرم‬
‫كلب‬
‫الدنى‬ ‫يكلين‬
‫أتتقيت‬
‫كنن‬
‫عكخون‬
‫كر ن‬
‫تخ ا‬
 ‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪،‬منآة‬ ‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫ئ‬ ‫‪١‬جج‬
‫اى‬
‫م‬
‫م‬ ‫اال‬
‫أكوح’‬

‫‪٠ ٠‬‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫المتفيئرن‬‫تنييا‬ ‫دد‬ ‫م‬
‫م‬
‫يأتين‬
‫؛‪،5‬‬
‫المنفي‬ ‫رد‬
‫دد‬ ‫م‬ ‫متتر‬
‫ن‬ ‫منشرة‬ ‫م‬ ‫الممتيين‬
‫»‬ ‫بمنتيين‬ ‫رى‬
‫مستميكرن م‬
‫شزرًا‬
‫شتثر‬ ‫س لث‬
‫ن‬
‫ن‬ ‫المموررن‬
‫مثير‬
‫ثر‬
‫ج‬ ‫ن‬ ‫مبئزك‬
‫مجوم‬
‫د‬

‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪,٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬

‫تتيرين‬ ‫دى‬ ‫ن‬ ‫الماي‬
‫ن‬ ‫نم‪ ٠(٠‬منضرد‬ ‫نل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫عيد‬
‫ن‬ ‫تيق‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫مندرون‬ ‫‪٠٠٠‬هـ»‬

‫ن‬ ‫تظررن‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫‪,‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫نييين‬

‫ًال‬
‫المظية‬ ‫ن‬ ‫مثر‬
‫ترؤن‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫زل‬
‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫نورن‬
‫»‬ ‫ا‪٠‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫اكملرين‬ ‫ألنريين‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬

‫ن ف ر نف س‬
‫تفرة التتافزن‬

‫‪Root‬‬ ‫‪Word‬‬
‫‪٠‬لك‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫«‬ ‫‪:‬تلكي‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫ألمهتعين‬
‫‪٠‬م ر‬ ‫المتننبر‬
‫‪٠‬ر م‪٣‬‬
‫همن‬
 ‫‪٠‬ون‬ ‫م *ي مهن‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫يينا‬
‫ضم‬
‫‪1,1‬‬
‫مهأنا‬
‫‪٠‬ىل‬
‫رب ق‬
‫وث ق‬ ‫مويقًا‬
‫رفًا‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫غيةائ‬‫يتاقة‬
‫ب دد‬ ‫مرةة‬
‫ردع‬ ‫مستزدع‬
‫ورث‬ ‫ميراث‬
‫ورا‬ ‫المؤرؤد‬
‫ورى‬
‫لريايت‪5‬‬

‫‪Root‬‬
‫وف ر‬
‫‪Word‬‬
‫عوفررًا‬
‫المؤفرن‬
‫وفى‬

‫ترفة‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬

‫وقت‬
‫نيقاي‬
‫مؤقرت‬
‫مواقيت‬
‫»‪11‬‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫المؤقدة‬
‫(وق‬
‫روكو‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫وق ذ‬ ‫المزترذة‬
‫وقع‬ ‫مواتسرعًا‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬
‫مراقع*‬
‫وقف‬
‫وقى‬ ‫ابمقرن‬
‫سزقزفرن‬
‫الكيين‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬
‫و لي ا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫رعدن‬
‫‪٠٠٠‬‬ ‫تكيثين‬
‫‪,٠٠‬‬
‫وكل‬ ‫الترتلوؤن‬
‫جر يا‬
‫‪٠‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪٠‬‬ ‫<‬
‫المتركلين‬
 ‫ه ‪١٠‬‬ ‫‪ .......‬المقدمة‬
‫‪ ...‬غتصرات القاموس‬
‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫مراجع الكتاب ‪........‬‬
‫‪ .....‬كتاب األلف (الهمزة) ‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪ .............‬كتاب الباء ‪٥٧‬‬
‫‪KK‬‬ ‫‪ .............‬كتاب التاء‬
‫‪٩٦‬‬ ‫‪ .............‬كساب الشاء‬
‫‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫‪ .............‬كتاب الجيم‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاى الحاء ‪١۴٠‬‬
‫‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫كتان االء‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاب الدال ‪١٨٢‬‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاب الذال ‪١٩٧‬‬
‫‪ ............‬كتاب الراء ‪٢٠٦‬‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاب الزاي ‪,٣٤‬‬
‫‪ .‬كتاب ا لسين ‪٢٥١ ٠ . . . ٠ , * ٠ ٠ ,,‬‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاب الشين ‪٢٩٦‬‬
‫كاب الصاد ‪٣٢٠ ٠٠٠.٠٠.....‬‬
‫‪ ...........‬كتاب الضاد ‪٣٤٥‬‬
‫‪ ............‬كاب الطاء ‪٣٥٩‬‬
Word
‫آنم‬
 ‫أمس ع‬
‫أنسن‬
‫أألنآأ‬
‫فأق‬
‫نغذرا‬
‫انغخرا‬
‫اننرزا‬
‫ادرم‬

‫أ‪9‬أتنًا‬
‫شي‬‫أتم‬
‫آغق‬
‫آغترم‬ ‫آتتم‬
‫اننت‪-‬انغقت‬

‫أإل‪:‬غاقي‬
‫األنغاي‬
‫‪،‬آتذم‬
‫فترنع‬
‫تترريعوا‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫ترضى‬
‫ترضاء‬
‫ترزضوا‬
‫رزق;‬
‫ترآتوا‬
‫آرآتيتم‬
‫تران‬
‫تزفع‬
‫رجن ئ‬
‫'تذفوه‬
‫ترقب‬
‫اتراق‬
‫ترق‬
‫تكنوا‬
‫الكزن‬

‫تكن‬
 ‫نينية‬
‫‪Word‬‬

‫سندوداي‬
‫ذا' معتي‬
‫المندزن‬
‫المتينن‬
‫ر الم‪ ٠‬معدبم‬
‫مابزها‬
‫معذنين‬
‫‪:‬نذر‬
‫ساززرة‬
‫المتذرزن‬
‫سأيخ‬
‫مي‪٠‬ي معر‪٠‬‬
‫المتت‬
‫منرنزن‬
‫مزرنين‬
‫معرؤث‬
‫تغرزًا‬